A GERMAN 
 
 CONVERSATION- GRAMMAR 
 
 BEING A NEW AND PRACTICAL METHOD OF LEARNING 
 THE GERMAN LANGUAGE 
 
 BY 
 
 DR. EMIL OTTO 
 
 IN PART REWRITTEN 
 BY 
 
 WILLIAM COOK: 
 
 Late Assistant Professor of German in Harvard College 
 
 WITH FULL VOCABULARIES 
 
 BY 
 L. PYLODET. 
 
 SECOND EDITION, REVISED.
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in ti year IfWt, by 
 
 8. R. URBINO, 
 In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts, 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1874, \)f 
 
 HENRY HOLT, 
 In the Office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington. 
 
 Copyright, 1881, 1887, 
 By HENRY HOLT A CO. 
 
 BOBEBT DRUMMOND, ELECTROTYPES AND PBINTKB, NEW YORK.
 
 This book is the result of a minute revision of the 
 18th German edition of Otto's Grammar, with the 
 addition of the vocabularies (revised) of the preceding 
 American edition. Errors have been corrected, and 
 several articles, as well as the index, to the fullness of 
 which especial attention is invited, entirely rewritten. 
 The selections in the Appendix are those of the American 
 
 edition. 
 
 WILLIAM COOK. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE, MASS., 
 
 December, 1880, 
 
 PUBLISHERS' NOTE TO THE SECOND EDITION, 
 
 The present edition has been carefully revised. Both the Classified 
 lists and the Alphabetical list of Irregular Verbs, on pages 172 to 221, 
 have been entirely recast. 
 NEW YOEK, July 1 1887. 
 
 2230744
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 FIRST PART. ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 PAS* 
 
 Pronunciation. Letters of the Alphabet 3 
 
 Pronunciation of the Vowels 4 
 
 Pronunciation of the Consonants 6 
 
 Accent 10 
 
 Exercises in Pronunciation 11 
 
 Parts of Speech 13 
 
 First Lesson. Definite Article 15 
 
 Second Lesson. Indefinite Article 18 
 
 Third Lesson. Declension of Substantives 21 
 
 First Declension 23 
 
 Fourth Lesson. Second Declension 27 
 
 Fifth Lesson. Third Declension 30 
 
 Sixth Lesson. Feminine Substantives. Fourth Declension 35 
 
 Seventh Lesson. Neuter Substantives. Fifth Declension 40 
 
 Eighth Lesson. Nouns with Prepositions 44 
 
 Ninth Lesson. Irregularities in the Formation of the Plural 48 
 
 Tenth Lesson. Gender of Substantives 55 
 
 Eleventh Lesson. Declension of Names of Persons -. 62 
 
 Twelfth Lesson. Names of Countries, Cities, etc 66 
 
 Thirteenth Lesson. Determinative Adjectives or Adjective Pronouns 71 
 Fourteenth Lesson. Auxiliary Verbs. aien. The Order of "Words 77 
 
 Fifteenth Lesson. @ctn 85 
 
 Sixteenth Lesson. 2Berbcn 89 
 
 Seventeenth Lesson. Modal Auxiliaries (fonncn etc.) 93 
 
 Eighteenth Lesson. Adjectives 102 
 
 Nineteenth Lesson. Comparison 112 
 
 Twentieth Lesson. Numerals 119 
 
 Twenty-first Lesson. Regular Verbs 127 
 
 Reading Lesson: Slefop 135 
 
 Twenty-second Lesson. Passive Voice 135 
 
 Twenty-third Lesson. Personal Pronouns 143 
 
 V
 
 VI CONTENTS. 
 
 ^AflS 
 
 Twenty-fourth Lesson. Interrogative Prononns 150 
 
 Demonstrative Pronouns 151 
 
 Possessive Pronouns 153 
 
 Belative Pronouns 155 
 
 Correlative Pronouns 158 
 
 Reading Lesson: gin tfyeurer $opf unfc ein ttoljlfeiter 162 
 
 Twenty-fifth Lesson. Indefinite Prononns 162 
 
 Twenty-sixth Lesson. Irregular Verbs 168 
 
 Those having a in the Imperfect 172 
 
 Twenty-seventh Lesson. Those having t or ie in the Imperfect 185 
 
 "Beading Lesson: ^osjtusfo'S SPrctb 194 
 
 Twenty-eighth Lesson. Those having o in the Imperfect 195 
 
 Reading Lesson: )ie grftnbung beg lafeS 201 
 
 Twenty-ninth Lesson. Those having it in me Imperfect 202 
 
 Irregular Verbs. Alphabetically Arranged 208 
 
 Thirtieth Lesson. Inseparable Verbs 221 
 
 Thirty-first Lesson. Separable Verbs 227 
 
 Prefixes which form some Separable and some Inseparable Verbs 234 
 
 Reading Lesson: $5er Sirocco 237 
 
 Thirty-second Lesson. Verbs which form the Perfect with felc 238 
 
 Thirty-third Lesson. Impersonal Verbs 244 
 
 Reading Lesson: <Die 3Menc unb bie aw>e 250 
 
 Thirty-fourth Lesson. Reflexive Verbs 251 
 
 Thirty-fifth Lesson. Adverbs 257 
 
 Reading Lesson: er bcmffcarc 8ott>e 268 
 
 Thirty-sixth Lesson. Conjunctions 269 
 
 Thirty-seventh Lesson: Prepositions 282 
 
 Reading Lesson: 3)o3 jcrbrocfycne ufctfen 292 
 
 Interjections 293 
 
 Promiscuous Exercises in Translation and Conversation . . . .293 
 
 SECOND PART. SYNTAX. 
 
 Thirty-eighth Lessen. The Definite Article 305 
 
 Reading Lesson: )ag boppelte SBcrfcredjen 315 
 
 Thirty-ninth Lesson: The Genitive of Substantives 317 
 
 Reading Lesson: Htyfyong V 322 
 
 Fortieth Lesson. The Modal Auxiliaries : . 323 
 
 Reading Lesson: 1)ie fed)g 2B6rtIem 334 
 
 Forty-first Lesson. Pronouns 335 
 
 Beading Lesson: gptftet , 344
 
 CONTENTS. vii 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Forty-second Lesson. Tenses of the Indicative 346 
 
 Reading Lesson: inige QURC au ^ bcm 2e6en ^einrtcf/S IV 350 
 
 Forty-third Lesson. The Subjunctive 352 
 
 The Imperative 359 
 
 Beading Lesson: $)te gepruftc reitc 361 
 
 Forty-fourth Lesson. The Infinitive 363 
 
 Eeading Lesson: SDie gepritftc Srcue (djtufjj 368 
 
 Forty-fifth Lesson. The Present Participle 370 
 
 Heading Lesson: $inblidje 8icbe 376 
 
 Forty-sixth Lesson. The Past Participle 378 
 
 The Future Passive Participle 380 
 
 Reading Lesson: )er SWann mtt bet eifcrncn 2Ka3fe 381 
 
 Forty-seventh Lesson. Adjectives 383 
 
 I. Adjectives followed by the Accusative 383 
 
 n. Adjectives followed by the Dative 383 
 
 HI. Adjectives followed by the Genitive 385 
 
 IV. Adjectives followed by Prepositions 385 
 
 V. Adjectives modified by an Adverb or Abverbial Phrase. . . .386 
 
 Reading Lesson: $)er 2#ann mtt bet etfernen SDtasfc (cfytuf?) 388 
 
 Forty-eighth Lesson. The Cases which Different Verbs take after them 389 
 
 I. Verbs which take the Nominative -. 389 
 
 n. Verbs which take the Dative 390 
 
 III. Verbs which take the Genitive 394 
 
 Reading Lesson: dbetmutfjige grcunbfcfyaft be beittfdjen 
 
 ftatfcrS flarl'8 V 396 
 
 IV. Verbs which take Prepositions 398 
 
 Forty-ninth Lesson. I. German Prepositions 400 
 
 n. English Prepositions 407 
 
 Reading Lesson: 8uca6 $ranadj 413 
 
 Fiftieth Lesson. Arrangement of Words 414 
 
 Principal Clauses of Declaratory Sentences 414 
 
 Questions 416 
 
 Optative Sentences 417 
 
 Dependent Clauses 417 
 
 Exceptions and Special Cases 418 
 
 Arrangement of the Words of the Rest of the Clause among 
 
 themselves 425 
 
 Observations of Importance when Translating from German 
 
 into English 427 
 
 Reading Lesson: SD cr ebte Off'Sto 430 
 
 Promiscuous Exercises in Translation and Conversation, n 436
 
 VTQ CONTENTS. 
 
 PAO* 
 
 Anecdotes for Translation into German 440 
 
 Dialogues for Translation into German: Dionysius, Pythias and Damon 449 
 
 The Dinner-party 452 
 
 Materials for German Conversation ' 4.CG 
 
 Idiomatic Expressions 4CO 
 
 German Proverbs 4G1 
 
 Easy Conversation 466 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 SPECIMENS OP GERMAN POETRY. 
 
 unb Srjaljlungen .......................................... 471 
 
 <Z>a8 $u6n$en nb ber SDiamant. <Da8 iBac&lein. <er Ocb. je unb ber Gfel. 5>er 
 flnabe unb bie CDarteln. 0>t gtfdjer. $*r roeifee $irf$. Jlefop. CDer ^afci 
 graber. >er SBUnbe unb ber Came. Der SRetfenbe. ZBinterniirdjen. 
 
 fiieber, glcgien :c .................................................. 477 
 
 <funben. $frbftUeb. e^lof etn, mein $erj. SB&Atemif. SSuS 
 2(tper. gru^ltngSUeb. 58 ifl ba8 Wrf tin flMtig Ding. Ta3 
 SKSgblfin. *afer8 onntagSlieb. grtf$ gefungcn. Qtr Wcnjle augenbltrf. 
 Dei CSt^malb. SEelte iRofe. grapng8 fflnfong. onette. iDidn Ceben. 
 Sluf bet SBanberung. 35a8 ffinb Wiaft. ie <5intef>r. Spru^. 3Konbna^t. 
 fiieber. fioretei. CDie fialten. griebe. tt8 SBIatt im 23u^e. gtummet 
 c^merj, Iaute8 (SlQrf. 3m ommer. 3^r nennt midj jlolj I 
 
 fieflettben, 9?oman3en itnb 93atlaben .................................. 492 
 
 SSartorcffa. er anger. GrlenfSnig. 35r rei*pe gurfl. Die $offnung. 
 <De8 QDeutf^en SSaterfanb. ^iflermel^t. (Sebet wabrenb ber e^la^t. fKeue. 
 Co(um6u8. Ter fpielenbe Stnabc. 2)8 Jlinb in ber 2Bicge. Xa8 Jgcdijle. - 
 $flic&t fur 3eben. JJreunb unb geinb. 
 
 Slnt^ologic ...................................................... 502 
 
 SSriefe, in @*retfcfc^Ttft ............................................ 507 
 
 Ciller an Sffi. eon $um6olbt. SEB. eon ^umbctbt an grau on 2BobI<cgen. oetl)e 
 an Differ, oet6e an fitter. Charlotte eon d?iHer an bie iprinjeffin ffaroltna 
 Souife ten a(^?en-2Betmar. 
 
 German and English Vocabulary .................................. 
 
 English and German Vocabulary .................................. 
 
 General Index .......................................... ........ 575
 
 Part 1. 
 
 ETYMOLOGY
 
 Cc DdEe 
 
 b 6 c S> b <g 
 
 F f Og Hh I1JJ Kk 
 
 L 1 Mm Nn OoPp 
 
 1 3H m 
 
 Br BBS Tt Un 
 
 SC t II it 
 
 COMPOUND CONSONANTS. 
 
 Ch Ck BS BZ sell 8p Bt th tZ 
 
 4 tf ff f W fr ff t^
 
 PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 LETTERS OF THE ALPHABET. 
 
 The German Alphabet consists of twenty-six letters, 
 as follows: 
 
 Characters. Names. Characters. Names. 
 
 21, 
 
 a 
 
 zz a 
 
 ah. 
 
 yi, 
 
 n zz 
 
 n 
 
 enn. 
 
 33, 
 
 b 
 
 zz b 
 
 bay. 
 
 ), 
 
 zz 
 
 O 
 
 o. 
 
 6, 
 
 c 
 
 zz c 
 
 tsay. 
 
 ?f 
 
 V = 
 
 P 
 
 pay. 
 
 ), 
 
 b 
 
 zz d 
 
 day. 
 
 }, 
 
 q zz 
 
 q 
 
 koo. 
 
 <g, 
 
 e 
 
 zz e 
 
 ay. 
 
 $1, 
 
 r zz 
 
 r 
 
 air. 
 
 ft 
 
 f 
 
 { 
 
 eff. 
 
 @, j 
 
 , zz 
 
 s 
 
 ess. 
 
 , 
 
 9 
 
 - g 
 
 gay- 
 
 z, 
 
 t zz 
 
 t 
 
 tay. 
 
 Sr 
 
 !j 
 
 zz h 
 
 hah. 
 
 u, 
 
 It zz 
 
 u 
 
 oo. 
 
 0, 
 
 t 
 
 zz i 
 
 ee. 
 
 8, 
 
 t) zz 
 
 V 
 
 fow. 
 
 3, 
 
 i 
 
 = j 
 
 yot. 
 
 28, 
 
 to zz 
 
 w 
 
 vay. 
 
 ft 
 
 ! 
 
 zz k 
 
 kah. 
 
 , 
 
 $ 
 
 X 
 
 ix. 
 
 , 
 
 I 
 
 zz 1 
 
 ell. 
 
 9), 
 
 9 
 
 y 
 
 ipsilon, 
 
 2tt, 
 
 tn 
 
 zz m 
 
 em. 
 
 3, 
 
 J zz 
 
 z 
 
 tset. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 JC. zz 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 Note that all in the column of names represents the 
 sound of a in hard; that oo in the same column is pro- 
 nounced as in fool, and ow as in fowl. Yot has the short 
 German o, which is explained further on.
 
 4 PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 The pronunciation of the following combinations needs 
 especial notice, as it could not in every case be inferred 
 from the pronunciation of the single letters. 
 
 Vowels doubled : 2la, (e, Do. 
 Vowels modified : 2le, a, De, o, lie, ti. 
 Diphthongs: 2tt, @i, (u, 
 
 2lu, 
 Combinations : <&\), 
 
 f, @t, @P, 
 
 2$, Git. 
 
 The following characters are somewhat alike, and might 
 "be mistaken for one another by beginners : 
 
 ,; <, <gj & 3; a,tt,9tj >,>} it, u; r, r; f f f. 
 
 1. PRONTJNCIATION OF THE VOWELS. 
 
 A vowel or a modified vowel followed by ty, e.g., ofy, efy, 
 f), is always long. The vowels are also always long when 
 doubled, e.g., aa, 00. In words of more than one syllable, 
 a vowel in an accented syllable is generally long if followed 
 by a single consonant, e.g., fya'ben. 
 
 On the other hand, a vowel or a modified vowel followed 
 by the same consonant doubled is always short, thus 
 ^Pappe, fiillen, and generally short when the two consonants 
 are different ones, e.g., fangen, rounb. 
 
 3(, a, when long is pronounced like a in father, thus 
 after, l>abe, laben; when short like a in what, thus 2lffe, SWann, 
 
 (5, c, when long is pronounced like a in fate, thus jeber, 
 SRel), mefyr. ( when short is pronounced like e in led, 
 thus ffielt, fd^nefl, benn. 
 
 But e in words of more than one syllable, if unaccented, 
 is pronounced much like u in but, thus 33itte, SSerein. In
 
 PBONUNCIATION. 5 
 
 this case, however, it is silent in el, cm, en final ; thus oben 
 is pronounced ob'n. 
 
 $, i, when long is pronounced like ee in reed, thus ifyttt; 
 when short like i in pin, thus immcr, tppe, $tttt>. 
 
 tC is pronounced like ee in reed. In words of foreign 
 origin, however, if it has not the accent, it is pronounced 
 like yuh (u as in but), thus Silte, |)tftorte. 
 
 O,0, when long is pronounced like o in sole, thus Of en, 
 fyolcn, 9tol)r, the sound is the same in quality, but is 
 uttered in less time. It resembles the vowel sound 
 often heard in the clipped provincial pronunciation of 
 coat, stone, whole; thus olb, fommen, foil. 
 
 D short must not be confounded with 21 short, e.g., the 
 first syllable of )tto must not be pronounced like the first 
 of otter. (This latter sound is that of a). 
 
 It, It, when long is pronounced like oo in fool, thus 
 33litt, nun, rufen; when short like oo in good, thus 
 
 , t), is pronounced like i, 
 
 2. PROITUNCIATIOK- OF THE MODIFIED VOWELS. 
 
 9(c, ft, when long is pronounced like a in fate, e.g., 
 $afe, gramen ; when short like e in bed, e.g., ffiUt, Mite. 
 
 Of, Q, is pronounced like eu in French, i.e., the lips are 
 held as in pronouncing u in rule, the other organs of speech 
 as in pronouncing a in fate, e.g., (long) ^tofjler, bbe, (short) 
 >olle, Bfter. 
 
 lie, ii, is pronounced like w in French, i.e., the lips are 
 held as in pronouncing u in rule, the other organs of 
 speech as in pronouncing ee in reed, e.g., (long) tlebel, 
 fiil;ren, (short) fallen, -wtte,
 
 6 PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 3. PHOWTTNCIATION" OF THE DIPHTHONGS. 
 
 9(cu, Oil, is pronounced between the oi of boil and the 
 t of pine, but nearer the former, e.g., .>aufer, SBaitme. 
 
 9U, at, is pronounced like t in pine, but in this and in 
 all other German diphthongs the fusion of the two parts 
 is not so perfect as in English, i.e., we hear with some 
 distinctness first a as in father, and then t as in pin. 
 Examples: aifer, 2ftau 
 
 3(u, ait, is pronounced like ou in house, c.g., $au$, 33aum. 
 
 5(t), at), is pronounced like at. 
 
 (i, Ct, is pronounced like at, but some Germans make 
 the first element of the diphthong a in hat, instead of a, 
 infatlier. Examples, fetn, (t. 
 
 (Ill, Ctt, is pronounced like ait. 
 
 (It), ft), is pronounced like ct. 
 
 4. PROTniNCIATIOM- OF THE CONBONAITTS. 
 
 33, b, is pronounced as in English, except at the end of a 
 syllable, or before any consonant save I or r, and then it 
 is pronounced like p, e.g., 33all, rab, Sabfat, gcfjabt. 
 
 As regards the division of syllables, a single consonant 
 (except ()) between vowels goes with the latter syllable, 
 thus fya^beit, ei^ntg ; unless the consonant is the last letter 
 of a prefix or of a word, thus cr*einen (in which cr is a 
 prefix in the same way as pro or prae is in English), ^)uf* 
 Ctfen which means Jiorse-shoe (i.e., "hoof-iron."). 
 
 (, t, is pronounced before a, C, i and ty like ts, elsewhere 
 like k, e.g., (Eitrone, Garl. 
 
 But d^ has a pronunciation of its own, namely after 
 a, und U (also ait, but not eu nor au) like ch in the Scotch 
 word loch, e.g., 35ad): after other letters much like hy, with 
 the y pronounced as a consonant, e.g., id) ; these sounds
 
 PRONUNCIATION. 7 
 
 are not found in English. Whitney advises the student 
 to begin by pronouncing cfy like h. But cf) at the begin- 
 ning of a syllable is pronounced (a) in the termination 
 efyen like liy, (b) in Gfyarroocfye and (Efyarfrettag like k, (c) in 
 words derived from the Greek like h 
 
 dj is pronounced like x, e.g., SBadjS, unless the d) 
 belongs to the stem and the f to a termination or another 
 word, e.g., wacfyft, wakest ; wacfyfam, wakeful. 
 
 (f is pronounced as in English. 
 
 $, J, is pronounced as in English, except at the end of a 
 syllable, and then it is pronounced like t, e.g., anbern, milt). 
 
 $, f, is pronounced as in English, e.g., fern, 3lffe. 
 
 , Q, is pronounced as in English, except at the end of a 
 syllable, and then it is pronounced like d) in a similar 
 position, e.g., eft), log, fltftfg. 
 
 ), |, is silent, except at the beginning of a syllable 
 where it is pronounced as in English, e.g., $&lt, so also in 
 3nl)alt. In the middle or at the end of a syllable, it 
 merely lengthens the preceding vowel, e.g. SBefy, ifyttU 
 
 3i, t, is pronounced like y. 
 
 ft, f, 8, I, 2R, m, 91, It, and <p, Jj, are pronounced as in 
 English, except that I tends somewhat towards the pro- 
 nunciation of ly (with y a consonant). lt$ is pronounced 
 as in singer, and not as in finger, e.g., Singer. In pf, pf, 
 pt, pfytl), all the letters are pronounced, thus pfennig, 
 ^pjpcfytatrie, Xopf. $1 is pronounced as in English. 
 
 CM, J|1t, is pronounced between Jew and fry, but more 
 nearly like the latter, e.g., quer. 
 
 91, r, is always distinctly heard; in English it is in 
 many combinations almost silent It is pronounced not 
 precisely as in English, it must be trilled or rolled. 
 
 , f, is pronounced at the beginning of a syllable before 
 a vowel like z, elsewhere like ss. But fp and jl at the be-
 
 8 PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 ginning of a word, or of a part of a compound word, 
 are best pronounced slip and sht; in some parts of Ger- 
 many, however, the pronunciation sp and st prevails, ff, 
 jj and f3 are pronounced like ss. 
 
 It will be observed that there are two characters in 
 German corresponding to small s, namely 3 and f. Of 
 these $ is used at the end of a syllable, and f elsewhere, 
 e.g., la$, lafcn, fage, Dre$t>en. Similarly, ff, jj and f$ are 
 different ways of writing the same thing. When the Ger- 
 mans use our type, as they do for instance frequently in 
 scientific works, all three are printed ss. ff, or at the end 
 of a syllable f, is used after a short vowel, e.g., 5 fl f^/ 
 nnffen, 1 fyafgte, and p after a long vowel, e.g., ruf?, griifjen, 
 (jritfjte. Most Germans, however, make two exceptions to 
 this simple rule ; that is to say, they write (a) when the 
 letters are followed by t or (b) stand at the end of a 
 syllable, always fj, whatever the quantity of the preceding 
 vowel may be, thus 5 fl P/ f fl H 3 fl Pto ; and never use fS 
 at alL 
 
 2, t, is pronounced as in English, e.g., treten, except that 
 the syllable tton is pronounced tsion. |> is pronounced 
 like t, e.g., Xfyat just as if written Xat. 
 
 85, to, is pronounced like /, e.g., SSatcr, except in the 
 middle of a word and in words from foreign languages. In 
 these cases it is pronounced like v. 
 
 2B, to, is pronounced between v and w,but more like v, 
 e.g., totilf Cttrig. In the combination ottJ, W is silent. 
 
 #, J, is pronounced as in English. 
 
 3, 3, is pronounced like te in its, e.g., jefyn, U$, a&cn, $tt)eu 
 
 i ff and | go with the following syllable, if this following syllable begins with s 
 vowel, e.g., 5a=fiung, ipt=f j, atu$er, except of course in compound words of which the 
 first component part ends in |.
 
 PRONUNCIATION. 9 
 
 5. THE DIVISION OP WORDS INTO SYLLABLES. 
 
 The rule for a single consonant between vowels has 
 already been given under the pronunciation of the letter 53* 
 
 The following examples illustrata sufficiently German 
 usage in somo of the other cases which might puzzle a 
 foreigner: la^cfyen, n>a*ffycn, fo^ften, la^ffcn, cutler, 3ofe^p^tne, 
 >fl'fpc, Slp^fel (but pf after a consonant goes with the 
 latter syllable, as in fum^ftg) ; ti^bten, Stfcfe, ftam^meln. 
 
 In compound words the division comes of course 
 between the component parts, e.g., (Srt^apfel, earth-apple 
 or potato, not (Sr^bdpfeL 
 
 Words formed from other words by adding a termina- 
 tion or from stems by adding a termination, are divided 
 before the termination if this latter begins with a con- 
 sonant, e.g., ^inbcr^nt^ hindrance, not ^)inbern4. The 
 contrary is the case when the termination begins with a 
 vowel, e.g., fin-btfcfy, childish. 
 
 6. CAPITAL LETTERS. 
 
 Nouns and words used as nouns begin with a capital, 
 e.g., Sftann, man; $etttrtd), Henry ; ba cfybtte, ike, beautiful, 
 i.e., what is beautiful; bit Slltett, the old, i.e., old people; baS 
 terben, tJie to die, i.e., dying. 
 
 Of the personal pronouns, te, you; (f, you; and 3I)r, 
 your, begin with capitals to distinguish them from the 
 same words with a different signification. 
 
 7. GERMAN HAlSroWRlTJJro. 
 
 The Germans use their own peculiar written characters, 
 which will be found at the beginning of this book, to a 
 much greater extent than they do those which they possess
 
 10 PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 in common with ourselves. The latter, however, may be 
 used everywhere, and as a matter of fact, are used almost 
 exclusively in signatures and the addresses of letters. 
 
 8. ACCENT. 
 
 The student will find but little trouble in placing the 
 accent on the right syllable in German, for the principles 
 are generally the same as in English, as the following 1 
 examples and general rules to which, however, there are 
 some exceptions will show. 
 
 1. $&tNtci), ha'tefid; fyafj'te, ha'ted. The stem, not the 
 termination, takes the accent. However, the termination 
 Ct as in daserei', slavery, and the ie of verbs having the 
 infinitive in ieren, e.g., ftitbie'ren, to study, are accented. 1 
 
 2. 3lu'gfatten, to faU out', befa'llen, to befa'U. The separ- 
 able prefixes of verbs receive the accent, the inseparable 
 ones do not. 2 The following are the inseparable prefixes, 
 be, ent, emp, er, $e, er, jer. Similarly, these latter do not 
 receive the accent when occurring in other parts of 
 speech, eg., 23deg', example. 
 
 3. gin'gerrtng, finger-ring; lle'berrorf, overcoat; 5rtnf'# 
 roaffer, drinking-water. Compound words have the accent 
 on the accented syllable of the first part of the compound. 
 From this rule are excepted compound particles, (i.e., 
 prepositions, conjunctions and adverbs), e.g., bafyin', thitlier ; 
 obgleid)', although; and some other compound words. 
 
 4. Words which have been adopted into German from 
 some foreign language (instead of descending through the 
 languages which preceded modern German), generally 
 
 i This termination may also be spelled tren. 
 
 The difference as to prefix between these verbs comes out when we conjugate 
 them. For instance, ouSfaHen has e flUt au8, it falls out ; but befallen has eg bcf Stlt,
 
 BEADING EXERCISES. 11 
 
 have the accent on the last syllable, e.g., Sultur', civilisa- 
 tion; tUDcnt', student. Here the German accent differs 
 from the English. 
 
 5. The negative prefix tin often has the accent, e.g., 
 lln'fraut. Here also German differs from English. 
 
 READING EXERCISES. 
 
 $ic 8iene unb bte 
 
 The Bee and the Dove. 
 
 (Sine burftige 23tcne, oietdje gn enter htet(e JjtnciBgefttegen 
 
 A thirsty bee, which to a spring descended 
 
 ftar, um $n trtnfen, uwrbe Don bent ftromenben SBaffcr 
 
 was, in order to drink, was by the streaming water 
 
 fortgertffen, unb ftcire ktnalje ertntnfen. (Sine aube, 
 
 carried away and was nearly drowned. A dove 
 
 toefdje bte[c kmertte, pirfte ctu ^oumBtatt at) unb toarf 
 
 which this perceived, picked a (tree)leaf oflf and threw 
 
 e in ba SBaffer. )te 53tene crgrtff e unb rettete ftcf). 
 
 it into the water. The bee seized it and saved herself. 
 
 Sfttdjt (ange nadjljer fa bte ^tauBe auf ctnem Sannte 
 
 Not long afterwards sat the dove on a tree 
 
 unb kmerfte tttdjt, ba ein Oiiger init feiner ^Unte auf 
 
 and perceived not, that a hunter with his gun at 
 
 fte jtcfte. S)te ban!6are 33tene, incite bte (^efatjr erlonnte f 
 
 her aimed. The thankful bee which the danger recognised, 
 
 in tt>etd)er tljre 2Bo()(tI)titerin ftc^ Bcfanb, flog Ijinjn unb* 
 
 in which her benefactress herself found, flew up and 
 
 ftad) ben -Sager in bte |)anb. S)er (S(^u gtng baneben 
 
 stung the hunter in the hand. The shot went aside, 
 
 unb bte cmk ttar gerettet 
 
 and the dove was saved.
 
 12 READING EXERCISES. 
 
 $tc brct 
 
 The three Friends. 
 
 (5m Sftann fyattc brct gfrcunbc; jtoet Don tfjnett (tefcte 
 
 A man had three friends ; two of them loved 
 
 cr [cl)r; bcr brittc ioor Ujm gfetdjgtfttg, ofcgfetdj btcfer [cm 
 
 he much ; the third was to him indifferent, though this one his 
 
 kftcr ftrcmtb tuor. (Shift tourbe cr Dor ben ^tdjtct 
 
 best friend was. Once was he before the judge 
 
 gcforbcrt, ino cr ofcfdjon nnfdjutbtg bod) fyart tier* 
 
 summoned, where he though innocent yet heavily ac- 
 
 !(cigt )uor. SSer untcr cud, fagtc cr 311 fetnen ^rcunbcn, 
 
 cused was. Who among you, said he to his friends, 
 
 ttritt nut nitr gel)cn nnb fiir nttd^ jengen? benn ic^ bin 
 
 will with me go and for me witness? for I am 
 
 nngcredjt t>crf(agt, nnb bcr $omg jiirnt 
 
 unjustly accusd, and the king is angry. 
 
 2)er crftc fetncr ^reunbe entfc^ntbtgte ftc^ fogtctd^ itnb 
 
 The first of his friends excused himself immediately and 
 
 fagtc, cr fb'nne nidjt nut tf)in gcljcn h)cgcn anbcrcr cf^cifte. 
 
 said, he could not with him go on account of other business. 
 
 2)er 3 tl)e to fcegtettcte i^n fctS gn ber ^Ijitre bc 9ftdjt- 
 
 The second accompanied him as far as the door of the tri- 
 
 ^aufej bann h)anbte er ftdj urn nnb gtng gurntf, au8 
 
 bunal ; then turned he (himself) about and went back, out of 
 
 Owdfyt tior bent gorntgcn ^td^ter, 3)er 2)rttte, auf tDctc^en 
 
 fear of the angry judge. The third, on whom 
 
 cr ant toentgften gefmnt tyattc, gtng Ijiuetn, rebete fiir ifyn 
 
 he the least relied had, went in, spoke for him 
 
 itnb geugte Don fetner Unfdnttb [o freubtg, boj^ 'bcr 
 
 and gave evidence of his innocence so cheerfully that the 
 
 Sfttdjter ttjtt loStiefc nnb be[c^enlte. 
 
 judge him liberated and rewarded.
 
 PAETS OF SPEECH. 13 
 
 )ret ftreunbe Ijat ber Sftenfd) in biefer SBelt, nrie betrogen 
 
 Three friends has the man in this world, how behave 
 
 fte fid; in ber (Stunbe be obe3, tuenn ott iljn 
 
 they (themselves) in the hour of (the) death, when God him 
 
 toor fein ^eri^t forbert? )o$ efb, fein crfter ^eunb, 
 
 before his tribunal summons ? (The) money, his first friend, 
 
 tierliiftt ifjn jnerft, unb geljt uifyt ntit iljm* (Seine 55 er* 
 
 leaves him first and goes not with him. His re- 
 
 itmnbten unb ^rennbe begteiten tf)n bi-3 jn ber Satire 
 
 lotions and friends accompany him unto the door 
 
 beg rabeS, unb fefjren bann juri'tc! in ifjre Confer. 
 
 of the grave, and return then back into their houses. 
 
 )er 2)ritte, ben er im ^eben om bfteften berga, ftnb 
 
 The third, whom he in (the) life the oftenest forgot, are 
 
 feine guten SBerte. @ie ottein begteiten ifjn bi3 gu 
 
 his good works. They alone accompany him as far as 
 
 bent Sfjrone be$ $ftirf)tergj fie ge^en Doran, fpredjcn fitr 
 
 the throne of the judge ; they precede, speak for 
 
 tfyn, unb finben SBarmfjer^tglfeit unb nabe. 
 
 him, and find mercy and grace. 
 
 ETYMOLOGY. 
 
 PRELIMINARY NOTIONS. PARTS OP SPEECH. 
 
 There are in the German language ten parts of speech : 
 
 1) The article, ber Strttfel or ba$ efcfylecfytSroort. 
 
 2) The noun or substantive, boS $auptnjort. 
 
 3) The determinative adjective or adjective pronoun, 
 
 bag $Scftimmun$3tt>ort 
 
 4) The (qualifying) adjective, bag
 
 14 PAKTS OF SPEECH. 
 
 5) The pronoun, tag prwort. 
 
 6) The verb, tag 3ettroort 
 
 7) The adverb, tag llmfiantgroort 
 
 8) The preposition, tag SSorwort. 
 
 9) The conjunction, tag 33intett>ort. 
 10) The interjection, tag Slugrufgroort. 
 
 The first six are variable, the four last invariable. 
 
 The change which the first five undergo by means of 
 terminations, is called declension; it shows gender, number 
 and case. 
 
 There are in German three genders : the masculine, tag 
 ma nnlicfye ; the feminine, tag ttJetbltcfye; and the neuter, 
 tag fa cfylicfye ef(i)led)t. The rules of gender will be found in 
 the tenth lesson. 
 
 There are two numbers: the singular, (Einjafyl, and the 
 plural, -Jftefyr jafyl ; and four cases : the nominative, genitive 
 dative and accusative. 
 
 The nominative, 3Qerfatt, answers the question who? 
 or what? Ex. Who is learning? The boy (Latin, puer). 
 
 The genitive or possessive, SBeffenfatt, answers the ques- 
 tion wJiose? or of which? Ex. Whose book? The boy's 
 book (pueri). 
 
 The dative, 5Qemfatl, answers the question to whom ? - 
 Ex. To whom shall I give it ? To the boy (puero). 
 
 The accusative or objective, SBenfall, marks the object 
 of an action and answers the question ivhom ? or what ? 
 Ex. Whom or what do you see? I see the boy (puerum), 
 the house (domum). 
 
 NOTE. For the vocative case there is no particular form in German ; 
 if required, the nominative serves for it
 
 DEFINITE AHTICLE. 16 
 
 FIRST LESSON. 
 
 THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 ($tr bcftiiltmU Jlrtifcl.) 
 
 There are in German as in English two articles: the 
 definite and the indefinite. 
 
 The definite article, answering to the English tlie, has for 
 each gender in the singular a different form, viz. : 
 Masc., bet, as, bet 2)?ann, the man, 
 Fern., bie, tlte rau, the woman, 
 
 Neut. y btt, btt ftint>, the child, 
 
 Plural for all three genders bie, 
 
 as, bie Scanner, the men, 
 &te grauen, the women, 
 tlte $infcer, the children. 
 
 It will be observed on consulting the paradigm below, 
 that the nominative singular feminine is like the accusa- 
 tive singular feminine, the nominative singular neuter, in 
 the same way, like the accusative singular neuter, and the 
 nominative plural like the accusative plural. 
 
 This is the case also with all nouns and adjectives. 
 
 DECLENSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neuter. All genders. 
 
 Nom. ber bte ba, the bie, the 
 
 Gen. be bcr be, of the ber, of the 
 Dot. bent ber bent, to the ben, to the 
 Ace. ben bic ba, the bie, the 
 
 The following words are declined like ber, except that 
 the neuter nominative and accusative ends in e 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neuter. AU genders. 
 
 biefer btcfe bicfeg, this btefe, these 
 
 jener jene }enc3, that jene, those 
 
 njeldjer ttjetcfje U)eId)C0, which? what? ttjetdje, which? what? 
 
 jeber iebe fcbeS, every
 
 SINGULAR. 
 Masc. Fern. Jt'euier. 
 
 DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 DECLENSION. 
 
 N. btefer biefe biefcS, this 
 
 G. btefeg biefer btefeg, of this 
 
 D. biefem btefer btefem, to this 
 
 A. biefen btefe btefeS, this 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 Allgendert. 
 
 btcfe, these 
 
 btefer, of these 
 
 btefeit, to these 
 
 btefe, these. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 2)tefer 9J?ann, this man. 
 3ene grau, that woman. 
 
 2Beld)en <Stod focc.j, which stick? 
 SebeS $tnb, every child. 
 
 WORDS (Shorter.) 1 
 
 $6nig, the king 
 bie $omgtn, the queen 
 btt <3d)lo, the castle, palace 
 ber 23ater, the father 
 bie Sftutter, the mother 
 bag $tnb, the child 
 ber -Iftann, the man 
 bie &au, the woman 
 ber (gofyn, the son 
 bie od)ter, the daughter 
 
 ja, yes nettt, 
 S. 3d) ^abe, I have 
 bu Ijaft, thou hast 
 er fyat, he has 
 fte fyat, she has 
 
 ber arten, the garden 
 baS au^, the house 
 bag Sud), the book 
 ber 2Beht, the wine 
 ba Staffer, the water 
 bie ^eber, the pen 
 ber tod, the stick 
 ber unb, the dog 
 bte ^tafce, the cat 
 itnb, and 
 no ntdjt, not. 
 abe id)? have I? 
 faft bu? hast thou? 
 !^at er ? has he ? 
 fycit fte ? has she ? 
 
 READING EXERCISE (tteillttg) 1. 
 
 S5ater itnb ber (Soljn. ie Gutter unb 
 ten unb ba ^>aug. liefer artcn, jeneS 
 tod.' )u {ojl ba 2Baffer. 
 
 ben 
 
 Xct 
 
 1 In this and the following lists of words the article precedes each substantive, that 
 it may be learned at the same time and fix the gender of the substantive in the student's 
 mind. It may also be observed here, once for all, that the words occurring either in 
 the roles, or preceding the exercises, are to be well committed to memory, as their 
 signification is seldom repeated in subsequent lessons. 
 
 2 A noua governed by the verb Ija&en, to have, or by any other transitive verb, must 
 be in the accusative. Most German monosyllabic substantives are alike in the nom- 
 native and accusative singular.
 
 DEFINITE ARTICLE. 1? 
 
 Stotcr |at ben SBetn. SBcWjcn 2Bcht ? Sclrfjeg SBaffer? liefer unb. 
 2)iefe $afee. SDaa it tub jcncr ftrau (Gen.). 2Belde* #tnb ? 3ebeg 
 $mb. 2BeW)c gran? 2Beld)er SWann fjat ben unb? SBeldjen 
 tocf fyat ber Sftann ? (r fyat btefen tod. 
 
 Slufgafie (EXERCISES FOR TRANSLATION) 2. 
 
 1. The king and the queen. The son and the daughter. 
 The father and the mother. The child has the book. The 
 daughter has the book. The man has the (ace.) stick. I have 
 the wine. The man has the water. This father. This woman. 
 This house. The king has the castle. The queen has the 
 book. Which book? What house? Which pen? That book ; 
 that pen. Every man. I have the (ace.) dog. 
 
 2. 1 I have not the stick. The child has the stick. That 
 wine and this water. This man has not the book. What castle 
 has the (Nom.) king? He has that castle. That mother has 
 the child. The house of the woman. 2 The castle of the queen. 
 Hast thou the book? What plates (Seller)? These plates. 
 Those plates. The son of the queen. The pen of the daugh- 
 ter. 2 Every mother. Every book. 
 
 (CONVERSATION). 
 
 cibe id) Me fteber? 3a, bit fyaft Me fteber. 
 
 |>aft bit bag 23ttd) ? 9?etn, id) fjabe bag 33itd) ntd)t. 
 
 |>at ber $atev ben SBetn? (Sr Ijat ben 2Betn. 
 
 $at bte ftrcrn bte $ae? 3a, fie I)at Me ^afce. 
 
 2Betd)e ^ae I)ut fie? <Ste Ijat bte jimge (young) 
 
 )at bag $inb ben Stod 1 ? 9Zetn, ber 33ater ^at ben torf. 
 
 2Betd)eg d)to fjat bte ^onigtn? @ie ^at btefeg Sd)Io. 
 
 at btefe gran bag ^tnb ? -JMn, |ene gran ^at eg (it). 
 
 {>at ber SDJamt ben mnb ? S)er SWaim I)at ben mnb nid)t; 
 
 er i)at bte $at$e. 
 
 2Betd)eg 33itd) ()at ber <2of)n? (gr ^at bag 23ud) ber SWutter. 
 
 at bte Gutter bag Slid) ? ^etn, bte od)ter I)at bag Sitd). 
 
 2Bctd)e geber ^at bag ^tnb ? (S ^at bte geber ber grau. 
 
 ^at ber SJater 28affer? ^etn, er f)at 2Betn. 
 
 SSefdjeg aug t)at ber 9^ann? <gr ^at bag aug ber Gutter. 
 
 i Most of the exercises are divided into two parts. The secoiid part need not be 
 translated until the pupil reviews, which should be done after 10 or 12 lessons have 
 been gone through. 
 
 s Feminine nouns have all the other cases in the singular like the nominative, 
 BO that lin the einuular) only the article preceding them is declined.
 
 INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 SECOND LESSON. 
 
 THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 I ttr unbt ilimnuf Vrtifel.) 
 
 The indefinite article, which is equivalent to the English 
 a or an, has also three genders, but in the nominative, the 
 masculine and neuter are alike, viz., 
 
 Masc., etn, as, ein Sttann, 
 Fem., eine, eine Orrau, 
 Neuter, ein, ein $inb. 
 It has no plural. 
 
 DECLENSION OF THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 
 Mate. 
 
 Fem. 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 cin 
 
 eine 
 
 ein, 
 
 a 
 
 0. 
 
 eineg 
 
 einer 
 
 C11IC0, 
 
 of a 
 
 D. 
 
 cittern 
 
 enter 
 
 einem, 
 
 to a 
 
 A. 
 
 eincn 
 
 eine 
 
 ein, 
 
 a 
 
 The following words are declined in the same way, but 
 have a plural : 
 
 Masc. Fem. Neuter. 
 
 unfer nnfere unfer, our, 
 3fjr ptjre Oljr, your, 
 tljr tt)re iljr, her, their. 
 
 Mate. 
 
 Fem. 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 
 fein 
 
 feine 
 
 fein, 
 
 no, 1 
 
 mein 
 bein 
 fein 
 
 meine 
 beine 
 feine 
 
 mein, 
 bein, 
 fein, 
 
 my, 
 thy, 
 his, its. 
 
 DELENSION. 
 BZHOHI4S. 
 
 Masc. Fem. Neuter. 
 
 N. mein meinc mein, my, 
 
 O. meineS meiner meine?, of my, 
 
 D. meinew meiner meinem, to my, 
 
 A. meinen meine mein, my, 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 All genders. 
 
 meine, my 
 meiner, of my 
 meinen, to my 
 meine, my. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 $ein 33rob, no bread 
 Unfer Skter, our father 
 31)r 33ud), your book 
 
 SJJeinc <2djn)cfler, my sister 
 Unferc SJZuttcr, our mother 
 <2cui ^ferb, his horse. 
 
 i This of course is the adjective no, as in no water, no book*. No, in answer toavjues- 
 tion, e. y., " Have you Been him ?" " No," is, lltia.
 
 INDEFINITE AETICLE. 
 
 19 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 (Sine 9?ofe, a rose 
 
 etn Sfteffer, n., a knife 
 
 cm ^ebenneffer, n., a penknife 
 
 eine abel, a fork 
 
 em offel, m., a spoon 
 
 em $leib, n., a dress 
 
 em 33ruber, TO., a brother 
 
 etn ^ferb, w., a horse 
 
 etn i)ter, n., an animal 
 
 em 5tpfel, TO., an apple 
 
 eine 23irne, a pear 
 
 erne (Stabt, a city 
 
 cine 3riid)t, a fruit 
 
 PL 3Bir fyaben, we have 
 
 ^ tt' \ Jon have 
 <te b,aben, ) J 
 
 fie Ijaben, they have 
 
 fein 33aum, m., no tree 
 
 ntem 9?oc!, TO., my coat 
 
 etne 33titme, a flower 
 
 etn mt, m., a hat 
 
 fein $reunb, TO., his friend 
 
 fcfyon, fine, beautiful 
 
 alt, old ; fefyr, very 
 
 jung, young 
 
 gefefyen, seen 
 
 geben <Ste, (imp. pi.) give 
 
 tft, is ; aurf), also 
 
 ntir, me (i.e., to me) 
 
 ober, or ; toer, who ? rt)0, where ? 
 
 >aben hitr, have we ? 
 
 ft bti W' [have you? 
 ^aben @te, ) 
 
 Ijaben fie, have they ? 
 
 READING EXERCISE 3. 
 
 fja&e eine Slume. aft bit nteine 33(ume ? 2Btr ^aben einen 
 aben <Ste aurf) etnen ^reunb? SDtefer 9}iann ift ntein 
 greunb. @ie ^at letn Srob. @ie ^aben feinen 5(pfet. SJMn 
 ^at eine Sirne ; e8 (it) b,at aitd) etne 9[tofe. 3f)r @ot)n unb 
 Sodjter ^aben Jenen 33aum gefetjen. 1 3)ie ^a^e ift etn I)ier. 
 9iofe ift eine 58htme. eben @ie biefe^ 33tt^ nteinem @o 
 eben @ie ntir eine anbere (another) 23tume. iefe^ ^pau8 ift nic^t 
 fdjon. 2 Unfere <5tabt ift fe^r alt. 
 
 Slufjiafic 4. 
 
 1. I have a rose. She has a book. You have a 3 stick. My 
 brother has a pear. My sister has an apple. His child has a 
 knife. We have no bread. Give me a rose. The father has 
 no horse. A dog is an animal. Which pen has this child? 
 The son has a hat. Who has a flower? My daughter has a 
 flower. Where is your mother? That tree has no apple. I 
 
 1 In compound tenses the past participle conies next to last and the infinitive, if there 
 is one, last. 
 
 2 Adjectives, when placed after their nouns, remain unchanged, 
 s Accusative masc. See foot-note 2, p. 16.
 
 20 
 
 INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 ?/?.) spoon. That house is old. 1 Her house is 
 Lorse is young. Have you seen " the castle of 
 
 have no (Ace. 
 beautiful My 
 our queen ? 
 
 2. Give this stick to 3 my brother. Give this penknife to 1 
 your sister. The apple is a fruit. The rose is no fruit, it (fie) 
 is a flower. You have no hat. Where is your hat? Who 
 has seen my hat ? Give me a knife. Give me also a fork and 
 a spoon. He has not his coat. They have no horse. Where 
 is my brother ? Where is my sister's rose ? Not every horse 
 is old ; this horse is young. 
 
 3prcd)iiluutfl. 
 
 (what) fjaben <Ste? 
 aben @ie eine 9tofe ? 
 Jaftbuein^ferb? 
 
 Ratbag inb23rob? 
 2Berb,atmein23urf)? 
 2Bo ift betne geber? 
 SBelrfjeS au$ fyaben @te? 
 3ft 3b,r canning? 
 2Bo ift tnein gtbermeffer? 
 at unfere Gutter eine 
 2BeJ"rf)e8 2tteffer fyat ntein fiinb? 
 3ft bte^ofe eine ftrucfjt? 
 Scffen (whose) ^(etb ift btefeS? 
 SBeffen tocf ^aben <Ste? 
 2Berb,atmem23ud)? 
 ioir 2Baffer? 
 
 OflbiefiofeeemZ^iet? 
 
 3ftfie(it)frf)bn? 
 
 ^>at O^re Gutter etnen 33ruber ? 
 
 3a, tc 
 
 eine 33hmte. 
 cine 9?ofe. 
 b,abe fetn ^ferb, tc^ b.abe 
 
 etnen 
 
 3>a ^inb I)at fein Srob. 
 jDeine d)U)efter b,at betn i 
 @te ift nirfjt ba (there). 
 -3d) b,abe meineg SJater^ 
 (5r ift feb,r jung. 
 5b,r Sruber b,at e. 
 9?etn, fie fyat feine 9?ofe. 
 e ^ot fetn SWeffer. 
 9Zetn, bte 9tofe ift eine Stunte. 
 3)iefe ift ba3 ^letb metner 2Rutter. 
 -3d) fyabe ntetnen Storf. 
 S5a ^tnb metner (Sdjmejier ^ot eS. 
 Sir fyaben fein Staffer ; aber (but) 
 
 ttnr b,aben SSetn. 
 3o, bie ^afce ift etn jtb,ter. 
 -ftein, fte ift nid)t frf)on. 
 2}?eine gutter fjat fetnen 33ruber, 
 
 aber eine Sdjioefler. 
 
 1 See foot-note 2, p. 19. 
 
 2 See foot-note 1, p. 19. 
 
 * Xae word to must not be translated here. Use the dative.
 
 DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTIVES. 21 
 
 THIRD LESSON. 
 
 THE DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 (XflHnntion her au)>ttoortrr.) 
 
 German grammarians generally divide nouns into two 
 declensions according as the genitive singular ends in $ 
 (for euphony c) or en. The declension with $ in the 
 genitive is called the strong declension, and that with en the 
 weak declension. Dictionaries give the nominative and 
 genitive singular and the nominative plural of each noun, 
 together with its gender, and the student when using a 
 dictionary should endeavor to commit to memory these 
 data concerning every new noun he looks out, provided it 
 does not come under rules he has already learned, for 
 they will enable him to decline the noun in full, the 
 remaining cases being formed according to a few simple 
 rules. 
 
 For the purposes of this grammar we shall divide 
 German nouns into five declensions, as follows. 
 
 1) The First Declension comprehends all masculine and 
 neuter nouns ending in e(, er, en, cfyen and lein. None of 
 them are monosyllabic. 
 
 2) The Second comprehends all masculines ending in e 
 (none of them monosyllabic), and most foreign masculines. 
 
 3) The Third contains nearly* all monosyllabic mascu- 
 lines, those masculines of two syllables ending in tg, id) 
 and ling, and some words of foreign origin. 
 
 4) To the Fourth belong ullfeminines. 
 
 5) To the Fifth, all neuters not ending in el, er, en, cfyen 
 and lein (see 1). 
 
 KEMA.BK. A few belong to the Second Declension. For list see 
 page 28.
 
 22 
 
 DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 TABLE OF THE ENDINGS OF THE FIVE DECLENSIONS. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 Mtueuline. Feminine. Neuter. 
 
 i. n. m. iv. v. 
 
 N. - 
 
 - e 
 
 _ 
 
 _ 
 
 _ 
 
 y-y o 
 
 - en 
 
 - e* () 
 
 
 
 ee (s) 
 
 D. - 
 
 en 
 
 -(e) 
 
 
 
 -(e) 
 
 A. 
 
 en 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 rLCKAL. 
 
 N. -^- 1 - 
 
 G. -?- - 
 
 D. - n 
 
 A. - 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 - en 
 
 - en (n) 
 
 en 
 
 c 
 e 
 
 en 
 e 
 
 er 
 er 
 era 
 
 GENERAL RULES. 
 
 1) The genitive singular of all masculines (except those 
 of the Second Declension) and of all neuters without 
 exception ends in 3 a (or e3). 
 
 2) The accusative singular of feminines and neuters is 
 like the nominative (as has been already stated on page 15). 
 
 3) The accusative singular of masculines (except those 
 referred to in the remark above) not ending in the nomi- 
 native in e, is like the nominative. 
 
 4) The vocative case in both numbers is like the nomi- 
 native, or in other words, the nominative is used in Ger- 
 man as a vocative. 
 
 5) In the plural the nominative, genitive and accusative 
 are always alike. 
 
 6) The dative plural of all words ends in n. For unim- 
 portant exceptions, see pp. 63, 5 ; 144, 1, 2, and 579*. 
 
 7) Most nouns ending in c form their plural in en with- 
 out modifying the vowel of the singular. 
 
 i These marks indicate the vowel of the singular, but modified. 
 - More usually in a simple 8 when the nominative (angular contains more than on* 
 syllable, in e when this latter IB monosyllabic.
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 23 
 
 8) All feminine substantives have all the caseo alike in 
 the singular. 
 
 9) Most monosyllables having a, 0, it or ait in their stem, 
 modify in the plural this vowel into a, b, U or a'u. 
 
 10) In all compound nouns only the last component part 
 is declined 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION". 
 
 To the First Declension belong all masculine and neuter 
 nouns ending in c(, en and er, besides all diminutives in 
 d)cn and Icin. Diminutives, c.g., 23ritoerd)en (little brother), 
 <d)tt>eftcr(etn (little sister), are all neuter. 
 
 The only change of termination which substantives 
 belonging to this declension undergo, consists in taking $ 
 for the genitive singular, and n for the dative plural. 
 Words terminating in n do not require an additional n. 
 About twenty words belonging to the First Declension 
 modify in the plural the vowel of the accented syllable, 
 a, or U becoming a, or iL 
 
 1) EXAMPLES OF MASCULINE NOUNS. 
 SINGHLAB. PLURAL. 
 
 -A 7 , ber 23ruber, the brother bte SBriiber, the brothers 
 
 G. beS $Bruber, of the brother ber Sritber, of the brothers 
 
 D. bent Sruber, to the brother ben Shiibcru, to the brothers 
 
 A. ben 23ruber, the brother bte Sriiber, the brothers. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 N. ber (Sarten, the garden bte (Morten, the gardens 
 
 G. be3 arteng, of the garden ber cirten, of the gardens 
 
 D. bem arten, to the garden ben (Garten, to the gardens 
 
 A. ben arten, the garden bie cirten, the gardens. 
 
 In the same manner are declined: 
 
 ber 5>atcr, the father ber Metier, the plate 
 
 ber 9lpfel, the apple ber jammer, the hammer 
 
 ber @cf)Uiffe(, the key ber $oge(, the bird 
 
 ber glugcl, the wing ber dfjneiber, the tailor 
 
 ber offel, the spoon ber crjtoager, the brother-in-law 
 
 ber (gngel, the angel ber (gngtcinber, the Englishman
 
 24 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 ber ^intntct, (the) heaven bcr Corner, the Eoman 
 
 ber I'cfyrer, the teacher *ber ^Ibler, 1 the eagle 
 
 bcr 3d)iUcr, the pupil *ber Xropfen, the drop 
 
 bcr 3ptcgcl, the looking-glass *bcr $ud)en, the cake 
 
 bcr 9iepcn, the rain *ber Skater, the painter 
 
 bcr <3ticfel, the boot *bcr Slmertfancr, the American. 
 
 2) EXAMPLES OF NETTTEB NOUNS. 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 N. bag ftenftcr, the window btc ^cnflcr, the windows 
 
 O. beg ^enfterg, of the window bcr $enfter, of the windows 
 
 D. bem ^enfter, to the window ben ^enfterit, to the windows 
 
 A. bag ^enfter, the window. bic ^cnfier, the windows. 
 
 N. bag 33aumd)en, the little tree bte 33aumd)cn, the little trees 
 G. beg 33aumd)en8, of the little tree ber 33auntd)en, of the little trees 
 D. bem 33aumd)en, to the little tree ben Stiumdjen, to the little trees 
 A. baS Saumdjen, the little tree, btc 33cunnd)en, the little i^ees. 
 
 Such are : 
 
 ba8 geuer, the fire ba ^itpfer, (the) copper 
 
 ba Stteffer, the knife ba ^(pfter, the convent 
 
 ba8 SSetter, the weather bag SDttttel, the means 
 
 baS 2B offer, the water ba 33etld)en, the violet 
 
 bag (SUber, (the) silver bag 2J?abd)en, the girl, maiden. 
 
 3) EXAMPLES WITH THE INDEFINITE ABTICLE. 
 Masculine. Neuter. 
 
 N. etn 2)tener, a servant rnetn 3^^^^, my room 
 G. eineg jDtenerg, of a servant metneg 3* mmcr ^' ^ m y rooni 
 D. etnem 2)iener f to a servant metnent 3intmer, to my room 
 A. etnen S)tener, a servant. mcin ^u^ 01 ^ m y room. 
 Compound nouns of the first declension. See p. 23, 10. 
 
 )er rofeuater, the grandfather. Gen. beg rofcttater8 jc, 
 
 bag gebenneffer, the penknife. Gen. beg g'ebermefferg jc. 
 
 ber <Sprad)Ie^rer, the language-master 
 
 ber >augfd)litffel, the street-door-key 
 
 ber ^itgtogel, the bird of passage. PL bie 3 u 9 09 e t 
 
 bag <3d^laf Dimmer, the bedroom. 
 
 i Those marked witli * do not modify their vowel in the plural, as : the eagles, bic 
 abler.
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 25 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1) The following ten words originally terminating in ett, 
 now very often used without n, belong also to the first 
 declension. They do not modify their vowel in the pluraL 
 
 $>er (Sonten or (Same, the seed ber rteben or ^rtebe, the peace 
 
 ber lauben or laube, the faith ber SBttten or 2Bttte, the will 
 
 ber gunfen or gunfe, the spark ber gelf en or gelg, the rock 
 
 ber >aufen or >aufe, the heap ber Sftamen or SRame, the name 
 
 ber ($ebanfen or ebanfe, ber 23urf)ftaben or SSttcfjftabe, 
 the thought the letter of the alphabet. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 N. ber Sftamen or <ftame, the name bte Seamen, the names 
 O. beg -iftameng, of the name ber SRamen, of the names 
 D. bent Xiamen, to the name ben 9iamen, to the names 
 A. ben ^amen, the name bte -ftanten, the names. 
 
 2) The following words are declined in the singular accor- 
 ding to this declension, but form the plural in n (^rofeffor 
 and>octorinen), (Seep. 48.) better, ^antoffel and mtter 
 may also have the plurals better, ^Jantoffet and 
 
 ber S3auer, the peasant ber ^cmtoffel, the slipper 
 
 ber SBoter, the Bavarian ber etiatter, the god-father 
 
 ber better, the cousin ber 2J?it$feI, the muscle 
 
 ber 9?a<f)bar, the neighbour ber ^rofeffor, the professor 
 ber tad^et, the sting ber )oftor, the doctor. 
 
 Gen. be SaiterS, beg Sktterg, beg ^oc^barg :c. 
 
 Plur, bte SBauero, bte 53ettem, bte -ftadjbartt zc. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ott, God bte SBopljat, ^ benefit 
 
 ber (Suropaer, the European !ronf, ill ; gut, good 
 
 ber >panter, the Spaniard fletn, httle, small 
 
 ber anger, the singer grofc, large, great 
 
 ber <Srf)opfer, the creator ftnb, are ; gtuet, two 
 
 bag otb, (the) gold fat, in ; Ijter, here.
 
 26 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 5. 
 
 5)et S3ruber beS $aterS. 3>r arten beS 33ruber. $>a$ Saunt* 
 efjen bc artenS. On (itith the dative, in) bent (Garten. 3n bent 
 Dimmer. 3n ben 3tinmern. 3)ie genfter be3 3i mmer ^ 3)cr35tenct 
 bcS ^Imertfaner^. >te (pi.) Xropfen beg 9?egen8. eben (Ste btefe 
 3tepfct ben 3d)iilent. 2)em et)rer. Sfteine <2>d)ttager. Xetne SBriiber. 
 Xttne rfjtitffcl (pl.\ 3d) Ijabe ben djtitffel beg 3i mmerg - ^ r ^ 
 ba SWeffcr fetneg S3ruber. 3)te ^Ibter (tnb 33ogel. 2>te ^lepfet finb 
 aitf (on) bem XeUer. 2)ag 2J?dbc^en ift in einem Softer. 2Bo tft ber 
 <2c^netber ? Sr tft ntd)t ^ter. 
 
 ^lufjinbf 6. 
 
 1. The garden of the father. , The gardens of my brother. 
 I have two spoons. The Englishman has two servants. We 
 are in a room (Dot.). My father is in the garden. Our 
 teacher is old. The man has two hammers. Your brother- 
 in-law is a doctor. These cakes are not good. Where are the 
 birds ? They are in the garden. Give me your (Ace.} plate. 
 A bird has two wings. The wings of the birds. The angels 
 of (the) 1 heaven. Have you seen 2 the rooms of the convent ? 
 
 2. The castle has [a] hundred (fyunbert) windows. The book 
 of the pupiL The plate of the girL We are Americana You 
 are Europeans. The violets are in the gardens. The pupils 
 are at school (in ber Sd)itle). The rooms of my father. I have 
 no silver and no gold. Give me the keys of my cousin. The 
 name of the painter. The benefit of (the) peace. The house 
 of my teacher. We have no fire. God is the creator of (the) 
 heaven and (of the) earth (ber Srbe). 
 
 2BeIrf)e8 (what) tfl ber 
 
 btefeS (SnglanberS ? (Sein Sftame ift 
 
 >aben (Ste bte 33dgel gefeljen ? 3a, id) fyabe fie (them) gefefyen. 
 
 3ft ba (that) 3f)r @arten? @6 ift ber (Morten metneS 
 2Bo finb bte <3d)litffel nteineS 
 
 ^tntmerS ? >ier finb fte. 
 
 2Ber ift biefeS 2fttibrf)en ? @ie ift bie Xodjter etneS SngldnberS. 
 
 2Ber ift biefer junge 2ftann ? @r ift ber @ol)n metneg 
 
 i Observe that a parenthesis ( ---- ) encloses either an explanation or a word to be 
 translated into German, whereas brackets [....] enclose a word to be left out la 
 translating. 
 
 a See foot-note 1, p. 19.
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 27 
 
 @inb @ie etn 2Mer ?' Sfcin, idj bin (I am) fein flftaler, 
 
 id) bin etn anger. 
 
 Oft er ein Guropaer? 3a, er ift etn panier. 
 
 2Ser ift in bem (Garten ? 2)ie pd)ter meineg SeljrerS. 
 
 abe id) bag iBud) beineg $aterg ? 3a, Sie Ijaben eg (it), 
 aben <2ie ben (Stocf meineS 
 
 33ruber ? S'Jein, id^ ^abe ib,n (it) ni^t. 
 
 ^aben @ie bag ait8 be8 Spa* 9?ein, id) Ijabe fein au8 nirfjt gefe* 
 
 nterS gefeb,en? b,en. 
 
 SBer (who) ift franf ? 2)er Wiener be 2Ka(erg ift franf. 
 
 3[ft bet piegel flein ? ^etn, et (it) ift grojj unb frfjon. 
 
 FOURTH LESSON. 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 This declension contains another series of masculine 
 nouns, viz. : 
 
 1) All those ending in c. Its inflexion is very simple. 
 The oblique' cases, both of the singular and plural, are 
 formed by adding n, without modifying the vowel in the 
 plural : 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 SDJGULAK. PLTJKAL. 
 
 N. ber $nabe, the boy bie $nabett, the boys 
 
 G. beg ^naben, of the boy ber $naben, of the boys 
 
 D. bem J?naben, to the boy ben ^naben, to the boys 
 
 A. ben jhtafat, the boy. bie $naben, the boys. 
 
 Thus are declined : 
 
 ber 5Iffe, the monkey ber Sotoe, the lion 
 
 ber Sote, the messenger ber ^aife, the falcon 
 
 ber (grbe, the heir ber afe, the hare 
 
 ber )rf)fe (Orf)g), the ox ber $Jabe, the raven 
 
 ber S'Jiefe, the giant ber @atte, the husband 
 
 ber (Sflaoe, the slave ber SBebiente, the man-servant 
 
 ber 3ube, the Jew ber ^ranjofe, the Frenchman 
 
 ber ^otfyc, the godfather ber <5ad)fe, the Saxon 
 
 ber irte ($irt), the herdsman ber 9?uffe, the Russian 
 
 i In such sentences, it is better German to leave ein out and say, for instance : tab 
 ieORalet? 
 * The oblique cases are all except the nominatiya.
 
 28 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 bcr >etbe, the heathen ber "ipreufje, the Prussian 
 
 bcr &uOe, the boy ber iirfe, the Turk. 
 
 ber Jieffc, the nephew (See tlie Twelfth Lesson, 8.) 
 
 NOTE, Further all adjectives if preceded by the definite article and 
 used substantive! y (but compare page 579*), as : 
 
 ber 2Utc, the old man ber $tanfe, the patient (sick man) 
 
 bet 9tei|enbe/ the traveller bet (Mcljrte, the learned man. 
 
 Om. be32Uten, be3 Jhanfen, beg SReifenben :c. 
 
 2) All masculine nouns from other languages having 
 the accent on the last syllable and not ending in r, 1 ol, 
 on or aft. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 N. bcr (Stubenf, the student, bie (Stubcn'ten, the students 
 
 G. be3 tuben'ten, of the student ber tubenten, of the students 
 
 D. bem tubenten, to the student ben (Stubenten, to the students 
 
 A. ben tubenten, the student. bie tubenten, the students. 
 
 Such are : 
 
 3)er 2lbt>o!at', the advocate ber ^Sraftbent', the president 
 
 ber $amerab', the comrade ber Styronn', the tyrant 
 
 ber (Sanbibaf, the candidate ber 3efiut', the Jesuit 
 
 ber ^fn'lofopl)', the philosopher ber Stegent', the regent 
 
 ber jDufat', the ducat ber (Elepfycmt', the elephant 
 
 ber olbat', the soldier bcr 3)tamant', the diamond 
 
 ber $ofa(f, the Cossack ber ^5oet', the poet 
 
 ber 9J?onard)', the monarch ber (tariff, the Christian 
 
 ber $omet', the comet ber ^Brtnj, ) ,-, 
 
 2 " 
 
 ber planet, the planet ber ftiirft, 2 
 
 3) The following words, though monosyllabic, see the 
 Remark, page 21. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 ber etb, the hero G. beg >elben *c. bie elben *c. 
 
 ber |>err, the master G. beg errn K. bie ^erren K. 
 
 ber 
 
 ^ arr ' 1 the fool G I ^ Barren K. bie DJarren K. 
 
 fyor, ) ' ( beg S^oren zc. bie l)oren jc. 
 
 i As Officer', f netat', >e. These belong to the Third Declension, 
 s giirfl ia connected with the English word/rrt
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 29 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 bcr iQtir, the bear G. beg 33tiren jc. bie 33dren K. 
 
 ), man, mankind G. beg 2Jienfd)en :c. bie 2ftenfd)eu JC. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 N. ber raf, the count, earl bie rafen, the counts 
 G. beg rafen, of the count ber rafen of the counts 
 D. bent rafen, to the count ben rafen, to the counts 
 A. ben rafen, the count bie rafen, the counts. 
 
 The singular of i^ert omits e in the oblique cases. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber $aifer, the emperor ber riedje, the Greek. 
 
 bie >erbe, the herd, flock ber 33rief, the letter 
 
 bie ante, the aunt ber (Sfel, the ass 
 
 ber $orper, the body fennen @ie, do you know? 
 
 S. 3d) bin, I am SBin id), am I ? 
 
 bu btft, thou art btft bit, art thou ? 
 
 er ift, he is ift er, is he ? 
 
 fie ift, she is ift fie, is she ? 
 
 PI. 2Bir ftnb, we are 
 @ie finb, } 
 
 f- r c fVUU. til t) 
 
 tpr fetb, ) J 
 
 fie finb, they are 
 
 tnb rt)ir, are we ? 
 
 finb te, ) 
 feibif)r, j 
 
 tnb fie, are they? 
 
 BEADING EXERCISE 7. 
 
 Sfteffer be ^na&en 1 . Orf) Qebe bem ^naben Srob. Bennett 
 <Sie ben ^naben ? 3)ie ^)eerbe beg irten. ag S3ud) eineg tubenten. 
 3)er ^orper eineg Slep^anten. ie ^liigel ber ^Ibler unb ber fallen. 
 3)ie olbaten beg SRonardjen. 3)ie 9faben ftnb 53ogel. 3)ie $nabeu 
 h^aben gtuei 9?aben unb brei afen. ie Siirfen h^aben ftaben. Xie 
 ^ofactcn beg ^aiferg finb 9htffen. S)ag olb beg rafen. )er Srief 
 beg gitrften. $)ie 2J?enfd)en finb fterblid) (mortal). >er Smber beg 
 
 Slttert. 
 
 8. 
 
 1. The boy's brothers. These boys are brothers. The name 
 of the student. The sister of the count. The prince's aunt 
 The herdsman's flock. The soldier's knife. The letter of the 
 
 i 2>e3 ffnaben 9Reffer is also correct and means the same thing. So, eineS Jjjtrten Jgeerbe 
 But bag 2)?e[jer te6 ftnaben and bie eerke eincs yineu are more usual.
 
 30 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 president. The emperors Caligula and Nero were (toaven) 
 tyrants. Do you know the princes ? The child has a raven. 
 The Americans have monkeys. I have seen the queen's dia- 
 monds. The old (alten) Greeks had (gotten) slaves. Give the 
 gold to the Jew. 
 
 2. We have seen a comet. Are you Saxons or Prussians ? 
 The body of a giant is very large (fefyr groft). These two boys 
 are my nephews. Those soldiers are Russians. They are 
 Cossacks. The Turks are no heathens. We are Christians. 
 These boys are Jews. My comrades are ilL We have no oxen, 
 we have two asses. Give this (Ace.) letter to the messenger 
 (Dot.) of the count. 
 
 mben <5te ben (Slepljcmten ge* 2Btr fjoben tfjn Ijeute (to-day) ge* 
 
 fefjen ? fef)en. % 
 
 >aben bte $naben ben on>en, ben Unfere $naben Ijaben ben 5tt)en 
 
 iger unb ben SBaren gefefyen ? unb ben 33aren gefefyen ; aber 
 
 nid)t ben tger. 
 
 2Ber tft biefer 2Kann? (gr ift be^ ^raftbenten Sruber. 
 
 3ft biefer tubent etn ^reu^e ? 9?ein, er ift ein <2arf)fe. 
 5Ber ift fein ^Sater? <Sein S5ater ift ein 2lbDofat. 
 
 J?ie6en <Ste (do you like) bte $tf* 
 
 fen? 9?eht, i^ Uebe bte 3Iffen ntd)t 
 
 ^ennen (Ste btefe olbaten ? -3d) fenne (know) fte nidjt 
 
 faben Ste ^afen? -3a, id) fyabe bret afen. 
 
 ft ber SBebiente beg rafen cut 
 ^rangofe ? 9?etn, er tfl etn (Snglanber. 
 
 taben te einen 9?effen ? 3^ ^abe ^et 9Jeffen. 
 
 tnb btefe ^naben Ouben? 9Jetn, fte ftnb S^rtften. 
 
 2Bo ftnb Sljre ^omeraben ? te ftnb ntrfjt ^ter (here), fte ftnb 
 
 gu oufe (at home). 
 $aben bte fatten gluget? 3a, aUe (aUthe) 35oge( ^aben 
 
 geL 
 2Bar ber ^>elb era 9?itffe ? S^etn, er tear etn rtedje. 
 
 FIFTH LESSON. 
 
 THIKD DECLENSION. 
 
 This declension contains the majority of masculine sub- 
 stantives. In the singular, the genitive is formed by adding
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 31 
 
 eg or to the nominative ; in the dative, the word remains 
 either unchanged or takes an t ; the accusative is like the 
 nominative, as has been already stated in the third General 
 Rule. All the plural cases take e, and the dative, of 
 course besides the t, an n. Most of the nouns of this 
 declension which have a, 0, U or au in the stem, modify it 
 into a, 0, it or au in the plural. To the Third Declension 
 belong 
 
 1) All masculine monosyllabic nouns, except those mentioned 
 under 3) on page 28. A few monosyllabic masculines form 
 their plurals in en and still others in er. For lists see pages 
 48 and 49. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 N. ber fttfd), the fish bte gifdje, the fishes 
 
 G. beg 5tfd)eg, f *h e fi^ b er 5ifrf) e > f t* 16 ns hes 
 
 D. bent ifcf)(e), to the fish ben ^jf^^/ to the fishes 
 
 A. ben gid' ^ e && ^ e 5ifcf)e, the fishes. 
 
 N. ber <Solnt, the son bte oljne, the sons 
 
 G. be @ol)n(e)g, of the son ber <3of)ne, of the sons 
 
 D. bent @ol)n(e), to the son ben (Sofynen, to the sons 
 
 A. ben oljn, the son. bte (Sofyne, the sons. 
 
 N. ber 23ount, the tree bte 33ounte, the trees 
 
 G. beg 23aum(e)8, of the tree ber 23dimte, of the trees 
 
 D. bent 33aum(e), to the tree ben SBaumen, to the trees 
 
 A. ben SBainn, the tree. bte Scinnte, the trees. 
 
 NOTE. Whether eg or g shall be added to form the genitive and whether 
 the dative shall have e or no termination at all, depends in the first place 
 on considerations of euphony. There are some phrases, for instance, in 
 which one would sound better than Jon3 and Stone than SEon, and there 
 are others in which the shorter forms would unconsciously suggest them- 
 selves to a writer or speaker. No one would think of saying ^ifdj^ or 
 Splafeg, while on the other hand gifcf) and $la& in the dative are just as 
 good as gifdje and ^lajje. In the second place, the shorter forms are 
 more apt to be used in conversation and in written or printed matter of a 
 familiar character, and the longer ones in dignified composition or 
 speaking. Finally, e3 is preferred with monosyllables.
 
 32 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 Examples of Monosyllables of the Third Declension : 
 
 bcr Sifd), the table ber $ttt, the hat 
 
 bcr <2>titf)I, the chair bcr 3aljn, ^ e tth 
 
 bcr al)n, the cock bcr 2Bolf, the wolf 
 
 ber f)itrm, the tower ber Srattm, the dream 
 
 bcr <turm, the storm ber 2Bafl, the rampart 
 
 ber 9?ing, the ring ber $opf, the head 
 
 ber greimb, the friend ber Son, the sound 
 
 ber ftetnb, the enemy ber Solnt, the reward 
 
 ber $fi, the branch ber tocf, the coat 
 
 ber aft, the guest ber <3todf, the stick 
 
 ber ftitjs, the foot ber Sanj, the dance 
 
 bcr Slufc, the river ber 33rief, the letter 
 ber $ud)$r the fox etc. etc. 
 
 Plur., bie Stfdje, bie tiifjte, bte 
 
 NOTE. The following nouns and a number more do not modify theii 
 Towel in the Plural : 
 
 ber Slrm, the arm ber SadfjS, the salmon 
 
 ber Sag, the day ber 3lal, the eel 
 
 ber mnb, the dog ber >uf, the hoof 
 
 ber <t>d)uf), the shoe ber $fab, the path 
 
 ber ($rab, the degree ber toff, the stuff 
 
 bcr )ad)3, the badger ber ^unft, the point 
 
 Plur., bte Slrme, bte Sage, bie mnbe, bte <3d)ulje jc. 
 
 2. Many nouns formed from a prefix and a stem, 
 e.g. 33efel)l, from be and the stem fetyl. It may also be 
 noted in this connection that monosyllabic nouns like 
 those in the two lists just given occur very frequently at 
 the end of compounds. Such compounds belong of 
 course to the Third Declension. See General Rule 10, 
 pa^e 23. In the Dative Singular they more commonly 
 omit the ending *t. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 STNGHTLAB. PLUBAL. 
 
 N. bcr 58efef)(', the order N. bte Sefe^Ie, the orders 
 
 O. be 33efei)t3, of the order G. ber Sefe^Ic, of the orders 
 
 D. bent 33efel)l, to the order D. ben 23efef)len, to the orders 
 
 A. ben 53efe^, the order A, bie 23efef}(e, the orderg,
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 83 
 
 SINGULAB. 
 
 ber $lpfelbaum, the apple tree 
 beg 3lpfelbaumeg, of the apple-tree 
 bem "jjlpfelbaum, to the apple-tree 
 ben 2lpfelbaum, the apple-tree. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 bte 3tyfe(bfiitme, the apple-trees 
 ber 2tyfetbamne, of the apple-trees 
 ben 2fyfelbaunten, to the apple-trees 
 bie Sfyfeibaitnte, the apple-trees. 
 
 ber ebrancf)', custom, use ber )b,r'rtng, the earring 
 
 ber efang', the song ber >anb'fd)nt>, the glove 
 
 ber SBor'fyang, the curtain ber @trof)'l)nt, the straw-hat 
 
 ber Un'fatl, the accident ber Ue'berrocf, the great-coat 
 
 ber Slug'gang, the issue ber gei'ertag, the holiday. 
 
 Gen., beg efcmgg, beg 33orl)cmgg, beg 9luggangg :c. 
 
 Plur., bte SBorljange, bie ebrauc^e, bie >anbfd)itlje K. 
 
 3. The Third Declension comprehends further all mas- 
 cidine nouns even of more than one syllable ending in ig, 
 id), at and ling, and the nouns of foreign origin ending in 
 al, an, ar, aft, ter, or or on. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 SINGULAR PLURAL. 
 
 N. ber $6nig, the king bte $omge, the kings 
 
 G. be $6ntg, of the king ber ^onige, of the kings 
 
 D. bem ^onig, to the king ben $omgen, to the kings 
 
 A. ben ontg, the king bte $ontge, the kings. 
 
 N. ber ^alaft', the palace bte ^alttfte, the palaces 
 
 G. beg ^aiafteS, of the palace ber ^alcifte, of the palaces 
 
 D. bem ^alaft, to the palace ben ^ataften, to the palaces 
 
 A. ben ^ofojl, the palace bie ^alafte, the palacea 
 
 Such are : 
 
 ber tiiftg, the cage ber $arbinat', the cardinal 
 
 ber eWicf), the carpet ber eneral', the general 
 
 ber Sfftg, the vinegar ber 5lbmtrat', the admiral 
 
 ber omg, the honey ber $o!al', the vowel 
 
 ber $ ftrfid), the peach ber Kaplan', the chaplain
 
 34 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 ber 2fto'nat, the month ber 2ftoraft', the swamp 
 
 ber Bungling, the youth ber 5Utar', the altar 
 
 ber faring, the herring ber )fftgier', the officer. 
 
 Plur., bie $dfige, bie Wnate, bie OiingUnge, bie Slltfire, bie 
 enerale, bie )ffi$iere :c. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 3)er 223 alb, the wood, forest njeijj, white 
 
 ber <B>rf)laf, sleep tong, long 
 
 ber Sob, death brei, three 
 
 ber ^rofrf), the frog Oter, four 
 
 bie 9?ah,rung, food mit (dot.), with 
 
 ber (Stord), the stork aber, but 
 
 ber $ranicf), the crane ber 2B inter, winter. 
 
 READOTQ EXERCISE 9. 
 
 e3 $ater8 (Solute. 3>ie frifrf)e be fttuffcS. 9fof (on) bent 
 Sfjurnte. 9luf ben Saumen. S)te SBdume be8 2BaIbe8. 2)ie SSb'get 
 fmb in bem SBalbe. 2)ie 3d^ n e bed 6h>en. SKit bem torfe. 2Rit 
 ben ftufyn. 2)iefe tii^le fmb alt. 3d) fyatte einen Xroum. 3)ie 
 olbaten finb auf ben 2Ba'flen. 2)ie 5"c ber ^>a^ne tjaben (Sporen 
 (spurs). !Die ^alafle ber $onige fmb grop. 2Bir ijaben bie Xeppicfje 
 be @anger gefefyen. ^>oben @te bie 2B6lfe unb 5"d)fe ntdjt gefe^en? 
 3)ie greunbe meineg 53ater. eineg Setters nmbe. 3)er <Sd)Iaf 
 tft ein 33itb (image) be Sobeg. ier fmb 3h,re djub^e. So (inb 
 metne ^anbfrfju^e? 
 
 KufgoBe 10. 
 
 1. The tables and the chairs of the room. The trees of the 
 wood. The enemies' ramparts. The girl's rings. My friends' 
 guests. With my brother's son (Dot.). With the count's 
 sons. Do you know my guests ? The fish are in the rivers. 
 We have a table but no chairs. I give the dogs to the Eng- 
 lishman's sons. The days are long. The trees have branches. 
 I have no stick. We have no sticks. The curtains of my 
 room are white. The frogs are the food of (the) storks. 
 
 2. Winter's storms are over (uoritber). On the (auf bent) pres- 
 ident's chair. The gloves are on the table. Fish 'have no feet 
 Frogs 1 have no teeth. The birds are on the trees. My sons 
 
 i In English we omit the article before plural substantives about which some 
 general assertion is made, e.g.. in the sentence " Frogs have no teeth." In German It 
 ia sometimes inserted and sometimes omitted, but more usually inserted.
 
 FOURTH DECLENSION. 35 
 
 have seen two cranes and four storks. Three months and two 
 days. The banks (bte Ufer) of the rivers. The name of the 
 officer. Herring are fishes. Do you know those two generals ? 
 Yes, I know them (fie). The windows of the palace. In the 
 palace of the king. 
 
 2Bo ftnb bte ^tfdje ? (Sic ftnb in ben ^(ttffett. 
 
 2Bo ftnb ntetne bret Sofytte ? <te ftnb in bem arten ober (or) 
 
 in bem >ofe (court-yard). 
 
 $BeIrf)e 9?orfe b,at ber <3rf)netbet? (r Ijat bte We beS Officers. 
 @tnb btefe tufyle alt ? SDtefe (Single ftnb neu (new). 
 
 33on iuem fprecf)en (Sic ? SKtc fpred)en t)on unferen ^reun* 
 
 (Of whom are you speaking ?) ben. 
 2Bte mete (how many) Donate? 2)ret donate. 
 
 Dtele Soge? ret ober bier age. 
 
 ec^en @ie nid)t toon bem o^ne 9?etn, tmr fpred^en toon fetneit 
 
 2Bte btele SDjitrme l^at bte tabt? 3)tefe (Stabt ^at bret 
 
 SBetrfjen tocf ^aben @ic ? 3^ l)abe ben tod beg rofen. 
 
 |>aben (Sic feine f^reunbe? -3(^ Jjatte (had) jinet ^reunbe; 
 
 aber fie finb tobt (dead). 
 
 2Bte btele ^u^e !^at etn ^unb ? (Sin mnb !^at bier ^itfte. 
 aben (Sic bie ^U^fe gefefyen? -3^ b/abe bie ^it^fe unb bte SSb'tfe 
 
 gefe^en. 
 
 aben bte (Sdjitter etnen ^et^tag? @ie fjaben jttjet ^etertage. 
 S5o ift ber enerat? Sr tft in bem -patafte ber ^b'nigin. 
 
 surra LESSON. 
 
 FEMININE SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 POUBTH DECLENSION'. 
 
 The Fourth Declension comprises all feminines. 
 
 In the singular, feminines have the oblique cases like 
 the nominative. 
 
 1. In the plural, monosyllables take e, at the same time 
 modifying the vowel of the stem.
 
 36 FOURTH DECLENSION. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 RTXaTTT.ATl PLURAL. 
 
 N. bte >cmb, the hand bie >anbe, the hands 
 
 O. bet f)mtb, of the hand bcr f)tinbc, of tlie hands 
 
 D. ber |)anb, to the hand ben |janben, to the hands 
 
 A. bie cmb, the hand bte >cinbe, the hands. 
 
 Such are : 
 
 bte 9lrt, the axe bte $unfl, the art 
 
 bte $lngft, fear, anxiety bte uft, the air 
 
 bte 33anf, the bench bte Sufi, the pleasure, desire 
 
 bie SBraut, the bride bie 2Ragb, the servant 
 
 bie SBruft, the breast bte 2ftacf)t, the power 
 
 bte ftauft, the fist bie 2ttaug, the mouse 
 
 bte 5rud)t/ the fruit bie 9f ad)t, the night 
 
 bie cmS, the goose bte 9?otlj, the distress 
 
 bie ruft, the vault bie -JZufj, the nut 
 
 bie out, the skin bte <Stabt, the town, city 
 
 bie $Iuft, the cleft bie 2Banb, the waU 
 
 bte $raft, the strength bie 2Burft, the sausage. 
 
 bie $uf), the cow 
 
 Plur., bie Sleyte, bie 33anfe, bie ^ruc^te, bie finfe, bie flttnfte, bie 
 Kiiffe, bie (gtfibte jc. 
 
 NOTE. Jrait, woman, and some other monosyllables (enumerated in 
 Lesson 9), have en in the plural. 
 
 2. Feminine nouns of more than one syllable take t It in 
 the plural, and do not modify the vowel. Words ending 
 in c, I or r have n instead of en. See Note 1, p. 59. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 N. bie 33lume, the flower bie 3Mumen, the flowers 
 
 G. ber S3 fame, of the flower ber 33famen, of the flowers 
 
 D. ber 33fame, to the flower ben SBIunten, to the flowers 
 
 A. bie 23fame, the flower bte S3Iunten, the flowers. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 N. bie rfjroefter, the sister bie <Srf)tt)eflerit, the sisters 
 
 O. ber cfyroefter, of the sister ber djtoeflern, of the sisters 
 
 D. ber djtoefler, to the sister ben djroeftern, to the sisters 
 
 A, bie djroefier, the sister bie <Sd)roeftent, the sisters.
 
 FOURTH DECLENSION. 37 
 
 Such are : 
 
 >te ftreube, the joy bte $eber, the pen, feather 
 
 bte 9fp[c, the rose bte $trfd)e, the cherry 
 
 tie 53tene, the bee bte ^ffon^e, the plant 
 
 bie SBimbe, the wound bte @d)ule, the school 
 
 bte timbe, the hour bte SBirne, the pear 
 
 bte 23ritrfe, the bridge bte time, the forehead 
 
 bte trd)e, the church bte Sfyttre, 1 the door 
 
 bte Xante, the aunt bte $ranfl)ett, the disease 
 
 bte Onfel, the island bte lufmerffantfett, attention 
 
 bte -ftabel, the needle bte ftretljett, liberty, freedom 
 
 bte afd)e, the pocket bte Stffenfdjaft, science 
 
 bte tppe, the lip bte greunbfdjaft, friendship 
 
 bte 9?a(e, the nose bte (grfaljrimg, the experience 
 
 bte Waiter, the wall bte >offnung, the hope 
 
 bte 5lbftd)t, the intention bte itrfttn, the princess 
 bte <3d)metd)etct, the flattery bte ra'fin, the countess 
 
 bie <Sd)5nl)eit, the beauty bte ^adjbartn, the neighbor. 
 
 NOTE. Observe that all derivative substantives ending in et, Ijett, felt, 
 fdjaft, ung and in, are feminine ; likewise words from foreign languages, 
 ending in ie, if, ion or tat, e.g., bie SKelobie', bte SfKufif, bte SKation', bU 
 
 llniBerfitat'. 
 
 EXCEPTION. 
 
 SDhttter and j;od)ter are declined as follows : 
 
 SIKGULAB. t PLUEAL. 
 
 N. bte Gutter, the mother bte Sfttttter, the mothers 
 
 G. ber SDhttter, of the mother ber Gutter, of the mothers 
 
 D. ber 9)?utter, to the mother ben SOtftittern, to the mothers 
 
 A. bte 2)?ittter, the mother bte Sftutter, the mothers. 
 
 N. bie od)ter, the daughter bte od)ter, the daughters 
 G. ber od)ter, of the daughter berod)ter, of^he daughters 
 D. ber od)ter, to the daughter ben dd)tern, to the daughters 
 A. bte Stodjter, the daughter bte od)tcr, the daughters. 
 
 For a few femininine words ending in nift, see p. 49, and 
 the foot-note 40. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bte trafse, the street bie Xaube, the pigeon 
 
 bte 3)ame, the lady bte $ae, the cat 
 
 bte gwbe, the color bte ompe, the lamp 
 
 i This word is sometimes used without the e:
 
 38 FOURTH DECLENSION. 
 
 ba 53ct(cf)cn, the violet id) fndje, I seek (for) 
 
 bie ?iebe, the love id) oerfaufe, I sell 
 
 bie ?tlte, the lily id) fenne, I know 
 
 ber Singer, the finger bie $artoffet, the potato 
 
 bie Matte, the rat fur$, short 
 
 ber 9J?ann, the man reif, ripe 
 
 bie 2ftild), the milk rotty, red. 
 
 S. 3d) tiebe, 1 1 like or love PL toir liebcn, we like or love 
 bu tiebft, thou likest or lovest ifjr liebt, ) you Uke or 
 cr liebt, he likes or loves @ie (icben, j you love 
 
 fie liebt, she Hkes or loves fie Ueben, they Uke or love. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 11. 
 
 biefer <tabt. 2) 
 
 ber anfe. 2>ie f)itren ber $irdje. 2)ie tabte finb gro. Die 
 ftarbe ber 9tofe. S)ie ffluqci ber Sienc finb ftein. >er ^nabe ifit in 
 ber (at) <2>d)ute. Xie ^irdjen fmb gro. 3?ie 9tofen unb bie Sitten 
 finb fdjone 33Iumen. 3d) tiebe bie Sirnen.* Siebfl bu bie $ftttffe? 
 !Die 3J?obd)en Ueben bie SSIumen. Die ^naben ^aben ftebern. 3)ie 
 finger ber anbe finb ftein. 3m (in, literally in the) 2Binter ftnb 
 bie 9Zad)te tang. 8 3d) liebe bie fatten unb bie 2JJaufe nid)t; aber 
 (but) id> tiebe bie 33ienen unb bie Xauben. 
 
 Slufflofic 12. 
 
 1. The ladies' hands. I like the walnuts. The churches of 
 the town. The boys have no pens. The man's forehead is 
 high (fyorf)). I like roses and violets. The smell (ber erud)) 
 of roses and violets is sweet (angenef)tn). Our hopes are vain 
 (eitet). We know (fennen) the mother's love. The boys are at 
 (in ber) school. The ladies are at (in ber) church. In three 
 hours. The soldiers have wounds. Do you know these plants ? 
 The cherries are red. I know the daughters of the countess. 
 
 i This is the present tense of the verb Iteben, to love. All regular verbs are conjugated 
 In this way. 
 
 a It is better German to say : 3* effe (eat) 33trnen gern (gladly). 
 
 a This is not a question. The sense is the same, or very nearly the same, as if the 
 words had stood as follows : Tie 92&$te ftnb long im SSinter. But in Oennan, in any 
 simple assertion, we have a right to begin the sentence with some other word than the 
 subject, provided we then bring in the verb, and in the third place the subject. Here 
 we might have written : Sang ftnb bie 92&$te im ZBinter.
 
 FOUETH DECLENSION. 39 
 
 2. You know my intentions. He has two flowers in his 
 hand. 1 These pens are not good (gut). I love my sisters. 
 The cats catch (fangen) (the) mice. These pears are not ripe. 
 My neighbour sells lamps. The lips are red. We sell our 
 cows and our oxen. These two girls are sisters. My [female] 
 neighbour sells potatoes (artoffcln). The mothers love their 
 daughters. The girls had no needles. Pears are the fruit 
 (pi. in German) of the pear-tree (23irnbaum$). 
 
 $enncn <3ie ben -ftamen biefer 
 
 trafee ? C?3 ift bic ftrtebrt^flrafee. 
 
 2Bo finb Ofyre naben ? <te finb in ber cfyute. 
 
 2Bo finb nteine gebern ? <Sie iiegen (lie) auf bent ifrf)e. 
 
 2Ber fangt (catches) 2ftaufe? 2)te ^afcen fangen 2ftaufe. 
 2Bie m'ele @d)tt>eftern fyat 3^re @ie ^at jwet @c^tt)eftern unb brei 
 
 SWuttcr? SSriiber. 
 
 SBcrfaufen @te ^trf^en ? S'Jetn, aber h)ir berfaufen S3trnen. 
 
 2Bie btete anbe ^at etn Sftenfd) ? Sin SD'Jenf^ ^at jtoei ^>anbe unb 
 
 finb rot^. 
 
 (had) ber otbot SBunben ? 3a, er ^atte btete 2Bunben. 
 (what) finb bie Slbficfiten 
 
 gutter? 3d) fenne fte (them) ntdjt. 
 
 5Bo finb bie )amen ? Gie ftnb in ber $ird)e. 
 
 SBetd)e Slumen Ueben (Sic am -3d) Itebe bie 3Jofen, bie lOUien unb 
 
 meiften (best) ? bie SBeilc^en am meiften. 
 
 2Bie mete tnnben tebte baa ^inb 
 
 (did the child live) ? (Sa lebte nur (only) brei tunben. 
 
 2Bie finb bie traften ber tabt? @ie ftnb fe^r f^mut^ig (dirty). 
 2Bo leben bie ^if^e ? <Ste leben im 2 SSaffer. 
 
 2Bo finb bie anfe ? S)ie anfe unb bie (Snten (ducks) 
 
 finb in bem ofe (yard). 
 
 2Ber Derfauft ^artoffeln? 2)?eine 9?ad)bartn oerfauft ^ar* 
 
 toffeln. 
 
 1 The definite article is usual with parts of the person wherever no ambiguity 
 would result from its use. 
 
 2 3m is a contraction for in bem.
 
 40 FIFTH DECLENSION. 
 
 SEVENTH LESSON. 
 
 NEUTER SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 FIFTH DECLENSION. 
 
 This declension includes all neuters except those ending 
 in el, er, en, cfyen and lein. These latter belong to the First 
 Declension. The singular is declined like the singular of 
 the Third Declension. In the plural, a distinction is to 
 be made 1) between words of two and more syllables, and 
 2) monosyllabic words. The plural of the former usually 
 ends in t, that of the latter in ft. The latter modify the 
 vowel of the stem. For exceptions see pages 50 and 51. 
 
 IT EXAMPLE OF A DISSYLLABLE. 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 N. bag efd)enf', the present bte efdjenfe, the presents 
 O. beg efdjenfeg, of the present ber efrfjenfe, of the presents 
 D. bem @efd)enf(e), to the present " 
 
 A. ba8 e[d)en!, the present bte 
 
 Such are : 
 
 bag efefc, the law bag tetdjmfe, the parable 
 
 bog (Sefprad), the conversation bag Earned', the camel 
 
 bag efdjaft, the business bag Snftrument', the instrument 
 
 bag fhjeljr, the gun bag (Element', the element 
 
 bag ettwr^, the spice bag Compliment', the compli- 
 bag ebtrge, 1 the mountain- ment 
 
 range bag papier', the paper 
 
 bag ema'tbe, 1 the picture bag SRetatC, the metal 
 
 bag ebaube, the building bag SBtflet', the ticket 
 
 bag ,3 eu 9 n if^ s the testimony bag (Concert', the concert 
 
 bag el)eimmj$, the secret bag portrait', the portrait 
 
 bag 33efenntm|, the confession bag ineal', the ruler. 
 Plur., bte efefce, bte efc^dfte, bte eh)e^re :c. 
 
 i Neuter words which end in the singular In t, never add a second t, as : pi., Me 
 (Sebitge, bte QDem&tbe >c. 
 
 i All nouns ending in nifj form their plural by adding t, even the feminine, as .- Tit 
 flenntmfi, knowledge, pi. bie ft enntnt fie ; bte Skforgnt^, apprehension, pi. bte SBejergmjje 5 
 f, the want, pi. bte 5Bebatfttifie :c . 
 
 djenfen, to the presents 
 "d)enfe, the presents.
 
 FUTH DECLENSION. 
 
 2) EXAMPLES OF MONOSYLLABLES. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 N. bag 35orf, the village 
 G. beg 2)orf(e)g, of the village 
 D. bem )orf(e), to the village 
 A. bag 2)orf, the village. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 bte >5rfer, the villages 
 ber jDorfer, of the villages 
 ben )6rfern, to the villages 
 bte 3)orfer, the villages. 
 
 N. ba tnb, the child 
 G. beg $htbeg, of the child 
 D. bem ftinb(c), to the child 
 A. bag $tnb, the child. 
 
 bte $tnber, the children 
 ber $tnber, of the children 
 ben $tnbern, to the children 
 bte $tnber, the children. 
 
 Such are : 
 
 bag 2lmt, the office 
 bag 33tatt, the leaf 
 bag SBtlb, the picture 
 bag 92eft, the nest 
 bag foufytt, the fowl, hen 
 bag ett>, the field 
 bag f)al, the valley 
 bag 2Bort, the word 
 bag alb, the calf 
 bag SHeb, the song 
 bag Jab, the wheel 
 
 PL, bte Slemter, bte flatter, 
 
 bag 93uc^, the book 
 
 bag dt, the egg 
 
 bag (2<i)to, the castle, lock 
 
 bag elb, the money 
 
 bag amnt, the lamb 
 
 bag aug, the house 
 
 bag 2Betb, the wife 
 
 bag )ad), the roof 
 
 bag $Ietb, the dress 
 
 bag anb, the country 
 
 bag 33anb, the ribbon. 
 
 bte 23itdjer, bte defter 2C. 
 
 NOTE 1. The same mode of inflexion is assumed by all words ending 
 in tfyum, two of which are masculine. Ex. : 
 
 bag at[ertf)um, the empire ber 9Mrf)tfjum, the riches 
 bag ^urftentljitm, the principality ber Orrtdutn, the error. 
 Plur., bte gikftentljitmer, bte ^etc^t^umer, bie -3rrt()iimer *c. 
 
 NOTE 2. Some monosyllabic neuters, especially those in r/ take not r 
 but c in the plural, and do not modify their vowel, as: 
 
 bag aar, the hair; pi. bte >aare, 
 bag Sfeev, the sea; pi. bte Stteere. 
 For a complete list of thm see the Ninth Lesson, p. 50, 9.
 
 42 
 
 FIFTH DECLENSION. 
 
 NOTE 3. a8 erj, the heart, is irregular. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 N. bag >er$ bte Bergen 
 
 G. beS >er$en8 ber Bergen 
 
 D. bent Bergen ben Bergen 
 
 A. bag ^er^. bte 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bte $ufgab"e, the exercise toerloren, lost 
 
 ber 2Bagen, the coach letdjt, easy 
 
 bag orn, the horn flein, small 
 
 fmgen, to sing runb, round 
 
 liegen, to lie neu, new 
 
 fet)en, to see grim, green 
 
 ftnben, to find fdmtufctg, dirty 
 
 gefunben, found toiele, many 
 
 faufe, buy bte metften, most 
 
 gefauft, bought fjorf), high. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 13. 
 
 3)a 23t(b be mbe. 2)ie Sttber ber ^tnber. $)te ^arbe be 
 3)te ^Matter ber ^Pflan^en ftnb gru'n. >te SBaume be 
 tragen (bear) ^ritrfjte. 3)ie SJJauern jeneS (SdjloffeS ftnb ^od^. 
 2)er ^lontg fyat btele (Sc^toffer. 35 tc 2B6rter ber Sfofgabe ftnb letc^t. 
 jDte 9taber be SSageng ftnb runb. -3d) fudje bte hammer. 2ptr 
 I)aben bte ^letber gefauft. 3n ben Sfteftern ber ^BiJget Itegen (Ster. 
 3)te ngldnber leben (h've) in bent Sanbe ber gret^ett. 2Bo (where) 
 Itegen bte Stcr ber itlnter ? @ie ttegcn in ben fteftera. U)te Orfjfen 
 fyaben Corner. S)er ^Urft ^at em @d)to gefauft. 3)er ^pntg ^at 
 fetne Sanber, feme tcibte unb feine 1)orfer tiertoren. 2Btr Ijaben 
 unfere 33udjer toertoren. 
 
 9tufgok 14. 
 
 1. This village is small Those villages are also (aud)) small 
 The laws of the Romans. The fields are large. The flowers 
 of the field. The dresses of the girls are red. I see the 
 roofs of the houses. I know the land of (the) freedom. The 
 children have found a nest. The leaves of the trees are 
 green. I seek my booka I find the paper in the book. We 
 know the castles of the princes. He is in his house (Dot.). 
 Our houses are old. The girl sings a song. Have you seen
 
 FDTH DECLENSION. 
 
 43 
 
 my aunt's presents? I buy two guns. The president has 
 bought two pictures. 
 
 2. The children's books are not new. These ribbons are 
 red. The doors of the rooms are shut (gefd)toffen). Those 
 buildings are very old. We speak of (uoit) the presents of the 
 king and of the queen. Our father has bought a house and 
 a garden. The girls have bought many eggs. I find the 
 words of my exercise very easy. The valleys of Switzerland 
 (fier Sdjiuctg) are beautiful (prad)ttg). The village lies in a valley. 
 We have bought two fowls. The boy has lost his money. 
 
 $ennen ne bie 
 
 ber 
 
 Sic finb fie ? 
 
 aben bie SBoget defter? 
 
 2Ba Itegt in biefem 9?efte? 
 
 ieben @ie bie (Ster? 
 
 On tcetdjem Sanbe lebt 3^r 53et* 
 
 ter (does your cousin live) ? 
 3n metcfjer tabt lebt er? 
 2Bie tiiel e(b ^aben @ie? 
 ^>aben te Gutter unb @ier ^ 
 
 ifauft? > 
 
 2Bie finb bie flatter ber 23awne? 
 2Bo finb meine Siidjer? 
 2BeId)e8 au( tjat 3 
 
 fauft ? 
 ^>at er einen arten ? 
 
 2Ber b^at btefe S3itber gemalt 
 
 (painted) ? 
 <2>inb Ob/re 23tinber rotb^ ? 
 
 id) fenne fte (them). 
 3d) ftnbe 1 fie prad)tig (beautiful). 
 3a, bie tneiften 23ogel fyaben defter. 
 -3d) fefje bier (Sier. 
 Qa, bie (Eier ber u^ner. 
 
 (Sr lebt in !Deittfd)(anb (Germany). 
 (Sr lebt in granffurt. 
 -3d) fyabe brei @utben (florins). 
 3d) ^abe biete Ster gelauft; aber 
 
 (but) feine Gutter. 
 <Ste finb griin. 
 ie finb in -3I)rent 3ittimer. 
 
 @r l^at gh)ei dnfcr getauft. 
 9Mn, er ^at feinen (Garten ; aber 
 er ^at toiele 
 
 2Ber 
 
 at ba otte 
 Sanber finb reid) ? 
 
 (gin beutfd)er (German) 
 
 9^ein, meine 23anber finb griin, aber 
 
 bie S3anber meiner @d)U)efter finb 
 
 roth;. 
 
 gefauft? 3)er @ob;n beg rafen 9?. 2 
 (Sngtanb unb 5lmerifa. 
 
 1 ginben often means consider. 
 
 2 The genitive of @raf 9J., is either be rafen SK. or raf SR.'g. The second form is. 
 it -will be noticed, just like the English idiom,
 
 44 \ PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 EIGHTH LESSON. 
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 German prepositions are treated of at greater length in 
 Lesson 37, p. 282. 
 
 , 1) Prepositions with the dative : 
 
 ouS, out of, from feit, since 
 
 bet, near, by (with) toon, of, from, by 
 
 nut, with 311, to, at 
 
 nacf), after. gegenuber, opposite to. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 bettt arten (dot. masc.), from (out of) the garden. 
 
 bet (Stabt (dot. fern.), from the town. 
 tt cittern <3tocf (dot. masc.), with a stick. 
 tt ctner ^eber (dot. fem.\ with a pen. 
 
 bem 9ftittageffen (dot. neut.), after (the) dinner. 
 
 bet <2>tunbe (dot. fern.), after the lesson. 
 
 2) Prepositions requiring the accusative : 
 
 burcf), through, by oljne, without 
 
 fur, for um, about, at 
 
 g eg en, against, towards 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 nrcf) ben 2Batb (ace. masc.), through the forest. 
 !Ditrd) bte (StroRe (ace. fern.), through the street. 
 3)urrf) ba 3B offer (ace. neut.), through the water. 
 ^iir metnen SBrnber (ace. masc.), for my brother. 
 ^iir ntetne Si^njefter (ace. fern.), for my sister, etc. 
 
 3) The following nine take the dative in such sentences 
 as might have been answered to questions beginning with 
 "where," and the accusative in case the questions would 
 have begun with " whither:" * 
 
 i Whither baa gone out of nse in English conversation and where taken its place. The 
 student, however, in order to make up his mind whether to use the dative or accusative 
 in German, must never use where in the sense of whither. Thus he should consider 
 " I went on the ice " to l>e the answered to a supposed question "Whither did you go ? "
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 46 
 
 an (dot.}, at in 1 (dot.), in, at iiber, over, across 
 
 an (ace.), to in (ace.), into unter, under, among, 
 
 auf, upon, on neben, near, beside between 
 
 fyinter, behind bor, 1 before, ago gttrifdjen, between. 
 
 Examples with the dative (rest) : 
 
 3d) ftefye an bcm ^enfter (dot. neut.), I stand at the window. 
 3luf bcm tfd)e (dot. masc.), on (upon) the table. 
 3n bent )ofe (dot. masc.), in the court-yard. 
 3n bcr tabt (dot. fern.), in (the) town. 
 23or bettt ^fenfter (dot. neut.), before the window. 
 r 1 etner tunbe (dot. /em.), an hour ago. 
 
 Examples with the accusative (motion) : 
 
 3d) gefye an bag $enfter, I go to the window. 
 3d) gelje itber bCtt $ht, I go over the river. 
 3d) gefye fytnter ba$ >au8, 1 go behind the house. 
 tetten <Ste eg t)or bag ^enfto/ P U * i* before the window. 
 
 4) SBaljteni), during, and Uicgett, on account of, govern 
 the genitive case. Ex. : 
 
 SBaljrenb bcS 9vegen, during the rain. 
 
 5) Several of the above prepositions may form a single 
 word with the definite article. 
 
 &tn for an bent, as : am ^enfter (rest), at the window; 
 
 Olt' for an ba3, as : an'3 ^enfter (motion), to the window; 
 
 Oltf' for auf >a3, as : aufS Sanb (motion), into the country; 
 
 int for in bein, as : tm 2Binter, in winter; 
 
 tn'8 for in ba3, as : in'S Staffer (motion), into the water; 
 
 Bd'm for bet bent, as : bet'nt b,or, near the gate; 
 
 fiir'8 for ftir bag, as : fitr'8 elb (ace.), for money; 
 
 DUrt^'0 for burd) baS, as : burdj'3 ^euer (ace.) through the fire; 
 
 Uoitt for ton bent, as : bom Sftarfte, from the market; 
 
 Jjor'0 for &or ba^, as : bor'3 ^enfter, before the window; 
 
 iilier'8 for iiber bag, as : itber'3 SWeer, across the sea; 
 
 jutn for gu bcm, as : gum S3ater, to the father; 
 
 jttt for gu bcr, as : gur Gutter, to the mother. 
 
 i Jjnaud bar, when denoting time, always take the dative.
 
 46 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bet of, the yard gefatten, fallen 
 
 ber Jlrieg, (the) war bte 9?td)te, the niece 
 
 ber 9fabe, the raven bte $alte, the cold 
 
 bte aube, the pigeon fptelen, to play 
 
 ber )fen, the stove fpredjen, to speak 
 
 bag Sett, the bed id) effe, I eat 
 ba$ 2#tttageffen, (the) dinner fltegen, to fly 
 
 ber 233 inter, (the) winter faufen, to buy 
 
 ber 2ttantel, the cloak git >oufe, at home. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 15. 
 
 3n bem |>ofe (tm >ofe). 9lu8 bem arten. 3luf bent >ad)e. 
 3)ie Xaube fliegt aitf baS (auf'S) jDad). 3m $rteg unb tm grteben, 
 $)te $inber tytelen bor bem >aufe. S3or ber ^adjt. 3)er SBogel ft^t 
 (sits) oiif bem iBatime. !l)te fttffy leben tm SBaffer. 3Ketn ^>ut tfl 
 tn'8 Staffer gefatten. 2)0^ ^ebermeffer beS ^naben Itegt auf bem 
 i[rf)(e). er unb Itegt itnter bem S3ette. 2)tefe 33itd)er ftnb fur 
 metnen ?e^rer. 3^re Sodjter ift bet nteutcr SdjtDefter. 2)te @olbaten 
 fpredjen toon bem ^riege. !)aS (that) hjar wa^renb be $rtege3. 
 33} btetbe (stay) ju ^aufe tuegen be 9^egenc. 2)a Sett fteh,t 
 (stands) neben bem Ofen. er <2tu^t ftc^t neben ber Xfyito. Urn 
 oter Ub,r (at four o'clock) bin id) $u oufe. 
 
 9tufflolic 16. 
 
 . Out of the room. Near the castle. I eat with a spoon. 
 After the rain. The oxen butt (ftofeen) with their horns. "We 
 see with our eyes C&ugen). The boys go through the wood. 
 The pupils speak of (uon) the school We speak of (Don) the 
 weather. I was in (aitf) the street during the rain. The boy 
 is on the tree. Go (ge^en <2te) into the yard. The boy has 
 (ift) fallen into the water. The tree lies in the water. My 
 penknife is in my pocket. Against the door. Put (fterfen) your 
 penknife in your pocket. His cloak hangs (Ijcingt) behind the 
 door. I have seen many flowers in the field. 
 
 2. The eggs lie in the nests of the birds. The enemies 
 run (toufen) against the wall. There (e3) was a raven among 
 the pigeons. Before (the) dinner. "We play after (the) dinner. 
 He was in his room. The table stands near the window. 
 Before (the) winter many birds fly (put: fly many birds) 1 
 
 1 See the last foot-note on p. 38.
 
 47 
 
 across the sea. We stay (bleiben) at home on account of the 
 rain. The dog runs (Itiuft) about the house. Those apples are 
 for my niece, and these pears are for my son. The count was 
 at home at three o'clock. 2 Two 3 days 'ago. 
 
 2Bo ftfct berSoget? 
 
 2Bo tft SBtlljelm (WiUiam) ? 
 So tft mein 2ftantel? 
 8Bet ijat mein ^bermeffer? 
 abcrt (Sic metnen ut gefei^ett ? 
 2Bol)er (whence) fommen @te? 
 Ija&en (Sic gefauft? 
 tn (where) gel)en <Stc? 
 toerben <Ste faufen? 
 
 fltegen m'ete iBoget? 
 3Bann (when) fltegen fie fort 
 
 (leave) ? 
 
 SBarum (why) fltegen fie fort? 
 <Stnb <3te nod) (still) int 33ette? 
 2Bo Ijaben (Sic biefe 53etld)en ge= 
 
 f unben ? 
 aben (Sic feme (none) in Sfyrent 
 
 (Garten ? 
 gur wen (whom, ace.) ftnb biefe 
 
 ^trfdjen ? 
 S3on went (whom, dot.) fjaft bu 
 
 biefe efdjenfe er^atten (re- 
 
 ceived) ? 
 
 2Bot>on fpredjen bic <3o(baten? 
 3ft Ofjre Gutter ju aufe? 
 
 (gr fifct auf bem $)adje imfcrcg 
 
 >aufe3. 
 
 @ r ift tm arten obcr tm >ofe. 
 (gr fyangt gutter ber Jfyiire. 
 (g3 Uegt auf bem 2%f)e. 
 5a, er tft uitter ben Jtfd) gefatten. 
 3d) fomme com SD^ailte (market). 
 -3^ (jabe s #epfe( unb s JJiiffe gcfauft. 
 3d) ge^eiauf (to) ben 9Jfavft, 
 -3d) inerbe wartoffefa faufen. 
 (Sic fliegen uber'g SWeer. 
 
 $or bent 2Binter. 
 
 2Begen ber alte be 2Binter3. 
 
 $a, id) bin fran!. 
 
 3d) ^abe fie auf bent ^etbe gefun* 
 
 ben. 
 9^ein, id) !ann (can not any) 
 
 feine finben. 
 (Ste finb fitr bag Sodjterlein mei* 
 
 neS 9^ad)bar. 
 53on metnem SJater unb t)on nteiner 
 
 Butter. 
 
 (Ste f^redjen bom ^rtege (war). 
 gietn, fie ift nidjt gu '^aufe, fie ift 
 (gone out).
 
 48 LRREGUIAlilTIES IN THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 
 NINTH LESSON, i 
 
 IRREGULARITIES IN THE FORMATION OF 
 THE PLURAL. 
 
 The irregularities in German declension are mostly in 
 the pluraL 
 
 I. IRREGULARITIES OP THE FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 1. The following substantives take n in the plural 
 without modifying the vowel, as has been already stated 
 on page 25. 
 
 ber Saier, the Bavarian ber ftadfjbar, the neighbor 
 
 ber Sauer, the peasant ber (Stadjel, the sting 
 
 ber ^Better, the cousin ber "^antoffel, the slipper 
 
 ber eDatter, the godfather ber llJhigfet, the muscle. 
 Plur., bie Saiern, bte SQauern, bie 33ettern, bie 9?ad)barn jc. 
 
 NOTE. The word ber G^ataf'ter, has in the plural bie Gljarafte'te. 
 
 2, Words from the Latin in or, with the accent on 
 the last syllable but one, form their plurals in ortlt : 
 
 ber J)of'tor, the doctor ; pi. bie iDofto'ren. 
 ber ''Profef for, the professor ; pi bie ^rofeffo'ren. 
 NOTE. <Dcr aKajlor', the major ; pi. 
 
 a) Another class of irregular nouns has already been 
 noticed on page 25. 
 
 II. IRREGULARITIES OP THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 3. Eight words take in the plural rn instead of c and do 
 not modify the vowel : 
 
 ber 2ftafl, the mast ber taat, the state 
 
 ber ^Pfau, the peacock ber <3traf)l, the beam 
 
 i The Ninth and Tenth Lessons need not be Ukea up in course.
 
 IRREGULARITIES IN THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 49 
 
 ber @d)mer3, the pain ber jDortt, the thorn, 
 
 ber <pont, the spur ber See, 1 the lake. 
 
 ^ btc -Ohften, bie ^fatten, bie (Staaten, btc trafjten, bte 
 
 rfimerjen jc. <2porn has in plu. both ponten and poren as 
 given in Exercise 9. 
 
 4. The following nouns take cr in the plural, at the 
 same time modifying the vowel : 
 
 ber SRann, the man ber @ott, (the) God 
 
 ber 2Ba(b, the forest ber )rt, the place 
 
 ber Seib, the body ber 2?ormunb, the guardian 
 
 ber eift, the mind, ghost ber 9tetd)tl)iun, the riches 
 
 ber 2Burm, the worm ber Srrtfyum, the mistake, error. 
 ber Sftonb, the edge 
 Plur., bie banner, bie SBalber, bie eiber, bie 2Biirmer :c. 
 
 III. IRREGULARITIES OF THE FOURTH DECLENSION. 
 
 5. Twenty-nine monosyllables form their plural in en 
 instead of e, without modifying the vowel : 
 
 bie 2lrt, the kind, species bie ^fUcfyt, the duty 
 
 bie 33at)it, the road bie ^oft, the post 
 
 bie 23anf, the bank bie Oual, the torment, pang 
 
 bie 33udjt, the bay bie <5d)aar, the troop 
 
 bie 23urg, the old castle bie d)Iacf)t, the battle 
 
 bie ^ftfyrtf ^ e passage bie (Sdjrift, the writing 
 
 bie tur, the field bie (Sdjutb, the debt 
 
 bie ffiuti), the flood bie (Spur, the trace, track 
 
 bie $orm, the form bie l)at, the deed 
 
 bie BTCIU, the woman bie Jradjt, the costume 
 
 bie @httf), the glow bie Uljr, the watch, clock 
 
 bie Sagb, the chase bie 2Ba^(, the choice 
 
 bie Soft, the load bie 2BeIt, the world 
 bie 3)torf, the boundary, bie ^ai)\, the number, figure 
 
 district. bie |jet^ the time. 
 
 . . 
 
 Plur., bie SBatjnen (Sifenba^nen, railroads), bie aften, bie 
 ten, bie <d)Iad)ten, bie S^aten, bie 3 a ^ en JC - 
 
 6. All feminines in ni and fal have t in the plural, e.g. : 
 
 i Notice : There is also & feminine word bie 3, the tea, with the same plural. But 
 the plural of gee, sea, rarely occurs.
 
 50 IRREGULAKITIE3 IN THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 
 
 bte $enntntfl, knowledge ; pi. bte &enntniffe. 
 bie Seforgntfl, fear ; pi. bte Seforgniffe. 
 bic riibjal, sorrow ; pi. bte Xriibfate K. 
 
 7. The two words: bie 2Jhttter, the mother, and bie 
 X center, the dauyhter, have already been declined page 37. 
 
 IV. IHREGULABITTES OF THE FIFTH DECLENSION. 
 
 8. Seven neuter words form the plural in en : 
 
 bag Sett, the bed ; pi. bte JBetten. 
 bag >emb, the shirt ; pi. bte f>emben. 
 bag >erj, the heart ; pi. bte ^er^ett. 
 bag )f)r, the ear ; pi. bte )fjren. 
 bag 2luge, the eye ; pi. bte 2lugen. 
 bag Snbe, the end ; pi. bte Qjnben. 
 bag 3n[eft, the insect ; pi. bte Snfeften. 
 
 9. A few monosyllabic neuter words do not follow the 
 general rule in forming their plural ; they take f instead 
 of er and do not modify the voweL 
 
 Eight ending in f : 
 
 baS >aar, the hair baS ^Jaar, the pair 
 
 ba3 |i>eer, the army bag 9to!)r, the reed 
 
 bag 5aljr, the year bag Sljier, the animal 
 
 bag 2fteer, the sea bag J^or, the gate. 
 
 PI, bte >aare, bte Safjre, bte X^tere jc. 
 
 Also the following: 
 
 bag 23ett, the hatchet bag Sod), the yoke 
 
 bag S9etn, the leg bag $nte, the knee 
 
 bag SBrob, the bread bag oog, the lot, fate 
 
 bag 33oot, the boat bog 9?e, the net 
 
 bag 2)ing, the thing bag ^ferb, the horse 
 
 bag (Erj, the brass, bronze bag ^funb, the pound ' 
 
 bag getf, the skin bag ^e^t, the right 
 
 bag tft, the poison bag 9tetd), the empire 
 
 bag >eft, the copy-book bag 9?ofc, the horse
 
 IRREGULARITIES IN THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 51 
 
 bag Sa($, the salt bag Stud, the piece 
 
 bag Srf)af, the sheep bag Spiel, the game 
 
 bag Srfjmetn, the pig bag 2Cerf, the work 
 
 bag Sdjtff, the ship bag ,3eug, the stuff 
 
 bag Sett, the rope bag 3iel, the aim, end. 
 
 Plur., bte Sette, bte Seine, bte ^ferbc, bie 2Berfc :c. 
 
 10. The following neuter words of two syllables take et 
 in the plural and modify. 
 
 bag (Semiitf), the temper bag (Setuanb, the garment 
 
 bag eftdjt, the face bag Regiment', the regiment 
 
 bag efd)led)t, the gender bag Spital', the hospital 
 
 bag @emad), the apartment 
 
 Plur., bte emiitljer, bie eftdjter, bte c[d)lcd}ter, bte 9?egtmenter, 
 bte Spttciter K. 
 
 11. A few neuter words in al and turn derived from 
 the Latin, take ictt in the plural and do not modify. 
 
 bog $apttat', the capital, fund ; pi. bte $optta'tten. 
 bag Mineral', the mineral ; pi. bte 30? utera'tien. 
 bag Stit'btum, the study ; pi. bie Stu'bien. 
 
 V. ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON THE PLURAL. 
 
 12. Several neuter substantives have two plurals with 
 different meanings. 
 
 TO rt ttX i * ne ribbon ; pi. bte Sa'nber. 
 
 -OaitO, < A|^ V>r>nrJ -fiQ -n/ ^',a -U,-,,iX,> 
 
 (pi. bte 5)htge. 
 
 jDtng, the thing ; Ipl. bte 3)tnger (in a contemptuout 
 
 ( sense). 
 
 rtt ni f ( the face ; pi bte eftcf)ter. 
 ejtdjt, -* 
 
 ba Sort, the word ; = words - 
 
 i. bte uBorte = expressions. 
 
 13. Some German nouns have no plurals of their own 
 and use the plurals of other nouns instead, e.g. :
 
 62 IRREGULARITIES IN THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL 
 
 bag Sob, praise ; pi bte SobeSerljebungen. 
 
 bcr Sftatl), advice ; pi. bic 9?atb,fd)lage. 
 
 ber 23unb, the alliance ; pi. bte 33iinbniffe. 
 
 ber (Strett, contention ; pi. bic trettigfeiten. 
 
 bo8 Ungliirf, the misfortune ; pi. bte Unglu<f3fafle. 
 
 bie Sfyre, the honor ; pi. bte (Sfyrenbeseugungen. 
 
 bte unft, the favor ; pi. bte unftbeseiigimgen. 
 
 ber Job, death ; pi. bte XobeSfatte. 
 
 bte 33orfid)t, precaution ; pi. bte 33orfid)tSmafjregetn. 
 
 14 Masculine and neuter 1 nouns indicating measure^ 
 weight and number, are put in the singular when preceded 
 by a numeral : 
 
 ber n, the foot ; as : fiinf 3riufj (not ^iie) tang, five feet long. 
 ber ott, the inch ; as : tier $0U brett, four inches wide. 
 ber rab, the degree ; as : gtoanjtg tab $alte, twenty degrees 
 cold. 
 
 ba8 ^Jfunb, the pound ; as : bret ^funb 3 U( ^ er / t^ee pounds of 
 
 sugar. 
 
 ba3 'jpaar,' the pair ; as : gtoet ^nar <3d)ulje, two pair of shoes. 
 ba$ jDu^enb, the dozen; as: fed)S ^ufecnD $anbfcf)itb,e, six dozen 
 
 of glovea 
 
 ba3 Slid), the quire; as: geljn JBlldft ^3a)3ter, ten quires of paper. 
 ber Sftaun, the man; as: fiinf ^mnbert -DJiaun Onfanterie, five 
 
 hundred foot-soldiers. 
 baS tiirf, the piece; as: mint sStuif Su^, nine pieces of cloth. 
 
 15. The following words have no singular : 
 
 bie eute, people bte 2ftoften, the whey 
 
 bie Soften, the expenses bie Xruppen, the troops 
 
 bte llnfoften, the costs bte (Smhinfte, the revenue 
 
 bie 23cinHeiber, the trowsers bie ^erien, the holidays 
 
 bie (Sltern, the parents bie @efd)lmftcr, the brothers and 
 
 bie jTriimmer, the ruins sisters. 
 
 16. Compound substantives of which the latter part is 
 mann form their plurals mostly with the word 
 
 i Feminine -words are used in the plural, as : met (SUeit 2u$, four ells or yard* aj 
 cloth ; j^n glaicbcn SBetn, ten bottles o/wine. 
 t (Sin ^aar, a pair ; tin paar, MreraL
 
 IRREGULARITIES IN THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 53 
 
 ber ^Jauptmann, the captain; pi. bte ,>auptteute. 
 ber $aufmann, the merchant; pi. bte $aufleitte. 
 ber Slmtmann, the sheriff; pi. bte IJluttleute. 
 ber <2d)tffmann, the sailor; pi. bte @d)tffleute. 
 ber <5eemann, the seaman; pi. bie eeteitte. 
 ber (Sbetntctnn, the nobleman; pi. bte (Sbetteute. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 oer 35td)ter, the poet tapfer, brave 
 
 bte onne, the sun fyett or f(ar, clear 
 
 bag (Srfjlafjtmmer, the bedroom tief, deep 
 
 ber g'rembe, the stranger jdjabltd), hurtful 
 
 bte (Srbe, the earth tmnter, always 
 
 ber $rcmfe, the patient beriiljntt, celebrated 
 
 leben (mofynen '), to live arm, poor. 
 
 franjoftfd) , French 
 
 READING EXERCISE 17. 
 
 35te (Stadjeln ber SBtenen. te ^antpffetn ber rdftn. 35ie 
 Q3auern ftnb nic^t retdj. )te ^5rofeffo'ren btefer d^ute ftnb beritfjmt. 
 3)te @trat)(en ber @oune ftnb ttmrm. 3)a ^tnb letbet (suffers) 
 groge rfjmcr^en. Ser finb btefe Scanner? 3)te SSitrmer teben in 
 ber (Srbe. 35 te Ufjrcn ftnb fefyr Ketn. ie ^nfeften finb ben ^ritdjten 
 ber 23anme f^iibltd). 3)te S^tere ^aben ^ette. 3)te >aare be8 3)lab* 
 d)cn ftnb lang. 3)te franjoftfc^en eere ^aben tapfer gefod)ten 
 (fought bravely). 35 te 3fteere ftnb ttef. 35 tc ^naben fjaben tt)re 
 fiefte Dcrtorcn. 35tc SB erf e ber 35td)ter ftnb berit^mt 3)te 9}JtneraUen 
 Uegen in ber Srbe. 35te ^ranfen ftnb in ben (Spttotern. 3)er 
 ^at jrtet ^3aar ttefet unb brei ^5aar (S^u^e. 3)te engtifd^en 
 teute ftnb reic^. 
 
 18. 
 
 1. Where are my slippers ? Your slippers are in your bed- 
 room. The students praise ((oben) their professors, but the 
 professors do not always praise ({oben nid)t tmmer) their pupils. 
 Those forests are very large. Do you know these men ? I have 
 seen two tall (grofte) men. I know my duties. These women 
 are very poor. The peasants have cows and oxen. They have 
 also sheep, swine and horses. The beams of the sun are very 
 
 1 tpotyncn means to dwell,
 
 64 IRREGULARITIES IN THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 
 
 warm. The cocks have spurs. The water of the lakes is 
 clear. Do you know the names of the gods of the heathens ? 
 The roses have thorns. The United (Deretnigten) States of (uon) 
 America are very rich. 
 
 2. Those two men have lost all (afle) their children. Give 
 me [some] walnuts. My neighbor has no debts. The towns 
 of that country are very small. The rich (vetdjen) people live 
 in the towns or in (auf) the country. The axes and hatchets 
 are sharpened (gefdjttffen). Open (b'ffnen @te) your eyes. We 
 have two ears. In the hearts of the children. Bees are 
 insects. The boy was five years 1 old (alt). The sailors have 
 lost four boats. The merchants' ships are lost. In our town 
 [there] are two regiments [of] riflemen (Sdjufcen). I speak of 
 (Don) the battles (Dot.) of the Greeks and llomans. 
 
 <3te meine 
 
 toerfaufen btefe Sauent? 
 2Bo fmb bie ^antoffeln meiner 
 
 Gutter? 
 
 2Ber ift ba (there) ? 
 teben <Ste 3fyre 2kttern ? 
 2Ber ftnb biefe >erren? 
 S03o fmb bte alten Scanner? 
 
 bide 2lugen ()at ber 9JZenf^ ? 
 933tc biele O^ren Ijat er? 
 <5inb bie ^Bienen 3?6get? 
 einb 3^re ^ferbe aft? 
 2Ber fmb btefe cute? 
 ^ennen <2ie bie 2Berfe 
 
 !Did)tcr? 
 
 SBte ftnb bieSDJeere? 
 Solebenbtetffen? 
 
 fenne 
 
 itnb 
 
 @te fterfaufen ^artoffetn. 
 @ie finb in invent (her) 
 
 Dimmer. 
 
 35te 2)oftoren fmb ba. 
 Qd) tiebe atte meine Settern. 
 (g (they) fmb $aufleute. 
 ie fmb tm arten. 
 @ie ^aben !l)ornen. 
 @ie ^aben <S|)onten or ( 
 S)er SWenfd) ^at gioei 5lugen 
 
 fte fmb Onfeften. 
 fte ftnb jung. 
 (Sie or eg ftnb ^mcrtfaner. 
 
 -3a, feme 2Berfe fmb feljr beri't^mt 
 @ie ftnb fe^r gro unb ttef. 
 @ie leben in ben SBdlbern, 
 
 1 See p. 63, 14 nd 199. note.
 
 GENDEKS OF SUBSTANTIVES. 55 
 
 TENTH LESSON. 
 
 ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 1 
 
 (Won bent cjif|leif)t tier auiumirter.) 
 
 Tlie gender of a German substantive can in some cases 
 be told from its termination and in others from its signi- 
 fication, while in other cases yet, a foreigner has to 
 consult a dictionary. 
 
 A, Masculine (mannlid)) are : 
 
 f 1. All names of males, as : 
 
 ber SBoter, the father ber (Scfjnetber, the tailor 
 
 ber $ontg, the king ber $nabe, the boy 
 
 ber el)rer, the master, teacher ber >al)n, the cock. 
 
 Except the diminutives in djeit an< i letlt, which (as has already been 
 stated page 23), are all neuter : as, bag SBat-erdjen, bag o^ntcin, the little 
 son; bag J^dljndjen, the chicken. 
 
 2. The names of the seasons, months and days, as : 
 
 ber Sftot, May ber Suit, July 
 
 ber SBtnter, winter ber 9ftontag, Monday 
 
 ber (Sommer, summer ber ftmtag, Friday. 
 
 3. The names of stones, as : 
 
 ber >tantcmt', the diamond ber 3?ubm', the ruby 
 
 ber $iefel, the flint ber (Stein, the stone. 
 
 4 Most words ending in en (not cfyen), which are not 
 infinitives, 2 as : 
 
 ber (Sarten, the garden ber SftMen, the back 
 
 ber ^cgen, the rain ber ^arnen, the name 
 
 ber SBoben, the floor, ground ber ftaben, the thread. 
 
 Except bag Jlifjen, the cushion; bag SBerfett, the basin; bag SBappen, the 
 coat of arms. 
 
 i See the foot-note, page 48. 
 
 J Three are neuter, see g i, p. 68,
 
 56 GENDERS OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 5. Five words ending in double c I 
 
 bcr Sdjncc, the snow ber $lee, the clover 
 
 ber 3ee l , the lake bet fyee, the tea. 
 
 ber $affee, the coffee 
 
 6. Words of two syllables ending in tg, idj, tttg and ling, 
 as: 
 
 ber $omg, the king ber Siingtmg, the youth 
 
 ber Sepptcf), the carpet ber faring 2 , the herring. 
 
 B. Of the Feminine Gender (roeiblicf)) are : 
 
 1. All names of females, as : 
 
 bte &au, the woman bte &onigm, the queen 
 
 bie od)ter, the daughter bte $mme, the nurse. 
 
 Except bag 2Bei6 and bag Qnraucnjimmer, the woman, and of course 
 diminutives, e.g., bag SKabdjen, the girl, from 9Kag,b, moid. 
 
 2. All dissyllabic substantives ending in e (not ec), not 
 denoting males and ivithout the prefix ($k (see 6, p. 58), as : 
 
 bie 33htme, the flower bte $trfrf)e, the cherry 
 
 bte <3cf)ule, the school bie 33trne, the pear 
 
 bte (gtunbe, the hour bte Gndje, the oak 
 
 bte trafce, the street bte Sanne, the fir 
 
 bte Srbe, earth bie (Sfyre, the honor 
 
 bte Stebe, love bie Ufe 3 , the help. 
 
 Hence ffie sun is feminine in German, bie <3onne ; but the moon is 
 masculine, bcr SRonb. 
 
 Except the three words, bag SJfage, the eye; bag 6nbe, the end; bag Gtbe, 
 the inheritance. 
 
 NOTE. Words like bet SKatne, ber ante JC. (see p. 25, Obs. 1) are not 
 to be considered exceptions, as their original nominative ended iik en: ber 
 , ber @amen :c. 
 
 3. All derivative words formed with one of the follow- 
 
 i See the foot-note, p. 49. 
 
 5 For more words of this kind see p. 33, t 3. 
 
 8e lo th Fourth Peclension. p. 37,
 
 GENDERS OF SUBSTANTIVES. 57 
 
 ing terminations : et ' (old ep) l)rit, fcit, jdjaft, ttllg and in, 
 with nouns of foreign origin ending in ie, ton, if or tat, as : 
 
 bie 3d)ntctd)ctct, flattery bte Xraurigfett, sadness 
 
 bte flafcerei, slavery bte Ueberjetntng, the translation 
 
 bie greifyett, liberty bte )offmmg, hope 
 
 bte djonfyeit, beauty bte (Sdjafertn, the shepherdess 
 
 bte ^mtnbfdwft, friendship bte ^oejte, poetry 
 
 bte 2)anfbarlett, gratitude bte 2ftajeftcit, majesty 
 
 Except bag ^etfdjaft, the seed, and bet $ornung, an old word for gffcruar, 
 I&ruary. 
 
 4 The few nouns ending in ud)t, udjt, ulb and unft : 
 
 bte @d)tarf)t, the battle bie ebutb, patience 
 
 bte ^ad)t, the night bte <5rf)itlb, guilt, debt 
 
 bte 23itd)t, the bay bte SBernunft, reason 
 
 bte ^>ulb, the favor bte 5lnhmft, the arrival 
 
 C. Of the Neuter Gender (fdcfylid)) are : 
 
 / < 
 
 1. The letters of the alphabet, e.g., bag 51, bag 2ft, bag 3. 
 
 2. The names of metals, as : 
 
 baS otb, gold ba (Stfett, iron 
 
 ba3 Silbev, silver ba^ 23let, lead. 
 
 Except bcr Sta^l, steel. 
 
 3. The names of countries, cities, villages, provinces, 
 islands, etc., as : granfretcfy, France ; SRom, Some. The 
 article is used with these only when an adjective precedes, 
 as: bag fatfyolifcfye (Spanien, Catholic Spain; bag retcfye 
 ?onbon :c/ 
 
 The most important exceptions are: bte djftetj, Switzerland; bie 
 iirfd, Turkey (with all other names of countries in et); bte $fatj, the 
 Palatinate, and several other names of provinces. 
 
 1 $tt8 Gt, ike egg; bet d)rel or ba efcfyret, the cry, tcream; b S3ret, pap. are not 
 derivatives. 
 
 2 But when the name of a country ia masculine or feminine, it takes the article 
 even if no adjective precedes.
 
 58 GENDERS OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 4 The infinitive mood, when used substantively, as : 
 
 bag (f)en, eating bag 9taud)en, smoking 
 
 bag Srtufen, drinking bag Sefen, reading 
 
 bag eben, hfe bag $ergnug,en, the pleasure. 
 
 5. All diminutives in djett and fritt, without exception, 
 as: 
 
 bag 9JMbd)cn, the girl bag mb(etn, the baby 
 
 bag >augd)ett, the little house bag SBlumtetn, the httle flower. 
 
 6. Most substantives beginning with the prefix e, as : 
 
 bag ebiva,c, the mountain bag ebaube, the building 
 bag entalbe, the picture bag efdjaft, the business 
 
 bag etootf, the clouds bag @efd)enf, the present. 
 
 Exceptions. Masc. : ber ebanfe, the thought; ber eBraurf), iheuse; bet 
 efdjmarf, taste; ber eritd// smell. Fern.: bte efdjtdjte, history; bie e= 
 fa^r, the danger; bte efcurt, birth; bte eicalt, power; bte ejtatt, shape; 
 bie ebulb, patience, and some others, both masc. and fern. 
 
 7. Substantives ending in nijj are some of them neuter, 
 and others feminine : 
 
 Neuter. Feminine. 
 
 bag ^eugntft, the evidence bte ^tnflerntf?, *h e darkness 
 
 bag 23egra'bm, the funeral bte Ibnntntf?, knowledge 
 
 bag $8ebiirfm^;the want bte 33etrtibnt, affliction 
 
 bag ebad)tnt, memory, etc. bte (Srlaubnt|, permission, etc. 
 
 D. Gender of Compound Substantives. 
 
 The gender of compound substantives is generally that 
 of the last component part, as : fcie ^au^fljiire, the street- 
 door (from iitt aitS and ite Xfyiire); bag Xtntcnfa^, the 
 inkstand; ter ^alb^braten, roast veal; bie SBinterjett, the 
 winter season; bte 2BinbmitI)Ie, the ivind-mitt, etc. 
 
 Except bie Wnttoort, the answer (from bag 2Bort, the word) ; bie rojjmutfj, 
 generosity; bte anftmutt), meekness, and bte ^emutf), humbleness (from 
 ber 2Rutl), disposition of mind, courage).
 
 GENDEHS OF SUBSTANTIVES. 59 
 
 E. Nouns whose Gander varies with their Meaning : 
 
 Masculine. Feminine or Neuter. 
 
 ber 23aub, the volume ba$ 33anb, the ribbon, tie, bond 
 
 ber 33auer, the peasant ba3 33auer, the bird-cage 
 
 ber (Srbe, the heir ba$ (Srbe, the inheritance 
 
 ber >etbe, the heathen bte >eibe, the heath 
 
 ber wt, the hat bte ut, (the) heed, guard 
 
 ber liefer, the jaw bte $tefer, the pine (a tree) 
 
 ber $unbe, the customer bte $unbe, knowledge 
 
 ber Setter, the conductor bte Setter, the ladder 
 
 ber <3ee, the lake bte (See, the sea 
 
 ber l)or, the fool ba3 f)or, the gate 
 
 ber $erbtenft, the gain. ba3 33erbtenft, merit. 
 
 F. Feminine Nouns formed from Masculine Nouns: 
 
 Many masculine nouns add in to form feminines, in the 
 case of monosyllables modifying the vowel. 
 
 Masculine. Feminine, 
 
 ber $onig, the king bte ^imtojit 1 , the queen 
 
 berprft, ) ,, . bte ftiirftra, ) ,, - 
 
 ber $rtn$, ) l bte ^rtn|efft, j tJ 
 
 Oer raf, the count bte @rofut, the countess 
 
 ber Sftatei-, the painter bte Sftaterin, the female painter 
 
 ber 9? ad) bar, the neighbor bte S^adjbartn, the female neighbor 
 
 ber ^iinftter, the artist bte $iinftterm, the female artist 
 
 ber (Snglanber, the Englishman bic (Sngttiubertn, the Enghshwoman 
 
 ber ^od), the cook bie ^od)tn, the female cook 
 
 ber imb, the dog bte >ihtbtn, the bitch 
 
 ber 2Bolf, the wolf. bie Sotftn, the she-wolf, etc. 
 
 If the masculine ends in e, this letter is rejected : 
 
 ber 9tuffe, the Russian bte 9vufftit, the Russian lady 
 
 ber ^rango'fe, the Frenchman bte ^rart^ofin, the French lady 
 ber 2ott)e, the lion. bte Soimn, the lioness. 
 
 Exception: ber 1)cutidf)C, thz German', fern., bte eittfdje, the German lady. 
 Of course there are, as in English, many feminines not 
 
 i Plurals, ftoniginnen, Jutflinnen :c.
 
 CO 
 
 GENDERS OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 formed from the words which denote males of the same 
 kind, as : 
 
 ber 9)?ann, the man, husband 
 ber >err, the gentleman 
 
 >err, Mr. 
 
 ber ^ater, the father 
 ber 3ot)it, the son 
 ber 23ritber, the brother 
 ber )f)ctm, the uncle 
 ber s Jfcffe, the nephew 
 ber better, the cousin 
 ber $nabe, the boy 
 ber ^tingling, the youth 
 ber 3unggefefl, the bachelor 
 ber 23rduttgam, the bridegroom 
 ber SBtttroer, the widower. 
 
 bte Orait, the woman, wife 
 bte 3)ante, the lady 
 
 grau, Mrs. 
 
 bte 2J?ittter, the mother 
 bte od)ter, the daughter 
 bte @d)toefter, the sister 
 bte Xante, the aunt 
 bte -fttdjte, the niece 
 bte 23a[e ((Soufme), the cousin 
 bag 2ftabcf)en, the girl 
 ba3 Jrauletn, the young lady 
 bte 3ungfev, the maid 
 bte Srcutt, the bride 
 bte SSttttoe, the widow. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber Xtcjer, the tiger 
 
 ber SBtnter, (the) winter 
 
 bte ,3ett, (the) tirae 
 
 bte 3)td)tertn, the poetess 
 
 etn d^cifer, a shepherd 
 
 ber firtner, the gardener 
 
 ber c^aufpteler, the actor 
 
 bte $itrje, the shortness 
 ber <3tetn, the stone 
 Ijatte, fatten, had 
 fait, cold 
 tDarnt, warm 
 ^od), high 
 au^, also. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 19. 
 
 2J?eme Sljre. Oene trae. Unfere ^offnung. 3ene Xanne ifl 
 ^orf). !j)te djmctg ifl fd)6n. 2Btl^etm ttjar cm SuHggefett. S)er 
 ontmcr ijl foarm. 2iBtr Ijatten etnen ^iamanten. >abcn 2ie bte 
 ^urfitn gefe^cn? <Stc tft fe^r (very) fd^on. 25tefe^ ^tmtetutmpec 
 t[l fe^r }itng. Unfer O^eint unb itnfere Xante fatten etn d)top in 
 panten (Spain). 3)er artner ^atte etne 9tofe; bte artnertn ^atte 
 etn rotljeS (red) Sanb. @eben <2te mtr btefen 33anb (m.). <te Ijatte 
 etn a'urf)en unb etn artrfjen. 
 
 5tufgoBc 20. 
 
 1. My teacher. His friendship. The count and the countess. 
 This man is a painter. That lady is a princess. My father is
 
 GENDERS OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 61 
 
 your neighbor. Your aunt is my neighbor. Here is a lion 
 and a lioness, a tiger and a tigress. This woman is a widow. 
 Where is the cook (f.) ? My master is old. The baby is young. 
 (The) winter is cold. This diamond is beautiful. Here is also 
 a ruby. My sister is a shepherdess. This oak is very (fefyr) 
 old. Give me a cherry. Which youth is your son ? 
 
 2. The friendship of my [female] cousin. The earth is round 
 (rimb). The love of the mother. (The) iron is a metal. (The) 
 gold is also a nietal The little house (dim,). The little horse. 
 A little plate. The shortness of (the) time. Have you seen 
 (gefefyen) the actor and the actress ? My daughter is a poetess. 
 I have seen the bridegroom and the bride. My uncle is a 
 bachelor. His niece is very young. Is it a he-wolf or a she- 
 wolf? 
 
 2Bo tft mem SReffe ? 
 2Ber f)at mein tocfdjen ? 
 2Ber ift biefer Stfann ? 
 Ber tft btefe )ante? 
 tnb @te etn anger? 
 
 $at tfyr Ofyetm etn 
 
 aben <5te bie 23raut gefeljen ? 
 
 2Boiftbte23raut? 
 
 3ft ba3 olb etn Stem? 
 
 taft bit ben $itnftler gefefyen ? 
 ft biefcr Sinter fait? 
 >aben <te etnen 
 
 )ter tft er. 
 
 fjr $inb Ijat e$. 
 
 @r tft etn $imftler. 
 
 ie tft etne J)td)tertn. 
 
 ftetn, id) bin fein anger; aber 
 
 ntetne rau (wife) tft etne a'n= 
 
 gertn. 
 
 -3a, er t)at etn ^cingd^en. 
 9?etn, tc^ t)abe bie 33raut ntc^t ge= 
 
 fefyen. 3)er 33rauttgam ift bier. 
 te tft front (iU). 
 g^ein, bag @otb tft etn 2etan. 
 
 i, unb aud) bie ^itnftlertn. 
 
 " t, er tft nidjt feljr fait. 
 
 etnen unb unb etne 
 
 Set fjat cut 
 
 Oft 3tjr JOfjeim etn Onnggefett ? 
 
 Sertftfjter? 
 
 5ft btcfcS J^ter erne ?ort)tn? 
 
 at ber arlner ntetn S3ud) ? 
 
 gitrfttn Jjat etn 
 
 er tft etn SBttttter. 
 3)tc d^aufptetertn tft fyter. 
 e tft etne Jtgertn. 
 bie artnertn Ijat e3.
 
 DECLENSION OP NAMES OP PERSONS. 
 ELEVENTH LESSOff. 
 
 DECLENSION OF THOSE PROPER NOUNS 
 WHICH ARE NAMES OF PERSONS. 
 
 1. Without an article. 
 
 A. Sari, $lnna, ^nebrtd) cfytfler, raf etnrid), 
 
 Charles, Anna, Frederick Schiller, Count Henry, 
 G. (arl', Minna's, ftriebrtrf) (Seder's, @raf $emrid)'S, 
 D. Like the nominative, 
 A. Like the nominative. 
 
 Notice that this declension is just like that in English; there is only ona 
 termination, namely '3 in the genitive, and this '3 is added to the last 
 word only. We have, that is, raf $einrtdj'3, Count Henry's, and not 
 (Srafen .emridj'3, Count's Henry's. l 
 
 The word err, Mr., however, preceding a man's name, is declined, as 
 will be seen in 3. 
 
 2. With an article (but see also 3). 
 
 3)er, beS, bem, ben (or em, eineS :c.) (ar(, g'rtebrtd) @d)ttter. 
 3)te, ber, ber, bte (or etne, einer :c.) $lnna. 
 
 We sometimes talk in English of a Shakspeare or 
 a Mary, but we never say, as the Germans do, the Mo.ry, 
 the Shakspeare, meaning simply Mary or Shakspeare. 
 
 The student will notice that when the article is used, all the cases of 
 the noun are alike. There is one exception, however : When the genitive 
 precedes instead of following its noun, and this genitive is qualified by 
 an adjective, it takes a termination. Thus we say, be3 fleinen griebrtcf)'^ 
 23uc6er, little Frederick's books, ber Jungen 2tnna'3 cljufje, young Anna's 
 shoes or with the other order, bte SBiidjer be3 fletnen grtebrtdj, bie @cf)uf)e 
 ber iungen 3tnna. 
 
 3. With an article and a title (such as King, Count, 
 Privy Councillor, etc.) or with a noun in apposition, as in 
 the second paradigm below. 
 
 1 For those names which form the genitive otherwise than l)y adding 'g, see 4. 
 Some persons omit the apostrophe before the 8 of the genitive and of the plural of 
 proper names.
 
 DECLENSION OP NAMES OF PERSONS. 63 
 
 N. 'ber raf etimcf) bee $iinft(ei- (artist) 2d)nttbt 
 
 G. beg rafen ehtridj beg $iinftlerg odjmtbt 
 
 D. bent rafen Jpetnrtdj bent $unftler 3cf)mtbt 
 
 A. ben rafcn ipeutrtd). ben iinftler djntibt. 
 
 For the mode of declension when there is no article expressed, see 1. 
 
 4Jerr, Mr., needs special mention. 
 
 N. (ber) err 2ftet)er (ber) err raf Seuft 
 
 G. (beg) errn ^et^S (beg) j>emt rafen 33euft' 
 
 D. (bent) errn Qftetyer (bent) errn rafen 
 
 A. (ben) errn Sftetyer. (ben) errn rafen 
 
 That is to say, err and the noun or nouns following are all of them 
 declined, e.g., errn SRctyer'a $au3. When the genitive follows its noun, it 
 generally takes the article and a different form from that just given, thus : 
 t>a3 au3 be3 errn 2Ketyer, i.e., in this case the termination is attached 
 to the title as in beg $6ntg3 grtebrtc^. 
 
 4. Genitives formed otherwise than by adding '0. 
 
 a) Names ending in c may form the genitive in ctt, e.g., 
 2ftarien3 SBucfy, Mary's look; PdljcnS Scfynftcn, Goethe's 
 writings; but the student is advised to add $ merely, e.gr., 
 
 &) In the same way, names ending in a hissing sound, 
 e.g., ri0/ -Fred, $iud)S and S5c (family names) may have 
 the genitives gri$en, gucfyfenS, 3?oen^, but the student is 
 advised to add ' merely or only an apostrophe, e.g., 
 or ri' etc. 
 
 5. The pluraL 
 
 o) All proper names may (see b for another rule) form 
 a plural in ', e.g., cipto'g, @opl)ie', ^ri^'^ |)einric^% 
 S3 of ^, and in those cases where the genitive might have 
 an apostrophe without an '0, the plural can do the same, 
 .g., $rifc', 3Sop'. The dative of all plurals in , whether 
 proper names or not, is like the nominative-, e.g. t 0*5ib e 
 ben jroei ^einric^^ 7 Give it to the two Henrys.
 
 64 DECLENSION OP NAMES OP PERSONS. 
 
 b) The general rule, more particularly in literary 
 German of the present epoch, is that masculine proper 
 names may have the plural like the singular, e.g., tie i'utber 
 ter egenroart, the Luthers of the present; but all masculine 
 proper names in o may have a plural in nt or nf?, e. g., 
 btc <2ciptone or <2cipioneit; and, finally, many masculine 
 proper names may have a plural in e, e> g* ^uDroige, 
 Lewises, SWdancfytfjone, Melanchthons. 
 
 All feminine names of persons may take en or n in the 
 plural, except that those ending in a or 9 take 'n, e.g., 
 Sltetyeifcen, Adelaide's (singular 2lfcetyeit>) ; @opf)ten, Sophia's 
 (singular opf)ie); 3ba'n. 
 
 c) Family names, e.g., (SJoetfye, are counted as masculine 
 names. 
 
 d) Germans omit the article in the plural when speak- 
 ing familiarly of people by their last names, e.g., 33ecferg 
 
 un$ gefiern, The Beckers called on its yesterday. 
 
 6. Grifht$ is declined as follows: 
 
 N. <ljrifhi 
 G. gfjrtjhtS or ^ri|K 
 D. 6bnfht or g^rtfto 
 A. d^rtfhtd or d^riftuu 
 V. fd$a3 or (5I)riftc. 
 
 is declined as follows : 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 D. Oeju 
 
 A. 3efum. 
 
 When Mary is the name of the Virgin Mary, the German for it is not 
 2Rarie but 2Rarta. So also 2Karia (Stuart, Mary Queen of Scots. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 a8 cbtdjt (pi. c), the poem lefen, to read 
 
 bie $arte/ the card gelefen, read, past participle
 
 DECLENSION OF NAMES OF PERSONS. 65 
 
 ber teg, the victory beufen an, to think of 
 
 bie 9?egierung, the reign angefommen, arrived 
 
 bog @efefc (pi. e), the law ber fitnfte, the fifth 
 
 bag eben, the life ber fedjfte, the sixth 
 
 bie Sttabe, the Ih'ad ritfe, or rufen 2ne, call 
 
 bie ante, the aunt geftern, yesterday. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 21. 
 
 2)er mt >einridj'g. 2Btlf)etm'g Sucker. 2orb 33rougb,am'g 9hme. 
 3d) liebe orb 33t)ron'g ebid)te. >aben te (5d)itter getefen? 3d) 
 b,abe djitter'g ebidjte getefen. 3d) benfe an uife. (Ste benfen an 
 aRarie. >ier finb 3llejanber mmbolbt'g 33riefe. ara'g Sautter ift 
 frant. ^rtebrirf) 2Bi(^etm' ob/ne. <ftad) bent 2obe ^arl'^ be 
 ro^en. 5)a^ !?eben ^etnrtd^'g be^ 23ierten. 3d) ^abe bie Garten beg 
 |)errn ^amitton unb ber ^rautein c^mtbt * erb,alten. aben (Sie (ben) 
 9?ubolf gefe^en ? 9?ufe (ben) Robert. er <5ieg beg 2KbmtraIg ^elfon 
 bet Trafalgar ift berufjmt (celebrated). 
 
 ^ufgulic 22. 
 
 1. Frederick's hat. Lewis's books. Mary's sister. The 
 reign of the emperor Augustus. I admire (id) benwnbere) Plato. 
 This is Mr. Stewart's horse. The laws of Solon. Poor Charles's 
 father is arrived. Have you read the poems of Goethe ? I have 
 read many of them (bation). I have bought two hats for George 
 and Edward. Henry's books are arrived. The name of Fred- 
 erick Schiller. The life of Charles the Twelfth, King (gen.) 
 of Sweden (con <2d)tt)eben), was an incessant war (etn beftanbtger 
 ftrtcg). 
 
 2. I have bought Lord S.'s house. We read Cicero. We read 
 also Virgil's Aeneid (5lenei'be) and the Ih'ad of Homer. Cimon 
 was the son of Miltiades. Victoria is queen of England (oon 
 (Snglanb). The brother of Eliza, and Mary's brother are my 
 friends. Henry the Fifth, king of England, the son of Henry 
 the Fourth, married (fyet'ratfjete) Catherine, the daughter of 
 Charles the Sixth, king (gen.] of France (uon gwnfreirf)). Give 
 it to my uncle, the doctor (dot,.}. The coronation of the 
 emperor Charles the Fifth. Where is Miss Louisa ? She is 
 with (bet) her aunt, Mrs. Walter. 
 
 i Singular or plural, gtautetn properly neuter, (p. 58, 6), may take a feminine 
 article, and the pronouns referring to it are generally fte, she and Ujr, her, not rt, it 
 and fein, its.
 
 66 PROPER NAMfiS OF COUNTRIES, CITIES, ETC. 
 
 Sprerfjiibung. 
 
 2Bo mar $arfS $ater gcftern? (r mar in ftranffurt. 
 
 2Bo tft Suifen'S Xante? @ie ift in amburg. 
 giir men fjaben <Sie biefe <Sd)ub,e 
 
 gefauft ? ftUr $arl unb ftriebrtrf). 
 SBte b/ei^t (how is called, i.e., 
 
 what is the name of) ber 
 
 ^aifer ton ^ranfreid) ? Sr ^eit Napoleon. 
 2Bie ^et^t bie ^onigin ton @ng 
 
 lanb ? (Sic fjeifct 33iftoria. 
 
 2Bie b,ie ib,r emaljl (consort) ? 'jpring Albert. 
 
 3Ber n?ar @ofrate ? (Sin beritfjmter ^^itofop^'. 
 2Ber mar bcr (Sieger (conqueror) 
 
 ton Trafalgar r* cr engtifdje ^[bmtrat 
 
 2Ber tuar ber geb,rer 5llejanber'8 ?lriftotelea, etu grtcc^tf^cr SSett* 
 
 be^ @roen ? toeifer (a Grecian philosopher). 
 
 $ennen @ie bie efe^e (Soton'3 ? 3d) fenne fte nid)t. 
 
 3Ber tuor (Solon ? 6in atfyenifdjer SBeifer (sage), 
 
 ^ur men finb biefe S3ud)cr? @ie ftnb fitr (ben) ^crrn 3Waier. 
 
 ^iir men ftnb jene SBanber? <Ste finb fitr 2ftabame SSalter. 
 
 Sent (to whom) geben (Sic biefe 3d) gebe fte ber ttife unb ber 
 
 Sftofen ? 9J?arie (or itife unb SRorie). 
 
 SBen rttfen @te? 3d) rufe ^nebrid) unb >cinrid). 
 |>aben @ie SD^tlton'g f ,35erlorene 
 
 (lost) ^J3arabieg" gelefen ? iftein, id) b,abe e nid)t getefen. 
 
 TWELFTH LESSON. 
 
 PBOPEE NAMES OF COUNTEIES, CITIES, VTL- 
 LAGES, PEOVINCES, ISLANDS, ETC. 
 
 1. These names take in German, as in English, no 
 article, as : 
 
 jDeutfd)lanb, Germany ^Berlin', Berlin 
 
 (gnglonb, England (glba, Elba. 
 
 bonbon, London 
 
 This rule and an exception to it have already been given p. 57.
 
 PROPER NAMES Of COUNTRIES, CITIES, ETC. 67 
 
 2. They form their genitive by the addition of g, unless 
 they end in g, J or r, as : 
 
 bte tuffe )eutfd)fanb3, the rivers of Germany, 
 bte traften 23erltn$', SonbonS, zc., the streets of Berlin, 
 London, etc. 
 
 3. When ending in 3, J or r, no termination can be 
 added, and the place of the genitive is taken by the 
 dative with toon, as : 
 
 bte trafjen tion ^artS, the streets of Paris. 
 
 4. The Germans say not " The Kingdom of Prussia," etc., 
 but " The Kingdom Prussia," etc., as : 
 
 bag $omgmd) ^ratften, the kingdom of Prussia, 
 bte tabt Bonbon, the city of London, 
 ba3 3)orf SRofyrbad), the village of Bohrbach, 
 ber SKonat s Diat, the month of May. 
 
 5. The other cases remain unchanged, as : 
 
 totr lekn in Suropa (dat.), we live in Europe, 
 id) Uebe granfretd) (ace.), I like France, 
 fennen ie ^3ari8 (ace.), do you know Paris? 
 
 6. To, before names of countries and towns, must be 
 translated nod) ; at or in, in ffrom, tJOtt or attg, as : 
 
 foir ge^en twt(j 5lmertfa, we go to America, 
 id) jd)icfc if)n ntt^l 2Btcn, I send him to Vienna, 
 mein ^Bater lebt in ^artS', my father lives at Paris, 
 id) fomme Uon 33ruffe(, I come from- Brussels. 
 
 Stu denotes origin, e.g., er ift att 5pari, te is from Paris, (i.e., a 
 Parisian). 
 
 7. We subjoin a list of the principal countries : 
 
 i At, before names of towns, is sometimes translated jn. Kx. : at Frankfort, ju 
 grantfurt, but in is better.
 
 68 PROPER NAMES OF COUNTRIES, CITIES, ETC. 
 
 a, Europe opa'uien, Spain 
 
 $lften, Asia rtedjentcutb, Greece 
 
 SlfrUa, Africa ipreujjen, Prussia 
 
 Slme'nfa, America @ad)fen, Saxony 
 
 5luftra'lien, Australia 33at)ern, Bavaria 
 
 Onbten, India SRufclcmb, Russia 
 
 (I)tna, China cfyroeben, Sweden 
 
 (Sgtyp'teu, Egypt 9?ortuegen, Norway 
 
 (Sngfanb, England >tinemarf, Denmark 
 
 ^ranhretd), France oflcmb, Holland 
 
 2)eutfrf)lanb, Germany ^elgien, Belgium 
 
 Oeftretd), Austria bie djroetj, Switzerland 
 
 Sta'lten, Italy bie Siirfei', Turkey. 
 
 8. Names of persons formed from these names of 
 countries end in either ct or c. 
 
 Names ending in er : 
 
 bcr Suropci'er, the European ber <2pa'mer, the Spaniard 
 ber Slmerifa'ner, the American ber Stalie'ner, the Italian 
 ber Sng'lcinber, the Englishman ber Deft'retdjer, the Austrian 
 ber @rf)ott'Ianber, the Scotchman ber <Sd)n)et$ei-, the Swiss 
 ber 3r'(anber, the Irishman ber ^ari'fer, the Parisian 
 ber ^jol'ldnber, the Dutchman ber Corner, the Boman, et<v 
 
 Names ending in e I 
 
 ber >eutfcf)e, the German ber SRuffe, the Eussian 
 
 ber granjofe, the Frenchman ber $ole, the Pole 
 
 ber riedje, the Greek ber Xitrfe, the Turk 
 
 ber -preufje, the Prussian ber 3)ane, the Dane. 
 
 NOTE 1. The formation of feminines from these nouns has been ex- 
 plained on page 59. . 
 
 NOTE 2. Adjectives corresponding to these nouns are formed by adding 
 ifdj to the stem, as : tyamfcf), Spanish; englifd), English; franjofif.f), French, 
 etc. See the 18th lesson, p. 110, Remark 5. 
 
 9. Names of rivers, lakes, mountains, etc., always take 
 the article, as in English, and are declined like common 
 nouns of their respective declensions :
 
 PEOPER NAMES OF COUNTRIES, CITIES, ETC. 69 
 
 ber 9tt)etn, the Rhine; G. be3 3t()etneS; D. bem 9t()etn(e) zc.; 
 bte gibe, the Elbe; G. and Z>. bee (gibe; ^ce. bte (Slbe; 
 bte "^rend'en, (^/.); the Pyrenees; G. ber s $t)rentien zc. 
 
 10. In English, the names of the months and of the 
 days of the week are used without an article ; in German 
 they require the definite article, viz. : 
 
 ber Sanimr', January ber 3ult, July 
 
 ber gebruar', February ber 3luguft', August 
 
 ber SJidr^, March ber (September, September 
 
 ber $lprtl', April ber )fto'ber, October 
 
 ber 9#ai, May ber s J?ot>em'ber, November 
 
 ber -3uni, June ber ecem'ber, December. 
 
 In January, is translated im 3 a ^uar. 
 
 ber (Sonntag, Sunday ber ^rettag, Friday 
 
 ber Sftontag, Monday ber (Sonnabenb or (Samftag, Sa- 
 
 ber jDtenftag, Tuesday turday 
 
 ber 9ftttttt>od), Wednesday out (Sonntag, on Sunday. 
 ber 3)onnerftag, Thursday 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 2Bten, Vienna fommen, come 
 
 bte )ber, the Oder ge^en, go 
 
 bte 3)onait, the Danube !att, cold 
 
 bte aitptftabt, the capital gro, large 
 
 baS ebtrge, the mountain- toarimt, why? 
 range, mountains. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 23. 
 
 t grojje gliiffc. 35ic gtuffe ^uIanb ftnb gro. ic 
 Sadler ber (Sdfyroei^ (tub fc^on. 2BeIrf)e (what) finb bte ^robulte 
 @ngtanb ? S)te Ira^en SerUnS (or Don 5B.) finb fd)6n. ^a^oleon 
 njar in (Sgtjpten. @r ftarb (died) auf ber 3nfel anft ^e'lena. -3d) 
 rtar ntdjt in Oeftreic^ ; aber id) >uar in ^reufcen. 2Betc^eS i^anb tft 
 btefe^? 3)tefe8 tft rtedjenlanb. ^ennen @te ^Uabelpln'a ? 9?etn, 
 id) fenne e^ ntd)t, id) )Dar nid)t (have not been) in 5lmerifa. -3fl 
 btefer 9)Jann ein ^oUdnber ? s JJein, er tft etn Srtdnber ; er gefjt nac^ 
 Slmerifa. 3d) fd)icfe metnen @o^n nad) ^artS. u'ftat) ^Ibotp^ mar 
 t)on <Sc^tt)eben. ^ennen <5te bte <3tabt ^ranffurt ? S^etn, abet
 
 70 
 
 PROPER NAMES OF COUNTRIES, CITIES, ETC. 
 
 id) fenne bic 2tabt iloln. er 9Jiouat s Diat ift ber fdjimfte in $>eutfd)* 
 lanb. Xer ^iljeiu ift cin grower lujj. 2)iein greunb ift im 3uni 
 angefommen. S 2lm 9Jontag ober 2)ienftag. ^aris ift bie >anptftabt 
 djS (or toon ^ranfretd)). 
 
 Kufgafce 24. 
 
 The four largest (gropten) rivers of Germany are : the Rhine, 
 the Elbe, the Oder and the Danube. The mountains of Spain 
 are high (fyorf)). Napoleon was in Russia. The banks (bic 
 lifer) of the Rhine are beautiful London is the capital of 
 England. What (roeld)e3) are the productions of Spain ? The 
 streets of Frankfort are norrow (enge). Where do you come 
 from ( x ^Bot)er fomnten 5te) ? I come from England, and I am 
 going to France. My brothers go to Paris. Mr. Banks lives 
 (lebt) in Germany. In what town ? In the city of Mainz. 
 (The) December is cold; July and August are warm. The 
 streets of Berlin are wide (breit). The houses of the city of 
 London are high. Vienna is the capital of Austria. My 
 nephew arrived (ift angefommen) in September. The Danube 
 is a very large (em fefyr grower) river. Come (fomnten <5te) on. 
 Friday or Saturday. 
 
 2Bo toaren <Ste geftern ? 
 Unb ttjo war 3fyr SBruber ? 
 2Beld)e8 tfl bie auptftabt Don 
 
 panien ? 
 
 2Bo liegt (lies) ^amburg ? 
 2Bo fmb bie ^tyrenaen? 
 
 @te bie rfjhjctj ? 
 2Bte ^eipen (what is the name 
 
 of) biefe gtoet ffiiifit ? 
 ^at ^ufelanb grofee gliiffe? 
 <Sinb biefe ^erren (gentlemen) 
 
 granjofen? 
 
 2So flarb Napoleon? 
 
 2BeId)e (what) ?anb ifi biefeS? 
 
 3d) roar in iftannljeim. 
 
 (r h)or in gfrantfurt 
 
 9ttabrib ift bie cmptftabt ton 
 
 ponien. 
 
 ^antburg tiegt an ber (Slbe. 
 2)ie ^^rend'en Itegen gnnfrfjen (be^ 
 
 tween) ^ranfreid) unb (Spanien. 
 Od) fenne bie (Sdjroeij unb Otatien. 
 )iefer ^ier ift ber Sftfjein, jener if\ 
 
 bie 2)onau. 
 
 (g ^at grofee ^luffe unb Seen. 
 9?etn, mein ^>err, etner t>on f^nen 
 
 (of them) ift etn (Spanter, bw 
 
 anbere (other) em 9iuffe. 
 uf ber Onfet Sanft e'Iena. 
 2)iefe ift granfretd).
 
 DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES. 71 
 
 SBaren <Sie in 2lfien? "ftem, id) roar nidjt in 2lfien; abet 
 
 id) roar in (Sgtypten. 
 
 2Bob,er' fommen @ie? 3d) fommc auS Qtalien. 
 
 2Bol)in' gefjen <Sie ? 3d) gefje nad) ^RuRlanb. 
 
 eljen Sie nad) $ari8 ? 3a, nad) ^artS unb nad) bonbon. 
 
 $ennen (Sic bie jiirfei ? 3a, id) fenne riedjenlanb unb bie 
 
 iitrfei. 
 
 SBte finb bie <2traen 33erlin8? (Sie finb breit unb fd)on. 
 On tt)eld)em 2)?onat tft 3f>r 9^effe 
 
 angcfommcn ? (Sr ift im (September angefommen. 
 
 3ln joetdjem Sage ? ^[m 3)onner|lag. 
 
 Sie biele Xage tjat ber 5lpril? S)er (9Konat) ?lprU ^at breifeig 
 
 Jage. 
 2Bie toieteXage b,at ber^ebruar? 3)er ^ebruar b,at nur (only) adjt 
 
 unb ^nxingig Sage. 
 
 THIRTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES OE ADJECTIVE 
 PKONOUNS. 
 
 (33 t ft i m m u n 8 W 6 r t e r.) 
 
 They are divided into demonstrative, interrogative, pos- 
 sessive and indefinite numeral adjectives, and may be like 
 adjectives followed by a noun, or like pronouns, stand 
 instead of a noun. In " That is excellent," that is used 
 as a pronoun. In "That book is excellent," that is used 
 as an adjective. 
 
 L The Demonstrative Adjectives are : 
 
 SINGTJLAB. PLUKAL. 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neuter. po r a n Gendert. 
 
 bte|er btefe biefeg, this, that btefe, these 
 
 jener jene JeneS, that jcne, those 
 
 fotdjer [old)e fotd)e, such fotd)e, such 
 
 berfelbe btefetbe bafelbe, the same btefelben 
 
 ber, bie, ba3 nfimtidje, the same bie namtidjen 
 
 ber, bie, ba anbcrc, the other bie anberen. 
 
 (For their declension see the first lesson, p. 15. $)crfelbc, however, with 
 b namlicfye and ber anbere are declined like adjectives. See 3.J
 
 72 DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES. 
 
 1. T/tat is generally translated tiefer, biefe, HefeS, unless 
 it stands in opposition to this, in which case it is trans- 
 lated jener, jene, jenee. 1 Ex. : 
 
 Who is that man ? 2S3er ift btefer 2ttarat ? 
 
 NOTE 1. This or that and these or those, when the subject of the verb to 
 be, fein, are translated Dicfcg or Jag, (see also the Twenty-fourth Lesson, 
 Obs. 2> Ex. : 
 
 This is my stick, bicfeS (not btefer) ijl mein Sftoct. 
 
 Are tfiese your books, finb Wefeg (or fcoSJ 3^re SBudjer. 
 
 Yes, these are my books, ja fciefe8 (or fca3) jtnb meine 93u<f>et. 
 
 2. (Solcfyer, in the singular, is oftener used with the 
 indefinite article preceding it than alone, and is some- 
 times followed by the indefinite article as in English. 
 Ex.: 
 
 Sin folrfjer Sftann (or fold)' cut 9Kann), such a man. 
 <2>olrfje 2Jidnner (pi-), such men. 
 
 3. 2)crfelbc is declined as follows : 
 
 8INGTJLAB. PLURAL. 
 
 JIatc. Fern. Neuter. Far all Gcndert. 
 
 N. berfetbe btefelbe baffetbe 2 biefelben 
 
 G. bcffelbcn berfelben bcj|clben berfelben 
 
 D. bemfelben berfelben bemfetben benfetben 
 
 A. benjelben btefelbe baffetbe biefetben 
 
 IL The Interrogative Adjectives are : 
 1) SBeldjer, welc^e, welt^c^ ? which, what ? 
 
 i The following is a more accurate statement of the meaning and use of this and that 
 in English and of ber, biefer and jener in German. This and biefcr properly denote 
 something near the speaker, and that and jener something more remote from him. 
 When we do not desire to emphasize either the nearness or the remoteness of anything, 
 We use that in English and ber in German. 3">er ( connec ted with yonder in English) 
 always implies remoteness, and implies it more decidedly than biefer does nearness. 
 liefer sometimes occurs where ber might have been used. 
 
 i Or, dividing these words into syllables according to their composition, taSfelbe, 
 MfAM.
 
 DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES. 73 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 Jfatc. t'fn. Neuter. For ad Gendert, 
 
 N. toehfyer ttetdje ttetdjeg, which? toeldje, which? 
 
 G. toeldjeS foeldjer toeldjeS, of which? toeldjer, of which? 
 
 D. weldjem luetdjer roclrfjcm, to which? toelcfyen, to which? 
 
 A. hjeldjen lueldje toelcheS, which? iueldje, which? 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 SBeldjer 3Bein tft ber befte ? Which wine is the best? 
 28e(d)en 2Beg geljen <ie ? Which way do you go ? 
 SOfit wcldier geber ^aben ie gefd)rieben? With wHch pen 
 have you written? 
 
 NOTE 2. What? and which? immediately followed by the verb fetn, 
 to be, are translated: tUCldjeS J* even though the verb is in the plnral (see 
 NOTE 1). Ex. : 
 
 Which is your stick ? gBdrfjeS tft 3{jr tod ? 
 
 are your terms ? SBcI^el finb $ljte Sebtnguttflcn ? 
 
 2. 2Ba fiir etn, wag fur etne ; toag fur ein, wAa^ (kind of} ? 
 
 In this combination only the article etn, eine, ein is 
 
 declined. It agrees with the following substantive. Ex.: 
 
 fur ein 33ud) Ijabett <Stc? What book have you? 
 fiir eine <Stabt ift biefe8 ? What or what kind of a town is 
 this? 
 
 The plural is wag fiir ? as : 
 
 fiir 23anber braudjcn <Sie? What ribbons do you want? 
 fiir 33ciunte finb biefcg ? What kind of trees are these ? 
 
 fiir, without the article, is employed also before 
 the names of foods, materials, etc., as : 
 
 fiir ftleifd) fcutfen <2te ? What sort of meat do you buy ? 
 fiir 2Bciu trinfen Sie? What kind of wine do you drink? 
 
 HE. The Possessive Adjectives are : 
 
 Mate. 
 
 mem 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 /'ei. Neuter. 
 
 meine niein, my 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 For ail Getuien. 
 
 meine, my 
 
 bet'n 
 
 beine 
 
 bein, 
 
 thy 
 
 beine, 
 
 thy 
 
 fetn 
 fc 
 
 feine 
 iljre 
 
 fein, 
 i^r, 
 
 his (its) 
 her (its) 
 
 feine, 
 tip, 
 
 his (its) 
 her (its)
 
 74 DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 Mate. Fern. JVufer. For all Gendert. 
 
 itnfer unfere imfer, our imfere, our 
 
 3*r 3hre Qfr ) ^re ) 
 
 euer cuere euer, ) J euere (euer), ) J 
 
 tfjr tfyre tfjr, their ifyre, their. 
 
 They are all declined like mein. See Lesson 2. 
 
 Observe that all these possessive adjectives have o termination added 
 in the nominative singular, masculine and neuter. In this they differ 
 from ber, btcfer, tocldjer, etc. Ex.: 
 
 Our friend, unfcr greunb (not unfercr grcunbu 
 Your horse, 3fc $fcrb (not 3f>re3 gSferb). 
 
 IV. The Indefinite Numeral Adjectives Bf** 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neuter. Plural. 
 
 jeber, every, each jebc jcbeS (wanting) 
 
 atter (all), all ' attc aXk* (aU) atje, all 
 
 fetn, no feme fein feine, no 
 
 monger, many a mandje man^eg manege, some 
 
 Diet, much mele totel toiele, many 
 
 hjentg, little njentge ttjentg tuentge, few 
 
 betbe, pi., both etntge, pi., some, a few 
 
 mefyrere, pi, several bie metften, pi., most. 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 L The sense is the same whether the definite article 
 is inserted or omitted after allc, e.g., alle 2SeU or all tie 
 dt, all the world, alleS 5Solf or aU fcad SSolf, all the people. 
 These examples are from Grimm's dictionary. 
 
 2. AU before any case or number of ber, biefer, etc., or 
 mein, etc., is usually translated all. Ex. : 
 
 All our money, att iinfer elb (not alteS iinfer @etb). 
 With all your sorrow, nut all ^rem Summer (Dot.). 
 Of all his joys, toon aU feinen greuben. 
 
 3. With both, either omit the article or let it come first. 
 (The order betDe bie is rare). Thus : 
 
 Both the sisters, Oeibe t^djiueftevn or bie beiben (>d)tt)eftern.
 
 DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES. 75 
 
 4. Possessive adjectives, when joined with beibe, should 
 precede and beibe takes n. (23etbe metne, etc. are rare). 
 
 Both my sisters (my two sisters), memo bctbcit 
 Both our sous (our two sons), uitfcve betbcit <3ob,ne. 
 
 5. The word some or any before a noun in the singular 
 is better not translated, as : 
 
 I have some bread, 3d) fynbe 33rob. 
 Have you any cheese V >aben Ste 
 No, but here is some butter, 9?etn, aber fyter tft Gutter. 
 
 6. Some, before a noun in the plural, is einige, as : 
 Lend me some pens, letljen <Sie nttr ctntge ^ebcrn. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bag $cbaube, the building ber 33Ict[ttft (pi. e), the pencil 
 
 bic (5 (tern, the parents bte 5lrbeit, the work 
 
 ba @elb, (the) money nii^tirf), useful 
 
 ber $aufmann, the merchant tobt, dead 
 
 bag IBenitogen, (the) fortune, retcf), rich 
 
 i.e., property, means traurtg, sad, sorrowful 
 
 bte 9tegc(, the rule ^etljam, salutary 
 
 ber 3Bagen, the carriage Qtffyr poisonous 
 
 ber B'efyter, the fault, mistake geljoren, belong 
 bic tleberfe'^ung, the translation oft, often 
 
 beiDitn'bern, to admire toerfaufen, to sell 
 ber etbbeiitet, the purse 
 
 READLN-Q EXERCISE 25. 
 
 )tefer 5D?ann ift rctdj. S)iefc ^rait ift franf. 3)icfc ^tnber ^aben 
 feine 5BUd)er. 3ene3 0au tft feljr alt. )te ^rud)te jencr Sciume 
 ftnb bitterer (more bitter), al3 (than) bte gattrfjte btefer ^aunte. 
 SCRetne (Sltern ftttb tobt. Unfer DI)eim tft md)t reid) ; abcr feme 23afe 
 tft fe^r vctd). 2)iefe (Stubenten b,abcn tf)r @etb tiertoren. SBir fennen 
 aKe 9icge(n. -3d) fenne feinen fotdjcn ^anten. 3ltte 9J?enfd)en ftnb 
 Sritbcr. 9J?and)er ^anfntann !^at fein S5ermogen bertorcn. Sftetne 
 Sante b,at tljren 9?tno gefunben. Od) Ijabe bte ^ferbe 3fyveg p()etm3 
 itnb ben 2Cagen unfereS ^tadjbarg gefattft. -Sober 3D?cnfd) ttebt fetn
 
 76 DETERMINATIVE ADJECTIVES. 
 
 cbcn. 92td)t jebeg cmb tft reid). <Ste Ijaben fetnen ^efyter tit Sfjrer 
 Ucberfet3ung. 2JMne betben 23ritber ftnb angefommen. $lfle Confer 
 biefer tobt ftnb Don tetn gebaut (built of stone). 5lUe btefe 
 'JjSfianjen ftnb fyetlfam. )tefe8 ftnb ntd)t metne ^ebern. 9Btr fjaben 
 etnige $ogel gefangen (caught). 2Ba8 ftir etnen (Storf Ijoben te bo ? 
 Sfteljrere c^tffe ftnb angefommen. 
 
 Nuiiinbc 26. 
 
 1. I love my (ace.) father and my mother. We love our 
 parents. You love your sisters. They have bought som 
 books. Those flowers are withered (bertoelft). The pupils 
 speak often of (t>on) their masters. All men (3)?enfrf)en) are 
 alike (gleirf)) before God. These (p. 72, Note 1) are the pencils 
 of my brother. This man l has sold all his houses and gardens, 
 and all his horses and carriages. We admire such men. All 
 [the] metals are useful. What wine do you sell? Which 
 gloves have you lost? This lady has lost all her children. 
 Our friends have (jtnb) arrived yesterday. 
 
 2. We live by (toon) the work of your hands. I have found 
 thy purse without thy money. We had several friends in 
 Paris. Not all men (3Kenfd)en) are rich. Each country has 
 its pleasures. I had no letters from my son William. Our 
 king has several palaces. No rose without thorns (!Dornen). 
 I will buy some chairs. What chairs? Those new [ones]. 
 These dresses are for my two sisters. Every bird has two 
 wings. The boys have eaten (gegeffen) all their apples and 
 pears. Some plants are poisonous. I shall give these fruits to 
 my little daughters. 
 
 2Bet Ijat meinen etbbeutet ge* 
 
 funben ? 3)etn S3ruber b,at tfyn (it) gefunben. 
 
 Sinb afle 9J?enfd)en gtiirfttd)? 2Benige 2J?enfd)m ftnb glitdfttd). 
 
 2Ba8 fitr em $ege( tjl btefeS? (58 iff etn Slbler (eagle). 
 
 2Bcr fyat tyn gefdjoffen (shot) ? 2)er 3a'ger (hunter) Ijat t^n ge* 
 
 fdjoffen. 
 
 fitr etne S3tnme ^aben <te? 68 tft etn 5Sei(d]en. 
 
 ftnb unfere ^itte? 3b,re >iite ftnb in metnem 
 
 J SKann; SWenf^ means human Ixing, man or woman.
 
 AUXIMAEY VERBS. 
 
 7V 
 
 id) $el)fer tit ntchtcr Ueber= 
 felting ? 
 
 fur ft&tm Ijaben (Sic? 
 2Ber tft fetter junge 9)?ann? 
 SBarum ftnb biefe <Stubenten fo 
 
 tuaurig ? 
 
 >aben Sic afle e(b berforen ? 
 fitr -}3ferbe Ijaben (Sic ge* 
 fauft? 
 
 I)abcn bie -3ager gefdjoffen? 
 <Sie einige gute ^cbera? 
 fitr 33itd)cr Icfen (Sic? 
 fucfjt ^rtebrid) ? 
 tucm ftnb <Stc gelommen 
 (come) ? 
 
 <Ste S3riefe Don ^ 
 ctnpfangcn ? 
 
 Oa, Sic fyaben mc^rerc ^e^ter. 
 3d) fjabe @tal)l (steel) .febern. 
 S^ tft ber 9Jeffe meine^ 9^ad)bar. 
 
 (Ste ^aben tb^r @etb bertorett. 
 
 9?id)t atte^, aber bid. 
 
 -3d) fyabe jtDct 2Bagenpferbe unb ctu 
 
 9faitpferb gefauft. 
 (Stnige ^afcn unb 9W)e (deer). 
 5ltte meine ^ebern ftnb fdjtedjt. 
 3;d) tefc englifd)e 33itd)er. 
 (Sr fudjt feinen 9Jcgenfd)ivm. 
 3d) bin mit ctnigen ^reuuben gc= 
 
 fomnten. 
 
 id) b,abe feinen 23rtef em* 
 
 pfangen. 
 
 FOURTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 AUXILIARY VERBS. 
 
 I. fallen, To Have. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 id) Ijabe, I have 
 
 bu fyaft l f thou hast 
 
 er (fie, e) b,at, he, (she, it) has 
 
 toir fyaben, we have 
 
 ibr babt, ) i 
 r-' 1 i r Yu have 
 (Ste I)aben, j J 
 
 fie Ijaben, they have 
 
 id) b,abe, I (may) have 
 
 bu Ijabeft, thou have 
 
 er (fie, e3) fyabc, he (she, it) hare 
 
 h)ir I)aben, we have 
 
 ibr babct, ) i 
 2. > ( \ you have 
 <Ste Ijaben, ) J 
 
 fie b/aben, they have. 
 
 i Thou and ye, as every one knows, have gone out of use in conversation, and ymi, haa 
 taken their place. The Germans, however, still use bu and tfyr to children and in'ima c 
 friends. In most other cases they say ie, which is always printed with a capital to 
 distinguish it from fie, they or she.
 
 78 A.UXILIABY VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 id) fjatte, I had id) (jiittc, 1 1 had (or should have) 
 
 bu fjatteft, thou hadst bit fjcitteft, thou hadst 
 
 ev (fie, eS) fjatte, he (she, it) had er (fie, eg) tjatte, he (she, it) had 
 
 nnr fatten, we had nnr fatten, we had 
 
 if)r fjottct or (Sic fatten, you had ifjr Ijiittct or ie fatten, you had 
 
 fie fatten, they had fte fatten, they had. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 td) toerbe fyaben, I shall have id) tterbe fjaben, I shall have 
 bit nrirft fyabeu, thou wilt have bit luerbeft Ijaben, thou wilt have 
 er unrb fjaben, he will have er lucvbe fjaben, he will have 
 
 nnr toerben Ijaben, we shall have hnr toerben b,aben, we shall have 
 
 tyr luerbet b,aben, | you wiU tb,r loerbet ^abcn, ) ^^ 
 
 (Sic toerben b/aben, J have @te merben b,oben, j J 
 
 fte ttierben ^aben, they will have fte toerben Ijaben, tiiiey will have. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 id) b,abe gefjabt, I have had tc^ fjabe gefjabt, I (may) have had 
 bit fyctft geb,abt, thou hast had bit b,abeft geb,abt, thou hast had 
 er fyat getjabt, he has had er Ijabe geb,abt, he have had 
 
 hnr b,Qben geb,abt, we have had nnr b,aben ge^abt, we have had 
 t> b,abt 9 e|abt, ) havehad jjr babet ge^obt, ) hftve hftd 
 (Ste b,aben gefyabt, ) J (Ste ^oben gefyabt, j J 
 
 fie ^aben getjabt, they have had fte baben geb,abt, they have had. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 id) Ijatte ge^abt, I had had id) b,atte ge^abt,* I had had (or 
 
 should have had) 
 
 bu fjcttteft gefjabt, thou hadst had bit Ijatteft gefyabt, thou hadst had 
 er Ijatte geljabt, he had had er fyfitte geijabt, he had had 
 
 nnr fatten ge^abt, we had had nnr fjatten gcb,abt, we had had 
 
 U)r Ijattet geb,abt, ) vouhadhad ib,r b,attet gefjabt, ) , , , , 
 
 8ie fatten getjabt, j yo a fte fatten geb,abt, J yo 
 
 fte fatten geb,abt, they had had fie fatten gefjabt, they had had. 
 
 i This form is used for instance, after tarnn, if, as : SBenn id? . . . Ijitte, If I had (tba 
 rerb is last). SBfnn may also be followed by the indicative, 
 t M 1 had had, iccnn id> . . .g
 
 AUXILIARY VEilBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 id) tucrbe "i I shall 
 bu nnrft j ^ thou wilt 
 er nrirb "f he will 
 
 id) iuerbc 
 bu ujcrbcft 
 5 er toerbe 
 
 totr toerben 
 if)r loerbet > 
 <Ste uierbenj 
 
 - ^, we shall 
 " you will 
 
 unr rterben 
 P' tfjr werbet 
 P 1 @te hjerben 
 
 fie toerben 
 
 they will ^ 
 
 fie roerben 
 
 I shall 
 thou wilt 
 he will 
 we shall - 
 
 they will 
 
 tr 
 
 s 
 
 PIBST CONDITIONAL. 
 
 id) U)iirbe l^aben or ic^ fja'tte, I should have 
 
 bu foiirbeft ^aben or bu ^atteft, thou wouldst have 
 
 er ttwrbe fjaben or er ^a'tte, he would have 
 
 loir )Biirben ^aben or hjir fatten, we should have 
 tfyr u)urbet ^aben or ifyr Ijattet, you would have 
 fie tuiirben ^aben or fie fatten, they would have. 
 
 SECOND CONDITIONAL. 
 
 or id) fjfitte ge^abt, I should 
 or bu Ijatteft gefyabt, thou wouldst 
 or er Ija'tte ge^abt, he would 
 or hrir fatten ge^abt, we should 
 or t^r Ijattet ge^abt, you would 
 or fie fatten geljabt, they would 
 
 IS) tuiirbe gefyabt Ijaben 
 tu hmrbeft ge^abt Ijaben 
 er tviirbe ge|abt ^aben 
 twtr tt)iirben gc^abt Ijaben 
 f^r niurbet ge^abt ^aben 
 *fie murben ge^abt fjaben 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 r 
 
 CD 
 
 IaptunMabenJ letushave 
 or Ijaben <Sie, have. 
 
 I/abe, have 
 
 er fott ^aben, let him have 
 
 fie foflen ^aben, let them have 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 Pres. Ijaben or gu Ijaben, to have. 
 
 Past, geljabt Ijaben or getjabt 311 Ijaben, to have had. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 Pres. Ijabenb/ having Past, getjobt, had.
 
 80 AUXILIARY VERBS. 
 
 2. The negative, interrogative and negative-interroga* 
 tive forms of fyaben correspond exactly to the same forms 
 of to have in English. 
 
 NEGATIVE. 
 
 tdj Ijabe ntdjt, I have not ; cr Ijat ntdjt, he has not, eto 
 idj toerbe nid)t fyaben, I shall not have 
 id) fyabe ntdjt geljabt, I hare not had, etc. 
 
 INTERROGATIVE. 
 
 Ijabe tdj, have I? Ijaben <3ie, have you? 
 
 Ijabe id) gefyabt, have I had ? etc. 
 
 NEGATIVE-INTERROGATIVE. 
 
 fiatte id) nidjt, had I not? 
 
 gatte id) nidjt geljabt, had I not had? 
 
 toerben rt)ir nid)t Ijaben, shall we not have ? etc. 
 
 REMARKS ON THE ORDER OF WORDS IN A GERMAN 
 SENTENCE. 
 
 1. In simple declaratory clauses in German, the SUBJECT 
 is placed first, then comes the VERB, and then all the REST 
 of the sentence. 1 This may be called the Normal Order. 
 
 a) " Simple declaratory clauses " are such as the fol- 
 lowing: Henry lives. We aU see ships. I should like to. 
 The younger children would have been kitted. Also the first 
 part of the following : I wish to serve you, if you will con- 
 sent yourself. Or the latter part of the sentence : If it 
 stopped raining, I should certainly go. On the other hand 
 the following are not simple declaratory clauses : Does 
 Henry live? that I could see a ship ! Consent to serve 
 me. Neither is the first part of the following sentences 
 simply declaratory : What you have just remarked, cannot 
 be true. That he was absent is not proved. 
 
 t Another way of arranging the parts of such clauses is given in 3.
 
 AUXILIARY VERBS. 81 
 
 5) By SUBJECT, in the rule just stated, we mean the single 
 word which is grammatically the subject, taken together 
 with all words which modify it. Thus in the following 
 sentences, for instance, all the words not in italics, are to 
 be considered as SUBJECT : His remarkable talents, well 
 employed, would gain him a competency. The sudden and 
 painless death which he had so longed for, was granted 
 him. 
 
 c) By VERB, in the rule just stated, is meant on the con- 
 trary only a single word, for instance in would have gone, 
 would; in shall have been loved, shall; in is thought to 
 7tave been forged, is ; in makes him come, makes. This word 
 is always that one which changes to denote person and 
 number. Thus would becomes wouldst, and shall, shalt in 
 the second person, and is has as many as three other 
 forms, namely am, art and are. 
 
 2. The arrangement of the REST of the sentence, that is, 
 of all which is left after disposing of the SUBJECT and the 
 TERB, is not regulated by such strict rules. Thus we 
 an say for The mother ivM have a letter from her daughter, 
 either: 3)tc Gutter | 'nrirb | einen 33rief on tfjrer od)ter 
 fyabeit, or 2)ie Gutter | iwrb | on tym Xocfyter einen 33rtef 
 fyaben. 
 
 But a) participles and infinitives come at the very end 
 of the sentence, thus, He must have liked to play exceedingly, 
 becomes He \ must \ exceedingly to play liked have. 
 
 b) 97id)t goes with the infinitive or participle to the end 
 of the sentence, e, g., 3$ | fjak | fcaS 33ud) ntcfyt gelefen, 
 / have not read the book. 
 
 c) The object of the verb more usually comes after 
 
 1 The vertical lines separate the subject from the verb, and the verb from the rest 
 of the sentence.
 
 82 Atmr.tARV VEKBSL 
 
 everything except md)t and similar negatives, such as ttle, 
 never, etc., e.g., 3$ | fyabe ] fcit eintgcn Xagen fra$ SBud) mctyl 
 Qdefen, / have not read the book for some days. 
 
 3. Germans sometimes, however, take out some part of 
 the REST of the sentence and place it at the beginning. 
 If this has been done, the VERB must be made to precede 
 the SUBJECT. Thus )ie Sautter | roirb | son ttyrer Xocfytei 
 cinen 33rief fyoben may become either 1) 33on ifyrer Xoc^tei 
 
 | twrb j tie Gutter | eincn 23rief (wben, or 2) Sincn 33rief 
 | ttrirb | bie -Gutter j on tynr Xocfyter fjaben. This may be 
 called the Question Order. 
 
 The only difference in meaning between the three sen- 
 tences is, that in 1) there may be an emphasis on on 
 ifyrer od)ter, i.e. t It is from her daughter (and not from 
 anybody else) that the mother ivitt receive a letter; and in 
 2) an emphasis on cinen 53ricf, i.e., It is a letter (and not 
 a newspaper or anything else) which the mother tvitt receive 
 from her daughter. 1 
 
 4. Dependent clauses in German, take the VERB at the 
 very end. Thus, It is true that she is dead, becomes It is 
 true that she dead is ; He said that she was there, becomes 
 He said that she there was ; He cried because he was hurt t 
 becomes He cried because he hurt was; He gave me the book 
 that he had written, becomes He gave me the book that he 
 written had. This may be called the Dependent Order. 
 
 Dependent clauses should be easily recognized by the 
 student. Some other clause in the sentence makes an 
 assertion which the dependent (and subordinate) clause 
 
 i The VERB must precede the SUBJECT in the principal clause of a sentence, when the 
 principal clause comes after a dependent clause. Thus : If I speak, you must lUten. 
 becomes in German. It I speak, | must | yon | listen.
 
 AUXILIARY VHRBS. 83 
 
 completss. See the examples above. They may be intro- 
 duced by conjunctions, e.g., when, if, since, although, as, 
 etc., etc., (but not by and, or, for, but,) or by relatives, e.g. t 
 who, which, where, etc. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bte tlljr, the watch ba3 Ungtucf, misfortune 
 
 bie Sutler, the butter em (Spiel^eug, a toy 
 
 ber afe, the cheese bet 33att, the ball 
 
 ba3 Bfoifd)' the meat ber SBagen, the carriage 
 
 bd$ SBergnugen, the pleasure ber ob, death 
 
 bie Dinte, the ink baf?, that (cory.) 
 
 glauben, to believe, think toenn, if 
 
 bie 3eit, (the) time genug, enough 
 
 bie Sampe, the lamp angeneljm, agreeable 
 
 bie efettfdjaft, company, party bie 9?abel, the needle. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 27. 
 
 3d) Ijabe einen ftreunb. >aft bu aud) einen ^reunb ? >aben <5ie 
 feine ^reunbe? 2Bir f)aben feine ^reunbe. 2Bir fatten ^^iinbe; 
 aber Je^t (now) fyaben roir feine me^r. abe 5lc^t auf (take care of) 
 beiu ^teib. aben <Sie 2ld)t auf 5f)re ^teiber. 5^ roerbe cine neue 
 (new) U^r Ijaben. 3c^ ^abe eine U^r getyabt, aber ic^ (jabe fie uertoren. 
 aben fie tiiet 35ergniigen gefjabt? SBir fatten toiele ^ifdje gefyabt. 
 @ie raerben efettfd^aft ge^abt fyaben. 1 3)te S^iikr fatten feiit guteS 
 papier. 2Benn tuir Srob fatten. 2 SSenn ioir ^teifc^ gefjabt fatten.* 
 3^r loiirbet fein elb Ijaben. ^r rt)iirbe Diet ^ergniigen auf bem Sank 
 gefyabt^aben. taubft bu (think), ba er @etb Ijabe? lauben @ie, 
 ba rt)ir 2Bein ge^abt ^aben ? @ie toerben SSaffer ge^abt ^aben. 
 
 9luf9obe 28. 
 
 1. I have butter and cheese. He has bread and meat. We 
 had some birds. The boys had two young dogs. I had a 
 watch. I shall have a picture. I have had two lamps. My 
 sisters have had many needles. If I had a garden (ace.). If 
 
 i This means: They, or you, must have had company. 
 
 * The conjunction rcenn requires the VEBB at the tnd. So Jo all other conjunctions, 
 except those meaning and, !mt, or and for, and &o do all relative pronouns. In other 
 words, in dependent clauses the VEBB must be put at the end, as stated already 
 page 82.
 
 84 AUXILIARY VERBS. 
 
 we had a house and a garden. If you had had some paper. 
 They will have no ink. Children, take care of (aitf, ace.) your 
 books. I have had little wine. She has had much pleasure 
 at (auf, dot.) the ball. I had not time. They would have a 
 carriage and a horse. 
 
 2. We have had the good fortune (ba3 turf) to 1 have a 
 faithful friend. 2 They will have a house in the town. I should 
 have money enough, if I had not lost my purse. To have * 
 good (gute) children is agreeable. After (the) death, of what 
 use is it (ioa3 nitt e) to 1 have had much money? If I had 
 not had so much misfortune. These young men (jungen eute) 
 have had too much (gu mel) pleasure. 
 
 aben (Sic ntehten 93ruber nidjt 3a, id) Ijabe ifjn in einem aben 
 
 gefeljen? (shop) gefefyen. 
 
 >at er ettpaS getauft? 3a, cr fyat ^anbfdjufye gefauft. 
 
 >aben (Sie 33rob genug? Sftetn, loir braud)en (need) meljr. 
 
 fatten (Sie genug Sutler unb 2Bir fatten $afe genug ; abet ntc^t 
 
 $afe? gutter genug. 
 
 ^aben <Ste mel Skrgniigen ouf 2Btr njaren fefjr bergniigt ; h)tr ^at 
 
 bem Sanbe (country) ge^abt ? ten grope efettf dfyaft* 
 $at btefeS arme ^tnb feinc (Sttern (5 Ijat feinen 33ater bertoren ; abet 
 
 mefyr? feine 3JZutter lebt (lives) nod). 
 
 SBerben tutr f^one Setter fya* 
 
 ben ? Stf) gtaube ntc^t. 
 
 SSerben (Sic 3 e ^ tyaben, btefe^ ^ h)erbe ^eute (to-day) feine ^dt 
 
 5Bud^ gu tefen ? ^aben ; aber morgen. 
 
 lauben <Sie, ba er Diet elb 3c^ gtaube, ba er fefyr njentg ge- 
 
 ge^abt fjat? ^abt ^at. 
 
 2Ba fitr etne fteber ^attejl bu? 3(^ ^atte eine <Staf)t (steel) .feber. 
 SBer fyat einen fo guten ^reunb 
 
 hne (as) i^ ? 2Bir fjaben and) gute ^reunbe. 
 
 2Birb ber Scorer mit ben S^iltern (Sr witrbe mit i^nen (them) gefyen, 
 
 ge^en (walk) ? loenn er 3^it ^atte. 
 
 SOBerbe i^ ba 33ergniigen ^aben, (Sic ift ntd)t ^ter, fte ift in (Stutt* 
 
 3^re (Sd)ttefler ju fe^en? gart. 
 
 i When the infinitive is accompanied by to, translate it ju, till farther notice. 
 a Translate, A faithful friend to have, einen treuen greunb ju $aben. See p. 81, 2, a. 
 3 ajiel ^crgnijen baben (to have mnch pleasure) = to have a good time. Xeignugt fein 
 (to be jolly), amounts to about the same thing.
 
 AUXILIABY VERBS. 85 
 
 2Barum ftnb (Sie fo traurig ? 3d) fyabe metnen (Stod" toertoren. 
 2Ber fyat mein gebermeffer gefyabt ? 3d) wetjj ntdjt (I do not know). 
 
 toer eg gefyabt fyat. 
 
 FIFTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 H @eitt, To Be. 
 
 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 id) bin, I am id) fet, I (may) be 
 
 bu bift, thou art bu feieft, thou be 
 
 er (fie, eg) ift, he (she, it) is er (fie, eg) fei, he (she, it) be 
 
 hrir ftnb, we are hrir feien, we be 
 
 jfef?' s I you are jfe ^ I you be 
 
 <te ftnb, j ^ @tc feten, ) J 
 
 fie finb, they are. fie feten, they be. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 id) njar, I was id) tocire, I were (or should be) 
 
 bu toarft, thou wast bu tocireft, thou wert 
 
 er (fie, eg) war, he (she, it) was er (fie, eg) ft ore, he (she, it) were 
 
 hnr loaren, we were hrir nwren, we were 
 
 ifyr ftwret, you were ib,r tociret, you were 
 
 fte roaren, they were. fte foaren, they were. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 id) fterbe fetn, I shall be id) fterbe fein, I shall be 
 
 bu tmrft fein, thou wilt be bu toerbeft fetn, thou wilt be 
 
 er ttnrb fetn, he will be er toerbe fein, he will be 
 
 h)ir iverben fein, we shall be hrir toerben fein, we shall be 
 
 i()r n^erbet fetn, you will be ifyr werbet fein, you will be 
 
 fte roerben fein, they will be. fie toerben fetn, they will be. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 id) bin 1 getoefen, I have been id) fei getoefen, I (may) have been 
 
 bu btft geraefen, thou hast been bu feieft getoefcn, thou have been 
 
 er ift gewefen, he has been er fei gert)efen, he have been 
 
 n)ir ftub geftefen, we have been nrir feien geftefen, we have been 
 ib,r feib getnefen, } you have Hjr feiet getwefen, I youhayebeen 
 (te ftnb geftefen, ) been (Sic feten getoefen, j J 
 fte ftnb getoefen, they have been, fie feien gertjefen, they have been. 
 
 i Notice that the Germans say, as it were, / am been, I was been, instead of / have 
 teen, et.
 
 86 
 
 AUXILIARY VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 id) roar geroefen, I had been id) roare geroefen, I had been (or 
 
 should have been) 
 
 buroarft geroefen, thou hadst been burod'reft geroefen, thou hadst been 
 cr roar geiuefen, he had been er roare geroefen, he had been 
 
 roir roaren geroefen, we had been roir roaren geroefen, we had been 
 ifyr roaret geroefen, you had been ifyr roaret geroefen, you had been 
 fie roaren geroefen, they had been, fie rociren geroefen, they had been. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 ii) roerbe ' 
 
 CO 
 
 IshaU 
 
 
 id) roerbe ' 
 
 
 I shall ] 
 
 
 bu roir ft 
 
 i 
 
 thou wilt 
 
 tr 1 
 
 
 bu roerbefl 
 
 r 
 
 thou wilt 
 
 tr 
 & 
 
 er roirb 
 
 rs 
 
 
 
 he will 
 
 CD 
 
 er roerbe 
 
 -2, 
 
 he will 
 
 CD 
 
 roir roerben 
 
 - 3 
 *". 
 
 we shall 
 
 o 1 
 
 CD 
 
 roir roerben 
 
 s 
 
 we shall 
 
 CB 
 
 U)r roerbet 
 
 
 you will 
 
 P 
 
 ifjr roerbet 
 
 3" 
 
 you will 
 
 P 
 
 fie roerbeu . 
 
 
 they will . 
 
 
 fie roerben . 
 
 
 they will . 
 
 
 FIRST CONDITIONAL. 
 
 id) roiirbe fein 
 bu roiirbefl fein 
 er ronrbe fein 
 
 roir rourben fein 
 i^r roiirbet fein 
 fie roiirben fein 
 
 or id) roare, I should be 
 
 or bu rotireft, thou wouldst be 
 
 or er roare, he would be 
 
 or roir roa'ren, we should be 
 or ifyr roaret, you would be 
 or fie rod'ren, they would be. 
 
 SECOND CONDITIONAL. 
 
 idj roiirbe geroefen fein or idj roare geroefen, I should 
 
 bu roiirbeft geroefen fein or bu roareft geroefen, thou wouldst 
 
 er roiirbe geroefen fein or er roare geroefen, he would 
 
 roir rourben geroefen fein or roir roa'ren geroefen, we should 
 ifjr roiirbet geroefen fein or iljr roaret geroefen, you would 
 fie wiirben geroefen fein or fie roaren geroefen, they would 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 fei, be (thou) feien roir, 
 
 er fofl fein, let him be taffet un3 fein, 
 
 fie foflen fein, let them be feib or feien <Sie, be (you). 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Pres. fein or gu fein, to be. 
 
 Past, geroefen fein or geroefen $u fein, to have been. 
 
 o- 
 
 CD 
 CD 
 
 P 
 
 let us be
 
 AUXILIARY VERBS. 87 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Pres. fetenb, being. Past, getttefen, been. 
 
 NOTE 1. There is and there are answer to the German e3 flteBt 1 , e3 ijl, 
 e finb ; there mis and there were, e gab, e3 toar or e3 toaren, as : 
 
 There are animals, etc., e giebt Sfjiere JC. (See Lesson 33.) 
 
 NOTE 2. The English lam to is translated id) foil. 
 
 He is to learn German, er fott !Deutfdj Icrncn. 
 
 NOTE 3. The English to be right is translated in German 9?edjt 
 and to be wrong, Itnredjt fyafcen. Ex. : 
 
 You are right, @ic fyafcen 9?ed)t. 
 I am wrong, idj fyaie Itnredjt. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 her eb,rer, the master, teacher gufrteben, contented 
 
 ber rofcDater, the grand-father imgitfrteben, discontented 
 
 ba lag, the glass rul)tg, quiet 
 
 gtucflid), happy beffer, better 
 
 ungtudiid), unhappy trdge, idle 
 
 fdjim, handsome Jetd)t, easy 
 
 reid), rich Dergnugt, pleased, merry 
 
 arm, poor ffeif?^' industrious, dih'gent 
 
 franf, ill aufmerlfant, attentive 
 
 itntuo^I, unwell toimfdjen, to wish 
 
 ju, too ItmnfdienStoertl), desirable. 
 
 tjoflid), polite 
 
 BEADING EXERCISE 29. 
 
 3)it Mft glMUd). 3d) bin ung(itcf|td). @te tft fd)bn unb reirf). 
 2Btr finb arm unb franl. (Sr toar ein gutcr 53ater. SSaren <5>te 
 geftern in ber ^ird)e (at church) ? 9Jein, n)ir toaren ju aufe; tt)tr 
 tuaren unroof. @ie rterben nid)t !ranf geuiefen fcin. 2 Sung unb 
 fd)6n fein 3 tft njunfdjen^mertb,. 3d) bin bet (at the tailor's) bem 
 @d)neiber getuefen; abermein^odrtjarnod) nid)t ferttg (ready). Oft ber 
 in ber @d)u(e (at school) genicfen ? Sir finb geftern tm (at the) 
 geraefen. 3d) rt)iirbe gtiidlid) fein, ttienn id) reid) mare. arl 
 
 1 OS gtebt, # //ijvw, takes an accusative, e.g., 6$ gab einmat etnen rafeit, There wot 
 once a count ; the others do not, e.g., S3 aar einmal ein rof. 
 
 2 See the foot-note 1, p. 85. 
 
 3 i$e the foot-note 2, p. 84,
 
 88 AUXILIARY VERBS. 
 
 tutrb fefyr tiergniigt fcin, toenn (when) cr <te fteljt (sees). (Set 
 fletfeig, mem Sofjn. <2>eib oufmerffam, meine <Sd)iiler. Ofyr @ro^- 
 Dater ift fefyr alt getoefen (was very old). 1 2fteine rofemutter fyat 
 9terf)t. 3d) Ijabe Unrest. 
 
 Shtfaabc 30. 
 
 1. I am young, you are old. She is very handsome. Our 
 ousin Frederick has been in London, but he has not been in 
 Paris. Be quiet. Let us be merry. Be contented with your 
 situation (<2>tefle,/em.). I should be contented, if I were not 
 ill I should be rich, if I had been in America. My daugh- 
 ters have been at (ouf, dot.) the ball ; they had a good time. 
 It will be better to go out (au^iigefyen). It would have been 
 easy. The parents of these children have been too severe (ju 
 ftreng). You are right. 
 
 2. I should be contented if you were not idle. Be polite to 
 (but in German, towards, i.e., gegen, with the ace.) your mas- 
 ters. I wish she were attentive. There are no wolves in 
 England. There were no glasses on the table. Be so kind 
 [as] to (311) give me a glass. My pupils will not be idle. Miss 
 Caroline was very [much] pleased. The knives were too 
 sharp (fdjarf). We should not have bought the butter if it had 
 not been fresh (frifd)). I am to go to Berlin. Are we to learn 
 German? I was wrong ; my father was right. 
 
 <5inb (Ste gtudtid) ? ) ja, id) bin feljr gliicfltcf). 
 
 5ft 3b,re rfjttjefter and) gliidltd)? D nein, fte ift feljr ungtiidlid). 
 
 SBannn ifl fte ungtttcfUd) '? <te fyat afl tftre $inber toertoren 
 
 (lost). 
 2Bo toaren <5te geflern $lbenb 
 
 (last night) ? 3d) toar im Sweater. 
 
 @inb <Sie fdjon (already) in 9tein, id) bin nod) nid)t ba (there) 
 
 tuttgart getoefen? getoefen. 
 
 Oft bag $inb lan.qe franf ge* 
 
 toefen? (S8 ifl ein 3afyr franf geuiefen. 
 SSarum h)ar ber Seljrer unjufrte* 
 
 ben? 2)ie (Sdjiiler ioaren trage. 
 
 i The German imperfect must sometimes be translated by the English perfect and 
 the German perfect by the English imperfect,
 
 AUXILIARY YERBS. 89 
 
 9ft cr oft (often) untooljt? 3a, er tft tmmer franf. 
 
 3ft ba3 9ftabd)en toergmtgt? 3ta, fte tft fefjr oergnugt. 
 
 SBiirben te traurig (sad) fein, 
 
 tuemt Sie franf tvaren? 3d) toiirbe feljr traurtg fetn. 
 
 tub te ferttg (ready) ? 2Btr werben gtetc^ (directly) fcr* 
 
 tig fetn. 
 3ft ber a^enfd) fterbltc^ (mortal)? 2)er ^orper tft fterbltcf); aber btc 
 
 (Seele (soul) tft itnfterbltd). 
 
 2Sa3 fagte (said) ber geljrer? @r fagte: fetb rit^tg. 
 tf>t eg 2Bo(fe in 2)eittfrf)Ianb ? (3 gtbt njentge (few) in jDeitffdj* 
 
 lanb; in 9tu^tanb gibt eg mete. 
 <3oflen toir im3 anftetben (to 
 
 dress) ? 3a, @te fotten ftc^ ateic^ anfleiben. 
 
 2Ber b,at ^ec^t ? 9JMn 33ater ^at ^erf)t. 
 
 fatten <2te ^ec^t ? 9ietn, ic^ Ijatte Unrest. 
 
 SIXTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 KL 2Beri)ett, To Become, To Get, To Grow. 
 
 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 PBESENT TENSE. 
 
 tdj loerbe, I become, I get id) ttjerbe, I (may) become 
 
 bit lutrft, thou becomest bu rterbeft, thou become 
 
 er nnrb, lie becomes er toerbe, he become 
 
 Jotr tt)erben, we become toir toerben, we become 
 
 ijrnwrbet, l youbec ome jfe ^ erb . et ' 1 you becoma 
 
 (te loerben, ) J @te merben, ) J 
 
 fie toerben, they become. fie toerben, they become. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 id) tDitrbe (id) niarb), I became id) toitrbe, (if) I became 
 bu hmrbeft (tuarbft), thou be- bu tourbeft, thou became 
 
 earnest 
 er Umrbe (loarb), he became er toitrbe, he became 
 
 hnr njurben, we became h)ir toitrben, we became 
 
 flc hiurben/ they became. fie ttmrben, they became.
 
 90 AUXILIARY VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 id) lucrbe 
 bu roirft 
 cr roirb 
 roir roerben 
 U)r roerbet 
 fie roerben 
 
 I shall become id) roerbe 
 or get bu roerbeft 
 
 er roerbe 
 roir roerben 
 if)r roerbet 
 fie roerben 
 
 - roerben. 
 
 I shall become 
 
 roerben. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 id) bin l geroorben (or roorben), idj fei geroorben (or tuorbcn), 
 
 I have become I (may) have become 
 
 bit btft geworben (or loorben) bu feift geworben (or iDorben) 
 
 cr ift geroorben (or njorben) er fei geworben, (or )oorben) 
 
 2C. 2C. 2C. 2C. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 id) toar gen)orben (or h>orben), idj luare gett)orben (or trorben), 1 
 I had become had become (or should have 
 
 become) 
 bu toarft getoorben (or toorben) bu tooreft getuorben (or luorben) 
 
 2C. 2C. K. JC. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 id) toerbe gertjorben (ttjorben) fein, id^ werbe gettjorben (worben) fein, 
 
 I shall have become I shall have become 
 
 bu tmrft geroorben (roorben) fein bu roerbeft geroorben (roorben) fetn 
 
 2C. K. K. JC. 
 
 FIRST CONDITIONAL. 
 
 id) roiirbe roerben, I should or would become 
 bu roiirbeft roerben, thou wouldst become 
 
 2C. 2C. 
 
 SECOND CONDITIONAL. 
 
 id) roiirbe geroorben (or roorben) fein or id) rocire geroorben, 
 I should have become 
 K. :c. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 roerbe, become (thou) roerben toir, ) , . , 
 
 er foil roerben, he shall become lafet un8 roerben, j * 
 
 fie fotten roerben, let them roerbet, \ . 
 
 become. roerben <Sie, j D 
 
 l See Note 1, p. 85.
 
 AUXILIARY VERBS. 91 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Pres. toerben or ju toerben, to become. 
 
 Past, getoorben (or toorben) feiu or 311 fetn, to have become. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Pres. toerbenb, becoming 
 
 Past, getoorben (or toorben), become 
 
 NOTE. What has become oj. . . .? is translated SBaS tjl au3 . . . getoorben/ 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 fdjttifrig, sleepy fdjmufetg, dirty 
 
 ttie or mentals, never bimfel, dark 
 
 toetfe, wise ber ffleift, industry 
 
 arm, poor bte <Sparfatntett, economy 
 
 plotjltd), suddenly bag filter, old age 
 
 miibe, tired bte Settle, people 
 
 nag, wet grog, tall 
 
 itngebulbtg, impatient grim, green 
 
 bte 9fad)rtd)t, the news rein, clean 
 
 befannt, known balb, soon 
 
 ber >ergog, the duke geftern, yesterday 
 
 ber ^egenfc^irnt, the umbrella je^t, now. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 31. 
 
 3dj toerbe f^tafrig. <2te totrb nte alt. 3^r hierbet ntematS rtetfe 
 toerben. 9}?etne ^toei ^tnber ftiurben ^Iol?ltc^ franf. 9ftan (one) totrb 
 ntitbe, hjenn (when) man arbettet (works). (g totrb fyat eftern 
 iwtirbe trf) ungebittbtg. Serbet nt^t ungebitlbtg. iefe !>ftad)rid)< 4 ' 
 tuurbe in ber tabt befannt. -3d) bin jung; aber id) toerbe alt luerben. 
 @ie toerben na loerben, benn e regnet (for it rains). )iefe8 
 ift (c^ntuljtg getworben. @g totrb 9Jad)t; e^ totrb bunfet. te 
 toerben franf toerben, benn fte effen (they eat) ^u btet. 3) 08 
 tourbe ntitbe. )itrd) gtetg ttnb (Sparfantfett totrb man retd). Unfer 
 ift batb retc^ getoorben. (S8 regnet; toir toerben nag toerben. 
 ift ait8 bent @o^n beS (S^neiberS getoorben. (Sr ift <2olbat 
 gctoorben. 
 
 SCufgoic 32. 
 
 She is getting sleepy. I shall become wise. He has become 
 my friend. The duke fell (became) suddenly ill The boys
 
 - _ 
 
 92 AUXILIARY VERBS. 
 
 got tired and sleepy. The trees become green in spring (hit 
 grueling). I am now rich, but I may (fann) become poor. We 
 shall become contented. Do not become impatient. Your 
 children have grown very tall. Old (atte) people get wise. It 
 had grown dark. I was once (einft) young; but now I have 
 grown old. It rains, our friends will get wet. Mi*. Brown 
 hopes (fyofft) soon 2 to 3 get 'rich. This man has become [a] 
 soldier. What has become of his children? These children 
 have become men. I hope you will not get idle. 
 
 SSarum fmb <3te geftern nidjt ge- 3d) ttmrbe ptBfettdj untooljl (un- 
 
 fommen (come)? well). 
 
 2Barum gefjen (Sic fdjon nad) &% ttnrb fpat. 3d) muf? (must) 
 
 |)aufe (nome so soon) ? urn 8 Ufyr 311 ^aufc fetn. 
 
 SBann roerben bte 33aume grim? 3nt grii^Ung. 
 tnb <Ste $aufmann gctuorben * ?ictn, tc^ bin olbat gehjorben. 
 2Ba8 ift au8 O^rem S3ruber gc= 
 
 worben? (gr ift in ?lmerifa geftorben (died). 1 
 
 2Barum tft bie[e SJJabc^en franf 
 
 geworben? <Stc ^at gu totet gcg^effen (eaten). 
 
 <Ste retd) gchiorben? 9?ein, abcr (but) id) tottnj'dje reid^ 
 
 gu tuerben. 
 <Smb (Ste na gcworben? 3$ bin ntdjt na gehiorbcn; i^ 
 
 Ijatte etnen 9?egenf^trm. 
 Sa tjl au8 metnem 33it(^ gc 3^ toeife (know) nid^t; ic^ b,abc eS 
 
 ttiorben? ntdjt gefe^en. 
 
 2Bcr ttmrbe tragc? !Der @d)u(er luurbe tragc. 
 
 2Ber ift fc^tafrtg gctoprbcn? SBttfyelm ift fdjlafrtg geworben. 
 
 @mb bte trafjen rein? ^?etn, fte finb burd) ben 9?egen 
 
 (rain) fdjmufctg gertorben. 
 3ft bag SBetter (weather) nod) 
 
 (still) fait? (5$ ift mtlb unb njarm gemorben. 
 
 i This verb, like fein and rocrben (and a great many other German verbs, especially 
 intransitive verbs denoting motion), forms its perfect, etc., with fetn instead of $abcn.
 
 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 93 
 
 SEVENTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 THE SO-CALLED MODAL AUXILIARIES. 
 
 There are six : 
 
 id) fann, I can, id) mu, I must, 
 
 id) toitt, I will, id) fofl, I shall or am to, 
 
 id) mag, I may, id) barf, I may (i.e., am pen 
 
 mitted to). 
 
 1. ^OttttCtt, To Be Able. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 Ind. id) fann, I can, I may, Sub}, id) forme, I may be able, 
 
 bu fannft, bu fb'nneft, 
 
 er (fie, eg) fann, er (fie, eg) fonne, 
 
 ttrir fonnen, nnr fonnen, we may be able, 
 
 iljr fb'nnt or fonnet, ) if)r fonnet, ] 
 
 <2>ie fonnen, ) ie fonnen, j 
 
 fie fonnen. fie fc'nnen. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 id) fonnte, I could, id) fonnte, I could, I might, 
 
 bn fonnteft, bu fb'nnteft, 
 
 er fonnte, :c. er fb'nnte, jc. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 Ind. idj tnerbe fonnen, I shall be able. 
 
 bu toirft fonnen, :c. 
 Subj. id) toerbe fonnen. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 Ind. id) ^abe gefonnt (or idj fyabe fonnen), 1 I have been able. 
 Subj. id) ^abe gefonnt (or id) ^abe fonnen). 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 Ind. id) ^atte gefonnt (or id) ^atte fonnen), I had been able. 
 Subj. id) Ija'tte gefonnt (or id) fytitte fonnen). 
 
 * SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 Ind. id) lucrbe gefonnt (or fonnen) Ijaben, I shall have been able. 
 
 1 See Obs. 3. p. 98.
 
 94 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 
 
 First Cond. id) fonnte or id) tottrbe fonnen, 1 1 could. 
 Second Cond. id) fycitte gefonnt or id) toiirbe gefonnt Ijaben. 1 
 Inf. Pres. fonnen ; Perf. gefonnt Ijaben or fonnen fyaben 
 Past Part. gefonnt. 
 
 2. SMeit, To Be Willing, To Wish. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Jnd. id) fold, I will, am going to, Subj. id) tootle, I will, 
 
 bu hudf}, bn tooHejt, 
 
 er toifl, er roode, 
 
 toir tootten, toir rotten, 
 
 ifyr tooflt or njottet, j. ifjr tooflet, ) 
 
 @ie luotten, j (Sic rootten, ) 
 
 fte tuoHen. fte tooflen. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 id) toottte, I was going to, id) toottte, 1 1 should want 
 
 bu tooflteft, [wanted to, bu tooflteft, [to, etc. 
 
 er hjottte. er raoHte. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 id) tuerbe tooflett, I shall wish. id) toerbe 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 Ind. id) Ijabe gemottt or id) ^abe .... tootten, I have wanted to, 
 Subj. id) Ijabe genjollt or njotten. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 Jnd. id) Ijatte gelDottt or njotten, I had wanted to. 
 Subj. id) |otte gettjottt or rotten. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 id) toerbe getoottt or tootten fjaben. 
 
 First Cond. id) tooflte* or id) niurbe tuotten, I should wish. 
 Second Cond. id) Ijfitte getuottt (or hjotten) or id) ttmrbe gewottt (or 
 
 tootten) f)aben. 
 
 Inf. Pres. tuotten ; Perf. getoottt ^aben or trotten ^aben. 
 Past Part. getuoUt. 
 
 I This componnd form is not much used. See p. 98, Obs. 2. 
 
 Observe that i$ reollte and id) (elite do not modify the vowel in the Subjunctive 
 and Conditional.
 
 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 95 
 
 3. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 tnd. id) [off, I shall, 1 1 am to, Subj. idj fotte, 
 
 "b foHft, bit fotteft, 
 
 fott/ er fotte, 
 
 fc fotten, hrir f fl e n, 
 
 iljrfottet, ) iljrfottet, ) 
 
 @ie fotten, ) @ie fotten, ) 
 
 f foflen. fte fotten. 
 
 IMPERPBOT. 
 
 i^ f ottte, I should or I ought to. id) f oflte,* I should. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 tcQ luerbe fotten. icf) inerbe foflen. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 ic^ ^abe gefottt or fotten. ic^ ^abe gefottt or fatten. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 ie^ ^atte gefottt or [otten. ' ic^ fitte gefoflt or foEeru 
 
 SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 id^ toerbe gcfoUt aben or [often Ijaben. 
 
 Fi'mt Cond. id) fottte, I should. 
 
 Second Cond. idj Ijatte gefottt or foflen, I ought to have f & 
 
 I should nave ought). 
 
 Inf. Pre*. fatten ; perf. gefottt Ijaben or fotten ^aben. 
 Past Part. gefottt. 
 
 4. Mffen, To Be Obliged, To Have To. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Ind. id) mu, I must, Subj. tdj miiffe, 
 
 bu ntu^t, bu miiffejl, 
 
 er mu^ er miiffe, 
 
 tt)ir miiffen, rt)tr miiffen, 
 
 ib^r miiffet or ntut, ) ib,r tniiffet, ) 
 
 @ic miiffen, j" <Ste ntuffen, j 
 
 fte muffen. fie miiffen. 
 
 1 / shall (first pers.) is frequently translated tdj rcerbe, and the interrogatiTe 
 lihatt I? rcerbe ic^? But when meaning am I tot the German is fott ic^? In the same 
 manner in the plural : We shall is = nrir toetten ; but sliall we = are wt to, folten wit ? 
 
 2 Sea foot-not* 2. p. 94.
 
 96 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 Ind. id) mufjte, I was obliged. Sub), id) mitfjte, I should be 
 
 [obliged. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 Ind. id) toerbe miiffen, I shall be obliged. 
 Subj. id) luerbe miiffen. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 Ind. id) fjabe gemufjt or mitffen, I have been obliged. 
 Subj. id) fyabe gemujjt or miiffen. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 Ind. id) fyatte gemufct or miiffen. 
 Subj. id) fycitte gemut or miiffen. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 Ind. id) roerbe gemufet Ijaben or miiffen Ijaben. 
 
 First Cond. id) miite or toiirbe miiffen, I should be obliged. 
 Second Cond. id) fyatte gemufjt or miiffen, I should have been 
 obliged. 
 
 Inf. Pres. miiffen; perf. gemut or miiffen. 
 Past Part. gemufct. 
 
 NOTE. I must not (since it really means I am net aSowoT) is rndred 
 idj barf nirf;t. 
 
 5. SKogcn. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Ind. \ mag, I may (I want to), Subj. td^ m8ge, 
 
 bu magft, bu mogefl, 
 
 er mag, er moge, 
 
 mir mogen, \yct mogen, 
 
 ib,r mogt, ) i^r moget, ) 
 
 <Sie mogen, J (5ie mogen, j 
 
 fie mogen. fte mogen. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 i(^ mot^te, I wanted to. id) modjte, I should like. 
 
 FffiST FUTURE. 
 
 id) toerbe mogen. t^ luerbc mogen. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 id) Ijabc cjcmodjt or 11169011, id) ^abe cjemodjt or mogeu.
 
 MODAL AUXILIABIES. 97 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 fnd. id) Ijatte gemodjt or mogen. Svbj. id) Ija'tte gemod)t or mogen. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 Id) toerbe gemodjt or mogen Ijaben. 
 
 First Gond. idj modjte, I should like. 
 
 Second Cond. id) fyatte gemodjt or mogen, I should have liked. 
 Inf. pres. mogen; perf. gemodjt Ijaben or mogen Ijaben. 
 Past part. gemodjt. 
 
 NOTE. I may, etc., is often translated fonnen, as : He may go, er fann 
 gefyen. The interrogative form may I? etc., is rendered barf id) ? may 
 we, biirfen tint, JC. See the note on muff en. 
 
 Conjugate in the same manner bermogen/ to be able, as : 3$ toermag e8 
 ntd)t jU t^un. But notice that sermogen takes 3U before the infinitive, which 
 fimnen, mogen/ etc., do not, any more than can, may, etc., in English. 
 
 6. $iirfen, To Be Allowed. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Ind. id) barf, I may, I am allowed, Subj. id) biirfe, 
 bu barfft, bu biirfeft, 
 
 er barf, er biirfe, 
 
 tir biirfen, rt)tr bttrfen, 
 
 iljr biirft or @ie bUrfen, ijjr biirfet, 
 
 fie biirfen. fie biirfen. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 id) burfte, I was allowed, id) biirfte, I might, 
 
 bu burfteft, bu burfteft, 
 
 er burfte, er biirfte, 
 
 n>ir burften, |t)tr bitrften, 
 
 t^r burftet or @ie burften, i^r burftet, 
 
 fie burften. fie burften. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 id) tterbe biirfen, I shallbe allowed, ic^ njerbe bUrfctt. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 Ind. id) ^abe geburft or biirfen, I have been allowed. 
 Subj. id) ^abe geburft or biirfen. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 Ind. id) Ijatte geburft or biirfen. Subj. td) ^citte geburft or burfen.
 
 98 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 Ind. id) toerbe gcburft or bttrfcn fyabcn. 
 
 First Cond. id) biirfte or roiirbe biirfen, I should be allowed. 
 
 Second Cond. id) Ijdtte geburft or biirfen, I should have been 
 allowed. 
 
 Inf. pres. bftrfen; perf. geburft or biirfen Ijabeiu 
 Past. part. geburft. 
 
 In the same manner Beburfen, to be in need of: id) fceborf :c. 
 
 OBSEHVATIOWa 
 
 1. In English not sticks close to can, will, slwtfl, must, etc., 
 e.g., He can not have been willing, you must not speak. 
 
 In German nid)t goes towards the end, with the infinitive 
 or participle, as has been already stated Lesson 14, 2, 6. 
 
 I can not read the letter, id) fann ben 23rief nid)t lefen. 
 
 2. The shorter forms of the conditional, id) fftnnte, 
 follte, mufjte, etc., are commoner than the longer, id) ttwrbe 
 fonnen, i$ nwrbe mujjcn, etc. 
 
 3. Two forms of the perfect, pluperfect and second 
 future have been given, one, namely id) fyabe gefonnt, etc., 
 formed, as would have been expected, with the past par- 
 ticiple of fbnnen, etc., and the other, id) fyabe fbnnen, etc., 
 with the infinitive of Fonnen, etc. The latter must be used 
 when the infinitive of another verb follows fiJnncn, etc. 
 Thus: 
 
 <5te ben 33rief tefen fonnen (instead of lefen gefonnt)? 
 Have you been able to read the letter? 
 f)at auSgeljen ntiiffen, Charles was obliged to go out 
 
 In other cases use id) fyabe gefonnt, etc. Thus: 
 
 3d) ^abe gefonnt, aber nidjt geraottt, I was able to, but did not 
 want to.
 
 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 99 
 
 4. Could have, should "have, ought to 7iave, etc., must be 
 translated not fijnnte fyaben, etc., but fyatte fbnnen, etc., 
 like the French faurais pu, etc. Thus : 
 
 You could have read the letter, <Sie fatten ben 33rief lefen 
 
 fonnen. 
 ; He might have gone, (gr Ijatte a,eb,en fonnen. 
 
 I should have done it or I ought to have done it, -3d) fjatte e$ 
 
 tfyun foflen. 
 "Sou ought to have written your exercise, (Sic fatten 3b,r 
 
 Slufgabe fcfjretben foften. 
 
 NOTE. When the modal auxiliary is in the present tense, the two 
 languages correspond perfectly, as : 
 
 You must have taken it, @te mitjfen eS flenommen IjcrBen. 
 He cannot have seen me, @r Jann mi(^ ntrf;t ge{el)en Ijafcen. 
 
 REMARKS OUT THE ENGLISH AUXILIARY 
 TO DO. 
 
 Germans do not say do I love ? and I do not love, but 
 love I? and / love not; i.e., in German there is no need 
 of an extra auxiliary do, to be used in asking a question, or 
 when the verb is modified by not. The same way in the 
 imperative. 
 
 3cf) fefye nicfyt, I do not see. 
 
 SBann fyetfen @ie gu Sftittag ? When do you dine ? 
 
 Sir braurfjten fie md)t, We did not need them. 
 
 at ber 23ater bag ^ferb nid)t gelauft? Has not the father 
 bought the horse ? 
 
 (Sagen (Sic iljm nicfjt, Do not tell him. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bte 9?ad)rid)t, the news ladjen, to laugh 
 
 bie ^Joft, the post-office abreifen, to depart, set out 
 
 ba Sljea'ter, the theatre beaten, to pay 
 
 ber ulben, the florin ftrafen, to punish 
 
 bag ^tetfd), the meat gtauben (dot.), to believe 
 
 ber 2fteger, the butcher lefen, to read 
 
 berfteb/en, to understand fdjreiben, to write 
 
 bleiben, to remain njab,r, true. 
 
 auSgeljen, to go out
 
 100 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 33. 
 
 1. 3d) fann lefen. <Sie fonnen fommen. 3d) mujj tljn (liim) 
 fefyen. 3f)r fottt nid)t ungebitlbig roerben. (5r mag larfjen. SBit 
 miiffen abreifen. >er $nabe barf nid)t fpredjen. SBotlen 3te mid) 
 begotten ober nicfjt? 3d) raiirbe @ie begab,len, roenn id) fonnte. 
 SBarum fonnen <Sie nid)t ? 3d) fyabe fein @elb. SDton (one) fonnte 
 ib,n ntd)t oerftefyen. 2Jian fonnte (might) biefeS 2Bort in etnem anbe* 
 ren inne (sense) Derfteljen. 3)iirfen <2ie au$geb,en ? 3c^ barf b,eute 
 nid)t au^geb,en ; aber morgen. $arl mute ^eute in ber 2d)ule bleiben. 
 SBi^etm roirb morgen gn aufe bteiben miiffen. 3(^ fyabe gcftern mein 
 ^Pferb Derfaufen luotten ; aber i(^ ^abe ntd)t gefonnt. 2)u magft geb,en 
 ober nidjt. 3^ moc^te nic^t au8geb,en. 
 
 2. 2Ber (who) moc^te eg gtauben? 3^ gtaube e^ nidjt. 2Str 
 miiffen abreifen. 2Bir toerben bteiben muffen. 233ir fb'nnen nid)t 
 immer tb,un (do), roaS roir wollen. @r barf nid^t in ben arten gcb,en. 
 2)iefe 9?ad)rid)r moc^te (is very Hkely) mafyr fein. SB arum burfte ber 
 $nabe nid)t in bte d^ule gefjen ? (Sr loar franl. 3)iefe (Sd)Uterinnen 
 foflten fleiig fein. 3b,r 2)tener fott ben Srief auf bie 'jpoft tragen 
 (take). 2ftein ^Bater b,atte geftern fein ^Jferb tierfaufen fonnen; aber 
 er fjat nid)t genjoflt 2Barum b/at er eS nid)t tterfaufen tpollen ? (Sr 
 brau^t (needs) e nod) (still). 2)ie ^inber b/aben fpielen tootten. 
 @ie fatten ternen fotten; fie merben balb ju SBette ge^en miiffen. 
 
 9tufgnbc 84. 
 
 1. I can write. He can not read. We must go out. You 
 may believe it (eg). 1 They must pay me (mid)). The master 
 should punish the boy. 1 He would believe nothing. I will 
 buy it. The servant would not "(did not wish to) go. Thou 
 shalt not steal (fteljlen). (The) children should not lie (liigen). 
 I could not believe that news. Some peasants can neither 
 (roeber) read nor (nod)) write. I will write a letter. Will you 
 take it (ib,n . . tragen) to (auf) the post-office? They will not 
 come. She ought [to] write to him (an tfm). Children must 
 go to school (in bie <5d)ule). I could not 3 understand this 
 letter. My aunt could not read the book. 
 
 2. Do you go to (in, ace.) the theatre? Do you believe that 
 news? I do not believe it (fie). He may say, what he pleases 
 (toaS tfjm gefaflt, i.e., what pleases him). May I see, what you 
 are doing (tb,un) ? I will not go out, it may rain (regnen). 
 
 1 For the position of the Infinitive see p. 81, 2. a. 
 
 2 See Lesson U, 2, 6.
 
 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 101 
 
 Could you give me (mir) two florins ? I should like to, but I can 
 not. The boy must not write. He was not allowed to remain. 
 I was obliged to go to the post-office. The butcher has been 
 obliged to sell the meat. You should not have believed him 
 (ifym). I know (u)ei$), I ought to have done it. 
 
 2Boflen @te 2Bem rrtnfen? SRetn, id} nnfl feinen 2Bein trinfen. 
 
 2Bann mttffen (Sic aulgeljen ? 3d) mufj urn ad)t Uljr (at eight 
 
 o'clock) aulgefyen. 
 
 $annft bu fdjretben unb Ic|"en ? 3d) fann lefen, aber ntdjt fdjretben. 
 
 SKotten <3ie Gutter unb $afe ? 9?etn, id) tuitt Jletl'rf) fyabeit. 
 
 <Sott Albert ben Srtef auf bte ^oft ^etn, trf) mujj fetbft (myself) aitf 
 
 tragen? bte ^poft geb,en. 
 
 S3erfaufen @te -3i)re ^ferbe? 9?etn, id) oerfaufe fte ntrfjt 
 
 Sffiarum fonnten Ste nidjt font* 3d) war unmob,! unb mufcte ju 
 
 men ? t^f 6 ^ei&en. 
 SSarum ^at btcfer 2ftann ben 
 
 33rtef ntd)t gelefen ? (Sr fann ntdjt lefen. 
 
 jDurfen <Ste in ba^ Xf)eater ge^en ? ^etn, id) barf ntdjt. 
 
 SSoflen <Ste etne Stgarre raudjcn 3d) witvbe randjen, n)enn id) einc 
 
 (smoke) ? gam Ijdtte. 
 
 2)arf id) 3^nen etne anbteten 3d) bante Ofjnen (No, I thank 
 
 (offer) ? you). 1 
 
 SSarum geljen ie ntdjt au ? 293ei( (because) el regnet. 
 
 3)arf id) (joren, roa 3te fpredjen D ia, iotv b,aben fetn e^etmntfe 
 
 (are talking about) ? (secret). 
 
 SB iff en 3ie, toaritm er ntdjt ge* 3d) tuetp el ntd)t ; aber id) modjte 
 
 fomnten tft ? el loiffen (to know). 
 
 2Birb cr balb (soon) abretfen (Sr ttitrb melletdjt (perhaps) ^ier 
 
 miiffen? bletben fonnen. 
 
 $aben (Ste bie 9Jed)nitng (bill) 3d) fyabe ^raei ittben bejaljlen 
 
 beja^ten miiffen? miiffen. 
 
 ^>aben 3te bal ^tctfdj ntdjt ju= 9?etn, bet SWe^ger b,at el ntd)t me^r 
 
 ritdgeben (give back) fonnen? netjmen (take) tootten. 
 
 i Dante or i* tante is the polite way of refusing in German. It is not usual to say 
 
 Sfein, ii) bante, JVo, / //lariA- you, as we do in English.
 
 102 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 EIGHTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 1. Adjectives 1 take in German a termination when 
 they precede and modify a substantive, e.g., gute (not 
 gut) Xifcfye, good tables; ben beften (not beft) Sftannern, to the 
 best men; etneS olten (not alt) ftleibeg, of an old garment; 
 meinem gelicbten ofyne, to my beloved son. 
 
 They likewise take a termination when modifying a 
 substantive understood, e.g., tic guten Xifcfye, aber bie 
 fcfylecfyten nicfyt, the good tables but not the bad; and when 
 used substantively, e.g., bit Sfteicfyen, the rich (i.e*, rich 
 people); bag ute unb cpne, the good and beautiful 
 (i.e., what is good and beautiful), uteS, something good; 
 Itebcr Stlter, dear old man. See page 108, c. 
 
 2. In every other case adjectives take no termination ; 
 they are used, that is, in their shortest possible form, e.g., 
 (r fyatte ^leiber alt itnb neu, He had clothes old and new; 
 2)ag ifi gut, That is good; (r Itegt tobt, He lies dead; 3$ 
 ^abe bid) serloren geglaubt, 7 thought you lost. 
 
 3. An adjective preceded by the definite article ber, bie, 
 ba or by btefer, jcncr, jtebcr, welder (interrogative) and 
 some other pronouns similarly declined has the termina- 
 tion t in the nominative singular of the three genders and 
 in the accusative feminine singular and accusative neuter 
 singular.' Everywhere else it has the termination en. 
 
 1 All the rules about to be given for adjectives, apply equally to participles used as 
 adjectives. 
 
 2 By a rule already given page 15, nil femininea and neuters have the accusative like 
 the nominative, so that the student need fix in his memory here only the fact that 
 the nominative singular of all three fenders ends in t.
 
 ADJECTIVES. 103 
 
 I. Terminations of the Adjective when preceded by ber 
 or a similarly declined pronoun. 
 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 Mate. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 AU Genders. 
 
 N. 
 
 i* 
 
 f 
 
 C 
 
 en 
 
 G. 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 D. 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 A. 
 
 en 
 
 c 
 
 e 
 
 en 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 MASCULINE. 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 N. bcrgute^Sater, the good father bie guten $ater 
 
 G. beg guten SBaterg ber guten $ater 
 
 D. bem guten $ater ben- guten Patera 
 
 A. ben guten Sater bie guten better. 
 
 FEMININE 
 
 N. bie fdjb'ne 23Iume, the fine flower bie fdjonen 33tumen 
 
 G. ber fdjb'nen SBlume ber fdjonen Slumen 
 
 D. ber fdjonen 23lume ben fd)6nen SBtumen 
 
 A. bie fdjone SBlume bie fdjonen SBlumen. 
 
 NEUTER. 
 
 N. bag fleine aug, the little house bie fleinen Confer 
 
 G. beg fteinen >aufeg ber fleinen |>aufer 
 
 D. bem fleinen >aufe ben fleinen ^aufern 
 
 A. bag fteine an bie fleinen ^aufer. 
 
 NOTE 1. Although there are, as will be seen above, five forms of th 
 adjective ending in. t, and no less than nineteen ending in ctl, little am- 
 biguity arises ; for the definite article, etc., are provided with numerous 
 terminations differing from each other sufficiently to make the gender, 
 number and case clear. 
 
 NOTE 2. The plural adjective pronouns atte, cttt; etnige, some; ntancfie, 
 many; meljrere, several; tnete, many; toenige/ few; may take the same 
 forms of the adjective after them as ber does, but they more usually hava 
 f in the nominative and accusative of the adjective. 
 
 LESS USUAL DECLENSION. MORE USUAL DECLENSION. 
 
 N. einige pra'cfyttgen ^ferbe, eintge pradjttge ^ferbe 
 
 some splendid horses, 
 
 G. etniger pra'djtigen ^ferbc etntger pracfjttgen ^Sferbe 
 
 Z>. einigen prad)ttgen ^Jferben einigen prddjtigen ^ferben 
 
 A, etnige ^rad)tigen ^ferbe einige prcidjtige ^ferbe.
 
 104 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 4. It will be remembered that tin and fetlt with the 
 possessives nteitt, bein, feitt, etc., are declined just like ber, 
 except in the nominative masculine singular and the 
 nominative and accusative neuter singular. See the First 
 and Second Lessons. In these parts ber has a termina- 
 tion added to the stem, ba3 for instance being made up of 
 the stem b and the termination d$, while tin, etc., present 
 the naked stem without any termination. 
 
 JVbm. mate. ting. Nam. (and of coarse also ace.) neul. sing. 
 
 b*er cut b*a8 em 
 
 In these parts, we might expect, and we find too, that 
 the German adjective takes after etn, etc., a different 
 termination from that which it takes after bcr. 
 
 Nom. masc. sing. ffom. and ace. neut. ting. 
 
 b*er gute 33ater b*a8 Heine au 
 
 etn gutter $ater. em flein-e3 f)au3. 
 
 In these forms then, we see that the adjective after etrt 
 takes terminations similar to those of the definite article. 
 In all the other forms, the adjective after etn has the same 
 termination as after bcr. 
 
 H. Terminations of the Adjective when preceded by 
 etn or a similarly declined pronoun. 
 
 SINGULAB. PLITOAL. 
 
 All genders. 
 
 en 
 en 
 en 
 en 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Jfoac. N. em armer 2ftann, a poor man 
 
 G. etneS armen 2)fanne8, of a poor man 
 D. einem armen 2J?ann(e), to a poor man 
 A. einen armen 2ttann, a poor man. 
 
 
 Muse. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 N. 
 
 er 
 
 t 
 
 f0 
 
 G. 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 >. 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 en 
 
 A. 
 
 en 
 
 e 
 
 eg
 
 ADJECTIVES. 105 
 
 Fern. N. cine arme J $rau, a poor woman 
 
 G. ciner armcn ftwu, of a poor woman 
 D. einer armen rau, to a poor woman 
 A. etne arme &CM, a poor woman. 
 
 Neitt. N. ein armeS $inb, a poor child 
 
 G. eine armen $mbe8, of a poor child 
 D. etnem armen $tnbe, to a poor child 
 A. ein armeS $tnb, a poor child. 
 
 DECLENSION WITH A POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE. 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 N. mem guter gteunb, my good friend 
 G. meineS guten ^reunbeS, of my good friend 
 D. meinem guten ^reunb, to my good friend 
 A. meinen guten ^reunb, my good friend. 
 
 PLUEAL. 
 
 N. metne guten 5reunbe, my good friends 
 
 Q. metner guten ^reunbe, of my good friends 
 
 D. meinen guten ^reunben, to my good friends 
 
 A, metne guten ftreunbe, m J good friends. 
 
 When a personal pronoun in the nominative is in appo- 
 sition to a noun modified by an adjective, the adjective 
 has in the nominative the terminations just given, e.g., 
 
 3cf) armer 2)?ann, I, poor man. 
 it ItebeS Stnb, You, dear child. 
 @te geeljrter )nfet, You, honored uncle. 
 2Bir alien eute, We old people. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber (Sdjiiter, the pupil imretf, unripe 
 
 ber ^aler, the painter fur^, short 
 
 ber efdjmad, the taste gro, large 
 
 ber ($efang, the song amertfantf^, American. 
 
 ber afen, the harbor tang, long 
 
 ber ommer, summer treu, faithful 
 
 bag eben, hie fatt cold 
 
 i Observe that the nominative and accusative feminine singular is the same whether 
 the adjoetir* is preceded by ber, etc., or ein, etc., or by neither ("as given page 107).
 
 106 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 tcljen, to stand bitter, bitter 
 
 lcn, to sit topfer, brave 
 
 : pred)en, to speak recljtfdjaffen, honest 
 
 nufcltd), useful fletBtg/ industrious, diligent 
 
 ntenfd)lid), human gefdjirft, clever 
 
 fd)6u, beautiful fidjer, safe 
 
 ftarf, strong fojtbar, precious 
 
 retf, ripe grim, green. 
 
 BEADING EXERCISE 35. 
 
 $)er liebe 23ruber. Site Uebc djtoefler. $)a8 Heine 2ft&brf)en. 
 (Sin fdjbner arten. Sine fdjone 33lume. (Sin fdjoneS au8. 2>er 
 23ruber ift gut. ic <Bd)h)eftern ftnb gut. )ie fd)imen arten. jDie 
 neuen aufer. 3d) liebe bie rotfyen 33Iumen. $5ic ^ob^en 33oume bc8 
 griinen 2Batbe. ie beriilnnten Scanner ried)enlanb8. -3d) b^abe 
 einen treucn ^>unb. (Sr b^at eine Heine od)ter. 2Bir faufen feine 
 unreifen 5lepfel. 3)iefe 33irnen ftnb nod) nidjt (not yet) reif. 3d) 
 fteb,e auf einem fyofyen Serge. 2)ie SBiJget [i^en in ben griinen S3au* 
 men. 3d) liebe bie hirgen 5tage beS fatten 2BinterS nid)t. 3)er 
 tapfere (Solbat b,at eine fd)tt>ere (severe) Sunbe. 
 
 Wufflobc 36. 
 
 1. The river is large. The large river. A large river. The 
 honest man. The diligent pupil The diligent pupils. A 
 faithful sister. A clever painter. I know a (ace.) clever 
 painter. The little child has a new dress. Mr. A. is a very 
 strong man. 1 (The) iron is a very useful metal. We hear the 
 beautiful song of the happy birds. The American ships are in 
 a safe harbor. The rich count has a beautiful palace. 
 
 2. Miss Elizabeth is a diligent little girl (neut.). My good 
 old father is ill The little house stands on (auf, dot.) a high 
 mountain. We love the good children. We admire (belt) un- 
 bent) the count's beautiful palace. I like the long days of a 
 warm summer. We speak of (Don) (the) short human life. 
 These unripe walnuts are not good. I have seen the beautiful 
 large * English ships. Good advice (9?atb,, m.) is precious. - 
 
 i AM, is, wot, etc., are followed of course by the nominative, 
 i See b, p. 103.
 
 ADJECTIVES. 107 
 
 HI. Terminations of the Adjective when preceding 
 and qualifying a noun without either t>er, etc., or tin, etc. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neut. AH genders. 
 
 N. er e e8 e 
 
 G. en ct en er 
 
 D. em cr em en 
 
 A. en e e8 e 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 MASCULINE. 
 SINGULAR. PLUBAL. 
 
 N. guter 2Betn, good wine gute 2Beme, good wines 
 
 G. guten 28eine guter petite 
 
 Z>. gittem SBehte guten SBetnen 
 
 A. guten 2Betn. gute 2Beine. 
 
 FEMININE. 
 
 N. uwrme (Suppe, warm soup marine <3uppen, warm soups 
 
 G. loarmer (Sujtye hwrmer 
 
 D. foamier (Suppe toarmen 
 
 A. hjarme up^e. foarnte 
 
 NEUTEB. 
 
 N. frifc^eS SSaffer, fresh water neue Sudjer, new books 
 
 G. fnfcfjen 2Bafferg neuer Siicfjer 
 
 D. fvtfrfjem SBaffer neuen 33uc^ern 
 
 A. frtfrfjeS SBaffer. neue Silver. 
 
 NOTE. The learner will see that the endings of the third form are the 
 terminations of the article bcr, bic, ba. The only cases which differ, are the 
 genitive singular masculine and neuter. Here an fl has been substituted 
 for g to avoid an in both noun and adjective. 
 
 a) The following are further examples of the use of 
 the third form of the adjective : 
 
 ,3ef)n topfere Scanner, Ten brave men. 
 )etnrtd)'3 gro^teg Skrgniigen, Henry's greatest pleasure. 
 3)ie Gutter, beren f (cine ^inber, The mother whose little children. 
 $err Sett, mit beffen jungftem (Solute id) reifte, Mr. Bell with 
 whose youngest son I traveled.
 
 108 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 @uter ! My dear, good friend. 
 $on etioaS 9fli$ttdjem, Of something useful 
 (SnuaS, nidjtS, Diet, tuentg, meljr (StoteS, 1 Something, nothing, 
 much, little, more good. 
 
 b) The number of adjectives before a noun makes no 
 difference, they are all declined as if there were only 
 a single one. Thus : bie guten alien Scanner, cin guter alter 
 2ftann, gute alte Scanner, just like bte guten Scanner, etc. 
 
 c) An adjective used substantively is declined as if a 
 noun were expressed for it to agree with. Thus efanbt, 
 the past participle of fenben, to send, is used to mean 
 ambassador (i.e., a person sent to a certain court) and 
 declined as if it were ber gefanbtc 2ftann, etc. 
 
 SINGULAB. 
 
 N. ber efanbte 
 G. beS efanbten 
 D. bem efanbten 
 A. ben efanbten 
 
 mein efanbter 
 meineS efanbten 
 meinem efanbten 
 meinen efonbten 
 
 e 
 e 
 
 @e 
 cj 
 
 'anbter 
 anbten 
 anbtem 
 anbten 
 
 PLTJKAL. 
 
 N. bie efanbten memo efanbten efanbtc 
 
 G. ber efanbten meiner efanbten efanbter 
 
 D. ben efanbten meinen efanbten efonbten 
 
 A. bie efanbten meine efanbten efanbte 
 
 In the predicate nominative the form is efanbter, e.g.. 
 ftnb efanbter unfereg ^onigS, You are our king's am- 
 bassador. 
 
 The following are declined like efanbter : 
 
 ber 9Mfenbe, the traveller etn 9?eifenber, a traveller 
 
 ber eleljrte, the learned man ein (Sklefyrtcr, a learned man 
 
 ber SBebiente, the man-servant ein 23ebienter, a man-servant 
 
 ber >eiitfrf)e, the German ein 3)eutfd)er, a German" 
 
 ber efongene, the prisoner ein efangener, a prisoner. 
 
 i Notice tbftt after these worijs tbe adjective is printed with a capital letter.
 
 ADJECTIVES. 109 
 
 ADDITIONAL REMARKS. 
 
 1. Adjectives ending in el, as : etel, eitel, etc., lose, when 
 declined, the e before the J. 1 
 
 N. ber eble raf (not ebete), the noble count 
 
 N. bte eitte ^rau, the vain lady 
 
 G. beS eblen rafen ; ber ettlen $rau 
 
 D. bem eblen rafen ; ber eitlen gran :c. 
 
 2. Those ending in er (e.g., bitter, bitter) may elide as 
 follows : 
 
 bittre for btttere 
 bitterm for bttterem 
 bittern for bitteren 
 btttrer for bitterer 
 bittreS for bittereS. 
 The longer forms are however more usual 
 
 3. The adjective fyorf) (the is long) changes (f) into |, 
 before t. We say: 
 
 jDer Saum ift ^od) ; but ber Ijolje SBaum ; G. be3 fjo^en 33aume^ ; 
 pi I)o^e Sciitme, high trees, etc. 
 
 4. The following terminations form adjectives from 
 nouns : 
 
 sbar means bearing, e.g., ^rud)t, fruit, forms frurfjtbar, bearing 
 
 fruit, fruitful. 
 sm forms adjectives of material, e.g., from oft, gold, golben, 
 
 golden. 
 $Vt forms adjectives from names of towns, e.g., ^Berliner, 
 
 Berlin, from Berlin, Berlin. These are written with a capital 
 
 letter. See page 579, foot-note. 
 
 stvn is much like en. From ^otj, wood, comes Jjotgern, wooden. 
 sjjoft. From ugenb, virtue, comes tugcnbljaft, virtuous. 
 stg corresponds to the English termination y, eg., mficfjttg, 
 
 mighty, from 3JZad)t, might. 
 
 stfdj con-esponds to the English ish, e.g., finbtfd), childish, from 
 , child. 
 
 i But ctetn, ettcln, etc., are sometimes used instead of eblen, eitlen, etc., !.., when rn ia 
 the termination, it ia sometimes shortened into n, and the e after the I, instead of 
 the e before the 1, elided.
 
 no 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 corresponds to the English ly, e.g., mann(td), manly, from 
 
 2)?ami, man. 
 
 o% corresponds to the English /ess, e.g., enblog, endless, from 
 
 (Sube, end. 
 
 (rich), means abounding in, e.g., tmberretd), abounding in 
 
 children, from $inber, children. 
 *fom (-some in lonesome). From ^urdjt, f ear > comes furdjtfam, 
 
 fearful, timid. 
 
 jtoott corresponds to the English ful, e.g., gebanfentiott, thought- 
 ful, from ebanfe, thought. 
 Tttertlj (worth). 2Bitnfd)engtt)6rtl), worth wishing for, desirable, 
 
 comes from tt)iinfd)en, to wish, used as a noun. 
 ftoiirbig (worthy). Sfjrnwrbtg, worthy of honor, venerable, comes 
 
 from (Sfjre, honor. 
 
 5. Adjectives derived from names of nations are mostly 
 formed by the termination if$. They are written with 
 a small initial letter, as : 
 
 amertfamfd), American 
 bSntfrf), Danish 
 beutjd), German 
 engttfd), English 
 frongoftfcf), French 
 grie^ifd^, Greek 
 jjoUdnbtfcf), Dutch 
 italtentfd), Italian 
 
 Bftretefjifcf), Austrian 
 polnifd^, Polish 
 preufeifd^, Prussian 
 rufftfrf), Eussian 
 farfjfifdi, Saxon 
 fdjwebtfd), Swedish 
 fpanif(^, Spanish 
 tilrfifrf), Turkish. 
 
 bcr ^riiljUng, the spring 
 
 bag 2ftaut, [ the mouth (of 
 
 ber 9tad)en, j brutes) 
 
 bag 2Better, the weather 
 
 bag @tucf, the morsel, piece 
 
 bag 33ter, the beer 
 
 lot^ttg, important 
 
 btc 2)?tld), milk 
 
 btc 3ltpen, the Alps 
 
 bte ^ranf^eit, the disease 
 
 bcr 33ed)er, the cup 
 
 btc 9?etfe, the journey 
 
 bie <$tttc, the kindness 
 
 etit x'lrbetter, a workman 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 btc Arbeit, the work 
 
 bte efunbljett, (the) health 
 
 frigid), Dcrgnilgt, merry 
 
 frtfc^, fresh 
 
 fd)ttmcf), feeble 
 
 angenebm, agreeable 
 
 nittjUd), useful 
 
 bltnb, bhnd 
 
 blau, blue 
 
 gratt, grey 
 
 f^ttjar^, black 
 
 toetfc, white 
 
 gefa^vltc^, dangerous 
 
 toUbrtitflen, to perform.
 
 ADJECTIVES. Ill 
 
 READING EXERCISE 37. 
 
 $)te fitfcen irfd)en fmb bon angeneijmem efd)macf (taste). >et 
 Uebltdje ritl){mg ift gefommen. )er offene 9tarf)en be3 graufamen 
 JigerS. 3d) fyabe bie pradjtigen foniglidjen djloffer gefefyen. 3d) 
 faufe guten, alten, rotten SBein. eben ie mir frifdjeS, toeipeS 33rob. 
 ier ift fdjimeS, rotfjeg papier. 3)iefe $rau toerfauft gute, frifdje, ftifje 
 2#ild). 9JMue liebe, alte, gute gutter ift fefyr Iranf. ^(eine ^amilten 
 ftofjnen in fletnen dufern. S3ei (in) frfjonem 2Better ge^en tutr f^a^ie* 
 ren (take a walk), bei f^Ied)tem bletbcn tt)it ju aufe (stay at home). 
 eben Sie mir ein @Ia^ fii^e, frifdje SOftlcf), unb ein (5tiicf 
 toetfteS Srob. 1 9?eue greunbe ftnb nidjt immer gute greunbc. 
 fyabe O^nen ettt)a 2Bic^tigeS gu fagen. 2Biffen @ie ettua 
 
 (I know) eittmS 9^eueg ; aber eS ift md)t3 2lngeneb,mc. 
 
 KufgaBe 38. 
 
 1. Here is sweet milk. Have you [any] good red wine ? Do 
 you like strong beer? The Alps are very high mountains. 
 I want (brcwdje or ttmnfdje) cold fresh water. This girl sells 
 beautiful flowers. The brave soldiers have severe (ld)tt)ere) 
 wounds. The rich Jews had little old houses. There (Da) is a 
 poor little bund girl The good mother gives (gibt) ripe cher- 
 ries [to] her obedient and diligent children. Mr. Asher wears 
 (tra'gt) a green coat, a blue cloak, and a grey hat A good book 
 is a good and faithful friend. It was on a (in einer) very dark 
 night. The king had a gold cup in his hand. 
 
 2. The diseases of little children are often dangerous. Do 
 you know (tmffen <3te) that 2 my good and amiable cousin is 
 dead ? I have seen many dear friends during my long jour- 
 ney. They received me (fie empftngen mid)) with great kind- 
 ness. Clever workmen are always sought [for] (gefudjt). Feeble 
 women cannot perform this work. I am in good health and 
 always merry. Old people, young men and women, and little 
 children, walked (gingen . . . fpa^teren) in the beautiful garden 
 of our kind friend. Bead (tefen <ie) something good and use- 
 ful The courage (2ftutb,, TO.) of the soldiers was great. 
 
 1 In English we say aglow of milk, apiece of bread, two yards of cloth, etc. In German 
 the latter noun has the form of the nominative and is indeclinable, they say a glast 
 milk, etc. 
 
 2 The conjunction baft, that, requires the verb at the end of the sentence. See p. 82.
 
 112 COMPARISON. 
 
 Spredjuitmg. 
 
 3ft btefec ftlufe ttcf (deep) ? $ein, er ifl ntdjt feljr ttef. 
 
 3ft $arl fleijjtg ? 3a, er tft em fletfeiger Snabe. 
 2Ber b,at btefeS Ijerrttdje 33ttb ge 
 
 matt (painted) ? gin berttljmter betttfdjer Sttaler. 
 
 2Beld)e tft fetn Sftame ? (gr ^ett Sinterljalter. 
 
 So finb 3f)re Ueben $mber? (Sie finb in metncm neuen |>aufc. 
 
 |>aben (te einen grofjen (Garten? S^ein, er ift nicht fetjr gro. 
 
 |>aben <2ie gebrateneS $ki\fy SEir tjaben gebrateneg imb geto^ 
 
 (roast meat) ? te8 (boiled). 
 
 Serfoufen @ie fue9J?Ue^? 3$ tyobe feme file ffltiQ; obei 
 
 fri|dje Gutter. 
 
 2Bo tft metn tteber 5lrtb,ur? (gr tft tn ber (Srfjitle. 
 
 gieben (Sie bte beittfcfye SKuftf ? JO ja; ober id) tte&e ble ttaUentf^t 
 
 . 
 
 predjen @ie 2)eutfc^, metn ^err? 3d) fprec^e cut toenig (a little). 
 $aben @ie Unterric^t (instruc- 
 
 tion, lessons) in ber beutfcib/en 3a, tc^ ^abe j[eben S;og erne (Stunbe 
 
 prad^e? (lesson). 
 
 2Ber b,at btefen gotbenen SRtng SDJetne <Sd)tt?efter Slnna b,ot ib,n 
 
 tjertoren? toerloren. 
 
 ot ber S8fi(fer (baker) guteS 
 
 33rob ? (Sr toerfauft fanmer guteS S3rob. 
 SQBetc^er ^arbe ftnb bte ^ebern ber 
 
 9?aben? >te ^ebern ber9Jaben finb f^norj. 
 
 $aben @ie einen f^tuarjen ober 3d) Ijabe gtioet ^iite, einen fd)iuar 
 
 ctnentt)eien^ut? aen unb einen toeijjeu. 
 
 NINETEENTH LESSON. 
 
 DEGREES OF COMPARISON. 
 
 1. The comparative is formed by the addition of et , or 
 trhen the adjective ends in e, only f ; the superlative by 
 adding eft or |t. The vowels a, 0, U are modified in most 
 monosyllables. But au is not modified. 
 
 COMPABATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. 
 
 grcm, grey grauer ber, bte, ba grattejlc 
 
 reid), rich reiser ber, bie, ba8 reicb/fte
 
 COMPARISON. 113 
 
 OOMPABATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. 
 
 ftorf, strong ftdrfer ber, bte, bag ftarffle 
 
 arm, poor firmer ber, bte, bag armfte 
 
 alt, old after ber, bte, bag attfte 
 
 fromm, pious frommer ber, bie, bag frommfte 
 
 fd)on, handsome fdjoner ber, bte, bag fcfjbnfte 
 
 2. Adjectives in el, en, er usually reject the e of these 
 terminations before the er of the comparative. 
 
 3. The superlative of adjectives ending in three con- 
 sonants or in a hissing sound (j, $, p, fd)) takes eft, as : 
 
 COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. 
 
 frfjfedjt, bad 
 fur^, short 
 gererf)t, just 
 fu, sweet 
 
 fd)Ied)ier 
 fiirjer 
 gered)ter 
 fuer 
 
 ber fcf)Ieci^tefte 
 ber fiirgefte 
 ber gerec^tefte 
 ber fufjefte. 
 
 NOTE 1. Adjectives ending in t, with another consonant before it, may 
 also insert t in the superlative degree, as: alt, sup. bet altefte, as well as ber 
 altfie; fait, sup. ber fdltefte or bet falrjie. 
 
 NOTE 2. Sometimes the word atler is prefixed to the superlative, as: 
 ber aHerftarffte, the strongest of all. 
 
 4 In English adverbs are formed by adding the syl- 
 lable -ly to adjectives, thus from cheer/id, cheerfully, from 
 just, justly. In German the adjective without any added 
 syllable may be used as an adverb ; thus frofy, cheerful, may 
 be used to mean cJieerfully, and gcrecfyt, just, to mean justly. 
 The context determines whether frofy is to be translated 
 as an adjective or as an adverb, thus 3Btr tt)aren frof), is 
 We were cheerful, but SBtr fyaben frofy geglaubt, We cheerfully 
 believed. 
 
 In the same way, in the comparative, gerecfyter, etc., may 
 be either more just, etc., or more justly. 
 
 The superlative of the adverb does not follow the 
 analogy of the positive and comparative. For instance,
 
 114 
 
 COMPARISON. 
 
 most justly is am gerecfyteflen (literally at fhejustest\ and not 
 See Note 2 at the end. 
 
 NOTE 1. The superlative adverbs am geredjteften, etc., are often used 
 inaccurately in the predicate after fetn, to be, instead of the corresponding 
 adjectives. Thus Germans say either ba todre am gerecbtcjlen, or ba3 
 todre fca3 getedjtejlc, to mean that would be the justest. 
 
 NOTE 2. Forms like auf 3 geredj tejte, (literally upon the justest) mean 
 not THE most justly, etc. but most (or very) justly, e.g., 2)er $6nig Jjat aitf'3 
 geredjtefte gebanbelt, T/ie king has acted most justly. That is to say, am 
 gmdjteflen is the genuine superlative, while auf g gcrecfytejte denotes a high 
 degree, but not necessarily the very highest degree of all. 
 
 In the case of a few adjectives the simple superlative may be used in 
 the sense of the form last noted, e.g., 
 
 from b. odj , high 6. ocfjjl, most highly 
 
 ergeben, devoted ergebenjt, most devotedly 
 
 fmtnblidj, kind freunbUd)jl, most kindly. 
 
 NOTE 3. The following monosyllabic adjectives do not modify the 
 vowel in the comparative and superlative: 
 
 blafj, pale 
 bunt, motley 
 falfdj, false 
 froij, merry 
 bobt, hollow 
 bolb, kind 
 fab,l, bald 
 farg, scanty 
 flat, clear 
 
 , scanty 
 la bin, lame 
 matt, languid 
 morfdj, rotten 
 t, naked 
 t, flat 
 
 , clumsy 
 rob, rude 
 ritnb, round 
 
 ''anft, soft 
 djlaff, slack 
 cfytanf, slender 
 
 uarr, stiff 
 
 ftolj, proud 
 
 fiumpf, blunt 
 
 toll, mad 
 
 toofl, fuU 
 
 ja^m, tame. 
 
 6. Some adjectives and some adverbs are irregular in 
 their comparison, viz. : 
 
 COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. 
 
 Ijoljer, higher ber fyocfjfte 
 
 nafjer, nearer ber nadjfte 
 
 grower, greater ber gro^te 
 
 beffer, better ber befte 
 
 me^r, more ber metfte 
 
 meljrere, several bte metften, most 
 
 Ijod), high 
 na^e, near 
 gro, great 
 gut, good 
 totel, much 
 totete,p/., many 
 
 toentg, little 
 
 rtenige,^/., few 
 gent, willingly 
 bait), soon 
 
 less 
 
 j toemger, ) 
 I mtnber j 
 
 toeniger, 
 
 Iteber 
 
 eb/er, fritter, sooner 
 
 am loentgften, } f , . 
 
 am mtnbeften, [ 
 
 bte njenigften, the fewest 
 
 am Itebften 
 
 am e^eften, the soonest
 
 COMPARISON. 
 
 NOTE. A few comparatives and superlatives have no positives, e.g^ 
 aufjer, exterior (outer) ; ber aufjerfte, the extremest, utmost 
 inner, interior, inner ; ber innerfte, the innermost 
 ofcer, upper ; ber oBerfte, the uppermost 
 itnter, lower ; ber unterjle, the lowest, undermost 
 Ijtnter, hinder ; ber Ijinterfte, the hmdermost 
 Dorber, front-, fore- ; ber toorberfte, the foremost. 
 
 7. Comparative and superlatives are declined like 
 positives. 
 
 COMPARATIVE MASCULINE SINGULAR. 
 
 in- j ber btcfere 33aum, the thicker tree 
 ' { ein btcferer 23aum, a thicker tree 
 G. be8 (etneS) btcferen 23cwme8, of the (a) thicker tree 
 D. bent (ehtem) btderen SBcmnt, to the (a) thicker tree 
 A. ben (einen) btcferen 23aum, the (a) thicker tree. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 N. and A. bte btrferen Sciume, the thicker trees, etc. 
 
 NEUTER SINGULAR. 
 
 N. and A. ein fd)6nere8 mu8, a handsomer house, etc. 
 
 SUPERLATIVE. 
 
 N. and A. ba fcfjonfte >au, the handsomest house 
 G. beg fcfjonften aufeg, etc. 
 
 D. bent fdjonften aufe, etc. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 N. and A. bte fdtjonften >aufer, 
 G. ber fdjonften f>au(er, 
 
 D. ben fdjonften |)ttufern. 
 
 THIRD FORM. 
 
 Masc. N. befferer ^affee, A. befferen ^affee, better coflfee. 
 Fern. N. fc^wargere !5)tnte, blacker ink. 
 Neut. N. and A. fdjonereS ^Better, finer weather. 
 Plur. N. frfjonere Slunten. G. ft^b'nerer 53tumen :c. 
 
 NOTE. ^When two adjectives are compared with one another, it must b 
 done by means of the word meljr. Ex. : 
 (r toar mefyr fllucflid) at ta^fer, He was more successful than brave. 
 
 8. As, followed by an adjective or adverb, and as, is 
 rendered in German by ebenfo dl3 or ttrie ; and not so 
 as, by nidjt fo al3 or ttrie. Ex. :
 
 116 COMPABISON. 
 
 (Sr tft ebcnfp jung alS id), He is as young as L 
 $arl loar nidjt fo gliidttd), a(3 fetn greunb SBilijelm, Charles waa 
 not so happy as his friend William. 
 
 9. As again answers to the German nod) etnmal 1 fo 
 or boppelt fo . Ex. : 
 
 (Sr tft nod) etnmal fo alt (or boppelt fo alt) alS id), He is as old 
 again as L 
 
 10. Our English the the is translated je beflo. 
 
 3e Ijofjer ber 33erg, bcfto ttefer bag b,al, The higher the hill, the 
 
 deeper the valley. 
 Oe rirfjtger etn Seben tft, beflo gtMItdjer ijl e, The quieter a life 
 
 is, the happier it is. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 cm S3ettdjen, a violet btc tcirfe, the strength 
 
 ber ^Ibter, the eagle aitfgeftart, enlightened 
 
 ber gtiigel, the wing fret, free 
 
 bie ^rotte, the ckw ttef, deep 
 
 ber ^latJ, the square, place letdjt, light 
 
 brett, broad, wide fcfarf, sharp 
 
 bie Arbeit, labor fretgebtg, liberal 
 
 bie ?itft, the air 
 
 pantfd), Spanish 
 
 bte ugenb, virtue fireng, strict 
 
 ber <2>tord), the stork flefitnben, found 
 
 ber |>al3, the neck un^efdjtcft, unskilful 
 
 bte an3, the goose toett, far 
 
 ber @trau, the ostrich bequem, comfortable 
 
 ber ^etb^err, the general etnfam, lonely 
 
 33tet, (the) lead al8, than 
 copper 
 
 EXERCISE 39. 
 
 2)er brettc tu^. 35er brettere (3ee. a brettfle 3Weer. >er 
 u tfl ttef ; ber (See ift ttefer al3 ber ghifc ; bag Wlm tft am ttefften. 
 tft ftarter al St^etm ; er tft ber ftarffte ^nabe. SKarte tft fteU 
 al <Sara. )a3 SSaffer tft letdjter a(^ bte (Srbe ; bie ^luft ift am 
 
 1 /.., Ytt a time. (Fr. wncora an* fois U
 
 COMPAEISON. 117 
 
 fetdjteflen. )u fjafi em fdjoneS SBetlcfjcn gcfunben ; abcr id) Ijabe em 
 fcfjonereS. 2#eine 9?ofe ift frf)6n, bie 9tpfe nteiner rfjroefter ift am 
 aflerfdjonften. 3n ben Stabten fmb bte pradjtigften ^a'ufer. -3n 
 Bonbon leben bte retdjften $aufteitte. ie reirfjen eute ftnb nidjt 
 tmmer bte freigebigften. 2)er Slbler tft ber ftarffte $oget. C?r l)at bte 
 langften ftlugel unb bte fdjarfften ^ratten. 3m ftnifyling ftnb bte 
 Sage fiirjer ate tm <2ommer ; aber tm 2Btnter finb fie am fitrgeften. 
 Xa itber ift foftbarer ate ba itpfer. 3)a @olb ift baS foftbarjk 
 Wtetatt. $Bein ift beffer ate 23ier. S)te fpantfc^en 2Beine fmb bie 
 beften (SBeine). !Diefer 2Mer tft ni(^t fo berittjmt ate fetn 35ater ; 
 aber feine iBilber finb ebenfo fd^dn. llnfer O^eint ift ebenfo reirfj ate 
 unfer better ; aber er tft nicfjt fo gtiicfUc^. 5)er befte Coffee lommt 
 aitiS 5lrabien. 3fe aufgeftarter bie 9)?enfc^en fmb, befto freier fmb fie. 
 3e fritter, befto (or nm fo) beffer. 
 
 $tufgok 40. 
 
 1. The street is broad ; the square is broader, the field is the 
 broadest. The apples are sweet ; the pears are sweeter, the 
 cherries are the sweetest. This mountain is high, it is the 
 highest in this country. The rich are not always the happiest. 
 (The) money is good ; (the) labor is better ; virtue is (the) 
 best. The stork has a longer neck than the goose. (The) 
 ostriches have the longest necks. Mrs. Hunter is a more in- 
 dustrious woman than her neighbor. She is the most amiable 
 lady. In spring 2 the 3 days l are longer than in winter ; in 
 summer they are the longest. The morning was warm, but 
 the evening was warmer. The old man is feeble ; the sick 
 woman is feebler ; the little child is the feeblest. 
 
 2. Miss Lucy is the loveliest girl in the town. Napoleon I 
 was the greatest general. (The) lead is useful ; (the) copper 
 is more useful ; (the) iron is the most useful metal. I have a 
 strict master ; my cousin has a stricter ; the son of the count 
 has the strictest of all. The strength of the strongest man is 
 far less (nwt geringer) than that (bte) of the elephant. That 
 general was more unfortunate than unskilful. The better 
 (the) men are, the happier 2 they * are. This is arranged 
 (eingerid)tet) certainly in a most comfortable manner (4, Note 2). 
 Augustus was more successful than brave. The more, the 
 
 i Tbes* figures indicate tbo order of the words io Genaa.
 
 118 COMPARISON. 
 
 better. It is best. We are richest, when we are most con- 
 tented. The more lonely a way is, the longer it appears 
 (fdjeint er) to be. Alexander was as ambitious (efyrgeijig) as 
 Caesar. I am as tall as you, but my brother is not so tall as 
 you. 
 
 2BeId)er gtu tft bretter, bcr 
 
 ftedar ober ber 9?f)ein ? >er fttfjetn tft Diet bretter. 
 
 3ft 2BUl)eIm ftarfer ober $arl? 3d) benfe (think) $arl tfl ftarfer. 
 
 <2inb bie retdjften Scute tmmer am 3)a$ ijl nid)t immer ber gafl (the 
 
 glitcf (idjften ? case). 
 
 SBeldeS ift bo fotborte 2KetaH? o o(b it bag lotbarle. 
 
 ift bo foftborfte 2KetaH? o o(b ift bag loftbarfle. 
 Slber Juetd^eg ift ant niifclidjjhit? jDa @ifen ift am niifcUdjften. 
 SBetd^eS ftnb bie beflen SBeine? 2)ie fpanif^en SBetnc. 
 2Bof)cr' fomntt ber befte ^affee ? $er befte Coffee fommt au 
 
 bten. 
 2BeI^e ifi bie fd)6nfte 33tume? )^ne 3 lBC if e t (without doubt) bie 
 
 &OJC. 
 
 3ft 5ltfreb alter al @ie? 9?em, er tfl jiinger al tc^ ; er tfl 
 
 ber jungfte (Sofyn. 
 
 (Sinb biefe 5le^fet reif ? <te ftnb ni^t gan^ (quite) fo retf 
 
 al bie 33trnen. 
 
 SBeldjeS ift ba ftarffte ^ier? )er glep^ant' ift ba flartfte. 
 
 2Belrf)eS ift ber grote ^ifrf) ? >er 2Baaftfcf) (whale) ifl ba 
 
 ^rote don atten J^ieren. 
 
 taben @ie beffereg 33ier? S^etn, aber id) I)abe befferen 2Betn. 
 
 fl ^raulctn 9?ofa ein ft^one <Sie ift fe^r fd)b'n; fte ift bie fdjc'nftt 
 9Kabd^en ? toon ben brei <2d)tt)eftern. 
 
 etne fc^onere 33tume 
 
 bie 9?of e ? ^ein, td) lenne feme fdjonere. 
 
 ift ber fattefk SKonat? S)er Sttonat 1 Oanuar ift ber faltefte. 
 
 i German does not have the " genitive of apposition." In German we say the mo*O 
 January, the city Berlin, and not the month OF January, the city or Berlin,
 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 119 
 
 TWENTIETH LESSON. 
 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 X Cardinal Numerals. 
 
 cut, one 
 
 jrtrn, two 
 
 brei, three 
 
 bier, four 
 
 fiinf, five 
 
 ferf)$, six 
 
 fieben, seven 
 
 ad)t, eight 
 
 neun, nine 
 
 jeljn, ten 
 
 elf, eleven 
 
 3U)6If, twelve 
 
 breigefyu, thirteen 
 
 bierge^n, fourteen 
 
 fiinfeefyu, fifteen 
 
 Jedjjeljn, sixteen 
 
 fteb^efjn, seventeen 
 
 arf)t3ef)n, eighteen 
 
 neun^efyn, nineteen 
 
 gtoanjtg, twenty 
 
 etn unb jttwn^tg, twenty one 
 
 3rt)et unb groau^ig, twenty two 
 
 bret unb ^toanjig, twenty three 
 
 trier unb ^foan^ig, twenty four 
 
 fiinf unb gtoanjig, twenty five 
 
 1800, etntaufenb arfjtfjunbert or ac 
 
 1805, etntaufenb arfjt^unbert (unb) fiinf or arfjtgeljnljunbert fiinf 
 1852, eintaufenb arfjt^unbert glwei unb funfetg or arfjt^e^nb/unbert 
 itnbfunfaig. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Sin, eine, etn, (before a noun) or enter, cine, etnS 
 (without a noun), is declined like the indefinite article. 2 
 
 1 In English we say A hundred and A thousand. In German tyunbert and taufenb are 
 more frequent than ein unbert and ein Staufenb. 
 
 2 "Bet (biefer, etc.) eine, is declined lii ber gute, and meln (bein, etc.) etner, liie etr 
 
 ferfjg nnb grt)angi^, twenty six 
 fteben unb ^njangtg, twenty seven 
 o^t unb jtoan^ig, twenty eight 
 neun unb gnmngig, twenty nine 
 brei^ig, thirty 
 
 ein unb bret^tg, thirty one, etc. 
 trieratg, forty 
 fiinfatg, fifty 
 jcdjjtg, sixty 
 jtebgig, seventy 
 ac^tjig^, eighty 
 neunjtg, ninety 
 l^unbert, 1 a hundred 
 ljunbert unb ein^, a hundred and 
 ^oei^unbert, two hundred [one 
 breitjunbert, three hundred 
 trier ^unbert, four hundred 
 fiinf Ijunbert, five hundred 
 tanfenb, 1 a thousand 
 gtoei taufenb, two thousand 
 gefyn taufenb, ten thousand 
 ^nfgtg taufenb, fifty thousand 
 ljunbert taufenb, a hundred thou- 
 sand 
 eine Stilton, a million
 
 120 NUMERALS. 
 
 2. One or ones after an adjective must not be translated 
 into German. Thus, a good one = etn guter (masc.), or if 
 feminine, cine gute ; neuter, ein guteS. 
 
 3. Smti has jtueter and bret has breter in the genitive, 
 when used before a substantive, unless the substantive is 
 accompanied by some word which by its form shows that 
 the genitive case is meant; i.e., jroeter and breier are in 
 general only used to prevent ambiguity as to case. Thus, 
 jroeier rafen, ber jroei rafen, bret softer glafdjen. After 
 all numerals of may be translated on. 
 
 )te letdjljeit gtoeter 35retecfe, The equality of two triangles. 
 3)a8 23iinbm breier 6nige, The alliance of three kings. 
 (Sine gamilie toon gefjn ^erfonen, A family of ten persons. 
 But 3)tefcr brei $naben, Of these three boys. 
 Dfoiner gtret Strnen, Of my two pears. 
 
 4. All the numerals from jtt>et to ^unbert may take 
 Ctt in the dative plural, when used substantively. It is, 
 however, better to use them without a termination. 
 
 33on breien, of or from three; mit fttnfen, with five; untet 
 , among twenty. 
 
 5. wnbert and Xaufenb, when nouns, are declinable, as : 
 
 N. and A. ^junberte, hundreds; bte ^unberte, the hundreds: 
 Gen. ber Xaufenbe, of the thousands. 
 
 6. A person's age is expressed as in English. Ex. : 
 
 How old are you ? 2Bte alt ftnb <3te ? 
 
 I am twenty years old, 3d) bin jroanjtg Saljre alt 
 
 7. The hours of the day or night are expressed thus : 
 Two o'clock, $mt\ Ufyr. 
 A quarter past two, ein JBiertel (auf) bret (towards three) or cio 
 
 SBiertel narf) gttjei. In this form of expression the auf is 
 
 often omitted,
 
 NUMERALS. 121 
 
 Half-past two, m(6 bret. 
 
 A quarter to three, 3)ret 33terte( (auf) bret or em 33tertet toor bret. 
 
 What o'clock is it ? SBie Diet Ufa ift eS ? 
 
 At three o'clock, Urn bret Itljr. 1 
 
 8. By adding erlet to the cardinals, numerals such as 
 einerlet, of one. kind; jroeterlet, of two kinds; breierlet, 
 mererlet, jefwerlei; manner let, of several kinds; ielerlei, of 
 many kinds; allerlet, of att kinds, are formed. These 
 admit of no inflexion. They precede the noun. Ex. : 
 
 <5te mtr ^toeierlet ud), b(aite itnb fc^Joarge^, Show me 
 two kinds of cloth, blue and black. 
 
 9. The muLtiplicatives are formed by adding the syllable 
 f ad) to the cardinal numbers ; as : 
 
 einfad), simple, single breifad), triple, threefold 
 
 ^ttetfarf), twofold toierfarf), quadruple 
 
 boppett, double geljnfarf), tenfold, etc. 
 
 10. Single, meaning separate, individual, is translated 
 tinjeltt ; but in the sense of one and no more, it is etttjig. 
 Ex.: 
 
 Single words, eu^efne Sorter. A single word, em ehtjtgeS Sort. 
 
 11. Only, also is, when an adjective, rendered by dltjig, 
 
 O q * 
 
 My only son, mem em^tger 
 
 12. The numeral adverbs are etnmal, once; jwcttttol, 
 twice, etc. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bte etnen (literally the ones) bag <3rf)af, the sheep 
 
 some (in contradistinction geboren, born 
 
 from others). ber ^urfer, sugar 
 
 bte ^reunbfdjaft, the friendship etne 3^ e 9 e / a 
 
 iTime by minutes is expressed as in English, thus: jfn URinuten Bcr brtt, fflnf 
 
 SDimuten nadj elf.
 
 122 NUMERALS. 
 
 boo 2rd)joein, pi. e, the pig etne 3nfet, an island 
 
 ber Gimooljner, the inhabitant 3glanb, Iceland 
 
 bie 3d)lctd)t, the battle bie SBaumtDolle, the cotton 
 
 bcr fallen, the bale ber 9?eifenbe, the traveller 
 
 ba3 Oafyr, the year leben, to live 
 
 btc 2Bodjc, the week beinafye, nearly 
 
 bie SOZeUe, the mile mefyr al3, more than 
 
 btc 9tettolution, the revolution 
 
 HEADING EXERCISE 41. 
 
 3d) Ijabe nur (only) e t n e n 1 33ruber. @te Ijaben nur cine (Sdjtoefter. 
 )ie ^reunbfrfjaft biefer brei banner. SNein )f)cim fyat neun $inbet 
 gefyabt. @r fyat brei 3ofme unb toier Sodjter Dertoren. $M\ 
 fjaben gtuanjig ^iigc; bcnn jebe ^Jferb Ijat Dter ^iipc. llnter 
 5lepfetn war nid)t e t n gitter. (Sine 2Bod)e Ijat fieben Xage. (Sin 
 Ijat Dtcruub^wanjig otunben. jDie[eg 2)orf Ijat adjtjctjn^unbcrt jiu 
 unb jwan^ig Ginnjoljner, unb brctb^unbert ad)t unb brcipig ^aitfcr. 
 3e^n unb fiinf unb bterjtg mad)cn filnf unb fimfeig. 82 unb 67 ntadjen 
 349. 4 mat (times) 8 ftnb 32. 7 mat 9 fmb 63. 21 mat 32 
 jtnb 672. 3d] bin geboren 2 (born) im 3ab,r(e) 1814, unb mein 
 jungfter 33ruber im 3a?rc 1818. 9#af)omeb lebte im Oaljre 622. 3m 
 3al)re 1492 t)at Sotumbu^ 9lmerifa cntbcrft (discovered). J)ie 9?efor^ 
 motion in >eutfd)lanb begann im 3ah,re 1517. 2)ie <Stabt Bonbon 
 gafjtt 1300 (Straen, 1100 ^hr^en unb betnafjemcr gKiaionen (Smttjob;* 
 ner. 2Sir fyaben 99 SBaflen ^aumiuone gefauft. SDer ^b'nig b^at nteb^r 
 ol8 3toan$tg djtoffer. 2)tc geinbc b^aben mefjr al^ bret^tg ^anonen 
 toerloren. 
 
 Hufgafcc 42. 
 
 1. My neighbor has three houses ; I have only (nur) one. 
 Our cousin has a new one (see 2). The peasant has 54 sheep, 
 18 pigs, and 11 goats. He has also 5 horses, 8 cows, and an 
 ox. A month has 30 days. February has only 28. A year 
 has 12 months, 52 weeks or 365 days. I am 17 years old ; I 
 was (tin) born in the year 1835. My father is 48 years old ; 
 he was (tft) born 1810. I have bought 46 pounds [of] sugar 
 and 100 pounds [of] coffee. In the year 1848. 3 times 9 
 make (madjen) 27. 35 and 42 make 77. I have lost a hundred 
 florins. Is it three o'clock? No, Sir, it is half past three." 
 
 i Germans frequently print etn, one, with spaced letters (thus e t n) to distinguish it 
 from tin, a. 
 1 1 wap born ; it is really the passive with iccrben omitted.
 
 NUMEBALS 123 
 
 2. The city [of] 1 Strasburg has 5400 houses and nearly 
 60.000 inhabitants. How much are 8 times 15 ? 8 times 15 are 
 120. The battle of (bet, near) Leipsic took place (fcmb ftatt 2 ) in 
 the year 1813. The French revolution began (beganu) (in) 
 1789. Iceland lies in the North (tut Shorten) of Europe, is 400 
 miles long and 150 broad. We arrived (jutb anget'ommen) in 
 (int) October 1832, and sailed (abgefcgelt) in January 1833. 
 This traveller has seen more than 32 towns and 95 villages. 
 Show me three kinds [of] paper, blue, green and brown (brattn). 
 
 II. Ordinal Numbers. 
 
 These are formed from the cardinals by adding the 
 termination tf to the numbers from two to nineteen, and 
 fte to the remainder, beginning with twenty. T lie first 
 and tJie third, however, are irregular, being ber erfte, ber 
 britte. 
 
 the 1st, ber (bte, ba8) erftc the 23rd, ber bret unb 
 
 the 2d, ber ^toette the 30th, ber bretfttgfte, zc. 
 
 the 3rd, ber brttte the 40th, ber toieqtgfte 
 
 the 4th, ber Inerte the 50th, ber funfetgfte 
 
 the 5th, ber fiinfte the 60th, ber fedjgtgfte 
 
 the 6th, ber ferfjfte the 70th, ber fiebjtgfte 
 
 the 7th, ber ftebente the 80th, ber adjtgigfte 
 
 the 8th, ber ad)te the 90th, ber neun^tgfte 
 
 the 9th, ber neimte the 100th, ber ljunbertfte 
 
 the 10th, ber jefynte the 101st, ber fyunbert itnb erftc 
 
 the llth, ber etfte the 102d, ber Intnbert unb gtoeite 
 
 the 12th, ber gtootfte the 120th, ber ^unbert unb 
 
 the 13th, ber bretgefynte ^9f* e ' K - 
 
 the 14th, ber bterje^nte the 200th, ber ^uetf)itnbertfte 
 
 the 15th, ber fitnfjetjnte the 300th, ber breifyunbertfte, K. 
 
 the 16th, ber fecfoefytte :c. the 1000th, ber taufenbfte 
 
 the 20th, ber ^angigftc the 2000th, ber ^ettaufenbfte 
 
 the 21st, ber cm unb grtjan^tgfte the 10,000th, ber ^eljntaufenbfte 
 
 the 22d, ber ^ttet unb gnjan^tgftc the last, ber (bte, ba) Ic^te 
 
 the 1255th, ber jtoolfljuitbert funf unb funfgtgfte or ber taufenb 
 3niet^unbert fitnf unb funfjtgfte. 
 
 i bee foot-note, page 118. s tatt comes last of all.
 
 124 NUMERAIA 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. In compound numbers the last only can be an 
 ordinal ; the others remain cardinals, as : 
 tyunbert mer unb gtuan^igfte, the 124th. 
 
 2. Dates are expressed as follows: 
 
 On the 10th of May, 2lm (or ben) getynten 
 
 "What day of the month is it ? !Dcr ttne&ielte tft tyeute ? 
 
 It is the eighth, (gg tft bcr adjte or nut tyaben ben adjten. 
 
 3. er crfte and fcer (ete assume sometimes a compara- 
 tive form, when referring to one of two persons or objects : 
 ber, tic, ta3 crftere, tJie first, tJie former; tcr, tie, tag Ietcre, 
 the latter. 
 
 4. From the ordinals are formed adverbs in en$, e.g. t 
 
 erfteng (or erftlic^), first ttterteng, fourthly, etc. 
 
 gftieitenS, secondly ge^nten^, tenthly 
 
 britteng, thirdly elften^, eleventhly, etc. 
 
 5. The fractional numbers (with the exception of 
 half] are derived from the ordinals, by adding Xfyetl, part, 
 which, however, is commonly shortened to tfl, as : cin 
 3)riMt)eU or Xrittel, a third; cin Sicrtyctl or SStertel, a 
 quarter; cin giinftcl :c v cin 3 e (> ntel ; c ^ n B^blftel; tret 
 Slcfytel, three-eighths; ier $vwhwtftt\ t four-hundredths; jtebcn 
 Xaufentftcl, seven-tho-usandths, etc. 
 
 6. ^)alb, half, is an adjective and is placed after the 
 article, as: 
 
 Sin Ijalber ag, half a day, (a half day). 
 Sine fyalbe (Stimbe, half an hour. 
 (Sin IjalbeS Satyr, half a year. 
 
 So also, aang, whole, e.g , ba gange Satyr, the whole year. 
 all the year.
 
 NUMEEALS. 125 
 
 NOTE. With djaflj dimidiative numerals are formed, as: brttteljal6 1 =2J; 
 t)iertel)aI6 31 ; fitnfteljalJ3=4 jc. Instead of jttjeite^atb, anbert^alB is 
 used. All these are indeclinable. 
 
 Stafjre, one year and a half. 
 lien, three yards and a half. 
 We may, however, say with equal propriety, trier unb cine fyal&e @tte or iriei 
 (Sflen unb eine Ijalfce. The half, bie -galfte. 
 
 I 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber 33anb, the volume biefleicfjt', perhaps 
 
 bie g(afd)e, the bottle bag 3ab,rl)un'bert, the century 
 
 bie piaffe, the class bag fitter, the age 
 
 ber ^apft, the pope ber ljee, tea 
 
 ber gtinb, the enemy bie Sftegie'rung, the reign 
 
 ber >er'3og, the duke berfyei'ratfyet, married 
 
 ber |>afe, the hare fleifetg, industrious, diligent. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 43. 
 
 3)er erfte SJJonat beg britten 3aljreg. >er gtoette Sag ber bierten 
 SBodje. !>aS fec^fte ^enfter beg bterten Stotfg (story). err 9?obtn* 
 fon roar jtuet unb brei^tg 2Bod)en franf ; in ber brei nnb brctfttgften ftarb 
 er (he died). Qatob ber3tweite (James II) ftarb in ^ranfreid) beti 
 (on the) merjefynten September 1701. eorg IDE tmtrbe ben 22. 
 (September 17i61 in ber ^eftminfter^btet (abbey) gefront (crowned). 
 (Sr roar bet fetner S^ronbefteigung (accession) ^roei nnb groan^ig 5ab,re 
 alt Siibroig XIV (ber ^ier^e^nte) ftarb im 3af)r 1715; gubroig XV im 
 3a!)re 1774; Sitbwig XVI im Qafyt 1793. ;Drei Ic^tet ftnb bie 
 ^icilfte non brei 33iertet. 2)ieg ift metn fitnfteg @(ag. ie faan roar 
 nnbert^atb Safyre franl. ier ift jroeiertei 3Bein, rotter nnb roei^er. 
 aBtcotet Ufir (what o'clock) ift eg? (g ift fiinf U| ober toiefleid)t 
 ein S3iertet auf fedjg. >einrid) ber 2ld)te, ^onig con (Sngtanb, roar 
 fed)gmal berrjeirat^et 
 
 Kufga6c 44. 
 
 1. The first day. The third year. I have the fifth volume. 
 The second week of the seventh month. This is our sixth 
 bottle. The eighth year of the nineteenth century. The child 
 was a week and a half old. Charles is the twentieth in his 
 class. March is the third, June is the sixth, and December 
 
 J Or britt^otb, etc.
 
 126 NUMERAIA 
 
 the last month of the year. The duke of (toon) Marlborough 
 won (genmnu) the battle of (bei) Hochstsett on the 12th [of] 
 August, 1704. He died the 16th of June, 1722. 
 
 2. (The) pope Gregory (regor) VIC was an enemy of 
 Henry IV. Edward HI took (eroberte) Calais on the 3rd of 
 August, 1347. I have been five times in Paris and four times' 
 in Brussels. "We sailed the 26th [of] November, 1850, and 
 arrived the 14th [of] April, 1851. Peter (^eter) the Great died 
 at St. Petersburg!! on the 8th [of] February, 1725, in the 53rd 
 year of his age and in the 43rd of his reign. Tell me (fagen 
 <3ie mir) what o'clock it is. It is four o'clock or half past four. 
 I shall go out at (urn) a quarter to five. 
 
 SSie mele $mber b,ot err (r Ijat 6 tinber: 2 (Sofjne unb 
 
 Srottm? 4 brf)ter. 
 
 2Bte oft ip fetn aftefter <Sofm? @r tp 18 3af>re aft. 
 
 Sie aft tft feme iiingfte od)ter? <3ie ift fimfteljalb 3ab,re aft. 
 3n toeldjem 3aljrljunbert leben 
 
 totr? 2Bir leben im 19. 
 
 SteDtel fmb 30 unb 50 ? 30 unb 50 ftnb 80. 
 
 SQBtetriet ift gtoSlf mat gwblf ? 12 mal 12 ift 144. 
 2Baren Sic geftern auf ber 3agb 
 
 (hunting) ? ^a, geftern unb Ijeute. 
 
 2Ba b,aben (Sic gef^offeu (shot)? 2Bir ^aben 13 ^afen gefrfjoffen. 
 SBeldjen ^pla^ (place) ^at eorg gr ift feb,r flei^tg, er t)at immer 
 
 in ber Sdjute? (always) ben erften ^la^. 
 
 Unb fein Sruber Softer? Softer ift ber 26. in f enter tlaffe. 
 
 2Bann wurbe 1 ^ort V geboren? (5r tt)itrbe geboren im Oafjre 1500. 
 
 2Bann ftarb ^eter ber rofee? 5lnt (or ben) 8. gebruor 1725. 
 
 2Bte att war cr? (gr war 53 3ab,re aft. 
 ^aben te f^on totet 2Betn gc= 
 
 trunfen? 35a8 ift unfere britte ^lafrfjc. 
 
 2Bte met ljee wiinfdjen <Ste? 3^ wiinfdje bret S3tertet ^funb.* 
 
 SSetdjeS tp bte ^alfte toon f? SDte ^atfte t>on | ifl f ober ft. 
 
 2Baren (Sie lange in ^mertfa? 4 3;a^re, 7 donate unb 23 Sage. 
 
 2Bte otel Ub,r ift e ? (g ift 11 Uljr ober ^alb 12. - 
 
 1 See the second foot-note on page 122. 
 
 2 Masculine or neuter (not feminine) nouns of weight, measure, etc., are put in th 
 singular after numerals, e.g., btci guji long, three feet long.
 
 VERBS. 127 
 
 $6mten @ie mtr fogen, ttrie Diet 3d) fyabe feme llfjr, aber e3 mag 
 Ufjr e ift? f)alb gaiei Uljr fein. 
 
 3ft eg fdjon em SSiertel auf bier? (3 ift fdjon brei $ierte( auf toter. 
 
 lint ttne met Ub,r fpetfen ie? 3d) fpeife (dine) urn 12 Uf)r. 
 
 Urn ft>te met U^r ge^en @ie 311 llm 10 ll^r ober l)atb 11. 
 Sett? 
 
 TWENTY-FIRST LESSON. 
 
 THE VERB. $ft8 
 
 GENERAL REMARKS. 
 
 1. In English, regular verbs form the imperfect and 
 past participle by adding d or ed to the present, e.g., love, 
 loved, loved. In German, regular verbs, called also verbs 
 of the new or weak conjugation, form the imperfect by 
 adding fc or tit to the stem, and the past participle by 
 adding t or ct to the stem and prefixing at the same time 
 ge, e.g., lieben, to love, liebte, geliebt. 
 
 All verbs which form either imperfect or past parti- 
 ciple in any other way, with two exceptions to be imme- 
 diately stated, are called irregular. 
 
 EXCEPTION 1. Syllables prefixed to verbs to form other verbs, are in 
 German divided into two classes, the separable and the inseparable. See 
 page 10, 2. Compound verbs containing an inseparable prefix and a 
 regular verb, are counted themselves as regular, although, in fact, they all 
 omit the ge of the past participle. Thus Befefeen (compare English besei), 
 made up of Be and fe&en, (fefcte, gefefet), has the imperfect like its primi- 
 tive, fcefefcte, but the past participle iefefct and not Begcfefct. 
 
 EXCEPTION 2. Verbs having the infinitive in tren (also spelled iercn)/ 
 likewise omit the ge of the past participle, but are nevertheless all counted 
 as regular. E.g., fhtbtren, ftubirtc, ftubirt (not geftubirt). 
 
 2. A complete list of irregular verbs will be given 
 further on. The following rules, however, will aid the 
 student in distinguishing at sight regular verbs from 
 irregular verbs.
 
 128 VERBS. 
 
 a) All verbs which have more than two syllables in the 
 infinitive are regular. 1 We should not, for instance, need 
 to look into any list to determine to which class rcilttgcn 
 and mb'bltren belong. 
 
 b) All verbs (with the seven or eight exceptions which 
 follow) having o, u or eu, or any modified vowel (i.e., a, b, 
 ii or du) in the stem are regular. 
 
 ; EXCEPTIONS. The modal auxilaries (already conjugated in Lesson 
 Seventeen), and f ommen, to come ; fiojjen, to push; ritfen, tocatt; gotten, to 
 ferment; gebdren, to bear, bring forth; fdjtoaren, to suppurate; mwaflcn, to 
 weigh, consider; erlofdjen, to go out (as a fire) ; fdjttjoten, to swear ; fcetrugen, 
 to cheat; luflen, to lie ; furen, to choose. 
 
 CONJUGATION OP A REGULAR VERB. 
 
 To Praise. 
 
 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 id) lobe, I praise, I am praising id) lobe, I may praise 
 bu lobft or lobeft, bu lobeft, 
 
 er (fte, e^) lobt or lobet, er lobe, 
 
 ttitr toben, tutr toben, 
 
 i()r lobt or lobet, ) tb,r lobet, ) 
 
 @tc loben, ) <Stc loben, ) 
 
 fte loben. fie loben. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 id) lobte, 1 1 praised id) Iob(e)te, f (if) I praised 
 
 bulobteft, bulob(e)tefl, 
 
 er lobte, er (ob(e)te, 
 
 n)tr lobten, fair Iob(e)ten / 
 
 ib,rlobtet, t^r Iob(e)tct, 
 
 fte lobten. fte Iob(e)ten. 
 
 1 In reckoning the number of syllabl?s, in order to apply this rule, prefixes must 
 be disregarded ; befallen, for instance, must be counted as of only two syllables. A 
 list of the inseparable prefixes has already been given, page 10, 2; the separable ones 
 will be considered further on. 
 
 J In the Indicative tc$ lobete, etc.. would be very rare; in the subjunctive less so. 
 But with verbs like teben, atfcmen, fegnen, the irnperf., both ind. and subj., is refcett, 
 at^mete, fegnete. See Observations on page 130.
 
 VEEBS. 129 
 
 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE. 
 
 tdj roerbe loben, I shall praise id) roerbe loben, I shall praise 
 
 bit roirft loben, bu roerbeft loben, 
 
 er roirb loben, er roerbe loben, 
 
 roir hjerbcn loben, roir roerben loben, 
 
 iljr roerbet loben, | tt)r roerbet loben, j 
 
 <Sie roerben loben, j @ie toerbcn toben, ) 
 
 fie tnerben loben. fie toerben loben. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 id) fyabe getobt, I have praised id) fyabe gelobt, I may have 
 
 bit fjaft gelobt, bit Ijabeft getobt, praised 
 
 er b,at getobt, jc. er ^abe gelobt, :c, 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 id) fjatte gelobt, I had praised id) b.dtte gelobt, (if) I had praised 
 bu fyatteft gelobt, bu Ijatteft gelobt, 
 
 er fyatte getobt, zc. er Ijatte getobt, ac. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 id) toerbe gelobt b,oben, I shall id) roerbe gelobt Ijaben, I shall 
 
 have praised have praised 
 
 bu roirft gelobt Ijaben, K. bu roerbeft gelobt Ijaben, tc. 
 
 FIRST CONDITIONAL. 
 
 id) roiirbe loben, I should praise roir roitrben loben, we should 
 bu tourbeft loben, ib,r roitrbet loben, praise 
 
 er roitrbe loben, fie roiirben loben. 
 
 SECOND CONDITIONAL. 
 
 id) roitrbe gelobt b,aben or id) fya'tte gelobt, I should have praised 
 bu roiirbeft gelobt Ijaben or fjatteft gelobt, thou wouldsthave praised. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 lobe, praise (thou) toben toir or Iatun loben, jlet us 
 
 er lobe, lobe er or er fott loben, roir rooden (oben, j praise 
 
 let him praise . 
 
 fie foUen loben, let them praise lob(e)t or loben <2>ie, praise (you). 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Pres. loben or ^u loben, to praise 
 
 urn . . . 3U loben, (in order) to praise. 
 Past, gelobt fyaben or gelobt ju Ijaben, to have praised. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Pres. lobenb, praising. Past, gelobt (gelobet), praised.
 
 130 VERBS. 
 
 NOTE 1. Germans s:iy for am learning, etc., lerne and not bin Imtcnb. 
 
 NOTE 2. Interrogative foiin : Do I praise, lobe id) ? Did I praise, lobte 
 id) ? or fyabe id) . . . gelobt ? Negative : I do not praise, id) lobe . . . nid)t 
 I did not praise, id) lobte . . . nidjt or id) Ijabe . . . md)t 
 
 The following are examples of regular verbs : 
 
 Heben, to love, like ftrafen, to punish 
 
 leben, to live fteflen, to place upright 
 
 fjolen, to fetch, to go for geigen (dot. of the person), to show 
 
 fcfjtrfen, to send reifen, to travel 
 
 banfen (dot.), to thank leeren, to empty 
 
 faufen, to buy fitflen, to fill 
 
 leg en, to lay, to put rufyen, to rest 
 
 furfjen, to seek roafjlen, to choose 
 
 nmdjeii, to make bienen, to serve 
 
 ladjen, to laugh flagen (dot. of the person), to 
 
 roeinen, to weep complain 
 
 fragen, to ask ttofynen, to live, to dwell 
 
 fagen (dat. ofthepersori), to say braurfjen, to want 
 fptelen, to play Dexlb/etbigen, to defend 
 
 lefyren, to teach get)ord)en (dot. of the person}, to 
 
 lernen, to learn obey. 
 
 OBSKilVATIONS. 
 
 1. "Wherever in the above paradigm alternative forms 
 are given like tu lobft or lobeft, gelobt or gelobet, the shorter 
 is the one to be used by the student. The forms with 
 the connecting- vowel c are apt to occur : 
 
 a) In the subjunctive mode more than in the indicative. 
 
 V) In old German, in poetry, and in the language of 
 prayer or other solemn discourse. 
 
 c) Where euphony requires them, and, in general, in 
 verbs the stem of which ends in t> or t. Thus, e3 regnet, not 
 regnt, it rains ; bit atbmefl, not atljmfl ; er terete, not rebte, etc. 
 
 Hereafter, as hitherto in this book, in cases where this 
 alternative might be permissible, it is the usiwl form 
 which is given. 
 
 9tckn, To Talk 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 S. id) rebe, I talk PL roir rebett, we talk 
 bit rebeft, ib,r rebet, 
 
 cr rebet, <Sie reben, 
 
 man rebet, fie reben.
 
 VEEBS. 131 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 / id) rebete, I talked PL tmr rebeten, we talked 
 
 bit rebeteft, tfyr rebetet, 
 
 er rebete, (Sic rebeten, 
 
 fie rebete, fie rebeten. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 id) Ijabe gerebet, I have talked. 
 
 PLUPERFECT 
 
 icf) Ijatte gerebet jc. 
 
 In the same manner are conjugated : 
 
 ontroorten, to answer bilben, to form 
 
 arbeiten, to work atfjmcn, to breathe 
 
 beten, to pray bittben, to suffer, endure 
 
 tobten, to kill leugnen, to deny 
 
 adjten, to esteem fd)tad)ten, to kill 
 
 baben, to bathe lanben, to land 
 
 roarten, to wait furdjten, to fear, to be afraid 
 
 mietfjen, to hire, to take retten, to save, etc. 
 
 2. Verbs ending in fen, fen, fcfyen or jen sometimes 
 retain the e only in the second 1 person of the singular, 
 while dropping it in the third. 
 
 id) tcmje, I dance id) gcnjefee, I enjoy 
 
 bit tcmgeft, thou dancest bu gemefleft, thou enjoyest 
 
 er tanjt, he dances, etc. er genie^t, he enjoys, etc. 
 
 Such are : 
 
 n>imfd)en, to wish Ijaffen, to hate 
 
 to put, to place fdjci^en, to value, to esteem. 
 
 3. Verbs whose root ends in el or er, drop the e from 
 the termination of the infinitive, as : tabeln (not tabelen), to 
 blame ; fyanbeln, to act ; tt)ant>ern, to wander. 
 
 In the first person singular of the present tense, verbs 
 ending in eln leave out the e before I ; verbs in ern some- 
 times omit the e before r, 
 
 i But most verbajn fen, en commonly omit the e, even when the second person 
 is thus made to co-incide with the third, i.e., bu gcnte^t, er gemejjt, bu ijjt, er ijjt.
 
 132 VEBBS. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 id) fyanbie (not I^anbele), I act id) beiuunbere, I admire 
 bu fyanbelft, bu benwnberft, 
 
 er fyanbelt, er bettunbert, 
 
 toir Ijanbeln, we act loir bettwnbern, we admire 
 
 ib,r fyanbelt, tfjr bettwnbert, 
 
 <5ie fyanbeln, <3ie betmmbern, 
 
 fie b/anbetn. fie bettwnbem. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 id) fyanbelte, I acted, etc. id) betounberte, I admired, etc. 
 
 Such are: 
 
 fegeln, to sail rubern, to row 
 
 fdjiitteln, to shake Ilettern, to climb. 
 
 4. The following verbs and those derived from them, 
 are quite regular in their terminations, but change in the 
 imperfect and past part, the vowel of the stem into a : 
 
 INFINITIVE. IMPERFECT. PART. PAST. 
 
 brennen, to burn id) branntc gebrannt 
 fennen, to know (be acquainted 
 
 with, Fr. connaitre) id) fannte gefannt 
 
 nennen, to name id) nonnte gencmnt 
 
 rennen, to run id) rannte gerannt 
 
 fenben, to send id) fanbte 1 gefanbt 
 
 mcnben, 2 to turn id) toanbte getuaubt 
 
 benfen, to think id) badjte gebad)t 
 
 bringen, to bring id) bradjte gebrad)t 
 
 h)iffen, to know (Fr. savoir) id) nwfcte gettJU^t. 
 
 The present indicative of the last is: id) weifj, bu toeifjt, er toeif, totr toif- 
 fen, i^t toit, fie ttriffen. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bie (gigenfd)aft, the quality ba8 !Ding, pi e, the thing 
 
 ber $>ei)rer, the teacher ber ^anbfdjub,, the glove 
 
 bie $lufgabe, the lesson, task ber Hod), ) , v . 
 ber ^a^n, the cock bie tod)in, f tj 
 
 i In poetry imp. fenbetf , past part, gefenbet. 
 
 aSencen, to turn, admits of both forms : Imp. tdj voenbete and \i) nanbtc . part. g( 
 tt'nbet and jjcir autt. For bcjinnen, see p. 209.
 
 VERBS. 133 
 
 bie ^itdje, 1 the kitchen topfer, brave 
 
 Sftiemcmb, nobody tra'ge, lazy 
 
 ber (Sfyrtft, the Christian fc!)Iafen, to sleep 
 
 ber arm, the noise frafyen, to crow 
 
 baS $alb, the calf toerbtenen, to deserve. 
 
 fjerrlid), beautiful 
 
 READING EXERCISE 45. 
 
 1. 3d) liebe ntetnen Sritber. )u Uebft beine (Sd)tt>efter. j)ie 
 leben im 2Baffer. 2Ba3 faufen <2ie V 3)er $6nig f)at etn <Sd)Iop 
 
 gebaut. )er $nabe ternt. 2)er Scorer fjat btefen (SdjiUer gelobt, toeit 
 (because) er fletftig ift. 3)cr ^nabe t)at feine 5lufgabe nid)t getemt. 
 3)er 33ater ftraft ben faulen ^naben. !Die Gutter fiirdjtete ben 9fegen. 
 2)te tapferen (Solbaten loerben bte tabt toertfyetbtgen. 3d) fe^e (see) 
 ba8 fd)Iafenbe ^inb. Sic Gutter tniirbe aurf) fdjlafen, toenn bog ^tnb 
 ntdjt franf ware. 2Bir iobcn ben fleifttgen (2d)UIer. 3)u ^atteft tljn 
 and) gelobt. 
 
 2. 97iemanb nnrb bte tragen @d)ii(er toben. eftem ^brte id) einp 
 fdjone 5[Ruftf. gotten (Sic fie (it) and) ? 3d) fyabe fie nidjt ge^ort 
 aben bie ^inber geftern gefptelt? (Sietuerben morgen fptelen. 6rfl 
 bit bie 9?ad)ttgatt (nightingale) fingen ? ^orteft bit ben ^>a^n frozen? 
 er ^at)n ^at breimat gefratjt. 3d) ^abe i^n nur etnmat (once) ge^brt. 
 Siebet cure (Sttern. e^ord)en @ie 3b^ren ?cf)rern (dot.}. 3d) fanrtte 
 ben SD?ann nid)t. 2Bir fennen bie guten (Sigenfd)aften ber ^onigin. 
 3d) beh)unbere bte fjerrticrjen 33Iitmen 3^re6 artenS. 2Ber bradjte 
 biefen 33rief ? 3d) ttwfjte nidjt, ba @ie f)ter hjaren. 
 
 Stufgafie 46. 
 
 1. I am looking for (seek) my hat. He fetches water. I 
 thank you (3fynen). The child wept. Do you admire this 
 beautiful tree ? I admire a fine picture. People (man) always 
 admire (admire always) new things. "We heard a great noise. 
 We heard the cock crow. At what o'clock did it (er) crow ? 
 It crowed at three o'clock this (ace.) morning. You should 
 esteem the good qualities of that lady. I feared the cat. The 
 pious Christian does not fear (the) death. I have not worked 
 much. Children, hear my words. Do you not hear what 
 (wag) your master says? Do you seek [for] your cloak? I seek 
 
 i Other words from the same stem are : fodjen, to cook or boil ; ber Rod;, the (man] 
 cook ; bie ftcdjin, the (female) cook ; ber Sudjen, the cake.
 
 134 VERBS. 
 
 my gloves. Seek and you will find. I have studied my lesson. 
 Did you think (have you thought) of me (an mid)) ? 
 
 2. The servant was looking for his knife. Has he looked 
 (sought) in the kitchen? It lies (liegt) in the kitchen. Fear 
 nothing, I will defend you. He talks too much. Did you 
 think of (an, ace.) your poor mother? I shall always think of 
 her (an fie). The president has not esteemed his friends. He 
 does not love them (fie). The butcher kills an ox to-day, 
 yesterday he killed l two calves. I liked the little girl, but she 
 did not like me. Men (bie 2ftenfdjen) should love one another 
 (einanber). What did l the cook buy ? She bought butter and 
 eggs. My nephew has bought two horses. The children have 
 killed a mouse. He saved his life (ebcn, neuter). 
 
 2Ber ternt ? er $nabe lernt. 
 
 So leben bte ^ifdje ? @fc k&en int SBaffer. 
 
 SBarum adjten @ie btefe faau? 3d) ad)te tfyre guten (Sigenfdjaften. 
 
 2BaS furdjtet bag 9ttabd)en? (0 fiirdjtet ben 9tegen. 
 
 SBarum ftraft ber $ater feinen 2Betl er feme 2lufgabe nid)t gelernt 
 
 @ob,n ? b,at. 
 
 993er f)at bte <Stabt tiert^etbtgt ? te tapferen (brave) otbaten. 
 293er ttegt ba? (Sin frf)tafenbe ^inb. 
 
 SBen lobt ber Scorer? @r lobt bte fletfetgen @d)ttler. 
 
 ^ann er and) bie faulen loben ? gaute <Sd)iiIer toerbienen fein ?ob. 
 2Ba berbienen fie? @ie berbienen (Strafe. 
 
 SSen foil man tieben? 2ltte guten 2Renfd)en. 
 
 SSent fotten bte $inber ge^ordjen ? 3b,ren (Sttern ttnb Seb/rern. 
 SSarum fitrdjtet ber fromme S^rtft 
 
 ben Xob nid)t ? 2Beit ber Sob ifm ^u ott fit^rt. 
 
 at ber ^pab,n gefrab,t? -3a, er Ijat gweimat gefra^t. 
 
 eb/cn <Sie tn'8 (Concert? ^etn, id) geb,e in'S Sweater. 
 
 b,at bag 9JMbd)en gefauft? @ie t)at Srob unb ^afe gefauft. 
 Derfauft biefe ftratt? @te tterfauft Sirnen, 2lepfel, ^ftan* 
 
 men (plums) unb -ftiiffe. 
 
 te^rt biefer ?eb,rer? @r Ieb,rt ^rangoftfd) unb (gngltfd). 
 
 at ber 2JJe^ger einen Od)fen ge= 5?ein, er b,at gnjet $alber gefdjlad)* 
 fd)Iad)tet? tet. 
 
 <Sie bie 9?ad)tigatt geb/brt? 3a, fte ftngt b/errtid) (gloriously). 
 
 i The English Imperfect is translated more frequently by the German Perfect, aa : 
 I bought it, id) (ait t8 Qtfauft. This rale does not apply to the imperfect of continued 
 action, e.g., I wot buying.
 
 VERBS. 135 
 
 BEADING LESSON. 
 (cfoj), Aesop. 
 
 $efop gmg'dnmat in 2 cine ftetne (Stabt; untertoegS * begegnete 
 (met) er etnem 9?eifenben, toeldjer (who) ib,n gritftte, 4 unb tljn fragte: 
 ,,2Bie lang mu id) gefjen, bis (till) id) jene3 3)orf erretdje (reach), ba3 
 twr tioit tocttem 5 feljen?" ,,eb/," anttuortete S 2lefop. ,,3d) toetfe 
 h)o()l," ernnberte (replied) ber 9feifenbe, ,,baft id) geljcn nut, urn bort 
 an^ufommen 6 ; ober ic^ bttte ' bid^, mtr gu fagen, in nrie btel gtit id) bort 
 anfommcn it)erbe." , f @e^, w hneberfyolte 8 5(efo)). 3d) felje, bad^te 
 ber ^rembe, ber $erl 9 ift tott, 10 ic^ hjerbe ifyn nic^t meljr 11 fragen, itnb 
 giug fort (went on). 9?ad) einigen SDHtmtot rief (cried) Slefo)?: ,,e, 
 em 2Bort! in jwci (Stunben tmrft bu anfommen." 
 
 3)er S^etfenbe inanbte 12 fic^ um unb fragte ib,n: ,,3Sie n)eit bu e jet 
 (now), unb hjarum ^aft bu e3 mtr nic^t tior^tn 13 gefagtV" ?(efop 
 crtutberte: ,,2Bte fonnte id) e bir fagen, bettor id) beinen ang u gefeb.cn 
 b^atte?" 
 
 TWENTY-SECOND LESSON. 
 
 THE PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 The auxiliary used in English to form the passive ia 
 the verb to be, e.g., I am loved, lie Jias been admired. In 
 German not fetn, but toerbert is used, e. g., 3$ n)erbc geltebt, @r 
 ift bcmunbert roorben. We have already had two other 
 uses of werben, it means become e.g., 3$ werbe franf, 
 / am becoming sick, and followed by the infinitive, shall 
 or witt, forming the future tense, e.g., id) werbe Iteben, 
 IsJiall love; bu 0)trft Itebeu, tJiou wilt love. 
 
 i ginj, went; imp. of ge^en, irr. v. - in, with the ace., means into, with the dot., in. 
 on the road. 4 grujien, to greet. r> afar. 6 to arrive there. " I beg or pray thee. 
 repeated, said again, o the fellow. 10 a fool, mad. n no more. 12 [i<fy umteenben, to 
 turn round. 13 before. M gait, pace.
 
 136 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF A VERB IN THE PASSIVE VOICE, 
 
 Wclobt uicrDcit, To be Praised 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 id) toerbe getobt, I am 
 bit unrft getobt, thou art 
 er nnrb getobt, he is 
 
 unr uierben getobt, we are 
 ib,r toerbet getobt, ) 
 <Sie tterben gelobt, ) J 
 fte ujerbeu gejobt, they are 
 
 FIRST .FUTURE. 
 
 id) toerbe getobt toerben, I shall 
 
 be praised 
 bu unrft 
 er nnrb 
 
 hrir toerben 
 ib,r roerbet 
 @ie raerben 
 fte u>erben 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 id) ttjurbe getobt, I was 
 
 bu ttjurbeft getobt, thou wast 
 
 ^ er ttntrbe getobt, he was 
 
 P 
 
 "' tnir luurben getobt, we were 
 
 
 
 PJ ihr hjurbet qetoM, { 
 
 @ten,urbengetobt,P ouwere 
 fte ttjurben getobt, they were 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 id) bin 1 getobt tt)orben, I have been 
 praised 
 
 a' 
 a> 
 
 co thou wilt 
 
 
 bubift 
 
 co thou hast 
 
 5^ he will 
 
 0) 
 
 erift 
 
 5 s he has 
 
 g we shall 
 
 -1 
 
 uiir ftnb 
 
 er 
 
 . "Z we have 
 
 & |you will 
 
 S ' 
 
 C. 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 tljr feib 
 @ie ftnb 
 
 O ) - 
 
 S- [ you nave 
 
 " they will . 
 
 
 fie ftnb 
 
 they have . 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 t^ tt)ar getobt h)orben, I had been praised 
 
 bit tt)orft getobt ftjorben, thou hadst been praised, etc. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 id) toerbe getobt toorben fern, I shall have been praised 
 
 bu hnrft getobt toorben fetn, thou wilt have been praised, etc. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 td) toerbe getobt, I may be praised 
 
 bu toerbeft getobt, thou mayst be praised 
 
 er toerbe gelobt, he may be praised, etc. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 id) hmrbe gelobt, I were praised 
 
 bu totirbeft getobt, thou were praised 
 
 er h)itrbe getobt, he were praised, etc. 
 
 i SBerbtn, as we have seen before, forms its perfect, etc., with ((in Instead of feafcra 
 (compare / am come for / have come in English.)
 
 YERBS. 137 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 id) fct gelobt toorben, I may have been praised 
 
 bu feteft gelobt ttorben, thou mayst have been praised 
 
 er fei gelobt toorben, he may have been praised, etc. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 id) toare gelobt toorben, I should have been praised 
 
 bu ludreft getobt toorben, thou wouldst have been praised 
 
 er tofire gelobt tuorben, he would have been praised, etc. 
 
 FIRST CONDITIONAL. 
 
 tcfj luitrbe gelobt toerben, I should-be praised 
 
 bu toiirbeft getobt toerben, thou wouldst be praised 
 
 er ttwrbe gelobt toerben, he would be praised, etc. 
 
 SECOND CONDITIONAL. 
 
 id) tourbe gelobt toorben fetn, I should have been praised 
 
 bu wiirbeft getobt tnorben feiu, thou wouldst have been praised 
 
 er tourbe getobt roorbcn feiu, he would have been praised, etc. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Sing, toerbe getobt. 1 Plur. luerbet getobt, be praised. 
 
 INFINITIVE. : 
 Pres. getobt toerben or getobt ^u tDerben, to be praised, 
 
 um getobt 311 toerben, in order to be praised. 
 Past, getobt toorben feiu or ^u fetn, to have been praised. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 Pres. 311 tobenb, to be praised. 2 
 
 The following are examples of passives : 
 
 geftraft luerben, to be punished get)at loerben, to be hated 
 eriBortet luerben, to be expected geadjtet toerben, to be respected 
 betot)nt toerben, to be rewarded tierborbeu toerben, to be spoiled. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber 9lrbettcr, the workman nod) etrnnaf, once more, again 
 
 ber $emb, the enemy betrogen, (p.p.) cheated, deceived 
 
 ber |)of, the court berbeffert, corrected, improved 
 
 bte pradje, the language gefprodjen (p. p.), spoken 
 
 1 This Imperative is hardly ever used. When a passive Imperative is required, it in 
 commonly formed with fci. Ex. : ei gcpriefen/ o ott ! Be praised, o God I 
 
 2 The Latin laudandus, a, um. This participle stands before its noun and is declin- 
 able, as : An action to be praised, Gme 511 lobenbc ^anbtuncj. Without a noun, in the pre- 
 dicate after to be, the form is ju loben, indeclinable. TVius, icfe anblung tft jit It>n, 
 This action is to be praised.
 
 138 VERBS. 
 
 bte >tt3e, the heat gerufen (p-p-\ called 
 
 arttg, good itopfylfetl, cheap 
 
 unarttg, naughty hneber, again 
 
 itadjliifftg, careless, negligent geftofylen (p-p-), stolen 
 
 eb,rlid), honest toon, by ; fdjon, already 
 
 tjofltrf), polite Sebermann, everybody. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 47. 
 
 3d) ttoerbe toon ntetnem eb,rer gelobt. 3)u toirft md)t gctobt, benn 
 (for) bit bift nidjt ffetfjtg. 2Beritotrb geftraft ? 2)er unaufmerffame 
 ititabe nnrb geftraft. 3)te unartigen wtaben toerben and) geftraft. 
 SOZarie nnrb tmmer Don tfyrem SJiuftfte^rer getabett, n)e : t fie nadjtaffig 
 i^t. 5DJetnc (Souftne unrb toon ^cbennann getiebt, meit fte imnier arttg 
 imb ^oflid) tft. jDiejentgen, wctrf)e (they who) fletfetg fmb, rterben 
 tctoljnt, unb btejemgen, raeldje trcige ftnb, werben getabett. 3)ie @tabt 
 ttourbe toon ben getnben jerftbrt. S)te 3lufgaben hmrben toon bent JOe^rer 
 toerbeffert. 2)er arme S!Kann murbe toon bent ^mton betrogen. ^arl 
 tft befiraft ivorben, )oet( er unarttg geroefen tft. !Die listen fonnten ntd)t 
 toerfauft roerben, ttjett fte 311 fcfjledjt njaren. !l)te 2JJdbd)en, roetdje ib,re 
 ^lufgaben gcntad|t (done) fatten, ftnb fritter nad) aufe gefdjtdt njor* 
 ben. 2)te S 2lrbciter ftnb gut begafjtt worben, ttjetl fte totet gearbcttet 
 b.aben. S3on went tft btefe ^lufgabe toerbeffert tuorben ? (Ste tft nod) ntd)t 
 toerbeffert njorben, ttjett ber eb,rer !etne $t'\t b,atte. etobt tojerben tft 
 beffer al getabelt toerben. 3)tefer arme ^nabe mu^ belob/nt roerben, 
 ttiett er fo efyrltd) tft. 2)tefe 33rtefe ntitffen nod) etnmal abgefdjrieben 
 (copied) njerben, toeU fte fo fd)led)t gefd)rieben (badly written) fmb. 
 
 9tuf0o6c 48. 
 
 I am loved by my brother. This father loves his children, 
 and he is loved by them (toon tfynen). Mr. Bell is respected by 
 all who (toetdje) * know 1 him. The French language is spoken 
 in (an) all [the] courts of Europe. This ring was given me by 
 my good grandfather. By whom was this letter written? 
 I was called out of my room. Frederick has been punished by 
 his teacher. Have the young plants been spoiled by the great 
 heat ? The roads have been spoiled by the heavy (ftarfen) rain. 
 If this boy will not do his exercise, ~ he 1 will be punished 
 again. He was punished yesterday. This house would not 
 have been sold, had it (tua're eg) not been so cheap. I am ex- 
 pected at five o'clock; my sisters are not expected till (not 
 till = erft um) seven o'clock. A false (fatfd)) man is feared by
 
 VERBS. 139 
 
 everybody. This letter must be sent to the post-office (ouf bie 
 ^oft). My watch has been stolen. To be loved is better than 
 to be hated. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 
 
 1. As we have seen, tuerfcen, and not fein, is used to form 
 the passive voice. When some part of fein accompanies the 
 past participle, the sense is different, as the following 
 examples show. 
 
 With toerben, With fein, 
 
 (the genuine passive voice ; it (not really the passive voice, 
 is affirmed that something the past participle is used like 
 is being done to the subject. ) an adjective.) 
 
 )ieg >aug ttnrb 511 fcfyncfl gebaut. S)ic "pans ift fdjon gebaut. This 
 This house is built (or getting house is built (i.e., finished) 
 built or being built) too fast. already. 
 
 $8urbe ber nmb toon ifjncn 3)er mnb ift berttwnbet, cr fann 
 gefdjtagen? Was the dog nid)t geljen. The dog is 
 beaten by them ? wounded, he cannot walk 
 
 33urf) ttnrb Ijeutgutage bid )ie3 33nd) ift gelefen, gib ntir ein 
 gctcfen. This book is a good cmbere$. This book is read, 
 deal read nowadays. give me another one. 
 
 $ifcf)e nmrben bort mit ^ifdf)e genug marcn gcfangen unb 
 S'Je^en gefangcn. Large fish jebermann ging at|o nad) aufe. 
 were caught in nets there. Fish enough were caught, 
 
 and every one accordingly 
 
 went home. 
 
 $inb ttnrb bon ber gutter a $inb ift aeffiafdjcn unb barf 
 
 gett)ofcf)en. The child is (or jet gum ^rii^ftucf ge^en. The 
 
 is being) washed by its child is washed, and may now 
 
 mother. go to breakfast. 
 
 2. The student will notice that in the English sentences 
 in the left hand column, if we turn the passive into the 
 active voice, every present passive becomes a present 
 active, and every imperfect passive, an imperfect active. 
 Thus we have ;
 
 140 VERBS. 
 
 They are building this house too fast. 
 They beat (impe>fe<-f) the dog. 
 People read this book a good deal nowadays. 
 They caught large fish there with nets. 
 The mother washes her child. 
 
 On the other hand, in the right hand column, every 
 present passive becomes a perfect active, and every im- 
 perfect passive a pluperfect active. Thus we have : 
 
 They have built this house already. 
 
 Some one has wounded the dog, etc. 
 
 I have read this book, etc. 
 
 They had caught fish enough, etc. 
 
 They have washed the child, and now, etc. 
 
 3. In general : When after the process just described, 
 i.e., after turning the passive into the active, the tense 
 remains the same as before, roerben must be used in trans- 
 lating into German ; otherwise, fein. 
 
 4. Examples of participles used as adjectives. 
 
 I am inclined or disposed, 3d) bin genetgt. 
 
 I am convinced it is true, 3d) bin Ubergeugt, baft e3 toaljr ift 
 
 We were astonished, 3Str nwrcn erftount. 
 
 The bottles were emptied, $>ie ^ a fd)en toaren getecrt (=Ieer, 
 
 empty). 
 
 The castle is destroyed, 3)a8 @d)to tfl ^erjlort. 
 The copy-book is soiled, 2)a >eft ift befdjmujjt (= fdjmufctg, dirty). 
 
 5. In the perfect and pluperfect passive, Wflrben is not 
 unfrequently omitted, e.g., 
 
 bin emgelaben unb @tc ntdjt, I have been invited and you not 
 33ud) tft gefunben, The book has been found. 
 
 6. The student has probably noticed already that 
 getoorben, employed as an auxiliary, becomes roorben. 
 
 I have become old, 3d) bin alt gemorben, but 
 I have been rewarded, 3$ bin belofynt ttJorben,
 
 VERBS. 141 
 
 7. A number of verbs winch take an accusative after 
 them in English, e.g,, to allow, are translated in German 
 by verbs which take a dative. / allow you is, 3$ erlaubc 
 3f)nen, not 3d) erlaubc <Sic. And so of course we cannot 
 say, in the passive, (Sic tt)crt>cn ertaubt. This difficulty is 
 gotten over as follows : 
 
 I am allowed, (gg roirb mir ertaubt (i.e., it is allowed to me) or 
 
 man ertaubt mtr (one allows to me, not tdt) roerbe erlaubt). 
 He is allowed, (8 roirb ifym erlaubt or man erlaubt ifym. 
 We are allowed, (g roirb un ertaubt or man erlaubt un3. 
 I was allowed, (gg nwrbe mtr erlaubt or man erlaubte mtr. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber <Scfjmetrf)ler, the flatterer etngelaben, (p-p-), invited 
 
 bieSSerfdjroorung, the conspiracy toeracfjten, to despise 
 
 ber <3turm, the storm entbedfen, to discover, detect 
 
 bte I)at, the deed, action belofynen, to reward 
 
 bte Xreue, the fidelity gerftoren, to destroy 
 
 bie Skrfammhtno,, the conven- ermorben, to murder 
 
 tion, assembly gefd)tcft, clever 
 
 bte (Srnte, the harvest ^efttg, violent ; juerft, at first 
 
 oerrounben, to wound fritter, formerly 
 
 gegeben, given m'eUetc^t, perhaps ; aud), also 
 
 fpa^teren ge^en, or etnen Spajtergang ma^en, to take a walk. 
 
 EEADINa EXERCISE 49. 
 
 2JMn (Sotjn ^rtebrtc^ njtrb t>on femem Scorer gettebt. tefe IJftabdjen 
 toerben gelobt unb geltebt, roetl fie ftet^tg unb brao ftnb. !3)er (Sptbat 
 tft in ber <Srf)(acf)t tterttjunbet roorben. <Sie roerben morgen Don meinem 
 O^etm jum 9)iittage(fen etngelaben roerben. 3^r better ^aut tft aud^ 
 eingelaben roorben; aber er roirb ^u >aufe bletben. uftau 5tbo(p^, 
 ^b'ntg pon rfjroeben, ift in ber (Scfjladjt bei ^ii^en getobtet roorben. 
 SBann tft biefe^ au gebaut roorben? (3 ift Dor (ago) geljn 3a()ren 
 gebaut roorben. !Die U^r roirb nirfjt berfauft roerben. 2)er Derlorene 
 9?ing ift roieber gefunben (found) roorben. 2)er 9J?ann roirb toon 
 Sebermann (everybody) gearf)tet. (r rourbe fritter nic^t gearf)tet. 
 3)te <Sd)meid)ler toerbienen, toon Sebermann toeradjtet ^u roerben. iefe 
 Arbeit ift fefyr (much) berounbert roorben. 2)te ^Irbeiten ber ^vauletn
 
 142 VERBS. 
 
 9Cofa tocvbcn nurfj bcttwnbcrt iucrbcn. 2)te 3?erfd)iuorHng beg (Sattttna 
 ware welletdjt uidjt cntbcrft loovben, toeuu Sicero nid)t (onfu( getucfen 
 ttd're. 28 tv fpredjeu uon ber 311 fyoffenben (Srrtte. 
 
 Nufflalie 50. 
 
 1. I am praised by my teacher. We are loved by our father. 
 You are esteemed by your neighbor. This house has been 
 sold. The garden will also be sold. The enemy is beaten 
 (gefdjtagen). A new plant was much (jefyr) admired. The 
 picture of Mr. T. will be admired. The brave soldiers were 
 praised by the general. Have many soldiers been killed? 
 Charles and I were invited by the count to (ju) a ball Your 
 sister and your cousin would also be invited, if they were l 
 here. Such a deed must be rewarded. That man was 
 formerly not esteemed. But since (fett) ' he 5 is * industrious 
 s and 4 honest, * he * is 8 esteemed * by * everybody. (The) 
 flatterers ought to be despised. Carthage ($artb,ogo) was 
 destroyed by Scipio Africanus. 
 
 2. The child would have been saved, if it had 1 cried for 
 help (urn ilfe gerufcn). The castle was built in the year 1622. 
 (The) knives are made of steel (tab,!). The stranger has 
 been killed in the forest. Many soldiers were wounded in the 
 last battle. Clever men are always sought [for]. Rome was 
 at first governed by kings. Henry IV was loved by his people. 
 His name is still esteemed. The industrious wul be rewarded. 
 "Why am I not invited? This is an action to be praised. 1 
 I wish James might be rewarded for his fidelity. The most 
 diligent pupils will be the most (am metften) praised. At (in) 
 the battle of (bet) Narva 2 the 3 horse of Charles XH ' was 
 killed under him. Csesar was murdered by Brutus. If he 
 had 1 not been murdered, s the "Romans * would s scarcely 
 ()d)tt)ertid)) 8 have ' placed (Derfefct) 4 him * among the number of 
 their gods. 
 
 Sprrdjiibung. 
 
 $on ttjem totrb tf)r @oljn geltebt? (Sr toirb Don fetnen eljrern getiebt, 
 
 ttjett er flctig tfl. 
 Ojl er aud) betofjnt tuorben? (gr fyat einen $ret befommen (got). 
 
 i See foot-note p. 83. a See the foot-note 2, p. 137.
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 otbaten luerben gelobt? 35 tc tapferetu 
 UHtrbe bte (Sdfjladjt bet 
 
 iBatcrioo geltcfert (fought)? 2lm 18. Sum 1815. 
 933er ift befiegt (defeated) wor* 
 
 ben? 3)ie ^ran^ofen ftnb befiegt worben. 
 
 933 aim loirb biefeS >au$ fcerfauft 
 
 werben? (S8 ift fdfyon geftern tjerfauft rtjorben,, 
 
 2Btettet luurbe bafitr bega^It? 3 e ^ ntai ff cn ^ fiier^unbert (^ulben. 
 935 irb bcr arten ba^u (to it) 9etn, btefer toirb befoitbei^ (sepa- 
 
 gegebeit tuerbcn? rately) tjerfauft hjerben. 
 
 935otlcn <3te biefen ^ac^mittag et* 3d) tuttrbe mtt 3f^nen ge^en, tuenn 
 
 H2it pajiergang mtt wtS ma* ic^ ntd)t jum SDfrttageffeit (din- 
 
 d^ett? ner) bet errn ^. etttgetaben 
 
 njare. 
 93on njem ift ^art^ago jerftort SSon bent romtfc^en Sonful cipio 
 
 tworben? 2lfricanu3. 
 
 933arum ift btefer 9)iann geftraft (Sr ^at etne gotbeue U^r gefto^Ien 
 
 luorbeit ? (stolen). 
 
 S3on tuem ift Safar ennorbet toor* 93on 93rittu8 unb SaffiuS, unb eint* 
 
 ben ? gen anbern. 
 
 S5on went ift bte $er[d)UJornng Sa* 
 
 titina'g entbecft toorben? ' 23oit bent romifc^en Sonfut (Sicero. 
 (Sinb bie 5lrbetten ber ^raittein @e^r fc^on, fie werbcn toon -3eber 
 
 Soutfc fd^on? mann benwnbert. 
 
 3ft btefeS $<w8 fdqon alt? S3 tuurbe int Satjre 1741 erbattt. 
 
 3ft ir 3o^n ^ranflin wieber t* (Sc ift itberatt (everywhere) gefud^t, 
 
 ftmben iuorben ? aber nid^t gefimben worben. 
 
 955ar cturid) IV. ton ^ranfreid^ $a, er war ber befte $onig unb 
 
 etn guter ^onig ? ttmrte toon feinen Itntert^anen 
 
 (subjects) toie ein 33ater geltebt. 
 935ie ftarb er? Sr tourbe toon Sftatiaittac erntorbet. 
 
 TWENTY-THIRD LESSON. 
 
 PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 1. These are: ic^, // bu, thou; er, lie; |tc f sAey e3, 
 tt)tr, eye; i^r (3te), ^OM; jte,
 
 144 PRONOUNS. 
 
 They are declined as follows : 
 
 1. First Person : id), I. 
 Sing. N. id), I Plur. nnr, we 
 
 G. metner, 1 of me unfer, of us 
 
 D. mir, to me, me un$, to us, us 
 
 A. mid), me. ung, us. 
 
 2. Second Person : foil, thou. 
 Sing. N. bit, thou Plur. ifyr (3ie), you 
 
 G. beiner, 1 of thee euer (Sfyrer), of you 
 
 D. bir, to thee, thee eud) (Sfynen), to you, you 
 
 A. bid), thee. eud) (@te), you. 
 
 3. Third Person: ft, fU, e8. 
 N. er, he fte, she e3, s it 
 
 G. feiner, 1 of him tljrer, of her (feiner), of it 
 
 D. tfym, to him, him if)r, to her, her (tf)tn), to it 
 
 A. tf)n, him. fte, her. e$, it 
 
 Plural far all three Gender*. 
 
 N. jte, they 
 
 G. tljrer, of them 
 
 D. tynen, to them, them 
 
 A. fte, them. 
 
 4. Third Person, Reflexive. 
 
 D. 1 rx ( himself, herself, itself. ) For all genders, 
 
 Ace. j ' tc ^ ' { yourself, yourselves, themselvea } sing, and plttr. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 1. The Dative. 
 
 (r gtbt mir, bir, Hjm, - - fljr. 
 He gives me, thee, him, her. 
 (Sr toergeiljt itn8, - - Sljnen, t^nen. 
 He pardons us, you, them. 
 
 i In poetry these three genitives : metner, betner, feiner, are often abridged into metn, 
 be ; n, fetn. 
 
 * t8 is sometimes contracted with the preceding word, as : oft bu'6, ic^ ^ai'S, gib 
 mir'S, )c. (For the gen. and dot. see 5, 6, and 7, p. 146). 
 
 a In the dative of course very frequently. In himself, etc. ie must begin with a 
 capital If it means you and not they, ft*, y undf, does BO only in letters.
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 2. The Accusative. 
 
 <2>te fennen midj, bid), iljn, fie. 
 They know me, thee, him, her. 
 (Sr Uebt wig, <Ste, fie. 
 He loves us, you, them. 
 
 3. The Beflexive Form. 
 (Sr fdjttigt fid), He strikes himself. 
 <2>te befletftigen fid), They apply themselves. 
 
 2. In English thou has gone out of use in conversation, 
 and we employ the plural you even in addressing a single 
 person. In German bit, thou, is still used, for instance to 
 a child, to an intimate friend or relation, or in anger, also 
 in prayers and in poetry. Its plural is ifyr. @ie (really 
 they, but printed with a capital initial) is, however, the 
 most usual equivalent of the English you. 
 
 2Benn bit famtjl, lieber $ater, If you can, dear father. 
 SBenn @te tootten, meine j5amen, If you like, ladies. 
 >obt ifyr gefefyen, $inber ? Did you see, children ? 
 
 Notice that in the imperative, @ie must be expressed, while you is 
 omitted in English. 
 
 Come, fommen @ie. 
 Give me, geben @te mtr. 
 Tell him, fngen @te Ujnu 
 When you is translated bu, your must be beitt. 
 When you is translated i^r, your must be euer. 
 When you is translated @ie, your must be 3^r. 
 
 3. In the following phrases, German reverses the 
 English construction. 
 
 It is I, 3d) bin eS. It is we, Sir ftnb eg. 
 
 It is he (she), gr (fte) tft eg. It is you, @te ftnb eg. 
 
 It was I, 3d) tear eg, tc. It was you, (Ste hjaren eg, jc. 
 
 But with a rcomi in the predicate, either (3 tft .>einricf); 
 @3 ftnb S^aufe, or einrtcfy ift e^ 2)idufe ftnb e& 
 
 INTEEBOGATIVE. 
 
 Is it I ? Sin id) eg ? Is it we ? @inb toir eg ? 
 
 Js it he ? Oft er eg ? Is it you ? @tnb @ie eg ?
 
 146 PRONOUNS. 
 
 (Jg is used too in cases where we say they are: ($ ftnb 
 ftranjofen, They are Frenchmen; Qjg ftnb metnc jungeren 
 33ritber, They are my younger brothers. Compare Lesson 
 Thirteen, Notes 1 and 2. 
 
 4. Some English neuter nouns are, as we know, trans- 
 lated in German by nouns which are masculine, others 
 by nouns which are feminine and others, finally, by nouns 
 which are neuter. The following examples show how it 
 referring to a noun which in German is a) masculine, 
 b) feminine, or c) neuter, must be translated. 
 
 1. Nominative. 
 
 a) Where is my hat? It is in your room. 
 So tft metn mt ? (r ift in Sfjrent ^intmer. 
 
 b) Where is my pen? It lies on the table. 
 2Bo ift nteme tfcber? <5te Itegt auf bent tfd). 
 
 c) Where is my book? It is there. 
 2Bo ift metn Surf) ? <g* ift ba. 
 
 2. Accusativa 
 
 a) Have you my hat ? Yes, I have it 
 
 >aben (Ste metnen $itt? 3a, id) fjabe tljn. 
 
 5) Do you see that flower ? I do not see it. 
 eljen @ie biefe 33Iume ? 3$ fe^e fte ntc^t. 
 
 c) Will you buy the house ? Yes, I will buy it 
 SSotten (Ste ba8 ait faitfen ? -3a, td^ hittt e8 foitfen. 
 
 In the plural they is fte, whatever the gender. Ex. : 
 I will see them, 3d) toitt fie feen. 
 
 5. The genitives feiner and t^rer are used of persons, 
 but hardly ever of things. The same is true of the datives 
 tfym and i^r after a preposition and the accusatives tfyn, fte 
 and e3 after a preposition. In these cases, the genitive, 
 dative and accusative of ber or berfelbe, or else words like 
 fcamit, therewith, tascn, thereof, etc., are used instead of
 
 PRONOUNS. 147 
 
 the personal pronouns, e.g. <3tef) biefen tocf an, bit fofljt 
 bid) lange nod) beffelben (not fein) erinnern ; bamit (not mit 
 ttym) will tc^ bid) tucfytig pritgeln. 
 
 6. Germans generally translate (a) to it, (b) of them 
 (neut), (c) above it, etc., not (a) ju if)m or ifjr, (b) on 
 tfynen, (c) iiber tfyn, e$ or jte, etc., but (a) baju, thereto, (b) 
 baon, thereof, (c) baruber, thereover, etc. 
 
 bamit, with it or with them baraug, from it or them. 
 bartn, in it or them ba$u, to it or to them 
 
 baburd), through it or them babet, I a t it or them 
 banon, of or from it or them oaran, ) 
 harauf, upon it or them baritber, over or about it or them 
 
 2C. K. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 2Bir ftnb bamtt (dot.) jufrteben, We are contented with it. 
 2Bie oiete ftnb barin (dot.), How many are in it (therein)? 
 2Bir toerben bariiber fpredjen, We will talk about it 
 
 NOTE 1. The context shows whether it or them is meant. 
 
 NOTE 2. $ter also is contracted with prepositions, thus: Ijtermit, herewith 
 oTvriththis; fyierin, in this; fyteicDon, of this; Ijterauf, tyierauS, ^ierbei, fyn~ 
 ufcer 2C. 
 
 7. The pronoun of the third person, er, jte, e3, in all its 
 cases, is sometimes replaced by berfelbe, btefelbe, ba^felbc, 
 (lit. the same). This is chiefly the case where otherwise 
 ambiguity might arise or two words of similar sound 
 would come together, as : ifym if)n or if)n ifynen. Ex. : 
 
 Jfteine gteunbm bringt mtr Blumen, aber tcfj barf btefetben ntc^t feljen. 
 
 My friend brings me flowers, but I am not allowed to see 
 
 them. (Where fte might mean her). 
 <Sofl id) ifym ben tod geben? Am I to give him the stick? 
 3a, geben 3ie tfym benfelben (instead of i^n ifym), Yes, give it to 
 
 him. 
 
 8. The English accusatives myself, himself, yourself, etc., 
 are termed reflexive pronouns, when they mean the same 
 person as the subject of the verb. German has also the
 
 148 PRONOUNS. 
 
 dative of the reflexive pronouns. The accusatives are midi). 
 bicfy, jtd) jc.; and the datives mir, t>ir, fid) jc. Ex.: 
 
 I wash myself, 3d) toafdje mid). 
 He distinguishes himself, @r geidjnet fid) au8. 
 You have allowed yourself, j)u fyaft bir erlaubt. 
 (For further details, see the 34th Lesson). 
 
 9. If the accusative or dative denotes any other person 
 than the subject, it is no longer a reflexive, and is trans- 
 lated itw felbft, mir felbfi :c, 
 
 I have seen him himself (ace.), 3d) Ijabe iljn felbft gefeljen. 
 But the German may also mean : I myself saw him. 
 
 10. The intensive pronouns myself, himself, yourself, 
 etc., preceded by a substantive or another personal pro- 
 noun in the Nominative case, are translated felbft 1 (see the 
 25th Lesson). Ex. : 
 
 The man himself, $5er Sftann fetbfl 
 
 I come myself, 3d) fomme felbfl. 
 
 You say so yourself, @te fagcn e$ fctbfl. 
 
 "We have seen it ourselves, 2Btr fyaben e8 felbfl gefeften. 
 
 NOTE. Sometimes both fetbft and the reflexive pronoun are nsed, as: 
 3<$ lobe mtcfy fclbjt, I praise myself (ace.), i.e., I do my own praising. 
 
 (Here felbfl modifies t<f>). 
 Ciebe betnen 9?dcfyften ttrie bidj felbjl, Love thy neighbor as thyself (thy 
 
 very self). (Here felbft modifies bicbj. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber ^let^, industry ber 9fogenfd)trm, the umbrella 
 
 bte 9?ad)rid)t, the news ftagen, to ask 
 
 bn$ ebot, iie command adjten, to esteem 
 
 let^en, (dat.\ to lend benfen, to think 
 
 fdjtden, (dot.), to send berjeifjen, (dot.), to pardon 
 
 entpfe^ten, to recommend felten, seldom, rarely. 
 
 i 6ettfl placed before a noun answers to the English even, as : 
 gelbfl bit Jbifre, Even animals. 
 
 Cflbft btr rtcnig fann (S nid>t thun, Even the king cannot do it 
 But it is also good English to say : Animals themselves, the king himself.
 
 PRONOUNS. 149 
 
 READING EXERCISE 61. 
 
 3d) Itebe bid) unb bit liebft mid). <Sie (ieben un unb totr lieben 
 fie. 3d) fenne fie nid)t. 3$ toer^etye bir. 3d) toergeilje iljm ntdjt. 
 (Sr lobte ung. (Sic lobten cud) toegen (on account of) eureg ^(eijjeS. 
 3d) luerbe ntougen einen Srief an iiju fdjreiben. 3d) benfe an (of) bid), 
 an (Sic, an fte. (Sic benfen intmer an ung. SSir fpred)en 
 fefyr felten bon ifynen. 3d) roerbe fie bir nid)t geben. (Sr toirb eg ung 
 fagen. @r ennnert fid) nteiner (he remembers me), eben (Sic 
 ib,m biefeS 33 u^. SBofren (Sic e tefen? 3d) rtntt e 3^nen teib.en. 
 3c^ Ijabe eg mir gefauft. (Sr ift felbft gefommen. 3d) bin c8. 3^ 
 fie c ? <Sie ift e8 fetbfl. @r fyat fid) getuaf^en. 3d) bad^te nidjt 
 bavan. 233 ir finb bamit jufrieben. 2)er raf ^at eg felbft gefagt. 
 3d) toeip md)t3 bation. 
 
 tuffliiDc 52. 
 
 1. I esteem you. I see him. We know her. She knows 
 me. He esteems us. They want it. You know them. They 
 esteem her. Will you give me (dot.) the letter ? Answer me 
 (daL). She will not pardon 1 him (dot.). Does he love them? 
 I write a letter to (an, ace.) her. Pray (bitte), lend me your 
 penknife. He will lend it [to] you. She does not send it to 
 him. TeE her that news. You must buy me (dat.) another 
 stick. He remembers (erinnert fid)) me (gen.). Our friends 
 do not think of (an) us. Have you lost your stick yourself ? 
 My son has lost it. I will go myself (10). 
 
 2. Have you seen my pencil ? I have not seen it. Who is 
 there ? It (eg) is my father. Is it you ? Yes, it is I. It is he. 
 It was she. That man has killed himself. Tell him and hei 
 that (ba) I love Hhem. I will go with you. He goes with 
 us, but not with them. This wine is very good, I can recom- 
 mend it to you. Will she bring it to you? Yes, she will 
 bring it to me to-morrow. Jesus has given us the command : 
 "Love thy neighbor as thyself" (10, Note), but many people 
 pay no attention to it (ad)ten nid)t barauf). Do you know any- 
 thing (miffen (Sie (StroaS) of it ? We speak of it. They know 
 nothing o&ow it. Depend (jaljfen (Sic) upon it. 
 
 emten <Ste mid) ? 3a, id) fenne (Sic. 
 
 Slennen (Sic and) meinen 33ater? 9iein, id) fenne U)n nidjt. 
 
 i For verbs which govern the dative, see 43th treason, n,
 
 150 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 SKcr ijl ba? 
 
 3ft fie e3 luirHtdj (really)? 
 SBcllen 3 tc ben 33rief fdjreiben? 
 annid) eg f ettfl tyun (do)? 
 
 enffl bu oft an (of) mid)? 
 (Srinncnt @ie fid) mctucr? 
 >aben 3te metncn 9iegenfd)irm 
 
 gefefjen? 
 
 2RU tt)cm geljen Sic in'3 Beater? 
 ef)t fonft 3emanb (anybody 
 
 else) mit 31wen? 
 2Boflen <2ie fo gut (kind) fein 
 
 (as to) mir biefeS 33u^ ju 
 
 Ici^en? 
 SBarum fonnen (Sic mir e nic^t 
 
 tctfycn ? 
 
 SSer tt)irb un8 begteiten (accom- 
 pany) ? 
 ^ennen <5ie jenen 5^ e ^ben mit 
 
 bent graiien 
 
 (S ifl metne 
 
 -3a, fte tft e nnrflid). 
 
 mem (So^n )irb ilm fd^reibcit 
 @ic fdnncn e8 nid^t fetbfl 
 t^un, id) mu O^nen ^elfen. 
 c^ benfc tinnier an bid). 
 d) fann mid) 31)rer ntdjt erinnern- 
 
 , tdj ^abe i^n nid^t gcfe^en. 
 3d) ttierbe mit 3^nen ge^en. 
 SDfeine S'Jic^ten (Smma itnb ?uifi 
 
 gefyen and^ mit mir. 
 68 tfjut mir leib, (I am sorry) 
 
 id) fann e3 3f|nen nid)t lei^en. 
 
 2Bci( tc^ c ber ftrautein riin 
 berfproc^en (promised) Ijabe. 
 
 Unfer ^reunb 5(. tnirb itnS begteiten. 
 3c^ fenne i^n ntdjt; tc^ Ijabe t^n 
 nie (never) gefefjeiu 
 
 TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON. 
 
 INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 i ,'rraof ndf gurtoortcrO 
 
 These are: ioer, who? 
 
 N. n>er, who? 
 G. lueffen, whose? 
 D. to em, to whom? 
 A. njen, whom? 
 
 f what? 
 
 , what? 
 njeffen, of what? 
 (wanting) 
 roa^/what? 
 
 1. 2Ser ? applies to persons, without distinction of sex ; 
 tt>aS ? to things. Ex. : 
 
 28er tft feine ^rau ? Who is his wife ? 
 
 2Ber roar iljr 9J?ann ? Who was her husband? 
 
 SBeffen mt ift ba8? Whose hat is this? 
 
 !$Jcm geben <5te biefen 9?ing? To whom do you give this ring?
 
 PRONOUNS. 151 
 
 Sen Ijat er gefragt? Whom has he asked? 
 braudjen tc? What do you want? 
 ift fo fiijj? What is so sweet? 
 fyabett te entberft? What have you discovered? 
 NOTE. When such direct questions are placed in dependence on a pre- 
 ceding verb, they become "indirect questions." Then the TEBB comea 
 last (compare 4, p. 82), as: 
 
 2Btftcn te/ tt>er biefeg {jefagt bat ? Do you know who said this? 
 agcn @te mtr, ia3 te flefeljen Ijaben, Tell me what you saw. 
 
 @ie mir, toeldjeg SSudj @te gelefen Ijaben, Show me what book you 
 
 have read. 
 
 2. Also rcelcf)er, weltfye, welcfyeS? and toa^ fur ein? (see 
 page 72, II). 
 
 2Betd)er t>on 3^ren o^ncn? Which of your sons? 
 2iiMd)e3 Don biefen 33iicf)ern ^aben @te gelefen? 
 Which of these books have you read ? 
 >ter fmb bret 9?aftrmeffer, tuel^e^ twoflcn @ic ne^men ? 
 Here are three razors ; what one will you take ? 
 
 3. 2a fiir ein like cin (see page 73, 2) is declined wag fur 
 eincr, rcaS fiir eine, tt>ag fiir einS, when used as a pronoun 
 and not as an adjective, i.e., when not agreeing with an 
 immediately following noun. Thus : 2Ba3 fiir ein 33ud) tfJ 
 bteS ? but 2Ba3 fur ein ifl e^? What kind of a one is it? 
 
 What before a noun is not a pronoun, but an interro 
 gative adjective, and already explained p. 72 and 73. 
 
 Concerning toomtt ? for mit toaS ? :c./ see p. 157, 8. 
 
 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOOTS. 
 
 Cintottjrnbt Jurtaorttr.J 
 
 The demonstrative pronouns are : 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neuter. 
 
 btefer btefe btefeS, this 
 
 jener jene jeneg, that (that one) 
 
 bcrjentgc btejenige baSjentge, ] that, the one 
 
 fcer tie ba^/ j (French : celui, cette}
 
 152 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 berfelbe 
 bcr neinitidje 
 
 biefelbe bagfetbe, 
 bie namtictje bag namlicfye, 
 
 i the same 
 
 ebenberfelbc 
 
 ebenbiefelbe ebenbagfelbe, 
 
 the very same. 
 
 
 Declension of iJcrjcnifle 
 
 ', 
 
 Mate. 
 
 Fern. Neuter. 
 
 Plural, all Gendert. 
 
 N. berjenige 
 
 biejenige bagjenige, that 
 
 biejenigen, those 
 
 G. begjenigen 
 D. bemienigen 
 
 berjenigen begjenigen, :c. 
 berjenigen bemjenigen, jc. 
 
 berjenigen, K. 
 benjenigen, K. 
 
 A. benjenigen 
 
 biejenige bogjenige, :c. 
 
 biejenigen, jc. 
 
 
 Declension of Jlct. 
 
 
 N. ber 1 
 
 bie bag, that 
 
 bie, those 
 
 G. beffen 
 
 beren beffen, of that 
 
 beren, of those 
 
 D. bent 
 
 ber bem, to that 
 
 benen, to those 
 
 A. ben 
 
 bie bag, that 
 
 bie, those. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 @totf unb berjenige (or ber) meineg Sruberg. 
 My stick and that of my brother (or and my brother's). 
 (r fyat fein @etb unb baSjenige (or bag) feineg 5 rcun ^ e ^ fcerloren. 
 He has lost his (own) money and that of his friend (or his 
 own and his friend's money). 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The genitive plural of the demonstrative ber is berer, 
 when this genitive plural is the antecedent of a relative 
 clause, e.g., Derer, bie nocfy (eben, Of those who still live, or a 
 similar limiting phrase, e.g., !Derer au3 Slmertfo, Of t/iose 
 from America. But to mean things, beren is more usual. 
 
 The rule for cases like the following has already been 
 given, Lesson 13, Note 1. 
 
 This or that is my dog, $)iefe8 (not btefer) ifl metn $unb. 
 This is my daughter, j)iefe$ or baS ift meine orf)ter. 
 Are these your brothers? (Sinb bieg (bag) 3ljre Sriiber? 
 These are his gloves, $)ag (bieg) ftnb feine 
 
 i In speaking, ce: meaning that is naturally pronounced with more emphasis than 
 bcr meaning the. When translating into English from a German book, the context will 
 show whether the or that is meant. 3)tt thai, twed as an adjective (see 71), is declined 
 like ter Me.
 
 PRONOUNS. 153 
 
 2. The corresponding rule for which or wliat, tt)dd)e$? 
 before fetn, to be, has already been given Lesson 13, Note 2. 
 Which is your pen? 2Betrf)eg tfl 3fyre fteber? 
 Which are your pens? SBelcfjeg finb 3tyre ^cbern? 
 What is her opinion? 2Bcld)eg or *&$ $ tyi* SDtemung? 
 
 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 1. These are formed of the possessive adjectives mettt, 
 betn, fetn, unfer, euer, 3tyr, i^r, by adding the termination 
 tgC. With this form the definite article always precedes. 
 They are : 
 
 Masc. Fern. Newt. 
 
 ber meimge bie metnigc bag metntge, mine 
 
 ber beintge bie betntgc ba betntge, thine 
 
 ber feinige bie [etntge bag feinige, his 
 
 ber %ige bie ttjrige bag i^rige, hers. 
 
 ber, bie, bag unfrige; pi- bie unfrigen, ours 
 
 ber, bie, bag Sfyrige or eurige; pi. bie -S^rigen, yours 
 
 ber, bie, bag i(jrige;'p/. bie i^rigen, theirs. 
 
 They are declined like adjectives with the definite 
 article (N. ber metntge, G. beS metntgen, D. bem meimgen jc,). 
 Shorter forms with the same sense are: ber metne, ber 
 betne, ber fetne, ber tyn, ber unfere, ber euere or ber 3^re, ber 
 ttyre. 
 
 2. The sense is the same when the article is left out, 
 but the termination different in the nominative singular 
 masculine and neuter. Thus : 
 
 SINGTJLAB. PLUEAL. 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neut. All genders. 
 
 meiner meine meineg metne, mine 
 
 beiner beine beineg beine, thine 
 
 feiner feine feineg feine, his
 
 154 PBONOUNS. 
 
 8INGULAK. PLUKAL. 
 
 Masc. Fern. NrUt. All genders 
 
 tfyrer tfyre tfyreS tfyre, hers 
 
 unferer unfere unfereS unfere, ours 
 
 3$rer (fore 3treS 3f,re, ) 
 
 euerer euere euereS (eureS) euere, ) * 
 
 ifyrer ifyre iljreS ifyre, theirs. 
 
 These latter forms are declined like biefer, biefe, 
 They are more usual in conversation than either of the 
 others. Ex. : 
 
 3ft ba8 Ofyr (Storf? 9?etn, eg tft ntrfjt bcr meintge (or tnetner) 
 
 e tft ber 3f)rige (or e ift S^rcr). 
 Is that your stick? No, it is not mine, it is yours. 
 2Beffen ^ferb ift baS ? (S^ tft ba8 meintge or metneS. 
 Whose horse is that ? It is mine. 
 
 SBeffen 33iicf)er finb baS ? (Sg fmb bte itnfrtgen or eg ftnb unfere. 
 Whose books are these? They are oura 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bte efimbl)ett, the health ba8 ^acfc^en, the parcel 
 
 ber eift, the mind ber 33itcf)l)tinbler, the bookseller 
 
 bte 33rteftafrf)c, the pocket-book ba urf), ^he cloth 
 
 (to hold papers and letters) bte j>tnte, the ink 
 
 tabeln, to blame arbetten, to work 
 
 llopfen, to knock redjt, right. 
 
 BEADDSra EXERCISE 53. 
 
 9Ser ge^t ba? <&& tft em engttfc^er Offijter'. 2Beffen Uljr ffl 
 btefeg ? (S tft bte metneS greunbe 5lrt^nr. 9Ktt went hJiinfdf)en <Ste 
 gu fprerfjen? 3d) ttJiinf^e mtt O^rem SSater ^u fpred^en. SBeld^eS ift 
 Ofyr ^ut, biefer ober jener? S3on toclc^em ^aitfe fpredjen (Sie? 2Btr 
 fpredjen con bent (bemjentgen) be8 ^>errn all. !Dtefer @arten ttnb 
 ber metneS ^ad^barg ftnb 311 berfaufen. SD^etn ^>au8 tft nett, bag 
 -3^rtge tft alt. <5etn ^letb ift blau, 3^re (ba O^rtge) tft grun. 
 2Ber fyat btefeg S3it(^ gebracfjt? Orf) frfjretbe an meinen 53ater, bu 
 fdjretbft an betnen (ben betntgen), Robert frfjretbt an fetnen. 3)te 
 efunbfiett beg ^or)3er ^at gro|en (Stnflujj (influence) aitf bte be
 
 PRONOUNS. 155 
 
 etfteg. 2Ba fofl id) fagen? 2Be%3 toon btefen SDfcffent tooflen 
 <2>te faufen? $on ttwg 1 (luoDon) fpredjen <Sie? 
 
 2lufgaBc 54. 
 
 1. Who comes there ? It is my friend Charles. Whose son 
 is he ? He is the son of Lord K. To whom do you send this 
 parcel? I send it [to] the bookseller. Who knocks at the door ? 
 To (an, ace.) whom have you written a letter? Of (toon) whom 
 have you bought this black cloth ? Whom do you blame ? 1 
 blame my servant. To (mit) whom do you speak? Who is 
 that young man ? He is my nephew. What have you found in 
 the garden ? Which of (Don) these three sticks is the longest ? 
 This is longer than that. Here is your pocket-book and that 
 of your brother. That is right. 
 
 2. I have lost my [own] book and that of my sister. This 
 is not my pen ; this is my brother's (that of my brother). Are 
 these your shoes (@d)ul)e) ? No, they (e) are my cousin's (those 
 of my cousin). Your coat is old, mine is new. His house is 
 small, yours is very large. My son does not work so much as 
 yours. His ink is not good, ours is much better. What is the 
 highest mountain of America? Is that your garden? Yes, it is 
 mine ; it is not so large as yours. Whose umbrella is this ? 
 Is it yours? No, Sir, it is not mine, it is Henry's (that of 
 Henry). If you do not find your stick, take mine (ace.). 
 
 RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 (S)r$it(lltrt|e Jyiirtunrtrr.) 
 
 These are: 1) toeldjer, tt)dd)e, welcfyeS (who, which, that), 
 and 2) ber, bie, ba3 (who, which, tJiat). Of course they 
 require the VEEB at the end of the sentence. See page 
 82,4. 
 
 i The accusative neuter of rcer, i.e., rea8, Is used familiarly after prepositions (like 
 son) which regu'.arly require the dative. Sffiocon, luoju, roofer, etc., are, however, more 
 elegant than Don >ra8, etc.
 
 156 PRONOUNS. 
 
 Declension of roelcfyer, n>e!d)e, 
 
 Xasc. Fern. Neuter. Plural all Gendm 
 
 N. tt)eld)er tteldje lueldjeg, who, which foeldje 
 
 O. beffen beren beffen, whose, of which beren 
 
 D. toeldjcm lodger lueldjcm, to whom or which tueldjen 
 
 A. tteldjen luetdje tueldjeg, whom, which toeldje 
 
 Declension of ber, bie, ba$. 
 
 N. bcr bie bag, who, which, that bte 
 
 G. beffen beren beffen, whose, of which beren 
 
 D. bem ber bent, to whom, to which benen 
 
 A. ben bte bag, whom, which bic 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. In English relative pronouns are sometimes omitted ; 
 in German they cannot be. 
 
 The boy I saw with you yesterday (instead of whom I saw). 
 
 S)er $nabe, ben or toeldjen id) geflern bet 3b,nen fab,. 
 
 Here are the books you have chosen. 
 
 >ter ftnb bte SBiidjer, roeldje or bte <2>te attSgeiDa'ljtt f/aben. 
 
 2. The genitive bcfjen, beren, beffen, always precedes the 
 word by which it is governed, like whose in English : 
 
 A tree the branches of which (whose branches) are cut of 
 (Sin 33aitm, beffen 5lefte abgeljauen ftnb. 
 
 3. As toelcfyer sounds like which, students are apt to 
 suppose that, like which, it must not be used to signify a 
 person. Such is not the case however. )er is shorter 
 and more used both in conversation and composition, 
 especially in the former. 
 
 >ter ift ber 2Betn, ben (or hjetd)en) @te beflettt fyaben. 
 
 Here is the wine you have ordered. 
 
 3)er 3JZann, toeldjer (or ber) mtr bag SBudj bradjte, bag (or 
 
 toetdjeg) er gefunben f)atte. 
 The man who brought me the book (that) he had found. 
 
 4. When the antecedent is of the first or second person, 
 i.e., id), bu, ttrir, tf>r or ie, ber, and not welder, is the
 
 PRONOUNS. 157 
 
 relative usually employed. If ber is in the nominative, 
 id), bit, etc., are repeated after ber. Thus : 3$, ber id) [o 
 ttiel fitr ifyn tfyue, / who do so much for him. If the second 
 id), etc., are left out, the verb of the relative clause is often 
 put in the third person, e.g., >td), ber mir ftet ber Xfyeuerfh 
 tt>ar, Thee, who wast (German, was) always the dearest to me. 
 
 5. The German relative pronoun welcfyer or ber with tttd)t 
 answers to the English but after a negative sentence, as : 
 
 There is no man but has his faults. 
 
 (S gibt leinen 2ftenfd)en, ber nidjt feine el)(er fyat. 
 
 6. Attention has already been called (page 147, 6) to the 
 fact that the dative and accusative of er, jte, e, and the 
 plural jte, referring to things, do not occur after preposi- 
 tions; bamit' or f)ier'mit, etc., being used instead of mtt 
 ifym, etc. Under the same circumstances tt>omit, etc., are 
 used for mit went, etc. See the foot-note, page 155. 
 
 toop, to which or what tt)orait, from which or what 
 
 tooburd), by which or what toorin, in which or what 
 
 toontit, with which or what ttjoriiber, at (over) which or what 
 
 toobet, at which or what irorauf, upon which or what 
 
 toofiir, for which or what tuoran, at which or what 
 
 , of which or what ftorunter, among which. 
 
 All these words are also interrogatives, e.g., 
 
 fprerfjen @ie ? 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 ner ift ber ^(uffet, rtomtt id) bie Satire offnete. 
 Here is the key with which I opened the door. 
 3)te tcifer, tooraitS n)tr tranfen, ftnb ^erbrodjen. 
 The glasses, out of which we drank, are broken. 
 3)o 3^ mmer ' ttJortn id) fdjtafe, ift fefjr fatt. 
 The room in which I sleep is very cold. 
 
 NOTE. 280311, etc., must not be used of persons, i.e., to signify to whom 
 etc. We must say 311 toem, etc.
 
 158 FBONOUNS. 
 
 CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 1. The demonstratives fcerjemge jc., when the antecedents 
 of relative pronouns, are termed correlative pronouns. 
 Thus: 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 2)erienige, (loeldjer); or ber, (roeldjer); or berienige, (ber): he (who). 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 jDiejenige, (toeldje); or bie, (roeldje); or btejenige, (bte) : she (who). 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 jDaSjemge, (raetdfyeS); or bag, (roeldjeS); or baSjenige, (bag) : 
 that (which). 
 
 Plural, att Qendert. 
 
 )ieiemgen, (roeld)e); or bie, (roeldje); or biejenigen, (bte): they 
 or those (who). 
 
 In the same manner are used : 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 2)erfelbe or ebenberfelbe, (ineldjer or ber), the same (who or which). 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 JDtefelbe or ebenbtefelbe, (tt>etd)e or bte), the same or just the same 
 (who or which). 
 
 Neuter. 
 
 2)a8fetbe or ebenbaSfelbe, (roeldjeS or bag), the same or just the 
 same (which). 
 
 Plural, att Qendcrt. 
 
 HDtefelben or ebenbtefelben, (tt)elrf)e or bte), the same or just the 
 same (who or which). Further: olcfje, (icelcfje or bte), 
 such (as). 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 jDerjentge, foetcfjer (not iner) titgcnb^aft tfl, njtrb glUrflt^ fein. 
 
 He who is virtuous, will be happy. 
 
 3)iejentgen, toelcfye tugenb^aft leben, finb toetfe. 
 
 They who live virtuously, are wise. 
 
 25tejemgen, or otcfye (viz.: 5;^tere), rtetdje tm 2Bmter f^tafeiu 
 
 Such (animals) as sleep in the winter-time. 
 
 3d) gebe e8 bemientgen, wetc^en id) am meiften liebe. 
 
 I give it to him whom I love most. 
 
 3d) fenne benieniaen ntd)t, ben (metd^en) te meinen. 
 
 I do not know mm whom you mean.
 
 PRONOUNS. 159 
 
 3d) fenne benjenigen ntdjt, ber ben 33rief brad)te. 
 
 I do not know the man who brought the letter. 
 
 2. >a3jenige roelcfyeg refers to a substantive which has 
 come in before, whilst t>a$, tt>a, is absolute, as : 
 
 jDaSfenige (viz. : Slid)), n>eld)e$ id) eben lefe. 
 The one I am reading now. 
 3)a$ toag fd)im ift, ift nid)t immer gut. 
 What is beautiful is not always good. 
 
 3. Instead of berjenige, welcfyer, we often have 2Ber, and 
 instead of fca$ tt)a3, 2Ba3. Both require the YERB at the 
 end of the clause, (see page 82, 4), as : 
 
 SSer tugenbfyaft tebt, ift gtiitilid). 
 He who lives virtuously, is happy. 
 fd)on ift, ift nic^t immer gut. 
 ^ne, is not always good. 
 
 4. In English we often say whoever or whatever when 
 we are not thinking of any particular person or thing. 
 
 2Ber toiel bebenft, ttirb toenig leiften. 
 Whoever considers much, will perform little. 
 2Ba$ geredjt ift, Derbient Sob. 
 Whatever is just, deserves praise. 
 
 5. 2Ber and tt>a are sometimes rendered more emphatic 
 by adding the words immer, aitrf), or and) nur, auc^ tmmer, 
 as: 
 
 2Ber (aud)) immer or ter (and)) nur; 3?eber, ber, whoever. 
 
 2Ba3 au^ (immer or nur); SltteS h)a, whatever. 
 
 2Ber aud) immer biefeS gefagt Ijat. 
 
 Whoever (it is that) has said this. 
 
 2BaS @ie aud) gefefyen b,aben mogen. 
 
 Whatever (it is that) you may have seen. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bie (Sramma'tif, the grammar jeigen, to show 
 bo ebid)t, the poem gefd^rieben, written 
 
 genommen, taken tierbeffern, to correct
 
 160 PRONOUNS. 
 
 bie $flid)t, the duty erfMen, to fulfil 
 
 bcr Srfjufwtadjer, the shoe- redjtfrfjaffen, honest 
 
 maker tierbienen, to deserve 
 
 bie SBafyrfjeit, the truth berfolgen, to persecute 
 
 bag >eer, the army fegnen, to bless 
 bag 33ertrauen, the confidence fyaffen, to hate 
 
 ' ber SBeijen, the wheat gebacfen, baked 
 
 bag $orn ', the rye tfyeuer, dear ; fitfylen, to feeL 
 
 HEADING EXERCISE 55. 
 
 ier ift ber $nabe, roetdjer fein 23ud) toerloren b,at. >a ift bag Surf), 
 toeldjeg (or bag) er tterloren fyat. $ennen @ie bie |)erren, tteld)e 
 (or bte) geftern bet mir loaren ? 3a, id) lenne fte. 3ft biefeg bie $)ame, 
 roelrfje O^nen einen ^Jegenfc^irm gelietjen fiat? -ftetn, jie ift eg ntdjt. 
 2)er filter, hjeic^em @ie -Sfyre @rammatif gelte^en b,aben, ift feb,r 
 flet^tg. Ocf) wetR nic^t, tDeldjen @tc meinen (mean). SBetdjeg ton 
 biefen ebic^ten b,aben <Sie gelernt ? -3^ I)abe biefeg geternt. 3d) fann 
 nic^t tnit ber ^eber fc^reiben, bie @ie mir gefrfjnitten (for me) b^aben. 
 (Sagen <5ie mir, roer meinen @to<f genommen b,at. 3c^ weip nidjt, 
 hjag @ie meinen; id) fyabe 9?iemanb gefefien, ber einen <Stocf genommen 
 b,at. jDerjenige, roeldjer reid) ift, ifl nidjt immer gufrieben. iejenigen, 
 ttieldje ungufrieben ftnb, fmb nidjt gliirfUd). 2Ber feine ^Sflidjt erfuttt, i|t 
 ein red)tfd)affener 2ftann. ?iebet bie, bie 2 eitd) b.affen. Gr fagte mir, 
 roag er roottte. ^)ier finb einige ^bern, roeldje rootten (Sie ? 3d) null 
 bie, roeldje am ^a'rteften ift !I)er ^onig, beffen eer gefdjlagen njurbe 
 (defeated), ift gefloljen (fled). X'te (Sttern, beren ^inber geftraft 
 tourben, fuib nadjla'f jig. SBorilbcr beftagen (Sie ftd) (complain) ? 
 
 9luftiobr 56. 
 
 1. Here is the shoemaker who 4 has "made ^our ''shoes. I 
 have seen the garden you have sold. Is this the exercise you 
 have written? The rooms (which) my father has taken 
 (gemietljet) are not large enough. The pen which you have 
 made (gefrfjmtten) is not good. The pupil whose exercise you 
 are correcting, is very lazy. My neighbor whose horse you 
 (have) bought last year, has gone (ift gegangen) to (nad)) 
 
 i Also, but less frequently, oat* or barley. It really means 1) grain, and then 2) that 
 grain which is mostly cultivated in any region, just as corn does in the British Isles. 
 
 * We know that the second bit must be a relative and not a demonstrative, because 
 bafif n, the verb, cornea at the end. See page 82, 4. Those person* hate you is,
 
 PRONOTJK8. 
 
 America. Can you tell me who lias done this? I wish to see 
 the book you showed me (dot.) yesterday. The pictures you 
 send me, are very beautiful He who will not hear must 
 feel "What is true to-day, must also be true to-morrow. 
 
 2. They who do not speak the truth, deserve no confidence. 
 I shall give this book to him who will be the most industrious. 
 The little girl with whom Mary played yesterday, died this 
 morning. The boy who found (fcmb) the gold watch, is honest. 
 The man whose name was written in my portfolio, has (ift) 
 arrived. Here is the glass out of which the king has drunk 
 (getrunfen). Who is the happiest man ? He who is the most 
 contented. The traveller to whom (dot.) I have lent (gelieljen) 
 a florin, is your friend. The bread on which (tootoon) we live 
 is baked of (ang) wheat and rye. The book I want, is not to 
 be had ($it fyaben) here. 
 
 2Ber b,at mutter genug? 
 28cn fyaben (Sic getabelt? 
 SBag rcitnfd)t ber 9ftenfd) am 
 
 nteiften? 
 2Ber flopft (knocks) an bte 
 
 f)ure? 
 
 2Bag toerben @te tfyim? 
 SBeffcn Sdjretbbud) ift btefeg? 
 9ln men fdjreiben @te btefen 
 
 Srief? 
 
 3ft 3b,r @eijn alter al8 meuter? 
 Ste alt ift er? 
 Jpier ift ein mt, ift er ber S^rtgc 
 
 (orSljrer)? 
 
 inb ba 3b,re ^anbfrfju^e ? 
 SBotton leben bte @cf)afe ? 
 Selves finb bte ^flangen, too* 
 
 Don loir leben ? 
 feonttt Ijaft bu ben ^naben ge* 
 
 f d)Iagen (beaten) ? 
 9ft biefer arten gu berfattfen 
 
 (to be sold)? 
 
 fagte -3^nen ber S3ebiente ? 
 
 jufrtebene 
 9}?eine tra'ge 
 
 er Ijofft. 
 
 ift ber c^netber, toeldjer O^re 
 neuen 9?ocf brtngt. 
 ) ft)etf$ nt^t, ma i^ tljim fott. 
 
 ift b 
 
 fc^retbe t^n an ntetnen ?e^rer. 
 in, ber tneintge ift jitnger. 
 ift elf 3ab,re aft. 
 
 bag ift ntdjt ber metntge; 
 meiner ift gan$ neu. 
 3a, bag ftnb metne. 
 S3on rag unb eu (hay). 
 ^ortoffeln, ^orn, 9?etg, etnufe 
 
 (vegetables) unb btele anberc. 
 3d) fyabe tb,n mit ntetnem 
 
 gefdjtagen. 
 S)tefer ntd)t, aber ber meuteg 
 
 barg. 
 Sr fagte mir, toag et ge^firt tyattc.
 
 162 PRONOUNS. 
 
 2BeId)e 9D?enfd)cn futb bie an* 2)ieienigen, toeldje mit Slttcm urt* 
 
 gliicflidjftcn '? jufrteben ftnb. 
 
 2Bo ift ba (&ia$, aug roeldjem 3ffl fyabe eg in ben djranf (cup- 
 
 (tooraug) id) getrunfen fyabe? board) geftettt (put). 
 
 2Bar eg nid)t meineg ? Sf ein, e war ba beg >erm run. 
 
 READINQ LESSON. 
 
 (viu tfjcurcr Aloyf unb tin luofjlfcilcr. 
 
 (A Dear Head and a Cheap One.) 
 
 Unter ber Sftegierung 1 beg le^ten ^onigg toon ^olen brad) 1 eine 
 Gmtoorung 3 gegen ifjn aug s . Siner toon ben Stnporern 4 , ein toolnifdjet 
 giirft, fetjte einen ^reig toon 20,000 utben auf ben ^opf beg ^dntgg, 
 unb fyatte fogar bie gredjb.eit 5 , eg bent $b'ntg felbft gu fdjreiben, urn* 
 t^n gu erfdjrecfen. 5lber ber ^onig fd)rieb 7 ib,m gang faltbtiitig 8 bie 
 fotgenbe ^Intttoort: f^^ren 33rief b,abe idjrtdjtig 9 er^alten 10 unb getefen. 
 (Sg Ijat mir toiel S3ergnugen gemadjt (given), bafe mein ^otof Ob,nen 
 nod) fo toiel toertb/ 1 ift; id) toerjid)ere u ie, fiir ben Oljrigen gebe id) 
 f einen Better 13 ." 
 
 TWENTY-FIFTH LESSOff. 
 
 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 
 
 (ttnbcftimmtf Siirludrirr.) 
 
 They are : 
 
 man, one (French on), they, people, 
 einanber, each other, one another, 
 {eberntann, everybody, every one. 
 jemanb, somebody, anybody, 
 niemanb, nobody, not anybody, 
 felbft (felber) . . . self (myself, etc.). 
 etttag, something, anything, 
 nidjtg, nothing, not anything. 
 
 i the reign. 2 from auSbrecfcen, irr. v. to break out. 3 an insurrection, revolt. 4 rebel. 
 B Midacity. in order to frighten him. " from frfjmben, irr. v. to write. quite 
 coolly. 9 duly. 10 received, n worth. 12 assure, is farthing.
 
 163 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Sftcm occurs only in the nominative, and is often 
 translated by the English passive. Ex. : 
 
 2ftcm fagt, people say, they say. 
 
 2Benn man franf ift, when one (or a man) is ilL 
 
 9ftcm b,at ifm gelobt, he has been praised. 
 
 9Jtan ift gliidtid), roenn man gitfrieben ift. 
 
 One is happy, when one is contented. 
 
 NOTE 1. When another case is required, it is borrowed from (Stner/ -e/ -8. 
 Ex.: 
 
 2Benn man einen greunb berltert, fo tljut e3 (Stnem leib. 
 
 When one loses a friend, one is sorry for it (it makes sorrow to one). 
 NOTE 2. One's, however, is generally fetn (lit. his). Ex. : 
 
 It is better to lose one's (his) life than one's honor. 
 
 (53 t[t teffer, fetn 8e6en al8 feine @{jre git tterlteren. 
 
 NOTE 3. One's self is translated firf), sometimes fidj felfcfl ; not fefljjl 
 without ftdj, Ex. : 
 
 One must not praise one's self, 2Kan mtt fic^ ntdjt Cfe^jt) loben. 
 
 2. inanber, is hardly found except in the dative and 
 accusative. 
 
 $arl unb SBttyetm trauen etnanber (dot.). 
 Charles and William trust one another. 
 3)tefe ^ranen tieben etnanber (ace.). 
 These women love each other. 
 
 3. elbft or felbcr, is indeclinable, and stands immedi- 
 ately after either a substantive or a personal pronoun, as: 
 ber SSater felbft, tcf) felbft, nrir felbft or felber, or nearer the 
 end of the sentence (see the 23rd Lesson, 10). Ex. : 
 
 3)er 33ater bradjte fetnen @o^n felbfl. 
 
 The father brought his son himself. 
 
 3d) Ijabe eg felbft (or fetber) gefeb/en (not metn felbjl). 1 
 
 I have seen it myself. 
 
 2Btr glauben e^ je|t felbft (not unferfelbft). 
 
 We beheve it now ourselves. 
 
 1 The English possessive pronoun preceding telf or selves is not translated.
 
 164 PRONOUNS. 
 
 NOTE. The adverb [elfcfi means even, as : 
 
 Even his brothers, felbft feine 23ritber. 
 
 4. Sctermann, everybody, takes 8 in the genitive ; in the 
 other cases it remains unchanged, as : 
 
 ute tfjun ift SebermcmnS ^flirfjt. 
 To do good is every one's duty. 
 ebt 3ebermann (dot.), n>a8 ifyr fdjitlbtg fetb. 
 Give everybody what you owe. 
 
 5. 3emant> is declined as follows : 
 
 G. 3emanb8 or jemanbeS, 
 
 D. 3emanb, jemanbem or iemanben, 
 
 A. Oemanb or jemanben. 
 
 The shorter forms, however, are to be preferred except 
 where the use of the longer ones would remove an ambi- 
 guity, by making the case of jemanb unmistakable. 
 is declined like jemanb. 
 
 ift 5fttemanbe3 OfttemanbS) @e|rf)mad. 
 That is nobody's taste. 
 
 2ftetn 9jtad)bar fetljt ^iemanb(en) (or 9iiemanbem) etb. 
 My neighbor lends money to nobody. 
 3d) fyabe Oemanb ongctroffen. 
 I have met somebody. 
 
 6. Not anybody and not anything are translated 
 97temant> and 9?id)tg. Ex. : 
 
 I have not seen anything, 3d) Ijabe ntrf)t$ gefe^en. 
 
 II. The indefinite numeral adjectives are also used as 
 indefinite pronouns. A shorter list of them has already 
 been given Lesson 13. 
 
 Seber, -, -e$ or cut Seber-, 1 each, every one. 
 
 diner, some one. 
 
 Der Slnbere, the other. 
 
 A . we uttiqoated.
 
 PRONOUNS. 165 
 
 >er (Sine , ber inhere , the one , the other ; 
 
 plur. bie (Sttten bie 2lnberen, some others. 
 (Sittige, some or a few. 
 (Stnige , 5lnbere , some , others. 
 JRcmdjer, many a man ; plur. 2Jiattd)e, some men. 
 SSetbe or bie SBeiben, both. 
 Sftefyrere, several. 
 23iel, much ; plur. 33iele, many. 
 >ie aftetften, most. 
 SBettig, little ; plur. 2Benige, f ew - 
 MeS, everything ; plur. 2lfle, alL 
 3)er -ftamftdjc, the same. 
 Reiner, -e, -8, none, no one. 
 3rgenb (Sitter, -e, -8, any one. 
 (5;ttt)a$, some (but not much), something or other, anything. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Seber, Sftcmcfyer and Reiner, -e, -eS, are declined like 
 tttfcr, biefe, biefe^: viz: 
 
 G. 3ebeS, 2)?ancf)eg, ^etneg. i 
 ^4. ^eben, SD^onc^en, $emett zc. 
 
 2. The English pronoun one, plur. o?ies, after an adjec- 
 tive, is not expressed in German. Ex. : 
 
 I have a grey hat and a black one. 
 3d) fyabe eitten grauen >ut unb ettten 
 Two old lions and two young ones. 
 3toci atte Sorten unb jwei jttnge. 
 
 3. SnieS Wa^ (or 5ltte0 bag wag) is the English all that. 
 Ex.: 
 
 >a tft 2ltte$, h)a tc^ abe, That is all (that) I have. 
 
 NOTE. It is declined as follows : 
 
 0. 2Kie3 beffen, a . . . , of all that . . . 
 D. 2ttlem bem, twg . . . , to all that . . . 
 A. m<<3 bag, tt>a or afleS toag . . . , all (that) . . . 
 Of course instead of tt)a3 we may have tootton/ tooju, toomtt, etc. 
 
 4. The indefinite pronoun some, when referring to a 
 preceding substantive, may be translated in different ways.
 
 166 PRONOUNS. 
 
 When it replaces a singular, we may say in German accord- 
 ing to the gender: nxlcfyen, welcfye or rodcfyeS; in the plural: 
 Welcfye, cintge or bason. Frequently, however, it is not 
 expressed at all. Ex. : 
 
 Will you have some beer ? Yes, give me some. 
 
 SBoflen 3te 23ier fyaben? 3a, geben <2ne mtr toeldjeS or only: 
 geben 3te mtr. 
 
 Have you bought some tobacco ? Yes, I have bought some. 
 
 >aben 3te Xabaf gefauft? 3a, id) fyabe (roetdjen) gefauft 
 
 Have you some more of these cigars ? 
 
 mbeit 3te nod) oon btefen Sigarren ? 
 
 Yes, I have some still (or a few more). 
 
 3d, id) fyabe nod) ttetdje (ctntge babon) or even: id) ^abe nod). 
 
 5. Any, meaning every, is translated jeber. When it 
 means any quantity or number ataUof,it is omitted in 
 translating into German. 
 
 You will find it in any shop. 
 tc roerben eg in jebern Saben finben. 
 Have you any bread ? oben <2ne 33rob ? 
 Has he any soldiers ? ^>at er (Sotbaten ? 
 
 6. (tn)a$ is neuter singular, nominative and accusative, 
 or it may be used after a preposition governing any case 
 whatever. 
 
 Yes, I have some, but not enough for you. 
 3a, id) fyabe etrcaS, aber ntdjt genug fiir @te. 
 Something (or other) pleases me in him, 
 (ShoaS gefattt mtr an i^m. 
 egen etnw8, Against something. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber ^efyter, the fault, mistake tobten, to kill 
 
 bag ettnffen, the conscience tljun, to do 
 
 bte <2>thnme, the voice bcnetben, to envy 
 
 bic (Srfafjrung, the experience toerteumben, to calumniate 
 
 ber 33ote, the messenger flopfen, to knock 
 
 id) bin fd)ulbtg, I owe anroenben, to employ 
 
 borfidjttg, cautious gefdjtagen, beaten 
 
 er^alten, received geieb,rt, learned.
 
 PRONOUNS. 167 
 
 HEADING EXERCISE 57. 
 
 9J?an tft gtitrfttd), toenn man gufrteben tft. 2ftan gtaitbt e8 tttdjt, 
 toenn man e8 ntdjt ftefyt. Soldje 3)tnge ftefyt man ntdjt jeben Jag. 
 2)tefe $ft>et $nabcn fyaben cinanber gefdjlagen. SBe^afylt 3ebermann. 
 tua8 3f)r fdjulbtg fetb. Sfttemanb tft fo geleljrt, bafc er 5lfle3 toeifc 
 (knows). SDer luafyre SBeifc beneibet baS liid ^icmanbeg; e 
 berleumbet 9liemanb. ^topft 3emanb ? 3d) b,ore 3emanbe timine. 
 STb/ue nte @ttt)a gegen bein enjiffen. Senctbe ntdjt ba liid 
 Stnberer. 3eber (or etn 3eber) b,at feme ^e^ter. 9}?and^er fauft 
 itnb be^a^It nicf)t. S^e^rere b,aben ben na'mtidjen {^e^Ier gemarfjt. 
 Stele toon mctnen ^reimben ftnb geftorben. Unfer greunb 
 toon Mem. Center tft ob,ne ^eb,Ier. Reiner toon un |at ben 
 geroonnen (won). 
 
 ufao6c 58. 
 
 1. One is unhappy, when one is discontented. These young 
 people love each other. (The) animals eat (freffen) one another. 
 Be polite to (gegen) everybody. Has the man killed anybody? 
 No, nobody. One should not speak much of one's sell I have 
 seen nobody. Is there (gtbt e3) anything prettier? I have 
 spoken of nobody. Have you received anything? No, Sir, 
 I have not received anything. Do (tfyitn @te) nothing against 
 your conscience. Every one who knows the world, is cautious. 
 Have you many friends? I have only a few. 
 
 2. Put these books each in (an) its place. The one goes, 
 the other comes. Some are too (jit) young, the others are too 
 old. Both are dead. Many a man drinks more than he wants 
 (bebarf). I know several of (Don) them. No one has helped 
 me (mtr gef)o(fen). Do not speak evil (336feS) of others. Tell 
 me all (p. 165, 3) you know (<Sie rotffen). I have sold alL 
 One must not kill one's self. The messenger said the same 
 (neuter). With money (see p. 82, 3) 2 one J can do "much 
 good (p. 108, a) 3 to 4 one's 6 fellow-creatures (9?ebenmenfd)en). 
 
 2Bann tfl man retd)? 2Benn man gttfrteben tft 
 
 3ft 3emanb ba ? 9Mn, eS tft 9?temanb ba. 
 
 2BoS fagte 3b,r ftmtnb ? (Sr f agte 9?td)t. 
 tbt e etiuaS djonereS atS ber 
 
 geftirnte (starry) tmmet? 3d) fenne ntdjtS <Sd)bnere*. 
 
 <te Diele @d)iiter? Od) ^abe mefyrere.
 
 168 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 egen foen [ofl man Ijb'fUd) fein? egen 3ebermann. 
 2Ba8 tfjun btefe Scute ? (Sinige tefen, 5lnbere frfjreibeit. 
 
 Steben bie 23riiber cmanbcr ? 3a, fte Ueben einanbcr. 
 
 2Ber if* olme gefjler? Reiner (9itemanb). 
 
 2Ber nnfl glitdlid) fetn ? Oebermann nutt eg (so) fetn. 
 
 $ennen @ie emt 33raun ober 3d) fenne Setbe. <Sie rao^nen 23etbe 
 errn run ? in meinem aufe. 
 
 ' foil id) bte 33fid)er fietten? tellen <2ie jebeS an feinen 
 f)at ba elb be^ab/lt? (Sinige Don unferen greunben. 
 
 2)arf man toon 5lnberen 33b'fe SKan fott Don ^iemanb (or Don 
 (evil) reben? Sftemanben or on s ^icmanbem) 
 
 SBflfeS reben. 
 
 SSpbon fprerfjen @te? 2Bir fpredjen bpn 5ltlem. 
 
 2Bie mele itte b,aben <Ste? -3d) fyabe gtwei; etnen alien itnb 
 
 einen neiten. 
 @inb 3b,re ^Ute fd)nmr$ ober Od) b,abe einen fd)n>ar$en unb etnen 
 
 gran (grey) ? grauen. 
 
 S3on njent ^abeu <Ste biefen 33rief 
 erb.atten ? 53on Oemanb, ben <Sle ntdjt fennen. 
 
 TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON. 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 We have seen already, Lesson 21, that regular verbs in 
 German form the imperfect by adding te or tit and the 
 past participle by prefixing QC, and adding t or ct. 
 
 Irregular verbs except fydben, fein and roerben, the modal 
 auxiliaries, tfyim and the verbs enumerated in p. 132, 4, 
 add no termination to form the imperfect, and add en, at 
 the same time prefixing flf , to form the past participle. 
 The vowel of the stem of the imperfect is different, and 
 that of the past participle very often different, from that 
 of the present. Examples: jtnfen, fanf, gefunfen, sink, 
 sank, sunk; geben, gab, gegeben, give, gave, given; ^tfTtgen, 
 tying, gefyattgen, hang, hung, hung. 
 
 We give below for the sake of comparison, the simple 
 tenses (i.e., the tenses formed without an auxiliary) of
 
 IREEQULAII VERBS. 
 
 169 
 
 these verbs, by the side of those of the regular verb lobttt. 
 Verbs which form the imperfect without adding a termina- 
 tion to the stem, and form the past participle in CH, are 
 said to belong to the Old or Strong Conjugation. 
 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 
 id) lo&e, 
 
 ftnfe, 
 
 gebe, 
 
 Ijange, 
 
 bu lobft, 
 
 tnfft, 
 
 gib ft, 
 
 fangft, 
 
 er lobt, 
 
 tuft, 
 
 gtbt, 
 
 Ijangt, 
 
 ttir loben, 
 
 tnfen, 
 
 geben, 
 
 bang en, 
 
 ifyr lobt, 
 
 tnfet, 
 
 gebet, 
 
 Ijanget, 
 
 jte loben, 
 
 tnfen, 
 
 geben, 
 
 Ijangen. 
 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 
 id) lobte, 
 
 'anf, 
 
 gab, 
 
 fyKQr 
 
 bu lobteft, 
 
 anfft, 
 
 gabfl, 
 
 ^tngft, 
 
 er lobte, 
 
 anf, 
 
 gab, 
 
 t)tng, 
 
 ttrir lobten, 
 
 anfen, 
 
 gaben, 
 
 l)ingen, 
 
 tljr lobtet, 
 
 anfet, 
 
 gabet, 
 
 fjinget, 
 
 fie lobten, 
 
 anfen, 
 
 gaben, 
 
 ^ingen. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 
 id) lobe, ftnfe, 
 
 gebe, 
 
 Ijange, 
 
 bu lobeft, 
 
 mfeft, 
 
 gebeft, 
 
 ^angeft, 
 
 er lobe, 
 
 tnfe, 
 
 gebe, 
 
 ^ange, 
 
 tour loben, 
 
 tnfen, 
 
 geben, 
 
 Ijangen, 
 
 iljr lobet, 
 
 tnfet, 
 
 gebet, 
 
 ^anget, 
 
 fie lobett, 
 
 tnfen, 
 
 geben, 
 
 ^angen. 
 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 
 id) lobte, 
 
 a'nfe, 
 
 gabe, 
 
 ^inge, 
 
 bu lobtefi, 
 
 cinfeft, 
 
 gabeft, 
 
 ^ingefl, 
 
 er lobte, 
 
 cinfe, 
 
 gabe, 
 
 f)htge, 
 
 unr lobten, 
 
 anfen, 
 
 gaben, 
 
 lltngen, 
 
 if)r lobtet, 
 
 anfet, 
 
 gabet, 
 
 ^inget, 
 
 fie lobten, 
 
 anfen, 
 
 gaben, 
 
 ^ingen. 
 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 
 Second Person Singular. 
 
 foBe, ftnfe, 
 
 gib, 
 
 angc. 
 
 
 Second Person Plural. 
 
 
 lobet, ftnfet. 
 
 gebet, 
 
 Ijanget
 
 170 IRREGULAB VERBS. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 Present. 
 
 loben, ftnfen, geben, Ijangett. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 Present. 
 
 lobenb, jtnfenb, gebenb, Ijangenb. 
 
 Past. 
 
 gelobt, gefunfen, gegeben, gefjangen. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. PRESENT INDICATIVE. Verbs in t, e.g., geben, are apt 
 to change it in the second and third persons of the 
 singular into i or ie. The rule is that i should take the 
 place of short c and ic of long c. 
 
 Verbs in a, e.g., (jangen, are apt to modify this vowel in 
 the 2d and 3rd persons of the singular. 
 
 2. IMPERFECT INDICATIVE. In some verbs, the double 
 consonant of the present becomes a single one in the 
 imperfect, e.g., fcfyaffen, to create, has the imperfect fcfyuf. 
 In others, the single consonant of the present is doubled 
 in the imperfect, e.g., reiten, to ride, imperfect ritt. Com- 
 pare p. 4, 1. 
 
 3. IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. This tense is formed from 
 the imperfect indicative by modifying the vowel and 
 adding e, as can be seen in the paradigms above. 
 
 4 IMPERATIVE. This ends in the second person singular 
 in c and in the plural ft, just as in the case of regular verbs ; 
 but verbs which change e into i or if (see 1) in the second 
 and third persons of the present indicative, e.g., gcben, 
 make the same change in the second person singular, but 
 not plural, of the imperative. These verbs also drop the t 
 which should end the second person singular of tho 
 imperative, having, for instance, gib instead of gibe.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 171 
 
 A great many other verbs may drop this t and some 
 occur even more frequently without it than with it, e.g., 
 Fomm, come, is very much more usual than fomme. 
 
 5. The compound tenses (i.e., those which bring in an 
 auxiliary) employ the infinitive and past participle in the 
 same way as regular verbs do. Thus from bitten, bat, 
 gebeten, to ask, we have : 
 
 First Future, 3d) toerbe bitten 
 
 First Conditional 3di toiivbe bitten 
 Perfect, 3d) Ijabe gebeten. 
 
 Pluperfect, 3d) Ijatte gebeten.. 
 
 Second Future, 3d) tuerbe gebeten Ijaben. 
 Second Conditional, 3d) ttntrbe gebeten fjaben. 
 
 6. All the irregular verbs of the German language are 
 arranged alphabetically and conjugated on p. 215 .and the 
 following pages. We shall proceed to take them up now, 
 however, not in alphabetical order, but arranged in groups 
 according to the way in which they form their imperfects 
 and past participles. 
 
 7. Preliminary Observation. (This observation applies 
 to both regular and irregular verbs.) We have already 
 seen that feitt has in the perfect id) bin geroefen and not id) 
 fyabe geroefen, and that werben has idj bin geioorben and not 
 id) fyabe geroorben. A number of other verbs take fetn 
 instead of fyaben to form the perfect. These are marked 
 t in the following tables. 
 
 8. The general rule (with a number of exceptions) is, 
 that verbs which may govern a genitive, those which may 
 govern a dative, and those which may govern an accusa- 
 tive, take fwben. Thus: @r fyat ber abroefenben gre-unbe 
 gebfld)t (genitive), He mentioned absent friends; GET fyatte ben 
 $tnbern gefolgt (dative), He had followed the children; 
 2Bir werben tfw gefefyen fyaben, We shall have seen him 
 (accusative).
 
 172 
 
 IRREGULAK VERBS. 
 
 9. As for all the rest of the verbs of the language, the 
 general rule is, that those which denote an action take 
 t)aben, while those which denote a motion take feitt. Of 
 course there are a great many verbs which express 
 neither an action nor a motion and for which we lay 
 down no rule. Thus : (verbs of action) 3d) fyflbe gearbeitet, 
 geforfcfyt, I have worked, investigated; (verbs denoting a 
 resultant state], (Sir ift gcftorben, genefen, He has died, got 
 weU; (verbs of motion), (r ijl abgereift, angelangt, He has 
 left town, arrived. 
 
 10. Some verbs of motion take fettt when the idea of 
 getting from one place to another becomes prominent, 
 and fyaben at other times, for instance when the motion 
 is looked at as an amusement. Thus : @r ifi on 33erltn 
 twd) panbcw gefcfyroommen, He sivam from Berlin to 
 Spandau; (r fyat im eid) gefcfyroommen, He swam in the 
 pond. Compare also the remark on the auxiliary taken 
 by friecfyen, page 201. 
 
 NOTE. Throughout the following numbered list, words inclosed in ( ) 
 are less common, usually older, forms and are, in general, not to be 
 imitated. As regards the use or non-use of the connecting vowel e, the 
 list gives, as a rule, only the usual form. See page 130, obs. 1. Words 
 inclosed in [ ] are entirely antiquated or incorrect and are not to be 
 imitated at all. 
 
 The following verbs have a in the imperfect and c in the 
 past participle. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. IMPERFECT. | PAST PART.' 
 
 1. geben, to give. 
 
 id) qebe, bit gtcbft or 
 gtbft, cr gtebt or gtbt, 
 nnr gcben, tfyr gebt, 
 ^ic geben, fie geben. 
 
 gicb or gib 
 
 [flebe], 
 gebt. 
 
 id) gab, bu 
 gabft, er gab, 
 nnr gaben ac. 
 
 S. id) gabe 
 
 gegeben.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 173 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 1MPEKAT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 Conjugate in the same manner: cnt^'geben, 'sep. v. to spend (money); 
 pergeben, insep. v. to forgive (past part, fcergeben, not bergefleben); jurucf'; 
 jeben/ to give back, return. 
 
 2. effen, to eat. 
 
 idj effe, bit it (iffeft), i [effej, id) a. gegeffea. 
 
 er ijH, roir effen, ifyr efct. . id) cifje 
 
 et, fte effen. 
 
 3. fr effen, to eat (applied to animals). 
 
 id) freffe, bu frifet (frif; 
 feft), er fript, ttrir 
 freffen :c. 
 
 frefet. 
 
 reffe], id) Jrojj. 
 
 S. id) frae. 
 
 4. meffen, to measure. 
 
 tdj mcffe, bit miftt (miffeft) 
 er mifet, tuir meffen zc. 
 
 mept. 
 
 id) ma. 
 & id) ma^e. 
 
 gefreffen. 
 
 gemeffen. 
 
 Thus is conjugated : aVmeffetijto measure, to survey. SReffen should 
 not be confounded with miffen, to be without, which is regular. 
 
 id) lefe, bit Iief(ef)t, er 
 Iteft, nitr lefen jc. 
 
 5. lefen, to read. 
 
 lies [lefe], 
 left. 
 
 id) lag. 
 8. id) lafe. 
 
 6. fefyen, to see, to look. 
 
 fief), fefyt. 
 
 id) faf). 
 -S. id) fa^e. 
 
 getefen. 
 
 gefe^eir. 
 
 id) fefje, bit fteljft, er 
 ftetjt, tmr feljen ?c. 
 
 Thus : dn'fefjen, to see ; aug'fefjen, to look (like). The correct im- 
 perative is fieb,. Nevertheless felje and ftef)e are sometimes found, 
 the latter especially as an interjection, or in referring to some 
 passage in a book. 
 
 7. t treten, 2 to tread. 
 
 idj trete, bu trittfl, er 
 tritt, ratr treten ac. 
 
 tritt [trete], 
 tretet. 
 
 id) trat 
 S. id) trate. 
 
 getreten. 
 
 Thus : ab'treten, to resign ; f ^erein'treten, to step in, etc. 
 
 1 Compound verbs are some of them separable and others inseparable. Separable 
 verbs take ge between the preposition and the verb in the past part., as: auSgcgeben, 
 spent (see the 31st Lesson); inseparable verbs have no ge in the past part. 
 
 2 Verbs marked with f form their perfects with the auxiliary fetn, to be, as icb bin 
 getreten, I have trodden ; e$ tear gefd^en, it had happened, etc. All othsrs are con- 
 strued with b,aben.
 
 174 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. IMPERFECT. | PAST PART. 
 
 8. t genefen, to recover from illness. 
 
 id) genefe, bu genefeft, 
 cr geneft, nrir gene- 
 fen 2C. 
 
 genefe, 
 geneft. 
 
 id) gena?, (ge* 
 
 nefete). 
 S. id) genafe, 
 
 [genefete]. 
 
 genefen. 
 
 9. t gefcfyeljen, to happen (impersonal). 
 
 8 gefd)ief)t [gefd)id)t], 
 (fte) gefdjefjen. 
 
 S. e$ gefdjalje. 
 10. ergeffen, to forget 
 
 id) Dergeffe, bu Bergifet 
 (uergiffeft), er toergtfjt, 
 loir toergeffen :c. 
 
 [bergeffe], 
 oerge^t. 
 
 id) bergafj. 
 S. id) ergae. 
 
 11. bitten, to beg, ask or request. 
 
 id) bitte, bu bitteft, er 
 bittet, tt)ir bitten :c. 
 
 id) liege, bu liegjl, er 
 
 bitte, bittet. 
 
 id) bat. 
 8. id) bate. 
 
 12. Hegen, to lie. 
 
 liege, Itegt. 
 
 id) laq. 
 S. id)' lage. 
 
 Itegt, h)ir liegen, il)r 
 liegt :c. 
 
 Thus : t unterlfe'gen, to succumb. Past p. untcrle'gen. 
 
 13. ftfcen, to sit. 1 
 ftfce, fat. 
 
 gefdje^en. 
 
 Dergeffen, 
 
 gebeten. 
 
 gelegen. 
 
 id) fa^ 
 S. id) fa'fte. 
 
 gefeffcn. 
 
 id) ft^e, bu fi^ejl, er 
 ftt, toir ft^en, % 
 ft^t jc. 
 Thus : Beftfeen, to possess. Imperf. \i> Befa. Perf. irf> ^aBe Befeffen. 
 
 i When fifecn means to be fitting it takes ^aben, when it means to tit down, i.e., denotes 
 motion, it takes fcin. (Compare 10, page 172.) Qttfytn takes tyafccn more frequently 
 than it does feln.
 
 1EBEGULAK VERBS. 
 
 175 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. | IMPERFECT. | PAST PAHT. 
 
 Id) ftcfje, t bu ftefjfl, er 
 ftcfjt, unr ftefyen, tl)r 
 fteljt jc. 
 
 14. ftefyen, to stand* 
 
 ftef)(e), 
 fteljt. 
 
 id) flanb [ftunb]. 
 S. id) ftanbe 
 [ftiinbe]. 
 
 geffonben. 
 
 Thus : Befteficn (fcin or $aten), to consist ; f entfidjen, to arise, to orig- 
 inate ; fcerftefycn, to understand. 
 
 To this class may be added a verb with an abnormal 
 imperfect, viz*: 
 
 15. tfyun, to do, to make. 
 
 td)tf)ite,butl)uft,ertlntt, | tt)ue, tljut. 
 hrir tfyun, if)r tljut jc. 
 
 id] tf)at,bu t^atft 
 S. id) tfyate. 
 
 gcttjon. 
 
 Pres. subj., icb t^ue, bu tBuejl, er tfiue, hrir t^uen, itr tfeuet, fie tfjuett. 
 In the imperf. ind. tfjat is more usual than ttjat when followed 
 immediately by an infinitive. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 etn S^otcy, m., a dollar 
 
 etn @d)iOing, m., a shilling- 
 
 ber S^ertfd), mankind 
 
 (Srbbeeren, f^ strawberries 
 
 ^>eii, n., hay 
 
 afer, m., oats 
 
 bag Slid), the cloth 
 
 etne Unterftii^ung, support, aid 
 
 bie 9?aape, the caterpillar 
 
 ber Settler, the beggar 
 
 ber ^udjen, the cake 
 
 He 33ernunft, reason, sense 
 
 ber Ionian', the novel 
 
 ber Cornet', (2d decl), the comet 
 
 bte efafyr, the danger 
 
 ber ittben, the florin 
 
 bag lifer, the shore, bank 
 
 bie SBeletbigimg, the insult 
 
 letfe, low (not loud) 
 
 balb, soon 
 
 nod) ntd)t, not yet 
 
 bte 2Bof)ltf)at, the benefit 
 
 READIED EXERCISE 59. 
 
 1. (5r gibt mtr etne gute ^eber. 9#etn ^rennb gab mtr etnige 
 Staler, ^aben ie i^m biefelben jurucfgegeben ? ^od) nidjt. 3Ba^ 
 t^t biefer ^nabe? (gr tt grbbeeren. 3d) ^abe nod) feme gegeffen. 
 >er 3CRann a^ ^u (too) Diet. )er Dd)fe frtfet ra8 unb ^eu. 3)ie 
 ^ferbe ^aben alien >afer gefreffen. 3Barum mi^t bu btefeg Judj? 
 -3d) totH eg tierlaufen. SBarum lieft ber <Sd)itler fo leife ? @r Ijat etne 
 fd)Uxtd)e (Sttntine (voice), ^ruljer Ijat er tauter gelefen. 3)er Sltnbe 
 fte^t ntdjtg. @ie^, fyter finb betne Siid)er. @a|en @tc ben @tord) ? 
 Sir fa^en t^n ntd)t. 3d) ^abe nod) me (never yet) etnen Slepljanten
 
 176 IRREGUIAR YEBB8. 
 
 2. 3emanb ifl mtr auf ben ^u getreten. $>er Bronte tfl nneber 
 genefen. (8 gefdjtefjt Diet in ber 2BeIt (world), nia8 man nidjt toer* 
 ftcfyen fann. laubten <2te, baft bieS gefdjafje? 3d) toerga 3b,nen 
 311 fagen, baft id) 3h,ren reunb gefefyen fyabe. 3d) Ijatte baS SBort 
 toergefjen. )er SBebtente fyat an ber b,iire geftanben; gtiiei anberc 
 2J?anner ftanben bet t()m. !Der 5lnne bat mid) um (for) cine Unter* 
 ftii^ung ; er Ijat fdjort biete !?eute gebeten. 3)er 9?abe fa auf einent 
 23aiun ; id) n)ei ntdjt, nne tange er bort (there) gefejjen ^at 
 lag ber Sfyfel? (gr lag im rafc. 
 
 60. 
 
 1. Give me two florins. "When (roann) will you * give l them 
 * back [to] " me ? In a few days (to.). The countess gave * a 
 'shilling [to] x the 2 poor 'beggar. God (ott) has 4 given 
 ( J the) 3 reason to l mankind. I eat bread and cheese. Thou 
 eatest bread and butter. The children ate cherries. I saw 
 you* eat (infin.) l grapes (Srauben); were they ripe? Eat of 
 (tion) this cake, it is for you. The oxen eat (3) grass and hay. 
 The caterpillars ate all [the] leaves of (toon) that tree. The 
 cat has eaten the mouse. I gave her (dot.) a flower. What 
 does Miss Eliza read? She reads a novel by (toon) Sir Walter 
 Scott Have you read Lord Byron's poems (ebid)te) ? I have 
 not yet read them, but I shall read them soon. The merchant 
 has not measured the cloth. 
 
 2. Have you ever (je) seen a comet? Tea, I saw a beautiful 
 comet He does not see the danger in which he is [placed]. 
 Young lady, read only good books. Beneath (unter) the sun 
 1 nothing l happens without the will (SSitten) of God. What 
 has (ift) happened ? An old man stood on the (am) shore and 
 cried (roetnte). Close to him (neben ib,m) sat two little children, 
 and a dog was lying beside (neben, dot.) them. The poor man 
 begged me to give him a few florins. Fabricius possessed (13) 
 such (fo) great virtues, that even (felbfl) the enemies of the 
 Romans * respected 'him. The honest man forgets (the) 
 insults and remembers (erumert fid) ber) benefits. 
 
 The following verbs have a in the imperfect and o in 
 the past participle.
 
 IEBEGULAR VERBS. 
 
 177 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. | IMPERFECT. | PAST PART. 
 
 1C. bcfefylen, (dot.), to order, to command. 
 
 id) bcfe[)Ic,bu beficljlfl, cr 
 
 befief)ft,unrbefe()(eiuc. 
 
 beftefjf, 
 
 befefylt. 
 
 id) befall 
 [befoffl, 
 
 8. id) [befab,(e], 
 before. 
 
 Thus: cmpfef/Icn, to recommend. P. p. empfofyten. 
 
 befoljten. 
 
 17. serbercjen, to hide, to conceal. 
 
 id) t>erberge,bu berbirgft, 
 et berbirgt 20. 
 
 toerbirg, 
 fcerbergt. 
 
 idj bcrbarg, 
 .6'. id)[tierbarge] 
 berburge. 
 
 berborgett. 
 
 The simple verb fcergett, to hide, is poetical. ^erBergen comes from 
 4?er6erge, and aufbetgen, emporlJergen from 33erg, not from iergen, to 
 hide. All three are regular. 
 
 18. t Berften, to burst, to crack. 
 
 id) berfte, bit berfteft or 
 birft, erbcrftetorbtrft, 
 rtnr berften K. 
 
 berfte or 
 Mrft, 
 berftet. 
 
 id)barftorbor|t 
 S. id) (bftrfte) 
 borfte. 
 
 geborften. 
 
 19. Bremen, to break (t when intrans.). 
 
 id) bvedje, bit brid)ft, er 
 bridjt, luir bredjeu :c. 
 
 brtd), 
 bredjt. 
 
 id) bradj. 
 S. id) bradje. 
 
 gebrodjen. 
 
 Thus: aC'6rcd)cn, to break off ; auS'brec^en, to breakout; unter&redj'en, 
 to interrupt (P. p. untcrbro'iixn"; gerfcrec^en, to break to pieces. 
 The verb brecften miy be conjugated regularly in the phrase glad)^ 
 fcrccften, to break flax. SJabebraten, to break on the wheel, is re- 
 gular. Gfyebrccfyen (separable^, to commit adultery, is conjugated 
 like brecfycn, but in those parts in which (Sfje would come after 
 ircdjen it has id) bredje bte GsSe, etc. 
 
 20. trefd^en, to thrash. 
 
 Id) brefdje, bu brtfdjfl, er 
 brifdjt, n)tr brefdjen :c. 
 
 brifd), 
 brcfdjt. 
 
 id) brofd), less 
 freq. bra[d). 
 S. id) brfifdje. 
 
 gebrofdjen.
 
 178 
 
 IREEaULAB VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRKSEST. J IMPERAT. ) IMPERFECT. j PAST PAKT. 
 
 21. t erfcfyrecfen (neut.), to be frightened. 
 
 id) evfdnTrfe, I am erfdjrirf, id) erfdjraf. erfdjrodeiu 
 
 frightened; bu er= erfdjredt. S. id) erjdjrfifc. 
 fdjrtrfft, er crfdjrirft, 
 loir evfdjrecfen :c. 
 
 When this verb is intransitive it should be conjugated irregularly. 
 However, a), the intransitive imperative erfcfyrecf e is not uncommon, 
 and 6) as a sportsman's expression for the sound various animals 
 of the deer kind make when alarmed, it is more usually regular. 
 The transitive verb should be conjugated regularly, (fcforerfcn, to 
 frighten. ) The reflexive verb is better conjugated irregularly. 
 
 22. cjclten, to be worth, pass for. 
 
 Id) gelte, bit gtttfl, er gilt, 
 Unr gettcn :c. 
 
 gilt [gelte], 
 geltet. 
 
 id) gait. 
 S. id) (gfilte) 
 golte [gulte]. 
 
 Thus : fccrgelten, to requite. P. p. 
 
 23. gebaren, to bring forth. 
 
 id) gebarc, bugebierflor 
 gebfirft, er gebtert or 
 gebavt, tutr gebaren. 
 
 gcbter or 
 gebare, 
 gebort. 
 
 tdj gebar. 
 S. id) gebfire. 
 
 24. ^elfen (dat.), to help. 
 
 id) ^ctfc, bu fcitffl, er 
 hilft, n)tr Ijelfen jc. 
 
 w, 
 
 ^elft. 
 
 id) Ijatj. 
 S. id) (fialfe) 
 ^tttfe. 
 
 gegottem 
 
 geborcru 
 
 ge^olfen. 
 
 id) ne^nte, bu ntmmfl, 
 er nimmt, lutr netyntcu 
 
 25. ne^men, to take. 
 
 jttmm id) no^m. gcnomnten. 
 
 [neljme], S. id) italjmc. 
 ncf;mt. 
 
 Thus : aB'neljmcn, to take cff ; on'ncfjmen, to accept ; auS'ncfymcn, to 
 except ; fjerauss'nebmen/ to take out ; unternel^mcn, to undertake 
 (p.p. unternom'tnen); iocg'nc^mcn, to take away; 3urM / nc^men, to 
 take back. 
 
 26. fcfyelten, to scold, chide. 
 
 id) fdjette, bu fdjiltft, er 
 jdjilt, nrir fdjelteu :c. 
 
 fditit 
 fdjeltet. 
 
 id) fdjatt. 
 S. id) [fdjatte] 
 fdjolte. 
 
 ge(d)oltetu
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 179 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERAT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 27. fprecfyen, to speak. 
 
 id) fpied)e,bu ftmdjft, er 
 ftmdjt, toir fpredjen :c. 
 
 frrtdj, 
 
 [foredje], 
 
 tyredjt. 
 
 id) fpradj. 
 S. id) fprcidje. 
 
 flefprodjen. 
 
 Tims : aitS'fprecljen, to pronounce ; entfyre'cfjen, to correspond ; 
 fpre'$en, to promise ; iinbcrfare'djen, to contradict. 
 
 28, jhcfyen, to prick, or sting. 
 
 td) t fled)e, bit ftidjft, cr 
 fitd)t f tuir ftedjen zc. 
 
 ftid)[fted,c], 
 fted)t. 
 
 id) ftad). 
 S. id) ftadjc. 
 
 29. ftecfen, to stick (intrans.). 
 
 id) flede, bit jicdEfl, er 
 
 ftede. 
 
 id) ftaf. 
 
 geftodjen. 
 
 geftcdt. 
 
 t 
 ftecft, loir ftecfen ?c. 
 
 /".JB. The transitive verb jtecfen, to put, is regular, and the intransi- 
 tive one more usually so. flaf and ftctfe (intr.) still occur, but are 
 rare in the imperf., and the same is true of fttcfjl, fticJt, in the 
 pres. 
 
 30. ftefylen, to steal. 
 
 id) fte()te, bit ftiebtft, er 
 ftiefytt, nrir fteljten :c. 
 
 ftiel)([ftebte] | id) fta()t [ftoljt]. 
 
 ftel)(t. 
 
 S. id) ftab,Ie or 
 
 31. t jler&en, to die. 
 
 geftofjfeiu 
 
 geflorben 
 
 oerborfcen. 
 
 The transitive toerberCen, to ruin, is either regular or irregular. 
 Jforally ruined is usually berbcrBt and not fcerborfcen. 
 
 id) flerbe, bu ftirbfl, er 
 ftirbt, imr flerben K. 
 
 fttrb [fterbe] 
 fterbt. 
 
 td) ftarb. 
 8. id) (ftarbe), 
 ftilrbe. 
 
 32. 
 id) t>erberbe,but>erbirbft, 
 er toerbirbt zc. 
 
 :rberben, to ^ 
 
 toerbtrb 
 [oerberbe], 
 Uerberbt. 
 
 jet spoiled. 
 
 id) toerbarb. 
 -S 1 . [id) Derbarbe] 
 oerbitrbe. 
 
 33. werBen, to sue (=to seek). 
 
 lc^ hierbe, bu hitrtjft, er 
 Wtrbt, toir loerben K. 
 
 [iDerbe], 
 luerbt. 
 
 id) ttiarb. 
 S. id) [tt&rbe] 
 lourbe. 
 
 geworben,
 
 180 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERAT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. PAST PABT. 
 
 34. roerfen, to throw, fling, cast. 
 
 id) roerfe, bu nrirfft, er 
 
 n)irf[tt)erfe], 
 
 id) njarf. 
 
 gettjorfen. 
 
 toirft, wir toerfen :c. 
 
 roerft. 
 
 S. id) [rtjorfe] 
 
 
 
 
 wurfe. 
 
 
 Thus: itm'werfen, to upset; toertoer'fen, to reject; toor'toerfen, to 
 
 reproach ; toeg'toerfen, to throw away. 
 
 35. treffen, to hit 
 
 id) treffe, bit trifffl, er 
 
 trtff[treffe], 
 
 id) traf. 
 
 getroffen. 
 
 trifft, roir treffcn jc. 
 
 ttefft. 
 
 S. id) trafe. 
 
 
 Thus : ein'treffon, to arrive ; ubertref'fen, to excel (p. p. iifcertrof'fen) ; 
 
 an'treffeu (ace.) and jufam'mentteffen (mit), to meet. 
 
 36. beginnen, to begin. 
 
 id) begume, bu beginnft, 
 
 beginne, 
 
 id) begann [or 
 
 begonnen. 
 
 er beginnt jc. 
 
 beginnt. 
 
 begonn, or be^ 
 
 
 
 
 gonnte]. 
 
 
 
 
 S. id) (beganne) 
 
 
 
 
 begonne. 
 
 
 37. genrinnen, 1 to win, to gain. 
 
 id) getoinne ?c. 
 
 genrinne. 
 
 id) getuann. 
 
 gettjonnen. 
 
 
 
 /S'.id)(gettjfinne) 
 
 
 
 
 gewonne. 
 
 
 38. rinnen/ to leak, to flow. 
 
 id) rinne, bu rinnfl 20. 
 
 rinne. 
 
 id) rann 
 
 geronnen. 
 
 
 
 [ronn, rinntej. 
 
 
 
 
 S. id) (ranne) 
 
 
 
 
 ronne. 
 
 
 39. ftnnen, 1 to meditate. 
 
 id) ftnne, bu finnft zc. 
 
 ftnne. 
 
 id) fann [fonn]. 
 
 gefonnen. 
 
 
 
 S. id) (fanne) 
 
 
 
 
 fonne. 
 
 
 Thus : ftdj Befinnen, to reflect, to remember, cfonnen fctn is, to in- 
 tend (to do a thing) ; geftnnt fetn is, to hold certain opinions: e= 
 flnnt fein is sometimes used for flefonnen fein, but this usage is not 
 to be recommended. The Swiss writers, and sometimes writers 
 not Swiss, make this verb regular. 
 
 i The parts not given are formed like those of bfgtnnen.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 181 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. | IMPERFECT. | PAST PART. 
 
 40. fptnnen, 1 to spin. 
 
 idj fptnne, bit fpinnfhc. 
 
 fpinne. 
 
 id) fpann[fpomi] 
 S. id) (f panue) 
 jpijnne. 
 
 gefponnen. 
 
 41. t fcfyroimmen, 1 to swim. 
 
 fdjrtrimme 
 
 fdjtoimme. 
 
 id) fdjitwmm 
 [fd)tt)omm]. 
 
 gefd)n)om 
 men. 
 
 me)fd)U)6mme 
 
 c&ftimmcn takes Ijafccn when tlie movement from place to place is 
 not prominent (compare 10, p. 172). 
 
 42. t fommen, to come. 
 
 id) fontme, bn fomntft, | lomme. 
 or lommfl, er lommt, 
 or fdmmt. 
 
 id) !am. 
 S. id) fame. 
 
 gelommen. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber )tef>, the thief 
 
 ba8 9to()r, the reed, cane 
 
 ber S!ftatrofe, the sailor 
 
 ber >auptmann, the captain 
 
 ba8 e>t)e{)r f the musket 
 
 ber <Sd)alj, the treasure 
 
 ber 9J?orber, the murderer 
 
 ber jDotd), the dagger 
 
 ber picget, the looking-glass 
 
 ber tadjet, the sting 
 
 ba Onfeft, the insect 
 
 bie 33tene, the bee 
 
 bag 3^ e ^' *^ e wart, target 
 
 bie Nation, baS ^olf, the nation 
 
 bie Sapferfeit, (the) valor 
 
 ber ^lad)^, the flax 
 
 bie SOtfaftigung, (the) moderation 
 
 laben, irr., to load 
 
 reintgen, pu^en, to clean 
 
 ge^ord)en, (dot.), to obey 
 
 jjeigen, (dot.), to show 
 
 Meid), pale 
 
 tobt, dead. 
 
 1 Bee foot-note, page 180,
 
 182 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 61. 
 
 1. SRer beftefytt ben otbatcn? >ie Offaiere befaljfen ben otbaten, 
 ben ^einb cmjugretfen (to attack). 3)er $b'nig fjat befoljlen, bo cin 
 neuer ^ataft gebaut wcrbc. 3)er $)teb fyatte ftd) fjinter einer 2ftauer 
 fcerborgen. Sftein ofyn, toarum fcerbtrgft bu betn eftdjt (face)? 
 Q GtS tft geborften. $a $ofjr btegt ftcfy (bends); abet e$ brtdjt 
 nirfjt. 2)er Sebtente fyat bie l)eetajje jerbroc&en. Om Sinter ttrirb 
 ba$ etretbe (grain) gebrofdjen. 2)ie gran erfdjraf, al * (when) f\c 
 i^ren 2)?ann Jo blei^ fa^. Oebermonn tear bariiber erfc^rorfen. 23a3 
 ^aben <Ste in ber Sotterie getoonnen? Oc^ Ijabe ^unbert ulben 
 geraonnen. 
 
 2. SSenn bu betnem ^ad^bar ^ttfft, fo Ijtlft er bir oud^ hneber. !l)er 
 @raf ^ot tJteten Airmen ge^olfen. 35a^ ^inb ^at bag 3J?e[fer genommen. 
 2Bariim na^mft bu e8 nic^t h)eg? 3?d) begann gerabe (just) meine 
 Arbeit, al3 l ber ^rembe etntrat (came in). 2)ie 5D?atrofen fc^njammen 
 itber ben 5^up. 2)ie alte ftiau ^at ^ta^S gefponnen. 2Bot)on Ijaben 
 bie lOeute gefprori^en? @ie fagten, ba ber ^er^og toon 2Befltngton 
 geftorben i^t. 2Wein ^reunb ift ttom ^ferbe gefatten (fallen) unb ^at 
 ben (his) ?lrm gebrocfjen. 2Ber ^at biefen tein geroorfen ? (Sin ^nabc 
 hjarf tljn in ba8 Softer, unb bie @d)etbe (pane) ift jerbro^en. 
 
 Stufonbc 62. 
 
 1. The general commands, the soldiers must obey. "Who 
 has ordered you (dot.) 2 to "do Hhis? The captain ordered 
 me 3 to load J the 2 muskets. Socrates recommended to his 
 pupils (dot.) moderation in all things. Many treasures are 
 hidden in the earth. The murderer hid his dagger under his 
 cloak. Who has broken my looking-glass? The servant broke 
 it (see p. 146, 2) this morning, when 1 he s cleaned l the s room. 
 You may think that he 3 was l much (f efyr) 2 frightened. I was 
 also frightened when I saw it. We must always return (No. 22) 
 good for good (ute3 mit ($utem). The duke was born in 
 the year 1775. Mary has been * stung by a bee. The sting of 
 
 i To translate when, the student must first consider to what it is equivalent in 
 English. If to whenever, as often as, fo oft is a safe translation ; if to as toon as, then 
 fobatb ; if to if, then rotnn ; if to now that (e.g., in Are you going to write to him, when he i* 
 already dead ?) then fca ; if followed by the English imperfect or pluperfect referring to 
 a single occasion, then als ; if meaning on which, in which or at which (e.g., on~the day 
 when, at the lime when) ta. The student need hardly be reminded, that when in doubt 
 how to translate any English words, the first thing is to consider to what more specific 
 English words they are equivalent. 
 
 i In these exercises italics frequently indicate that the passive must bo used.
 
 IEEEGULAE "VERBS. 
 
 183 
 
 the insect stuck in the wound, and she came to show it to me 
 dat-). Frederick H, king of Prussia, died on the 17th [of] 
 August, 1786. 
 
 2. "The child is not dead," said Jesus to its father, "it 
 sleeps (fd)lcift)." The boy spoils his books; he has also spoiled 
 his clothes (^tctber). Of whom have you spoken? We spoke 
 of (toon) Columbus. The soldier threw 3 away J his 2 gun. Who 
 threw the stone at (nad), with dat.) the window ? I do not know 
 who (rocr) threw it. Have you hit the mark ? Yes, I have hit 
 it. Can you swim ? I swam over the river yesterday. Who 
 spun this flax ? My wife (^rau) spun it during (the) last winter. 
 She began the (ace.) day after Christmas (2Bei()nad)t). The 
 unhappy men threw themselves at (311, dat.) the feet of the 
 king. The Romans excelled (35) all nations in (an) valor. 
 
 The following verbs have fl in the imperfect and it in 
 the past participle. These are the only parts which need 
 be committed to memory, the rest are formed just like 
 those of regular verbs. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 43. Mnben, to bind, to tie.- 
 
 id) btnbe, bu btnbeft, cr 
 binbet, tt)tr btnben :c. 
 
 td) banb. 
 
 S. id)banbe[biinbe] 
 
 gebunben, bound. 
 
 Thus : an'Hnben, to attach ; berMnben, to oblige, to join, to dress 
 (a wound). 
 
 id) ftnbe. 
 
 . ftnbcn, to find, 
 id) fanb [fnnbj. gefunben. 
 
 S. id) fiinbe [fiinbe]. 
 Thus : erftn'ben, to invent ; cmpfir.'b'en/ to feel. 
 
 45. f fcfyttnnben, to disappear, to vanish. 
 
 id) fdjroattb 
 
 Id) fdjttnnbe. 
 
 S. id) jdjiufinbe 
 
 [fdjroiinbe], 
 Thus: f berfd)itn'fcen, to disappear. 
 
 gefdittmnben.
 
 184 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 46. nnnben, to wind. 
 
 idj rtnnbe. id) toanb. I gettwnben. 
 
 S. id) toanbe. 
 
 Thru : fi&ertottl'ben, to overcome. P. p. itbcrtoun'ben. But tombcn, to 
 blow (of the wind), and lutnben/ to snuff or scent (of a hound 1 , is 
 regular. 
 
 47. f brtngen, to press, to urge. 
 
 id) brtnge. 
 
 id) brang. 
 S. id) brange 
 [briingc]. 
 
 gebritngen. 
 
 Thus : f butdfjbrin'gen, to penetrate ; etn'brtngen, to enter by force. 
 Not to be confounded with brangen, tr., to force, which is regular. 
 
 48. t gcltngen (impers.), to succeed. 
 
 e3 getong [getung] e8 ifl mir getnngen, 
 mir, I succeed- I have succeed- 
 ed, ed. 
 gela'nge[getttnge] 
 Thus : f miUn'gen, to fail. 
 
 e geltngt mir, I succeed. 
 e gcttngt i^m, he suc- 
 ceeds, etc. 
 
 - 49. flingen, to sound. 
 
 {rfj fltnge. id) flcmg. geftungcn. 
 
 /S'.id) flange [flitnge] 
 Thus : f erfltn'flen, to resound ; t fccrftm'gen, to die away. 
 
 \d) ringe. 
 
 50. rtngcn, to struggle, to wring. 
 
 gcvitngen. 
 
 id) rang. 
 | S. id) range. 
 
 Thus : errin'gen, to obtain, conquer. Another verb rinflon, e. <j. in 
 bcrtngen, to provide with a. ring, and umrin'flen, to surround, ia 
 regular. The imperfect umrang, is, however, sometimes used, 
 and still more frequently the past. part, umrungen. 
 
 51. fcfyltngen, to wind, to twine. 
 
 id) fdjttnge. 
 
 gefdjhmgen/ 
 
 id) fdjfong. 
 S. id) fdjtangc 
 
 [frfjUtnge], 
 Thus : berfi^Un'gen, to devour ; umfrfttin'gen, to embrace.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 185 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 52. fcfynnngen, to swing, brandish, wave. 
 
 id) fd)tmnge. id) fdjmang 
 
 [fdjnntng]. 
 S. id) fd)tt>ange 
 
 [fd)ttmnge], 
 fcfyfonngen, to provide with wings, is regular. 
 
 53. {tngen, to sing. 
 
 gefd)h)ungetu 
 
 idj ftnge. 
 
 id) fringe. 
 
 id) fang [fung]. 
 
 gefungen. 
 
 S. id) fange [fiinge] 
 54. t fprtngen, 1 to spring, to jump. 
 
 aetyritngen. 
 
 id) tyrang [fpritng] 
 S. id) fpriingc 
 
 [fyriinge]. 
 Thus : JjerauS'ftmngett, to jump out ; f jeiftmn'flm, to burst. 
 
 55. t jtnfen, to sink. 
 
 ftnfe. 
 
 id) fanf [fun!]. 
 
 gcfitnfen. 
 
 S. id) fanfc [fiinle]. 
 Thus : Ijeral)'* or Jjmafc'ftnfen, to sink down ; f toerfin'fen, to sink. 
 56. trinfen, to drink. 
 
 id) trtnfe. 
 
 id) tranf or trunf. 
 
 getrwtfen. 
 
 >'. id) tran!e[triinfe] ' 
 Thus : f ertrtn'fen, to be drowned. 
 
 57. jttnngen, to force, compel. 
 
 id) ;?toang. 
 & id) ; ' 
 
 id) jiutngc. 
 
 Thus : Bejttrin'flen/ to conquer ; erjftrin'gen, to obtain by force. 
 68. tingen, to hire (a servant). 
 
 id) binge. id) bingte [bang, gebungen. 
 
 bung]. 
 8. id) btngctc 
 [bange, biinge]. 
 
 Bebingen in the sense of, to make dependent on something, limit,; 
 allow only under certain conditions, is almost always regular. 
 
 I Paragraph 10, page 172, on the auxiliary used with fdjunmmcn, applies also tt 
 reiten, fliegen, flic^en, and ftte&eiu
 
 186 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 id) fdjtube. 
 
 id) ftutf c. 
 
 69. fd)tncen, to flay. 
 
 id)fd)tmb(orfd)anb, 
 
 fdjhtbete). 
 8. id) fdjiinbe 
 
 (fdjdnbe, fd)tnbete) 
 
 . ftinfen, to stink. 
 
 id) ftanf. 
 
 S. id) ftdnfe[ftiinfe]. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 gefdjunben. 
 
 gefhtnfen. 
 
 bcr ^Sfa^l, the stake, palisade 
 bte $ugel, the ball, bullet 
 bte 33ntft, the chest, breast 
 bie $crt)ne, the standard, flag 
 bag <d)teftpult>er, gunpowder 
 ber SBUtmenfrang, the garland 
 cine tednabet, a pin 
 ber SBudjbmber, the bookbinder 
 ber trtd, the cord 
 bag teb, the song 
 bie affe, the cup 
 ber 3dger, the hunter 
 
 bag Sftel), the deer, roe 
 ber >ag, 3 aim ' *^ e hedge 
 ber ^affee, the coffee 
 bag (gtenb, (the) misery 
 bie Sudjbritd'erfimft, the art of 
 bag 33oot, the boat [printing 
 erflmgen, to resound 
 imter^ol'ten, to amuse 
 fdjmiidfen, to decorate, to adorn 
 freitmflig, voluntarily 
 ^itbfd), nice, pretty 
 toorftd)tig, cautious. 
 
 READING EXERCISE d3. 
 
 er artner tjat bag 33duntd)en an etnen ^fa^t gebunben. 
 berbanb bte SBunbe beg olbaten. 3d) fanb bag ^inb fdjlafenb unter 
 etnem 33anme. 33ertf)otb (Sdjiuarj, ein jbeut[d)er, tjat tm 3al)re 1380 
 bag @d)teppu(t>er erfunben. Unter ber Sftegtenmg (reign) ^art'g VII 
 brangen bte (Sngtdnber in ^ranfrctd) ein, unb fanben nitr etnen fd)ttmd)en 
 5Btberftanb (resistance). 3)ie ugel ift bem Offtjter bnrd) bte Sritfl 
 gebrungen. 3)ag 'jpferb fprang itber etnen bretten rabcn (ditch). 
 jDie Xrom^eten erflangen, bte ^^nen murben ge(d)tt)ungcn, alg ber 
 ^aifcr na^ete (approached). (Sofrateg tranf ben ($iftbed)er (cup of 
 poison), unb ftarb ben Sob beg <Sered)ten. at er t()n freuuitttg 
 getrunfen? 2Ber t)at tf)n ge^njungen, btefeg ^u t^un? 3)ag @d)iff ift 
 gefunten. 29Bie ^aben @te fid) geftern Stbenb unter^atten ? 2Btr b,aben 
 ge^telt, gefungen unb getrunfen. 2)te 2)?dbd)en ^aben Slumenfrdnge 
 genjunben, um bte ^dufer ju fdjmiiden.
 
 IBBEGULAE YErtBS. 187 
 
 SlufgoBe 64. 
 
 1 . I do not find my stick. I found these violets in your 
 garden and tied them [together] in (i. e., into) a (ace.) bunch 
 (@trau$, ni.). Where did she find that pin? She (has) found 
 it in the street. They found a purse of (nut) gold. What 
 bookbinder bound your nice book? It was Mr. Long, who 
 *lives *in '(the) "King-Street. I succeeded in catching (^u 
 fangen) the thief. He was* immediately (fog(eid)) bound with 
 cords. Miss Emma sang a fine song. The songstress has 
 sung admirably (untnberfdjon). "Would you like to 2 drink a 
 glass [of] wine ? I thank you, I have drunk already two cups 
 [of] coffee. The ladies drank tea and ate cake. 
 
 2. The cat sprang over the table. A German called (9?amenS) 
 Gutenberg, invented the art of printing. When (afS) the 
 hunter came, 'the 3 deer 'had (roar 3 ) sprung over the hedge. 
 The boat sank before our eyes. If the captain Lad been more 
 cautious, 2 she (c) *would 3 not have (fein) sunk. Lord Byron 
 swam across the (itber beu) Hellespont. The poor woman wrung 
 her hands in despair (t>or ^kr^ttieiffitng). (The) misery forced 
 me to steal, said the prisoner. Misery should 4 not have forced 
 him to do wrong (Unredjt). My friends have forced me to 
 become [a] soldier. 
 
 READING LESSON. 
 
 $er IjWtgrtge Strofict. The hungry Arab. 
 
 (Sin 9lraber Ijatte fid) in ber SBiifte (desert) bertrrt 6 ; er fjatte fett 
 (for) meljrercn agen9M)t3 gegeffen, unb fitrdjtete bor (of) mnger 311 
 fterben. Snbtid) 6 taut er an cinen (one of) bon jcnen Srunnen, 7 too 
 bie $aratt)anen i^re .^ ! ameele trdnfcn, 8 unb fat) einen lebernen <Sad 9 auf 
 bent (Sanbe Itegen. (Sr fjob 10 i^n auf unb befitfjlte 11 i^n. ,,ott fei 
 2)anf !" rtef 2 er au8, ,,bafi 13 ftnb 3)attetn w ober 
 
 1 Here and in some of the following exercises the passive voice is indicated by italics. 
 
 2 See p. 97, 1st Cond. 
 
 When a dependent clause comes first, the principal clause takes the question order. 
 < See p. 99. 
 
 6 lost his way. at last. well, fountain. to water. a leathern bag. 10 auf ^f Bet 
 (141), to pick up, take up. u to touch, to feel. 12 auSrufen (110), to exclaim. i3Sep.l62 
 
 It HAMS.
 
 188 IBREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 On btefer fiiften >offnung l Ivetlte er ftd) (he hastened), ben 
 gu b'ffnen 2 ; ober er fanb fid) in fctner (grnwrtung geta'ufd)t (disap- 
 pointed). j)er Qad mar mtt 1j3erlen gefiittt. 
 
 3)ann tunrbc er traurtg 3 unb fiet 4 auf feine $mee unb bat @ott, 
 ba{5 er U)ii lion fctner 9?ot^ 5 erretten (save) unb if)m ^>ilfe fdjirfen 
 morfjte. <2ein ebet 6 n)urbe erl)ort ; benn (for) itad) enter tunbc 
 font ber SD'ionn, ber ben @ocf toerloren (125) fyatte, ouf einem ^ameete 
 rettenb (riding) ^urucf, nm i^n gu fudjen. (Sr tuar fet)r gtiicfltd), ttjn 
 niteber 311 ftnben, I)atte 2Ritteib 7 mit bent armen ^Irober, erquicfte 8 t^n 
 mtt Spetfe unb ranf, fe^te i^n ju ftd) 9 ouf fein Wanted unb fe^rtc 
 gu ber ^arahjane 
 
 1 swt hope. J to open. 3 Borrowf uL < Jkl, Imperf. of f atttn, to fall (99). n distres*. 
 prayer, t compassion, t refreshed. with himself (literally and really, to himself)
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 189 
 
 TWENTY-SEVEXTH LESSOR. 
 
 The following verbs have 2 in the iinpeifect and past 
 participle. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 61. betfjen, to bite. 
 
 id) beifce, bu beifceft, er 
 beifjt, roir beifteu :c. 
 
 idj bifc. 
 
 gebiffen. 
 
 62. beflci'jjen (ftcfy), to apply one's sell 
 
 id) befli mid). 
 
 befliffen. 
 
 d) befletfje mid), bu be* 
 fleifjeft bid), er beflet^t 
 fid), roir beflei^en un3 :c. 
 
 The other form of this verb : ftcb beflet'jjigen, is regular, efliffen, 
 zealous, from the obsolete fid) fleifccn, still occurs. 
 
 63. t erblei'cfyen, to turn pale. 
 
 id) erblid). 
 
 erblidjen. 
 
 d) erbteidje, bu erbtei^ft, 
 cr erbleid)t,tt)ir erbtet^en. 
 
 Thus : f uer&teicfcen, to fade. P. p. toer6(id)en. 
 
 The simple verb IMfon, to bleach, is regular when transitive, and the 
 intransitive btetcfeen may be so ; but etblcidjen andtterbletcfren, in the 
 sense of to depart this life, have hardly any other forms in the past 
 part, than erblidjen, 
 
 64. gretfen, to grasp, gripe. 
 
 griff. 
 
 gegrtffen. 
 
 id) greife, bu greifft, er 
 gretft, roir gretfen :c. 
 
 Thus : Begrei'fen, to understand, to conceive ; ergret'fen, to seize 
 (P.p. ergriffen); an'greifen, to attack (P. p. att'gegriffen). 
 
 65. gteic^en (dot.), to resemble. 
 
 id) gtic^ or gteidjte. 
 
 gegUdjen or 
 
 id) gfetifo bu gfeidift, . _ . _ . 
 er gleicfyt, roir gleidjeu jc. gegleidjt. 
 
 Thus : berglei'dien, to compare. P. p. fcergttdjen. (eidicn is generally 
 irregular when intransitive, although the regular imperfect some- 
 times occurs. Generally regular when transitive, though here 
 the irregular imperfect and past part, are not unusual. The com- 
 pounds scarcely occur with any other imperf. and past part, thaa 
 the irregular ones.
 
 190 
 
 KKEGULAB VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRKSKNT. 
 
 IMPEKFECT. 
 
 PAST PAKT. 
 
 66. t glctten, l to glide, slide. 
 
 id) gleite, bu gteiteft, er 
 
 id) glitt (gleitete). 
 
 geglitteu(gegleitet). 
 
 gfcitet, luir gleiten :c. 
 
 N. B. tegietten, to accompany, is regular and takes Ija&en. 
 
 67 fneifen, to pinch. 
 
 id) fnetfe, bit fneiftf, er 
 
 id) fatff. 
 
 gefniffen. 
 
 fnetft, urir fneifen zc. 
 
 N. B. Another form : hidden/ to pinch, is usually regular, fneifen 
 may be regxilar. $neipen, to sit drinking at a tavern, is regular. 
 
 68. leifcen, to suffer. 
 
 id) leibe, bit tetbefi/ ev 
 leibet, loir feiben ?c. 
 
 id) tttt. 
 
 gelitten. 
 
 ?eibcn, to harm, also to be repugnant, is regular. So also Beletben, 
 entleiben, toerlciben, and 6emit(eiben, to pity. 
 
 69. pfeifen, to whistle. 
 
 id) pfetfe, bit ^feifft, er I id) pftff. 
 pfeift, nnr pfeifen ?c. 
 
 70. reifcn, to rend, to tear. 
 
 gepfiffen. 
 
 id) reie, bu rei^eft, er 
 
 id) rife. 
 
 geriffen. 
 
 rei^t, rt)ir reifcen :c. 
 
 Thus : jerrei'pen, to tear ; entrei'fjen, to tear from, snatch away. 
 
 71. t rotten, 2 to ride. 
 
 tdj reite, bu rettefl, er reitet, 
 
 id) ritt. 
 
 geritten. 
 
 hnr retten ac. 
 
 Thus : f ijorfcci'reitm, to ride by ; t foajietm retten, to take a ride. 
 N. B. 33ereitcn, to prepare (from berett, ready), and toor'bereiten, to 
 prepare (beforehand), are regular. 
 
 72. fcfyletfen, to sharpen, to grind. 
 
 id) fditeife, bu frf)(eifft, er 
 
 id, fdjtiff. 
 
 gefd)Itffen. 
 
 fdjleift, tt)ir fdjleifen :c. 
 
 Always irregular when it means to sharpen or grind ; regular or 
 irregular when it means to glide; in other senses properly only 
 egular. 
 
 i Takes fiabcn when it means to slide on the ice (for amusement). Compare 10, p. 17X 
 a See 10, pace 172.
 
 iREEGttLAB VERBS. 
 
 191 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 73. t fcfyletcfyen, to sneak or steal along. 
 
 idj fdjtetdje, bu frf)leid)ft, id) fdjlidj. 
 er [d)(etdjt, ttJtr fdjfetdjen. 
 
 74. fhretcfyen, to stroke. 
 
 id) flretdje, bu fh-eidjft, er 
 
 id) ftridj. 
 
 gefdjttdjen. 
 
 gejtridjett. 
 
 jireidjt, toir ftreidjen :c. 
 
 Thus: cut'ftmchen, to scratch out ; an'ftretc&en, to paint ; unterjtret'djen, 
 (p. p. unterftrt'djcn\ to underline. $nie?heicf)en, to comb wool with 
 the finest comb, and jtaats>ftreid)en, to carry out a coup d'etat, are 
 regular. 
 
 75. fcfymeiJKtt, to fling, to turn out. 
 
 id) fdjmeifee, bit fdjmeifteft, 
 er fd)mei^t K. 
 
 gefdjmiffen. 
 
 76. fcfynetben, to cut. 
 
 id) fdjneibe, bu fdjnetbeft, id) fdjnitt. 
 
 er fd)iteibet, n)ir fdjneiben. 
 
 Thus : oB'i^ineiben, to cut off. P. p. ab'gejcfjmtten. 
 
 gefdjnitten. 
 
 77. t fcfyretten, to stride, to step. 
 
 id) fdjreite, bu fd)reiteft, er id) fdjritt. 
 
 gefdjritten. 
 
 fdjreitet, loir fdjretten K. 
 
 78. ftretten, to quarrel, contend, fight. 
 
 tdj ftrette, bu ftreiteft K. \ tdj ftrttt. | geftrttten. 
 
 Thus : Bejftet'ten, to contest, to dispute. 
 
 79. t tt>etd)en, to yield. 
 
 td) tueidje, bu ftjeidjft ac. | idj raid). | getoidjen. 
 
 Thus : f au^'= or cifc'toeicften, to deviate ; f entoet'cfyen, to escape. 
 W. -B. SBeii^en, to soften, is a regular verb.
 
 192 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ba3 3?etn, the leg ber <2tern, the star 
 
 ba3 ager, the camp bie Ueberfe'fcung, the translation 
 
 ber $mitptmann, the captain ba$ (Stitcf, the piece 
 
 ber Mft, the branch bo 3?ajternteffer, the razor 
 
 ber Xrncffefjter, the misprint bemerfen, to perceive 
 
 ber $ampf, the combat ergreifen, to seize 
 
 bie famine, the flame toorberetten, reg., to prepare 
 
 ba0 Beidien ) ft rf j ^ au f^k [ to turn out 
 
 ba3 (Signal', ) tjmauSfdjmetfcen, j 
 
 READING EXERCISE 65. 
 
 er junge 9)?ann fyqt ftrf) feb,r befttffen, 2)eutfd) 311 ternen. 
 feunb ^at mid) in (lit into, inasmuch as the ace. and not the dat. 
 follows in) ba8 33em gebtj|en. S)o8 2JZdbd)cn gtttt <w8 unb brad^ em 
 S3ein. 3d) Ware auc^ gegtttten, luenn man mid) ntd)t ge^atten (held) 
 fycitte. !j)ie ^etnbe fatten bag ager angegrtffen. 3)er ^pauptmann 
 ergriff fetnen 2)egen. 3)te Jotter gtetd)t tfyrer 2Wutter. 5)te armen 
 efangeuen fyaben ptel gelitten. 2)er @turm Ijat Dtele 5lefte pon ben 
 23a'umen abgertffen. 3Jietne c^u^e ftnb gerriffcn. 2Barum btfl bu fo 
 fdjnett geritten? Unfcrc (Solbaten f)aben tote >clben geftrttten; fte ftnb 
 aber enblt^ bem ^einbe getuic^en. 2)er 23mb pfiff bitrc^ bie 33tiume. 
 Gtntge jDrnrffefjIer b,aben fic^ in ba3 Sud) cingefc^U^en (crept in). 
 3)a3 ^inb b,at ji^ in ben finger gefdjnttten. ^Don Ouirote fdjliff jetn 
 d^toert unb befafjl feinem treuen 2)tener (Sanc^o ^Janfa, ftc^ ju etnem 
 neuen ^ampfe porgnberetten. 
 
 uf galie 66. 
 
 1. The dog bit me. He bites everybody. Were you also 
 bitten? William Tell perceived a large flame ; but he coulJ 
 not conceive whence (tooljer') this signal came. Day dawns (erf 
 ttnrb Jag); the stars have faded. The young gentleman applied 
 himself to learn French. I compared my translation wita 
 yours, and found only two mistakes in it (see p. 147). Our 
 dog has been torn [to pieces] by a wolf. The traveller cut a 
 piece of meat and laid it on his (ace.) bread. Have you made 
 (cut) my pen? Be so kind [as] to make it. The hunter strode 
 across (itber) the field. 
 
 2. Tour penknife is not sharpened. The thief opened the 
 door and stole into the house ; but he was soon seized by a
 
 HmEGtTLAR VERBS. 193 
 
 servant and turned out (fnnaug-). During my illness * I * have 
 suffered much. Did you suffer mucli pain (2rf)mer?en, p j .) ? 
 "Who whistled ? Charles whistled with a key. The beggar's 
 coat was quite torn. The king rode on a grey horse. Who 
 has sharpened this razor ? I do not know who 3 has 'sharp- 
 ened J it. The enemy yielded on all sides (auf aflen (Setten.). 
 
 The following verbs have \t in the imperfect and past 
 participle. 
 
 80. t bletben, to remain, to stay, Imp. id) blteb. Past part. 
 
 gebltcben. 
 
 Thus : f aitg'fcleikn, to stay away ; f gurucMJIeifcen, to stay behind. 
 
 81. rcibcn, to rub. Imp. id) neb. Part, gerteben. 
 
 Thus : ouf'reifcen, to destroy ; gmei'fcen, to rub to powder. 
 
 82. fcfyretben, to write. Imp. id) fdjrteb. Part, gefdjrieben. 
 
 Thus : ab'fdiretBen, to copy ; Befcfcm'Ben, to describe ; imterfcfym'Btn, 
 to sign (p. p. unterfdme'ben). 
 
 83. treiben, to drive. Imp. id) trteb. Part. getrtefcen. 
 
 Thus : toertret'ben, to expel ; ufcertret'Ben, to exaggerate. 
 
 84. meiben, to shun. Imp. ic^ mteb. Part, gemteben. 
 
 Thus : bermei'ben, to avoid. 
 
 85. fo^eibcn, to separate. Imp. id) f(|ieb. Part, gefctyteben. 
 
 Thus : entfcfeei'bcn, to decide ; imterfcfyet'ben, to distinguish, djeiben, 
 to sheath, is regular. 
 
 86. t gebetfy'en, to thrive. Imp. ify gcbtcb (gebcit)(e)te). Part. 
 
 gebiefyen. 
 
 87. Icil)en, to lend. Imp. i^ liel;. Part, geltefyen. 
 
 88. fd)rcien, to crj, scream. Imp. id) ferric. S. id) fd^ncc. 
 
 Part, gejc^rieen. 
 
 89. fpeten, to spit. Imp. ify fpie [fpette]. S. fptcc [fpetete], 
 
 Part, gefpieen, gefpet(c)t 
 
 90. ijerjeilj'en, to pardon. Imp. id) ijerjie^ [er*eibte]. 
 
 S. serjic^e [oerjei^ete]. Part, serjie^en [erjei^t]. 
 
 91. preifen, to praise, extol. Imp. id) prte^. Part, gepriefcn, 
 
 SoB^reifen, to extol, has lofyrteS or lob^retpe, toBge^riefen, gelofyrtefan,
 
 194 ERREGtlLAR VERBS. 
 
 92. rcetfen, to show. Imp. id) roie$. Part, gerotefeiu 
 
 Thus : betoei'fen, to prove ; crroct'fen, to show. 
 
 93. fdjetnen, to shine, to seem. Imp. id) fdjien. P. gefdnenen. 
 
 Thus : erfcftei ncn, to appear. The verbs befcfiemfigjen, to certify, and 
 beaitflenjdjein jg)en, to look at, are regular. 
 
 04. fdjroeigen, to be silent. Imp. id) fdjnrieg. P. gefdjrotegen. 
 
 Thus : tocrfdttijet'flen, to conceal, to keep secret, rfntetgen, to cause 
 to keep silent, with compounds of the same sense, is regular. 
 
 95. t ftetgen, to mount. Imp. id) jtteg. Part. gefKegen. 
 
 Thus : f oB'fletgen, to alight ; f Ijinab'jlei^cn or ficvaB 'fifteen, to descend, 
 to get down ; f fytnauf'fietflen, to mount, to ascend '^erfiei'gen, to 
 mount, to climb up. teigern, to bid at an auction, is regular. 
 
 96. fyeifjen, to be called. Imp. id) fyiefj, I was called. Part. 
 
 geljetpen (not gefyiefjen). 
 
 Thus : terljei'fjen, to promise. P. p. toerfjeijjen. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bcr 55erfaffcr, the author ber o^ ac f)8/ the flax 
 
 bte ttinme, the voice ber tpfel, the top 
 
 bte <onne, the sun laut, loud 
 
 bie $itfte, the coast ^efl f gltin^enb, bright 
 
 eine <Sette, a page beletbtgen, to oflfend 
 
 bte efd)td)te, history ongeben, to mention 
 etn Sillet' or Srief^en, a note retten, to rescue, to save 
 
 em (Sc^dfer, a shepherd ^fttg, violent 
 
 beril^mt, famous jornig, angry. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 67. 
 
 2Bo bliebft bu fo lange ? 3d) btieb gwet tunben auf (in, h't. upon) 
 bem ^affee^aufe. SBie lange tft 3^r ^reunb geblieben ? Sr ift nur 
 eine <5hmbe gebtieben. 2Ber ^at jeneS 23ii^ gefdjneben ? 3d) feune 
 ben S3erfaffer ntdjt; fein 9Jame tft auf bem 33ud)e ntdjt angegeben. 
 SBarum ^aben @te ben Untgang (intercourse) btefeS 9J?anneg ntdjt 
 gemteben ? ^reten @te ntd)t fo lout. 3d) ^abe ntdjt fo laut gefdjrteen. 
 SSte fyetfjen @te? 3c^ ^etpe grtebrtc^. 2Bte ^ie^ O^re 3)?ittter? @te 
 In'ejj Sltfabett). SBenn (5te gefdjtotegen flatten, fo roitrben te 9?temanb 
 beleibtgt fjaben. jDer erettete prie ott nut laitter <5timme. 3)er 
 Sftetfenbe roar auf ben 53erg geftiegen ; at (when) t^ ifyn fa^, ftteg id) 
 aud) fjtnauf. te onne f^ten fetjr luarm, ats roir ben SBerg fjtnab*
 
 UtREGULAK VEKBd. 195 
 
 ftiegen. 2Ber b,at Sfynen biefeS <$elb geltefjen ? 2Jtein -ftarfjbar lie!) es 
 mir unter bcr SBebingung (condition), ba id) eg ifjm in ad)t agen 
 timber guriicfgebe. (Sin fyeftiger Sturm trieb unfcr <2rf)iff an bie $ufte. 
 2Bie lange finb @ie auf bem 23atte geblieben ? 2Bir blieben big fitter* 
 nadjt (midnight). 
 
 68. 
 
 1. Remain here till (6t3) to-morrow. How long did your 
 cousin stay ? He stayed an hour. I am writing a long letter ; 
 yesterday 2 1 1 wrote three pages ; to-day 2 1 ^hall write two 
 more (nod) gtoet). That English history was written by a 
 famous author. I wrote a note to him. The shepherd drove 
 the sheep into the fold (in ben 'Bferrf)). This year 2 the 3 flax 
 1 has (ift) not thriven. Why did the boy cry so loud ? The son 
 said: "Dear father, pardon me (dot.) this fault;" and the 
 father pardoned him. The three men in the furnace (gtues* 
 ofen) praised God with a loud voice. 
 
 2. I lent my book to some one, but I cannot remember (tdj 
 fann mid) nid)t erinnern) who it was. 1 Perhaps s you ( 2 have) 
 lent 4 it to (dot.) 6 Mr. S. That may be. The sun shone 
 brightly. All animals and plants seem to have been created 
 (gefcfjaffen 311 fein, see 5, p. 140) for (the) man (mankind). The 
 king seemed to be angry. If you had been (subjunctive) 
 silent, 2 you Vould not have offended him. Speaking (inf.) 
 is silver ; silence (Sdjmeigen) is gold. How high did the trav- 
 eller mount? He ascended to (big auf, ace.) the top of the 
 mountain. 
 
 The following verbs have \t in the imperfect, but in 
 the past participle the same vowel as in the present. 
 The second and third persons singular of the present 
 modify the vowel of the stem. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. IMPEEFECT. PAST PART. 
 
 97. fclafen, to blow. 
 
 $ fcfafe, bn Haft (blafeft, 
 btfifeft), er btaft (6Iafct\ 
 toir btafen, ib,r blaft, fte 
 blafett. 
 
 id) btieS. 
 
 geblafen. 1 
 
 1 Observe that all irregular verbs which have a in the infinitive, retain this vowel 
 In the past participle.
 
 196 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 98. frraten, to roast. 
 
 id) fcrate, bu bratft or bra- 
 teft, er brat or bratet, nnr 
 braten, iljr bratet :c. 
 
 id) brict (bratete.) 
 
 99. t fallen, to falL 
 
 gebraten. 
 
 gef alien. 
 
 id) fafle, bit faGft, er fattt, I id) ftet. 
 nnr faflen, ifyr fallt :c. 
 
 Thus : f I)cra6'faflen, to fall down ; gefot'Ien, to please ; f ein'faflen, to 
 occur to the mind ; mifefal'len, to displease ; f jcrfal'len, to decay; 
 not to be confounded with fallen, to fell, which is regular. 
 
 100. fcmgen, to ca,tch. 
 
 fdj fonge, bu fangft, er 
 
 id) fing,fi(e)ng. 
 
 fangt, tt)tr fangen jc. 
 
 Thus : an'fangen/ to begin ; ? mpfan'gen, to receive. 
 
 101. fyalten, 1 to hold. 
 
 gefangen. 
 
 id) f>alte, bu fialtft, er fjatt, 
 
 id) b,te(t. 
 
 geljatten. 
 
 mtr fatten :c. 
 
 Thus : oB'^altcn, to prevent ; auf'ljalten, to detain ; ein'^altcn, to stop; 
 befcal'tcn, to keep ; cr^al'ten, to receive (p. evt*atten x . 
 
 102. fyangen, to hang, to be suspended. 
 
 id) fjange, bu b,angfi 
 
 (b,angft),er^angt(b,angt), 
 ir fangen x. 
 
 Thus : a&'ljangen (Don), to depend (upon), 
 fangen, to hang up (transitive), is regular. 
 
 id) b,tng. 
 
 geljangen. 
 
 103. loffen, to let, 2 to leave. 
 
 trfjlaffe, bula^t (laffeft), 
 er la'fet, wir laffen :c. 
 
 id) lie 
 
 getaffen. 
 
 Sa is very much more usual than laffe in the imperative. 
 
 Thus : toerlaf'fen, to leave (a place), to quit ; ju'Iaffen, to admit ; 
 
 jurucf' laffen, and Ijinterlaf' fen, to leave behind. 
 N. -B.S3eran 'loffen, to cause, is regular. 
 
 fatten with the preposition fflr answers to the English to consid r o% to t'inJc. to taJct 
 to be. Ex.: 3$ ^atet^nfflreinen e^tti^en aflann, I consider ttaink)him(tobe>n Uoneet 
 man. 
 
 19 let (e. g.. a house), c ermttt^eiu
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 197 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 104. ratten, to advise. 
 
 id) ratfye, bit ratfyft, er ratty, 
 
 id) rieti). 
 
 geratljen. 
 
 nrir ratljcn x. 
 
 Thus : crra'then, to guess; ai'ratljen, to dissuade. SRatfien, reg., some- 
 times occurs contrasted antithetically with tfyaten. Even outside 
 of such sentences bu ratlj(e)jt and cr. ratfjet are sometimes found, but 
 are better not used. 
 
 105. fcfylafeu, to sleep. 
 
 ttf) fdjtafe, bu fd)tcifft, cr 
 
 id) fd)Iief. 
 
 feljldft, tmr fdjlafen jc. 
 
 Thus f f etn'fdjlafen, to fall asleep. 
 
 106. t Iflitfen, to run. 
 
 td) taufe, bu lauffl [taufft], 
 
 id) lief. 
 
 er Iciitft [lanftji U)ir Ian- 
 fen JC. 
 
 Thus : f entfau'fcn, to run away. 
 
 107. fycmen, to he-w. 
 
 gefdjtafert. 
 
 getaufen [getoffcn]. 
 
 id) tyaite, bu ^aufl, er fyaut, 
 toir tyauen jc. 
 
 trfj 
 
 (tyaute). 
 
 S. Ijiebe (Ijauete). 
 
 Thus : ct&'Ijauen, to cut off ; jerljau'en. to cut to pieces. 
 
 108. t gefyen, to go. 
 
 id) gefje, bu geljft, er gefyt, id) gi(e)ng. gegangen. 
 
 loir geljen *c. 
 
 Thus : f au'gdjm, to go out ; f fymetn'gdjen, to go in, to enter ; 
 t fort'gefyen, to go away, to leave ; f berge'tien, to vanish, to pass ; 
 t fcorbei'geljen, to pass by ; f jurM'gefien, to go back. 
 
 109. flof en, to push. 
 
 i$ftoie,bttfHfit[floeft], 
 
 id) ftte. 
 
 er [top [ftojjt], 
 flo^en K. 
 
 Thus : an'flcen (followed by an with ace.), to run against ; toerflo'fjen, 
 to reject, to cast out. 
 
 110. rufen, to call. 
 
 id] rufe, bu rufft, er ruft, id) ricf [rufte]. I gerufen [geruft] 
 twr rufen :c. 
 
 Thus : aug'tttfen, to exclaim 5 3urucE / rufen, tc call back.
 
 198 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber SBinb, the wind btc 5lnget, the fish-hook 
 bcr <2d)mager, the brother-in- bag Wfy, the net 
 
 law fcmft, soft, softly 
 
 ber 9atf), advice fodjen, to boil 
 
 $opfn)ef), head-ache madjtig, mighty 
 
 ber ftttljrer, the leader toitb, wild 
 
 ber rirfd), stag fd)h)ad), feeble 
 
 ber 33ad), the brook gasmen, to tame 
 
 bte @ered)ttgtett, justice bcfreien, to deliver, to release 
 
 bie 2fttif$tgfett, temperance toerbannt, banished! 
 
 HEADING EXERCISE 69. 
 
 3)er Stnb Haft ntdjt ftarf; geftent fcfieS er ftarfer. )er $od) h>t 
 ba3 gleifd) nidjt gut gebraten. 2)er 25ogel fiet tobt bom j>ad)e. 2ftit 
 perf (bacon) fa'ngt man 2fta'ufe. Sin ^b'njc tourbe in etnem 9?e^c 
 gcfangcn, ba fam erne 5D?au unb bcfrette tf)n. giir rtien ^altft (take) 
 bu ntirf) ? 3d) er^tett eincn S3rief ton nteinem @d)tt)ager. Sin <Sd)U)crt 
 t)ing iiber bem >aupte (head) be8 $)amo!Ie. 2Ba ratljen @ie mir: 
 fott id] bteiben ober gefjen? Ifflan rietb^ ifym, ^ter 311 bleiben. jDiefe 
 toar etn fd)Ied)ter Sfath,; e8 toa're befjer fiir ih^n geicefen, fort^ugeljen. 
 S)er err rief fcinen 2)iener. 3)iefer fragte feinen ^)errn: >aben (Sie 
 mid) geritfen ? S)aS ^inb fdjlaft fanft. 2)er Stobte lag ba, ate toenn 
 (as if) er fd]tiefe. ^>aben <5>ie le^te yiafyt gut gefdjlafen ? -3d) h^abc 
 nur rtenig gefdjlafen, roeit id) ^opfnjeb^ b^atte. 9Kan Ite ib^n nid)t 
 fortgeb^en, ttrnl er gu fd)h)ad) tear. SSenn ber ^nabe nod) einmal 
 (again) an ben ifd) ftot, [fo] toirb er beftraft ttierbcn. SSarum lauft 
 53olf fo gufammen (together) ? 9}2an b^at etnen 3)ieb gefangea 
 <Sic audj getaufen ? 3d) lief nut ber Sftencje (crowd). 
 
 9tuf fi tt(.c 70. 
 
 The wind blows hard (ftarf); yesterday J it J blew not so 
 hard. Is this meat boiled or roasted? It is roasted. The 
 gardener fell from the tree. If he had (to are) not fallen down, 
 * he l would have caught the bird. Fifty soldiers with their 
 leader were caught. The stag came out of the forest and 
 went to the (an ben) brook. The hunter catches wild beasts, 
 but he cannot tame them. The Romans considered (101) 
 
 i See Part n, 38th lesson, 6. 2 to leave a place = tuifaffcn not (affen. See foot- 
 note 2, p. 111.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 199 
 
 wisdom, 1 justice, 1 and temperance ' as (fiir) the greatest virtues. 
 (The) fish are caught with the net and (with) the hook. I 
 advised him (dat.) to go to America. How long did you sleep 
 (pcrf.}l I slept [for] seven hours. The girl ran to (^t) her 
 mother and told her (dot.) what 2 had happened (9). The old 
 man has been pushed out of the house. Cicero left 2 Rome 
 when (al) he saw that his enemies were 3 mightier than his 
 friends. Alcibiades was banished from Athens (cw$ 5ltb,en'), 
 but he was soon called back. 
 
 READING LESSON". 
 
 $ociufo'g IjJferb. Kosciusko's Horse. 
 
 $ocutfo, bcr cblc ;]SoIe, luoflte (wished) etnfi 1 cittern etfHtdjen 3 
 $u (Solotljunt (Soleure) etntge gtafdjen guten SBetneS fdjiden.. (Sr 
 h)df)(te 3 ba^u etnen jungcn Sttann, 9?amen3 3eltner, un & ^ ^ m f^ r 
 bte 9Jctfe fetit etgene (own) Sftettpferb. 511^ 3 e ^ er juriicffattt, fagtc 
 ev : ,,9)?etn gtlbfyerr, 4 tc^ irerbc -3f)r ^Pferb ntcf)t lutcber 5 retten, tuenn 
 @ie tntr ntc^t 6 gugteid)' ' Sfyve Sorfe (purse) tet^en." ,,2Bte tneinen 
 (Ste ba (what do you mean by that) ?" fragtc ^o8cttt8fo. 3 e ^ tner 
 ontroortcte : ,,<2obalb' (as soon as) etn 3trnter auf ber Ifrmbftrafte 8 
 fetnen ^>ut abnal)m 9 , unb tttn em 3l(mofen 10 bat, jlanb bag ^Jferb 
 augenbltcfltdj u ftttte, unb ging 12 ntd)t e^er Don ber telle 13 , bis (till) 
 ber Settler ettua empfangen (100) ^atte ; unb aU id) atte6 Oelb au8* 
 gegeben (spent) Ijatte, fonnte id) ba3 ^ferb nur gufrtebenftetten 1 * unb 
 orroartS brtngen 15 , tnbem id) nttd) ftettte (by pretending), bent 
 Stttenben etroaS gu geben. 
 
 i one day. - a clergyman. 3 he choserfor this purpose. 4 general, s again. 
 
 ntdjt, conj. unless, i at the same time, s road, a atneljmen, to take off. 10 for 
 
 charity, alms. 11 immediately. 12 ten ber Stctte getyen/ to stir from the spot. i=no 
 sooner. H to satisfy, content, is to get him on.
 
 200 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 
 
 The following verbs have o in the imperfect and past 
 participle. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 We give first such as have \t in the present : 
 111. betriigen, to cheat, deceive. 
 
 id) betritge, bu betriigfl 
 [betreitgft], er betrttgt 
 [=treugt], imr betritgen K. 
 
 id) betrog. 
 S. id) betroge. 
 
 betrogen. 
 
 112. t biegen, to bend (fein or fyaben). 
 
 id) biegc, bu btegft [beugfl], id) bog. gebogcn. 
 
 er btegt [beugt], nrir 
 biegen jc. 
 
 113. btetcn, to oflEer. 
 
 id) btete, bit btetefl [beittfl, id) bot. gebotcn. 
 
 beuft], cr bietet [beut], 
 hrir bieten K. 
 
 Thus : an'fcteten, to oflEer ; berbte'ten, to forbid. 
 
 114. f piegcn, to fly (sometimes Ijaben, see 10, p. 172). 
 
 id) flog. 
 
 geflogen. 
 
 id) fttege, bu 
 [flcugfl], er fliegt 
 [fleugt], h)tr fliegen jc. 
 
 Thus : t fort'flteflen, to fly off ; f wegfltegen, to fly away. 
 
 115. t fltefyen, to flee. 
 
 id) flo^. 
 
 er fliegt [fleiidjt], ton 
 flie^en K. 
 
 Thus : f entfftelj'ttt/ to run away, to escape. 
 
 geflo^en. 
 
 116. t fttefjen, to flow (sometimes 
 
 fltefee, bu flie^efl 
 fleufet], er fltefet 
 fleuft], rotr ftte^en :c. 
 
 id) fto. 
 
 see 10, p. 172). 
 geffoffen.
 
 IRREGUIAll VERBS. 
 
 201 
 
 INDICATIVK PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PAET. 
 
 117. frteren, a) to be cold, I) to freeze stiff, hard. I) takes feitt, 
 id) frtere, bit frier ft, cr id) fror. 
 friert, imr fricren :c. 
 
 Thus : f geftie'ren, to freeze (hard); f erfrte'ren, to freeze to death. 
 
 118. gemefjien, to enjoy, to eat. 
 
 id) geno. 
 
 genoffen. 
 
 gegoffen. 
 
 id) gentejje, bit gentepeft [ge* 
 neufir], er geniefct [ge* 
 neutj, loir genieften :c. 
 
 119. gtefien, to pout. 
 
 giee,fctt0ieefi[geut], id) gofj. 
 giefet [geufjtj, lutr 
 giefcen :c. 
 
 Thus : ait^'aiepcn, to pour out ; fccgie'fjen, to water ; ftrf) ergte'en, to 
 empty (of rivers); tocrQte'^eu, to shed (e. g. t blood). 
 
 |20. f fried) en, to creep, to crawl, (sometimes fyaben, when 
 not so much a change of place in the subject is 
 prominent in the sense of the word, as the fact 
 that the change of place was by deeping). 
 
 id) frod). 
 
 gefrodjen. 
 
 id) friedje, bit fricd)ft 
 [freudjft], er !rted)t 
 [freudjt], nnr friedjen :c. 
 
 121. riecfyen, to smell. 
 id)riedje,bitried)ft[reud)ft], id) rod). 
 
 er riedjt [reudjt], wir 
 riedjeit K, 
 
 122. fcfyiepen, to shoot, 
 id) frf)iee, bit fdjie^efi, er j id) fdjofe. 
 
 t, lutr fd)teen ?c. | 
 Thus : bcid)te y cn, to bombard ; erfdjie'fjen, to shoot (to kill). 
 
 123. fcfyltefjen, to lock, to shut. 
 
 gerodjen. 
 
 gefdjoffen. 
 
 id) fd)Iiee, bu fd)Hcefl 
 ffdjleufet], er fd)ttct 
 [fditeit^t], loir fdjliefeen K. 
 
 id) 
 
 gcfd)toffen. 
 
 Thus : fcefdjlte'fjeti, to conclude, resolve ; ein'fdjltelen, to shut up, to 
 enclose ; au^'fd)Itccn, to exclude ; toerfdjlte'jjen, to lo< " 
 
 to unlock ; 3u'J!f)Ue|en / to close. 
 
 to lock ; auf '
 
 202 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRK8ENT. ( IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 124. serbrtef en, to vex. 
 
 td) toerbrtepe, bit berbrteftcft, 
 er Derbrteftt [oerbreuftt], 
 nrir Derbrtefjen :c. 
 
 id) fcerbrofe. 
 
 125. serlieren, to lose. 
 
 id) toerltere, bit berlierfl, er I id) fcertor. 
 fcerltert, roir berlteren :c. I 
 
 Derbroften. 
 
 oertoren [toertefeit]. 
 
 126. nnegen (intrans.), to weigh, to be of weight. 
 
 td) totecie, bit tmegft, er id) tocg. geioogen. 
 
 ttJtegt, unr rotegen K. 
 
 SBifften, to rock (transitive) is regular. SBdgen (transitive), to weigh, 
 is more frequently regular, but may have toog/ getcoflen. Gtttdgen, 
 to weigh, consider, always has erwoa, erwoflen. elriegt means, at 
 home in, well acquainted with, while getcogen, used adjectively, 
 means, well disposed. 
 
 127. Jte(>en, to draw, to pull. 
 
 id) giefje, bit jjte^fl [acudjft] , id) ^og. g egogra. 
 
 er jieljt [geudjt], wtr 
 gie&en ^c. 
 
 Thus : on'jte^en, to put on (clothes); auS'jleljen, to take off (clothes). 
 
 128. fcfyieben, to shove, push. Imp. id) fc^ob. Part, gefctyoben. 
 
 129. ftcten, to boil, to seethe. Imp. id) ftcbctc (fott). Part. 
 
 gefotten or gejtebet. ott can not be used figure 
 tively. 
 
 130. t fprteen, to sprout. Imp. fpro [fprtefjte]. Part. 
 
 gefproffen [gcfprtet], Pres. id) fprtefe, tu fpricf efl 
 [fpreut], er fpriept [fpreujjt]. (It sometimes 
 takes babcn). 
 
 181. t jHeben, to fly. Imp. (lob. Part. $eftoben. Pres. id) 
 fitebe, tu iHcbft [flcubflj, cr jttebt [fieiibt]. It 
 gometimes takes jjaben (see 10, p. 172) and may 
 be conjugated regularly.
 
 IEREGUIAE VERBS. 203 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. | IMPERFECT. | PAST PART. 
 
 132. triefen, to drip. Imp. id) troff. Part. getroffetu Pres. 
 id) triefc, bu triefft [treufff], er tricft [treuft], nrir 
 trtefen 2C. This verb may also be conjugated 
 regularly in conversation it is usually so, ge^ 
 irteft being much more common than getroffen, 
 which belongs also to treffen. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber 3ube, the Jew bie aft, the weight 
 
 ber ffrteben, peace ber (Sdjnee, the snow 
 
 ber Sift,. the branch ber )fen, the stove 
 
 bie $artoffel, the potato tapfer, bravely. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 71a. 
 
 2Bte met bot ber 3ube Sfmen fur Sf)r ^ferb? (gr Ijat mtr nitr fmtfetg 
 Staler geboten. |)aben @te metnen ^anarientiogetmc^t gcfe^en? Oa, 
 cr iff ttber ba^ ^>au geflogen. >te iebe ftnb entflo^en; man fonnte 
 fie nidjt fangen. SKir fjaben lange bte 2Bo^tt^aten (the benefits) beg 
 grtebeitg genoffen. 35or etntgen 3al)ten (some years ago) tear ber 
 ttf)em gefroren. SWan fagt oon etnem olbaten, ber trie im ^rtege 
 tear: ,,Sr fyat nod^ fein puttier (powder) gerodjen." @tnb bte ^ar= 
 toffetn frf)on gefotten? ^etn, fie fieben nod); in ^efyn 9JJmuten ttierbeit 
 fte gefotten fetn. ie jitngen eute gogen (marched) freubtg in bte 
 <3rf)(ad)t; fie fd^icoren, gu fiegen (to conquer) ober ^u fterben. 2Biet)tet 
 elb berlor 3f^r %ttn im piet? Sr ^at nur etntge Skater bertoren. 
 ,3ie^en @ie -3^re ttefet on! 2Btr fyaben fdjon unfere c^it^e angego* 
 gen. 3d) toiinfdje, ba <Ste 31jre ttefel angie^en. 
 
 aufgofie 71b. 
 
 Some one has cheated me. The branches are bent under 
 the weight of the snow. The merchant asked (forberte) ten 
 shillings. 1 I offered him (dot.) nine. The Jew has offered me 
 eighty pounds for my two horses. The storks have flown over 
 the sea. It is so cold that the water in the bottle 2 is l frozen. 
 
 i Such words as shilling, dollar, etc., foot, inch, etc., bushel, corJ, pound, etc., are 
 generally indeclinable after a numeral, and have the form of the nominative singular. 
 Hnwover, nouns of time (year, month, etc.,) are more frequently declined than not, 
 and femininos in e are always loclined.
 
 204 
 
 IRREGULA.Il VERBS. 
 
 The hunter shot, and the Toird flew away ; for (bcnn) he had not 
 hit it. The dog crept behind the stove. Your flowers smell 
 very agreeably. The young plant is frozen. The potatoes are 
 boiled ; shall I bring them in (b,erein) ? Has the servant locked 
 the door ? He locked it at six o'clock. The soldier lost his 
 right arm. Do you know, who (has) lost this purse ? The 
 tailor has lost it. 
 
 2. The following (with o in the imperfect and past 
 participle) have other vowels than ie in the present 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERAT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PABT. 
 
 13 
 
 id) betoege, bu betoegft, er 
 beivegt, ttnr beioegen jc. 
 
 >. beroegen, tc 
 bewege. 
 
 ) induce. 
 
 id) bettog. 
 S. id) berooge. 
 
 betoogen. 
 
 N.B. This verb is regular when it means to put in motion or to causa 
 an emotion in (a person). 
 
 134. beflemmcn, to oppress (c. g., the breathing), 
 id) beflemme K. \ bettemme. | id) beflomm. | beflommen. 
 
 135. t erlofcfyen, to become extinct, go out (of a light). 
 
 id) ertofdje, bu erlifdjft, 
 er erlifdjt, fair cr* 
 lofdjen. 
 
 crtifdjorcr* 
 lojdjc. 
 
 id) crtofd) or 
 erlofdjte. 
 
 ertofd)en or 
 evlbfdjt. 
 
 As transitive, better conjugated regularly. In the imperf. Subj. both 
 trans, and intrans. erlofAete is better than crlofc^e, which is like the 
 pres. 
 
 136. t erfctyaUen, to resound. 
 
 id) erfdjafle, bu cr* 
 fdjaUft, er erfdjaUt K. 
 
 erfrfjatte. 
 
 j id) erfdjotl or 
 erfdjaUte. 
 
 erfd)oflen or 
 erfdjaUt. 
 
 It is in the inseparable compounds that the irregular past, part, is 
 especially frequent, although here too the regular part, is met with. 
 From BerfdjaHcn/ to die out of men's memories, the only participle 
 in use is wfdboQen. 
 
 id) ferfite, bu ftrf)(t)ft 
 (fedjteft), er fld)t (fed)* 
 tet) K. 
 
 137. fecfyten, to fight, to fence, 
 id) fodit 
 
 (fed)te). 
 
 (fedjtete). 
 
 gefodjten.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 205 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. | IMPERFECT. | PAST PART. 
 
 138. flecfyten, to twist, to braid. 
 
 id) ftedjte, bu flid)(t)ft 
 (flerfjteft), er fUrfjt 
 (ftedjtet), nnr flerf)ten 
 
 flid)t 
 (fledjte). 
 
 id) flodjt 
 (fledjtete). 
 
 geflodjteu. 
 
 139. t gflfyren, to ferment. 
 
 id) gciljre, bu gcitjrft 
 [giefjrft], er gafjrt 
 (gie^rt), tt)ir ga^ren :c. 
 
 ga^re. 
 
 id) got)r or 
 gd'iirte. 
 
 gego^ren 
 (gega()rt), 
 
 140. glimmen, to burn faintly, to glimmer. 
 
 Irf) gthnme, bu gltmmfy 
 er gltmutt :c. 
 
 gltmme. 
 
 id) gtomm or 
 gltmmte. 
 
 141. fyeben, to lift, to raise. 
 
 id) tye&e, bu ^ebft, er 
 fyebt, tt)tr i^eben :c. 
 
 ^ebe. 
 
 S. id) fjobe or 
 pbe. 
 Thus : ftttf'Ije&en, to lift up, to pick tip ; erlje'fcen, to raise, to elevate. 
 
 id) fjob or ljub. 
 
 geglomtnen 
 
 or 
 gegUmmt. 
 
 ge^oben. 
 
 142. liigen, to tell a lie. 
 
 to) luge, bu liigfl 
 [leugft], er Iftgt 
 [(eugtj, n)ir tugen ?c. 
 
 luge 
 
 id) log. 
 
 143. melfen, to milk. 
 
 melfe, bu milfft, cr 
 
 mitft, fair melfen :c. 
 
 More frequently, regular. 
 
 melfe. 
 
 id) molt 
 
 gelogett. 
 
 geutolten. 
 
 144. faitgen, to suck. 
 
 id) fauge, bit faugft, er fauge. 
 faugt, njtrfaitgen:c. 
 
 Caugen/ to suckle, is regular. 
 
 id) fog [faugte]. gefogen 
 
 [flefaugt]
 
 206 
 
 IRKEGULAB VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERAT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 14 
 
 id) fdjere, bit fdjierfi or 
 fdjerft, er fd)iert or 
 fdjert, luir fdjeren :c. 
 
 5. fdjeren, t 
 fdjier or 
 fdjere. 
 
 o shear, 
 id) fd)or 
 (fd)er(e)te). 
 
 gefdjoren. 
 
 146 
 
 idj fdjmel^e, bit fdjmi^t 
 (fd)mel.$eft), er fdjmilgt 
 (fdjmeljt) :c. 
 
 . t f^mcljcn 
 fdimil^ or 
 fdjntetje. 
 
 , to melt, 
 id) fdjmofj. 
 
 gefdjmo^en. 
 
 The transitive f<i)met3en is best conjugated regularly, always so in the 
 sense of, to make colors melt away into one another. 
 
 147. t fcfyroellen, to swell 
 
 id) fdpueHe, bit fd)ttnflft, 
 
 er fdjnnflt :c. 
 
 This verb is regular when transitive. 
 
 fdjroefle. 
 
 id) 
 [fdjtoaH]. 
 
 148. fd^tooren, to swear. 
 
 id) fdjluore, bit fdjioorft, 
 
 fdjnjore. 
 
 er fdjwbrt K. fd)mur. 
 
 S. id) (fditoore) 
 fdjroure. 
 
 Thus : fcef^too'ren/ to confirm by an oath. 
 
 149. roeben, to weave. 
 
 id) fd)tt)or or id) 
 
 gefd)tt)oflen. 
 
 gefdjtuoren. 
 
 Id) toebe, bit hjebfl, er 
 
 toebe. 
 
 id) toob. 
 
 toebt, tt)ir meben zc. 
 
 SBeben, to move, is regular. UBefcen, to weave, may be. 
 
 150. erfuren, to elect, choose. 
 
 id) erfiire, bit erfiirft, 
 
 erfitre. 
 
 id) erfor 
 
 gelooben. 
 
 erforen 
 (erfilrt). 
 
 er erfurt, niir er= 
 furen jc. 
 
 SBtOfuren/ to choose arbitrarily, is regular. 
 
 151. pflegen, to cherish, to carry on.' 
 
 id) pflege, bu pflegft, er pflege. id) 
 
 " egt, loir pflegen jc. 
 
 5{?fleaen is regular, when it means to nurse or to 6e accustomed, and not 
 seldom when it means to carry on.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 207 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. | IMPERAT. ( IMPERFECT. | PAST PART. 
 
 152. quellen, to gush. 
 
 quiff. 
 
 id) qitoff. 
 
 gequoflen. 
 
 id) queffe, bit quiflft, er 
 quiflt, unr queffen :c. 
 
 A regular present and imperfect occur in the intransitive sense, but 
 are not to recommended. In the transitive sense, to cause to 
 spring forth, the irregular forms seem more usual ; but in the 
 sense, to soak (of seeds), the verb is regular. There is a regulai 
 verb quiflen of allied sense. 
 
 153. faufen, to drink (of animals). 
 
 faufe. 
 
 id, foff. 
 
 id, faufe, bit faufft 
 [faufft], erfauft[fauft], 
 ttiir faufen *c. 
 
 Not to be confounded with the causative fdufen. 
 
 154. fcfynauben, to snort 
 
 flefoffen. 
 
 id) fdjnaube, bu 
 fdjnaubft, er fdjnaubt 
 
 2C. 
 
 The form fdjniefcen 
 f$nevtfct] is obsolete 
 
 fdjnaube. 
 [tdj fcfjnie&e, t> 
 
 p 
 
 id) fd)nob or 
 fdjnaubte. 
 
 u fdjmefcjt, fdjneub 
 
 gefdjnoben 
 or 
 
 gefdjnaubt. 
 t, er fdjme&t, 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ba ?id)t, the light, candle 
 bic 5lfd)e (sing.), the ashes 
 ber ^lorb, the basket 
 ba8 ^eer, the army 
 bag ud), the cloth 
 
 ba8 33ein, the leg 
 oerbtenen, to deseire 
 redjt, right 
 Itnf, left 
 
 READING EXERCISE 72a. 
 
 betoog ben 9}?ater, biefe (Stabt git berlaffen? 3d) h)ei nidjt, 
 toaS i^n bagu beloogen ^at. 2)a8 fanw ift erlofdjen. jDte 5ltl)euet 
 (the Athenians) haben in ber @d)(ad)t bei 9)?arat^on tapfer gefodjten. 
 S)ief er ^orb ift f djtedjt geflodjten. ^bnnen (Sie bicf en (Stein auffjeben ? 
 3d) ^abe i()n fdjon aufge^oben. 3d) finbe H)n nid)t fo fdjnier. 3)er 
 ^nabe Ijat gelogerc. ann twerben 3f)te (5d)afe gefdjoren njerben ? 
 3m na'd)ften (next) 2)ionat. er d)nee ift auf ben 33ergen gefd)mol=< 
 jen. 53orige (last) 3a^r fd)motj er im 2Jionat 3uli
 
 208 ntREGULAB VERBS. 
 
 Hufgok 72b. 
 
 The death of my father induced me to leave my country. 
 The light of the sun will never become extinct. My candle 
 waa extinguished. Is the fire out (extinguished)? Our sheep 
 have been shorn this year. Has the maid milked the cow ? 
 The French army fought very bravely ; not one soldier fled. 
 The fire glimmered long under the ashes. The little bee 
 sucked the honey from (au) the flowers. He who has once 
 lied, does not deserve to be trusted (bafc man tfjm glaube). My 
 leg is swollen. That cloth is well woven. 
 
 READING LESSON. 
 
 $te drfmiwng beg IcfeS. The Discovery of Glass. 
 $l)8nt$tfcf)e duffer 1 tonbeten etnft an ber 9?orbfufle 2 Slfrifa'g, wo 
 bag ^fufcdjen 33elug ftd) in bag 2tteer ergtefet". (Sine toette 
 fladje 4 (ag (12) t>or iljren ?lugen. <3ie fudjten tetne, urn ilj 
 imb ^Pfannen Uber benfetben aufjuftetten; aber fte fanben feme. <5te 
 loaren ba^er genot^tgt 6 , aii i^ren (Stiffen etnige (Sal^eterfieine ', bte 
 fte al3 Cabling (cargo) mit ftc^ bracfjten,' gu Ijoten. @te madjten ein 
 fteuer an, fod)ten i^re petfen 8 unb genoffen (118) bann tljr einfadjeS 
 3Ka^t*. 5lber o SBunber! 5l( fte t^re atpeterfteme nrieber 3u t^rem 
 (St^iffe jitriicftragen ttottten, fanben fte, ba^ fte toon ber (^etoalt 10 beg 
 ^euerS gefdjmot^en maren unb ftd) mtt ber Slfcfje unb bem gtu^enben 
 (glowing) <Sanb benntfdjt" fatten. 31I bte flufftge 12 2Kaffe fait 
 fjettjorben ttar, lag auf bem 33oben (ground) etne ^ette, burd^ftrfjtige 11 
 UKaffe: ba war bag lag. <3o murben bte ^p^onijter bte (Srftn* 
 ber w btefeg wert^tiotten 1S egenftanbeg 16 t ber ung bte grojjten 2)tenfte 
 (etftet (renders). 
 
 i sailor. 2 the north coast. 3 empties. << a vast plain of sand, s kettles and pans. 
 
 obliged, i block of saltpeter. B dishes, provisions. 9 meal, dinner. 10 power. 
 
 11 mixed. 12 liquid. 13 transparent, n ^scoverer. >: valuable, is bject, thing, 
 trticlc.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 209 
 
 TWENTY-NINTH LESSON. 
 
 The following verbs have a in the present, u in the 
 imperfect, and a again in the past participle. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERAT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 id) bade, bu ba'cfft, er 
 
 155. bacfen, to bake. 
 
 bacfe. * 
 
 ' ba'cft, urir badenjc., or 
 reg. 
 
 gebadfen. 
 
 id) but 
 or reg. 
 id) bcufte. 
 
 Except in the past, part., and even there, in the sense of to stick 
 together, to get stiff the regular forms are now mrre usual. Com- 
 pound adjectives formed with gebarfen, often omit ge=, e. g. neit v fle)s 
 bacfen, fresh-baked. 
 
 156. t fafyren, to drive, or to go in a carriage. 
 
 id) fafyre, bit fafjrft, er 
 
 fafyre. 
 
 id) fuljr. 
 
 gefafyren. 
 
 fafyvt, tuir fafyreu :c. 
 
 SBaflfafjren, to go on a pilgrimage ; toiKfa^ren, to do a person's will, 
 
 and befaijren in the sense of to fear (but not in other senses) are 
 
 regular. 
 With the person driving as subject (e. g. He drives well, carelessly, 
 
 fast) and as a transitive verb, meaning to carry in a wagon, fasten 
 
 takes fyaben. 
 Thus : f auS'faljren, fpajteren fasten, to take a drive ; f ob'faljren, to 
 
 start, to set out. 
 
 157. graben, to dig. 
 
 id) grabe, bu grabft, er 
 
 grabe. 
 
 id) grub. 
 
 grabt, ttnr gvaben jc. 
 
 Thus : bevjra'ben, to bury. Imp. ic& fcegtuB. -P. p- Begraben. 
 
 158. latcn, to load. 
 
 gegraben. 
 
 id) tabe, bit labeft or 
 (abft, ev tabet or Idbt, 
 loir tabett K. 
 
 labe. 
 
 id) tub, 
 
 sometimes 
 labete. 
 
 gelaben. 
 
 Thus : beta 'ben, to load ; etn'laben, to invite (p. p. etn'fletaben). 
 
 159. fd)affen and crfc^affen, to create. 
 
 id) fdjaffe, bu fd)affft, er 
 
 fdiaffe. 
 
 id) fd)uf. 
 
 gefdjaffen. 
 
 fdjafft, niir fdjaffeu jc. 
 
 N. B. -fd)affen, to work, and its compounds are regular, as: cm'fcbaffen, 
 erfdjaf'fen, to procure ; abfcfyapfen, to abrogate.
 
 210 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 IMPERAT. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 1 60. fcfylagen, to beat, to strike. 
 
 fdjlage. 
 
 id) fdjlug. 
 
 gefd)tagen. 
 
 id) fd)(age, bit frfjlagft, er 
 fd)lagt, luir fdjtagen 20. 
 
 Thus: at'fd)lagcn, a) to knock off, I) to refuse; erfdila'gen, to slay; 
 aue'|d)lagen, to decline, jerfdjla'gcn, to knock to pieces. Sgeraiu 
 fcblaflcn, to make an estimate, peraufjdHagen, to pay or receive taxes, 
 and beratfyfdilaflen, to consult together, are regular. 9?atf)fdbtagcn is 
 generally regular (past. part, geratl)[d)lagt), but sometimes irregular 
 and separable. 
 
 161 tragen, to carry, to wear, to take. 
 
 trage. 
 
 id) trug 
 
 getragen. 
 
 id) trage, bit tvagft, er 
 tra'gt, roir trageu ?c. 
 
 Thns : ertra'gen, to endure, to bear ; ftc() Betra'flen, to behave ; Ws 
 tragen, to contribute ; aB'tragen/ to clear the table. Certain com. 
 pound verbs ending in tragen, e. g. fceantragen, Seauftragen, are regu- 
 lar, being derived not from tragen with prefixes, but from nouna 
 3Jntrag, Stuftrag jc. 
 
 162. t roacfyfen, to grow. 
 
 tdj loodjfe, bu roadjft 
 [roadjfeft], er n)ad)ft 
 [nwrfjfet] , ttjirn)od)fen 
 
 wadjfe. 
 
 id) 
 
 gemadjfen. 
 
 The past. part, of this verb in some compounds omits the ge=, e. y. 
 
 163. n>afd)en, to wash. 
 
 Joofdjc. 
 
 id) ttwfd). 
 
 id) niofd)C, bu tucifdjft 
 [roafrfjeft], er tt)afd)t 
 [hjafdjt], n>tr toa* 
 fdjcn zc. 
 
 Thtia : ab'teafdjen, to wash (clean); au'n>afdjen, to wash out. 
 
 geroafdjen. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bcr Sader, the baker 
 ba3 j)ampfboot, the steamboat 
 bie Sifenba^n, the railroad 
 eine >6l)te, a den, hole 
 ber Jobtengraber, the grave- 
 digger 
 
 ba3 rab, the grave 
 
 ber $ut|d)er, the coachmaii 
 
 ber )muibui?, the omnibus 
 
 ber SBagen, the carriage, coach 
 
 ber barren, the cart 
 
 ba3 Sod), the hola
 
 IRREGULAR VERfcS. 
 
 bte SBunbe, the wound ttef, deep 
 
 bag pridjroort, the proverb pradjtig, | elegant 
 
 baafcf)entitd),thehandkerchief glan$enb, j splendid 
 
 ber?[RitftfIeI)rer,themusic-master unartig, naughty 
 
 ber $rieg8minifkr, the minister fdjmufetg, dirty 
 
 bag eftd)t, the face [of war unfdjulbig, guiltless, innocent 
 
 bte (td)e, the oak pflan^en, to plant 
 
 bte $auone, the cannon langfam, slowly. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 73. 
 
 >eute fjaben nnr $urfjen gebarfen. SBarum bacft 31jr 9?ad)bar fein 
 SBrob ntefyr ? SBeit er fetn 2ttefyl l)at. 2)ie nadjfte 2Bod)e ttnrb er Jutebet 
 bacfen. S)er $imtg fd^rt mtt fec^ ^3ferben. 2Bo fa^rfl bit ^m ? 3d) 
 faljre nad^ ^o(n. eftern fttljr metn ^reitnb bal)tn. -3ft er mtt (by) 
 bent 2)am^fboot gefafjren (gone)? ^etn, mtt ber (Stfenbaljn. 3)er 
 ^tt^S grfibt ftc^ etne o^Ie. 2)er Xobtengraber i)at em rab gegraben. 
 (Sin (Sfel nmrbe mtt bielen (Sacfen belaben, aber ba (as) er bte aft 
 (load) nt^t tragen fonnte, tonrbe fte auf etnen SSogen gefaben. S)te(e 
 ^letber ftnb abgetragen (out). SBaritm f^Iagt bte Gutter baS ^inb? 
 2Bett e fo fdjmit^tg tft; eg ^at fid) nid)t geraaf^en. ^tlatttg mufc^ 
 ft(^ bte dnbe unb fprad): -3d) bin unfdjutbig an bent Slttte btefeS 
 eredjten (just man). !Dte Jfjeepflanje n)d'(^ft in d^ina. ^rit^er 
 (formerly) umd)8 ber Xabaf nid)t in 2)eittfd)(anb; aber je^t ttiirb biel 
 ge^flan^t. !Diefer -Siingling tjl feljr gerta^fen feit (since) td^ ilm nid^t 
 me^r 1 gefe^en ^abe. -3m ^tnfang fdjuf @ott ^imntet nnb (Srbe. 2)tc 
 Selt ift bon ott au 9Jid)t3 gefd^affen tuorben. 
 
 74. 
 
 The baker has baked no bread to-day ; he does not bake 
 every day. The coachman drives too fast (ju fdjnell). We 
 went (156) in an omnibus. The prince drove in an elegant 
 carriage with four horses. The fox digs a hole in the ground 
 (33oben). The savages (SSitben) dug a deep hole. A poor child 
 was buried in the snow. Are you loading the cannon ? It is 
 already loaded. The cart is too heavily laden. The minister 
 of war has invited all the officers to dinner. In the beginning 
 *God l created heaven and earth. Why do you beat the child ? 
 I beat it because it was naughty. The dogs are often beaten. 
 
 i The words ni*t mefir might have been left out in this sentence, and the meaning ia 
 the same as if they had been left out
 
 212 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Cain slew his brother AbeL Our music-master 2 always * wears 
 a grey hat. Two soldiers carried the officer out of the battle 
 and washed his wound. One hand washes the other, says a 
 German proverb. Henry, wash your face, you are dirty. Are 
 my handkerchiefs washed? No, Sir, not yet, they will be 
 washed to-morrow. The oak grows very slowly. These violets 
 grew in my garden. 
 
 effen <Ste ba? 
 
 Ber f)at e Sfjnen gegeben? 
 aben <te metnem 23ebtentett 
 
 bte $(eiberbiirfte (brush) ? 
 >aben <te Ijeute fdjon bte d> 
 
 tungen gelefen ? 
 
 SBer tft gum 33afle ehtgefaben ? 
 $ennen <2te eintge toon tfnten? 
 3ft 3ljr S3ater bon fciner langen 
 
 ^ranf^ett gcnefen (8) ? 
 2Bp tft ber 2Birtf) (landlord)? 
 
 ic^ mu i^m eta8 fagen. 
 tft gefc^e^en, ftarum lauft 
 
 man f o jufammen (together) ? 
 
 aterftcfy tocrlefet (hurt) ? 
 Ijat 3^nen befo^ten, ntetnc 
 
 (Stiefet gum @d^u|ma^er gu 
 
 tragen ? 
 aben @te 3^ren 9tmg toteber 
 
 gefunben? 235 o lag er? 
 SSei fanb tljn? 
 
 U^r mcfjt me^r? 
 fpridjt biefer 2Jiatm? 
 ^>at bcr ^neg fc^on begonnert ? 
 S3tft bit bcrttjunbet? >at btr 
 Ocmanb etioaS (any harm) 
 gertjan? 
 
 tedft ber tad^et (the sting) 
 nodj barin? 
 
 3d) e f! ftfetfdfj imb S3rob; e ifl 
 
 metn ^ruljftucf. 
 3d) fyabe e mtr gefauft. 
 3a, id) gab fte u)m bor ( ago) 
 
 cuter (Stirabe. 
 
 3a, tdj Ijabe fte getefen. 
 
 3c^ ^abe md)t3 9JeueS barin ge 
 
 fitnben. 
 
 53tete jttttge ^erren nb 2)amen. 
 3a, id) fenne bie metften bon tt)nen. 
 
 ott fei 2)attf ! er tft gan$ genefen. 
 @r tft au6gegangen; aber er hnrb 
 
 balb toteber guriicf fetn. 
 (Stn SDtaurer (bricklayer) tft bom 
 
 5)ad)e gefatten. 
 
 -3a, er ^at em 33etn gebroc^en. 
 ^temanb befa^t e8 mtr; id) trug fte 
 
 baljtn, ibett fte gerrtffen ftnb. 
 
 (Sr lag auf bent 33oben, Ijtnter bent 
 t^ranfe (cupboard) berborgen. 
 
 2)ie ^Diagb fanb t^n, al fte bag 
 Dimmer bu^te (cleaned). 
 
 Stout, fte tft mtr gefto^ten toorben. 
 
 @r fbric^t bom ^rtege. 
 
 9tom, aber er tbtrb balb beginnen. 
 
 Sine 33tene ^at mtc^ in bie SSange 
 (cheek) geftod^en, unb Jefct tjl 
 fie gefc^wotten. 
 
 man fyat t^n gletd^ (immed- 
 iately)
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 213 
 
 G?r fa'ngt $ogel 
 
 3dj glaube, er Ijat erfl (only) toenige 
 
 gefangen. 
 3a, man ergrtff ifjn, at8 er au8 bent 
 
 >aufe Ijtnau8fd)lid). 
 -34 felbfi Ijabe fte gefdjnitten. 
 -3cq futyr in einem SBagen. 
 )ie 33tbet fagt: 3m Slnfang fdjuf 
 
 ott >immel unb (grbe. 
 SSetl ber <2c^nee auf ben 23ergen 
 
 gefc^molgen ift. 
 3)er Sebiente trug i^n or etner 
 
 Ijatben (Stunbe ba^tn' (there). 
 Sr hwfd) feine ^cinbe unb tranf 
 
 Staffer. 
 
 <Sie ijl inmeinem arten getoadjfen. 
 
 Ss tear nici^t me^r frtfd). -3c^ be* 
 go 3^re 33Iumen bamit. 
 
 3)ie onne fdjten Ijerrlid), at8 tetr 
 anftngen, ben 33erg gu erfteigen; 
 aber balb lam ein emitter (a 
 thunder-storm), unb nrir tearen 
 ge^teungen, toieber Ijerab (down) 
 ^U ge^en. 
 
 ADDITIONAL REMARKS ON THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 As the learner has already observed, some of *the 
 irregular verbs also change their radical consonants either 
 in the present, imperfect, or past participle. We subjoin 
 here, these irregularities : 
 
 1. In the present : 
 
 id) nefjme, bu nimmft, er nimmt (double m). 
 
 id) fdjelte, er fdjilt 1 
 
 ic^ ^otte, er fjfitt I instead of fdjattet, ^altet, rat^et, etc. (lose 
 
 id) ratlje, er rcitf) the ending t in the third person). 
 
 idj gelte, er gilt J 
 
 2. A number of the verbs on pages 200 to 205 have 
 antiquated forms of the present indicative second and 
 third persons singular, and of the imperative second 
 
 5Ba$ tljut biefer 9ftann Ijier? 
 >at er fdjon einige gefangen? 
 
 3fl ber )ieb ergriffen (caught) 
 
 toorben ? 
 
 2Ber l)at biefe ^eber gefdjnitten? 
 3n roa8 finb (ie gefafyren? 
 Sann Ijat ott bie Selt erfd)af* 
 
 fen?' 
 2Barum ftnb bte ffinfit unb 23ad)e 
 
 (brooks) fo angefdjrooflen ? 
 Ser ^at ben 33rtef auf bte ^oft 
 
 getragen ? 
 2Ba3 tfiat ber ^nabe am $8nm* 
 
 nen (well) ? 
 2Bo ^aben @tc btefe fc^one ttte 
 
 gefitnben? 
 SKarum ^aben <Sie btefeS 2Boffer 
 
 auggegoffen (119)? 
 fatten @te f^5ne 2Better 311 
 pa^tergang ait^ ben
 
 214 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 person singular, in eu, e. g., from fltegcn, frit fleugft, cr flcuqt, 
 fleugt. Stems ending in I), change it into d) after CU, e.g., 
 feud) from fliefyen. 
 
 3. In the imperfect : 
 
 id) fyteb, from fyauert (takes a final b). 
 id) traf, from treffen 
 
 id) fam, ge!ommen from fommen (loses an m). 
 
 4. In the imperfect and past participle : 
 
 id) bat, gebeten from bitten (loses a t). 
 
 id) foft, gefeffen from ftfcen (changes into ff). 
 
 tc^ tb,at, getb,on from tljun (takes a final t in the imp.). 
 
 id) ftanb, gefianbcn from ftcb,en (changes b, into nb). 
 
 |S Sntttfg"f^Z from fd,netben } (ohan ^ e b ^^ tt >' 
 
 |j^ pftff, gepfiffen from pfetfen } 
 
 tdb, fd^Iiff, gefd^Iiffen from fdjletfen [ (double their f). 
 
 t^ griff, gegriffen from greifen ) 
 
 tdb ^og, gcjogen from gteijen (changes b, into g). 
 
 id) fott, gefottcn from fieben (changes b into tt). 
 
 5. There exist some older forms of the subjunctive 
 mood of the imperfect, which still occur now and then, e.g^ 
 
 id) before instead of id) befciljle; bcrbiirgc for berbcirge. 
 *ic^ ftiinbe for id) ftanbe; tc^ ftUrbc for t^ ftcirbe. 
 td^ toerbtirbe for oerbdrbe. 
 
 6. The regular verb fragcn, to ask, has for the imperfect 
 tense besides the regular form id) fragte, another form 
 id) frug, subj. ic^ fruge, and in the present we may have, 
 bit fragfl, cr fragt. 
 
 7. Some regular verbs have an irregular past participle 
 which is used as an adjective. E.g., 
 
 fterttjorrcn, confused, from bernrirren, to confuse. 
 geftmlten, split, " fpatten, to split 
 
 gefol^en, salt, salted " fallen, to salt.
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 215 
 
 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Simple verbs which are not found in this list are to be considered 
 regular. Compound verbs must be sought for under their primitives. 
 A double hyphen before a verb (as = betljcn) indicates that the word is 
 used only in composition ; in such cases the meaning is not given in the 
 list, but must be found by referring back to the number where the 
 verb is given with its prefix or prefixes. 
 
 Verbs marked with a f are now commonly regular, but have, or once had, 
 the forms given in the list. For meaning of ( ) and [ ] see (NOTE) p. 172. 
 
 Verbs marked with a * are partly irregular (see p. 132, 4/. 
 
 The figures in the right hand column indicate the number under 
 which the verb is treated on pages 168 214. 
 
 The letter f . after a verb means that it is conjugated with fein. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 f ISBarfen, to bake 
 t babea, to bathe 
 
 * ba'ren 
 beifcen, to bite 
 
 t beflen, to bark 
 
 berg en, to hide, to conceal 
 
 berftcn, f., to burst, to crack 
 
 biegen, to bend 
 
 bteten, to offer 
 
 btnben, to bind, to tie 
 
 bitten, to beg, to request 
 
 btafen, to blow 
 
 bleiben, f., to stay, to remain 
 
 bteidjen, to bleach 
 
 braten, to roast 
 
 brcdjen, to break 
 
 * brennen, to burn 
 
 * brtngen, to bring 
 baudjten, to seem 
 
 * betljen 
 
 * beiifen, to think 
 = berben 
 
 f bingen, to hire 
 
 IMPEKFECT. 
 
 buf 
 
 PAST PAKT. 
 
 gebacfen 
 
 No. 
 
 155 
 
 
 
 [gebaben] 
 
 
 
 * bar 
 
 * boren 
 
 23 
 
 btfe 
 
 gebtffeit 
 
 61 
 
 [batt] 
 
 [geboUen] 
 
 
 
 barg 
 
 geborgen 
 
 17 
 
 barft 
 
 geborfteu 
 
 18 
 
 bog 
 
 gebogen 
 
 112 
 
 bot 
 
 geboten 
 
 113 
 
 banb 
 
 gebunbeit 
 
 43 
 
 bat 
 
 gebeten 
 
 11 
 
 blteS 
 
 gebtafen 
 
 97 
 
 btieb 
 
 geblieben 
 
 80 
 
 bltrf} 
 
 gebltc^en 
 
 63 
 
 briet 
 
 gebraten 
 
 98 
 
 brad) 
 
 gebrod)en 
 
 19 
 
 bratmte 
 
 gebrannt 
 
 
 
 bradjte 
 
 gebradjt 
 
 
 
 [baitdjte] 
 
 gebauc^t 
 
 
 
 * bleb, 
 
 - bteten 
 
 86 
 
 badjte 
 
 gebadjt 
 
 
 
 * barb 
 
 * borben 
 
 32 
 
 
 
 gebitngen 
 
 58
 
 216 
 
 IBBEGULAB TERBS. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 brefcfyen, to thrash 
 
 * bvieften 
 
 bvtngen, f., to press, to urge 
 
 * biirfen, to be permitted 
 effen, to eat 
 
 fafyven, f., to drive 
 
 fallen, f., to fall 
 
 f fallen, to fold 
 
 fang en, to catch 
 
 fedjten, to fight 
 
 5 feljten 
 
 ftnben, to find 
 
 flecfyten, to twist 
 
 ^ fletften 
 
 fltepen, f., to fly 
 
 fltefjen, f., to flee 
 
 fliefjen, f., to flow 
 
 f fragen, to ask 
 
 freffen, to eat (of animals) 
 
 frteren, to freeze 
 
 gafyren, to ferment 
 
 geben, to give 
 
 geljen, f., to go 
 
 getten, to be worth 
 
 > geffen 
 
 gtefeen, to pour 
 
 * ginnen 
 
 gleicf)en, to resemble 
 t gleten, to glitter 
 gteiten, f., to glide, to slide 
 gtimmen, f., to burn faintly 
 graben, to dig 
 gretfen, to gripe 
 Ijaben, to have 
 
 IMPEBFECT 
 
 PAST PABT. 
 
 No. 
 
 brofd) 
 
 gebrojdjen 
 
 20 
 
 -' brofe 
 
 * broffen 
 
 124 
 
 brang 
 
 gebrungen 
 
 47 
 
 burfte 
 
 geburft 
 
 
 
 afe 
 
 gegeffen 
 
 2 
 
 fi^r 
 
 gefa^ren 
 
 156 
 
 fid 
 
 gefaflen 
 
 99 
 
 
 
 (gefatten) 
 
 
 
 fi(e)ng 
 
 gefangen 
 
 100 
 
 fo^t 
 
 gefodjten 
 
 137 
 
 .fatf 
 
 * fo^ten 
 
 16 
 
 fanb 
 
 gefunben 
 
 44 
 
 flodjt 
 
 geftodjten 
 
 138 
 
 m 
 
 .fliffen 
 
 62 
 
 N 
 
 geflogen 
 
 114 
 
 w 
 
 geflol^en 
 
 115 
 
 ftofi 
 
 gefloffen 
 
 116 
 
 frug 
 
 
 
 
 
 fra 
 
 gefreffen 
 
 3 
 
 fror 
 
 gefroren 
 
 117 
 
 go^r 
 
 gegob,ren 
 
 139 
 
 gab 
 
 gegeben 
 
 1 
 
 9(09 
 
 gegangen 
 
 108 
 
 gait 
 
 gegolten 
 
 22 
 
 >a*b 
 
 * geffen 
 
 10 
 
 go 
 
 gegoffen 
 
 119 
 
 -- gann 
 
 * gonnen 
 
 36 
 
 gltc^ 
 
 gegtidjen 
 
 65 
 
 96 
 
 gegltffen 
 
 
 
 glttt 
 
 geglttten 
 
 66 
 
 glomm 
 
 gegtontmen 
 
 140 
 
 grub 
 
 gegraben 
 
 157 
 
 Qvtff 
 
 gegrtffen 
 
 64 
 
 ^atte 
 
 ge^abt 
 

 
 IEEEGULAR VEEBS. 
 
 217 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 gotten, to hold 
 Ijangen, to hang 
 Ijoucn, to hew 
 fyebcn, to lift 
 Ijetften, to be called 
 Ijelfen, to help 
 t feifen, to chide 
 
 * fennen, to know 
 f Kcmmcn 
 
 f ftieben, to cleave 
 f flimmen, f., to climb 
 fUngen, to sound 
 fnetfen, to pinch 
 fommctt, f., to come 
 
 * fonnen, to be able 
 fretfdjcn, to scream 
 frtedjen, f., to creep 
 f frimpen, to shrink 
 fiircn, to choose 
 lobcn, to load 
 tafjen, to let 
 laiifen, f., to run 
 leiben, to suffer 
 leifyen, to lend 
 lefen, to read 
 ttegen, f., to lie 
 
 f lieren 
 
 * Ungen 
 
 Kfdjen, f., to extinguish 
 liigen, to tell a lie 
 f modjen, to make 
 f marten, to grind 
 meiben, to shun 
 mellen, to milk 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 fAST PART. 
 
 ge^alten 
 
 No. 
 
 101 
 
 f)tng 
 
 geb,angen 
 
 102 
 
 In'eb 
 
 geb,auen 
 
 107 
 
 l)0b 
 
 geb,oben 
 
 141 
 
 IjteB 
 
 geb,ei^en 
 
 96 
 
 |olf 
 
 geb,olfen 
 
 24 
 
 (fiff) 
 
 (geftffen) 
 
 
 
 fannte 
 
 gefannt 
 
 
 
 t flotnm 
 
 * Hommen 
 
 134 
 
 Hob 
 
 geftoben 
 
 
 
 Homm 
 
 geftontmen 
 
 
 
 Hang 
 
 gefhmgen 
 
 49 
 
 fniff 
 
 gefniffen 
 
 67 
 
 lam 
 
 gefommen 
 
 42 
 
 fonnte 
 
 gefonnt 
 
 
 
 frtfd) 
 
 gefrtfd^en 
 
 88 
 
 frodj 
 
 gefrodjen 
 
 120 
 
 
 
 gefrumpen 
 
 
 
 for 
 
 ge!oren 
 
 150 
 
 fob 
 
 getaben 
 
 158 
 
 Iie 
 
 getaffen 
 
 103 
 
 lief 
 
 gelaufen 
 
 106 
 
 Utt 
 
 getttten 
 
 68 
 
 Uelj 
 
 gelie^en 
 
 87 
 
 fM 
 
 gelefen 
 
 5 
 
 lag 
 
 gelegen 
 
 12 
 
 *Ior 
 
 * lorcn 
 
 125 
 
 *Iang 
 
 * lung en 
 
 48 
 
 m 
 
 gelofdjen 
 
 135 
 
 log 
 
 getogen 
 
 142 
 
 
 
 (ge)mad)en 
 
 
 
 (mufyl) 
 
 gema^Ien 
 
 
 
 mteb 
 
 gemteben 
 
 84 
 
 jnotf (melfte) 
 
 gemotfen 
 
 143
 
 218 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 ntefjen, to measure 
 
 * ntb'gcu, may 
 
 * ntuffcn, must 
 ItcljincH, to take 
 
 * ncnnen, to name 
 = ncfen 
 
 * nieflen 
 
 Jlfctfen, to whistle 
 Vflegeu, to cherish 
 pretl'en, to praise 
 quctten, to gush 
 t riidjen, to avenge 
 ratfyen, to advise 
 retbeu, to rub 
 reifcen, to tear 
 retten, f., to ride 
 
 * rennen, to run 
 riedjen, to smell 
 ringen, to wring 
 rtnnen, to leak, to flow 
 ritfen, to call 
 
 f fatten, to salt 
 
 faufen, to drink (of animals) 
 
 fcmgen, to suck 
 
 fdjaffen, to create 
 
 fdjaflen, to sound 
 
 * jdjefyen 
 
 fdjciben, to separate 
 frf)etnen, to seem, to shine 
 fdjelten, to scold, to chide 
 fdjeercn, to shear 
 frfjieben, to shove, to push 
 frfjteften, to shoot 
 [djinben, to flay 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PAST PABT. 
 
 No. 
 
 ma^ 
 
 gemeffen 
 
 4 
 
 modjte 
 
 gemodjt 
 
 
 
 mu^tc 
 
 gentufet 
 
 
 
 na^m 
 
 genontmeit 
 
 25 
 
 nonnte 
 
 gcnannt 
 
 
 
 * na$ 
 
 * nefen 
 
 8 
 
 -nog 
 
 f noffen 
 
 118 
 
 m 
 
 gepfiffeu 
 
 G9 
 
 ^Pog 
 
 gepflogen 
 
 151 
 
 prte 
 
 geprtejcn 
 
 91 
 
 quell 
 
 gequotten 
 
 152 
 
 rod) 
 
 gerod)en 
 
 
 
 rtetlj 
 
 geratfjen 
 
 104 
 
 rieb 
 
 gerteben 
 
 81 
 
 ^ 
 
 geriffen 
 
 70 
 
 ritt 
 
 gerttten 
 
 71 
 
 ronnte 
 
 gerannt 
 
 
 
 rod) 
 
 gerodjen 
 
 121 
 
 rang 
 
 gerungen 
 
 50 
 
 rann 
 
 getonnen 
 
 38 
 
 rief 
 
 gerufen 
 
 110 
 
 
 
 gefalgen 
 
 
 
 foff 
 
 gefojfen 
 
 153 
 
 fog 
 
 gefogcn 
 
 144 
 
 fd)uf 
 
 ge[d)affen 
 
 159 
 
 fdjoa 
 
 gefdjotlen 
 
 136 
 
 *fd)a^ 
 
 * fdjetjen 
 
 9 
 
 fdjteb 
 
 gefdjtebcn 
 
 85 
 
 fd)ten 
 
 ge(d)ienen 
 
 93 
 
 fdjalt 
 
 gefdjolten 
 
 26 
 
 fd)or 
 
 gefdjoren 
 
 145 
 
 fdjob 
 
 gefdjoben 
 
 128 
 
 fd)o 
 
 gefdjoffen 
 
 122 
 
 
 
 gefdjunbcn 
 
 59
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 219 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 fd)(afen, to sleep 
 
 fdjtagen, to beat, to strike 
 
 fdf)letd)en, f.,to sneak, to steal along 
 
 fdjfeifen, to sharpen, to grind 
 
 fdjletfccn, to slit 
 
 fd)ttefen, to slip 
 
 fd)Ueen, to lock, to close 
 
 fdjttngen, to wind 
 
 fdjmetjjen, to fling 
 
 fdjntet^en, to melt 
 
 fdfjncwbcn, to breathe, to snort 
 
 fdjnctbcn, to cut 
 
 t fdjneien, to snow 
 
 fdjraitben, to screw 
 
 fdjrccfcn, to be afraid 
 
 fdjretben, to write 
 
 fdjreten, to cry, to scream 
 
 fdjreiten, f., to stride, to step 
 
 fdjrinbcn, to crack 
 
 f fdjrotcn, to cut across 
 
 f fdjrumpfcn, to shrink 
 
 fdjiodren, to suppurate 
 
 fdfjnmgen, to be silent 
 
 fdjfteflen, to swell 
 
 fdjitnmtucn, f., to swim 
 
 fd)h)inben, f., to vanish 
 
 [djunngen, to swing, to brandish 
 
 fdjtob'ren, to swear 
 
 feb/en, to see 
 
 f fcigen, to filter 
 
 fein, f., to be 
 
 * fenben, to send 
 
 fiebcn, to boil 
 
 flngen, to sing 
 
 IMPERFECT 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 No. 
 
 M&f 
 
 gefdjtafen 
 
 105 
 
 fd)tug 
 
 gefdjfagen 
 
 160 
 
 fdjftd) 
 
 gcfdjltdjen 
 
 73 
 
 WKff 
 
 gefd)Uffeit 
 
 72 
 
 fd)Kfe 
 
 gefd)ltj|en 
 
 
 
 fdjtoff 
 
 gcfd)Ioffen 
 
 
 
 frf)to 
 
 gcfdjloffen 
 
 123 
 
 (d)tang 
 
 gefd)(ungen 
 
 51 
 
 fd)mi$ 
 
 gefdjniijfen 
 
 75 
 
 fdjtnolj 
 
 gefdimot^en 
 
 146 
 
 fdjnob 
 
 gc(d)nobe 
 
 154 
 
 fdjnitt 
 
 gefd)ititten 
 
 76 
 
 (fdjnte) 
 
 (gefdjnteen) 
 
 
 
 fcrjrob 
 
 gefdjroben 
 
 
 
 frfjraf 
 
 gef^rocfen 
 
 21 
 
 fdjrieb 
 
 gefd^rteb'*n 
 
 82 
 
 fdjrie 
 
 gefc^rieen 
 
 88 
 
 frfjrttt 
 
 gefd^ritten 
 
 77 
 
 fdfjrunb 
 
 gefdjrunben 
 
 
 
 
 
 gefd^roten 
 
 
 
 
 
 gefdjrumpfen 
 
 
 
 fcfyoor 
 
 gefc^woren 
 
 
 
 fdjiuteg 
 
 gefdjiniegen 
 
 94 
 
 fdjmofl 
 
 ge[d)U30llen 
 
 147 
 
 fdjioamm 
 
 gefd^mommen 
 
 41 
 
 fdjtoanb 
 
 gefd)U)unben 
 
 45 
 
 fdjtoang 
 
 gefdjtuungen 
 
 52 
 
 fdjtoor 
 
 gefc^tBoren 
 
 148 
 
 falj 
 
 gefefyen 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 [- ftegen] 
 
 
 
 toar 
 
 getuefen 
 
 
 
 fanbte 
 
 gefanbt 
 
 
 
 fott 
 
 gefotten 
 
 129 
 
 fang 
 
 gefitngen 
 
 53
 
 220 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 ftnfen, f., to sink 
 finnen, to meditate 
 fijjen, f., to sit 
 f [patten, to split 
 f pc ten, to spit 
 fpimtcn, to spin 
 fpletftcn, to split 
 fpredjen, to speak 
 fprieften, f., to sprout 
 fpringcn, f., to spring 
 ftedjen, to prick 
 f fterfen, to stick 
 ftefyen, f., to stand 
 ftefyten, to steal 
 ftctgen, f., to ascend 
 fterben, f., to die 
 ftieben, f., to fly off 
 fttnfen, to stink 
 ftoften, to push 
 ftreidjen, to stroke 
 ftreiten, to quarrel 
 tfjun, to do 
 tragen, to carry 
 treffen, to hit 
 tretben, to drive 
 tretcn, f., to tread 
 trtefen, to drip 
 trtnfen, to drink 
 tritgen, to deceive 
 toacijfcn, f., to grow 
 toagen, to weigh 
 toafdjen, to wash 
 tveben, to weave 
 
 , f., to yield 
 
 IMPEKFECT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 No. 
 
 fan! 
 
 gefiinfcn 
 
 55 
 
 fann 
 
 gcfonncn 
 
 39 
 
 fafe 
 
 ge[effen 
 
 13 
 
 
 
 gefpatteu 
 
 
 
 fpte 
 
 gefpteeu 
 
 89 
 
 fpann 
 
 gefponnen 
 
 40 
 
 P8 
 
 gefpliffen 
 
 
 
 fprarf) 
 
 gefprodjen 
 
 27 
 
 fpro 
 
 gcfproffen 
 
 130 
 
 fprang 
 
 gefpnmgen 
 
 54 
 
 M 
 
 geftodjeu 
 
 28 
 
 ftaf 
 
 geftoden 
 
 29 
 
 ftanb 
 
 geftanbeu 
 
 14 
 
 W 
 
 gefto^Ieit 
 
 30 
 
 ftteg 
 
 gefttegen 
 
 95 
 
 ftarb 
 
 geftorben 
 
 31 
 
 ftob 
 
 gefioben 
 
 131 
 
 ftonf 
 
 geftunfen 
 
 60 
 
 m 
 
 geftoen 
 
 109 
 
 flrtd? 
 
 geftndjen 
 
 74 
 
 |Wtt 
 
 geflrttten 
 
 78 
 
 t^at 
 
 gctljan 
 
 15 
 
 trug 
 
 getragen 
 
 161 
 
 traf 
 
 getroffen 
 
 35 
 
 trteb 
 
 getrtebcn 
 
 83 
 
 trat 
 
 getreten 
 
 7 
 
 troff 
 
 getroffen 
 
 132 
 
 tranf 
 
 getrnnfen 
 
 56 
 
 trog 
 
 getrogen 
 
 111 
 
 n>ud) 
 
 geivadjfen 
 
 162 
 
 hjog 
 
 geroogen 
 
 126 
 
 iuufd) 
 
 geraafdjen 
 
 163 
 
 toob 
 
 gettjoben 
 
 149 
 
 f raog 
 
 * njogen 
 
 133 
 
 lutd) 
 
 gewid)en 
 
 79
 
 INSEPARABLE VERBS. 221 
 
 INFINITIVE. IMPERFECT PAST PAKT. No. 
 
 toetfen, to show twiei? getwefen 92 
 
 * toenben, to turn toanbte geroanbt 
 toerben, to sue tuarb geroorben 33 
 f tuerben, to become toarb (nwrbe) gercorben 
 tterfen, to throw toarf geroorfen 34 
 toiegen, to weigh toog geftogen 126 
 iwnben, to wind nwnb gennntben 46 
 
 * nnnneit * ttann * roonnen 37 
 f luirren gettiorren 
 
 * ivtffen, to know nmftte gettiu^t 
 tortngen, to wring torang getcrungen 
 jeifjen, to accuse gtelj geSte^en 90 
 gie^en, to draw, to pull gog g^ogen 127 
 jttringen, to force, to compel jroang gejioungen 57 
 
 THIRTIETH LESSON. 
 
 INSEPARABLE VERBS. 
 
 CUntrennfiort gtittodrter.) 
 
 1. Compound verbs in German are divided into two 
 classes, the separable and the inseparable. The latter 
 class, which we shall consider before the separable verbs, 
 are conjugated just like their primitives, except that they 
 omit the ge of the past participles. Thus from malen 
 (malte, gema(t) to paint (a picture), comes bema'Ien (bemal'te, 
 bema(t') to paint (a wall), and from gefyen (gtng, gegangen) to 
 go, entge'fyen, entging', ent^an'gen, to escape. 
 
 2. It has already been stated, page 10, that the prefix 
 of an inseparable verb does not receive the accent. 
 
 3. Inseparable verb means verb with an inseparable prefix. 
 Every part of the verb bemalen begins with be followed 
 by mat, (i.e., be is inseparable) just as in English every 
 part of to inform begins with in followed by/on/i.
 
 22 INSEPARABLE VERBS. 
 
 4. The following prefixes always form inseparable 
 verbs : l be, emp, er, ent, er, jer, gc and nnter. But rotter, 
 properly against, is sometimes printed instead of nneter, 
 properly again (see foot-note 1, page 234). 
 
 5. Partial conjugation of an inseparable verb of 
 which the primitive is regular. 
 
 Infinitive: 33ebccfen, to cover. 
 
 PRESENT. IMPERFECT. 
 
 id) bebede, I cover id) bebedte, I covered 
 
 bit bebecfft, bu bebecfteft, 
 
 er bebedt, er bebecfte, 
 
 unr bebedfen, tour bebedten, 
 
 if)r bebedt, iljr bebedtet, 
 
 fte bebeden. fie bebedten. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 id] tuerbe bebecten, I shall cover ; bu ttnrjt beberfen :c. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 id] Ijobe beberft, I have covered ; bu fyafl beberft K. 
 Imp. beberfen <Sie, cover. Past Part, beberft, covered. 
 
 6. Partial conjugation of an inseparable verb of which 
 fche primitive is irregular. 
 
 Infinitive: SSerlaffen, to leave. 
 
 PRESENT. IMPERFECT. 
 
 id) oerlaffe, I leave id), berltefc, I left 
 
 bu Derldffefi, bu oerltef efl, 
 
 er Derta^t, er oerltep, 
 
 n>tr Derlaffen, totr oerttefeen, 
 
 t^r toerlaffet, i^r berlteBet, 
 
 fte t>erlaf|en. fie toertte^eu. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 id) foerbe berlaffen, I shall leave ; bu rtnrft fcertaffen K. 
 
 i It makes no difference if separable prefixes appear to follow these prefixes ; thus 
 rerabicK'uon has id) i'crab{*cuc, Qu) cetabfcfccuen, past part. Berabf*eu(. This verb is not in 
 reality formed from vet (inseparable), 06 (separable^, and jdjeutn (jsimfte verb"), but from 
 cr and the noun vlbfc^eu.
 
 INSEPARABLE VERBS. 
 
 22S 
 
 PEBFECT. 
 
 id) Ijabc toertaffen, I have left ; bu fycift bcvlaffcu :c. 
 Imp. fcerlaffen <2ie, leave, etc. Past Part. Derlaffen, left. 
 
 Further examples of inseparable verbs are : 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 Be I be(ob/nen, reg. to reward 
 
 id) belo^'ne 
 
 belo^nt'. 
 
 befjalten, irr. to keep 
 
 tc^ be^alte 
 
 befallen. 
 
 etnji : empftnben, irr. to feel 
 
 id) em^finbc 
 
 empfunben. 
 
 empfangen, irr. to receive 
 
 id) entpfcmge 
 
 em^fangen. 
 
 et : erfyatten, irr. to receive 
 
 id) erratic 
 
 er^atten. 
 
 ferfd)etnen, irr. to appear 
 
 ic^ erfdjeine 
 
 erfdjienen. 
 
 ent : tentgefyen, irr. to escape 
 
 id) entge^e 
 
 entgangen. 
 
 entfernen, reg. to remove 
 
 ic^ entferne 
 
 entfernt. 
 
 tier : ttergeffen, irr. to forget 
 
 id) toergeffe 
 
 bergeffen. 
 
 toerlteren/wr. to lose 
 
 id) Derliere 
 
 toerloren. 
 
 ger : gerftoren, reg. to destroy 
 
 id) jerftore 
 
 gerftort. 
 
 gerreifeen, irr. to tear 
 
 id) gerrei^e 
 
 gerriffen. 
 
 gt : gefyordjen (dot) reg, to obey 
 
 ic^ ge^or^e 
 
 gefyor'rfjt. 
 
 gefallen (dot.) irr. to please 
 
 id) gefafle 
 
 gefatten. 
 
 tmber : tmberfle'Jjen, irr. to resist 
 
 id) luibcrfte^e 
 
 rtiberftanben. 
 
 toiberfpredjen, irr. to contradict 
 
 id) imberfpredje 
 
 tutberf proven. 
 
 NOTE. For the prefixes burd), I)tnter, ubet, urn, unter, tutber and toiebet 
 which are sometimes inseparable, see p. 234 etc. 
 
 7. The inseparable prefixes mentioned in 4, in some 
 cases form verbs not from other verbs, but from nouns or 
 adjectives, e.g., entfroften, to deprive of strength, enervate.. 
 from $raft, strength. 
 
 8. a) be forms verbs meaning to furnish with from 
 nouns, e.g., begaben, to furnish with a gift, from abe, gift 
 The past participles (used as adjectives) of these verbs 
 e.g., begabt, gifted, are the parts most frequently met with. 
 
 6) be in a number of cases answers to con in English, 
 e.g., beftefyen, to consist. 
 
 c) be sometimes changes an intransitive into a transi- 
 tive verb, e.g., befpeicn, to spit upon, from fpeten, to spit.
 
 224 INSEPARABLE VEBBS. 
 
 d) be sometimes changes the sense of the verb to 
 which it is prefixed in such a way that the new verb takes 
 a different kind of object. Thus malen, to paint, takes 
 after it some such word as picture, portrait, landscape, or 
 the thing imitated as a tree, a horse, etc., etc., while bemalen 
 takes that which is covered by the paint, as a watt, apiece 
 of canvas, etc., etc. 
 
 9. a) ent means o/, e.g., entlafictt, to let off; entfommen, to 
 come off, escape. 
 
 b) ent forms from adjectives and substantives verbs of 
 deprivation, e.g., entfyeiligen, to desecrate (deprive of holiness), 
 from J)ei(tg, holy. Another example has already been 
 given in 7. 
 
 10. ) er forms from verbs such compound verbs as 
 erfcfyeinen, to shine out, from fcfyeinen, to shine, and erjagen, 
 to get by hunting, from jagen, to hunt. 
 
 b) er forms from adjectives such verbs as errotfyen, to 
 become red, from rotf), red, or ernietrigen, to make low, from 
 niebrig, low. 
 
 11. a} er forms from verbs compound verbs, such as oer* 
 fufyren, to lead astray, from futyren, to lead, and oeracfyten, to de- 
 spise, from adjten, to respect (in these cr has a bad sense) ; 
 or tterbluten, to bleed to death, from bluten, to bleed, and 
 fcerfclliejjen, to lock up, from fcfyltepen, to shut, (in these er 
 denotes thoroughness or completion). 
 
 b) er forms from adjectives verbs meaning to make, 
 thus : serguten, to make good, from gut, good. 
 
 12. The following verbs are formed not like the- in- 
 Beparables already treated of and the separable verbs in 
 the Thirty-first Lesson, from a frequently occurring prefix 
 and a verb but from compound nouns, an adjective and
 
 INSEPARABLE VEfcBS. 
 
 225 
 
 a verb, a noun and a verb, etc. 
 entirely regular. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 fritt/ftiiden, to breakfast 
 ant'iuprten, to answer 
 itr'tfyeUea, to judge 
 Ueb'fofen, to caress 
 ratf)'fd)(agen, to deliberate 
 arg'iuofyuen, to suspect , 
 
 red)t'ferttgen, to justify 
 itutfy'mafen, to presume, guess 
 toett'etfern, to emulate 
 Ijanb'ljaben, to handle, maintain 
 tt)et'terleitd)ten, to lighten 
 feeif'fogen, to prophesy 
 
 Their conjugation is 
 
 PBESENT. 
 
 id) fritfpcfe 
 id) antoorte 
 id) urtljeite 
 id) liebfpfe 
 id) rat()fd)lage 
 id) argtoofyne 
 id) rcdjtferttge 
 id) mutfymaf e 
 id) toetteifere 
 id) fyanbfjabe 
 
 PAST PART. 
 
 gefriifjftitd't. 
 
 geantroortet. 
 
 gettrtljeilt. 
 
 geliebfoft. 
 
 geratfyfdjtagt. 
 
 geargfoofynt. 
 
 geredjtfertigt. 
 
 gemut^maft. 
 
 gehjettetfert. 
 
 ge^anb^abt. 
 
 wetterteitd)tet gewetterteudjtet. 
 id) roeiffage geroeiffagt. 
 NOTE. The two verbs ttrittfaljretV to comply with, and froljlocfen, to exutt, 
 also follow this rule, but sometimes omit the prefix ge in the participle, 
 which may be toiUfaljrt' or gettnflfafyct ; fvoljlorft or gefroljlodt. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ba$ SBertrauen, confidence 
 erobern, reg. to conquer 
 beljalten, to keep 
 toerfpredjen, to promise 
 entfagen, reg. to abdicate, resign 
 begiinfttgen, reg. to favor 
 berauben, reg. to rob, to deprive 
 bettofynen, to inhabit 
 befotgen, reg. to follow 
 beffern, reg. to amend (trans.) 
 befdjmitken, reg. to soil 
 gerftreiten, reg. to disperse (trans.) 
 gunftig, favorable, adv. -ly 
 ganj, ganoid), entirely 
 nadj^er, adv. afterwards. 
 
 ba ^liid, fortune 
 
 ba3 Safter, vice 
 
 bte Seootferung, the population 
 
 ber ^uffefyer, the overseer 
 
 ba ?anb, the land 
 
 ber 33auer, the peasant 
 
 bebaueu, to cultivate 
 
 ber 9uiuber, the robber 
 
 bdS epdrf, the luggage 
 
 ber ebanfc, the thought 
 
 ba^ 23etragcn, the behavior 
 
 rratb,en, irr. to guess 
 
 kit (Srnte, the crop 
 
 bte $ette, the chain 
 
 bte @d)etbe, the pane of glass 
 
 READING EXERCISE 75. 
 
 )er djnee bebedt im SBinter bte Srbe. >te ftet^tgen (Sdjiiter 
 toerben belo^nt. 2)tcfe 53iid)er gefatten mtr ntd)t. 3)tc ^einbe er* 
 obcrten bte @tobt 3d) erfanntc fie nid)t fog(etd), toeit e8 bitnfet war. 
 
 ic mid) tjerftanben ? Oa ;
 
 226 INSEPARABLE VERBS. 
 
 id] uerfpredje 3l)itcu, 3()vcu 9Jatlj ju befolgen. 28iberfpred)cn Ste 
 mtr, fo tange ate Sic roollen, am (gnbe foerben <Ste bod) fagen, bap icf) 
 $Hed)t gefyabt Ijabe. ic|e3 Sdjlop ttrirb Don ber 0>3rafin <y- betoofynt. 
 3)er (Partner fyat uergeffen, metne jungen ^flan^en gu begiefjen. 3)et 
 $onig t)at 31^ unften (iu favor of) fetne0 <3ol)neS bent Stjronc cut* 
 fagt. 5)cr oob,n beiS Sorb ^. fjat feme tubien giin^Ud) uernac^ta'igt. 
 err SBatfer Ijat mein 33ud) feb,r gunftig beurtfjettt. ute 9)Jenfd)en 
 Derabfdjeuen ba Rafter. Xie 9?ac|rid)t on bent (Siege ber ^cinbe t)at 
 unter ber 33etiotferung einen grofcen Sdjrecfen (panic) berurfadjt. !Ter 
 Sluffe^er b,atte fetn efdjdft (business) gang bernadjla'pigt. 2)er junge 
 SKann redjtfertigte ba ^ertrauen, ba tt)tr in Hjn fe^ten. 
 
 ufgabc 76. 
 
 "Water covered the land. You lose your friends. I had not 
 received your letter. Good children obey their (flat.} parents. 
 This young man was much (fefyr) favored by (the) fortune. 
 The peasants cultivate their land. The road is planted (be* 
 pflangt) with walnut-(9?u=)trees. A robber has deprived me 
 (ace.) of my luggage (gen.). You have guessed (104) my 
 thoughts. The boy promised me (dat.) to mend his be- 
 havior. We have lost all our money. The child has soiled 
 its dress. I will keep this book. Have (finb) the orders (23e* 
 fefyte) of the king been executed? I was deceived (111) by my 
 neighbor ; he deceives everybody. Carthage ($artf)ago) was 
 destroyed by the Romans. I have received several letters 
 from America. Do not contradict your master (dat.). The 
 potato-crop has failed (tft mtjjratfyen). Have you breakfasted? 
 I breakfast every morning at nine o'clock. The dog broke 
 (tore) his chain and ran off (fort). Your boots are torn, shall 
 I take (trogen) them to (311) the shoemaker? A bird flew 
 against the window and broke a pane of glass. Afterwards 
 * nobody l knew who 3 had 2 broken l it. I have not been in- 
 formed of (oon) the death of Mr. Graham. The robber waa 
 condemned to be hanged. 
 
 tljaten bie ^etnbe ? <Ste eroberten bte <Stabt. 
 2Ba berurfadjte bte 9jf ad)rid)t toon 
 
 bent (Siege ber ^ewbe? Sic berurfad)te groften Sdjrecfett. 
 
 2Ber betoolntt jeneS <Sd)tojj ? er ofterretdjifdje raf 5- 
 
 Ofl er retd)? 5D?an fagt, bajj er fefjr retd) tfl
 
 SEPARABLE VERBS. 
 
 2Barum $at ber (Partner 
 
 men ntd)t tegoffen ? 
 2Ba3 Derfpradj'ber 
 28er on Sfynen fyqt mit hnber* 
 
 fprodjen ? 
 $at biefer 9ttann fein 
 
 beforgt (attended to) ? 
 Robert <5te etnen 23rief bon 
 
 rent 5^unbe erljatten? 
 tljun bte Sauern? 
 te btele 
 
 (Sir ttnrb fte btefen 3lbenb begte^en. 
 (gr berf))rac^, fic^ gu beffern. 
 ^itemanb Don un b,at ^b/nett totber* 
 
 fpro^en. 
 S'Jetn, er fyat e6 gan^It^ 
 
 $onnen <Ste metne @ebanfen er* 
 
 ratten ? 
 ^aben bte ftetnbe bte (Stabt 3er== 
 
 [tort? 
 $at ber ^ontg bent S^rone ent* 
 
 fagt? 
 Stffen (Ste, toer btefeS (a 
 
 broken 
 
 3d) erb,otte oft S3rtefe toon tljm. 
 
 @te bebauen bte ^elber. 
 
 >er Sob b,at mtcf) aller ntemer 
 
 ^reunbe beraubt. 
 3c^ ^abe fte oft erratfyen, aber nt^t 
 
 immer. 
 
 JMn, fte ^aben fte md)t gerflort. 
 
 unften femes 
 
 tn, ntetn ^err, id) ttetfc e ntc^t ; 
 id) b,abe eS nic^t gerbroc^en. 
 
 THIRTT-FIRST LESSOR 
 
 SEPARABLE VERBS. 
 
 (Irfnubnre ^cittuorter.) 
 
 1. In a separable verb, the prefix is detached and 
 becomes a separate word in the present and imperfect 
 indicative and subjunctive and in the imperative. Thus : 
 obfc^retben, to write off, copy (from fdjretben, write, and ab, 
 off), has t^ fcfyretbe ab, ic^ fc^rteb ab (imperfect), fcfymbe ab 
 (imperative), etc. 
 
 2. In all the remaining parts of the verb, the prefix 
 precedes the verbal stem and is written in one word with 
 it, e.g., obfcfyreibenb, copying ; abfdjretben, to copy. 
 
 3. Note, however, that the fle of the past participle is in- 
 serted between the prefix and the verb, e.g., abcjefcfyrieben,
 
 228 SEPARABLE VERBS. 
 
 and that the same is true of ju used with the infinitive, 
 e.g., abjufcfyretben. 
 
 4. In a dependent clause (see 'page 82), the VERB comes 
 last, so that we should expect for The letter which you 
 copied, er 33rief ben <Ste abfcfyrieben and not .... fcfyrieben 
 ob. But when the rules of arrangement require the VERB 
 last in the clause, the prefix always comes immediately 
 before it, and is written as one word with it, e.g. t above, 
 abfcfyrteben. "We thus have for every separable verb two 
 forms for the present and imperfect indicative and sub- 
 junctive, as follows : 
 
 In clauses not dependent : In dependent clauses : 
 
 Pres. Indie, id) fdjreibe ab, Pres. Indie, id) abfrfjretbe, 
 
 Impf. Indie, id) f d)ricb ab, Impf. Indie, id) abf d)rieb, 
 
 Pres. Subf. id) (djretbe ab, Pres. Subf. id) abfdjretbe, 
 
 Impf. SubJ. id) fdjriebe ab. Impf. Subj. id) abfdjriebe. 
 
 5. Separable verbs are accented on the prefix, as has 
 been already stated 2, page 10. 
 
 6. Partial conjugation of a separable verb. (See also 4.) 
 
 5lbf$retben, to copy. 
 
 PRESENT. IMPERFECT. 
 
 id) fdjretbe ab *, I copy id) fdjrteb ab, I copied 
 
 bu f djreibft ab, bit frfjrtebfl ab, 
 
 er fdjretbt ab, er fdjrteb ab, 
 
 hnr f d)retben aB, tmr fdjrteben ab, 
 
 i^r f djretbt ab, tljr fdjrtebet ab, 
 
 fte fdjretben ab. fie frfjrieben ab. 
 
 First Future, id) werbc abfdjrctben, I shall copy. 
 
 Perfect, id) fyabe abgefdjrteben, I have copied. 
 
 Pluperfect, id) ^atte abgefd^rteben, I had copied. 
 
 Sec. Future, id) toerbe abgefdjncben ^aben, I shall have copied. 
 
 i When the prefix follows the primitive (of. 4), it is usually separated from it by 
 ord or two. indeed normally by the whole of the BEST of the clause.
 
 SEPARABLE VERBS. 229 
 
 First Cond. td) tuiirbe obfdjreiben, I should copy. 
 
 Sec. Cond. id) toiirbe abgefdjrteben Ijaben, I should have copied 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 fdjretbc ab, | cotrv fdjretben hnr ab, let us copy, 
 
 jdjretben (2te ab, j *^" 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 abfdjreiben and ab^ufdjreiben, to copy. 
 
 PABTICIPLES. 
 
 Pres. ob[d)reibenb, copying. Past. aBjjefd)rteben, copied. 
 
 7. The following prefixes always form separable verbs ^ 
 
 ab, off, down entgegen, to meet toS, loose, off 
 
 an, on, at entgtoei, in two, apart mit, with 
 
 oitf, up, upon fort, forth, away nad), after 
 
 au3, out, from gegen, against ob, over, on 
 
 bet, by, beside, with gegeniiber, opposite Dor, before 
 
 bettor, before in, in hjeg, 'away 
 
 ba, bar, there b,eim, home 311, to 
 
 cut, in, into fyer, toward one ^uriicE, back 
 
 empor, up, aloft ^in, from one ^ufammen, together. 
 
 8. Also : compound prefixes made up of prefixes found 
 in the preceding list or that on page 234, e.rj. t orcm, 
 ahead; iibereitt from liber and ein. Especially frequent are 
 compound prefixes one part of which is fyin or fyer, e.g., 
 fyeraulcwfen, to run out (to us); litnauSlaufen, to run out 
 (away from us who are indoors). 
 
 9. We have just seen that compound prefixes made up 
 of simple separable prefixes are themselves separable. 
 
 In the same way, when a separable prefix comes first, 
 and is followed by an inseparable one, as in abbeftellen, 
 the verb is conjugated like a separable, infinitive with 
 jit, ftbjubeficUen; present indicative, id) beftelle ab, -except 
 that, of course, the past participle (abbeftellt) has no ge. 
 
 i This list is taken, with some trifling changes, from Whitney's Grammar.
 
 230 SEPARABLE VERBS. 
 
 10. We have not included in the list of separable pre- 
 fixes on page 229, a number of nouns and adjectives 
 each used as a separable prefix in perhaps only a singl* 
 compound. Examples of such compounds follow : 
 
 PRESENT. PAST PAUT. 
 
 fefjljdjtagen ', to fail id) fdjlage feb,l feb,lgefd)lagen. 
 
 freifprcdjen, to acquit id) fpredje frei freigefprodjen. 
 
 t gietrfjfommen, to equal id) fomnte gteid) gtetdjgefommen. 
 
 itebfyaben, to love id) fyabe lieb liebgefyabt. 
 
 fttflfd)tt)eigen, to be silent id) frfjroeige ftttt ftiflgefd)h)iegen. 
 
 ftattfinben, to take place id) ftnbe flatt jtottgefunben. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Dependent clauses, as has been already stated page 
 82, 4, take the VERB at the end. If this VERB is a sep- 
 arable one, it takes in the simple tenses, i.e., those which 
 need no auxiliary to form them, the same form as if it 
 were inseparable. This rule has already been stated at 
 greater length, page 228, 4. Ex. : 
 
 2)er 23rief, foeldjen id) fefct abfrfjreibe. 
 
 The letter which I am copying now. 
 
 3d) ttwnfdje, bofc <3ic Ijeute nidjt 
 
 I wish you not to go out to-day. 
 
 5HS id) in tyan$ anfam *c. 
 
 When I arrived in Paris, etc. 
 
 2Benn <Sie ^u Diet clb au^gegeben 
 
 If you have spent too much money, etc. 
 
 2. $erab, fyerein, ^crunter, etc., imply motion totvards 
 the person who is speaking ; while fnnab, ^tnctn, ^inuntcr, etc., 
 imply motion away from the speaker. Ex. : 
 
 $ommen (Sic ^erein, Come in. 
 
 (Come towards me who am in the room.) 
 
 i When spelled separately, tbe three first verbs have a different meaning, viz. : fe$l 
 fcfctagen means to miss one's blow; fret fpre$en, to speak frankly; gleii lommen, to oem 
 directly.
 
 SEPAEABLE VERBS. 231 
 
 $el)en @ic Ijtnetn, Walk in. 
 
 ( The speaker is outside.) 
 
 CWjen 3te Ijtnauf, Go up stairs. 
 
 ( The speaker is below ; motion away from him.) 
 
 jtomusen ie ijerauf, Come up. 
 
 (The speaker is upstairs ; motion towards him.) 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ba 2lnerbtetcn, the offer anftretdjen, to paint 
 
 bte Sftotf), the distress frtfd), freshly, newly 
 
 bte ^etdjnun.q, the drawing abtragen, to carry off 
 
 bte ^itgcl, the ball nneber fyerfteflen, reg. to restore 
 
 ber $itge(, the hill IjtnabroIIen, reg. to roll down 
 
 ber ()itrm, the tower erfemten, to recognize 
 
 ber Strjt, the physician, doctor toortreff'Kdj, excellent 
 
 bte Skrdnberung, the change ungufrte'ben, discontented 
 
 ber ^3 (an, the plan bermutl)Itd), probably 
 
 ber 33udjl)anbler, the bookseller f abretfen, to set out 
 
 bte ramnta'ttf, the grammar betfte^en, irr. to assist 
 
 ber 33ifd)of, the bishop tiorftetten, to introduce, present 
 
 ber Slbenb, the evening an^teljen, irr. to put on (clothes) 
 
 abbremten, to burn down abfd)lagen, irr. to refuse. 
 
 aufgefyen (of the sun), to rise 
 
 READING EXERCISE 77. 
 
 3rf) fdjretbe btefen 33rtef ab. 2Ber fdjrteb btefen 33rtef ab ? $art 
 ^at t()n abgefcf)neben. 2Bann fmgen @te an, i^n abjufdjretben ? 3d) 
 (jabe fcf)on geftern 5lbenb angefangen unb fa^re btefen 9)forgen fort. 
 2Btr ftnb um ^alb fcrf)3 U^r angefommen. a8 9JJabrf)en fdjlofj bte 
 J^iire ^u. -3d) nefyme mtt 33ergnugen 3I)r giittgeS (kind) Slnerbteten 
 an. tet)et anf, $tnber, e tft 3>eit. 3)te ^tnber ftnb (have) bent 
 Sfet nad)ge(aufen. S)a ganje 3)orf iff abgebrannt. -3d) gtng ntd)t 
 aug, tocti id) fran! ftar. aben @te S^ren f^reunb ^uriidbegleitet ? 
 gurdjten <5te ntdjtg, id) ftee S^nen bet ! 
 
 78. 
 
 I copy all my letters. Are you going out ? Yes, I am going 
 out. My brother set out for (nad)) London this morning. 
 The concert begins at 7 o'clock. Assist your neighbor in his 
 distress. Pray, present me to your friend. In summer 2 the
 
 SEPARABLE VlalBS. 
 
 8 sun ' rises at three o'clock in the morning (beg 3ft.). The sun 
 has (ift) risen beautifully. Leave out this page (cite) when 
 you copy the letter. It is already copied. Take your draw- 
 ing away- Our friends went away from here at six o'clock. 
 Do you not take me with (you) ? I accept your offer with 
 great pleasure. The young man has spent his time very 
 badly. The doctor communicated this news to me. Do not 
 detain him [any] longer. Put on your shoes. How did you 
 spend your evening yesterday ? I went out I was not yet 
 dressed. 
 
 BEADUTO EXERCISE 79a. 
 
 efen <5te mtr btefeS fdjime ebirfjt t>or. eben <Sic $d)t (care), 
 bte Jf)iire ift frtfd) angeftrtdjen. @tnb bte (Spctfen (dishes) fefjon ab= 
 getragen ? er Sebtente tragt fte cbcn (just) ab. <2tnb bte Thibet 
 angefteibet? 2)a$ $tnberntdbd)en (nurse) fletbet fie eben an. SBctcfje 
 nte Don ber SBafjrfyett ab. jDer <Sturm ^at nacfjgelajfen (aufge^ort). 
 3)a3 (d)tff n>ar gefunfen ; gtuanjig ^erfoHen futb (have) itmgefom* 
 men. jDer 2)teb ift batoon getaufen. 35er ^aufmann retfte tm ganjen 
 (whole) ^anbe um^er (fyerum). !Da8 ^abe i^ S^nen DorauSgefagt 
 2)er Slr^t ift eben borbetgegangen. 
 
 9tufga6e 79b. 
 
 The ball rolled down the hill (ace.). The luggage was car- 
 ried out. We have (ftnb) ascended (on, auf) the tower. Much 
 rain produces weeds (Unfraut). The hunter rambles about in 
 the forest. Captain B. has (ift) just ridden by. I had no 
 time to carry the child about The messenger brought the 
 letter back. Great changes have taken place (10) in the 
 administration (taat3toertt)altung). Mr. Murray is an excel- 
 lent physician ; he has entirely restored my health. I agreed 
 with the bookseller for (toegen, lit. on account of, in regard to) 
 a new grammar. We met with some friends in Paria The 
 plan which we had made has completely failed. I have just 
 (eben) sent back the books you had lent me. If you refuse 
 (Observation 1) him such a trifle ($letmgfett), * he ' will be very 
 discontented. If I introduce you to the count (dot.), J you 
 1 will probably be invited to (jum) dinner. When 1 Mr. Grove 
 was introduced to the Bishop, "he Recognized an old friend 
 in 
 
 i See foot-note 1, p. ISO.
 
 SEPARABLE VERBS. 
 
 233 
 
 >aben <Sie 3fyre Ueberfeijimg 
 
 fdjon abgefd)rieben ? 
 Um uwmcl llfyr gefyen <Sie biefen 
 
 Sibenb auS ? ' 
 (Sinb <Sie geftern audj nidjt (not 
 
 either) auSgegangen? 
 SBann reifen (Sic ab ? 
 
 2Ber Ijat ba $inb auSgefleibet? 
 
 <2o( id) mid) anffcibcn ? 
 
 2Ber l)dt meine (Sticferei (em- 
 
 broidery) tteggenommen? 
 2Bann geljt bie Sonne auf ? 
 
 2Birb ber Offisier b,eute l)ier t)or= 
 
 bei'reitcn ? 
 -3ft ber 33cbiente fdjon gururfgc* 
 
 f ommen ? 
 2Ber tjat 3^nen btefe SRadjrtdjt 
 
 mitgctfjeUt ? 
 SBann fangt ba Sweater an? 
 
 ^>at ber (Sdjnetber meinen 
 
 mitgenontmen ? 
 2Bie fontmt biefer^)itnb ^ie 
 2Ber gefyt bem )t)eim entgegen? 
 ^at bad Concert' geftern ftatt= 
 
 gefunben (taken place) ? 
 3ft ber cfangene toerurtljeUt 
 
 iuorben ? 
 
 ^onnte man biefeS Dor^ej'fe^en? 
 SEoflen <Sie ein n)enig (for a 
 
 little while) Ijcrauffonmtcn ? 
 ^onnen (Sic tnorgen Ijeriiber* 
 
 fontmcn '? . 
 3ft e3 ertaubt fjinein gn getjen ? 
 
 S3ringt man meinen goffer 
 (trunk) fjerauf? 
 
 d) fdjretbe fie eben ab. 3d) rterbe 
 aud) bie toon geftern abfd)reiben. 
 
 qeb,e id) nid)t ait8. 
 id) ^atte feine 
 getjen. 
 3d) gebenfe (intend) morgen friilj 
 
 ab^ureifen. 
 
 2)ie gutter fjat e auge!teibct 
 3a, fleiben <Sie ftd) an. 
 
 9^iemanb nimmt t)ier (Sttua^ njcg. 
 3nt @ommer get)t fte um 3 H^r be8 
 
 9J?orgen8 auf. 
 S3ermut^id), benn (for) er reitet 
 
 jeben Xag b,ier borbet'. 
 yidrif er bleibt immer fo lange 
 
 au. 
 5D?ein 9?ejfe ?ubn)ig t^eitte fie mir 
 
 ntit. 
 S3 fangt im SBinter itm fed)3 Ur, 
 
 im (Sommer um fieben Ub,r an. 
 Sr f)at ib,n mitgenommen; aber 
 
 nodj nid)t juriidgebradjt. 
 (Sr ift mir nadjgefaufen. 
 
 unb id) geb/en iljm entgegen. 
 
 , e ftnbet erfl ^eitte ftatt. 
 3m egentb,eit (contrary), er ift 
 freigefprod)en iworbcn (Note 3). 
 (Serai^, e8 jnar Ieid)t 
 3d) b,abe fe^t feine 
 
 3a, id) toerbe einen ^tugenblid I)in= 
 
 iibergcfyen. 
 3a, mein ^err, treten (Sic nur 
 
 l^erein. 
 6r ift fdjon oben (up stairs). 3dj 
 
 fyabe ib,n felbft (jtnaufgetragen.
 
 234 SEPARABLE YERBS. 
 
 VEEBS WITH THE PEEFIXES burd), fiber, 5C. v 
 
 1. be, emp, etc., (page 222), always form inseparable 
 verbs, and ab, an, etc., always form separable verbs; but 
 each of the prefixes in the following list forms some 
 verbs which are separable and others which are insep- 
 arable. 
 
 burd), through Ubcr, over imter, under 
 
 fyinter, behind urn, about unber l , against 
 
 liucber, again 
 
 2. It happens frequently indeed that burcfy, fytnter, fifcer, 
 etc., form one compound verb which is separable and 
 another compound verb which is inseparable, from the 
 same simple verb. The separable compound and the 
 inseparable compound will be spelled in the infinitive 
 in just the same way, e.g., it'berfeijen, separable, to set (some- 
 thing) over, like iiberfe'^en, inseparable, to translate. 
 
 3. They differ, however, 
 
 a) In accent, as has just been indicated, llc'berfe^en 
 separable is (like abfe^en, etc.) accented on the prefix, and 
 iiberfe'fjen inseparable (like befe^en, etc.) is accented on the 
 verbal stem. 
 
 1) Of course, in conjugation, u'berfe^en having (like 
 abfefcen, etc.) id) fe&e iiber, itberjufefcen, ubero,efet, and uber* 
 fe'&en, (like befefcen, etc.) having id) itberfe'fce, ju iiberfe'fcen, 
 past participle iiberfefct'. 
 
 c) In signification. Ue'berfe^en means to set over, across 
 (e.g., to ferry across a river). Ueberfe'&en means to translate. 
 
 \ Were it not that wiber, which properly means against, is sometimes written, and 
 printed where nrieber, again, ought to stand, it (mibet) would have been omitted from 
 this list, for in its proper sense of against it is inseparable. SBtebtt, on the contrary, is 
 almost always separable. SBofl forms some separable and some inseparable verba 
 So does mt&, but it is generally inseparable. The rule given 3, c, does not apply com- 
 pounds of cott and mi|>.
 
 SEPAEABLE VERBS. 235 
 
 The following examples (from Whitney's Grammar) will 
 illustrate still further this difference in signification. 
 
 Separables. Inseparables. 
 
 burrfj'brtngen, to crowd through burdjbrtn'gen, to penetrate, per- 
 fyhi'tergefyen, to go behind fyinterge'ljen, to deceive [meate 
 
 um'geljen, to go around, re- umge'ljen, to evade 
 
 volve 
 
 un'tertoerfen, to throw under itntertoer'f en, to subject, subjugate 
 toie'berljolen, to fetch back tweberfyo'ten, to repeat. 
 
 4. The separables, it will be noticed, are translated in 
 English by two words, one of which gives the sense of 
 the simple verb, e.g., bringen, to crowd, and the other the 
 sense of the prefix, e.g., bitrcf), through. 
 
 5. The inseparables, on the other hand, are translated 
 by a single word. 1 (Compare in English I took over with 
 / overtook, and / set up with / upset.) 
 
 6. There are, however, not a few cases in which an 
 English verb having been rendered by a certain German 
 compound verb, that compound verb may be conjugated 
 either separably or inseparably as the writer chooses. 
 Thus The rat gnawed through it may be translated, 
 to gnaw through being burcfynagen, either 3)ie SRatte nagte 
 eg burdj or )ie 9tatte burcfynagte eg. 
 
 7. When an intransitive verb is compounded with one 
 of the prefixes in the above list, the inseparable com- 
 pound is more apt to take an accusative after it than the 
 separable, compound. Thus from itber and gefyen, itbcrge'tyen 
 means to pass over to omit (e.g., 3$ itbergcfye bag Uebrige, 
 
 i The student acquainted with Latin will notice that in one or two of the examples 
 lust given, the inseparables are translated by English verbs derived from the Latin, 
 and that the Latin originals of these verbs correspond exactly in composition to the 
 German verbs, thus unter=rcer'fen to sub-jicere and rcieber^olen to re-petere,
 
 236 SEPARABLE VERBS. 
 
 I pass over the rest] ; while ii'bergefyen means to pass over, 
 intransitive, as in the sentence, This misprint passed over 
 into the second edition, )tefer 2)rucffel)ler ging in tic jroette 
 SUtggabe iiber. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bte efme, the sinew bte djarfe, keenness 
 
 bcr ^otijetbtcner, the constable bte ebutb, patience 
 
 ber ^evftcmb, understanding ber. Safe, the sentence 
 
 bte 3d)rift, the writing ber $tttfd)er, the coachman 
 
 ba$ @efiU)f, sentiment, feehng ber (Sturm, the storm, 
 
 Some of the words in the following exercises must be looked for in the 
 Vocabulary at the end of the book. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 80. 
 
 Sftan fyat bent ^Jferbe bte Seljncn bitrd)ge[d)mtten. (8 regnet ftarf, 
 Iajfen <3te un8 unterfteljen. eftern ftnb rotr and) ttntergeftanbeit, at3 
 e8 onftng ^efttg gu regnen. 9Jitt ebttlb fe^t man Me burd). 97ac^ 
 etner Stunbe ftnb hnr umgefel^rt. eftent fott (is said) Sentonb tm 
 293a(be umgebrarf)! 1 worben fein. 3ft bte^ ber@rf)tffer h)eld)er un^ itber* 
 gefe^t^at? $ennen Ste ben Sdjrtftftetter (author) lueldjer ?amorttne' 
 sBerfe tn'^ eutfcf)e itberfe^t Ijat? 5)er ^atfer t>on Defterret^ ^atbte 
 gan^e ^roDtnj burc^retft. !Die Corner fyaben t)tele 5So(!er unterjoc^t. 
 jDer ^otijetbtener ^at ba gange ^>aug bnrcfjfitdjt. 9)tetn @p^n ^at bte 
 Settling be3 efdjafte^ iibentommen. 3^re SSorte ^aben mtd^ don ber 
 SBaljrfiett ber <2ad)e iibergeugt. On biefer (Sdjute njerben bte ^noben 
 big (till) $um 14. Oa^re unterridjtet. 223 te fonnten te (e) unter* 
 ne^nten, bte^ gu t^un? emitter ubertrifft atte beutfc^en J)trf)ter 
 (poets) an Stefe be efit^ ; aber er n)irb toon otlje an ^arfe 
 be 55erftanbeg itbertroffen. ^(o^ltc^ fa^en h)tr ung toon getnben nm= 
 ringt -3d) bttte @te, balb UJteberjuIommen. 
 
 9lufiiobr 81. 
 
 When (al$) we came to the river, we crossed in a little boat. 
 Can you tell me who has translated Milton's Paradise Lost 
 (ertorene$ ^arabteS) ? I have no mind to translate this book. 
 You should throw on (over) your cloak. A whole regiment of 
 
 i We should have expected the Inseparable umbrt'ngen In the sense of kill, and it is 
 actually sometimes found, but um'brtngcn is much more frequent.
 
 SEPARABLE VERBS. 237 
 
 infantry (3nfanterieregiment) went over to (ju) the enemy. Why 
 did you pass over (iiberge'ljeu) this sentence ? I omitted (liber* 
 ge'ljen) it, because it seemed to me too difficult. Three vessels 
 went down (perished) in the last storm. The coachman has 
 upset the carriage. Have (finb) you had much intercourse with 
 Mr. A.? I wish I were so happy [as] to have much inter- 
 course with him. What business have you undertaken: 
 Have you repeated your lesson ? You must change your dress 
 (fid) umf(eiben), or (fonft) you cannot go with us. This box 
 must be examined. Our house is surrounded with a garden. 
 Mr. F. has killed himself. Have you a mind to sign this 
 paper ? I have already signed it. 
 
 BEADING LESSON. 
 
 2>er Sirocco. Sirocco. 
 
 (Sine ber grofcten ^(agcn 1 fur gang Statien, befonberS 2 fur 
 unb icitien, ift ber @irocco=2Binb. (Sr Ijetfjt aud) (Suboftttrinb, in 
 9lfrifa (Satnum, iu ber djttteig $of)tt. 3n 9?eapel unb in anbern 
 Sljeiten 3talienS toeljt 3 er nidjt fo fyefttg toie tit icttien, njetdjeS nafyer 
 bet 2lfri!a liegt, bauert 4 aber mefyrere 2Bod)en unb Iaf?t SDiutljtoftg* 
 fett 5 unb ^tebergefdjlagenfjett 6 juriid 1 . 3n 9Zeape( toeljt er tin OuU fo 
 ^ct, bajj bie aWenfdjen gan^ erfdjtafft 7 unb entnerfct 8 rterben. 
 Xljatigfeit 9 in bem 2ftenfd)cn erftirbt 10 , nnb bie gefa&,rttd)ften n 
 h)iirben barau entfte^en (arise), toenn er in (Stcilien langer atg 30 bt 
 40 (Stunbeu ftie^tc, unb nid)t bon etnem ^orbminbe begleitet 13 luare, 
 nieldjer bie Sftenfdjen loieber ftarft. 
 
 (Sobatb ber Sirocco gu h)e!^en anfdngt, ^iefyt 14 ftd) Seberntann in bie 
 aufer guriiii, mad)t S:f)iiren unb $enfter gu, ober be^dngt 15 in (Smtan* 
 gelung 16 toon genfterfd^eiben (panes), bie ^enfter unb anbere Ocffnun* 
 gen mtt naffen Jud^ern unb fatten ". Qn ben trafeen fieb,t man 
 feincn 9J?cnfd)en. 5lud) auf ben ^elbem tb,ut 18 ber (Suocco oft 
 gropen djaben 18 ; er berfengt 19 bie rcifer unb ^flangen fo, baf^ 
 
 i plague. 2 especially, s to blow. 4 bauem, to last. & despondency. 6 dejection. 
 " relaxed, s enervated. 9 energy. 10 etflerfien, to die away. 11 dangerous, inconse- 
 quence. K accompanied, (i.e., here, followed). H fid) jururfjie^en, to retire, is to hau b ' 
 with. 16 in. the absence, n mats, is to do much damage. 19 to scorch.
 
 238 
 
 VERBS WITH fetlt. 
 
 man fte gu ^ufoer jerretben 1 fann, aid loenn fte au$ einem l)eien 
 )fen famen. (JMurf'Udjernmfe 2 toeljt er ntdjt gan^ nafye am 23oben s . 
 !Dte eute, toelrfje in ben Strafcen unb auf bem %-ei'tx ftnb, toerfen 4 fid) 
 befctoegen auf ben 23oben nteber 4 , imb fo tfyut er iljnen feinen 
 (haxm). 
 
 THIRTY-SECOXD LESSON. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF VEKBS WHICH FOEM THEIR 
 PERFECT WITH fctn INSTEAD OF fcaben. 
 
 1, SReifen, to travel 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Present. 
 
 id) reife, I travel 
 
 id) reife 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 id) reifte, I travelled 
 
 id) reifte 
 
 Future. 
 
 id) toerbe retfen 
 
 id) ttjerbe reifen 
 
 Cond. 
 
 id) h)iirbe reifen 
 
 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 id) bin geretf^Ihave trav- 
 
 id) fet gereift 
 
 
 bu bifl gereift [elled 
 
 bu fetft gereift 
 
 
 er iji gereift 
 
 er fei gereift 
 
 
 hrir finb geretfi 
 
 hnr feten gereift 
 
 
 i^r feib gereift 
 
 iljr feiet gereift 
 
 
 @ie flnb geretfi 
 
 @ie feten geretft 
 
 
 fte ftnb gereift 
 
 |te feien geretft 
 
 Pluperf. 
 
 id) war gereift 
 
 td) todre geretft 
 
 
 bu toarft gereifi 
 
 bu tDareft gereift 
 
 
 er ttar gereift 
 
 er toa're gereift 
 
 
 h)ir niaren gereijl 
 
 h)tr njaren gereifl 
 
 
 iljr niaret gereift 
 
 iljr UJdret geretft 
 
 
 @ie njaren gereifl 
 
 @ie toa'ren gereift 
 
 
 fte toaren geretft 
 
 fte toaren geretft 
 
 Sec. Put. 
 
 id) toerbe gereift fern 
 
 id) luerbe geretft fein . 
 
 
 bu njirft gereift fein ?c. 
 
 bu h)erbeft gereift fein K. 
 
 Sec. Cond. 
 
 id) ttsurbe geretft fein or 
 
 id) toa're gereifl. 
 
 1 to rub to powder. 2 fortunately. 3 ground. < to prostrate one's sell
 
 VERBS WITH fein. 
 
 239 
 
 2. e^en, to go. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Present. id) gelje, I go 
 Imperf. id) ging, I went 
 bu gingft, er ging 
 First Fut. idj toerbe geljen 
 First Cond. idj tottrbe gef)en 
 Perfect. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE, 
 
 idj gelje 
 id) gingc 
 
 idj toerbe geljett 
 
 I have 
 [gone 
 
 Pluperf. 
 Sec. Fut. 
 Sec. Cond. 
 
 idj fet gegangen 
 bu feifl gegangen 
 er fet gegangen 
 tmr feien gegangen 
 ifjr fetet gegangen 
 <3te feten gegangen 
 fte feten gegangen 
 id) n)are gegangen 
 idj roerbe gegangen fein 
 
 id) bin gegangen, 
 
 bit btft gegangen 
 
 er ift gegangen 
 
 hrir ftnb gegangen 
 
 iljr fetb gegangen 
 
 @ie ftnb gegangen 
 
 fte ftnb gegangen 
 
 id) tt)ar gegangen 
 
 id) werbe gegangen fein 
 
 id) toiirbe gegangen fein or idj toare gegangen 2C. 
 NOTE. The third person singular of an intransitive verb may be used 
 impersonally with e3 for its subject in the passive, e.g., (gg urirb iriel gereijl, 
 (It is traveled a good deal), There is a good deal of traveling. @g toutbe 
 barufcer ^erjlic^ geladjt, (It was, etc.) They laughed heartily over it. 1 
 
 3. Intransitive verbs which take fein to form 
 perfect. 
 
 K eUen, 4 to hasten 
 einbrtngen, to penetrate 
 etnfdjtafen, to fall asleep 
 
 the 
 
 abfaden, to decay 
 abiaitfen (of time), to expire 
 B abretfen,* to leave, set out 
 abtt)etd)en, to deviate 
 anfommen, to arrive 
 ouffteljen, to rise, get up 
 B aufroadjen, to awake 
 B auSarten, to degenerate 
 au^gleiten, to slip 
 
 entflieljen, ) to run away 
 entfontmen, } to escape 
 entfaufen, to escape 
 crbletdjen, to turn pale 
 crfdjeinen, to appear 
 ertrtnfen, to be drowned 
 
 B begegnen, 3 to meet, to happen fafjren, to drive, see p. 200. 
 
 berften, to burst fatten, to fall 
 
 Meiben, to remain, to stay fltegen, to fly, see p. 209. 
 
 ba&onluufen, to run away flieljen, to flee 
 
 1 Compare the Latin ilur (it is gone) meaning they go, 
 
 2 Those preceded by B are regular. 
 
 3 This verb sometimes takes Ijaben,] 
 Xbese verbs take fein or $&,
 
 240 VERBS WITH few. 
 
 fliepen 1 , to flow nfrfjettern 1 , to be wrecked 
 
 B folgen l , to follow 
 
 gebeifyeu, to prosper, to thrive 
 
 gefyen, to go 
 
 9 eli f'' [ to succeed 
 geratgen, ) 
 
 genefen, to recover 
 
 geratfyen ( hi or unter GtroaS), to 
 
 d)letd)ett, to sneak 
 
 djmeljen, to melt 
 
 djuninmen, to swim, see p. 181. 
 
 mfen, to sink 
 
 'pojteren geljen, to go walking 
 
 pringen \ to leap 
 
 'tefjen, to stand, see p. 375. 
 
 get into (e.g., a predicament) ftetgen, to mount 
 
 gefd)el)en, to happen fterben, to die 
 
 fjinaufgefycu or =ftetgcn, to go up BJtiirjcn, to fall, to rush 
 
 Ijmimtei-gefycn, ) to descend uberemfommen, to agree 
 
 Ijhmbftetgen, j to get down itm'fommen, to perish 
 
 Bflettcru, to climb Btierborren, ) . wither 
 
 fommen, to come B bertoetfen, j 
 
 B tonben \ to land, go on shore toerfdjtwnben, to disappear 
 
 laufen, to run toorbeu or Doriiberge^en, to pass 
 
 B ntarf rf)tren *, to march rta^fcn, to grow 
 
 reitcn, to ride Bhjanbern, to wander 
 
 B retfen l , to travel toetcfyen, to yield 
 
 B rennen, to run toerben, to become, to get 
 
 Broften l t to rust BgitrUcffeljren, to return. 
 
 Also most of the simple verbs in the list above when 
 compounded with other prefixes than be, 4 
 
 4 The following intransitive verbs are among those 
 conjugated with 
 
 atfymen, to breathe tocfjen, to laugh 
 
 beKen, to bark fdjtoetgen, to be silent 
 
 bliifyen, to bloom raud)en, to smoke 
 
 bluten, to bleed f Alajen, to sleep 
 
 bauern, to last fdjreten, to cry out 
 
 fedjten, to fight tattjen, to dance 
 
 glanjen, to shine toetnen, to weep 
 
 ^ordjen, to listen gogern, to hesitate 
 
 fdntpfen, to fight toofynen, to reside, to dwell. 
 3d) b/abe geat^met, id) ^abc geblutet, id) b,abc gclad)t :c. 
 
 1 See foot-note 4, p. 239. 
 
 2 The prefix be gives a iransitive sense to the verb, as has been already stated, pago 
 33. Ex.; ftctjeu, intr., to mount; beflcigen, trant., to ascend.
 
 VERBS WITH fetn. 
 
 241 
 
 5. A great many verbs modify the vowel of the infini- 
 tive to form causatives. Thus from fallen, to fatt, eomes 
 fallen, to cause, to fall, to fell, (e.g., a tree). Sometimes the 
 vowel of the imperfect is chosen, as in the case of fafyren, 
 below. Instead of a, e is often printed, see fpringen 
 below. Examples : 
 
 emfd)(afen, to fall asleep 
 ertrinfen (imp. ertrcmf), to be 
 
 drowned 
 
 : of)ren (fuljr), to go, etc. 
 -alien, to fall 
 lichen (ftofj), to flow 
 fyangen, to hang 
 lauten, to sound 
 Itegen (lag), to lie 
 fdjttrimmen (fdjnwmm), to swim 
 
 Men (fan!), to sink 
 
 tfccn (fa, to sit 
 
 pringen (fprang), to leap, to 
 
 jump, to burst, to crack 
 fteigen, to mount 
 trinfen (tranf), to drink 
 
 berfcfytomben (erfd)tt>anb), to 
 
 vanish 
 hnegen (og), to weigh (e.g., 
 
 ten pounds) 
 
 B emfdjtafern, to put asleep 
 B ertrcinf en, to drown, tr. 
 
 Bfiiljren, to lead 
 
 B fatten, to fell 
 
 Bflojjen, to float, tr. (e.g., a raft) 
 
 Blja'ngen, to hang up, tr. 
 
 B tauten, to ring (the bell) 
 
 B legen, to lay, to put 
 
 B fcfyttemmen, float, tr. (by means 
 
 of a current of water), 
 
 wash (e.g., horses in a pond) 
 
 "enfen, to (make) sink 
 
 een, to place, to set 
 
 prengen, to break open, to 
 
 blow up 
 B ftetgern, to raise (a price) 
 Btranfen, to water (e.g., a 
 
 horse) 
 B Derfdjtoenben, to squander 
 
 Btoagen, to weigh (e.g., a bag 
 of flour). 
 
 It will be noticed that the vowel of the imperfect is chosen when that of 
 the infinitive is incapable of modification, and that several causatives are 
 formed somewhat irregularly. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bie <d)tlbtoad)e, the sentinel, 
 
 sentry 
 
 ber $naft, the report, crack 
 bie ^djtung, esteem 
 
 } 
 
 ""* 
 
 ber 33oben, the ground, bottom 
 bie efafyr, the danger
 
 VERBS WITH fettt. 
 
 ba Unterneljmen, the under- ber %tl\tn, the rock 
 
 taking gu SBett gefyen, to go to bed 
 
 ber 2ftttbitrger, fellow-citizen ergtefyen, to educate, bring up 
 
 bet )o(3f)auer, the wood-cutter jjerbet'eilen, to hasten hither 
 
 bte $itfte, the coast, shore fiirdjterltd), dreadful 
 
 bte tabling, the cargo fcorftdjttg, cautious 
 
 ber @raben, the ditch Ijoflanbifd), Dutch 
 
 bte ganttUe, the family friilj, early; miibe, tired. 
 
 READrNTO- EXERCISE 82. 
 
 )aS 33ud) tiegt auf bent Xtfdje. -3d) fdjltef unter etnem 23aume. 
 >ie @d)Ubn>ad)e Ijat am b,ore geftanben. 2)te 2ftabdjen ftnb in ben 
 artcn gcgangen, urn (in order to) nac^ i^ren ^ofen gu fe^en. 2Btr 
 ftnb geftern bom Sanbe gurucfgefe^rt, too njtr bret 2Boc^en gebtteben 
 toaren. 2JJetn 3*eunb I)! (was) in (Engtanb geboren 1 ; aber er t|l in 
 ^ranfreid) ergogen worben. 3luf (upon) bte 9Jacf)rtd)t toon ber ^ranf- 
 Ijett fetneg (Sob,ne tft ber 33ater ^erbetgeetlt 3)er ^rteg gn)tfd)en bte* 
 fen 3et 53olfern ^at nod) ntd)t begonnen. 2Btr ftnb 2lSe iiber btefen 
 fnrdjterlidjen ^natt erfdjroden. SSa^ ifl t^m gefd)eb,en? 2)a8 groe 
 
 Unterne^men be errn turner tft ntdjt getungen. !Dtefer 2ftann tfl 
 in ber ?ld)tung fetner 9)Jttbiirger feb,r gefunfen. 3)er (Sotbat tft an (of) 
 fetnen 2Bunben geftorben. !Der @d)nee tft gefdjmoljen. 3)tefeS ^letfd) 
 tft ntdjt genug gebraten (roasted). 2)er ^ot^auer Ijat bte Gtdje ge* 
 foUt. Sin 9Jabennefl t^ ^eruntergefat(en. ^tele 5lrten (kinds) toon 
 Sl^ieren, toetdje in friiljeren 3 euen au f ^ er roe Qtkbt b,aben, ftnb 
 bation t>erfd)ttmnben. (Sin ^ottanbtfd)e @d)tff tft an ber $itfie 5lfrifa'^ 
 gefdjettert ; bte gange ?abung tfl imtergegangen. 3)er grote X^ett ber 
 Sftannfrfjaft (crew) tjl (have) itntgefommen ; nur etnige QJiatrofen, 
 toetdje an'3 anb gefdjraommen ftnb, b,aben ftd) gerettet 
 
 9(uf8atJC 83. 
 
 1. I travelled in Spain. Our uncle (is) arrived yesterday. 
 The child has fallen into a deep ditch. We sat round (urn) the 
 table. The candlestick stands on (auf, dot.) the table. The 
 little boy sits on the chair; his mother placed (fete) him on 
 it (baraitf). Many English families reside in Germany and 
 Italy. The books lie on the table ; I laid them on it. , How 
 did you (Ijaben @te) sleep last night? I slept pretty (}temltd)) 
 well ; I was tired when I went to bed ; I had worked very 
 
 i See page 140, 5 and 132, .
 
 VERBS WITH fettt. 
 
 243 
 
 hard (ftarf). At what hour did you (ftnb (Ste) fall asleep? I 
 fell asleep at half past eleven. The slave has hardly (faum) 
 escaped. 
 
 2. The purse has fallen to (auf) the ground. The regiment 
 has marched nine hours a (ben) day. The peasants have gone 
 to (in bie) town. The servant has jumped out of the window 
 of the third story (3tocf). Nothing of importance (2Bid)tige$) 
 has happened. These plants have not thriven in our garden. 
 The glass is cracked. They (man) have broken open the door. 
 The dog has crossed (swum over) the river. Did you water 
 the horses? How many pounds does the trunk weigh? 
 "Weigh it, if you please (gefafligft). We have not yet weighed 
 it ; I think it weighs sixty pounds. A man has been (ifl) 
 drowned. 
 
 tft gefcf)efc,en? 
 Urn nneutel llfyr ftnb <ie Don 
 
 granffurt abgereift ? 
 SBann finb <ie fyter ongefom^ 
 
 men? 
 SBcmn fteljen <Sie be3 9#orgen$ 
 
 auf (get up) ? 
 SBarum ftnb ie fo erfdjroden? 
 
 <inb (Sic attetn na^ 33riiffel ge* 
 
 rctft? 
 SSollen <Stc cm rtentg (a bit, a 
 
 while) nut un3 fpojteren 
 
 grennb 
 
 (S$ ift etttaS 2Bid)ttge8 gefdjeljen. 
 2Bir ftnb tint b,atb fed)3 abgereift. 
 egen 
 
 SBann tft 
 fet)rt? 
 
 SBte fomntt e, ba btefer 33aum 
 
 itntgefatten tft ? 
 2Barum tft biefe ^amtlte fo arm 
 
 genjorben ? 
 2Bo ^aben te btefe ^arte ge* 
 
 funben ? 
 2Ber Ijat fte baf)tn genjorfen ? 
 
 urn 6 Uljr ; abet Ijettte 
 bin id) tint 7 llfyr aitfgeftanben. 
 ben einen fitrd)terlid)en 
 ge^ort. 
 
 in, ntein SBruber ift mitgegan* 
 gen. 
 
 banlen Oljnen, rt)ir ftnb biefen 
 SRorgen fd)on gegangen. 
 
 SScr btet SBpdjen ( ago); abet er 
 tfl nidjt b,ier gebtieben, er ift toie* 
 ber abgereift. 
 
 ^ol^auer ^at ib,n gefattt. 
 ber SJater nid)t arbeiten 
 
 at man bie 
 (watered) ? 
 
 getvanft 
 
 <Sie b,at auf bent 33oben gelegen. 
 5d] fann e3 nidjt fag en ; toieKetdyt 
 
 ift fte b,inuntergefaUen. 
 Oa, ber @tUhted)t (hostler) ^at 
 
 fte ebcu get vault.
 
 244 
 
 IMPERSONAL YEBBfl. 
 
 THIRTY-THIRD LESSON. 
 
 IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
 
 I UiiperjonUrtje Stirtoortrr.) 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 1NFLNIT1VK. 
 
 regnen, to rain 
 
 fdjneien, to snow 
 
 ijageln, to hail 
 
 bonnern, to thunder 
 
 bitten, to lighten 
 
 friereu, to freeze 
 
 reifen, (to have hoar-frost) 
 
 tbcmen, to thaw 
 
 togen, to dawn 
 
 fleben, (to have) 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 eg regnet, it rains 
 
 eg fcfjneit, it snows 
 
 eg Ijagelt, it hails 
 
 eg bonnert, it thunders 
 
 eg blifct, it lightens 
 
 eg frtert, eg gefriert, it freezes 
 
 eg reift, there is hoar-frost 
 
 e8 tfyaut, it thaws 
 
 e5 tagt, day is breaking 
 
 eg giebt, there is, there are. 
 
 These are all regular, except c3 friert ( see p. 201, No. 117) and e3 
 and they are all conjugated with Ijafcen, as : 
 
 CS Ijat fleregnet, e^ ^at gcbonnert, e8 Ijat flebtifet, jc. 
 
 1. c^ncien, to snow. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Present. eg frfjnett, it snowa 
 
 Imperfect. eg fdjnette, it snowed. 
 
 First Put. eg ttnrb fc^neien, it will snow. 
 
 First Cond. eg tourbe fdjneten, it would snow. 
 
 Perfect. eg l)at gef^neit, it has snowed. 
 
 Pluperf. eg ^atte gefc^neit, it had snowed. 
 
 Sec. Fut. eg ttirb gefcijneit ^aben, it will have snowed. 
 
 Sec. Cond. eg toiirbe qefcfmeit baben 1 -4. , i ^ 
 or eg batte gefdjneit, \ li would 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Present. eg frfjnete. 
 
 Imperfect, eg fc^netete. 
 
 First Fut. eg roerbe f^neien. 
 
 Perfect. eg Ijabe gefd^nett. 
 
 Pluperf. eg b,otte gefrfjnett. 
 
 Sec. Fut. eg toerbe gef^neit b/aben. 
 
 Imperative, eg fcb,neie.
 
 IMPERSONAL 7ERBS. 245 
 
 Tnfin. Pres. fdjneten, Perf. gefdjneit Ijabett. 
 
 Partic. Pres. fcfjnetenb, Past, gefcfjneit. 
 
 2. (3 gtebt (or gibt), there is, there are. 
 
 Present. e8 gtebt or gtbt, there is, there are. 
 
 Imperf. e8 gab, there was, there were. 
 
 First Fut. e8 tmrb geben, there will be. 
 
 First Gond. e nwrbe geben (e3 gcibe), there would be. 
 
 Perfect. e fjat gegeben, there has (have) been. 
 
 Pluperfect. e$ fyatte gegeben, there had been. 
 
 Sec. Fut. e$ tirirb gegeben fyaben, there will have been. 
 
 Sec. Gond. e loiirbe gegeben fyabcn, there would have been, 
 
 etc., etc., through the subjunctive, imperative, 
 
 infinitive, and participles. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. There are two ways of translating there is, there are, 
 into German, eS gtbt, which takes an accusative after it, 
 and c ifl (or e$ ftnt>), which takes a nominative. (0 gtbt is 
 perhaps oftener used than e3 ift, and seems to be chosen 
 for sweeping, comprehensive assertions, especially neg- 
 ative ones, and for questions. 1 
 
 1. @3 gtbt tooljl gitte unb fd)Ied)te 23iicfjer. Of course there arc 
 
 good books and bad ones. 
 
 2. G3 gtbt Seute, ftetdje bte <Sd)5nljeit ber Xugenb borjteljen. There 
 
 are people who prefer beauty to virtue. 
 
 3. (23 gtbt 33ogetnefter, tteldje efjbar ftnb. There are birds' nests 
 
 which are edible. 
 
 4. 2Ba gtbt e3 9?eue3? What is (there new) the news? 
 
 5. (53 gtbt ntrfjtS @d)6nere3 al3 ba3. There is nothing handsomer 
 
 than that. 
 
 i 63 tfl, eS ftnb, have also, as we have seen page 87, the sense of it is and they are. e.g., 
 08 ijl ein grofjet unb, It is a big dog; 6S ftnb otbaten, It is or they are soldiers. Often 
 the same German sentence may be translated into English in either way. See ex- 
 amples 6, 7, and 8. 
 
 If we translated the examples above in such a way as to bring out distinctly tho 
 difference between e3 gtbt and e3 Ijl, we should render e3 gibt in 1, 2 and 3, There i* 
 such a thing as; 4 would become What is there in the way of news, it there any- 
 thing ? (while 2Ba-3 ift e iJ2eue3 ? would have meant What is the news, for 1 know there 
 is some ?) On the other hand, we should render 6, What is on the table is a novel of 
 Dickens', 7, What is in the cage is a canary bird. 8, What is on tfcat tree is two 
 birds,
 
 246 IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
 
 6. (2s iff cm 9ioman ton )trfen8 aitf bem tfcf). There is a novel 
 
 of Dickens' on the table. 
 1. (53 ift em (anartentiogel in bem $a'ftg. There is a canary-bird 
 
 in the cage. 
 8. gS ftnb gum $ogel aitf jenem Itetnen 33aume. There are two 
 
 birds on that little tree. 
 
 NOTE. When c iji would be used in a question or in the question order 
 as in the second example, the e3 is dropped. Ex. : 
 
 3JI 2Bcm in biejer 
 
 Is there any wine in this bottle? 
 
 ?n biefet glafcfye ift 2Betn, 
 here is wine in this bottle. 
 
 2. To indicate weather or time, impersonal sentences 
 are formed with c tft, as in English : 
 
 eS tfl fait, it is cold e8 tft fpat, it is late 
 
 e8 ift hwrm, it is warm e8 tfl 3lbenb, it is evening 
 
 e ift bunfet, it is dark e tfl ^aib fe^ U^r, it is half 
 
 past five, etc. 
 
 3. Some personal verbs are occasionally used imper- 
 sonally, thus : 
 
 e8 fdjetnt, it seems e bcwert, it is (e.g., long or not 
 
 e8 betrtfft, it concerns long) 
 
 eg folgt, it follows e8 er^ettt, it appears 
 
 e$ fe^It (an, with the dot.), it is e8 nttfct nt^t, it is of no use 
 
 wanting e$ bebarf, it requires 
 
 e gefd)tei)t, it happens e8 fangt an, it begins 
 
 e8 geniigt, it suffices e8 fommt barauf an, it depends 
 
 eS lautet, the bell rings e8 tfi fetn ^nwfd' there is no 
 e8 fcfjtagt ge^n ll^r, it strikes doubt. 
 
 ten o'clock 
 
 4. The following are, many of them, translated by 
 English verbs which are not impersonal. 
 
 With the accusative. With the dative. 
 
 e8 freitt mid) *, (it rejoices me) eg tfl mtr letb, ) T 
 I am glad eg tlmt mtr tetb, j A 
 
 i Some of these are used also personally, viz.: 3<6 freue micfe, t* Sin Bun^ng or ic^ abe 
 te^ bin burfiig or ic^ ^abe Durfl ; i$ ftiere, id) raunbere nit*, i$ fcbaubere.
 
 IMPERSONAL VERBS. 247 
 
 eg rcitt mid), (it rues me) I re- eg gefaftt mir, (it pleases me) I 
 
 pent am pleased 
 
 eg fdjmerst midj, (it pains me) eg nii^t mir nid)tg, it is of no use 
 
 I grieve to me 
 
 eg friert midj 1 , 1 am cold eg fdjroinbelt mir, I am giddy 
 
 eg fd)aubert mid), I shudder eg begcgnet mir, it happens to me 
 
 eg jammert mid), I pity eg gelingt mir, I succeed 
 
 eg biinlt mid), it appears to me eg liegt mir bid baran, it is im- 
 eg Humbert mid), I wonder portant for me 
 
 eg toerbriefet mid), it vexes me eg fommt mir Dor, it seems to me 
 
 eg Ijungert mid), I am hungry eg fciHt mir ein, it occurs to me 
 
 eg burftet mid), I am thirsty eg ift mir tooljt, I feel well 
 
 eg fd)icft fid), it is proper eg ift mir ttmrm 3 , 1 am warm 
 
 eg Derftefyt fid), of course, it is roag fefytt -3f)tten ? what is the 
 
 a matter of course matter with you ? 
 
 eg frcigt fid), it is doubtful (whether) 
 
 5. We can often in English begin a sentence with there 
 and put the subject of the verb after it, e.g., There lived 
 once a powerful king. There in such a sentence is trans- 
 lated e$. 
 
 @g fam ein 2Banberer bie (Strafce enttang. 
 
 There came a wanderer along the road. 
 
 C?g gingett bret 3ager auf bie 3agb. 
 
 Three sportsmen went hunting. 
 
 (g ftclen >agelforner fo gro roic Xaubeneter. 
 
 There fell hail-stones as large as pigeon's eggs. 
 
 6. We have already seen, page 239, that intransitive 
 verbs can be used in the passive with e for a subject. 
 Transitive verbs are used in the passive with co in a 
 similar way. In English we use they and the active 
 voice. 
 
 (g ftirb in )cutfd)Ianb biel gefungen unb getanjt, 
 or: 2ftan fingt unb tanjt toiel in 2)eutfd)Ianb. 
 
 They sing and dance a great deal in Germany. 
 
 i See foot-note 1, p. 246. 
 
 s We cannot say : id) bin ann. Neither do we say: t<$ bin lott, but : 8 l{l mtt foU 
 W W) feint.
 
 248 IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
 
 Sg rtwrbe m'el gegeffen, abet mefyr getrunfen. 
 Much was eaten, but more drunk. 
 (g rotrb wet tom $rieg gerebet. 
 There is a good deal of talk about war. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber 33etruger, the cheat bie 2Bolfen, the clouds 
 
 bte 23eb,arrlid)fett, perseverance bag jDtntenfafc, the inkstand 
 
 bte <Sd)imertgfeit, the difficulty ber ^Ijifofopb/, the philosopher 
 
 cine 33 rifle, a pair of spectacles bte $teiber, pi. clothes 
 
 ber >afen, the port, harbor bte efeflfd)aft, the company 
 
 bag <S>d)aufptel, the spectacle tyeftig, violent 
 
 ber 2Bortwed)fel, the dispute bod), yet 
 
 iibertmn'ben, to overcome ettrig, eternal, everlasting 
 
 fyefl, clear gtauben, to believe 
 
 offen, open ijanbeln, to act 
 
 baitent, to last folgtid), consequently. 
 
 READIiro EXERCISE 84. 
 
 1. (Sdmeit e? ^etn, eg frfjnett ntd^t, e regnet. (S3 nrirb batb 
 tjageln. @ ware gut, toenn e8 fc^netete. (Sg rourbe fc^neien, rtenn 
 eS nt^t fo fatt ware. (Sten (just now) fyat e gebonnert. (g hnrb 
 no^ me^r bonnern. 3)te fttitte tft Dorbet (over), e tljaut. -3(^ 
 gtaube, ba e morgen t^auen tuirb. @ reitt mid), baft id) geftern 
 ntc^t nod) SDtannfyetm gegangen bin. S3 imrb @te reuen, luenn (Sic 
 ba ^ferb nid)t taufen. Ste gefattt e O^nen in ^art^? (S3 gefaflt 
 niir feb,r. Sg nmnbert mic^, ba @ie noc^ ^ier ftnb. @g berbrte^t 
 mtc^, baft id) ni^t ba gemefen bin. $ommt eg 3b,nen nid)t bor, 
 at ob (as if) (ginigeg uon btefem otg gefto^len toorben tuSre ? Sg 
 fangt an, Ijett gu werben. 
 
 2. (5g nU^t ^b,nen nid^tg, fo mete Stidjer ju faufen, hjenn (Sic ftc 
 nt(^t tefen. @g erfyeflt aug 3^rer r^ab/tnng (from your report), 
 baft ber $aufmann etn 33etriiger ifl. Sg feb,ten b,eute brei (Sdjuter. 
 6g rent mid), meine Ur Derfauft 311 Ijaben. @g gtebt ein eroigeg 
 eben. 2Benn eg fein ert)igeg Seben gabe, fo warcn bie 2ftenfd)etf itn* 
 gtiidEK^cr alg bte Sljiere. SD'Jtt (by) 33eb,arrttd)fett gelingt eg ting, afle 
 ^rotertgfeiten ju tibernnnben. Sg ^efiel mir feb,r loofyl in ber(55efett* 
 fd)aft ber jungen Seittc. g giebt 33rtt(en fitr atte 2titgen, fotgttc^ n>trb 
 eg aitd) cine fur bte 3b,rtgen geben. Sg ftanb ein 2Bagen bor bem 
 (Jg war (ein) fdjrecfttdjeg Better, atg ttur ben ^afen t>er*
 
 JMPEKSONAL VERBS. 249 
 
 lichen ; bod) bauerte eg md)t lange, big bte onne burd) bte SBolfen 
 brang (pierced). 
 
 Sfitfanbc 85. 
 
 1. It rains; yesterday 2 it 'snowed. Last (Sefcten) winter 
 ' it l snowed much. It will soon haiL It has rained all night 
 (bte gauge s JJad)t), and this morning 2 it feezes. It thunders ; 
 do you hear it? How many times (mal) has it thundered? 
 It has just (ebeit) lightened. I did not think that it would 
 lighten. Is there [any] ink (3)tnte) in your inkstand? There 
 wOl be a great many (fefyr feiele) walnuts this year. There are 
 streets in London which are two miles long. There are 
 people who believe nothing. There have been philosophers 
 at (311) all times. Is there [a] fire in my room? No Sir,* there 
 is no fire in your room ; but I will make [one] directly (gteid)). 
 
 2. The boy is hungry and thirsty. It is very important to 
 me to know what they do. I shudder when I think how many 
 [of the] poor 3 have l no 2 clothes, although (obfdjon) it 3 freezes 
 a so 2 hard (ftarf). We wonder that he is silent (fdjluetgt). It 
 does not seem to me that you will succeed. Mr. Dean had 
 company last night (geftern 2lbenb); they played and danced a 
 good deal (tne(). It occurs to me that I have left my door 
 open. It appears that he has not attended (fid) abgegeben b/at) 
 to (mtt) that business. It is proper to act so. There were al- 
 ready a great many people in the ball-room (tm 33attfaal) when 
 I arrived; There was no play yesterday. "Was there a violent 
 dispute ? I do not think there can be a more beautiful old 
 castle in the world than that of Heidelberg. Is there any 
 news (anything new) ? There is no news to-day. 
 
 >omterte8? 3d) Ijabe mdjtS geljort. 
 
 Saben (5te ben 53ftlj gefeljen? -3a, eg fyat feljr ftarf gebttfct. 
 
 tauben (5ie, baft e8 ijeute 9?ad)t 3d) glaube md)t, ba eg frieten 
 frieren hnrb ? tmrb; aber eg totrb fdjneien. 
 
 2Bie gefattt e 3b,nen in Bonbon? (3 gefattt mtr fe^r. 
 
 at eg -Oiljrem Sruber in tymt* (58 fdjetnt, ba eg i^m fefyr gut gfr 
 
 rifa gefaflen? fatten !jat. 
 
 5ft eg fait? jem, eg ift ni(f)t met)t fatt. 
 
 Germaiis omit 3Kein err, Sir, except in indignant or ceremonious address.
 
 250 IMPERSONAL TEEBS. 
 
 gel)ft GtiMS an bicfcm e(be? 3a, eS fefjten brei Sfjafer. 
 GHanben 3te, bag baS Setter (Ss fdjeintmir fo; toenigftenS fangt 
 
 fid) dnbcrn (change) roirb ? eg an, roarm gu roerben. 
 
 25 a$ Uegt Oljnen baran? (Ss liegt mir fefyr met baran. 
 
 2i"trb e$ biefeg 3af)r guten 2Bein !>ie9Jebleute (vine-growers) fagen, 
 
 gebcn? ba^ e^ fe^r melSBein gebeu roirb. 
 
 C^cniigt c^, mcmcn Seamen git ^ein, <tc miiffeu auc^ bag 3)atum 
 
 unterfdjreiben ? beifiigen (add the date). 
 
 28a fc()tt i^in ? S feb,ten ib,m ^teibcr unb etb. 
 
 2Ba8 lierbrte^t <2ie? (S oerbrte^t mid), bafj id) gu ^>au[c 
 
 bteiben mu^. 
 
 SSaS ift 3^ncn gcidjefjen ? 5 fd)toinbett mtr. 
 
 25 arum finb Sic traurig ? (3 fdjmer^t mid), ba id) metnen 
 
 trpiten 3)iener Dcrtorcn ^abc. 
 3ft nod) ^ta^ fitr mid) auf biefcr 2Bir toerben 3b,nen (for you) ^(afc 
 
 iBanf (bench) ? madjcn. 
 
 ibt e etnjag 9eiie8 ? 3d) hjeip nid)t, al8 (except) bag 
 
 ^err S. geftern geftorben ift. 
 
 READINra LESSON. 
 
 $te Stenc unb bic 2au6e. The Bee and the Dove. 
 
 Sin 23icnd)en ftet in eincn Sad). 1 
 
 3)ie3 fab, oon oben 2 eine aube; 
 
 ie brad) cin 23la'ttd)en Don ber Saube * 
 
 Unb umrf'8 ib,r ju. 2)a 33iend)cn fdjnjamm bantad)/ 
 
 Unb Ijatf fid) gliidlid) au bem 33ad). 
 
 fuller ,3"t biefetbe Staubc 
 
 tt)tebcr friebtid) s auf ber aube. 
 3)a e fdjtid) cin 3ager lei ' Ijeran 
 Unb Icgtc fd)on bie gttnte an.* 
 (Sdjon b,attc er ben ab,n gcfpannt:' 
 9JZein 5Bicnd)en fam unb ftad) ib,n in bie anb; 
 ^Juff ! 10 ging ber <3d)u baneben (one side). 
 2)ie Xaube flog babon. 25em banfte " fte tb,r ?eben? 
 
 i brook. - from above. arbor. 4 after it. ' peaceably, e then, i softly. bU 
 Rtinte antegen, to aim at, (<it., was placing the gun to [his shoulder]). ben $a$n fpannen, 
 to cook the gun. 10 bang I u Uutcn instead of oerbontetw to owe.
 
 REFLEXIVE VERBS. 
 
 THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON. 
 
 REFLEXIVE VERBS. 
 
 (Shtrf jicitnhc ,-{ritUiurtrr.) 
 
 1. When the action of a verb returns upon the subject, 
 the verb is called reflexive. Such verbs are conjugated 
 with two pronouns of the same person, one the subject 
 and the other the object. They take fyaben to form the per- 
 fect, see page 171, 8. 
 
 Many German reflexive verbs are translated in English 
 by intransitives, e.g., ftd) freucn (lit., to rejoice oneself) by 
 to rejoice. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF A REFLEXIVE VERB. 
 
 id) freuen, to rejoice. 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 icf) freute mid), I rejoiced 
 
 bit freuteft bid), 
 
 er freute fid), 
 
 fie freute fid), 
 
 tmr freuten un$, 
 
 tfjr freutet eitrf), 
 
 @te freuten fid), 
 
 fie freuten fid). 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 id) toiirbe mid) freuen, I should, etc. 
 bu toitrbeft bid) freuen, 
 er roitrbe fid) freuen, :c. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 id) fyatte mid) gefreut 
 bu Ijatteft bid) gefreut 
 er fyatte fid) gefreut JC, 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 id) freue mid), I rejoice 
 
 bu freuft bid), 
 
 er freut fid), 
 
 fie freut fid), 
 
 toir freuen un$, 
 
 t()r freut cud), 
 
 <2>te freuen fid), 
 
 fte freuen fid). 
 
 FHIST FUTURE. 
 
 id) lucrbe mid) freuen, I shall, etc. 
 bu nn'rft bid) freuen, 
 er urirb ftd) freuen. K. 
 
 PERFECT. 
 
 td) ^abe mid) gefreut 
 bu Ijaft bid) gefreut 
 er Ijat fid) gefreut jc. 
 
 SECOND FUTURE. 
 
 id) nierbe mid) gefreut fyaben 
 feu lutrft bid) gefreut Ijaben :c.
 
 252 REFLEXIVE VERBS. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 PRESENT. IMPERFECT. 
 
 id) frcitc mid) id) freucte midj 
 
 bu freueft bid) jc. bu freueteft bid) :c. 
 
 PERFECT. PLUPERFECT. 
 
 id) fyabe mid) gefreut id) fycitte mid) gefreut 
 
 bu fyabcft bid) gcfreut K. bu fjdttefl bi^ gefreut jc. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 freue bid), } freuen fair unS, let us rejoice 
 
 freuen <3ie ftd), j ^ freut eud), freuen (Sic fid), rejoice. 
 
 And so on in the other tenses of the subjunctive, in the infinitive (ftdj 
 freuen, fid) gefreut Ija&enJ, and in the participles (ficfy freuenb). 
 
 INTERROGATIVE FORM. 
 PRESENT. IMPERFECT. 
 
 freue id) mid) ? do I rejoice freute id) mid) ? did I rejoice ? 
 freufl bu bid) ? :c. freuteft b bid) ? jc. 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 Present, id) freue mid) nid)t, I do not rejoice, etc. 
 Imperf. freute id) mid) nid)t? did I not rejoice? etc. 
 Perfect, fyabe id) mid) nidjt gefreut? have I not rejoiced? etc. 
 
 2. Of course almost any transitive verb may be used 
 flexivelv : 
 
 reflexively : 
 
 -3d) fleibe baS ^inb on. 3d) fteibe mid) an. 
 
 I dress the child. I dress myself. 
 
 (5r oerrtmnbete ben naben. @r berwunbete ftd). 
 
 He wounded the boy. He wounded himself. 
 
 3. There are, however, a great many reflexive verbs, 
 properly so called, verbs, that is, always employed with the 
 reflexive pronoun, and having no meaning without it, whilst 
 others have a different sense when the reflexive pronoun 
 is omitted. We subjoin in alphabetic order those most 
 in use. In the following list fid) is in the accusative.
 
 BEFLEXIVE VERBS. 
 
 253 
 
 fid) cmfrf)icfen (gu), to prepare 
 fid) cwffyalten, to stay 
 fid) bebonten (fitr), to thank 
 fid) beeilen, to hasten 
 fid) befinben, to be (in a cer- 
 tain place) or to be (in 
 good or bad health) 
 ftd) befleiftigen, to apply one's 
 
 self 
 
 fid) begeben, to go (to a place) 
 fid) beijelfen, to make shift 
 fid) beHagen (iiber), to complain 
 
 of 
 
 lid) befiimmern Cunt), to care 
 rid) belaufen (cmf), to amount 
 |td) bemad)tigen, to seize, to 
 
 take possession of 
 fid) ergeben (dot.), to surrender 
 fid) erfjolen (turn), to recover 
 
 from illness 
 
 fid) erinnern (gen.), 1 to recol- 
 lect 
 
 fid) erfcitten, to catch cold 
 fid) erhmbigen, to inquire 
 fid) fu'rdjten (Dor), to be afraid 
 fid) gebutben, to have patience 
 fid) gercofynen (an, with the ace.), 
 
 to accustom one's self to 
 fid) graiuen, to grieve 
 fid) irren, to be mistaken 
 fid) fiimmern (urn), to see to 
 fid) niifycrn (dot.), to approach 
 fid) nafjren (on), to live on 
 fief) fdjamen (gen., or iiber, with 
 ace.), to be ashamed of 
 
 fidj bemiiljen, to endeavor, to 
 
 take the trouble 
 fid, tollmen, > t b h 
 fid) betrogen, > 
 fid) befinncn (iiba), to reflect 
 fid) beroerben (nm;, to apply (for) 
 fid) biirfen, to stoop 
 fid) einlaffen (in), to enter into 
 fid) entfyalten (gen.), to abstain 
 fid) entfdjUeJsen, to resolve, to 
 
 make up one's mind 
 fid) erbarmen (gen.), to have 
 
 mercy on 
 
 fid) ereignen, to happen 
 fid) erfreuen (gen.), to enjoy (e.g., 
 
 good health) 
 
 fid) fefynen (nad)), to long for 
 fid) feljen, to sit down 
 fid) ftellcn (al ob), to feign 
 fid) unterftefy'en, to dare, venture 
 fid) untertjol'ten (iiber), to con- 
 verse 
 
 fid) berirren, to go astray 
 fid) berlaffen (auf, with the ace.), 
 
 to rely (depend) on 
 fid) berfiinbigcn, to sin 
 fid) berfeljen, to make a mistake 
 fid) toerfpciten, to be (too) late 
 fid) berftetten, to dissemble 
 fid) toorbereiten, to prepare 
 fid) lueigcrn, to refuse 
 fid) U)iberfe^en (dot.), to oppose 
 fid) iDiinbeni (iiber), to be sur- 
 prised at 
 fi^ gutragen, to happen. 
 
 NOTE. A verb is sometimes used reflexively instead of being put in, 
 the passive, e.g. : 
 SDer (Sdjluffcl ^at ftt^ gefunbcn, The key has been found (lit., found itself). 
 
 i @i<$ (rinnern takes also the proposition an with the accusative, as : 3$ mnntrf 
 
 BlU aJergHUjjcn an joucu Xag, (or j
 
 254 REFLEXIVE VEBRS. 
 
 4. Iii the following list jtcty is in the dative. 
 
 fid) anmaftcn, to presume, be ftd) fdjmeidjeln, to flatter one's 8elf 
 
 presumptuous (or ace.) ftd) fcerfdjaffen, to procure 
 
 fid) ausbitten, to request fid) ttorneb/men, to take the resolu- 
 
 fid) einbilben, to imagine, fancy tion, make up one's mind 
 
 fid) Me ^retfyett nefymen, to take fid) toorfteflen, to imagine 
 
 the liberty fid) toclje tljun, to hurt one's sel 
 fid) getrauen, to dare (or ace.) 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Sing, id) fd)meid)te mtr PL hrir fdjmeirfjetn nn8 
 
 bit fd)meid)elft bit <Sie fdjmeidjefa fid) 
 
 et fdjmetdjelt ftd). fte fdjmetdjetn ftd). 
 
 5. Some phrases with reflexive verbs : 
 
 SSemiiljen <3te ftd) ntdjt, Do not take the trouble. 
 
 @eben te ftd) 9)?iif)e, Take pains. 
 
 (Sr erfjolt ftd) icmgfam, He recovers slowly. 
 
 3d) erinnere mid) feine$ 9?amen, I recollect his name. 
 
 <ie trren fid), rneut $err, You are mistaken, Sir. 
 
 (Sr ^at fid) fefyr oerdnbert, He is quite altered. 
 
 2)a3 2Setter anbert ftd), The weather is changing. 
 
 3)cc SBtnb le.qt ftd), The wind is going down. 
 
 3d) begcbe mid) nad) ^ranffurt, I am going to Frankfort 
 
 (Sr beritft ftd) auf mid), He refers to me. 
 
 3d) entljalte mid) be8 SSeineS, I abstain from wine. 
 
 (S ereignete ftd), It happened. 
 
 2Btr fii^ten un8 gliidlid), We feel happy. 
 
 3)te Sljiire offnctc fid), The door opened. 
 
 fteljmen Sic fid) in 2ld)t, Take care. 
 
 Oe^ctt <Sic fid), Sit down (take a seat). 
 
 $)ie 3ad)e Der^att fid) fo, The matter is as follows. 
 
 @ic jerftreuten fid), They dispersed. 
 
 SKenben 2te fid) an ben $onig. 
 
 Address yourself (apply) to the king. 
 
 3d) argere mid) liber biefen 3Sorfafl. 
 
 I am vexed with this occurrence. 
 
 <2ie radjten ftd) an i^ren ftdnben. 
 
 They avenged themselves on their enemies.
 
 BEFLEXIVE VERBS. 255 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber 2ftutij, courage tyauftg, frequently 
 
 . 1t , . f j the sentence unfdjulbtg, innocent 
 
 ICU/ { the judgment fcertljeibigen, to defend 
 
 bag ^ortjaben, the project, the bcroeifen, to prove 
 
 purpose itbei^eu'gen, to convince 
 
 bte ^ufrtebenfyett, the satisfac- aufgebeu, to give up 
 
 tion ur'tfyeilen, to judge 
 
 bte Sftedjnung, the account, bill betreffen, angefyen, to concern 
 
 ber ^Sorgefeljte, the superior Dermetben, to avoid 
 
 foaS 23etragen, the behavior tciie^en, to hurt. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 86. 
 
 <3te trren fid), mein >err ; id) bin nid)t ber (the one), ben <3te 
 fudjen. SBergeifjen ne, id) fycibe mid) nnrf(id) (really) geirrt. 9Jik 
 tiabeg ^at fid) in ber (5d)(ad)t bei aSarat^on, X()emiftof(eS in ber 
 Sd)(ad)t bei atami^ augge^eidjnet. (^eroo()nen @ie fid), friib, auf* 
 jitfteb,en. er 2Sotf nab.erte fid) nttr auf (as near as) je^n <Sd)rittc 
 (pace). SD'iitb/ribateS toertfyeibigte fid) mit groem s JJ^ut^e gegen bic 
 Corner. SBenn bu bid) iiber bag Iu(f S 2lnberer freitft, fp benieift bieg, 
 ba bu ein guteS ^erj ^aft. 2Bir b,aben un bemiit)t, i()n toon feinem 
 Unredjt (of "his being wrong) gu iibergeugen ; aber er Ipnnte fid) 
 ntd)t entfd)Iie^en, fein ^Borb/aben aufjugeben. S)er ^onig meigerte fid), 
 ba Urtf)eit 311 unterfdjreiben. (Ste ttwrben fid) beffer befinben, twenn 
 @ie fid) geit)i3b,nten, I)aufiger in ber fvifdjen 8uft fpajteren 311 gefyen. 
 Od) fe^ne mid) nad) 9Jub,e. Od) njerbe mid) bemiib,en, ^KtteS ju 3;^rer 
 ^ufrieben^eit 311 tooUbringen. 3d) wiirbc mid) fdjamen, fo etiua3 
 (such a thing) 311 tfyim. 3)er funge 3Kann b,at fid) inuner gut be* 
 tragen. 
 
 SlufgoBc 87. 
 
 1. We rejoice greatly (fefyr) to see you. I am mistaken. 
 You have also been mistaken. Charles has wounded himself 
 with his penknife. All nations long for liberty. The enemy 
 have (has) surrendered (themselves). If they had not sur- 
 rendered (themselves), Hhey Vould have all been killed. Dear 
 Sir, have mercy on me (meiner)- Nobody must imagine him- 
 self (to be) 1 without faults. That man was a bad father ; he 
 did not care for his children. I recollect to have seen that 
 lady, but I cannot remember her name. As (une) I see, 2 you 
 1 enjoy (a) good health. . 
 
 iBemem'ber that words enclosed in a parenthesis (....) are to be translated, and 
 irords in brackets [....] are to be left out.
 
 256 
 
 REFLEXIVE VERBS 
 
 2. My tailor's bill amounted to a hundred and fifty florina 
 I hastened to pay it, as soon as (fobalb aU) I 5 got (befam) 
 1 money. Young people must not take the liberty to judge 
 of (iiber, ace.) things which do not concern them. A good 
 Christian does not avenge himself on his enemy. "We were 
 mistaken in the name of the street. Do not feign [to be ) 1 so 
 innocent ; be ashamed of (gen. ) your behavior, and resolve to 
 avoid -such 'a 3 fault 4 for the future (fitnftig). He who is 
 conscious of having (to have) done his duty, may quietly 
 await (entgegenfefyen) the judgment (dot.) of his superiors. 
 
 Spreiplwng. 
 
 3d) freue mid), <5te 311 fefjen, 
 
 mein >err. SJBie befinben @te 
 
 ftd,? 
 $Me beftnbet ftdj 3ljr 33ruber, 
 
 ber (>err) om'tan? 
 >aben Ste (id) entf d)loff en, bie 
 
 9ieif e 311 unterneljmen ? 
 
 Sluf roen Derlaffen (rely) <2tc 
 
 tier* 
 
 ftd) ? 
 
 SBerben <3ie 3f)r >au8 berfau* 
 
 fen? 
 lonben <2ie, ba 
 
 foaten njerbe ? 
 S3or mem fiird)ten 
 S3ilben (Sic ftd) cut, aUetn njetfe 
 
 $n fein? 
 S;djamt fii^ btefet Oungltng ntci^t 
 
 itber fein Sctragen? 
 >aben <Sie ?uft (a mind) mtt 
 
 mtr in' Sweater ^u gefyen ? 
 ^>aben @te ftc^ toerlefct (toel^e ge* 
 
 tb,an) ? 
 SBte ^odj belief ft*; bte 9?ed)nung 
 
 3^re8 2Birt^e8 (landlord)? 
 SBomtt fcefdjafttgen <2ie ftc^ ge* 
 
 gentuartig (at present) ? 
 SStrb O^re 2ttuttcr balb 
 
 lommen? 
 
 banfe Sfnten, ic^ beflnbe mid), 
 ott (dot.) fei anf! feb,t 
 
 befinbet fti^ ntd^t rooljt, er b,at 
 
 fid) erfaltet 
 3d) ^abe mtc^ nod) ntdb,t entfd)Iof* 
 
 fen; aber i^ h)erbe mid) balb 
 
 entfdjliefjen. 
 3^ bertaffe mid) auf bte iite be 
 
 prften. 
 (2te irren ft^, t^ toerbc c ntc^t 
 
 Derfaufen. 
 SBenn <2te fc^nett geb,en, toerben 
 
 <Ste ftd) ntd)t berf paten. 
 3^ fitrdjte mid) tor biefem ^unbe. 
 OJetn, aber id) gtaube, bte <Sad)t 
 
 beffer gu berfte^en at^ ^tnbere. 
 od) ! e^ fdjetnt, ba er fid) fdjtimt; 
 
 er fommt ntd)t me^r 311 itn. 
 O ia, luenn Sic marten roolten, bid 
 
 id) mid) angefleibet b/abe. 
 3a, meine anb blntet; id^ I)abe 
 
 mid) an ctncnt 9?aget toerlefct. 
 belief fid) auf breumbad^ig 
 
 3d) lefe <d)itter'3 ,,ieb toon ber 
 lode" (Song of the BeU). 
 
 3d) tueife nid)t, wann fie fommt; 
 aber id) feb,ne mic^ feb,r na^ iljr. 
 
 Uee foot-note 1. p. 255.
 
 ADVERBS. 257 
 
 28<mmt ftnb Sic nidjt fritter 
 
 gefommen? 2Btr Ijaben unS tm SBalbe bertrrt. 
 
 SBerben (Sic fid) urn cine tette 3d) fyabe mid) fdjon urn mefyrere 
 
 betoerben? betoorben; aber big jetJt (as yet) 
 
 fyabe id) feine erfyatten. 
 
 (Soft ber Shrift fid) an feinem S^ein, S^riftug Ijat gete^rt, bag 
 
 ^einbe radjen? man feine f^einbe lieben fott. 
 
 etrauen (Sic fid) Uber ben 3d) toitt tierfudjen (try), eg jn 
 
 9J^ein ^u fd)rt)immen? t^un. 
 
 Ueber wag (tooriiber) beftagt ftd) @ie beHagt ftrf) 6er bag 33etrage 
 
 -3^re Gutter? 
 
 THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON. 
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 (Son ben Umftaiiajtudrtcrn.) 
 
 1. The shortest form of an adjective in the positive or 
 comparative degree may be used in German as an adverb, 
 e.g.: 
 
 >er tener nmrbe retdj beto^nt. 
 The servant was richly rewarded. 
 3)iefer Srief ift fdjon gefd)rieben. 
 This letter is beautifully written. 
 SDfein S3rief ift fdjoner gefdjrieben atg 3^rcr. 
 My letter is better written than yours. 
 
 2. There are only a very few adjectives, however, whose 
 superlatives can be used adverbially ; thus we could not 
 use retdfyft to mean tJie most richly nor fcfyonft to mean tlie 
 most beautifully. The superlative of these adverbs is 
 am vetcfyften, am fcfyonften. Other adjectives used as 
 adverbs form their superlatives in the same way, e.g. : 
 
 gut, beffcr, am beften, well, better, best. 
 
 faut, fauler, am faulften, lazily, more lazily, most lazily.
 
 258 
 
 ADVESfifl. 
 
 3. This information concerning adverbs has already 
 been given on page 113. To what was said there about 
 such forms as ouf '3 fdjbnjh (not the most beautifully, but most, 
 Le., very beautifully) we may add that a few adjectives in 
 the superlative form adverbs in en$, e.g. t fpatefienS, at the 
 latest; tyb'cfyftenS, at the highest estimate. 
 
 1. Adverbs of Place. 
 
 toe, where ? 
 
 toofyin, whither? 
 
 ttioljer, whence? 
 
 flier, here 
 
 t baljtn, ) thither 
 
 t bortfyin, ) that way 
 
 barm, therein, within 
 
 au^en, I outside 
 
 braufjen, ) out of doors 
 
 toon auften, from outside 
 
 auS'toenbig, on the outside 
 
 < en ' [within 
 brmnen, ) 
 
 toon innen, from within 
 in'ttoenbta, on the inside 
 oben, \ up stairs 
 broben, ) above 
 t fytnauf l , up, up stairs 
 unten, ) down stairs 
 brunttn, j below 
 
 one 
 
 Ijterljer, hither, this way 
 |ierau8, hence 
 
 h^?'l there 
 bafelbft, ) 
 
 ft feit'wdrt^, sideways, on 
 
 side 
 ttredjtS, on the right, to the 
 
 right 
 
 ft ItnfS, on the left, to the left 
 ft bieffettS, on or to this side 
 tt jenfettS, on or to that side 
 baneben, close by the side of it 
 gegenii'ber, opposite 
 
 ntrgenbS, nowhere 
 
 born, before, in front 
 
 ttng^um, all around 
 tt runb Ijerum, round about 
 behind 
 
 i The adverbs fyinetn, ^eretn, $tnau8, ^ctauS :c. are frequently preceded by a substan- 
 tive with the preposition ju, as : Sr (am jur (ju ber) I^ure tyerein, He came in at the door; 
 >er 93ogel (log jutn genjler ^tnauS, The bird flew out through the window, etc. Concerning 
 the difference between l)er: and lnn=, see page 230. 
 
 t Adverbs thus marked are used to denote direction with verbs of motion. (Com* 
 pare Ijier, here, with ftytertyer, hither.) 
 
 ft Adverbs thus marked may be used to denote direction with verbs cf motion, e.g., 
 Cr fprang feitroirtS, He uprang one side. But also to denote situations, t.g.. CDa8 $au8 fieJH 
 fcitioirtS con bem SBege, The house stands off one side of the road.
 
 ADVEEBS. 
 
 259 
 
 t aufwdrtS, upwards 
 t abunirtg, downwards 
 
 backwards 
 j 
 
 t tjor'toarts, forwards 
 311 >aufe, at home 
 tnarf) |Jaufe, home 
 
 together 
 betfantmen, ) 
 
 ft au$etnanber, asunder 
 
 ttjeit, fern, far, far off 
 
 , abroad, outwards 
 ', on the way. 
 
 2. Adverbs of Time. 
 
 toantt, when? 
 
 eben, just 
 
 eben jetjt, just now 
 
 je^t, nun, now 
 
 jemalS or je, ever 
 
 mentals or nte, never 
 
 ttietftenS, mostly 
 
 gegennjartig, at present 
 
 fonft, efjebem, ) formerlv 
 
 etjemate, toormafe, jf 1 ^ rly 
 
 frii^er, efjer, sooner, earHer 
 
 manrfjmat, 
 
 guiueien, >- sometimes 
 
 fpater, later 
 etnft, emftntafS, once 
 etntnal, once, one day 
 tteultd), the other day 
 
 not long ago 
 
 anrfjmat, 
 uiueijen, >- 
 tgnjetlen, ) 
 
 bann unb h)ann, now and then 
 oft, oftmate, often 
 ^ciufig, frequently 
 felten, seldom 
 
 bon nun an, from this time forth 
 ton iet an, henceforth 
 fettbem, since then 
 gteid), | directly 
 fogleirf), j immediately 
 balb, soon 
 SlnfangS, at first 
 guletjt, at last 
 bt$b,er, hitherto, tOl now 
 bi fe^t, as yet, till now 
 hneber, again 
 erft, only, not till 
 r, afterwards 
 
 iinlangft, ) a little while ago 
 
 toor ^urgent, ) not long ago 
 
 fcinfttg, in j^ufunft, in future 
 
 fdjon, bereitS, already 
 
 nod), still, yet 
 
 trod) einmal, once again, once 
 more 
 
 nod) nid)t, not yet 
 
 nod) nte, never before, never yet 
 
 Ijeute, to-day 
 
 geftern, yesterday 
 
 toorgeftern, the day before yester- 
 
 ntorgen, to-morrow ' [day 
 
 morgen friib,, to-morrow morn- 
 ing 
 
 iibennorgen, the day after to- 
 morrow 
 
 tonge, lange tyit, long (time) 
 
 fiiinbiid), hourly 
 
 ttigUd), daily 
 
 ja^rlid), yearly 
 
 attmtiltg, ) by degrees 
 
 nad) unb nad), ) gradually 
 
 enbltd), at last, at length 
 ^ then, at that time
 
 260 
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 tinnier, attqeit, always 
 ouf or fitr tntmer, for ever 
 etnftroeiten, meanwhile 
 getoofjnlid), usually 
 
 ), suddenly 
 gtetd) nadjfyer, immediately after- 
 augenbttrf(td), instantly [wards 
 fpornftretd)3, at full speed. 
 
 3. Adverbial Phrases of Time. 
 
 tin 3af)r, in the year 
 tin ommer, in summer 
 am 3)tenftag, on Tuesday 
 am Sftorgen, be3 SJf orgenS l or 
 
 2ftorgen3, in the morning 
 2fttttag3 or urn Sfttttag, at noon 
 SBormittagS, in the forenoon 
 ftarfjmtttagS, in the afternoon 
 am 3lbenb, be3 3lbenbS, or 
 
 $lbenb3, in the evening 
 gur red)ten e'it, } in time, 
 bet ,3etten, ) betimes 
 biefen 2 2ftorgen, this morning 
 etneg SageS, 1 one day 
 etneS SttbenbS, one evening 
 fjeutgutage, now-a-days 
 niidjfter Sage, one of these days 
 um Oftern, about Easter 
 gegen 1 1 Ufyr, about 11 o'clock 
 em loentg or 10 U6r, a little 
 
 before ten o'clock 
 bi 10 Ufjr, by ten o'clock 
 bei 8onnenaufgang, at sunrise 
 bet SageSanbritcf), at day-break 
 or 8 Jagen, a week ago 
 tor 14 agen, a fortnight ago 
 gum lefctenmal, for the last 
 
 time 
 
 big jefct nod) ntdjt, not as yet 
 crfl morgen, not till to-morrow 
 bret Sage tang, for three days 
 feit bret Sag en, these three days 
 
 am Sag or bet Sag, by day 
 bet 9?acf)t, be 9tadjt3, by night 
 (Sonntagg, on Sunday 
 gum erften Sftale, ) for the first 
 gum erflenmale, j time 
 ba narfjfte 2)tal, i^e next time 
 gur 3eit, in the time 
 um 1 (em) Ub,r, at one o'clock 
 tm 5lnfang, in the beginning 
 am (Snbe, at the end 
 am lOten 3ttat, ) on the 10th of 
 ben lOten 3)Jat, [ May 
 groetmal be Sage^, twice a day 
 etnen Sag um ben ) every 
 anbern, atte 2 Sage, j other day 
 
 ' everyday 
 jeben Sag, ) 
 
 ben gan^en Sag, all day 
 
 ^eute itber 8 Sage, this day week 
 
 b,eute iiber 14 Sage, this day fort- 
 
 night 
 
 Sag fur Sag, day by day 
 auf etntge eit, for a while 
 cine ,3tlaitg, for a time 
 Don ,3ett gu 3 e '^ from time to 
 
 time 
 
 Dor ,3 e i ten > *** ld. times 
 an etnem fc^onen 9)Jorgcn, on a 
 
 fine morning 
 in enter fatten 9?ad)t, on a cold 
 
 night. 
 
 1 The genitive of nouns is used to express indefinite time, just as in English we say 
 of a fine summer's day, (though we could not say of the 29<A of July). 
 
 2 The accutative used to express definite time.
 
 ADVERBS. 261 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber $anfnrnn, the merchant ber >ienft, the service 
 
 ber ^tingling, the youth libel gelaunt, ill-disposed, cross 
 
 bic 5lr,$net, the medicine grojjmutf)tg, magnanimous, gen- 
 
 ber 3euge, * ne witness erous 
 
 bie Jpanblung, the action totflfomnten, welcome 
 
 ba^ Sager, the camp gefattigft, if you please 
 
 ba$ (Sprtdpoort, the proverb eintwUigcn, to consent 
 
 bte (de, the corner belaftigen, to trouble 
 
 ber eiftltdje, the clergyman unauffjorlid), incessantly. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 88. 
 
 1. 2Bofjer fommen (Sic? 3d) fomme toon 2Bien. 3)er Sftann, 
 toetdjen <Sie fudjien, topfynt ntdjt fyier ; cr toofynt toeit bon fyier. !>er 
 $nabe ftel rucftingg in ben $(u$. -3d) fa ait^ttjenbig bet bent ^ut= 
 fdjer; bie 3)amen fafjen inttienbig tin OmnibuS. ^inggum marcn 
 geinbe. 3Kan fie^t bie gum Oitnglmge immer bei[ammen. 9Kein 
 ^au fte^t rcd)tl, ba 3t)rige UnfS. 2)er ^err tft nid)t git ^aitfe ; 
 fudjen (Sic tfyn anber^iup. 3)a^ 5Dorf liegt feitroarts. -3ft 3t)rc 
 Sautter unten ? 9|Mn, (ie ift oben. <Sofl id) ^inaufge^en unb e ifyr 
 fagen ? 2Benn (Sic fo gut fein tuoHen. 3d) begegnete bent ^aufmann 
 unternjeg. 
 
 2. 3)er ^ranfe mn ftunbtid) etnen offet bofl 3lr^net ne^men. 
 ?lnfang8 foottte er nid)t, aber jutetjt miUigte er ein. 33on jeljt on toerbe 
 id) flei^iger fctn ; biSfjer fjabe id) nid)t Diet gearbeitet ^icmatg rtjerbc 
 id) jene Stunbe toergcffen. 9Kein 2)iener erfyatt monatlid) ^eljn ufben, 
 atfo jafyrltd) jufammen ^unbert unb ^an^ig ntben. ^eulid) mar id) 
 3euge enter groJ3tnutl)tgen ^anbtung. ^ormittagS arbeite id), ^ad)* 
 mtttag^ ge^e id) fpa^teren. tlnfcr Str^t ift ntand)mal iibet gelaunt. (Sic 
 mtiffen gletd) nadjfyer bie (Stabt berlaffen. 2)er SDfftjier ritt fporn s 
 ftretd)^ in' JBager ber ^einbe. 
 
 Stufgaie 89. 
 
 1. Where is my stick ? You will find it there in the corner. 
 T beg your pardon (id) bitte urn gfetgefymg), it is not here ; it 
 must be elsewhere. You are welcome everywhere. Where 
 (whence) does the letter come from ? It comes from America. 
 Come down, if you please. I could find him nowhere. Where 
 is my dog ? He is out of doors. The clergyman's house ia 
 very far off. I was not at home. You may go home. I have
 
 262 ADVERBS. 
 
 heard it somewhere. Have you searched everywhere ? The 
 one went hither, the other iMther. I could open the door 
 neither from within, nor from without Do just as if (al8 
 toenn) you were at home. 
 
 2. Did you know him formerly ? Yes, I have known him 
 long. I shall be 2 at ($u) your service 'presently. He was 
 not often happy, because he was idle. He is more frequently 
 at the coffee-house than at home. She has arrived sooner 
 than I. She is 2 better 'to-day 1 than she was yesterday. Go 
 2 away 'instantly. My uncle will always be satisfied. Could 
 you not come earlier? The next time 2 I 'shall be 2 here 
 'betimes. 2 I am seldom alone. Have you seen our friend 
 lately ? Yes, I saw him the other day ; and I hope I shall 
 see him again very soon. At present Ve 'are incessantly 
 troubled by beggars. I am in the habit (id) pflege) of seeing 
 him (to see him) now and then. 
 
 4. Adverbs of Quantity and Comparison. 
 
 tote, how? beinafye, fajl, almost 
 
 toternd, hrie fdjr, how much? nitr, blog, afletn, only 
 
 bid, much meifteng, mostly 
 
 ntefjr, more fjod)fteng, at the highest, at moat 
 
 nod), still toenigftenS, at least 
 
 nod) meljr, still more fyateftenS, at the latest 
 
 nod) groet, two more onberg, otherwise 
 
 i The order to-day better and not better to-day is in accordance with an Important rule 
 concerning the arrangement of the BEST of the clause. This rule requires that the 
 sense shall be suspended, that is, as it were, that we shall know all about a thing, 
 before we hear the thing itself. In the English sentence " He went to-day in the rain 
 without an umbrella to Boston," the sense is suspended, we hear all about his going to 
 Boston before we hear that he went to Boston. In clauses in which the sense is 
 suspended, there is no possibility of inserting a period before the end ; thus neither 
 lie went to-day, nor He went to-day in tlie rain, nor He went in-day in the rain without an 
 umbrella could have a period after it, the sense is not complete. This is an easy way 
 of distinguishing clauses in which the sense is suspended from others in which it is 
 not. On the other hand in the sentence, " He went to Boston to-day in the rain with- 
 out an umbrella," there are no less than three places before the end, where the inser- 
 tion of a period would leave perfect sense before it. The latter is not the German way, 
 the German sentence must be constructed on such a plan that a period can not be 
 inserted before the end is reached, e.g., we must have She w to-day better and not She is 
 better period possible) to-day. 
 
 t Observe that when an adverb or adifrbial expression (see p. 260) begins the sentence, 
 the \XBSprecedei the subject (see p. 83, 4).
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 am metflen, most 
 
 fcfyr, rcd)t, very or much 
 
 jit, 311 fefyr, too or too much 
 
 git met, too much 
 
 ntd)t3, nothing 
 
 gar nidjtS, nothing at all 
 
 !etn ntcljr, no more 
 
 ctu)a8, 1 somewhat 
 
 cm ttentg, j a little 
 
 fyhtla'ngUd), sufficiently 
 
 gcmtg, enough 
 
 fa urn, scarcely 
 
 etmgermafecn, | somewhat 
 
 gcttn|fenna|$en, j 
 
 gtcmUd), tolerably, pretty 
 
 itm tneteg, | by far 
 
 bet toettem, j by a great deal 
 
 itm bte cilfte, by half 
 
 nod) einmal fo , twice as, as 
 
 again 
 
 ungeftifyr, etroa, about 
 gerabe, precisely, exactly 
 
 fonft, else 
 
 fottft nid)t, nothing else 
 fo, ebenfo, so, as 
 eben fo fefyr, as much 
 ebenfo hjenig al3, just as little 
 as 
 
 , Hkewise 
 gtetdjfara, as it were 
 win fo meljr, the more 
 nm fo tuemger, the less 
 fogar', felbft, even 
 tttdjt etnmat, not even 
 ganj, quite 
 
 gan^Iidj, wholly, entirely 
 toottenbS, completely, quite 
 gan^ nnb gar, thoroughly 
 tb/ettoetfe, partly 
 befonberg, ) especially 
 tn^befonbere, j particularly 
 fyauptfa'djUd), chiefly 
 uber^aitpt, ) generally 
 im Slttgemetnen, ) in general 
 
 5. Adverbs of Affirmation, Doubt and Negation, 
 
 fa, ja bod), bod), 1 yes 
 fa nio()l, yes, certainly 
 aflerbingg, by ah 1 means 
 jebenfattS, at all events 
 gcttnfj, surely, certainly 
 fid)erltd), certainly 
 fietttd), to be sure 
 fitr)ab / r', toafyrltd), truly 
 JytrfUd), really 
 tit ber Xfyat, in fact 
 gern or gcrtte, willingly 
 ungcrn, unwillingly 
 netn, no 
 !etnegn)eg8, by no means 
 
 nwljrfdjetnttd), 
 toermuttjltd), 
 h)al)d)afttg, truly 
 gufattig, by chance 
 tnettetdjt, etnw, perhaps 
 fd)tuerltd), scarcely 
 flljne Ametfel, no doubt 
 toergebitd), ) j 
 
 bergeben^, umfonft, ) 
 burd)ait, absolutely, quite 
 and) ntd)t, not either 
 ntd)t etnmat, not even 
 ntematS, never 
 ntd)t nteljr, no more 
 
 is used to contradict a denial, e.g., A says : ie gtng geflern nii^t au8 (She did not 
 go out yesterday) ; B replies : 25od; (Yes, she did).
 
 264 ADVERBS. 
 
 nid)t, not mmmernteljr, never more, by no 
 
 gar nirfjt, ) not at all means 
 
 bitrdjaitS nid)t, j by no means tm egentf)et(, on the contrary 
 
 melmeijr, rather. 
 
 6. Interrogative Adverbs. 
 
 toamt, when ? hne met nod), how much more ? 
 
 toarum, why hue mete nod), how many more ? 
 
 e P al , b '' I wherefore? * Ia "9 e ' h ow lon ^ ? 
 
 tue^iDe gen, ) too, where ? 
 
 tone, how? too^tn, whither, where? 
 
 tote fo, how so ? tooljer, whence ? 
 
 tote t)tel(e), how much (many) toobur^, by what means? etc. 
 
 7. Adverbs of Order. 
 
 erftenS, fur'S erfle, first gtoetmal, twice 
 
 gtoettenS, secondly bretmat, three times 
 
 brttten^, thirdly totermal, four times [more 
 
 DtertenS, fourthly nodh etnmat, once again, once 
 
 ferner, further noq gtoehnal, twice more 
 
 ^enta^, hereafter guerfl', at first 
 
 bann, fobattn, then gule^f, at last 
 
 ctnmal, once 
 
 8. Adverbs ending in roeife, 
 
 Some of these are formed from nouns and others from 
 adjectives (the latter in the genitive singular feminine). 
 The termination tuetfc (English wise in likewise, etc.), is 
 by origin the noun SBeife, manner. 
 
 e, partly 1 Ijeerbentoeife, in flocks 
 
 ftutfroetfe, piece-meal gtitcflidjerroetfe, fortunately 
 
 Ijaufentoetfe, by heaps, in crowds ung(urf(td)erraetfe, unfortunately 
 
 majfentoetfe, in masses etufdlttgerroetfe, in a silly manner 
 
 ftronttoetfe, in streams tropfenroeife, by drops, etc. 
 
 i The Latin partim,frustatim, gregalim, etc.
 
 ADVERBS. 265 
 
 9. Other Adverbs of Frequent Occurrence. 
 
 nlfo, so, thus, therefore bage'gen, ) on the contrary, 
 
 and), also, too (aud) ntd)t, not Ijingcgen, ) on the other hand 
 
 either 2 ) bafjer', beftttegen, ) therefore, on 
 
 aujjerbem, besides, moreover ba'rum, beftfyalb, ) that account 
 
 balb balb, now now; some- nid)t nur } re C not only 
 
 times sometimes nid)t attetn > 1 S 4 but 
 
 bemnad), accordingly ntd)t bloS ) ^' ( also 
 
 bennod), and yet, still mdjtSbeftotoemger, nevertheless 
 
 beffenun'geadjtet, nevertheless nod), nor 
 
 befjgtetdjen, likewise jefct, nun, now 
 
 befto, ) the (with a following fo, so, thus 
 
 urn fo, ) comparative) fonfl, else, or else, otherwise 
 
 bod), iebod), ) yet, still t^etlS t^ct(, partly partly 
 
 gtetdjttjo^l, ) however iiberbteft, besides, moreover 
 
 fenter, further iibrtgeng, as for the rest, however 
 
 folgltd), | consequently btelme^r, rather, on the con- 
 ntit^in, j accordingly trary 
 
 inbejfen, unterbeffen, meanwhile toeber nod), neither nor 
 
 fcmm, scarcely fioWr indeed, it is true. 
 bcmn, ba, then 
 
 DEGREES OF COMPAEISON. 
 
 Besides adjectives used as adverbs, the following are 
 also compared : 
 
 COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. 
 
 tool)l, well beffer, better am beften, the best 
 
 Bassoon {gj* 
 
 gcrn \ willingly Itcber, rather am Itebften, best 
 
 oft, often ofter, oftener am b/auftgften, the oftenest 
 
 fefyr, very ^o'djft, a'u^erft, extremely 
 
 iibel, badly, ill argcr, worse am orgften, the worst 
 
 bid, much mdjr, more am metften, most 
 
 IB:-} 
 
 2 Thus, 3jo6 aollen ir aud) nirfjt, We don't want that either. 
 
 i em, KeBet, am Itebften are used to translate the English, I like, I like better, I like 
 best, as : 3$ faiele gern, 1 like to play ; id; tanje lieber, I like dancing better ; 3^ f' n 8* 
 am Ucfcftcn, I like to sing best,
 
 266 ADVERBS. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bcr 9?ebd, the mist tb,orid)t, stupid, foolish 
 
 bag 3 u f ammentreffen, the meet- gefd)icft, skilful 
 
 ing toon 9euem, anew 
 
 bag $cfid)t, the face, coun- angreifen, to attack 
 
 tenance ftitten, to quiet 
 
 bag SBerfpredjen, 1 the promise fid) t>erflid)ten, to engage 
 
 bag SJhtrren, 1 the murmurs, treulid), faithfully 
 
 grumbling bertuerfen, to reject 
 
 bcr 23or'fd)(ag, the proposal ridjtig, correctly 
 
 berberben, to spoil ougfeljen, to look (e.g., well, ill). 
 
 READING EXERCISE 90. 
 
 1. 2Bie Ijaben <Sie gefdjtafen, mem $err? <Sdjr gut, id) banle 
 3f)nen. 2Bie met db fjaben @te? 3d) Ijabe nid)t m'el, id) ^abc 
 fc^r iuentg. (Sin beutfrfjcS (Spridjmort fagt: ,,3u ttjenig unb gu bid 
 Dcrbirbt aileg <2pid." 2Seife ber ^nabe genug? Sr wet^ gar^iidjtg. 
 3)erjentge icirb ben ^jjreig er^alten, h)eld)er am beften lefen unb am 
 fdjonften frfjreiben fann. 2)er 9^ebd ift nad) unb nad) tierfdjrtunben. 
 2J?an fyat mir nidjt einmat geantwortet. $"ein 9JJenfd| fann immer 
 gludltd) fein. SBcrben @ie morgen mit ung ^u SJiittag fpeifen? 
 SJiorgen fann id) nidjt, aber iibermorgen hjerbe id) fommen. 
 
 2. eb^en <5ie redjtg, id) merbe linfg geljen. 3)er ftuge 9Kann irrt 
 ftd) (is mistaken) fdten ; ber unDorftd)tige irrt fid) am fyaufigften. 
 Ser efdjidtefte ttirb am meiften getobt toerben. Sir f)aben lange 
 gemartet. (2ie fatten (ought to have) nod) langer warten foUen. 
 SSenn ber ^ud)g bie toilben Sienen angreift, fo werfen fie fid) f)aufen* 
 loeije auf ifjn. 2)?e^r alg einmal gdang eg (bem) $otumbug, bag 
 9J?urren fciner @d)iffgmannfd)aft (crew) gu fliflen ; abcr batb nad)b,er 
 Oegannen fie Don 9Zeuem gu murren ; enblid) berpflidjteten fie fid), nod) 
 brei Sage ju geb/ordjen. 5tm britten Sage fa^en fie nnrfUd) Sanb. 
 
 9tufflobc 91. 
 
 1. When shall you set out ? To-morrow or the day after 
 to-morrow. He has been * three * times 6 here J at 2 least. He 
 is improving (mad)t ^ort|d)ritte), especially in German. That is 
 beautiful indeed. We were attacked unawares (unoerfdjeng), 
 and have scarcely escaped. We went there by turns (ab-- 
 
 i These arc Infinitives used aa nouus, (literally, the to promise).
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 267 
 
 toedjfefnb). He will (e$ nnrb tfjm) by no means succeed. Our 
 meeting was quite by chance. I am not at all surprised at 
 your saying so (baft <2te :c.). How much do you charge 
 (forbern) for it ? It will cost you twenty florins at most (at the 
 highest). It is about thirty miles off (roett). 
 
 2. It is not otherwise. At present 2 1 'want nothing else. 
 At first 2 1 1 thought I knew his face. If we have given a 
 promise, let us faithfully keep (fyalten) it; else Ve 'shall cer- 
 tainly lose our good name. "We dine precisely (piinftltd)) at 
 four o'clock. I think he will not willingly do it. Perhaps 
 *you 'would do better not to reject his proposal. He writes 
 less correctly than his cousin. Miss Mary is less happy than 
 you think. It is quite in vain to talk to (mit) this man; he will 
 never listen to you (auf @te fyoren). 
 
 SBoljer fommen <Ste, metn 
 
 greimb? 
 aben (te btefe Sfteife 311 (on) 
 
 uft ober gu SBagen gemadjt? 
 -3ft 3fjre (Sdjroefter gu >aufe ? 
 
 SSann fommt er nad) ^>aufe ? 
 3d) [pbe Ste tange ntdjt gefeljen; 
 
 n?o rooren (te ? 
 
 3Bie biele SBorter foU id) ternen? 
 S^arum tft btefcr SDfaun immcr 
 
 franf? 
 2Bte finben 1 (like) <Sie ba $ait 
 
 beg errn 33.? 
 2Boflen te auf mid) toarten 
 
 (wait for me) ? 
 2)tefer 33rtef tft ntd)t fdjim gc- 
 
 fd)riebcn. 28te fommt eg? 
 prtdjt bicfci 9J?ann (Sngtifd) ? 
 SBann muarten <Ste -3f)ren 
 
 fomnte tion $6tn (Cologne). 
 
 un, 311 (by) 2Baffer; id) retfc 
 
 Ueber 311 SBaffer al 311 Sanb. 
 
 etn, fie tft auSgegangen. 
 (gr tft fyeute tt)af)rfd)etn(id) in vm' 
 
 ferm arten. 
 
 (Sr tutrb gegen ad)t Uf)r fomjnen. 
 Od) tvar metften^ $it aufe; id) roat 
 
 ittdjt gan$ tuo^I. 
 
 jroet eiten (pages). 
 
 m'e(. 
 
 tft tnioenbtg fcb.r fd)5n ; abet 
 ouSroenbtg fte^t e8 att ait. 
 
 Sin hjentg, aber ntd)t langc. 
 
 3d) ^abe tljn gu fdjnett gefdjrteben. 
 @r fprtdjt fe()t gut. 
 
 3d) ertuartc iljn btcfcn ^adjmittag. 
 
 i J4terallj- : How do you find, etc., (i.e.. What do you think of, etc.)
 
 268 ADVERBS. 
 
 28irb cr afletn fontmen? (5r roirb totefletdjt fetnen <3oljn mit* 
 
 brtngen. 
 
 cfyt ber $nabe gern (does he )e8 2)torgen8 gefyt er gern tit bte 
 like) in bie Sd)ute ? djule ; aber 9tad)mtttagS fptelt 
 
 er lieber. 
 (5f|en (Ste gerne du'nfen (ham)? 3a, abet tcb effe Iteber SBraten 
 
 (roast meat). 
 
 READING LESSON. 
 $er bttttftorc fiottie. The Grateful Lion. 
 
 (Sin ormer flabe, ber au bent ^jattfe fetne^ ^errn entfto^en ftar, 
 iourbe gum Jobe tierurt^etlt (condemned). 2)an fiib,rte i^n ouf 
 einen gropcn ^la^, 1 njet^er mtt 2ftcmern untgeben tear, itnb Ite^ ctnen 
 furdjtbaren lOonjen onf tb/n log (loose). attfenbe on 2JZett[d)en 
 toaren 3 eu 9 en btefeg @c^aufptel. 
 
 ' er ^btoe fprang grtntmtg 2 auf ben artnen 3)Jenf^en; adetn $\o& 
 lid) btteb er ftefjen, luebette s mtt bem c^hjetfe, b^itpfte * toott greube urn 
 t^n fyerunt itnb letfte tb,nt freunbttc^ bte ^>anbe. -Sebermann tjerhjunbertc 
 fi(^ B itnb fragte ben <S!I(U)en, rote ba8 fomme.* 
 
 2)er <2f(aDe erjafjlte olgenbe : n ^llg tc^ metnem ^>emt entlattfen 
 tear, oerbarg id) mi^ in einer ^ol)te 7 mitten in ber 2Biifte. 8 )ann 
 lam auf einmal btefer Joroe ^eretn, minfette 9 unb ^etgte mtr feme ^a^e, 1 * 
 in ber etn grower !Dorn ftaf. 3d) gog th^m 11 ben 3)orn tjerauS, unb toon 
 ber 3^it an berjorgte 12 mtci^ ber lOoroe mtt 2Btlbpret 13 unb tutr lebten in 
 ber >ol)le frteblt^ gufammen. S3et ber lebten 3agb tourben nut 
 gefangcn unb toon etnanber getrennt. 14 Stun freut ft(^ bag gute ljter, 
 mid) iuieber gcfunben gu b^aben." 
 
 Sltleg 53olf roar itber (at) bie 3)anlbarfeit btefeg rottben Jb^iereg cnt- 
 gitdt, 15 unb bat lout urn @nabe 16 fiir ben flatten unb ben ?6roen. 
 )er Sftaue rourbe fret getaffen unb reid)lid) befdjenft. 2)er ?jjroe 
 folgte tb,m roie ein treuer unb, unb blieb intmer bet iljnt, ob^ne Oentanb 
 ein ?etb (harm) gu tb^un." 
 
 i square. - fiercely, furiously. 3 to wag (with) his tail. < to jump, s to be astonished. 
 6 to come to pass. ' cavern. 8 desert. $ to whine, lopaw. n for him. i - to supply. 
 13 game, i to separate, r enraptured, ic pardon. 1 7 see the 44th lesson.
 
 CONJUNCTIONS. 269 
 
 THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON. 
 
 CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 (Son ben SHudcUiortrrn.) 
 
 1. COPULATIVE AND DISJUNCTIVE CONJUNCTIONa 
 
 The following conjunctions have, as has been already 
 stated, no effect on the order of the parts of a German 
 clause : 
 
 unb, and aber or afletn, but [trary 
 
 ober, or fonbern, but (i.e., but on the con- 
 
 benn, for, since fotooljl a(3, both and. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 3d) muJ3 ju >aufe btetben, benn id) bin franf. 
 I must stay at home, for I am ill 
 >er (Straujj fyat $lu.}cl, aber er fcmu ntd)t fltegen. 
 The ostrich has wings, but he cannot fly. 
 
 The student will notice that the order of the words in the German 
 translation of for lam sick, etc., is the same as in the German translation 
 of / am sick. 
 
 NOTE 1. 9t6cr is sometimes placed elsewhere than at the beginning of 
 the clause, like however in English. 
 
 er SSatcr aBer fprad), But the father said or The father however said. 
 cr (Straujj fyat $tuget, et fann aber nidjt fttegcn. 
 
 IToTE 2. Examples of the use of afcer and fonbern. 
 
 I am sorry, we have no apples but we can give you pears. 
 
 (S3 tljut mix Ictb, ir fyo&en fcine Stc^fct, aficr tr fonnen 3^ncn 93irnen 
 
 flefccn. 
 
 You are mistaken, they are not apples but (on the contraryj pears. 
 Ste irren jtdj, e3 (inb nid)t Slcpfel fontoern SSitnen. 
 He loves her, but not so very much. 
 Sr lie&t (ie, aber nirfjt fo fc^r. 
 
 He does not love her, but (on the contrary) hates her. 
 Sr liebt (ie ntdjt, fonbern cr C)at fie. 
 
 Sib" er and afletn (but) may be used after an affirmative clause or after 
 a negative clause ; fonbern (but on the contrary) only after a negative 
 clause.
 
 270 CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bie djtodgerin, the sister-in- bie 9Zaljrung, the food 
 
 law ber qjfel, the top, summit 
 
 fdjaben (dot-.), to injure na, wet 
 
 ba3 $oh,r, the reed toerfcb>enben, to waste 
 
 fief) btcgen, to bend ber 3ftitfd)uler, the school-feUow 
 
 rufyig, quietly bie SRegel, the rule 
 
 ermafynen (ace.), to speak to fortfatjrcn, to continue 
 
 (i.e., admonish) boS gemetne 23olf, the populace 
 
 ber SSorrourf, the reproach jufammentrejfen mit ^emanb, to 
 
 meet with. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 92. 
 
 3>dj !jabe ben SBrief gefd)rieben, unb metn Sruber fjat if)n abgefdjrie* 
 ben. <2ie miiffen mir ba 23ud) ^urucfgeben, ober ic^ rterbe e^ bent 
 eljrer fagen. 2)ie ^tnber fonnten bie $irfd)en n'tdjt effen, benn fie 
 nmren ntrfjt retf. (5ie fbnnen jefct auggel^en ; aber >te miiffen um tier 
 llfjr roieber guriic! fein. 3f)re (SdjtDogerin tjat mir erfprorf)en, mid) in 
 bonbon ju befucf)en ; aber fie fyat nic^t SSort geb,a(ten ; aurf) b^at fte mir 
 gar ntcfjt gefcfjrieben ; be^roegen (bemnad)) tDerbe id) auf fie ntd)t meb^r 
 twarten. ^ntioeber miiffen @ie Pei^ig arbeiten, ober bie (5d)it(e frei= 
 niiflig t)erlaffet, fonj't roerbcn @ie fortgefdjtcft toerben. 2Beber fein 
 Ofyetm nod) fein^ 2onte toerben biefeS ertauben. (Sowob^t ber 23ater 
 al^ bie DJiutter b,aben ben @ofm gefuc^t. Der gere^te 2)tann f^abet 
 Weber bem 9Jeidjen noci) bent Airmen. 2)er Oc^fe bient itnS nid)t nur 
 jur -Kafyrung, fonbern aucq gur Arbeit (labor). 
 
 Slufeobc 93. 
 
 1. You and I. He or she. "We have written a long exer- 
 cise, but we have not learnt it (The) gold and (the) silver 
 are metals. You must go home directly, or you will get wet ; 
 for it will soon rain. The reed bends, but (it) does not break. 
 We shall defend our country with courage, and we shall 
 quietly await the enemy. You ought to speak to your chil- 
 dren, for they are very naughty. I do not know liirn by sight 
 (oon ($eftd)t), but I know him by reputation (bem 9Jamcn nad)). 
 I expected reproaches from my mother, but she did not say 
 anything. Did you see Mr. Long to-day? Yes, but I could 
 not speak to him (mtt ifym fpredjen). I must stay at home, for
 
 CONJUNCTIONS. 271 
 
 1 am not quite well Do not waste your time, for life is made 
 of it (bamu$). Some of my schoolfellows are ill ; consequently 1 
 they cannot come to (in bte) school 
 
 2. Some one has done it, either you or your brother. I do 
 not know the man, for I have never seen him. This horse 
 may be very strong, nevertheless 1 2 it l does not please me. I 
 have shown him the rule, yet 1 he has not understood it. He 
 was very tired, nevertheless he continued working (to work). 
 Scarcely had he pronounced these words, J when (ba, literally 
 then) the 4 populace 2 threw 3 themselves on him. He has not 
 only promised him something, but also given it. I know 
 neither him nor his wife. I did not expect to see you here ; 
 the (befto) greater is my pleasure to meet you. I can neither 
 read nor write. Not only the king was expected, but also the 
 queen and the princess. 
 
 SUBORDINATING CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 All conjunctions, except and, lx>th, but, either, for, and or 
 are subordinating conjunctions. They are so called 
 because they introduce clauses in which no assertion is 
 expressly made, clauses that is of subordinate importance. 
 
 a) Simple Subordinative Conjunctions. 
 
 afe, when obgletrf)', obfdjon', ) fl, ouff j. 
 
 cbtooljt', hnetool)!', ) 
 
 bebor', efye, before 
 
 bt^, until fett, fettbem', since (time) 
 
 bo, since (reason) \\o oft al3, whenever 
 
 baf?, that 
 
 obalb, as soon as 
 
 bamit', that, in order that fotange, as long as 
 
 falls, in case that un'gead)tet, notwithstanding 
 
 inbem', while toa'f'renb, 2 while 
 
 |e , the (with the comp.) hjenn, when, if 
 
 nodjbem', after mil, because 
 
 ob, whether tote, how, as 
 
 toofern', if, provided. 
 
 1 An adverb, not a conjunction. Use the question order. 
 
 2 Instead of roiljrenb, while, we sometimes use inbeflen, as a subordinating conjunction, 
 as : iiSir gingen im (fatten tyajieren, intejjen ct ju SRittag {petfie.
 
 272 CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 (58 tsar bier ttfjr, ats bic <2onne aufgtng. 
 
 It was four o'clock when the sun rose. 
 
 2Barten <2ne, bis id) mctnen 23rief toflenbet Ijabe. 
 
 Wait till I have finished my letter. 
 
 predjcn oie taut, bamit' irf) ie tocrftefye. 
 
 Speak aloud that I may understand you. 
 
 9?arf)bem nnr miteiuanber (together) gcfriU)ftitcft fatten, gingctt 
 
 totr (not tmr gingen) fpagtercn. 
 2Bafyrenb wir Garten fptelten, lafen unfere 5"unbe (not itnferc 
 
 greunbe lafen) bie 
 
 Subordinating conjunctions require the VERB (see 4, page 
 82,) to be put at the very end of the clause. When a 
 subordinate clause, otherwise called a dependent clause, 
 comes first in the sentence, the principal clause takes the 
 inverted order, as in the last two examples. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS ON SOME OP THE CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 , when, as, than. 
 
 1. When may be translated alS, provided a single occa- 
 sion in the past is referred to. 
 
 51(3 ber Heine ^rinj bie fjiir berfcfjtoffen fanb, hwrb' er bofe. 
 When the little prince found the door locked, he got 
 
 angry. 
 
 dafar fd)idft abienu3, a(3 er biefeS erftiljrt. 
 Caesar sends Labienus, when he learns this. 
 
 2. In other cases, when may be translated ttjenn. 
 
 2Benn ber fteine ^rinj bie Jfjiir tterfdjtpffen fanb, toitrb' er bofe. 
 When (whenever, if) the little prince found the door 
 locked, he got (used to get) angry. 
 
 3. 9113 is translated than after comparatives, e.g., fritter 
 S ttrir, grojjer al
 
 CONJUNCTIONS. 273 
 
 4 3(13 is translated as after fo, e.g., fo friify al3 ttrir, fo 
 groj? a(3 .>etnrid), and in such phrases as the following: 
 
 (r fungirt at$ tettoertrcter, He acts as substitute. 
 
 5. 5113 is translated but after nicfytS, nirgent>3, etc., e.g. : 
 
 ate Safyrljett, Nothing but trutL 
 ate Ijter, Nowhere but here. 
 
 $U, as, since. 
 
 1. 2)a means since, and introduces a reason. <So occurs 
 more frequently than not at the beginning of the principal 
 clause of sentences in which ta introduces the subordinate 
 clause, provided the subordinate clause begins the sen- 
 tence. <5o may be either omitted in translating or trans- 
 lated why. 
 
 3)a ber $nabe fo fleifjig tft, (fo) mu man i^n beto^nen. 
 Since the boy is so industrious, he is to be rewarded. 
 5Da tcf) ifyn nt^t fenne, fo tann id) i^m nidjt trauett. 
 Since (or as) I do not know him, (why) I cannot trust 
 
 2. (Settbent means since, and introduces a clause stating 
 when something mentioned in the principal clause began. 
 
 (Sr fdjttmgt, 1 feitbem id) f)ter bin. 
 
 He has been silent since I have been here. 
 
 Sn&em', while. 
 
 3nbetn' means ivhile, but instead of a clause beginning 
 with ivliile we often use in English the present par- 
 ticiple. 
 
 Snbcm id) in ba 3^ mmer trat, rief id) .... 
 
 As I entered the room or entering the room, I cried ---- 
 
 QIC fagte ju mir, tnbcm er mir bie ^>anb briitftc jc. 
 
 Shaking hands with me, he said, etc. 
 
 Snbem er fcinen 5lrm ouSftrerfte, Stretching out his arm. 
 
 i See foot-note to Exercise 96.
 
 274 CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 ), obirfjon, obuiuljl, though. 
 
 1. :Db is sometimes separated by a word or two from 
 the second syllable in these conjunctions, just as if we 
 should say in English to home wards instead of towards 
 home. Thus we may say either Obgleicfy Sari nicfyt franf tjt, 
 get)t er (bocfy) nicfyt in ben arten, or )b Sari gleid) u. |. n>.' 
 Although Charles is not sick, (nevertheless) he does not go into 
 the garden. 
 
 2. )oct) stands in the same relation to obgleidj, etc., as fo 
 does to ba. See the last example. But bod) need not 
 come first in the principal clause, as fo always does. 
 
 @0 and bod) may both of them be used at the same 
 time. They are translated by a single nevertheless, e.g., 
 Sari nicfyt franf ijt, fo ge^t cr boc| nicl)t in ben arten. 
 
 Sftann, teenn, nI3. 
 
 The English conjunction when is translated sometimes : 
 tt>ann, sometimes toenn, and sometimes al^. For al$ see 
 page 272. 
 
 a) 
 
 1. SSann is interrogative. 
 
 rterbcn (Sic fommen? "When will you come? 
 (Saaen <Ste mtr, iuann (Sic fommen rooflen. 
 Tell me when you will come. 
 
 2. SSann answers to the English whenever , as: 
 
 iann (Sic h) 
 a (whene^v 
 
 b) wenn. 
 
 @ie fonnen e$ fd^icfen, toann (Sic 
 
 You may send it when (whenever; you like. 
 
 1. See 2, on page 272. 
 
 i u. f. a. stands for unb fo wetter and means and to forth.
 
 CONJtJtfCTlONS. 275 
 
 2. SBenn must often be translated if, e.g., SBenn eg fcfyneit, 
 (fo) ttnrb er ftcl) gerotp erfalten, jf/" it snows, (why) he certainly 
 witt catch cold. 
 
 (So is inserted or omitted with n?cnn just as with ba, see 
 page 273. 
 
 When the condition introduced by toenn is more likely 
 than not, not to be realised, the verb of the condition is 
 put in the subjunctive, e.g., <Sie wtrben jtc^ fefyr frcuen, roenu 
 er fame, You would be very glad if he should (were to) 
 come, (but it seems as if he were not coming), on the other 
 hand, (Sie luerben u. f. w., roenn er fommt, You will, etc., if 
 he comes (and it seems as likely as not he may). 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ba$ efangnifj, the prison auSlofdjen, to put out 
 
 ba3 emitter, thunderstorm ftoren, to disturb 
 
 ber ^auf, the bargain toSbredjen, to break loose 
 
 bte ^fli^t, the duty ^lunbern, to plunder 
 
 piinftttrf), punctual ^ogern, to hesitate 
 
 bienen, to serve benac^rt^ttgen, to inform 
 
 fjeran'nafyen, to approach e^rgei^tg, ambitious 
 
 ougiDcidjcn, to avoid berbeffern, to mend 
 
 bunfel, dark erftaunt, astonished 
 
 itberfal'Ien, to overtake, attack gegemnarttg, present 
 
 READING EXERCISE 94. 
 
 1. 5lte id) na^ >aufe fant, ging id^ gu Sett. 3$ fdjtief nocfj, al8 
 mein Sebieuter in'^ Dimmer trat obatb (at^) tc^ ben Srief 
 empfangen ^atte, rei|te icf) ab. 3)ie otbaten pliinberten bte Stabt, 
 bis ber euerat i^nen ein ,3ie( (end) fe(3te (stopped them). SBarten 
 (Sie, bi^ id) angeftetbet bin. Xa ber s ^rbeiter fcljr fleiftig war, (fo) 
 Jcurbe er gut bejafjtt. 2)te 3)iebe merben in bie efangniffe gebrad)t, 
 bamit fte nic^t me|r fte^ten. (Sh,e (or beoor) man ein neue^ ^(eib an^ 
 gie^t, mu man bie ^pa'nbe rein luafdjen. <3o lange bie 9J?en(d)en 
 gefunb (inb, benfen fie felten [baran], bag fie aud) !ranf toerben 
 fonnen.
 
 276 CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 2. 2ftan toeift nid)t, ob bte <3terne bettofjnt fmb ober nidjt. 
 fprad) nut tfynt, obgletd) (or obfdjon) id) iljn nid)t fannte. 
 fatten n>ir ben ipfct be3 23erge3 beftiegen, al$ ba3 etuttter toSbrad). 
 (58 ift etn Icidjter $auf, ttenn Jreunbe burd) iite geroonnen hjerbcn. 
 2)te gegemuavtige 3ett ift bte befte, toeil fte itnfere eigcnc (own) ift 
 3)ie nnlben (9anfe ftnb fdpucr 311 fdjtejjen, mii fte fdjneU unb fefyr ^oc^ 
 fltegen. 2Benn man bte efafjr ^eranna^en fteb/t, fo fann man ib,r au^* 
 loetdjen; abev tuenn fte un fc^tafenb iiberftittt, fo wtrb fte unS ftd)erlid) 
 berberben. 
 
 95. 
 
 "When I arrived here, "it J was quite dark. As (since) he 
 does not work, I shall give him nothing. Put out the candle, 
 before you go to bed. I wish you (id) bttte <2ie) to wait till I 
 have done my exercise. Since (ba or feitbem, according to the 
 sense) I have lost my friend, I am quite alone. He told me 
 that the child was dead. I see that you have not yet finished 
 your business. She has been 1 very well, since she has been 1 
 in (anf) the country. I am astonished, that you have not yet 
 departed. Since (ba) you are my friend, you will not hesitate 
 to tell me the truth. Is it possible that he has arrived already 
 (fdjon) ? After I had breakfasted, I took a walk, although it 
 rained a little. The city [of] Paris has become much more 
 beautiful since (feit) you saw (have seen) it. As soon as thtf 
 general arrives, you will inform us of it Has he not asked 
 you, if 2 you had [a] mind (tifi) to take a walk with him? 
 
 96. 
 
 I was scarcely ten years old when I lost my father. The 
 more I study German, the more a I l like this language. "When 
 you are ready, we will take a walk (fpa^ieren gefyen). There will 
 always be wars among men (nnter ben Sftenfdjen) as long as they 
 are ambitious. I do not know whether he is rich or poor. 
 Pardon your enemies (dot.), since God pardons you also. Ask 
 him, if 2 he will sell his horse. Why did you sleep so long? 
 I slept so long because I was very tired. I will pardon you, 
 if you promise me (dot.) to be more punctual in future. 
 Though we did not make the world, we may help [to] mend 
 
 i German nses the present (not the perfect) to express what " has been and still is " 
 (Whitney). The sentence above means, She has been and still is, etc. So rjflo the im- 
 perfect and not the pluperfect for what had been and still was. 
 
 * When if means whether, it must bo translated 06.
 
 CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 277 
 
 it. If you are poor, do not wish to seem rich. The master 
 will not pardon him, until he improves ((id) bcffert). He will 
 never learn, since he is idle. While I was there, tranquility 
 prevailed (ijerrfdjte) in the country. I do not know how he 
 will get rid of it (eg log toerben nnrb). 
 
 b) Combinations of two Subordinative Conjunctions. 
 
 alg big, until 
 alg ob, | as if (takes 
 alg ftenn, } subj.) 
 alg baft, but that, but 
 cmftatt bag, instead of 
 aiif baft, in order that 
 big (baft), till, until 
 t banttt ntd)t, lest l 
 tm gall (baft), in case 
 je - - befto, the the 
 
 the comp.) 
 je nadjbem, according as 
 gletd) tutc, fo trie, just as 
 ofnie baft, without, but 2 
 felbft toenn, even if 
 
 the 
 
 .fo baft, so that 
 
 ttne aud), ) however (with 
 fo aud), > an adj. or adv. 
 fo fefyr aud), ) between) 
 t>orauggefet3t baft, supposing, pro- 
 vided that 
 
 ttoofern 
 
 (with 
 
 nid)t, ) 
 ntdjt, j 
 
 , , 
 u 
 
 . 
 
 t toenn nur, provided 
 
 t trenn aud) nod) fo, though (or 
 
 if) ever so 
 urn 311 (with the inf.), in order to. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Those of the above combinations marked t require 
 the second component to be placed after the subject, and 
 if there are personal pronouns, also after these, as : 
 
 cl)cn Sic fd)nett, batnit @te ntdjt 1 iiberrafdjt tterben. 
 
 Go quick, lest you be surprised. 
 
 SSenn er mid) nid)t begafylt jc., Unless he pays me, etc. 
 
 SBenn er aud) nod) fo mete 33ud)er fya'tte :c. 
 
 Though he had ever so many books, etc. 
 
 i Lest in the sense: for fear of, after a negative clause, is sometimes translated au8 
 Surest (fca&)- After the verb to fear, furd^ten, it cannot be translated bamtt nidjt, but 
 must be rendered simply by baft. Ex.: 
 
 I did not go there, lest I should disturb him (au8 gurctyt in ju floren}. 
 I feared lest he should die, id) furd)tete baj) er jlerben mcc^te. 
 The French sans que. 
 
 3 Unless, is sometimes e fei benn, ba|, but this is rather antiquated; it occurs often la 
 Luther's translation of the Bible.
 
 278 CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 2. Not to know but has to be translated by a periphra- 
 sis. Ex. : 
 
 I don't know but (that) he is alive stilL 
 3d) tDCtfc nid)t, meUetdjt (perhaps) lebt et nod). 
 
 3. 2ll bap is further used to translate the English 
 infinitive after too . . .for . . . Ex. : 
 
 
 
 This news is too good for me to believe it. 
 
 )iefe 9?ad)rid)t tft gu gut, ate baft id) fte glauben fonntc. 
 
 4 )l)ne ta corresponds to the English but in such 
 phrases as the following : 
 
 Not an hour passes, but I see him. 
 
 (3 bergeljt feme tunbe, ofyne ba id) Ujn felje. 
 
 5. 3e and bejlo are used as follows. Notice the order. 
 
 3e meljr (3tc f)cute lernen, bejlo me^r rttffen <3ie morgett 
 
 The more you learn to-day, the more you know to-morrow. 
 
 6. The dash between fo fefyr aud) in the list above in- 
 dicates the place for the personal pronouns. If the subject 
 is a noun, fo fefyr aud) need not be separated : 
 
 (So feljr id) ifjn aud) gebeten Ija&e. 
 Much as I have begged him. 
 (So fet)r audj mein 35atet iljn gebeten l^at. 
 Much as my father has begged him. 
 
 7. 2Bic aud), fo aud), take the adjective or adverb 
 between them, as : 
 
 2Bie reid) aud) (or fo reid) aud)) 3% 33ater fein mag. 
 However rich your father may be. 
 (So fd)5n c8 aud) fcin mag, fo fann e mir bod) nid)t3 nii^en. 
 However handsome it may be, it cannot be of any use 
 to me.
 
 CONJUNCTIONS. 279 
 
 8. Examples of the use of fonrie and gleidjttrie: 
 
 (So tote bte <Sonne tfyre trafyten aitf bte Srbe fenbet. 
 As the sun darts his beams upon the earth, etc. 
 3)er 9?etb, gletd) tote jcbe anberc i'ctbenfdjaft :c. 
 Envy as well as every other passion, etc. 
 
 c) Interrogative Adverbs. 
 
 Interrogative adverbs may be used as conjunctions to 
 introduce indirect questions. 
 
 toann, when tote lange, how long toortn, wherein 
 
 toaritnt, why too, where tooran, whereat 
 
 toeftfyalb, ( where- tooljer, whence toobet, whereby 
 
 toefctoeqen, j fore toofytn, whither tooDon, whereof 
 
 tote, how toobttrcf), whereby 1 tooraitf, whereupon 
 
 totemet, how much toomtt, wherewith 1 toorunter, among 
 
 which, etc. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 ^ragen (Ste t^n, toann tdj tf)n ju ^attfe ftnben toerbe. s 
 3d) toet^ ntdjt, toarum er metnen Srtef ntrf)t er^alten ^at 
 agen @te mtr, tote lange <Ste ba geblteben finb. 
 <Ste fonnen btetben, too <Stc fmb. 
 SBtffen @te, too^er er fommt ? 
 
 tft ba^ ait8, toobon <Ste geftern gefprodjen ^aben. 
 
 NOTE. Observe that it is often better to finish the principal clause 
 before the subordinate clause is begun. It would be clumsy to say: 
 id), ttnemel @te Bejaljlt Ijafcen, ftagen ? 
 
 I have not been told where he has gone. 
 
 3Kan Ijat mit nidjt gefagt, ivo^tn cr gegangen ifl. 
 not : 3Kan ^at mtr ntdjt, io^m er gegangen ifl, gefagt. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bte S^at, the act, deed tafterfyaft, vicious 
 
 bte <2td)erl)ett, security fid) jurii^teb.en (refl.\ to retire 
 
 bte Unru^e, uneasiness fdjoben, to injure, to hurt 
 
 bte 33eletbtgung, the insult befreten, to hberate 
 
 bag Sofegelb, the ransom ertangen, to obtain 
 
 lOr, by what, with what, etc., etc. 
 
 ? Tie direct <juestion would be : SBann roerbe l^ i^n ju J^aufe fmbeij?
 
 280 CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 itngefdjirft, awkward fyerrfdjenb, dominant 
 
 berouuberngtuurbtg, admirable broken, to threaten 
 
 bte Scibenfdjaft, the passion ftreben, to strive 
 
 bcr SBeiftonb, the assistance bertrauen, to trust 
 
 l)etrptf)en, to marry bifligen, to approve (of) 
 
 ft, doubtful, dubious gufdjreiben, to attribute. 
 
 HEADING EXERCISE 97. 
 
 1. (5$ fdjehtt mir, at$ ob (or alg luenn) id) biefen errn fdjon 
 gefefyen fya'tte. >iefe 23eleibigung ift gu gro, alS bafj id) tiflfrfjttmgen 
 beobadjten fonnte. 3d) tteife nid)t anberS, ate bafj feme efd)afte gut 
 gefyen. 9Jiein getnb I)at mid) 311 jefyr beleibtgt, al bafe id) ib^m ber= 
 get^en fonnte. Karl fptclt, anftatt ba er feine ^lufgabe lernt. Sartcn 
 (Ste, big ba id) fcrtig bin. -fteljmen @ie einen ^egenfdjtrm, bamit 
 (Sic nid)t na^ luerben. 3d) toerbe ib^m bie (Srlaiibntg nid)t geben, 
 tocnn er oud) nod) fo feljr btttet Oe laftertjafter bie SRenfdjen finb/ 
 befto mefyr Unrub^e b^aben fie. 
 
 2. 3e falter bie ?uft ift, beflo meb^r toiegt fie; |e toarmer fte ifl, bcfto 
 leidjter ift fte. 3)u toirft betob^nt werbcn, |e nad)bem bit fleifeiq bift, 
 S)icfer junge JDZenfd) ift feljr ungefdjidt ; er nimmt nie (StroaS in ^ie 
 ^anb, otjne ba er e ^erbridjt. 2Bir !onnen biefe 5lufgabe nid)t 
 madjen, loenn ie nn nid)t fyetfen. 3e me^r @ie mir broken, befto 
 ioeniger tuerbe id) Sfynen ge^ordjen. !J)er efangene n?irb feine $ret* 
 ^eit nid)t ertangen, toenn er nid)t ein b^ob.eg bfegelb be^ab^tt. SSie 
 gro aud) ber 9tub,m btefeg gurften fein mag, ber feineS Waters war 
 nod) grower. 
 
 It seems to me as if I had seen you somewhere. Give me 
 your letter that (in order that) I [may] send it to the (aitf bie) 
 post-office. He says he will not marry until he has a pro- 
 fession (einen SBeruf). In case you want my assistance, call me. 
 Head it twice, lest you forget it. The lady must be careful, 
 lest she fall (pres. subj.). The merchant will sell much or 
 little according as the price is high or low. The longer you 
 (man) sleep, the lazier you become. The more frequently you 
 practise what you had in your music lesson, the better 2 you 
 1 will play it He cannot play but (transl. without that) he 
 hurts himself (fid)). Get in without his seeing you (transl. 
 without that he sees you). The plebeians (bie ^lebejer) in- 
 tended to leave Rome, in case the patricians (bie ipati^ier) did
 
 CONJUNCTIONS. 281 
 
 not keep their word. "We will not go unless she invites us. 
 Ronr.ilus disappeared without any one's knowing in (auf, ace.) 
 what manner he had perished. 
 
 99. 
 
 1. We shall not go into the (auf bo) country unless he con- 
 sents to come with us. The night came, so that I was obliged 
 to retire. Though he is very learned, nevertheless he is not 
 vain. Nobody can trust you (dot.), unless you bring good 
 security. My friend said he would lend me a hundred 
 pounds, provided I would give them back to him within (in) 
 three months. However admirable the act of William TelJ 
 may have been by (bttrd)) which he liberated his country from 
 a cruel tyrant, its morality (ifyr fittltd)er SBertl)) is dubious. I 
 cannot do it unless you help me. Provided you know the 
 dominant passion of any one, you are sure to please him- 
 
 2. Unless the Lord build the house, they labor (fo arbeiten 
 btejentgen) in vain who build it. Though you [should] have 
 the best master in England, if you do not learn your grammar 
 well you will never speak good German. Tell me, if you 
 please (qefafligft), where I [may] find your umbrella. I do not 
 know why he has not yet written to me. Ask him when he 
 will come. Although Antiochus approved [of] Hannibal's ad- 
 vice, s yet a he Vould not act according to it (barnarf)), lest the 
 victory should (mod)te) be attributed to Hannibal, and not 
 
 to him. 
 
 $onnett (3tc btefe 5lrbett tljun? 9ftd)t oljtte ba @tc mtr Ijetfen. 
 SSirb ber Strbeitcr belofynt tter* 
 
 ben ? 3a, toenn er ftet^tg tft. 
 
 ^ennen <3te mid) ? ^etn, abcr e3 fdjetnt mtr, atS ob tdj 
 
 <Sie fcfyon gefefyen Ijatte. 
 
 2Burbc ber efangene freigelaf* -3o, nadjbem ec ein fyofyeS S5fegelb 
 
 fen? be^It^atte. 
 
 2Ber ^at btefen ^naben getobt? (Soroofyt ber Skater al3 bte SJiutter. 
 tnb @ie geftern fpagteren ge* 
 
 gangen? Oa, obfd^on e geregnet l)at. 
 
 3ft Sorb 2JJ. ein geleljrter 3Wann ? @r ift fefjr gele^rt; beffenungeoditct 
 
 tft er nicqt ftol^. 
 2Barum pll id) biefe Slufgabc 
 
 nod) etnmat fdjretben ? 2)antit bit fte beffer Icrneji.
 
 282 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 28a3 fatten (think) (2>ie toon 3d) gtaube, baft er ein redjtfdjaffe* 
 
 >errn SBeife ? ner 2ftann ift. 
 
 3ft e3 gefimb (wholesome), 9Mn, je longer man fdjlaft, befio 
 
 lange 311 f djlafen ? trager unrb man. 
 
 SStrb ber Sefyrer tfjm tier3eib / en? -Kid)! eb,er, ate big er fid) beffert. 
 
 ^>aben (2ie mid) fjier erroartet? ^etnegroegg ; befto mefyr freue i^ 
 
 mic^, (Sie ^ier 3u finben. 
 
 S5?irb ber ftiirft ^ter bleiben? 3d) 3tt>eifle, ob er b,ier bleiben hnrb. 
 
 Soil id) 3t)nen 3b,r S3itc^ 3urucf* 3e e^er @ie eS t^un, befto ange* 
 
 fdjtrfen? ne^mer njirb e8 mir fcin. 
 
 3ft bcr $ranfe aufgeflanben ? 3a, obgteic^ ber 2lr3t eg i^m t)er 
 
 botcn f)at. 
 Stiffen @ie, niarum er nic^t 
 
 lommt? (Sr ^at eg mir md)t gefagt 
 
 THIRTY-SEVEfTTH LESSON. 
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 (Bon ben SJormorttrn.) 
 
 1. Prepositions with the Accusative. 
 
 big, till oljne, without, but for 
 
 burd), through, by fonber, without (rare) 
 
 fiir, for um, about, round, at 
 
 gegen, 1 towards, against, to toiber, against 
 
 The adverbs : 
 entlang, along ^inbnrd^, through 
 
 M' UP S-" ab ; [down. 
 
 ^mauf, j * ^inuntcr, ) 
 
 and other compounds of tyer and tym are used with the 
 accusative, but follow it 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 35itrdj bog Xb,or, Through the gate. 
 
 3)urd) n)eld)e SKittet? By what means? 
 
 ftiir 3^re cfittjeficr, For your sister. 
 
 egen mid), Against me. 
 
 i There is an old expression : gen Qimmel, up to heaven, for gegen ben $immc(.
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 283 
 
 egen ba ebtrge, Towards the mountains. 
 
 >f)ne etnen pfennig, Without a,penny. 
 
 Urn bie <2tabt, About the town. 
 
 Urn ben tfd), About the table. 
 
 SBiber feincn SBttten, Against his will. 
 
 !>te <3tiege In'nauf fytnimter, Up stairs, down stairs. 
 
 2)en gfof enticing, Along the river. 
 
 2. Prepositions with the Dative. 
 
 , out of, from na'djjt, junadjft, next 
 
 r, except, besides nebft, fammt, together with 
 
 bet, near, with by, at fett, since, for 
 
 btnnen, within ( of time) toon, from, of, by 
 
 nut, with bon on, from, since 
 
 nad), after, according to gu, to, at 
 
 ob, on account of (obsolete) big 311, till, as far as. 
 
 Further : 
 
 cntgegen, against jufofge/ according to 
 
 gegenuber, opposite to mhnber -i in PP sition 
 gemci^, according to ' | contrary to. 
 
 which are placed after their substantives. When ttddj 
 means according to, it also may follow its noun. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 bem mufe ((Garten), Out of the house, from the garden. 
 er etnetn Coffer, Besides a portmanteau. 
 33et ntetnem ^reunbe, At my friend's (with my friend). 
 33 ei unferer 21'nfitnft, On our arrival 
 SBtnnen tuentgen SKtnitten, Within a few minutea 
 311 bem nacfjften !Dorfc, As far as the next village. 
 
 ber <Srf)tad)t, After the battle. 
 
 btefer 9?eget, According to this rule. 
 
 inetner 9)?einung, In my opinion. 
 j>em fitter narf), According to age. 
 ^a'djft (5unacf)(t) bem itge(, Next the hill. 
 9?ebft (fammt) meinen ^tnbern, Together with my children. 
 
 is generally employed with the genitive case, but when placed after th 
 substantive, it governs the dative. Ex.. ^ufolge 3tyre3 SJitfttaaeS (SBefel8), OP 
 e, according to your order.
 
 284 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 Sett jener 3 e ^, Since (from) that time. 
 
 mditeit (Sltent, By (from) my parents. 
 
 iliubl)eit an, From childhood. 
 Sr fam jit mtr, He came to me (to my house). 
 Diehtcn $cfef)(en entgegen, Against my orders. 
 )em s JJatf)b,aufe gegeniiber, Opposite the town-halL 
 Ofyrem ^Bimfcfje gemcifj, According to your wish. 
 S)cm Sefeljle beg $omgg gwmber, Contrary to the order of 
 
 the king. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 ber ^ugbogel, ^ e bird of pas- ber Strom, the stream 
 
 sage fpc^teren gefyen, to walk 
 
 ber ^fau, the peacock ber ^piigel, the hill. 
 bie SBrilcfe, the bridge 
 
 READING EXERCISE 100. 
 
 (Sin anarien&oget flog burcf) ba3 ^enfter unb fe^tc fid) auf etnctt 
 S3aum. 3)er ^nabe f)at gegen ben Saum gefc^offen. et ^bflt^ 
 gegen 3ebermann. 3)er unb lief eintge SJiate um ba^ au ((jerunt) 
 unb fud^te feinen errn. 3>r ^irfd) rul)tc tm fatten enter (Stdje. 
 3)te 3u9^oget berlaffen un$ tm erbft (autumn) unb fefyren tm 
 ling gu un3 juriirf. 3fofep^ tfl lod^renb etntger t'\t Sftatte bet 
 pb,ar geh>efen. jDie ^amtlte beg Sorb 33. woijnt auf bem anbe. 
 ^fau tft ber fdjonfte unter ben ^Sogetn. 
 
 uf 9 a6c 101. 
 
 1. I went through the forest. This book is for your brother. 
 Go round the garden. I got this package (^cfdjen) by a mes- 
 senger, it is for you. Let us walk through the town. Nobody 
 can swim against the stream. The ball rolled down the hill. 
 
 2. Somebody has taken my purse out of my pocket. Lord 
 E. wishes to go to France. He will depart within the next 
 week. I shall go out after (the) dinner. Where does that 
 gentleman live? He lives near the bridge, opposite the 
 church. 
 
 3. Prepositions with the Genitive case. 
 
 anftatt or ftatt, instead of um totflen, for the sake of 
 
 aujjerljalb, without, outside unbefdjabet, without prejudice ta
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 285 
 
 bieffettS, on this side of trofc, 1 in spite of 
 
 Ijalber or Ijalben, for the sake of ungead)tet,'' ! notwithstanding 
 
 jenfeitci, on the other side of umoett (unfern), not far from 
 
 innerljalb, within (place) toennpge, by means of 
 
 fraft, by virtue of toermittelft (mtttelft), by means of 
 
 IcingS, along ttmljrenb, during 
 
 tout, according to toegen, 2 on account of 
 
 oberfyalb, above jufolge, in accordance with. 
 
 unterfyalb, below 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Sfnftatt etne SrtefeS, Instead of a letter. 
 5luerl)alb ber tabt, Without (outside) the town. 
 2)ieffeitS be3 $luffe3, On this side of the river. 
 3enfeitS beg 2fteere3, Beyond the sea. 
 Snnerfyalb ber Sftauer, Within the wall 
 )berb,atb ber ^Briicfe, Above the bridge. 
 Unterfyalb beg 3)orfe8, Below the village, etc. 
 
 4. Prepositions with the Dative and Accusative. 
 
 There are nine prepositions which govern sometimes 
 the dative and sometimes the accusative. They are all 
 prepositions of place, though many of them are used also 
 to express relations of time, etc. 
 
 They take the dative when there is no question at all 
 of motion, e.g., His hands are in his pockets, There was 
 no traitor among you, and also when the motion is 
 spoken of as taking place (i.e., not ending merely) at, 
 upon, behind, etc., something, e.g., They run about at home, 
 He was walking behind the walL 
 
 They take the accusative when the object of the pre- 
 position is spoken of as the end or goal of the motion, 
 
 1 fiingS, trofc and juf ctge are sometimes used with the dative, as : tro(} meinem 83efe$I, in 
 spite of my order. See foot-note p. 283. 
 
 2 ttnflead)tet and roegen may be placed after their nouns, as : reegen meiner S^re or ntetnei 
 Ctrc iccgen, on account of my honor. alber or fatten (rather rare) always follows iU 
 noun.
 
 286 PKEPOSITIONS. 
 
 e.g., He sprang among the combatants, They went behind 
 
 the screen. 
 
 Ueber, however, takes the accusative in such phrases as 
 across t/ie river (although the river is not the place where 
 the motion ends) and indeed in every other sense except 
 that of rest upon or above. 
 
 These nine prepositions are : 
 
 an, at, on iiber, over, above; (with the 
 ouf, upon, on ace.), across 
 
 fyinter, behind imter, under, among 
 
 in, in; (with the ace.), into Dor, before, ago 1 
 
 neben, beside, by the side of gtmfcfjen, between. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 2Btr ftefjen an bent ^u^e (dot.) beg 33erge. 
 
 We stand at the foot of the mountain. 
 
 SStr fteflten ung an bag (ace.) Xfyor. 
 
 We placed ourselves at the gate. 
 
 (Sr fyatte einen mt aitf bent $opfe (dot.). 
 
 He had a hat on his head. 
 
 (Sejje bid) auf biefen (gtufyl (ace.). 
 
 Sit down (place yourself) on this chair. 
 
 3)ie gifrfje leben in bent (im) SBaffer. 
 
 The fish live in the water. 
 
 S)o $inb ift in bag (in'S) 2Baffer gefaflen. 
 
 The child has fallen into the water. 
 
 $)er ^of ift neben bent ^aufe. 
 
 The yard is near (by) the house. 
 
 3d) legte bag 33urf) neben mid^. 
 
 I laid the book beside me. 
 
 2Btr fefcten iiber ben gtu. 
 
 We crossed the river. 
 
 2)er mnb Uegt unter bent Sif^c. 
 
 The dog lies under the table. 
 
 3)te $ofee froc^ unter bag SBett. 
 
 The cat crept under the bed. 
 
 i Sot* used of time, always takes the dative
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 287 
 
 3dj ftanb uor bem Slufgana. 1 ber Sonne auf. 
 I got up before sunrise. 
 j)te Xriuipen riicften toor bte tabt. 
 The troops marched to the town. 
 Rrotfcfjen bem wgel imb bem SBadje. 
 Between the hill and the brook. 
 |)ange baS SBUb jtmfdjen bte gluei ^enfter. 
 Hang the picture between the two windows. 
 
 NOTE. To fix a limit, these prepositions may be preceded by 615, 
 answering to the English as far as or to, as: big nacf) 9tom, as far as 
 Home; big an bte or big jur renje, to the frontier; big auf ben 33erg, to the 
 top of the mountain. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 It is difficult for an Englishman or American to use the 
 prepositions in German correctly, or even having dis- 
 covered the right preposition to be sure what case to put 
 after it. Thus we say to bdieve in and to doubt of, the Ger- 
 man to believe on (an) and to doubt on ; we say, That 
 belongs in the corner, the German, That belongs into 
 (in with the ace.) the corner. The student should, 
 in the first place, cultivate, from the beginning, a 
 habit of grammatical observation while reading German 
 or listening to spoken German, and, in the second, con- 
 sider whether the English usage is the logical one. It is 
 evident for instance that He put his hand in his pocket 
 really means He put his hand into his pocket, and that 
 the German in must in this instance be followed by the 
 accusative. 
 
 At. 
 
 a) Before the name of a town, in, e.g., at Prenzlau, in 
 ^renjlau. (We say in in English also, provided the town 
 is a large one, e.g., in Boston.) 
 
 6) At the castle, auf bem <5rf)lof$. 
 At market, auf bem 2Jiarfte. 
 
 i See the foot-note p. 286.
 
 288 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 At the post-office, auf ber ^oft. 
 At the ball, auf bem 33afl. 
 
 The accusative after auf, e.fj., auf t>en 2ftarft. of course 
 means to market, etc. 
 
 c) At -with the time of the day or night is itm, e.g^ at 
 three o'clock, urn brei U^r. 
 
 d) At is in in 
 
 3m 3lnfcmg, at the beginning (but am (Snbe, at the end). 
 3m Sllter Don fedjjtg 3af)ten, at the age of sixty years. 
 
 e) At is jit in at home, ju aufe. 
 
 By. 
 
 f) By followed by the name of the agent, with the 
 passive voice, is 0tt, e.g., I am loved by my father, 3$ 
 roerbe on meinem SSoter gelicbt. 
 
 gr) 5y denoting neighborhood, is bet, e.g., By the house 
 stands a tree, 33ei bem ^)aufe fte^t ein S3aum. 
 
 h) By in the sense of by means of, is bitrcfy, e.gr., By 
 practice, turd) Ucbung. 
 
 t) ^y Zawc? is JU ?ant>, and 6y ivater, Jit SBajfer. 
 
 In and Into. 
 
 j) As has been said already, in is Tery frequently 
 translated in with the dative, and into in with the accusa- 
 tive. 
 
 &) In German is auf Deutjfy and in the country, auf t>eftl 
 
 On. 
 
 Z) On the table, auf bem S;if^. 
 On the floor, auf bem
 
 PBETOSIT10NS. 289 
 
 On the tree, auf bem 23aum. 
 
 Frankfort on the Main, granffurt am 2ftam. 
 
 On Tuesday, am Stcnftag (or simply SDtenftag). 
 
 On the first of May, am erften 2Jiai (or simply ben erften 
 
 Slit). 
 
 On my arrival, bet meiner Slnfunft. 
 On this occasion, bet btefer elegenfjeit. 
 On horseback, gu ^Jferbe. 
 On that condition, unter biefer 33ebtngtutg. 
 
 To. 
 
 m) To followed by a proper noun which is the name of 
 a place, is nad), e.g., to Germany, nad) )eittfd)lanb; to 
 Berlin, nad) ^Berlin. So also home (meaning to one's home) 
 is nad) $aitfe. 
 
 n) To a person or a person's is JU, e.g., Come to me, 
 $ommen (Sne Jit mir ; I am going to my uncle's for vaca- 
 tion, 3$ gefye ju meinem OnFel fur bie gerien. 
 
 o) To followed by the name of a place not a proper 
 noun, is an with the accusative (but see b at the end and 
 m at the end, also p), e.g., To the railway, an bie @ifen* 
 bafyn ; to the bridge, an bie 33ru'cf e. 
 
 p) To followed by the name of a building which one 
 enters, is in with the accusative, e.g., To church, in 
 
 With. 
 
 q) With denoting companionship, is ttttt, e.g., John with 
 his wife and children, 3o^nn mit feiner grau unb ftinberru 
 
 r) With meaning at tfie hoitse of, is bet, e.g., He lives with 
 me, (r roofynt bei mir. 
 
 s) With meaning in the case of, among, is bet, e.g., With 
 the Prussians it is otherwise, 33ei ben ^>reuen iji e$ anbera: 
 S3ei un^ nrirb man nid^t franf,
 
 290 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 Further information concerning the prepositions ia 
 given in the 49th Lesson. 
 
 WORDS. 
 
 bte tt>ei$e 9fttbe, the turnip Dottfommen, perfect 
 
 ber33efef)l,the order, command bte geftung, the fortress 
 
 ber odjrtftfteUer, the writer bte $opelle, the chapel 
 
 bte $orftellung, the remonstrance ber SJerluft, the loss 
 
 ba$ anbgut, the estate ber ^ittjpfab, the foot-path 
 
 f ett racmn, how long ? betradjten, to look at, con- 
 
 bte ^etratt), the marriage sider 
 
 ftettern, to cHmb betracfytltcf), considerable 
 
 aitStaufen, to set sail erfafyren, to learn, to hear 
 
 ftd) tJerfatnmeln, to assemble (news). 
 
 READING EXERCISE lOlb. 
 
 2)te $orf)tn l)at gelbe SRiiben (carrots) gefocfjt anfktt toetfjet 
 9?iiben. 3)te 3)amen flnb Idng be Iuffe fpagteren gegangen. 
 S3or fec^ U^r toerbe t^ nt^t noc^ aufe fommen ; warten <Sie Iteber 
 (you had better wait) bt8 morgen. SBegen beiS rotbrtgen (contrary) 
 SBtnbeS fonnte ba^ <Sd)iff ntd^t auSlaufen. @ett tnann wo^nen <3ie 
 in biefem ^>aufe ? @ett gtoet SKonaten. 33et JageSanbm^ gingen 
 $olumbii8 unb feme efa^rten an' anb unb na^men Seft^ (pos- 
 session) oon ber Onfel tm "iftamen be ^ijntgg on (Spanien. SBafj* 
 renb biefer Seremonten toerfammetten ft<f) bte 3fnbianer ^aitfenroctfe itm 
 bte pantet unb betrac^teten batb bte fremben n)eten Scanner, batb 
 bte fcfjnrimmenben ^ditfer, auf welc^en jte tiber ba0 9Keer gefommen 
 toaren. 
 
 9dtfgaBe 102. 
 
 1. I shall take my umbrella instead of my stick. May I 
 send my daughter instead of my wife ? Why did you go to 
 Baden ? I went there on account of my health. There are a 
 great many (fefyr toiele) foreigners at Baden during the summer; 
 during winter there are fewer. The Royal Garden is without 
 the town. Mr. B. lives on the other side of the river. Ac- 
 cording to an order of the Emperor Napoleon, "several French 
 writers Vere 'obliged (mttfeten) to leave France, notwithstand- 
 ing their remonstrancea We obtained the permit ((Srtaubntfe) 
 by means of your aunt's influence. Mr. P. got a fine estate 
 by (means of) his marriage. Richmond lies 12 miles above,
 
 291 
 
 ftnd Greenwich 5 miles below London bridge (ber onboner 
 S3rit(fe). Nothing is perfect on this side the grave. Not far 
 from the hill stands the chapel. He takes a walk notwith- 
 standing the bad weather. The garden is situated (liegt) out- 
 side the town. He is a rich man in spite of this considerable 
 loss. 
 
 2. "Who knocks at the door ? Put the flower-pot before my 
 window. To (an) whom (ace.) did you write a letter? 1 
 wrote to the duke of Wellington. I found this ring before 
 the sofa. Who laid this book on my table? The servant 
 stood at (an) the door of the house and looked after the birds. 
 This old man is above (itber) ninety years old. The enemy 
 lay six months before the fortress which was built on the 
 mountain. Men do much for the sake of (beg) money. The 
 prisoner looked up to heaven. According to the king's com- 
 mand the troops must march. The castle of the duke is on 
 the other side of the river. Along the river there is a foot- 
 path ( 
 
 2Bo tooljnen (live) <Ste? 
 2Belrf)e3 tft ber fdjonfte itnter ben 
 
 SBogeln? 
 
 2Bo leben bte $(ffen? 
 2Bol)ttt flog ber $anartenr>ogel? 
 2Bo fa er narfjfyer? 
 SBann berlaffen bte 3 u 
 
 Suropa? 
 
 gefyen fte ? 
 
 nirfjt 
 
 at bte ^ocfjtn geforfjt? 
 (Sic metnen 
 gefe^en? 
 2Bo finb (te btefen 9)iorgen ge* 
 
 toefen? 
 SSaritm finb (Sic fo trattrtg ? 
 
 S&o finb <Ste bent errn 9^. be* 
 
 gegnet (met)? 
 &ft ber 2)iann ertrunfat (drown- 
 
 ed) ? 
 
 3d) toofjne bet bent (Sdjtoffe. 
 
 2)er ''Pfau gilt (passes) fiir ben 
 
 fd)onften itnter ben SBogeln. 
 3n fyctfjcn iinbcrn. 
 (Sr flog auf euten 33aum. 
 (5r faft anf bent 2)adje. 
 Ont |>erbft, t>or bent 5lnfang be 
 
 2Bmterg. 
 On fitbltrf)e (southern) a'nber, 
 
 metftcnS narf) 3lfrtfa. 
 elbe 9tuben ftatt ^artoffeln. 
 2)od), er tft eben urn ba3 au ge= 
 
 laufen. 
 3rf) ^abe etnen pajtergang langS 
 
 beg 5f"ff^ gentad)t. 
 2Begen etneg gro|en5?erlufte (loss) 
 
 ber nttrf) betroffen ^at. 
 2luerf)alb ber (Stabt, gegeniibet 
 
 bemSal)nl)ofe(railway-station). 
 
 Oa, et nebft wd ^
 
 292 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 SBoljin gefyt bet &orf) ? (r gel)t auf ben 2Karft. 
 
 SKoljin retft ber rof ? (Sr reift aitf bag ?onb. 
 
 2Bo lebt 3fjre ante ? <ie tebt im Sommcr auf bem 
 
 anbe, im SBintcr in bev <5tabt. 
 
 HEADING LESSON. 
 
 2>a8 5erbro(f)cnr gufeifen. The Broken Horse-shoe. 
 (Sin 33auer ging nut feinem oljne, bem fletnen ljotna8, in bic 
 
 tabt. f ,@ie^'," fagte er unterwegS ^u i^m, ,,ba Uegt etn tiitf toon 
 cinem ^ufeifen auf ber (grbe/ Ijebe 2 eg auf unb ftecfe e$ in betne 
 Slafrfje." ,,211) !" terfefete 3 S^omaS, r ,e ifl nid)t ber SJKu^c JDcrtV 
 ba^ man ftc^ bafiir biicft. 6 " >er 53ater erh)iberte s ni^t, natjm bag 
 (gifen unb ftedte e8 in feine afd)e. 5m nadjften )orfe berfaufte er 
 e bem (Scfomtebe 6 fiir brei feller' unb faufte $irfcfcen bafiir. 
 
 ^>ierauf fe^ten fte ifjren 2Seg fort. !iDie >itje 8 mar fe^r gro. SKan 
 fafy toeit unb breif toeber >au, noc^ SKalb, no^ Ouette. 10 Ijoma 
 Derging 11 beina^e bor 2)urft unb fonnte feinem 53ater nur mit 
 folgen. 
 
 2)ann Iie biefer, mie bur^ 3 u f a K/ s eine $irfcfie fatten. 
 ^ob 2 fie fo gierig 14 auf, at hienn eg olb toare, unb fterfte fie fcfjnett 
 in ben 93?unb. (Sinige d^ritte 15 roeiter Iie ber 33ater eine 
 ^irfd^e fatten, nielcfje SfyomaS mit berfelben ierigfeit 16 ergriff. 
 bauerte fort," big er fie atte aufge^oben ^atte. 
 
 Sltg er bie lefcte gegeffen ^atte, roanbte ber 53ater ft^ ju iljm f)in unb 
 fagte : ,,@ie^, roenn bu bid^ ein einjigeg 9}?al ptteft biicfen njotten, 
 um bag ufeifen auf^u^eben, fo nmrbeft bu nic^t not^ig 18 ge^abt 
 fyaben, bic^ ^unbert 2J?a( fUr bie $irfd)en 3u biicfen." 
 
 i ground. 2 auffieben, to pick up. s replied. < worth the trouble, e to stoop. the 
 smith. 7 farthing. 8 the heat. tax and wide. 10 spring, ncerge^en, to die. 12 diffi- 
 culty. is by chance. H greedily, eagerly. 15 steps. ie greediness, i" lasted, con- 
 tinued. is (would BO t have bad necessary^ would not have needed.
 
 INTERJECTIONS. 
 
 293 
 
 INTERJECTIONS. 
 
 olj! ad)! et! ah! oh! 
 
 ad) ! ah ! alas ! oh dear ! 
 
 Ijc! tjc ba! ho! I say! 
 
 ait! oh! 
 
 ot) ! fyo ! oh ! ho ! 
 
 o toefye ! oh dear ! alas ! 
 
 tfff! paff! bang! 
 
 pfui! fie! pish! 
 
 bolt! halt! stop! 
 
 jJoUa! holla! hoUo! 
 
 fad)te! gently! 
 
 toeg ba ! out of the way ! 
 
 fort ! be gone ! be off ! 
 
 po taufenb ! what the deuce ! 
 
 ft! ftttt! hush! hist! 
 
 teiber! alas! unhappily! 
 
 Ijetfa! huzza! hurrah! 
 
 judjlje! hurrah! 
 
 Ijm! humph! hum! 
 
 fo! indeed! 
 
 aiif! up! 
 
 9ldjtung! take care! attention! 
 
 fiettl hail! 
 
 SBelje! woe! 
 
 Better! fire! 
 
 otttob ! God be praised ! 
 
 red)t fo ! 'tis well ! all right ! 
 
 gut! good! 
 
 toorttmrtS! forwards! 
 
 311 ilf e ! help ! 
 
 2Ber ba! who's there I 
 
 PKOMISCUOUS EXERCISES FOE TRANSLATION AND 
 CONVERSATON. 1 
 
 1. 
 
 Have you a pail* [of] gloves ? Yes Sir, I have two pair. 
 What has the merchant ? He has different (or many) kinds 1 
 [of] wares (SBaaren). Have you any friends? I have some 
 friends. How many friends have you? I have six faithful 2 
 friends. Have your friends [any] wine or beer ? They have 
 some wine. Has the shoemaker good shoes ? He has always 
 good shoes and good boots. What have the Englishmen ? 
 They have fine horses. Has the captain any good sailors ? 
 He has some good and some bad ones. 3 Have you much 
 bread and cheese ? I have a good deal (Diet). Have you 
 enough ? I have quite 4 enough. What day of the month is 
 it s ? It is the twelfth. Is it not the thirteenth ? No, Sir, it 
 
 i These Exercises may be translated and written with the other Exercises as soon 
 as the pupil has gone through the 25th Lesson, or even sooner. 
 1. i oielerlei. 2 treu. 3 see p. 120, Obs. 2. ' gatij. i see p. 124, Obs. 2.
 
 294 EXERCISES. 
 
 is the eleventh or twelfth. What horses have you? We have 
 our own 6 horses. 
 
 2. 
 
 Have you much salt? I have only a little, but I have 
 enough. Has the woman much silk V She has not much, 
 she has not enough. Have you any more 1 wine ? I have 
 some more wine. Have you any more money ? I have no 
 more 2 money (fctn elb mefyr). Which volume 8 of my work 
 have you ? I have the second. Have you as much 4 gold as 
 silver? I have neither gold nor silver. Have you as many 
 stockings as shoes? I have more stockings than shoes. Has 
 this soldier as much courage as I have? He has quite as 
 much. Has the foreigner [a] mind 5 to buy this house ? He 
 has a mind to buy it. Has your cousin a mind to sell his 
 horse? No, he has not a (fetne) mind to sell it, he will 
 keep 8 it. 
 
 3. 
 
 Am I (Ijabe tdj) right to take 1 a walk ? You are quite right. 
 
 Is he wrong to spend 2 his money ? He is wrong to spend 
 too much money. To ( 311) whom do you wish to go ? I wish 
 to go to my uncle's. Is your brother at home ? He is not 
 yet at home, but he will soon come home. Do you wish to 
 speak to (mit) some one ? Yes, I wish to speak to some one. 
 
 To whom do you wish to speak ? I wish to speak to your 
 aunt. Do you wish to drink some red wine ? I prefer (jtelje 
 Dor) some white wine. What does the little girl wish to 
 drink ? She wishes to drink some TniVk. Are you going 
 home ? Not yet, but in an hour. Do your boys like* to go 
 to school? They prefer 4 to have private lessons (^rttiat* 
 ftunbcn). Who wishes to write a letter? My daughter 
 wishes to write several letters. To (an) whom (ace.) will she 
 write ? She will write to her [female] friends. Who shall 
 take 5 these letters to the (aitf bie, ace.) post-office ? The ser- 
 vant may take them there.* 
 
 3. 2 see p. 343 14. ibcrSanb. ifbfnToBtet. sfinfl, f. btfyilfen. 
 sauSjugeben. ge^cn . . . gem. * cotjte^en, ep. verb, sttagen. ba$ 
 
 1. 6<igen. 
 
 2. i see p. 343, 13. 
 
 3. ijuma^en. sauSjugeben. ge^cn . . . gem. * cotjte^en, ep. verb, sttagen. ba$ta.
 
 EXERCISES. 295 
 
 4. 
 
 "What have you to do (tljun) ? I have to write a French 
 exercise. 1 What has your brother to do ? He has to do 2 his 
 German exercise for to-morrow. What did the Englishman 
 answer you(dat.) ? He answered nothing. Did he not say 
 he would come to (ju) me ? No, Sir, he said nothing at all 8 
 Where is the child of my neighbor ? He is in your garden. 
 Have you many flowers in your garden ? We have flowers of 
 all kinds. 4 Are you in want of (brcwd)en) my knife ? I am 
 not in want of it, but I want a penknife. What o'clock is it ? 
 It is four or half past. Did your friend not say it was (e8 
 to tire 5 ) a quarter past four? No, Sir, he said it was a quarter 
 to five. At ( um) what o'clock do you go out ? I go out at 
 six o'clock this evening. 
 
 5. 
 
 Will you stay here ? I cannot stay here, I am engaged. 1 
 Is it late ? It is not late, it is but (erft) eight o'clock. Can 
 you lend me a pen or two ? There, Sir, there are four excel- 
 lent [ones]. What have you to say [to] me ? I have a word 
 to say to you. About (liber) what? It concerns (betrifft) your 
 manservant. Do you love your uncle ? Yes, I do love him. 
 Does your sister love you ? She does love me. Do the 
 Americans like (the) tobacco ? They like it very much. Do 
 you know my cousin (f.) ? I know her very well. Does she 
 know your grandfather ? She does not know him. Did your 
 uncle send you any money ? He sent me seventy florins. 8 
 What do you buy at (cmf, dot.) market? I buy potatoes. 
 Are you afraid 3 to go out in the night ? I am not afraid at all. 
 Does the father work as much as the son ? The son works 
 much more, because he is young and strong. 
 
 6. 
 
 Do you find what you are looking 1 [for]? I have found 
 what I was looking for. Who was looking for me ? Your 
 
 4. i ?lufga6e, f. s ju ma^en. 3 gat mcf>t8. < see p. 1. 1. 8. 6 When bafi (that) is left out 
 at the beginning of a dependent clause, the verb of the dependent clause is generally 
 put in the subjunctive, and is never put at the end. 
 
 6. i certymtert or befaiftigt. 2ulten. s giw^ten U ft$ ? 
 
 6. i to look for jucijen.
 
 296 EXERCISES. 
 
 master looked for you. Can the cook find what he looks for? 
 He cannot find it. What is he doing? He is killing a 
 chicken. 2 Are you going for 3 anything ? Yes, I am going 
 for something. Tell me what you are going for? I am going 
 for some meat. "Whom does your mother send* *for? She 
 sends for the cook (/.). Do you learn German? I do learn 
 it. How long have you been learning 6 it? I began it two 
 months ago. Do you speak French ? No, Sir, not yet, but I 
 am learning it. How many lessons have you a (in ber) week? 
 I have a lesson every other day. Are these men English ?' 
 No, they are Scotch." Do they study German? I do not 
 know, but I believe [they do]. What does your pupil want? 
 He wants a new book. Does he want anything else ? T Yes, 
 he wants a new coat and a pair of boots. 
 
 7. 
 
 Does the foreigner intend 1 to stay here ? No, he intends to 
 depart. When do you intend to sell your house ? I intend 
 to sell it to-day. Whose cloak is this? 3 It is mine. Whose 
 hats are these ?* They belong* to the Englishmen. What 
 book are you reading ? I am reading a novel 4 by Sir Walter 
 Scott. Do you know that man? I do not know him. 
 Have you seen him already ? I have seen him somewhere. 
 Where have you been ? I have been (in) at (the) church. Where 
 has your wife 5 been ? She has been 2 at church ^o. Has 
 your sister ever (fdjon) been in France ? She has never been 
 there. Does she intend to go there? She intends to go 
 there next year. Were you at the ball last night? 6 I was 
 not there. Will there be a ball this evening ? It will not 
 take place. 7 When have you been at (in) the theatre ? I was 
 there yesterday. 
 
 8. 
 
 Can you swim as well (gut) as a sailor? 1 I cannot swim as 
 well as a sailor. Can this boy swim better than I ? He can 
 
 6. srin ufm. >to go for, fcolen. * to send for some one, na$ 3emanb f&irfen; to 
 end for something, ttmaS Ijotcn laften. < Bee p. 846, 3. stubst. not adj. " fonjl GhcaS. 
 
 7. i to intend, gebenlen, molten, eortyafcen, gefonnen fttn. J see p. 72, Note 1. sgefyoren 
 (dot.), t btr SRoraan. & gtau. geflern a&enb, : jlattfmben. 
 
 8.
 
 EXERCISES. 297 
 
 rwim better than you. At what o'clock did Mr. Green break- 
 fast ? He breakfasted at nine o'clock. Did he dine before 
 (c()c) he left? 2 No, Sir, he left before (the) dinner. Have 
 you told 2 me J it? I told 2 you (dot.) l it the day before yester- 
 day. What words have you written? I have written these 
 three words. "Which books have you read? I have read the 
 book you lent me. Have you had your shoes mended 3 (flicfcn 
 laffen) ? I have not yet had them mended. Have you had 
 your handkerchiefs or your stockings washed? 3 I have 
 neither had the one (bte einen, pi.} nor the other washed. 
 Why do you not eat ? I do not eat because I am not hungry. 
 -Why are you not hungry? Because I have eaten some 
 bread and ham. 4 Are you thirsty ? I am not thirsty, I have 
 drunk some beer. 
 
 9. 
 
 Is your servant a good one ? He is a good one. Is he as 
 good as mine ? I think he is better than yours. Are you 
 satisfied with him. Quite satisfied. Do you like 1 fish ? I 
 like fowl 2 better. Does your aunt like mutton ? She likes 
 roast mutton and roast veal. Do the scholars like to learn 
 by heart? 3 They do not like learning by heart, they like 
 writing better.* To (an, ace.) whom do you address 5 your 
 letters ? I address them to a friend. Do you admire this 
 work ? I do admire it. How do you amuse the ladies ? I 
 play [on the] piano. Have you helped your sister (dot.) ? I 
 could not help her. Have you asked 6 for wine ? No, I have 
 ordered 7 tea. Have you bought this map? 8 I have bor- 
 rowed 9 it. Have you satisfied your relations ? 10 They ask 6 
 nothing. Has the boy fed 11 his birds ? He feeds them every 
 morning. Did you guess (fyaben @tc . . . erratljen) the riddle ? n 
 I could not guess it. Have you sold your field ? I do not 
 intend to sell it. 
 
 10. 
 
 Have you lost (the) hope ? I never lose hope. Has the 
 gardener planted some trees ? He has planted many trees. 
 
 8. 2 to leave, afcreifen. s see p. 327, a 4 @d)lnfen. 
 
 9. i (Sffen @ie gern ? 2 epgcL 3 augroenbtg. < fie f$rel6en IleBet. G abrefjtren. s to ask 
 for, Berlcmgen (ace.}, i fcejleHen. fianbfarte, f. entte^nen. 10 gjerwanbten. u to feed, 
 fttttent.
 
 298 EXERCISES. 
 
 Has the soldier cleaned 1 his gun ?* He is just cleaning it. 
 Why has the tailor not cleaned the coat? Because it was not 
 sent [to] him. Has the cook roasted the hare V He will 
 roast it to-niorrow. Has the maid had 3 her gloves washed ? 
 She has had them washed. - Who has had these boots 
 mended? The servant took (trug) them to (ju) the shoe- 
 maker. Why does she open the window ? She likes fresh 
 air. Why does she shut the door ? She did not 4 wish to 
 (rooflte) have a draught. 5 Has (ift) the man risen early? He 
 has risen late because he is ill. Will he not put out 6 the 
 fire ? No, he wants it still (nodj). What does he boil ? He 
 boils potatoes and carrots. Did you empty 7 the bottles? All 
 the bottles are emptied. Are they clean? They are very 
 clean; you may put* in them what you like. 
 
 11. 
 
 Is the boy dressed ? He is dressed. Did he dress him- 
 self? Yes, he dressed himself. Were his shoes cleaned? 
 The servant cleaned them. Did he wash his hands? He 
 washed his face and his hands. When did the ship set 1 sail ? 
 The ship set sail the day before yesterday. Do they travel 
 by ($u) land or by sea? They travel by land. For (auf) 
 whom (ace.) do you wait? I wait for my coachman. Have 
 you spoken about the matter? 2 We had no time to speak 
 about it. Have you learnt (ba3 and inf.) reading of him? I 
 learnt it of his brother. Do you know your lesson ? I think 
 I know it; I have taken 8 pains. Does the pupil read well 
 (gut)? He reads pretty (jiemlid)) well. How many pages 
 does he write every day? He writes only one page, and that 
 is enough. Have the boys done their exercise ? They are 
 doing it still. What verb 4 have they learned ? They have 
 learned an irregular 8 verb. Have they written it? They 
 must not write it 
 
 10. i reinigcn. 2 ba3 eweljr. * laffen. < not a, teinen. & 3 U 9 m - * au8I6f$n. 
 ' leeren. $itmnt$iin. 
 
 11. i to set sail, afciegeln. >bie@a$e. to take pains, jl$ (dot.) 2Rfl$e gefon. ba 
 
 3 itroort.
 
 EXEKCISES. 299 
 
 12. 
 
 Which is the best place ? The first place is the best. At 
 what hour do we dine ? "We dine at one o'clock. What 
 kind of meat is that? This is mutton. How much do you 
 charge 1 for (the) dinner ? One shilling. Is dinner ready ? 
 Yes. Where is my dog ? He is before the door. To whom 
 does that house belong ? It belongs to Mr. Lyon. Is that 
 true ? That is quite true. Did you understand me ? Yes, 
 Sir, [I did]. Is the carriage come? The carriage is not yet 
 come, but the horses are come. - What (rote) do you call this 
 country ? It is Bavaria. 2 Will you come with me ? I have 
 no time. Have you been to the post-office? I shall 
 go there directly (g(etd)). Are there [any] letters for me? 
 Not to-day. What do you think of this letter ? I cannot 
 understand it. When shall we set off? In a few days. 
 Will you take a walk 3 in the garden? With great pleasure, if 
 you will go with me, 
 
 13. 
 
 Did 1 you tell him to come (baft cr foramen fott) ? Yes, Sir, 
 [I did]. Did she get up early? She got up very late. Why 
 has this boy no handkerchief? He has lost it. What is the 
 price of that cloth? 2 This cloth is very cheap (roofylfetl). Can 
 you not take less? I cannot let you have (geben) it cheaper. 
 Have you no better? 3 I have [some] better, but it is dearer. 
 How is the weather to-day ? It is very fine. Shall we 
 have fine weather to-morrow ? I am afraid it will rain. Is 
 (the) dinner served ?* The servant is serving it. Shall I give 
 you some soup ? Yes, Madam, if you please. Do you like 
 fruit?* I like it very much. Will you have some potatoes? 
 If you please. 6 Do you breakfast before you take a walk? 
 No, I take a walk before I breakfast. How long were you 
 ill? I was ill [for] a fortnight (14 age). Were you at (the) 
 market? I have not been there. Has your aunt been in 
 (auf) the country? She has not been there yet, but she will 
 go soon. Has she been anywhere ? She has been with (bet) 
 her cousin. 
 
 12. i forbtrn, certangen. 22?anern. sttnen pojietgong madjen. 
 
 13. i Translate : have you told. 2 Stu$, n. letn beflereS ? 4 aufgetrojro. 
 
 (i.e., t$ bine, I ask [.you for itj).
 
 300 EXERCISES. 
 
 14. 
 
 "Who has burnt 1 my letters? The servant has burnt them. 
 Has Charles torn his coat ? His brother tore it. Has the 
 boy broken a chair ? He has broken a table and a chair. Is 
 your neighbor as poor as he says ? He is not so poor. Does 
 your tailor make good coats ? He makes good (ones) and bad 
 (ones). Have you consulted 2 your friends? They were not 
 at home when I called 3 on them. Have you paid [for] the 
 wine ? I have paid [for] the dinner but not for the wine. 
 Did the servant light 4 the professor downstairs ? She had no 
 candle. Had they warmed the bed ? They had warmed it 
 Where were (fmb) 5 you born ? I was born in Italy. In 
 which of these streets does he live ? He lives in Frederick(-) 
 Street. How shall you spend 6 this evening ? I "hardly 
 a know myself. Will you go to the play (inS Sweater) with me ? 
 (I) thank you; I will be ready at seven o'clock. Is (the) tea 
 ready ? It will be ready in a moment. When may I send 
 you this letter? Whenever 7 you please. Where shall I send 
 it to V I will give you my address. 8 
 
 15. 
 
 When shall you set out for (nacf)) Paris? The day after to- 
 morrow. Might I trouble 1 you with a letter ? I shall take it 
 with great pleasure. Will you take tea* with me ? (I) thank 
 you, I am engaged; it is impossible for me. When shall I 
 see you again ? I will call on you this evening after supper. 
 Will you play [at] cards ? I play very indifferently.* Do 
 you like to play [at] whist (2Bf)tft) ? Yes, I like to' (fpiele c|crn). 
 - - How high do you play ? As high as you please. How 
 many points* have you ? I have only ten points. Any news 
 (ettt)a 9?eue$) of your brother? I have not heard from him 
 [for] a long time. Were many spectators there ? There were 
 a great many. Will you soon go into (auf) the country ? ' I 
 intend setting out in a week. 
 
 14. ivtrtrenncn. afcefwrgen. 3 to call on, 6efu<$en. 4 b,lnuntertu$ten (dot.), sge* 
 p. 140, 5. r. jubringt n. 7 irann e 3fmen gef&Ot. e bie Hbreffe. 
 
 15, i bcllftiflen, bemttben. : ju Slbcnb et)B- qlei^gulttg. < b ti<$, ber $ntt.
 
 EXEECISES. 301 
 
 16. 
 
 "Will you help me [to] work ? I am sorry, I have no time. 
 Will you have the goodness to pass 1 that plate to me ? With 
 much pleasure. When shall we go to bathe ? This evening, 
 if you like. How is your grandmother ? She is not quite 
 well, she has caught 2 a cold. How does Mr. Gray look ? 3 He 
 looks very well; he is in very good health. Why did he send 
 for the physician ? His daughter is ill. Of (an) what illness 
 did your neighbor die ? He died of apoplexy. 4 Why does 
 this little girl cry ? What has happened to her ? She cries 
 because her mother died yesterday. Why do you laugh at 
 (Uber) this man ? I do not laugh at him, I laugh at his dress. 5 
 Have you known 6 this professor long ? I have known him 
 about a year. Is that bread sufficient for you ? It is quite 
 sufficient for me; but not for the children. 
 
 17. 
 
 Will you ask your nephew whether he is satisfied with the 
 cloth I have sent him ? When I see him, I will ask him. 
 May I ask you for 1 a little water to wash 2 my hands ? I will 
 go for it directly. Have they served up 3 the soup ? It was 
 served up some minutes ago. Do the windows look 4 into the 
 street ? No, they look on the yard. Which is the shortest 
 way to the library ? 6 Go down this street, and when you come 
 to the foot (cm' (tnbe) turn to the right, and you will see it in 
 (cmf) the large square. Did you forget your books when you 
 went to school ? We never forgot anything. How many 
 times have you been in Paris? Only three times. How 
 many birds has the hunter shot ? He has killed about thirty. 
 Does this merchant sell on credit ? 6 He does not sell on 
 credit. Have you seen the fine rifle 7 1 have won ? I should 
 like to see it. Has the prince bought the beautiful carriage 
 of which I spoke to you? No, Sir, the man asked a great 
 deal (met) too much. Whom did you see at the ball ? A 
 great many fine ladies and gentlemen. 
 
 16. i rdcfcen. 2 to catch a cold, fic erfilten. s auSfc^en. * am djlagfluf . 
 c see p. 346, 3 
 
 17. i to ask for, um GhuaS bitten. 2 see p. 336, 1. 3 aufeetragen. * ge$(n auf. 
 JBtbltot&et. eauf firebtt'.
 
 Part II. 
 
 SYNTAX
 
 THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 
 
 THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 1. There are more phrases in which the definite article 
 is inserted in German, and omitted in the English trans- 
 lation, than there are phrases in which it is omitted in 
 German, and inserted in the English translation ; that is 
 to say, it is more used in Ger an than in English (and we 
 may add, less used in German than in French). 
 
 2. The cases in German in which it may be inserted 
 or not, as the writer or speaker chooses, are numerous. 
 So, too, poets insert it in cases where we should expect 
 it to be omitted, just because they need an extra syllable 
 to fill out a line; and they omit it in cases where we 
 should expect it would be inserted, in order to get rid of 
 an inconvenient extra syllable. 
 
 3. In as much as the definite article is declined, it might 
 be used, if prefixed to a noun which had several cases 
 alike, to inform the reader or listener what case was really 
 meant. Thus, ^etnrici) may be nominative, dative, or ac- 
 cusative, while ber $einric| can be nominative only, bent 
 ^etnricf) dative only, and ben |)einrid) accusative only. As 
 a matter of fact, the definite article is inserted in German 
 where it might be omitted, for this very purpose of avoid- 
 ing ambiguity. 3)iefelbe liebte -)einricl) tnnig, may mean 
 either: a) This same woman loved Henry tenderly, or 
 b) Henry loved this same woman tenderly; but, >icfelbe
 
 306 DEFINITE ABTICLE. 
 
 liebte ben $einrid) inntg, can only mean a), and, )iefelbe 
 liebte ber etnrtd) inntg, can only mean 6). 
 
 The genitive plural of all nouns is like the nominative 
 and accusative plural, and always, or almost always, takes 
 the definite article, to distinguish it at once from the lat- 
 ter, e.g., )ie greunfcftyaft ter SBeiber (not bie ^reunfcfcfyaft 
 SReiber) ifi nicfyt tote unfere, Women s friendship is not like 
 ours. Of course, the article is not needed when there is 
 an adjective agreeing with the genitive plural. 
 
 4. South Germans are, perhaps, more prone than North 
 Germans to insert the definite article in cases where usage 
 allows either its insertion or omission, e.g. t to say ber 
 bu)e instead of Stye. 
 
 Special cases follow. 
 
 5. a) It is more usual, but it is not obligatory, to in- 
 sert the definite article before abstract nouns, in those 
 cases in which it is in English omitted, e.g., to say : 
 
 ber ^letfj, industry (not the bte tite, goodness, kindness 
 
 industry) bte 23efd)afttgung, employment 
 
 bte Xragfyett, idleness bte ebttlb, patience 
 
 bte 33Ubung, learning bte Ungebulb, impatience 
 
 bte Stebe, love bte ^ufnebenljett, contentment 
 
 ber $afj, hatred bte djonfjett, beauty 
 
 bte ftreimbfdjaft, friendship bte Ougenb, youth 
 
 bte getnbfdjaft, enmity bag SUter, old age 
 
 bte llnbanfbarfett, ingratitude bte efrfjtcfjte, history 
 
 ber s #be(, nobility baS (Stinjtentfjuin, Christianity 
 
 bte ^egterung, government ba8 Subentfjiun, Judaism. 
 bte 2ftonard)te, monarchy 
 
 ancient history, bte atte efd)trf)te. 
 Gen. of industry, be3 ^ktfceS ; of youth, ber Ougenb zc. 
 
 but also: (Scfyonfyett erge^t, Beauty is perishable, etc. 
 
 So also with adjectives, e.g., (bte) umjoUfommene <3c^on^eil 
 gefdllt mir auc^, Imperfect beauty pleases me too.
 
 DEFINITE ABTlCLE. 30? 
 
 Proverbs, since brevity is the soul of wit, tend to omit 
 the definite article, e.g., .>od)murt) (not ber $ocfymu$) fommt 
 i>or bent fllle/ Pride comes before a foil. 
 
 b) In those cases where we, in English, must have the 
 definite article before an abstract noun, German must 
 have it too, e.g., The goodness of his heart, bie lite (not 
 iite simply) fetne |)erjen3 ; The beauty of her style, bie 
 cfyonfyeit (not @ct)5iu}eit simply) ifyreg <5tpl$. 
 
 c) When an abstract noun is used instead of the plural 
 of a concrete noun, e.g., nobility for nobles, or Christianity 
 for Christians, it must have the article in German. Thus : 
 3)er Slbel emporte ftc!), The nobility revolted; )a$ G$rifient$um 
 
 ifylt, Christendom mourned him. 
 
 6. a) When a common noun in the singular is used in 
 the sense of the plural preceded by all, e.g., man to mean 
 all men, and the fox to mean all foxes, the noun must in 
 German be preceded by the definite article, e.g., ^)at ber 
 guc^g fetn eimffen? Has the fox no conscience? )er 2ftenf$ 
 if} fterblicf), Man is mortal 
 
 5) The same assertions might be made using $ucf)S and 
 Jftenfd) in the plural. In that case, these nouns might or 
 might not be preceded by the definite article, e.g., abett 
 (bie) gucfyfe fein enriffen ? (Die) SWenfc^en ftnb fterbltd). 
 
 7. a) Titles (t.e. t the German equivalents of Mr., Count, 
 Queen, Captain, etc.), when followed by the name of a 
 person, take in the nominative more usually no article, 
 e.g., rof SStSmarcf is more usual than ber raf 33i3marcf, 
 The same is true of the genitive when it precedes the 
 noun; e.g., raf 33tgmarcf g Sfebe, Count Bismarck's speech^ 
 is more usual than be$ rafen 53t3marcf
 
 308 DEFINITE ABTICUB. 
 
 b) The other cases, including the genitive following its 
 noun, except the nominative used in address, i.e., the 
 vocative, take the article perhaps rather more frequent- 
 ly than they omit it, e.g., bie SRebe beS rafen SBtgmarrf 
 seems to be as common, or commoner, than bte Stebe raf 
 
 c) The nominative used in addressing a person cannot 
 take the article, e.g., -fxrr 53raun ! (not ber |>err 33raun) id) 
 bitte vte, Mr. Brown! I bey of you. 
 
 d) Any case preceded by an adjective must take the 
 article, e.g., bte gutc ^tonigin Suife (not gute simply) folgte, 
 Good Queen Louisa followed. Except in addressing a per- 
 son, e.g., ?ieber (not ber Itebe) eneral tgel, [age nur ja, 
 Dear General Slgel, do say yes. 
 
 8. Names of substances and materials, e.g., gold, wood, 
 yrass y lime, wool, meat, etc., etc., when used to mean a 
 quantity of gold, wood, etc., but without saying what par- 
 ticular gold, wood, etc., do not take the article, e.g., ib 
 mir olb, Give me gold, 3$ tyolte frifc$e3 Staffer, I got some 
 fresh water. 1 
 
 In other cases they must take the article, if the article 
 would be inserted in English, e.g., ($Hb mir ba$ olb, tooyon 
 tU fprucfyft, Give me the gold of which you spoke. Even 
 where the article would not be inserted in English, it is 
 more i^ual to insert it in German, e.g., )a$ olb tfl fcfytoer, 
 Gold is heavy; )a$ ftittffy ift jie^t t^eiter, Meat is dear note. 
 
 9. The plurals of concrete substantives are used in the 
 same way, e.g., (r fyatte gebern in bcr $anb, He had pens in 
 his hand; 3$ miJcfyte (Sier, I want some eggs* 
 
 So further, where the article would be used in English, 
 
 i We may also say: etrcaS Suit, etoaS Sal} ic., ft little (or some) gold, salt, etc. 
 i We may also say: eintge gebern, einige liter x., a few (or acme) pens, eggs, etc.
 
 DEFINITE ARTICLE. 309 
 
 !Dre gebern, bie tKott maci)t, The pens Gillott makes. And. 
 finally, !Dte (tal)lfefcern ftnb jeljt bidig itnt> gilt, Sted pens are 
 now cheap and good, which is more usual than tat)lfet>ern 
 Bimply. 
 
 10. Names of the seasons and months take the article. 
 Days of the week must take it when they are modified 
 by an adjective or governed by the preposition an, e.g., 
 2)er SBintcr ift fyter immer fait, Winter is always cold here} 
 im SBinter, in uinter; am 5 re ^ a S/ on Friday. 
 
 11. The student may note the following substantives as 
 used with the article where they would not be in English. 
 A number of them come under rules already given. 
 
 ber 9ftenfd), man, mankind bag IM, fortune, happiness 
 
 bte 9JZenfd)en, men bag Ungliicf, adversity, misfor- 
 
 bte Scute, people bag @rf)icffat, fate [tun 
 
 bag $riit)ftiic!, breakfast bte ^eit, time 
 
 bag SJJtttageffen, dinner bag efe, law 
 
 bag 5lbenbeffen, supper bie ^atur, nature 
 
 ber Xfyee, tea ber .t)immel, heaven 
 
 ber )itrft, thirst bag Seben, life 
 
 ber ^unger, hunger ber ob, death 
 
 bte itte, custom ber $rteg, war. 
 
 Hence : after dinner, nad) bent SOJittageffctu 
 
 12. Also the following phrases : 
 
 5)ie meiften SKenfrfjcn, Most men. 
 
 (r Juo^nt in ber <3tabt, He lives in town. 
 
 S)ag ^inb ift in ber @d)u(e, The child is at school. 
 
 3)er ^nabe ge^t in bte @d)ttle, The boy goes to school. 
 
 3n ber ^irrfjc, At church; in bie $ird)e, To church. 
 
 13. The definite article is used where we say a in stat- 
 ing prices, e.g., Three shillings a pound, HDrei @rf)iUtna,e t>a3 
 *iPfunt>, A pound costs three shillings, >a ^funb foftct
 
 310 DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 14. As we have seen before, the definite article is fre- 
 quently used where we use a possessive adjective before 
 parts of the body,e.(/., &arl fyat (ftcfy, dot.) bag 33ein gebrodjen, 
 Charles has broken his kg. 
 
 REPETITION OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 15. When several substantives come in succession, and 
 the definite or indefinite article has been expressed be- 
 fore the first, it should be expressed before all the rest 
 also, unless the nouns are in the plural. 
 
 SNeffer itnb bie abet, ber ?bffct unb ber Setter. 
 The knife and fork, the spoon and plate. 
 (Sin <8d)ul)inacf)er, em <2rf)neiber unb ein ^mtmadjer fajjen in 
 
 einem SfiStrtljSljaufe. 
 
 A shoemaker, tailor, and hatter were sitting in a tavern. 
 >ic 23riibcr unb (2cf)tt>eftcrn, The brothers and sisters. 
 S)ie Siefen unb (bie) Briber, The meadows and fields. 
 
 With plural nouns, however, of very dissimilar sig- 
 nification, the article should be repeated, e.g., 9hir bie in* 
 ber unb bie (Scfyulben blieben i^m iibrig,*0/% the children and 
 debts were left him. 
 
 POSITION OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 16. The article always precedes its noun and every- 
 thing that modifies its noun. Its exceptional position in 
 English after both, half, double, quite, too, so, as, and how, 
 is not admissible in German. But see 17 and 19, p. 312. 
 
 Both the pupils, 5)te betbcn (Sdjiiter. 
 Half an hour, (gtne fyotbe (Stunbe. 
 Double the sum, ie boppette (Summe. 
 So good a father, gin fo guter Skater. 1 
 Quite an old hat, (Sin gcm3 otter 
 
 i But also : <o ein gutet SSater, cf. the English, Such a good father.
 
 DEFINITE ARTICLE. 311 
 
 The only exception is with att t e.g., Wit bit 3ftfyte fcineg 
 Seben$, Ml the years of his life. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 103. 
 
 3>te Sragljett tft erne bofe (Sigenfdjaft. 1 >te djorujett unb bte 
 Sanftmutf) finb nid)t immer bemnigt. 2 2ftarg ttmt bet ben 3tomern 
 bcr ott be^ $dege8. cc caf 3)erbi) ift berueift. 3 2)te prftert 
 finb 2Jlenfdjen unb fonnen nicfyt tmnteu ijelfen. Qn Station ift bet 
 gutter nid)t fait; bagegen tft bee ommer fe^u ^etp. 3)tt3 s ilbenbeffen 
 ift berett. S)ie (rbe unb bee ^>immet finb bag 2Betf otteg. ie 
 9Jtitur tft ettt^pffeneS 33nc{). ^ommeit 3ie nad) bem gculjftitcf gu mtr, 
 obeu menu >^te Ueber 4 rooden, narf) bent 3)iittageffen. 2BteteI foftei 
 bte ftfofdje? J)te ^lafc^e foftet etnen fjalben @n(ben. Stettiet !oftel 
 bie (de opn btefem Xud^e? 3% Derlaufe e8 311 (fitc) fitnf utben bte 
 (Sfle. 2)tefer $nabe ^at ben 3lrm gebrocfjen; feine (S^mefter ^at fid) 
 ait8 Unadjtfamfeit 5 in bte anb gcfdjnttten. 3d) fyabe einen tod, 
 etnen 9frgenfd)irm unb ein ^afttmeffer gefauft. 2)er (Skitter ^at etne 
 ^atbe cite au^wenbig (by heart) geternt 3d) Ijabe t^m bie boppette 
 (Summe be^a^tt. 
 
 SlufgaBc 104. 
 
 Time is precious. Fortune is changeable. 1 Spring is a fine 
 season. Horses are useful animals. Iron and copper 2 are 
 more useful than gold and silver. Adversity borrows 3 its 
 sharpest sting (>2>tad)e(, m.) from our impatience. Ingratitude 
 dries up (uectcodnet) the fountain 4 of all goodness. Concealed 5 
 hatred is more dangerous than open enmity. Learning is an 
 ornament (3tevbc) to youth (gzn.) and a comfort (Xroft, m.) to 
 old age. 6 Employment is necessary to man. Industry is the 
 true philosopher's stone (3tein ber 2Bctjen), that turns 7 all 
 metals into gold. The sweetest salve (2atbc) for misery 8 is 
 patience, and the only (etn^ige) medicine for want (bte 9?ott)) is 
 content. Tea is ready. Nature is contented with little, but 
 the cravings of luxury (bte 33ebiirfniffe beg ?urug) are boundless/ 
 Those who wish to study history, ought to begin with ancient 
 history. 
 
 103. i quality. 2 united, a has gone away, left town. * like better, B from careless 
 ness. 
 
 104. i BerSnberlidj. ^baSSupfer. 3 6orgen, entle^nen. -bie Ouette. -w&orgetu sthe 
 Old age, bad Sitter. ipeldjer . . . encanbelt, 8 ba (Slenb.
 
 312 DEFINITE ABTIOLE. 
 
 17. The following examples illustrate the use of the 
 definite article with all, all : 21U t>ie 23iid)er jtnt> angefommen, 
 Att tltose books have arrived, or with not quite the same sig- 
 nification : 2ltle 33ucf)er ftnb angefommen and Die 33itcfyer ftnb 
 alle angefontmen, both of which mean : AU the books have 
 arrived. In the same way in the singular : 2111 t>o3 elt> ifi 
 in'g Staffer gefallen, 2llle$ elb ifl u. f. w. and DaS efo 
 ift alleS u.,f. w. 
 
 But when the article would be left out with aU, it must 
 be also with all, e.g., Slllc SScrfammlungen son ^rotefhnten, 
 AU assemblages of Protestants; SllleS ^apicrgclt) tjl gefd^r^ 
 fid), AU paper-money is dangerous. 
 
 18. S3eite, both, may be preceded by the article, or the 
 article may be entirely omitted. But see 74, 3 and 75, 6. 
 
 3V S 'b 1 f 111 ^ t)er 1 c *) hmn fc en - Both have vanished. 
 
 19. Examples of the use of ntattd), many a: 
 
 9Jiand)ei: 3ftann, many a man. 
 2ftcmd)e3 2Wanne, many a man's, etc. 
 or: 3#and) ein 3JJann, maud) eine Cannes ?c. 
 3)a8 mondje ute, bag bu oon i^m er^a^Ift. 
 The many good things (many a good thing) you tell of 
 
 In the plural : 
 
 Scanner, many men. 
 2ftand)er Scanner, of many men, etc. 
 2)tc mandjen banner, btc it. f. to. The many men who, etc. 
 3)er mandjen banner, btc it. f. to. Of the many men who, etc. 
 
 20. $ein geringerer means no less a, e.g., $ein geringercr 
 bcr ^ifd^of, No less a man than the Bishop.
 
 DEFINITE ARTICLE. 313 
 
 21. The article is generally omitted before tlie names 
 of the cardinal points of the compass : -ftorben or Jftitter* 
 nad)t, the North; iiten or SJHttag, tJie South; )fkn 01 
 Bergen, the East; Sfikften or Slbenb, tJte West, and of the 
 intermediate points, -ftorboft, North-east, etc., when these 
 Words are preceded by a preposition, as : 
 
 Oft nad) SBcfl fasten, To sail from East to West. 
 9it(anb Uegt gegen Often, Eussia lies towards the East 
 
 But in with the dative generally takes the article, as: 
 SDie (Sonne gefyt tm Seftcn itnter, The sun sets in the West. 
 In other constructions the article must be used, e.g. : 
 
 23t8 baft ber Oft mtt ttnlben Sftofen 
 3)en 33albad)in be tmme(6 f^miicft. 
 Until the East with its wild roses 
 The canopy of heaven decks. 
 
 22. Such phrases as : The river is a deep one, are much 
 the more frequently translated as if they read : The river 
 is deep ()er gfap ift tief). 
 
 23. A noun limited by the genitive of the relative pro- 
 noun must not have the article expressed, e.g., we must say 
 in German not the flower of which the beauty, but, the flower 
 whose beauty, bie SBlume, beren 
 
 24. The following verbal and adverbial phrases omit 
 the article. Such phrases generally omit it in English. 
 
 311 cmb, by land <w8 Skrbritft, from vexation 
 
 311 2Baffer, by water aitg )afj, from hatred 
 
 jju ^pferb, on horseback 9?ed)t Ijaben, to be right 
 
 311 Sag en, in a carriage llnred)t fyaben, to be wrong 
 
 jju <d)iff, on board ship ^linger fjaben, to be hungry 
 
 tor mnger, of (with) hunger 2)urft ^aben, to be thirsty 
 
 bor 35urfl, of thirst 311 SKittag effen (fyetfen), to dine
 
 314 DEFINITE AETICLE. 
 
 Bet ao., by day gu iftadjt effen, to sup 
 
 bet 9Jad)t, by night SBort fatten, to keep one's word 
 
 mit 33ergniigen, with pleasure Sttft b,abcn, to have a mind 
 
 9teJ)enfd)aft abtegen, to render um ^ergeiljung bitten, to beg 
 
 account pardon 
 
 in 51jnmacf)t fallen, to swoon lauben bcimeffen, to give credit, 
 Sdjrecfen etnjagcn, to terrify believe in 
 
 f)eil ncfymen, to take part ^itlfc teifhn, render assistance 
 
 Slbfdjtcb nefymen, to take leave gu ^nlfe fommen, to come to one's 
 laufcn, to run a risk assistance or help 
 
 $(cf)t fyabcn, ) to take gu Sett geljen, to go to bed 
 
 , ) 
 
 ftcf) in 5ld)t neljmen, ) care ro bieten, to bid defiance 
 
 (SJcbutb b,aben, to have patience gu runbe ge^en, to perish 
 
 Sftttteib or SJtttlctbcn b,aben, to gu tonbe lomnten, to succeed 
 
 have compassion gu tcmbe bringen, to accomplish 
 
 gu Stjett njerben, to fall to one's (Srroaljnimg t^un, to mention 
 
 lot um ^atb, fragen, iio ask for advice, 
 
 OBSERVATION. 
 
 "Words which occur in the subsequent exercises, and 
 have not been given in previous lessons, must be looked 
 for in the Vocabulary at the end of the book. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 105. 
 
 3d) fyabe Sfaifdj uub 23rob gegeffen. efjen @|c auf ben Sftarft unb 
 taitfen (Sic Gutter unb Sier. i?ei^en @te mtr eiuige gebern ; tc^ mu 
 einige 33riefe f^retben. 5lmerifo liegt gec)en 2Beften. (gnbe gut, 5lUe3 
 gut. eroatt geb,t toor 9terf)t. On metneS ro^toaterS arten ftel)t 
 ein alter 9?ubaum, beffen (Stamm (trunk) gan$ {job,! 1 tft ^ier tft 
 ba Sud^, beffen iSerfaffcr @ie fo feb,r Dere^ren. SSotten @tc fdjon 
 Slbf^teb ne^men ? Stctfcn @ie gu 'jpferb ober gu 2Bagen? <Sie ntiiffen 
 ebulb fyaben. ^aben btefe ^erren 2Betn ober 33tcr getrunfen ? <Stc 
 ^aben ferfjS ^^fc^en SSein unb etntge (afer 33ter getrunfen. 9?etfen 
 <2>ie gu Staffer ober gu anb? 3d) reife gu Sanb. 3 U SSafjer lauft 
 man efab^r gu ertrinfen. 1 @te ^aben 9Je^t ^aben ie fc^on oon 
 J^ren ^reunben ?lbfc^ieb genommen ? 9Zoc^ md)t ; aber i^ toerbe e8 
 ntorgen t()un. ^rauletn (SHfabet^ tfl in JOb/nmac^t gefatten. 
 mann ^atte 2J2ttteiben mit ib.r. 
 
 106. i hoQow. 2 to be drowned.
 
 DEFINITE ARTICLE. 815 
 
 StufguBe 106. 
 
 1. "We had some cheese, bread, and butter. Do you want 
 anything? Yes, I want some sugar and coffee. America lies 
 towards the West. Content is better than (gefyt iiber, cc.) 
 wealth. Henry's cousin is very ill The boy whose books 
 were found under the table, has been punished for his care- 
 lessness. 1 Charles has gone to bed. I have read all the let- 
 ters which your brother wrote (has written) to my sister. My 
 uncle (has) travelled a great deal (met) by water and by land. 
 Am I right to take a walk ? Yes, you are quite right. 
 
 2. Is he wrong to spend 2 his money ? He is wrong to spend 
 too much money. At what o'clock do you dine ? We dine at 
 five. Dinner is ready. Are you hungry ? I am hungry and 
 thirsty. I do not like to go out by night. This gentleman 
 has German lessons, 3 but, I believe, only twice a (bie or in bcr) 
 week I must take leave of (oon) you. What' a mistake! 5 
 What beautiful peaches ! 6 How much do they cost a piece ? 
 She is 2 so 3 kind 'a lady. Macbeth was not willing to commit 7 
 so great a crime. 8 
 
 EEADEKTG LESSON". 
 
 SSerferetfjcn. The Double Crime. 
 
 j>ret (gintoofyner bon 33att retften mil einanber ; fie fonben etnett 
 djafc 1 imb tfyetlten tf)n. @tc fe^ten iljren SBcg fort, inbem 2 fte fid) 
 liber ben ebraud) (use) nnterfyietten, 2 ben fte bon tfyren SfteidjtJjihnertt 
 madjen luoflten. te ebengmittet, 3 toeldje fte nut fid) genommwt 
 fatten, tnaren aufgejefjrt; 4 fie tamen iiberetn, 5 baft (Stner oon tb,nen in 
 bie (Stabt ge^en fottte, urn h)dd)e (some) jn faufen, nnb ba bet 
 Oihtgfte biefen 2luftrag 6 iiberne()men foUte ; er gtng fort 
 
 UntertoegS fagte er gu ftd) felbft : 9^iin bin id) retd) ; aber id) tourbe 
 btel retdjer fetn, n)enn i^ adetn gertefen tuare, at3 ber <Sd)afc gefunben 
 rturbc. . . . 3)tefe groet 9)Jenfd)en ^aben nttr nteine 9Jeid)rt)iimer ent* 
 riffen. ^onnte id) fte ntd)t luieber befommen (get)? 2)aS mitrbe 
 mtr leidjt fetn: id) biirfte (need) nur bie ?ebenmittcl bergtften/ bie id) 
 
 106. i SRa^llfjtgfeit, f. sauSgefcen. setunben. <aS far. *gbler, m. e 
 
 i treasure. 2 conversing (see p. 273, the oonj. inbera). a provisions. 4 to consume. 
 to agree, c commission. 7 to poison.
 
 31G 
 
 DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 fcmfen foK; bet mctner 9iiicffeljr nnirbe id) fagen, bajj id) in her tabt 
 gu -DJittag gcfbeijl Ijabe; meine efab,rten toiirben oljne 2JHfjtrauen bo* 
 bon effeu, uitb ftc nwrben fterben. 3d) fyabe jefct nitr ben britten b,eU 
 bc3 <2d)ae3, unb bann tuiirbe id) 9lfle3 befommen (get). 
 
 Onbeffen fagten bie beiben anbern SReifenben gu einanbcr: SSit 
 braudjen bie efeflfdjaft biefeS jungen 2}ienfc^en ntc^t ; rtnr ^aben ben 
 *2d)a^ mit ifym t^eilen miiffen; [em Xb/ett ttwrbe bie unfrtgen bernie^rt 1 
 \jabm, unb tuir tociren feb,r reic^. (Sr n>irb baib hjieberfommen, toir 
 Ijaben gute 2)old)e, hjir woflen ib,n tobten. 
 
 3)cr jiinge 3)cen[c^ font mit bergifteten ?ebenmitteln juriicf ; feine 
 @efob,rten ennorbeten ib,n ; fte afjen ; fte ftarben ; unb ber @d)afc ge> 
 ^temanb. 
 o fanben atte brci t^ren terbienten (deserved) goljn. 
 
 Ser retfle 1 mit einanber? 
 2Ba fanben fte aitf bent SBege ? 
 2Sa tb/aten fte mit bemfelben? 
 2Bobon fpradjen fte untertoegS ? 
 
 SII3 ib,re 2eben8mittet oufgege^rt 
 hjaren, h)Q befc^toffen (de- 
 termine) fte, gu tb,un ? 
 
 2Ber mute geb,en? 
 
 SBeld^en s $lan fafete (made) bte* 
 fer untertoegS ? 
 
 SSarum hjottte er biefeS tb,un ? 
 
 toottte er bei fetner 9?itrffeb,r 
 gu feinen efdb,rten fagen ? 
 SBeldjen (Srfolg (result) Ijoffte er 
 bon biefen 2Borten ? 
 
 !I)rei (Sinhjo^ner ber (Stabt Salt. 
 
 (Stnen @^a^. 
 
 <Ste t^eilten ib/n unter ftd). 
 
 @ie unterb/tetten ft^ iiber ben e* 
 
 braud), ben fte bon bent etbc 
 
 mac^en hjottten. 
 <Sie famen uberein, ba etner bon 
 
 tb,ncn in bie <Stabt geb,en follte, 
 
 um ttjel^c gu foufen. 
 2)er jitngfte bon ib.nen. 
 6r befd)(og, bie ^ebengmittet gu 
 
 bergtften. 
 Um ben <2d)afc fitr ftt^ aflein gu 
 
 befommen. 
 2)a er fd)on in ber Stabt gefbetfi 
 
 fyabe. 
 (5r b,offte, feine efab/rten hmrben 
 
 bann ob,ne 2KtRtrauen bie ber 
 
 gtfteten beifen effen. 
 
 i to increase. 
 
 * 2Ber must have iU verb in the singular, unless the verb is fein, . g.. 23et Ifl bet 
 rjJann ? SDer finb bie Ceute ? And even fein, if ns3d aa an auiilliary. must hava a sin- 
 gular vsrb, e. g., iSet ijl angef otnmen ? 2)ie 3Sj.
 
 GENITIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES. 317 
 
 2Ba8 fatten bie betben inherit (Ste tooflten tfjn ermorben, toenn er 
 tt>ci()renb feiner ^bioefenfyett gnrudla'me. 
 fcerabrebet (agreed) ? 
 
 3u toeldjem ftoedt (purpose) ? Urn feinen &,eH beg djatseS fur 
 
 fid) befyalten 311 fonnen. 
 
 friifyrten fie iljren gntfdjtufc anS 3a, fie tobteten ifyren ^ameraben. 
 (carry out) ? 
 
 t^aten fie bann? @ic aften Don ben peifen. 
 
 tear bie ^olge babon? @ie ftarben an bem ifte, 
 
 geljorte bann ber @rf)at5? (gr gefyorte 
 
 THIRTY-NINTH LESSOtf. 
 
 GENITIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 1. The genitive, as we know, is the case denoting pos- 
 session and other relations much like possession, e.g. f 
 ber $unb beg artner^ ble flatter beg 2lpfelbaumeg, bag Dad) 
 beg $aufeg, Not unfrequently especially in the case of 
 names of persons and places it precedes the other noun, 
 e.g., beg artnerg !>imb, |>einrid)'g Sater, 53erlin'g Um= 
 gebungen But the genitive plural without the article is 
 very naturally avoided, compare page 305, 3, at the end. 
 
 2. In many cases a substantive connected with another 
 substantive by the preposition of, is rendered in German 
 by a compound substantive, e.g. : 
 
 bie 2Baf)rft,eit3Uebe, the love of truth (lit., truth-love) 
 
 bie J)id)tfimft, the art of poetry 
 
 ein Stumenfranj, a wreath of flowers 
 
 bag @d)tad)tfe(b, the field of battle 
 
 ein 33htt3tropfen, a drop of blood 
 
 etn efdjaftgnwnn, a man of business. 
 
 3. The genitive case of a substantive is often used as 
 an adverb, either alone, or with an adjective. Ex.:
 
 818 GENITIVE OP SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 be 9D?orgen8 (or am 2ftorgen), in the morning 
 
 beg Slbenbg (or am 2lbenb), in the evening 
 
 breimal be$ 3af)m% three times a year 
 
 gerabeS (geraben) 2Beg3, straightway 
 
 meineg JhMffenS, so far as I know 
 
 langfamen @d)ritte3, with tardy step, at a slow pace. 
 
 NOTE 1. However, when a single occasion is referred to, the accusative 
 must be used, as: 
 
 35ie[en 2Kor$en, This morning. 
 
 CDicfen 2lbenl>, This evening. 
 
 $)en (or am ) jefynten Jjuli, On the tenth of July. 
 
 Sefctcn (nadjften K.) onntag, Last (next, etc.) Sunday. 
 
 3$ eroarte nteinen greunb ieten Slugenblti. 
 
 I expect my friend every moment. 
 
 The accusative is also required when the substantive expresses the 
 length of time something lasts, e.g. : 
 
 @ie Ijat 3ttei tunben (ace.) ge^tafen. 
 She has slept (for) two hours. 
 
 4. When the noun before of is a general term for what 
 the noun after of denotes, e.g. in such phrases as, TJie city 
 of London, The month of May, German does not put the 
 second noun in the genitive. 
 
 Norn. baS &i$mgreuf) (Sngfcmb 
 
 Gen. be8 ^ontgretdjS (Snglanb 
 
 Dot. bem $omgretrf) (Sngtanb 
 
 Ace. ba ^ontgretd) (Snglanb. 
 
 So also with the day of the month, e.g., The second of 
 May, ber jroeite -Jftai ; On the 4th of July, am 4ten Suit. 
 
 5. This is also the case after nouns of measure, weight, 
 number, and quantity. Ex. : 
 
 Gin ($Ha$ SSaffer, A glass of water. 
 (Sin ^Pfunb Slitter, A pound of butter. 
 3toei ^funb ^leifdj, Two pounds of meat. 
 Sine gfafcfje SSein, A bottle of wine. 
 3c^n (gflen Jud), Ten yards of cloth.
 
 GENITIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES. 319 
 
 $unbert 93falter SSai^en, A hundred bushels of wheat. 
 Sin Regiment (Solbaten, A regiment of soldiers. 
 (Sine >eerbe (Sdjafe, A flock of sheep. 
 
 The former noun even if denoting more than one, is 
 singular, and indeclinable, e.g., mit jwet *Pfunt> gleifd), but 
 it is declinable and put in the plural if feminine, or a 
 foreign word (10.4) or a noun of time (198 1 ). The latter noun 
 is indeclinable unless the sense requires it to be in the 
 plural, e.g. t ber jiuei la SBaffer, son tret $eerben (B$afeiu 
 
 When the latter noun is preceded by an article, adjective or adjective 
 pronoun, it must be put in the genitive or else in the dative with toon, 
 e.g., ber brei Steflimentcr (toon frcmjoftfcfyen) olbaten. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 107. 
 
 2)eS atfer8 SBtfle mufj gefcfjefjen (be done). 3)e3 $naben ^letfc 
 ift be(of)nt toorben. 2Bir erttarten jeben Sag einen rief t>on emi ^3. 
 j)er 5lrjt riet^ mir, be 2Rorgen imb be ^benb einen Soffel ftott Don 
 biefer Slr^net gu neljmen. 2)Jeine 2Biffen ift bonbon bie gro^te 
 <tabt in (Suropa. Sangfamen (2cf)ritte fu^r ber Sagen be8 fonig* 
 U^ien ^ringen bitrd^ ben ^arf. !J)tefen 5lbenb Ijabe icf) nid)t tit, 
 tnetne tunbe (lesson) ju nefymen. te Unberfttat eibelberg ift 
 berii^mt. 2)en 3WoIften 2fyril 1852 befuc^te i^ ba @d)lad)tfelb oon 
 2BaterIoo. 
 
 ttufgofic 108a. 
 
 This is my father's house. The city of Rome is very old. 
 The city of St. Petersburgh was built by Peter the Great. 
 "When do you wish to have your lessons, in the evening, or in 
 the morning? I am engaged (befdjciftigt or tierfyinbert ) in the 
 morning; it would be most convenient 1 for me to take them 
 in the afternoon between two and four. The kingdom of 
 Saxony (Sacfjfen) has an extent 2 of only 280 German square 
 miles. 3 The streets of (fcon) Paris are more beautiful than 
 those of London. The month of July was very hot. Bring 
 me a glass of beer. 4 
 
 6. The sign of the genitive, of, may, in most cases, be 
 translated son, e.g.: 
 
 lOSa. i am angene^mflen or am paffenfcjien. - Suctefynunc} ucn. = C,uatrutmcilm.
 
 320 GENITIVE OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 a) After substantives expressing rank or title. Ex. : 
 
 )te $bmgin toon 'Stoamen, The queen of Spain. 
 35er ^crgog toon SBettington, The duke of Wellington. 
 
 V) Before cardinal numbers : 
 
 Sin 'fllaiin toon breiftig Oafyren. 
 
 A man of thirty years. 
 
 3n etner (Sntfernung toon fed)8 2fteifcn. 
 
 At a distance of six miles. 
 
 (Sr ftarb tin fitter toon jtebenjig Safyren. 
 
 He died at the age of seventy years. 
 
 c) Before the names of metals and other materials, if 
 the adjective be not preferred. Ex. : 
 
 (Sin (Sdjtff toon (Sifen, 1 A ship of iron. 
 
 (Sin 33ed)er toon olb, A cup (goblet) of gold. 
 
 Sine iBilbfaute toon 2Jarmor, A statue of marble. 
 
 d) After the demonstrative, relative, and indefinite pro- 
 nouns, after the ordinal numerals, and the superlative 
 degree, of is mostly rendered by 5) on, though the genitive 
 may also be used. Ex. : 
 
 jDcrjenige toon Sljren (ScfjiUern, toetdjer *c., (That one of etc.) 
 2Betd)er toon biefen Qftannern ? Which of these men ? 
 (Sinige toon meinen reunben, Some of my friends. 
 3)cr get)ntc toon 30 (Sdjulern, Of 30 scholars the tenth. 
 3Me fd)6nfte alter ftrauen or ) The handsomest of all 
 3)te fd^bnfte toon alien ^'&uen, I women. 
 
 7. Nouns which in English may be followed by of and 
 a present participle used substantively, are often followed 
 in German by JU and the infinitive, e.g. : 
 
 $)ie $unfl gu tanjen, The art of dancing. 
 
 3)a3 eljeimntjj reic^ gu toerben, The secret of becoming rich. 
 
 8. Verbal nouns" which take of after them in English, 
 
 i Or : etn cifcratS <$tff, (in golbenct SSedjer, cine marmcrne 23ittfSuIe. 
 3 I.e., aouns which have about the same sense as the present participle used sub- 
 Btantively, e.g., thought (almost the same as thinking).
 
 6ENITIYE OF SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 when translated into German often take other preposi- 
 tions than con, e.g. : 
 
 2)er ebanfe an ott, The thought of God. 
 3)ie untrdjt tior bem obe, The fear of death. 
 35te iHebe gum Seben, Love of life. 
 
 SDf angel an elb, From want of money. 
 
 These prepositions are generally the same as the cor- 
 responding verbs take. Thus we say : 3$ bcufe an Ott. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 108b. 
 
 3)ie $onigin toon (Sngtanb tft ftolg auf ifjre Marine (navy). 3JZan 
 bant je^t gange (Sdjiffe Don (Stfen. 3ft bicfer 3ing tton olb ober 
 toon (Silber? (r ift t>on olb. SBetcfjer Don btefen ^nabcn fyat ben 
 erften ]3ret^ er^atten? (5^ h)at Outiu^; er tuac ber erfte toon funfgtg 
 (Scf)itlern. 3)ie ^unft gu rtngen ift fefyr alt; fie btii^te am meiflen bei 
 (with) ben atten riecfjen. JDa 53er(angen (desire) nad) 9Mcf)tb,um 
 toerantat btefen 9)Jann, fo groftartige 1 Unterne^mungen gu mad)en. 
 3)ie SHebe gum ?eben ift atten 2ftenfd)en angeboren; 2 bagegen ift bie 
 gurdjt bor bem Sobe itjnen anergogen. 3 
 
 9tnf8Qk 109. 
 
 Two of my brother's children have died. The queen of 
 England has married 1 Prince 2 Albert. We saw a large fire at 
 (in) a distance of about (uitgeftifyr, ado.) seven miles. Grateful 
 nations erect 3 statues of bronze (@rg) or stone [to] their great 
 men. Emily was the handsomest of all the young ladies at 
 the ball. Not one (fetner) of my friends has written to me. 
 On the tenth of July, 2 I ^hall make a journey of ten miles to 
 see (urn . . . gu befurfjen) a gentleman of high rank (9?ang), who 
 is a Frenchman and the father of nine children. Most of the 
 pupils were not prepared for the lesson. Which of the ser- 
 vants is 4 to go ? Some of the finest houses of the town are 
 burnt down. 5 My friend has discovered a new way 6 of catch- 
 ing fish. The habit 7 of taking snuff (gu fd)nupfen) is very com- 
 
 108b. i grand, great. 2 Innate, s imbibed by education. 
 
 109. i aeheiratfyet. 2 See p. 307, 7. 3rrid;ten. < foil. 5 abcjebratmt. e 2Het{jobe, f, 7 bit 
 nljeit.
 
 mon in Germany. The traveller was obliged to return for 
 want of money. When nothing but (al$) the fear of punish- 
 ment prevents" us from acting wrong (23ofe8 311 tfjun), 2 we 'are 
 guilty in the eye* of God. 
 
 READING LESSON. 
 
 ttfyljon* bcr tf iutftc. 
 
 9fltob,on8 V., b'mg toon 5lrragomen, genannt berOroftmiitljige^hjar 
 her >etb feineg 3ab,rb,unbert3; er badf)te nur barauf (of making), 5ln* 
 bere gliicf Ud() 311 madden. 2)iefer ^nrft ging gern ofyne ($efolgc (^suite) 
 unb gu ^ufc burd) bie @traen fetner ^auptftabt. 511^ man U)m eiuft 
 SBorftellungen 2 iiber 3 bie efa^r macf)te, welder er feinc ^erfon au8* 
 fe^jte, 4 fo anttuortete er : f ,(Stn S3ater, tuetdjer mitten unter feinen ^ut* 
 bem um^erge^t, ^at nic^tS ^u fitrdjten." 
 
 2)ian fennt folgenben 3"9 6 &on fetner ^retgebigfett: 6 31I etner t>on 
 feinen c^a^meiftern' t^m etne urnme toon taufenb ^Dufaten brac^te, 
 fagte ein Offijter, njelc^er eben ivtgegen 8 tear, gang leife 9 311 3emanb: 
 w SBenn td^ nur biefe umme ^dtte, hJiirbe tc^ gtudfltrf) fein." ,,3)u 
 fottji e (so) fern !" fpracq ber $i>nig, rteldqer e geb,6rt ^atte, unb Uefe 
 ib/n biefe taufenb' jDufaten mit ftd^ ne^men. 
 
 5lud ber folgenbe 3ug geugt 10 toon feinem ebetn Giljarafter: Sine mit 
 9ftatrefen unb olbaten betabene ateere" ging unter; er befiefylt, 
 i^nen >ilfe gu letften; man bebenft ftcf). 12 SDann ftoringt Sttpljon^ felbfl 
 in cin 23oot, inbem er 3u benen, toeld^e ftd^ toor ber efab,r fiird^teten, 
 fagte: $$ toifl Ueber ber efa^rte al ber .Siifdjauer 13 ib,re3 Sobe3 
 fein." 
 
 SBer war ^llsb/onS V. ? @r war ^b'ntg toon 9lrragonien. 
 
 5Bte ttjurbe er genannt? (Sr b / te ber ro^mutb/igc. 
 
 ^luf toaS bac^te er nur? 5(nbere gtiicflicf) 3u madfjen. 
 
 Ste ging er gern burcf) bie tabt ? )b,ne efotge unb 3u gnfe. 
 
 109. s un terfiinbert. otn ben Hugen otteS. 
 
 i magnanimous. 2 remonstrance. 3 concerning, t to expose, strait, instance. 
 e munificence. ' treasurer. * present, slow. 10 bears witness (to), n galley. 12 to 
 hesitate, is the spectator.
 
 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 
 
 323 
 
 833eW)e 25orftetdmgen marfjte man 
 tb,m befefyalb ? 
 s unttoortete er baraitf ? 
 
 brarfjte ifjm einmal fetn 
 
 cr fetne 
 
 SSer rtmc gerabc (just then) gu= 
 
 gegen ? 
 2Ba8 fagte biefer Officer leife in 
 
 fetner eg emu art? 
 2Ba fagte barauf ber $ontg ? 
 
 2Bte betodfyrte (showed) er em 
 
 onbereS 9Jiat fcine ^cidjften* 
 
 Itebe (humanity)? 
 Unb at^ DZtemattb b,elfen wotlte, 
 
 raa t()at er? 
 SBelcfye ebelu SBorte [prac^ er bet 
 
 biefer 
 
 etuer efal)r 
 
 Sin SSater b,at unter fetnen ^inbern 
 gu fiird)ten. 
 
 (Sine uijttne ton taufenb !Dufaten. 
 
 (gin Officer. 
 
 Oc^ tBiirbe gliicf(id) fein, rtenn id^ 
 
 btefe @etb ^atte. 
 2Benn btefe (Smnme (Sic gtiicf(id) 
 
 ma^t, fo fotten (ie fie l^nben. 
 5lte etne mit otbaten belabene 
 
 ateerc unterfanf, befall er fo- 
 
 gtei(^, ib/nen 311 |nlfe 311 fommen. 
 (Sr fprang fetbft in ein 33oot unb 
 
 ruberte (rowed) itjnen ju >ttfe. 
 (Sr fogte: ,,3f^ tuttt lieber ber @e* 
 
 fab,rte at ber 3 u ^ auer $*& 
 fein." 
 
 FORTIETH LESSOtf. 
 
 THE MODAL AUXILIARIES. 
 
 (See the 17th Lesson, p. 93.) 
 
 verbs mbgen, f ftnnen, etc., are defective ; they have, 
 for instance, no passive, and are most of them rare in the 
 imperative. The corresponding verbs may, can, etc., are 
 still more defective, wanting not only these parts, but also 
 the infinitive, the participles, and, of course, all compound 
 tenses. May, ccw,etc , have also the imperfect indicative just 
 like the imperfect subjunctive, i.e., in both of these tenses 
 might, could, etc. (see I, 2, below). For these and other 
 reasons, especial care is needed in translating tnijgen, 
 nen, etc., into English, and may, can, etc., into German.
 
 324 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 
 
 1. $5nnen, to be able (id) Fonne, I can), denotes pos- 
 sibility of any and every kind. 
 
 a) 3nm imb gum fomten nidjt fiinf madjen. 
 
 Two and two cannot make five. 
 6) (g fann nidjt fein, bafe er gelogcn Ijat 
 
 It cannot be that he has lied. 
 
 c) (Sin ?af)iner fann nidjt geb,en. 
 A lame man cannot walk. 
 
 d) <2ie fonnen nidjt fyerein, nrir fmb befdja'ftigt 
 You cannot come in, we are busy. 
 
 e) 3d) fann eg toirflidj ntdjt ertauben, c: iwire cine iinbc. 
 I really cannot allow it, it would be a sin. 
 
 2. If could is equivalent to was able, it is, of course, in 
 the indicative, and must be translated fonnte; if it is equi- 
 valent to could or should be able, it is, of course, in the 
 subjunctive, and must be translated fonnte. I trembled 
 so violently that I could not speak : This does not mean, 
 I trembled so violently that / should not be able to speak, 
 but, I trembled so violently that / was not able to speak. 
 Therefore we translate : 3$ jittcrte fo fyeftig, bap id) nid)t 
 fprecfyen Fonnte. If I went, I could not dance, means: If I 
 went, / should not be able to dance, and the German is : 
 SBenn id) ginge, fonnt 1 id) nid)t tanjen. 
 
 3. &bnnen, in speaking of languages, is translated to 
 know, to understand. 
 
 Do you understand French ? 
 
 4. When can is equivalent to am in a condition to, it may 
 be translated bin im <3tant>e. 
 
 I cannot lend you any money, for I have lost all my own. 
 3dj bin md)t im (Stanbe Ofynen clb 311 borgen, benn id) fyabe 
 afl baS meinigc berloren.
 
 MODAL AtTXTLIABIES. 325 
 
 5. I cannot help or forbear, is, i$ fcwtt ntt^t uml)tn. Ex.: 
 
 I could not forbear laughing. 
 3d) fonnte ntd)t umfyin, gu torfjen. 
 or: 3d) fonnte mid) be 2ad)enS ntdjt entljalten (keep from). 
 
 n. Sftogen, wollen, im 23egrtff [ein. 
 
 1. Sftbgett expresses that the speaker has no objection 
 to another person's doing anything. Ex.: 
 
 SDu ntagft ben Storf begotten, You may keep the stick. 
 <2ie mogen ben 33nef lefen, You may read the letter. 
 NOTE. This is, as we have seen I, 1, d, one of the senses of fonnen, and 
 we can also say: u fonnft ben tocf beljalten, @ie fonnen ben iBrtef lefen jc. 
 
 2. It denotes a possibility granted by the speaker, i.e. t 
 something which may be true, but about which he is not 
 perfectly certain : 
 
 Sr mag ein eljrltdjer 2Rann fetn, He may be an honest man. 
 @5 mag toafyr fetn, It may be true. 
 
 3. It denotes a liking or desire. Ex. : 
 
 jDaS angen mag er nidjt, Dancing he does not like, 
 (gr mag ntdjt tanjen, He does not want to dance. 
 
 4. Observe the following forms. 
 
 May you get well very soon ! ($enefe redjt batb ! 
 O that you might get well, etc. 2ttod)teft bn u. f. to. 
 
 5. To be going or about to do something, is translated 
 in various ways, commonly by eben ttMen, im 33egrtff fein, 
 ouf bent $>itnft ftefyen (to be on the point of). Ex. : 
 
 (gr rttfl eben obretfen or er ftefyt auf bem ^5un!te abguretfen. 
 
 He is just going to set out. 
 
 (Sr toofite eben antworten. 
 
 He was about to reply. 
 
 (gr war im Segrtff 311 f))red)en. 
 
 He was going to speak.
 
 326 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 
 
 READING EXERCISE HOa. 
 
 $cmnfl bit mtr fagen, roarum bein 23ruber morgen nid)t $u mtr 
 fommen fann? Xer $nabe fann ba3 SSurf) befyalten; id) braudje e3 
 ntdjt mcfjr. iJBcnn unfcre Solbatcit bie <3tabt befyaitpten fimnten, fo 
 unite bcr ^teg 1 nidjt jroeifelfyaft.* $b'nnen (5ie Xeutfd) ? -ftein, idj 
 fanit e3 nod) nic^t; abet id) lerne e^. 3^ ^dtte bort fcin mogen. 5U 
 id) im Scgviff roar, ba ^en)ler jit offnen, roar 5ltteg ftitt. Od) topflte 
 eben in ba^ ^8ab gefyen. 3cf) bin im Segriff nad) (Snglanb gu reifen. 
 9Wan roodte ft^ eben ju Xifc^e fefcen, al ber eneral in'S 3^ mmet 
 trat. 
 
 lufflttfic HOb. 
 
 Can you come to-morrow instead of to-day? No, Sir, I 
 cannot. You may stay 1 where you are. Have you learnt your 
 lesson? I could not learn it, I had no book. I would learn it 
 if I had a book. The man could not lift (aufljeben) the stone. 
 Do you intend 3 to go to America ? I was just about correcting 
 your exercise, when your father came 3 to see me. I had [a] 
 mind (Suft) to call 3 upon him (tb,n gu befudjen), but my mother 
 did not wish it. 
 
 m. Saffen. 1 
 
 1. Saffen means to let, i.e. about the same as to permit, 
 e.g., 3$ roecfte ttyn ntcfyt, id) lief ityn fcfylafen, / did not wake 
 him, I let him sleep. 
 
 a) Instead of gefyen ttrir (in the first person plural of the 
 imperative) we can say lafjt iin3 gefyen, let its go; and so 
 with all other verbs besides 
 
 2. ?affen means in the second place to cause, and is fol- 
 lowed by the accusative of the person or thing caused to 
 do something, and by an infinitive showing what he is 
 caused to do. When used in this way, we generally 
 translate laffen, to have. 
 
 HOa. i the victory. 2 dubious. 
 
 HOb. i See page 279, Note. 2 to intend Is gebenfen, or^a6tn, beafifti^Haen and gtfonntn 
 lein. s to come or go to tee and call upon ion) aptrtort are both : 3'manfc fcefudjen. 
 
 i Cailen is not a modal auxiliary. It has, however, some of the same grammatical 
 peculiarities as the modal auxiliaries, and is conveniently treated in the same 
 chapter.
 
 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 327 
 
 Qfy Ite fte 311 mtr fontmen. 
 
 I had them come to me. 
 
 5Du ttifst gen)o()iiltd) .^etnrtcf) Ujn Ijeretnrufen. 
 
 You generally have Henry call him in. 
 
 a) The following sentence is ambiguous : )it laft $ein* 
 rid) rufcn. It might mean : You have Henry caM, and it 
 might mean : You have (somebody) call Henry. It would 
 be much more apt, however, to mean the latter. Such 
 sentences, those that is, in which we, leave it indefinite 
 who in particular does the thing, and speak only of its 
 being done by some one or other, often take another 
 form in English, like this, You have Henry called, e.g. : 
 
 I am going to have my wood sawed. 
 3dj null mein ^>otj fdgen laffen. 
 Where do you have your books bound ? 
 2Bo laffen @ie 3l)re SBudjer btnben? 
 
 And we can even translate, I had myself called by a 
 servant, by : 3$ licp mid) on etnem S3ebienten rufen, instead 
 of saying : I had a servant call me, 3d) liep etiten 33et>tenten 
 mid) rufen. 
 
 6) The same construction, i.e., that with the subject of 
 the verb which is in the infinitive omitted, is allowable 
 with laffen, meaning (not to cause, but) to alloiv, e.g. : 
 
 3d) ttrifl bag mb Der^tetjen taffen, ba btc 2Jhttter eg fo feljr 
 
 berfanqt 
 I will allow the child to be spoiled, since the mother 
 
 desires it so much. 
 5)a8 laft id) nid)t ^toetmal gefdje^en. 
 That I do not let happen twice. 
 
 3. ?affen, to cause, is sometimes used where we say teU 
 or bid, e.g. : 
 
 ?affen @te bte 3)ame ^eretntreten. 
 Tell (have) the lady to come in.
 
 328 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 
 
 (Sr licfj ben 2?oten braufcen toarten. 
 
 He told (had) the messenger to wait outside. 
 
 4 Examples of laffen with ftd) : 
 
 <E8 lat ftd) ntd)t begreifen, bafe u. f. tt>. (lit., It does not allow 
 
 itself to be conceived that, etc.). 
 It cannot be conceived that, etc. 
 j>ariiber lafjt ftd) 33tele3 fagen. 
 A good deal can be said on that subject 
 Sr Uefe ftd) rufen. 
 He had himself called. 
 
 BEADING EXERCISE Ilia. 
 
 2Btr liefcen bie $mber big adjt Ub,r fdjlafen. 3d) werbc e bon bent 
 Sifdjler 1 ntadjen laffen. 2Ber b,at biefeg au bauen laffen ? SMetn 
 9^a^bar fyat eg fiir fetnen ob.n bauen laffen. 8a ben ^utf^et 
 anfpannen. 2 S)er 9?td)ter lie bte efangenen tior ftcf) fontmen. 9Ketn 
 err, te b,aben un lange toarten laffen. laffen Ste mtr (for me) 
 ben <Sd)netber rufen. 8 2Ber ftd) betriigen 4 lafet, cerbtent betrogen ^u 
 rterben. 2)er ?e^rer Ijat feme @d)uler eine englifdje Uebcrfefcung 
 raad)en laffen. 6 Saffen @te un einen S^agtergang niad)en. 3)er 
 SSater lte ba ^inb taufen 6 unb t^m ben ^amen 9Jhrie geben. affet 
 bie ^inber ^ereinfommen. >a tdt ftd) ( 4) ntdjt b,offen. SDa 
 (there, under those circumstances) la'jjt ftd) ntd)t tfjun. 
 
 Let me do it. I have him work six hours every day. Let me 
 go. Let us take a walk Let the old man sit down. Her 
 father allowed her to marry. The governor 1 caused the mur- 
 derer to be arrested (2, a). The admiral caused the crew 2 to 
 disembark (au8fd)tffen). You must have a new house built. 
 The mother had her child pray 3 every morning and evening. 
 Where do you have (get) your books bound? I get them 
 bound by Mr. Long. Bid the gentleman come in. Who shall 
 (foU) pick the cherries? I will have them picked by John. 
 Have you had (page 98, 3) the general invited ? Yes, I have 
 sent him an invitation. 4 This cannot be proved (4). That 
 cannot be helped. 
 
 Ilia, i the joiner. 2 to harness the horse. 3 to send for. < to deceive (here with the 
 pasgive meaning, to be decfived). 5 See page 98, 3. f to be christened. 
 lllb. i fcer 6to*tyotter. 2 bie 3RannT$aft. * betcn. * cine Qinlabung.
 
 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 329 
 
 IV. <Solien, miiffeju 
 
 is often followed by an infinitive expressing 
 what it is the duty of its subject to do. In this sense, 
 we translate it a) sometimes shall, e.g. t in the Ten Com- 
 mandments : 
 
 u foflft mrf)t fte^tcn. 
 Thou shalt not steal 1 
 
 5) But, more frequently, must: 
 
 3ljr fottt bor jeljn Uljr 311 23ette geljett. 
 You must go to bed before ten. 
 
 2. The infinitive after folfen is sometimes to be taken as 
 expressing rather what is vehemently desired shall be 
 done, than as expressing what it is one's duty to do, e.g. : 
 
 (5ie foflen mid) je^t anfyoren obcr ntmmer meljr. 
 They shall (must) listen to me now, or never. 
 2BaS fofl idj iefet tfmn? 
 What shall (must) I do now? 
 
 3. 2ftitffen can be used in almost the same sense as 
 follen 1 and 2. 
 
 4 The imperfect subjunctive and pluperfect subjunc- 
 tive of follen are translated ought and ought to have, 
 
 @r fottte feme djulben be^afylen. 
 
 He ought to pay his debts. 
 
 (Sr fycitte feme <5d)ulben bejo^Ien fotten. 
 
 He ought to have paid his debts (see p. 98, 3).* 
 
 @te Ijcitte'tt Sfyre Seftton lernen follen. 
 
 You ought to have learnt your lesson. 
 
 3<f) Ijatte ge^en foflen. 
 
 I should (ought to) have gone. 
 
 1 The student must remember that (except in questions) it is only in the 2d and 3d 
 persons that shall, in English, corresponds to follen in German. / shall love (1st person 
 etc., is the future, tdj icerbe Iie6en. 
 
 2 Compare in English the vulgar : He had ought to pay his debts.
 
 330 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 
 
 5. If I should [love, etc.] may be translated either bj 
 the imperfect subjunctive of Iteben, etc.; i.e., ttcnn id) liebtc, 
 or as follows : n>enu id) lieben follte. 
 
 323 enn er fommcn foflte, fo fagen <Sie iljm biefeS. 
 
 If he should come, tell him this. 
 
 SSenn e3 regnen foflte (or oflte e8 regnen), fo toerben hrir gu 
 
 mufe bleiben. 
 
 Should it rain, we shall stay at home. 
 SBenn id) ifyn feljen foflte, fo toerbe id) ifym bie 3Saljrljeit fagen. 
 If I should see him, I shall tell him the truth. 
 
 6. ollen, most usually in the present indicative, may 
 
 mean am (art, is, etc.) said, e.g. : 
 
 )a eftament fott falfd) fetn. 
 
 The will is said to be false. 
 
 (r fott in 9lmertfa geftorben fein. 
 
 He is said to have died in America. 
 
 7. (Sollen is frequently followed by an infinitive ex- 
 pressing what is expected of the subject, e.g. : 
 
 (r fptt fpateftenS ntorgen anfomtnen. 
 
 He is to arrive to-morrow at the latest. 
 
 Sir foflten e8 nur bem S3urgermcifter mitt^eilen. 
 
 We were to communicate it only to the Burgomaster. 
 
 8. (2ollen seems sometimes to have bebeutett, signify, 
 mean, understood after it, e.g., 2Ba$ foil bie3 2lUe^ ? What 
 is all this (intended) to signify? i.e., What does att this 
 mean? 
 
 READING EXERCISE 112. 
 
 SSir fotten ott fttrrf)ten unb lieben. JDit foHjl ntdfjt 35b'fe don 
 beinem 5)7(i(^ften reben. <Sie fottten ott banfen, bo @ie au biefer 
 efa^r gerettet 1 tuorben ftnb. 323ir foUen bitrd) 5lnberer 5^ler lernen, 
 unfere eigenen 311 tierbeffem. 3)u ^atteft btefem SWanne nid^t trauen 8 
 foflcn. Saltgula befall, ba bie Corner iljm gottlidfje (S^re ertoeifen* 
 foflten. 2)ie 2Wenfd)en foflten ftc^ nic^t tiber bie S3orfe^ung* befiagen, 
 uenn fte burrf) i^re eigenen gel)ler leiben. 2)er ^ranfe ^atte nod^ met 
 
 '12, i tp rescue, to trust, render.
 
 MODAL AUXILIAKIES. 331 
 
 Strjnet nefjmen mitffen," toenn er nicfjt geftorben ttmre. )er raf fofl 
 aiif ber Oagb fcin. Sr foil ftd) in bie intft 6 beS alten ^ihtigg etn 
 gcfd)Urf)en 7 (jaben. SRorgen foil bcr &onig in bic <Stabt fontmen. 
 foil biefe ernftljafte 2#iene? 2Ba$ follen atle biefe 
 
 Hufoabe 118. 
 
 We are to be there at ten o'clock. Thou shalt not tell 1 lies. 
 You shall not do what you like (ttwnfdjen), but what you ought. 
 Which of your servants is to go ? John or James ? James is 
 to go. You should have invited also the old judge. She 
 ought to be silent. Should the weather be fine to-morrow, 
 you may expect me at eight o'clock. If the merchant should 
 ask 2 for money, tell him that I have none. You ought to rise 
 earlier. The boy ought to have 3 written his exercise. He is 
 said to be an honest man. Their cousin is said to have gone 
 to America. Mr. Taylor is said to have taken poison. 4 These 
 ladies are supposed to be very rich. You ought to have learnt 
 the whole page by heart (augfoenbig). If we were to (should) 
 call on you, should you be at home ? I see you are crying ; 
 what is the meaning of these tears ? 5 (8) What shall we do 
 with this robber ? 6 
 
 Y. On 2)urfen. 
 
 1. The most usual signification of biirfeit is to be per- 
 mitted. It is translated into English in various ways, 
 according as the agent which grants or does not grant the 
 permission, etc., varies, e.g. : . 
 
 a) Supposing the agent is a person or persons : 
 
 Jftan barf ein 33iicf) cms ber Sibliotljcf gttet 2Bod)en bdjalten. 
 
 You can (may) keep a book out of the library two weeks. 
 
 arf id) bte (Sfyre fjaben :c. 
 
 May I have the honor, etc. 
 
 90? an barf b,ier nitr im 3uli ^ifrfje fanaen. 
 
 You can (are allowed to) catch fish here only in July. 
 
 112. s See page 99, 4. 6 favor. 1 to insinuate, s ceremonies, i.e., bowings and 
 scrapings. 
 
 113. i to tell lies, tftgen. 2 to ask for something, etooS eeriongtn (ace.), a See page 
 99,4. <3tft. oZ^r&ncn.
 
 332 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 
 
 <5ie biirfen ntcfjt taut fprerfjen, '3 tfl tterboten. 
 You mustn't speak loud, it's forbidden. 
 
 b) Supposing what permit or do not permit are con- 
 siderations of right and wrong, e.g. : 
 
 ener 
 The editor of a paper ought to accept no presents. 
 
 Or considerations of any other kind whatever, e.g. : 
 
 2ftan barf ntdjt blaue |>anbfd)ub,e tragen. 
 A person should not (cannot, must not) wear blue glovea 
 9?un, ie biirfen getmjj anneljmen, bafe u. f. to. 
 Well, you certainly may (can, have a right to) assume 
 that, etc. 
 
 2. A less frequent sense of burfen is to need. This is 
 found mostly with nur, only; faum, scarcely; or erft, first, 
 only, not titt, e.g. : 
 
 Sr barf nur em etngetne^ 2Bort f 
 
 He need only speak a single word. 
 
 SBtr burfen e8 faum an bte anberen fc^reiben, bte hJtffcn e fa fc^on. 
 
 We scarcely need write it to the rest, they certainly know 
 
 it already. 
 
 -3d) barf eg erfl morgen fagen. 
 I need not say it till to-morrow. 
 
 Of course, biirfen in all these sentences is in danger of 
 being taken to mean to be permitted. We can remove all 
 ambiguity by using braud)en in the place of burfen, e.g., 
 (r braucfyt nur ein einjelneS 2Bort ju fpred)en. 
 
 3. A third sense of biirfen is found only in the imper- 
 fect subjunctive (burfte), with which tt)0^l is very often 
 joined. 
 
 @r burfte ftob,! je^t fecf)8 3ab,re alt fern. 
 He is probably now six years old. 
 3)a8 burfte Ijeute ber ^afl fetn. 
 That is very likely the case to-day.
 
 MODAL ATJXILIABIES. 338 
 
 >er $aifer biirfte oor gefyn Saijren fraftiger getoefen fein. 
 The emperor was, I suppose, stronger ten years ago. 
 !Da3 biirfte woijl in ber 3uhtnft n ^t me ') r evtaubt fein. 
 I suppose that will not be allowed any more in future. 
 
 We add probably, or I suppose, or very likely, or some 
 such words to the verb after bitrfen, and put it (the verb 
 in English) in the indicative. 1 
 
 VI. General Bemark on all the Modal Auxiliaries. 
 
 or gefyen, and other infinitives of nearly the same 
 meaning as ttytttt and c;efyen, are frequently omitted after 
 the modal auxiliaries, e.g. : 
 
 (Sr fcmn morgen Ijin. 
 
 He can go there to-morrow. 
 
 SSir biirfen e8 nirf)t. 
 
 We are not permitted to do it. 
 
 3d) fytitte Ijinauf foflen. 
 
 I ought to have gone up there. 
 
 af$ mid) b,in. 
 
 Let me go there. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 114. 
 
 $ranfe eute biirfen biefe peife 1 nicf)t effen. prf) barf !etncn 
 SBein trinfen. (Sie burfen biefen S3rtef lefen, tuenn @ie tuoHen (Kke). 
 2)er efangene burfte fein 2Beib unb feme inber nic^t me^r fe^en, 
 betior er auf ba8 @rf)iff gebrarfjt wurbe. 3)arf id) @te morgen befudjen? 
 jDiefe 9}Jabd)en Werben Ijeute nid)t auf ben S3att gefjen biirfen, rtenn 
 tb,re Gutter nidjt beffer toirb. 5D?an barf ifym nur in' efid)t feb,en, 
 fo erfennt man ben 3)ieb. )arf man in ben fonigtidjen arten ^inein* 
 ge^en? Oebermann barf b^inein. 3)arf man fragen, an ttm @ie 
 benfen ? @r biirfte biefeS roo^t nid)t n>agen (dare). 2)er ^vanfc b,at 
 leine Kr^nei ne^men tooflen; aber er b,at gemu^t 2 
 
 i Illflrfen/ meaning to dare, is obsolete (see, for instance, Sanders' large German dic- 
 tionary under biirfen), and students should avoid this translation (to dare) which still 
 lingers in grammars and dictionaries and among teachers. Of course, bftrfen ap- 
 proaches the meaning dare in such sentences, as : 3d) Ijobe mu$ ertMtet, i<$ barf ntdjt au& 
 gcftcn, I have caught cold, I ought not (cannot) to go out. 
 
 111. i food, diah. 2 See page 98. 3.
 
 334 MODAL AUXILIARIES. 
 
 Slufeabc 115. 
 
 Charles may play. We have no right not to invite 
 May I see what you are writing ? The pupils have not been 
 allowed to go out. May I ask, why not ? He cannot look me 
 in the face (mk in'S eftd)t fefjen). How could he undertake 
 this, without 1 mentioning it to his father ? We shall probably* 
 not be allowed to buy these books. You are not to pay the 
 waiter. 3 The children are not allowed to play in this room. 
 He may (3) very likely have been mistaken (firfj getrrt fjaben). 
 Have you been allowed to read the letter of your aunt? Yes, 
 I was allowed to. 
 
 READING LESSON. 
 
 Tie fedjS SSortlein. 
 
 <Sedj SBortfein nefjmen mid) in ^Inforud) 1 jeben ag: 
 3d) foil, id) mitft, id) fann, id) totfl, id) barf, id) mag. 
 3d) jofl ift baS efefc, t>on ott in'6 crj gefd)rieben, 
 S)a8 $ki? nad) 8 toeld^em id) bin Don ntir felbfl getrieben. 
 3^ mu, ba ifi bte (S^ranf, 4 m 5 rocker mt^ bic SBcft 
 53on einer, bic SRatur toon anb'rer cite ^a'lt. 
 3d) fann, ba ifl ba 2Kafe ber rair Derlie^'nen 6 ^raft, 
 3)er J^at, bcr gertigfeit, 7 bcr $unft unb 2Bi{fcnfdjaft 
 3^ n)itt, bte Ijod)fte ^ron' tfl biefeS, bie mid) fdjmiicft,* 
 3)a iji ber ^eifyeit <2teget, bem eifle aufgebriicft.' 
 3(^ barf, ba ifl gugteid) bie Onfc^rift 10 bei 11 bem <2iegel, 
 S3ei'm aufget^anen X^or bcr gretljett aud) ein 9?iegeL" 
 3(^ mag, ba8 enbttc^ ifl, roa gnrifdjen 5ltten f^njimmt, 
 gin Unbeftimmteg," bag ber Slugenbluf beftimmt. 
 3dj fofl, id^ mu, id) fann, id) raid, ic^ barf, id) mag, 
 S)te <5e^fe ne^men mt^ in ?lnfprud) jeben Sag. 
 S?ur roenn 2)u w fetbfl mi^ le^rfl, roeife i^, h)a8 jeben Xag 
 3d) fott, idj mu^, ic^ fann, id) h)ifl, ic^ barf, id) mag. 
 
 115. i cfene e3 ... 311 fagen. s raa^ri^etnti^. s fieflner. 
 
 i claim me. 2 the goal, stewards. -the bounds, limits. 6 within, cgnmted* 
 dexterity. 8 adorns. 9 impressed. 10 inscription. 11 in the case of, tor. 12 bolt, 
 la omething vague, indefinite. H Thou, O God.
 
 335 
 
 FORTY-FIRST LESSON. 
 
 REMARKS ON THE USE OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 (See the 23rd, 24th, and 26th Lessons.) 
 
 L Personal Pronouns. 
 
 1. When a relative pronoun in the nominative relates to 
 a personal pronoun of the first or second person, the per- 
 sonal pronoun is repeated after the relative. S. p. 156, 4. 
 
 3d), ber id) iljn fenne, I who know him. 
 
 2)u, ber bit tfyn nid)t fennft, You who do not know hira. 
 
 2Bir, bie totr jung fmb, "We who are young. 
 
 2. The most frequent use of the genitive of personal 
 pronouns is after verbs governing the genitive, and as a 
 partitive genitive preceding numerals. Ex.: 
 
 (5r fpottete meiner, He mocked me. 
 
 3d) eritmere mid) f enter, I remember him. 
 
 Unfer gefyn, Ten of us. 
 
 3Ijrer gnxm^ig, Twenty of them. 
 
 NOTE. This genitive is likewise compounded with the prepositions 
 toegen, fyalfcen, and uriflen, in which case the final r is changed into t, as: 
 metnetroegen, on my account; IJfyretoegen, on your account; um fetnetttntten, 
 for his sake, etc. 
 
 3. The dative and accusative plural of the reflexive 
 pronoun ftd) may take a reciprocal signification, that is, 
 mean one another or to one another instead of themselves or 
 to themselves. Ex. : 
 
 !>ie $tt>et (Sdjroeftern gteidjen fid) (or eincmber). 
 The two sisters resemble one another. 
 S)te[e Seute befdjtntpfen fid) (or emcmber). 
 These people disgrace one another.
 
 336 PRONOUNS. 
 
 IL Possessive Pronouns. 
 
 1. My, thy, his, her, our, etc., are not generally used 
 with parts of the body (hand, arm, etc.), when it is per- 
 fectly clear whose hand, arm, etc., are meant The de- 
 finite article takes their place, e.g. : 
 
 Have you washed your hands? 
 >a|t bu bie >tinbe getoafdjen ? 
 
 2. The dative, more rarely the accusative, of the person 
 whose hand, arm, etc., are meant, may be added, e.g. : 
 
 >at er bem f leincn >einrid) ba3 mar gef djmtten ? 
 
 Has he cut little Henry's hair ? 
 
 3d) fyatte mtr fdjon ^roetmat ba3 (or cut) 23etn gebrodjetu 
 
 I had broken my leg twice before. 
 
 3d) fyatte mid) in ben ginger gefdjnitten. 
 
 I should have cut my finger. 1 
 
 3. Adjectives in the predicate are, we know, used in 
 their shortest form (see "page 102, 2), e.g., Setter ut iff 
 fyapd) (not fyapdjer), That hat is ugly; @ie ijl fefyr QUtig 
 (not giittge), She is very kind. 
 
 2fteitt, betlt, etc., except in one case to be mentioned 
 below, conform, as would be expected, to this rule, e.g., 
 Setter $ut tfi tf)r, That hat is hers; )ie anbfd)utye roaren 
 Ultfer, The gloves were ours. 
 
 When, however, e$ is the subject of the verb, mein, betn, 
 fein, etc., in the predicate, must agree in gender, number, 
 and case with the noun for which e stands, i.e., if e3 
 stands for a singular noun, we have metner, meitte, or mei* 
 ne, according to the gender of that noun, and if it stands 
 for a plural noun, meine, e.g., && (ber ut) ifl fetner, @6 (tie 
 geter) ifl eitre, @g (ba^ S3ud^) roar itnfereg/ @g (a plural noun 
 
 1 When the name of the person Is put in the accusative, it will be noticed that the 
 part of the body takes a preposition. 
 
 2 But when ea stands for a neuter noun in the singular, we can have also the short 
 form in the predicate, i e., here, Q8 (_ia3 iu$) mar unfer.
 
 PRONOUNS. 337 
 
 of any gender) warcn beine gewfen, They would have been 
 yours. 1 
 
 4. Observe the following expressions : 
 
 A horse of ours, (in3 unferer ^pferbe. 
 
 A friend of mine, (giner meiner ^reunbe or ein 3*euKb *>on 
 
 mir. 
 A relation of yours, (giner 3I)rer SBertnanbten or ein 33er* 
 
 irmnbter con Sfynen. 
 
 The construction with son and the dative seems hardly- 
 allowable in the case of mere ownership, e.g., in the first 
 example. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 116. 
 
 3d), ber id) Sltteg nut (meinen) eigenen 5htgen gefeljen fyabe, fann 
 bag befte geugnife 1 geben. (Stiver griebe, ber bu bom )tmmel fomtnft, 
 erfitHe mein >er$. (grbarmen (ie fid) nteiner. 3d) bin urn feinet* 
 foiUen geftroft loorben. S)ie jungen !?eute toerjei^en fid) leid)t ifjrc 
 (follies). 3ft e tua^r, bafe ^arl ben $lrm gebrodjen t)at? 
 , er b,at nid)t nur ben 5lrm, fonbern aud) ba6 ^Bein gebrodjen. 2)a8 
 fiet ouf bie ^niee unb betete. (Siner meiner ^Bettern ift geftern 
 geftorben. >iefer (Stocf ift mein. -3d) ftanb an bem genfter unb 
 fyatte ein S3ud) in ber ^>anb. -3t)r ginger btutet; 2 tjaben <Sie ft^ 
 gefc^nttten? 3d) ^abt mid) mit einer 9?abcl 3 in ben finger geftocb/en. 
 (Sie biefen jungen SD^ann ? -3a, er ift ein better t>on mir. 
 
 117. 
 
 We who are old cannot enjoy 1 these pleasures. He who 
 wished to injure me, has served me. They laughed (Iad)ten) 
 at us. 2 We left England for her sake. Do not these two 
 girls love one another tenderly ? 3 The boy had a cap 4 on his 
 Lead. He has lost his senses (SBerftanb, masc. sing.). The queen 
 had a crown 6 on her head and a scepter 6 in her hand. My 
 heart beats for (t)or) joy. The prisoner has cut his throat 
 ("patS). I am wounded in (an) my shoulder. 7 In firing (beim 
 oSfd)ief3en) the gun (gen.), 2 I J have wounded my hand. This 
 hat is not mine, it belongs to my brother. That pencil is 
 
 i This rule, given by the grammarian Heyse, is frequently violated. 
 
 116. i evidence. ~ to bleed ? needle. 117. i gentefien. - at us may be translated 
 either with the genitive nnfet or with the preposition fiber with the accusative 
 s 3&rtli$. * cine ajiu^e. '> ft tone, f. 6 copter or jtjiter. " Sdjulter, f.
 
 338 
 
 mine, the other is his. A relation of yours is gone to America 
 A cousin of yours came yesterday to see us. The naughty 
 boy threw a snow-ball 1 at (ait) the man's (dot.) head. 
 
 ITL Relative Pronouns. 
 
 In English a relative clause sometimes begins, not with 
 the relative, but with a substantive, e.g. : An estate the 
 right to which is in dispute, A picture the value of which is 
 unknown. In German the relative clause must begin 
 either with the relative or with a preposition governing 
 the relative. Thus we must change the examples above 
 into: A picture whose value, An estate to which the 
 right. 
 
 I have some jewels the price of which" I do not know. 
 
 33) fjabe etnige Suroeten, bercn ^ret^ id) ntcfjt fenne. 
 
 We went to a house, from the windows of which (from 
 whose windows) we saw it. 
 
 2Bir gingen in em >au8, aug beffen ^enftern hnr e8 faljen. 
 
 A machine by means of which one can fly. 
 
 (Sine Sftafcfjtne, Dermtttelft beren man fUegen fann. 
 
 2. The genitive of the English relative pronoun pre- 
 ceded by att is put in the same case as oJL Ex. : 
 
 He had five children, all of whom died in their infancy. 
 (r fyatte fiinf $tnber, bte afle in iljrer $inbljeit ftarben. 
 
 3. This is also the case when aR precedes a personal 
 pronoun. Ex. : 
 
 All of us, hrir Me. 
 All of you, <Sie afle. 
 
 4 Such as, when equivalent to those who, is translated 
 bteiemgen (or bte) roelcfye. 
 
 Such as are poor, bte, toetdje arm ftnb. 
 
 i SinccbaU, m. 
 
 ill of which be changed into whose, the two languages agree: whose price, tcren (pi.) 
 fruit.
 
 339 
 
 NOTE. @o in the sense of toetdjer (nominative and accusative singulai 
 and plural) is obsolete, as: 3Son 2lllen fo (.Me) ba famen, Among all that 
 came. 
 
 a is not unfrequentiy redundant in relative clauses, e.g., in the last 
 example. 
 
 5. As to after such, is translated by baf? with the in- 
 dicative or subjunctive. 
 
 I placed myself in such a position as to oversee all. 
 
 3d) berfetste mid) in eine folrfje (Stettung, baft id] Side iiberfefjen 
 
 fonnte. 
 
 I ask for such pay that I can (may be able to) live in the city. 
 3d) fcerlange eine foldje Sefolbimg, baft id) in ber @tabt roofynen 
 
 fb'nne. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 118a. 
 
 2)er (Sngta'nber, beffen @olm bet 3lmett roolmt, I)at feine 23rieftafdje 
 berloren. !Der alte 3JJann, mit beffen (So^n id) nad) (Sngtanb geretft 
 bin, ift geftorben. 2)er $rembe, auf beffen ^edjtfdjaffen^eit 1 id) gafytte, 
 I)at mid) betrogen. iejenigen iceldje (such as) toir bi jet (as yet) 
 gefeb,en ^aben, gefatten un nid)t. SBerben ie atle 23iid)er beb.atten, 
 bte id) Sfynen geftern gefdjidt b^abe? 3d) fann nod) nid)t fagen, ob id) 
 fie al(e beb,atten raerbe; aber bie beiben, toetdje id) beftettt (ordered) 
 rterbe id) gertnft befallen. 
 
 Stufgofic 118b. 
 
 That is the goal 1 towards (nad)) which he strives. 8 A bird 
 whose wings have been clipped 3 cannot fly. It is an illness 
 against (gegen) the progress 4 of which one cannot apply 5 re- 
 medies 6 too quickly. Charity, 7 the practice 8 of which is our 
 duty, makes us good and happy We call that heavenly 
 body, 9 by the brightness 10 of which our eyes are dazzled, 11 the 
 sun. Such as are good and industrious, may go home with 
 me. I found myself in (such) a position 12 (as) to observe all 
 that went on (gorging) around me. 
 
 IV. Indefinite Pronouns. 
 
 1. 5lll r oil, before the definite article and before the de- 
 monstrative and possessive pronouns is best not declined, 
 
 118a. i honesty. 
 
 118b. iba3iel. ^ftrcten. 6efd)nitten or geftufct. -i gfortftyritt, m. soniBenbcn. e^dtratttel, 
 p. tbieStete. sUebung, f. 9 $tmmel3fctper, m. iotait3, m. H uetfclenbet. i2telluitfl, t
 
 340 PRONOUNS. 
 
 e.g., 31(1 ber lanj, All the brilliancy ; 2(U feincr <3olbaten, Of 
 all his soldiers ; 33et all biefen (Sfyrcn, With all these honors. 
 
 2lUe may be used instead of all in all cases, numbers, 
 and genders, although Germans generally prefer all, e.g., 
 33et alie biefen (Sfjren. 
 
 It is not incorrect to decline all before the parts of 
 speech mentioned above, e.g., filler ber lanj, Siller fciner 
 Soltatcn, 33ci alien biefen (Sfyren. It is more usual to find 
 it declined in the plural than in the singular. 
 
 2. All meaning the whole and agreeing with a singular 
 noun is most frequently translated gan J, as : 
 
 All the year, 3)a^ gange 3aljr. 
 All day, )en gotten ag. 
 All night, bie gan^e 9Za^t 
 Notice the article. 
 
 3. anj, aU, remains unchanged before neuter names 
 of countries and towns in all the cages. Ex. : 
 
 All England would rise, 0113 (Snglanb nwrbe auffteljen. 
 In all France, 3n gang 
 All Paris, c 
 
 4. 5lUe^ generally means everything; it is sometimes, 
 however, applied to persons. Ex. : 
 
 freitt ft<f), Everybody rejoices. 
 flie^et, Everybody flees. 
 
 5. 9llle3 toa^ is much more frequent than alle$ ba$, as: 
 , ttia id) gefefycn ^abe, All I have seen. 
 
 6. Every may be translated either by the singular 
 |eber or the plural alle. Ex. : 
 
 Every day, 3eben Jag or afle age.
 
 PRONOUNS. 341 
 
 Every year, 3ebe8 Safjr or atte 3af)re. 
 
 Every twenty-four hours, 5lfle bier unb ^ttanjtg <3tunben. 
 
 7. Usage differs as to the declension of tttel (mvxti, 
 many) and tt>ent (little, few, sometimes a few) used with- 
 out the article. The pupil will be safe in using them in 
 the singular as indeclinable, and in declining them in the 
 plural. 
 
 (r Ijat inct elb, He has much money. 
 
 3dj fyabe loentg 3ett, I have little time. 
 
 ,>aben @ie tiiele g^eunbe? Have you many friends? 
 
 3d) ()abe nur roenige ^reunbe, I have but few frienda 
 
 SBenige (or toentge Scute) ttnffen ba8, Few people know that. 
 
 8. (tn roenig, a little, is indeclinable : 
 
 @eben <2tc mtr em iucntg at,5, Give me a little salt. 
 
 ein toentg S3rob unb ^letfd^, With a little bread anfl meat. 
 
 9. 33eibe, both, is sometimes used without a substantive, 
 as : 53etbe ftnb tot>t, Both are dead. It never admits a 
 genitive after it, compare III, 2. Ex. : 
 
 2Btr 23etbe, Both of us. 
 
 @tc 33etbe (or bie 33eiben), Both of them. 
 
 TO un SSetben, With both of us. 
 
 3n btefen betben ^ciufern, In both (of) these houses. 
 NOTE. The English both and are conjunctions, and are rendered jo> 
 teoljl at (see p. 269). Ex. : Both silver and gold, Softool @U6er all 
 olb. 
 
 10. Either has several different senses in English, with 
 different translations for each in German. 
 
 a) It may mean, "I (you, he, we, etc.) do not care 
 which," e.g., Which horse will you take ? Answer, Either. 
 Wo can say for this either in German, (3 ifl mtr enter lei 
 (It is just the same to me) ; or, (g$ macfyt mtr 9?i(|t0 auS (It 
 makes no difference to me) ; or, Ste <>te Wollen (Just as 
 you choose).
 
 342 PRONOUNS. 
 
 &) It may mean both, e.g., You must not think of these 
 houses, either is too dear for you. Here we can use in 
 German beibe. 
 
 c) It may mean either the one or the other. In this case 
 we translate it entroeber ber etnc ober ber anbere, e.g., You 
 must decide yourself whether to use the indicative or the 
 subjunctive mood, the passage allows either, ... tie (Stellc 
 erlaubt entroeber ben einen ober ben onberen. 
 
 d) It may be correlative to or, e.g., Either you or he, 
 (ntroeber <ie ober er; Either (the) one or (the) other, Gntte 
 roeber ber Sine ober ber Slnbere. 
 
 11. Neither (or n'>t either) may be translated either by 
 Weber ber (Sine nod) ber Slnbere (Neither [the] one nor the 
 other),*or by Reiner on 33eiben (Not one of the two), or 
 by Reiner simply, e.g. : 
 
 I can praise neither (woman). 
 
 3d) barf toeber bte (Sine nod) bie 5lnbere toben. 
 
 I think they will adopt neither (thing). 
 
 33) gtaube man totrb ^eing tton SBetben anne^men. 
 
 On neither side. 
 
 Sluf fetner (Scttc. 
 
 12. Not any is Fein ; not anybody, 97iemanb ; not anything, 
 9Hd)tg. Ex.: 
 
 We have not had any, 2Btr Ijaben fetnen (or feme or fetnS or 
 
 rd. feine) ge^abt. 
 Have you not heard of anybody? |>aben <3ie toon ^iemanb 
 
 ae^ort? 
 I did not buy anything, Oc^ f)abe ni^tg gefauft. 
 
 But not may be translated nicfyt, when there is a very 
 strong emphasis on the following word, e.g., Did you not 
 see one (L e., not a single individual)? $aben t* nic^t 
 Sinen gefe^en? Did he not say something? $at er 
 gefagt?
 
 PRONOUNS. 43 
 
 13. Other is translated ember, when it means of cnotJier 
 kind, e.g. : 
 
 Another wine would be wholesomer. 
 
 (Sin anberer SBein toa're gefunber. 
 
 This horse does not suit me, I must have another. 
 
 5Dte8 ^Jferb gefattt mir nid)t, id) ntufc ein anbereS fyaben. 
 
 But when other means more of the same kind, it is 
 translated nod) (adverb), e.g.: 
 
 Another glass of wine would have certainly made it worse. 
 9?od) ein Ia3 28ein fjatt' e getoifc fdjltmmer gemorfjt. 
 Two horses are not enough, I must have another. 
 3toei ^ferbe [inb nirfjt genug, id) mufc nod) einS fjoben. 
 
 In English we often say more instead of other, e.g., Two 
 horses are not enough, I must have one more, 
 ftnb nt$t gemtg, t^ mu nocfo etn^ 
 
 14. No more or no longer (or not any more, not any 
 longer) is ntcfyt mefyr, or if there is a noun with which fcin 
 can agree, Fein mefyr, e.g. : 
 
 He does not call on us any more. 
 
 (r befudjt un nid)t me^r. 
 
 We have no longer a father. 
 
 2Bir ^aben feinen 2$ater me^r. 
 
 Since then I do not joke with any more Scotchmen. 
 
 eitbem fdjer^ id) mit feinen djotten me^r. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 119 a. 
 
 ^e^men <Ste bag gange titd? ^ein, id) brandje nur nienige Ken. 
 i^anj ^3ari^ mar erteudjtet. 1 !Diefe ^fton^en finbet man in ganj 
 3)eutfd)(anb. 2Sir mufcten ben gan^en Jag arbetten. 3d) fann Oljnen 
 nid)t S 2ltteg er^afyten, uia id) erlebt (experienced) b,abe. 2Sir ftnb 
 atte reid)Ud) befdjenft 2 njorben. 2Bir atte tuaren Ijungrig unb burfttg. 
 (Sine ^rau Ijatte etne enne, hjeldje atte age ein (Si lepte. >err 
 Skitter ift nttt un8 Setben nod) ^ariS gereift. @iner Don (Sitd) 
 fterben, |agte ber dauber ju un^. SBotten (5ie nod) einen 5(pfe( 
 , id) banfe, id) effe feinen mefyr. 2Botten @ie einen anbcren 
 
 U8b. i iliuminatea. 2 rewarded.
 
 344 PRONOUNS. 
 
 b>ben? 2Bic biele (Sdjiiter fyaben (Sic nodj? 3dj Ijabe nodj geljn. 
 err 21. fyat fetnen 23ebtenten mefyr. 
 
 Slufga&c 1191). 
 
 The travellers have been robbed of all their luggage 1 (gen.). 
 We worked all day and night, but we could not finish our 
 work. In all Europe such a man is not to be found ($u finbcn). 
 I will tell you all I know. All of you have been warned 
 (geroarnt) by the policeman. 2 I did not see anything. They 
 were every day entertained 3 with songs, the subject (egen* 
 ftanb) of which (pi.) was the happy valley. Take another cup 
 of tea. Have you any more brothers 4 and sisters ? I have no 
 more brothers, but two sisters. My father has no more 
 horses ; he has sold them all. 
 
 BEADING- LESSON. 
 (fyiftct. Epictetns. 
 
 ar ein (Sfla&e be (Spaph>obi'ru8, unb h>tte 
 trie! bon feinem ^errn 1 ju erbulben; a&er cr Ijatte cine grojje unb ftarfe 
 ecle. 2118 ehtfl (SpapljrobituS i^m etnen ^eftigen (Sdjlag* auf ba3 
 S3ein gegeben ^attc, fo wanttc Sptftct iljn fatt (coolly), ba cr c ih^m 
 nidjt breci^en fottte. 3)cr ^crr berboppette fcute trcid^e,* fo ba ct 
 iljnt ben ^noi^en* gerf^iug'. j>er 2Bctfc antwortetc ib^m, ob^ne ftdj ju 
 cntriiflen: 4 ,,^atte ic^ eS bit nic^t gefagt, ba bu e8 mir ^erf^Iagen 
 toiirbcfl!" 
 
 (Sptftct mar immcr bergniigt, felbfl (even) in bcr (SflaDereL $$ 
 Bin," fagtc er, ,,an ber <3tefle, wo bic Borfefjung 5 njttt, bafe i^ fei; mt(^ 
 bartiber 311 beftagen, ^eit ftc beleibigcn." 2)ie jttjei runbteb^ren' 
 feiner 2Jiorat toaren: w 5Biffe ju bulben unb bid) 311 entljalten." 7 (Sr 
 fcnb in fid) felbfl bie nb'tfyigen ^>ilf8mittel, 8 urn ben erflen biefet runb* 
 
 c* in 2tuiibung 9 ju bringen. 
 
 ,,2Bir b^aben fcb,r Unredjt/ fagte er biSweilen, ,,bie ^rmutb^ anjutta* 
 ba^ fte un^ ungtudlid) madje; e ifl ber Sfyrgeij, 11 eg ftnb unferc 
 
 119b. ifcaSSepirf. -'ber ^oUjei'ttener. -untcr^altcn. ^ brothers and sisters, btfC^f^rcifier. 
 i master. 2 blow. 3 the bone. 4 to grow angry. : Providence, c principles. ' to 
 abatain. s resource, 9 to practice, to carry out. into accuse, u ambition.
 
 PRONOUNS. 345 
 
 itnerfa'ttlidjen 1 23egierben, lueldje un8 toafyrljaft etenb ntadjen. SBaren 
 hrir erren ber ganjen 2Belt, fo fonnte unS Ujr SBefiJ} nid)t t>on gurd)t 
 unb Summer (trouble) fret madjen; bie SBernunft attein 2 tjat biefe 
 eiualt." 
 
 (Spiftct ftarb in etnent fefyr Ijofjen fitter unter ber 9?egierung be8 
 )te irbene Sampe, njomit er feine pfjilo* 
 erleud)tete, n)itrbe einige 3 e ^ na ^) feinem Xobe 
 fiir 3000 SDradjmen (2700 granfen) oerfauft. 
 
 SBer tnar (Spiftet? Sin ^b,ilofop^' unb ein (Sffabe 
 
 9Bar fein >err giitig gegen i^n ? -ftetn, er luar tjart^ergig unb grau* 
 
 fain. 
 21 (^ biefer ib,m einft l^eftig auf ba6 (Sr raarnte ib,n, er fotte ib,m ba3 
 
 Sein fd)(ng, toatS fagte er? 33ein nid)t gerbred)en. 
 
 2Ba tfjat aber Spapljrobitug ? (Sr toerboppette feine treidje unb 
 
 jerfdjtug ifym hJtrfltd) ba 33ein. 
 SBurbe (Spiftet bariiber entriiftet? 0Jetn, er anttoortete gang ru^ig, baf, 
 
 er e8 ib,m orau8gefagt ^abe. 
 
 23 ef fagte er fid) bariiber, bafj er '^etn, er unterlwarf (submitted) 
 <flat>e war ? ftd) ruljig feinem <Sd)icffal. 
 
 fagte er? (Sr fagte: ,,3d) bin an ber tette, 
 
 h)ob,tn bie S3orfe^ung mid) gefefct 
 
 tcaren feine gtoei @runb> ^SSiffe ju bulben unb bid) ju ent* 
 
 le^ren? fatten." 
 
 3ft eg bie 5lrmut^, bie un un> D^idjt bie 2lrmut^, fonbern unfere 
 
 gtitrftid) mad)t? Segierben. 
 
 SSann ftarb Spiftet? llnter Marcus ^lureliu^, in einem 
 
 fe^r ^otjen filter. 
 2Bie tt)euer luurbe feine irbene 
 
 uerfauft? ^ur 3000 5)rad)men. 
 
 i insatiable desires. 2 reason. 3 night-watch.
 
 346 TENSES OF INDICATIVE. 
 
 FORTY-SECOND LESSOtf. 
 
 THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 
 
 The use of the tenses in German differs very little from 
 the use of the tenses in English. 
 
 L The Present 
 
 1. There is, in most cases, only one form for each of the 
 tenses in German, e.g., icfy lefe, icf) lag, icfy fyabe gelefen, and 
 with this one form we must translate every one of the 
 three forms for the simple tenses which exist side by side 
 in English, e.g., I read, I am reading, I do read, and of 
 the two forms we have for the compound tenses, e.g., I 
 have read, I have been reading. 
 
 3d) friifyftiicfe eben, I am just breakfasting. 
 
 (r fdjlaft, He is sleeping. 
 
 3d) fyabe ben ganjen ag getefen, I read all day. 
 
 2. The Present is employed for the Future oftener 
 than is the case in English. Ex. : 
 
 3d) reife biefen Slbenb ab. 
 I leave town this evening. 
 3n bret agen fomme id) nneber. 
 In three days I shall be back. 
 
 3. The Present is used in German especially with fcfyon, 
 already, or feit, since (preposition), for the English Perfect, 
 when the latter expresses something that has been and 
 still is. See the foot-note to Exercise 96. Ex.: 
 
 2Bie lange ftnb @te fd)on fyter? 
 
 How long have you been here ?' 
 
 2Bte lange lernen (ie fdjon j>eutjdj ? 
 
 How long have you been learning German ? 
 
 i The B*nae of Etc tange fmfc Si* fyier gem'fcn ? is : How long were you here 7
 
 TENSES OF INDICATIVE. 347 
 
 3d) feme eg feit arfjt Sttonaten. 
 
 I have been learning it these eight months. 
 
 >aben Ste bicfcn 33ebtenten fdjon lange (not gefyabt) ? 
 
 Have you had this servant long ? 
 
 -3d) fyabe tfyn fdjon jtoet Saljre (or feit toet 3al)ren). 
 
 I have had him these two years. 
 
 II. The Imperfect. 
 
 1. The imperfect is used to express what occurred fre- 
 quently, e.g., @r fagte, He used to say ; @ie fdjliefen geroityit* 
 lid) ad)t tunbcn, You used to sleep generally eight hours. 
 
 2. It is used to describe the circumstances, i.e., to say 
 what was going on at the time something else happened, 
 e,g.: 
 
 Most of them were smoking and playing chess when you 
 
 came in. 
 3)te 2JMften raudjten imb fptelten <Sdjarf) al3 (Sic ^eretngetreten 
 
 finb. 
 You came in as most of them were smoking and playing 
 
 chess. 
 <3te finb Ijeretngetreten ate bte SD'letften raudjten unb @rf)arf) 
 
 ftnelten. 
 
 3. It is the tense used in the more dignified kinds of 
 narration, e.g., in histories and speeches. In speaking of 
 every day matters, however, the perfect is more usual, 
 unless the speaker was an eye witness of what he states, 
 in this latter case he uses the imperfect, e.g., He died be- 
 fore I was born, (r tft fleftorben, efy' tcfy geboren bin; but, 
 911$ id) aitf ber 23riicfe war, ftel etn HetneS ilttnb tn'g SSoffer, 
 When I was on the bridge, a little child fell into the water. 
 
 4. It is used to express what had been, and still was, 
 especially with fd)0tt and feit. Compare I, 3. 
 
 2Bte tang tt>aren <Ste frfjott ba ? 
 How long had you been here ? 
 And so on through all the examples in I, 3.
 
 348 TENSES OF INDICATIVE. 
 
 5. See HE, 1, at the end. 
 
 The Perfect 
 
 1. One use of the German perfect has been already 
 mentioned, II, 3. In this use, it translates our shortest 
 form of the imperfect, e.g., (Sr ifi ^rettag nacl) 9tom ge* 
 gangen, He went to Rome Friday. There are also cases 
 where the German imperfect is best translated by our 
 perfect, e.g., 3$ ging btefen SBinter nur etnmal auf $ (ig, 1 
 have been on the ice only once this winter. 
 
 2. As a general rule, an English perfect may be trans- 
 lated either by a German perfect (but see I, 4), or by a 
 German imperfect, e.g., I have seen him, 3$ fyab' ifyn ge* 
 fefyen or 3$ faf) ifyn ; You have already heard, gentlemen, 
 that, etc., (te erfufyren fcfyon (or <5ie fyaben fcfyon erfafyren), 
 meinc >erren, bap it. f. n>. 
 
 3. The auxiliary which forms the perfect and pluper- 
 fect indicative and subjunctive, is often omitted in a de- 
 pendent clause, e.g., ap cr fo frity gefommen [ift under- 
 stood], fann mid) nur fretien, That he has come so early, can 
 only give me pleasure ; $einrtd) nwpte fd)on, ba bic ^Bnigtn 
 eg n>afyrfd)einlid) in Sd^erj gefagt [(>atte understood], Henry 
 knew already that the queen had probably said it in joke. 
 The same way in the passive, e.g., @ic befyauptete, ba ter 
 &bntg nicfyt getobtet roorben [fei understood], She maintained 
 that the king had not been killed. 
 
 IV. The Pluperfect 
 1. This tense is employed as in English. Ex. t 
 
 2U3 (nadjbem) id) btc ,8 c i tun 9 geMen Ijatte, ging id) au. 
 \\Tien (after) I had read the newspaper, I went out
 
 TENSES OP INDICATIVE. 349 
 
 2. See ITT, 3, for the omission of the auxiliary forming 
 the pluperfect. 
 
 3. See II, 4, for the German imperfect translating the 
 English pluperfect. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 120. 
 
 2)ie (Stabt 9?om Uegt aitf fieben >ugetn. 9?ad) bem SSinter fommt 
 ber grilling. 3)er $nabe fdjneibet (makes) feine gebern felbft. 2)ie 
 Slrmutb, toofmt oft neben bem Ueberfluffe. 1 101 orgen $lbenb reife id) 
 nad) traftburg; ttotlen <ie mid) begleiten? ^DiogeneS tooljnte in 
 einem gaffe- 3d) fenne (I, 4) iljn fett feiner $inbb,eit. )urd) wen 
 nwrbe 5lbel getobtet? 3)ie Suben tooimten guerft im ?anbe ofen; 
 Ijernad) ^ogen 2 fie in ba^ cmb Canaan. S3or brei SBodjen fyat ber 
 -Sager einen ^-irfd) gefdjoffen. 2Bir tcerben ba^ 9)feb,I bei einem anbern 
 Scider faufen. >aben @ie Ob,re 3lrbeit geenbigt? Sir fyaben fie nod) 
 nidjt geenbigt. 2ftan b,at otle Offi^iere beftvaft, ivetdje bie gab.nen 
 toertaffen b,aben. ie Stjrier fatten burd) iljren (Stotj 3 ben ^fintg 
 efoftriS gegen fid) aufgebradjt/ ber in (Sgtjpten I)errfd)te unb fo biete 
 9teid)e 6 erobert b,atte. 3d) Ijatte meine efd)afte fdjon beenbtgt, ai8 id) 
 3;b,ren 53rief erb,iett. Wtt er mir bie efd)id)te er^afjtt b,atte, fd)lief er 
 etn. (S3 b,at biefeS 3ab,r nid)t biete Srauben gegeben. (Sobalb id) 
 mein etb er^olten b/abe, ttjerbe id) biefe (Stabt bertaffen. 
 
 9litfabc 121. 
 
 1. "What are you doing? I am reading a very amusing 
 book; you must read it too; to-morrow I will send it [to] you. 
 Napoleon the First died in the year 1821. My friend has 
 published 1 a new English grammar. The servant has killed 
 his master. Were you ever in France ? No, Sir, I intend to 
 go there next year. After I have read the book, you shall 
 have it. We waited [a] long time for you (auf <2ie). I have 
 been writing letters all day. When shall I have the pleasure 
 of seeing you ? I have always received 2 him kindly. These 
 two moil will have done their work when you return. 
 
 2. We shall have our dinner at six. He has lived long in 
 Switzerland. He lived long in Switzerland. Is it long since 
 
 i abundance. 2 went, moved. 3 pride, 4 irritated. 5 kingdom.
 
 350 TENSES OF INDICATIVE. 
 
 you breakfasted ? It is an hour and a half. I perceived (II, 3) 
 it the other day. I have perceived it for (since) several days. 
 I wore 1 that coat two years. I have worn this coat nearly two 
 years. How long did you wear these boots ? They are worn 
 out (abgetragen). How long have you lived in this house ? I 
 have lived in it these three years. Have you known these 
 people long ? I have known them [for] many years. 
 
 READING LESSON. 
 
 1 aug betn Selien etnrtd)8 beS $ierten. 
 
 >ie beriifjmte <Srf)(ad)t toon 3t>ri) afletn fb'nnte ben9?anten>etnrtdj'8 
 be8 SHerten unfterblid) madden. 2113 ^eerfiifjver 2 imb (Solbat getgte er 
 eben fo t)iel efdjidltdjfeit* at$ apfer!ett. 23or bem SBegtun be8 
 reffen$ 4 burdjritt er bte 9Mf)en s nut einer l^ettern SlZiene, njetdje ben 
 @teg border berfiinbete, unb fagte 311 fetnen !Jruppen : ,,$inber, n)enn 
 bte Stanbar'ten end) fefjlen, 6 fo toerfammelt end) itm nietnen n)eten 
 ^eberbnfd),' t^r toerbet i^n tmmer auf bem SSege ber (to) S^re unb 
 be 9tu^meg ftnben; ott tft fur un3." 9Zad) etntger ,3ett glaubte 
 man, er njare tnt djtadjtgetilmmel 8 umgefommen. 5113 er tmeber gum 
 33orfdjetn 9 fam, mit bem 33Iute ber fit'infa bebedt, fo rtwrben feme 
 olbaten ^elben. ie 53erbiinbeten 10 hiurben in (Stiirfe gefjauen. 2)er 
 SWarfdjafl uon 33tron lommanbtrte ba 9tefert)efor^ unb b,atte, olme 
 eben in ber t^e be3 efedjteg ju fein, etnen grofcen 5lnt^eil :i am 
 (Siege. r tuttnfdjte u bem ^b'nig mit btefen SSorten liirf: 1 * @tre, 
 (Sic ^aben fyeute get^an, tua 33tro:f ti/un fottte, unb 33tron, ttjaS bet 
 tb,un fottte." 
 
 3)te 2)?Ube be (Sfegerg zdfiffle* ilcn 9Jub,m be3 Xriumpb,^. 
 bte grangofen," f ^cic nv tnbetr, cr bte gludjtlwge 14 berfotgte. 
 biefe ^iige maten 16 ben .qro^en SO^att^ toeldjer bte ^unft befa^,^ bte 
 gehJtnnen, 
 
 12L itragen. 
 
 i trait. 2 commander, genent. dSkUL <battj\ s ranks, stall. 1 plume. smSlee. 
 store-appear. iothe Leagnei'S llghare. is tc congratulate, isto enhance. ufngi 
 tives. i :. to paint, describe.
 
 TENSES OF INDICATIVE. 
 
 351 
 
 mu befonberS bte enugtljuung 1 berounbern, roeldje cr bent 
 errn Don (3d)omberg gab. >iefer (general ber beutfdjen ^nlfStruppen 
 Derlangte etuige Jage Dor ber d)(ad)t bte Sofynung 2 feiner ruen. 
 2)a8 @elb mangelte; 3 eine 33eroegung be3 llnroiflenS 4 reifet ben $ontg 
 fu'n: ,,9?ie," antroortete er, ,,I)at em 2)?ann ton 2ftutf) am Xage Dot 
 etner rf)larf)t etb cerlangt." SBoU 9Jeue 5 iiber bte frdnfenbe ebb,af^ 
 ttgfett 6 ergrtff er, urn fie tm'eber gut gu ma^en, 1 ben ^lugenbltcf, too 
 man fampfen mollte. 8 ^err oon djomberg," fagte er, ,,td) fyabe <2te 
 or etnigen Jagen beletbtgt. 5)tefer Sag tft m'ettetrf)t ber lefcte metne 
 ?eben^: id) nntt ntd)t bte Sb/re etne^ (gbelmannS mit mir nef)men; id) 
 fenne Sb,r 33erbienft unb ^^ren attutb,; id) bitte @ie um Serget^ung; 
 umarmen @te mid)." 
 
 (Sdjomberg antraortete tb,m: &$ ift njab/r, ba 3fb,re SD'Jajeflat mid) 
 Ie^tb,in 9 Dernwnbete; b/eute tbbten te mid): benn bie Sb,re, bie @ie 
 mir antfyun, gwingt mid), bei biefer etegenfyeit fitr ie 311 jterben." 
 U)er bratte J)eutfd)e jetdjnete fid) aitd) U)irf(id) burd) feine Saoferfeit 
 au, nnb tourbe an ber cite be8 ^b'nigg getobtet 
 
 2Betd)e <Sd)Iad)t b,at ben -ftamen 
 etnrid)g IV. unfterblid) ge* 
 madjt? 
 
 geigte er babei? 
 
 2Betd)e 2Borte fprad) er Dor ber 
 <5d)Iad)t gu feinen Solbaten? 
 
 fftr ein ^u^rer (guide) 
 roitrbe biefer ib.nen fein? 
 fommanbirte ba 
 
 roeldjen 23orten roiinfdjte 
 biefer bem ^onig litd ju 
 feinem@iege? 
 2Bie roar er afe (Sieger ? 
 
 3)ie @d)Iad)t bei 
 
 (Sben fo toiel ef^idlidjfeit 
 9)?utl) unb Xapferfeit 
 
 2Benn fie i()re ^a^nert Derlieren, 
 fottten fie ftd) um feinen weiften 
 ^eberbufd) fdjaaren (collect). 
 
 gu 9?ul)m unb (Sfjre. 
 
 )er 
 
 !Der 9arfd)aa 33iron. 
 
 ,,<Sire," frad) er, ,,(2ie b,aben b,eute 
 
 get^an, roaS Siron b,citte tb,un 
 
 fotten." 
 (5r roar feb,r milbe. 
 
 i satisfaction. 2 pay. s was wanting. Danger. 5 repentance, s vivacity i explosion 
 f feeling). 7 to repair, make up for. * they were going to ng lit. 9 the other day.
 
 352 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 233 ie jetgte er biefeS ? 
 
 2Bte benafjm (behaved) er ftd) 
 gegen ben (general u. (t>on) 
 djomberg ? 
 
 >atte er tfyn beteibigt ? 
 
 Set roeldjem 
 
 (occasion) ? 
 
 2Bann fudjte er fein Unrerfjt ttne= 
 ber gut ju madjen ? 
 fagte er 311 tfym? 
 
 2Bar t>on <3d)ontberg babitrdj 
 befriebigt ? 
 
 (fate) 
 
 fiir ein rfjirffat 
 fyatte er bonn? 
 2Bar djomberg 
 
 (5r rtef ben olbaten ju, ba^ fte bte 
 
 grangofen retten follten. 
 Sr gab ifym eine glan^enbe enug= 
 
 tljuung. 
 
 3;a, ber ^ontg, ^at ifjm etnen un* 
 Dcrbienten Sortoutf gcmadjt. 
 
 311^ ber (general etntge Jage Dor 
 ber @d)Iad)t bte fcofjnimg fitr 
 feme Xru^pen Derlangte. 
 
 3m IJlugenbttd bor bent 33egtnn ber 
 @d)Iad)t. 
 
 ff 3d) tt)tU bte (Sfyre etne (SbelmannS 
 ntd)t nttt nttr in' rab neb,men. 
 SSer^et^en <5te nttr, enerat." 
 
 ert)t^ ; er fagte: btefe ?lu^3etd)-= 
 nttng (distinction) gttnnge tb,tt, 
 fur fehten $ontg 311 fterben. 
 
 (Sr iourbe an ber (Seite be8 
 jjetbbtet. 
 , er war ein 3)eutfd)er. 
 
 FORTY-THIRD LESSON. 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 The cases in which a writer or speaker may decide for 
 himself whether he will use the indicative or subjunctive, 
 those, that is, in which the rules of the language per- 
 mit either mood, are frequent in German as they are in 
 English. In both languages also, the subjunctive and in- 
 dicative have often the same form, e.g., I see, 3$ fefye, may 
 be either indicative, or subjunctive. 
 
 1. a) 2)afl, um ba, and bamit, all meaning in order tliat, 
 and t>a . . , . nidjt, which last we may translate either a) in 
 order that .... not, or 6) lest, take, in books, the subjunc-
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 353 
 
 tive perhaps more frequently than they do the indicative, 
 and, in conversation, the indicative perhaps more fre- 
 quently than the subjunctive. Ex.: 
 
 ege baS $mb auf bag 33ett bamtt bte Sautter eg fteljt 
 Lay the child on the bed so its mother may see it. 
 28aff)htgton fdjnneg um ba fein aft nicf)t gefranft nmrbe. 
 Washington kept silence so that his guest might not be 
 mortified. 
 
 b) Another way of translating in order that, is with lint 
 ju and the infinitive, e.g., Mm fetnen afi nicfyt ju franfen, In 
 order not to mortify his guest. 
 
 2. a) SBenn, meaning if, takes the subjunctive when- 
 ever it would be allowable to use the subjunctive in En- 
 glish after if, e.g. : 
 
 If he was (or were) sick, he would not be here. 
 
 SBenn er franf ware, nwrb' er nicfyt fyter fetn. 
 
 But even if he was (here were could not be used) sick 
 
 he did not show it. 
 
 2Benn er and) franf tuar, falj man eg tt)nt bocf) nic^t an. 
 If you had seen him, you would have admired him. 
 2Benn <Ste iljn gefe^en fatten, fo tuiirben fte i^n betuunbert I)a6en. 
 
 In such examples as this last, it might puzzle the stu- 
 dent to determine whether had seen was indicative or 
 subjunctive in English. For such cases we may lay down 
 another rule, as follows : 
 
 b) The subjunctive must be used after wenn, meaning 
 if, provided the speaker assumes the condition intro- 
 duced by wenn to be contrary to the facts of the case. 
 ,(In the last example given, it is assumed that you [really] 
 did not see him.) 
 
 c) In other cases, the English verb which we are in 
 doubt whether to call indicative or subjunctive, may, 
 wi hout any change of sense, have another form substi-
 
 354 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 tuted for it which will leave no doubt in the mind of the 
 student, e.g., for If he came to-morrow and told you he 
 was sorry, we may substitute, If he should come, etc., or, 
 If he were to come, which are evidently not indicatives. 
 
 NOTE 1. We sometimes use if in English where we might use whenever. 
 2Benn translating this kind of if, takes the indicative, e.g., If he were sick 
 (i.e., whenever he was sick), he would abstain from wine, SEenn er front 
 fcar u. f. to. 
 
 NOTE 2. If, meaning whether, i.e., introducing an indirect question, 
 must be translated not u>enn, but ob, and takes the indicative or sub- 
 junctive, as the writer chooses, e.g. : 
 
 ?dj fragte t&n, ofc er jufrteben toare (or tear), 
 asked him whether he was satisfied. 
 2Bir moditen ttnffcn, ofe er fjter i|i (or fet). 
 We should like to know whether he is here. 
 
 NOTE 3. 2({3 toenn, tote toenn, and alS o&, all meaning as if, fall under 
 the rule 2, a. 
 
 As if he was (were) sick. 
 
 2113 oS er franf todre. 
 
 It looks as if it would get colder. 
 
 &8 fyat ben Snfdjein, al3 toenn e falter toerben tourbe. 
 
 Another way of translating as if, is by al3 simply, with the question 
 order, i.e., the SUBJECT immediately following the VEBB (see page 82, 3), 
 e.g. : %{$ tear' er franf, As if he were sick. 
 
 3. a) Another way of translating if, is by the question 
 order and the indicative or subjunctive, according as the 
 one or the other would have been used if roenn had been 
 used. The other half of the sentence, i.e., the conclusion, 
 if it comes after the condition, generally begins with fe, 
 which we can translate then or why, or leave untrans- 
 lated, as we choose. Thus, taking the examples already 
 given under 2, we can change them into : 
 
 28 dr* cr franf, fo nriirb' er ntdjt l)ter fein. 
 
 Sar er aurf) franf, fo faf) man e$ tf)m bod) nidjt an. 
 
 fatten <5?te tljn gefeljen u. f. to.
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 355 
 
 1} The question order may also be used in the place of 
 , meaning wlwnever (see 2, Note 1), e.g., SBar er franf, 
 fo wollt' er feinen 2Bein trtnfen, Whenever he was sick, he was 
 unwilling to drink any wine. 
 
 c) When the question order is used to mean if or wfon- 
 ever, the YEKB must come at the very beginning of the 
 clause, e.g., Whenever he was sick, must not be trans- 
 lated, $ranf war er, for this would mean, He was sick (see 
 page 82, 3), but, SBar er franf. 
 
 er Better nad) >aufe, . . . Better !am er nad) >aitfe. 
 
 If he caine home in good He came home in good spirits. 
 
 spirits, . . . 
 
 >att' er e$ fritter gefagt, . . . ^ritljer fyfttf er eg gefagt. 
 
 If he had said so earlier, . . He would have said so earlier. 
 
 $omm' id) fritl) an, ... $riU) fomm' id) an. 
 
 Whenever I arrive early, . . I arrive early. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 122a. 
 
 <Sd)tcfe ber armen ^rau ben ^tad)3, bamtt fte t^n gtetd) tyinne. 
 SBenn er fritter lame, hmrbe er mid) git ^aiife finben. 2Senn man @te 
 l^ier fa'nbe, fo hjaren <5te bevloren. 2Benn er ftet^tg tocire, fo tottrbe id) 
 i^n toben. 3d) foikbe e t^un, tuenn id) ettoaS babet geh)anne. SBenn 
 (Safar nid)t ermorbet tworben toare, fo fytitte er, eben fo rt)ob,I al8 lit* 
 guftug, bte Corner an feme errfdjaft geiuo^nt. 5)er alte SD^ann geljt, 
 afe ob er laljm iuare. 3)er ^nabe Itegt ba, afe rtenn er fd)Uefe. (Sr 
 fprad), nite luenn er toafynftmttg njare. atte id) gettmftt, ba^ $err 
 Hitler b,ter tft (in English, was), fo ttwrbe id) tb/n befud)t (called 
 upon) fjaben. @te burften ntd)t fpredjen, and) loenn @te geb^ort fatten 
 er tion ben ^naben tiertangte. 
 
 SlufpBc 122b. 
 
 I take medicine that I [may] recover. 1 He speaks aloud (in 
 order) that every one may hear him. Send him away lest he 
 [should] be found here. I should be happy if I had as many 
 books as you [havej. If he were rich, he would buy a car- 
 riage and horses. The hypocrite 2 speaks as if he were re- 
 
 i gen^fen. x i
 
 356 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 iigious. 8 I should go to Paris myself if I had time. He 
 spoke as if he were commanding it. Many a man would live 
 happier, if he were contented. The pupils would have been 
 more advanced ( Jortfcfjrttte gemarf)t fyaben), if you had adopted 4 
 another method. If you were in, you certainly heard the 
 music. 
 
 4. a) Verbs of thinking, feeling, wishing, and the like, 
 and of saying or communicating intelligence in any other 
 way than by saying (e.g., writing), may take a subjunctive 
 with ba. They are, perhaps, even more likely to take 
 the subjunctive, and not the indicative, when t>ajj is left 
 out (in which case the normal order is used), e.g. : 
 
 (r fd)rteb, ba er 311 fpat angefommen todre. 
 He wrote that he had arrived too late. 
 3d) metne er fct unfdjulbig. 
 I am of opinion he is innocent. 
 3d) n)iinfd)e, ba e3 gletd) fertig toerbe. 
 I wish that it may be (it to be) finished at once. 
 2Btr roerben iljm fdjretben, bafc e3 feuten ^itffdjub fyaben fonne. 
 We will write i-o him that it cannot have any postpone- 
 ment 
 
 6) These very same verbs may also have the indicative, 
 when what comes after the ba is looked upon as a fact, 
 or, at any rate, as pretty certain to be a fact, e.g. : 
 
 3d) metne, er ijl unfdjutbtg. 
 
 I am of opinion he is innocent. 
 
 c) The student will perceive that, according to the rule 
 last laid down, verbs of knowing, proving, being con- 
 vinced, seeing, and the like, will be much more apt to 
 'have an indicative than a subjunctive after them, e.y. : 
 
 3d) roetf?, ba er e3 getfyan Ijat. 
 I know that he did it. 
 
 while, 3$ roeif , fcafj cr e gettyan fyabe, would hardly occur. 
 
 laab. 3fromm. <annV^men.
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 357 
 
 If it did occur, it would mean something like : I have 
 heard (you need not tell me again) that he did it, and 
 would not imply that the speaker believed himself in the 
 guilt of the person spoken of. 
 
 5. a) Suppose we have in English the imperfect of one 
 of the verbs mentioned in 4 a), followed by that, ex- 
 pressed or understood, and a dependent clause. In this 
 case, the verb of the dependent clause is in English 
 always in the imperfect or pluperfect, and never in the 
 present or perfect, e.g., The minister said that man was 
 mortal ; He wrote he intended to leave town ; We did not 
 learn that they had finislied it. 
 
 b) In German, on the other hand, the verb of the sec- 
 ond clause is more frequently in the present than in the 
 imperfect, and, sometimes, in the perfect instead of the 
 pluperfect, e.g., )er eiftttdje fagte, bap ber 9)?enfd) fterbUcfy 
 fet; (r fcfyrteb, cr roc lie abreifen; 3Bir erfitfyren nidjt, ba 
 fte e3 ju Qtnbe gebracfyt fyaben. These are the tenses 
 required in English, if we change the verb of saying, etc., 
 into the present, e.g., The minister says that man is 
 mortal, etc. 
 
 c) There are, however, some English sentences in which 
 the tense of the dependent clause remains the imperfect 
 or pluperfect even after changing the verb of saying, etc., 
 into the present. Thus, He said he thought his mother 
 was sick a great deal before her marriage, becomes : He 
 says he thinks his mother was (not is), etc. ; We called 
 your attention to the fact that we had in 1860 nearly suc- 
 ceeded, becomes : We called your attantion, etc., that we 
 had, etc. In such cases, it is not usual, when translating 
 into German, to make the change of tense mentioned 
 in b.
 
 358 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 6. Indirect questions take in German sometimes the 
 indicative and sometimes the subjunctive. They are, 
 perhaps, more apt to take the indicative after a verb in 
 the present or future, and the subjunctive after a verb in 
 the imperfect, perfect, or pluperfect Thus, 2Bir fragen, 
 ob ber 3"3 angerommen ifi, We ask wJietJier tJie train has ar- 
 rived; ie woUtcn wifien, ann cr gejiorben fci (compare 
 6,6). 
 
 7. Yerbs ot commanding, ordering and the like, may 
 take follen in the present or imperfect subjunctive or the 
 present indicative after them. Thus, 3$ befal;l, bafii bie 
 SdnUer im 3^nter bleiben follten, I ordered the pupils to re- 
 main in the room (that the pupils should, etc.) ; 2Bir wollen 
 tfym fagen, cr foil e3 erl)inbern, We will tett him to prevent it. 
 
 8. Verbs of fearing, asking and wishing, may take the 
 imperfect subjunctive of mbgen after them. Thus, 2Btr 
 fur d) ten, baj? er un tabeln moc^tc, We fear he may blame us; 
 3^ bittc, bu moc^tefl ju mir fommen, I beg you witt come to 
 me ; 3d) fyattc getmmfd)t, er mbt^tc ni^t crfdjeincn, / should 
 have unshed he would not appear. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 123a, 
 
 SBttten <Stc 3^rc cfjtoefter, ba^ fie botb ^ter^er fomme. (5 toare 
 gu luiinfdien, bo^ jencr ^o^c S3oimi ^ter ftanbe. ^ebennann tuiinfcfit, 
 ba bcr (general btc djtadjt getwuinen modjte (gciuinue). (S h)fire 
 gu tuiinfrfjen, baft ber enevat bte (Srfjladjt geioannc. Sir fitrdjten, 
 ba^ ba CnS berften mod)te. 3d) njiinfdje, baft er balb genefe. 3d) 
 toiinfdjte, ba^ meine Sodjter balb fame. 3d) befe^Ie, ba^ er ba& 
 toerlaffe. 
 
 12Bb. 
 
 Do you think he mil come? I am afraid he will come. I 
 will order him to retire 1 (that he retire). I ordered that he 
 should retire. I fear the ice* may break. I fear [lest] he 
 
 123b. i refl. v., ft$ junitf jietyen.
 
 IMPERATIVE. 359 
 
 [should] come. I wish the work 1 were done. I wished that 
 he might win the prize. 4 I fear [lest] he should die of (an) his 
 wounds. I feared he would dislocate 5 his arm, if he were to 
 lift 6 that heavy weight. Turn 7 this wicked fellow away, said 
 the duke, lest he should pervert these honest people. It would 
 be [a] pity (rfjabe), if that beautiful fruit were to spoil (ber- 
 barbe). 
 
 9. The third person singular of the imperative may 
 either be formed with foil, e.g., (Er foil loben, as already 
 given, or we may use the third person singular of the 
 present subjunctive, as in the following examples : 
 
 (Sin 3eber tljue feme ^ftidjt, Let everybody do his duty. 
 
 cwg lebe ber $omg ! Long live the king ! 
 
 @ott fegne @te ! God bless you ! 
 
 2>te iebe fet ofyne alfd), Let love be without dissimulation. 
 
 10. The following are examples of the use of the sub- 
 junctive in exclamations. 
 
 ) ba metn greunb fame ! 
 
 Oh that my friend would come ! 
 
 ) toare id) bodj retd) ! or, >afj id) bod) reirf) toare! 
 
 Oh, if I were rich ! 
 
 atte id) tljtt bod) nic gefefyen! ()afc id) tfyn bod) me gefeljm 
 
 Ijfttte !) 
 Would I had never seen him ! 
 
 The Imperative Mood. 
 
 1. This mood presents no difficulty, except that when 
 is the subject, it must always be expressed (i.e., can 
 
 never be understood), e.g., Give me, is eben <2>ie mir, and 
 never eben mir. 
 
 2. Note the following different ways of translating the 
 English imperative, first person plural : 
 
 123b. 8 bte 9lr6ett. < b ^JreiS. s certenfen. 6 i.c. lifted, tubj. ~ to turn away, f ortjagen.
 
 360 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 $lrbeiten tour, 
 Sir tootten arbetten, 
 ?a| un3 arbeiten, 
 1'aftt unS arbeiten, 
 Saffen 3ie unS arbeiten, 
 
 Let us labor! 
 
 Sap u. f. lt>. would be used to a single intimate friend; 
 tapt u. f. . to several, and, Saffen <Stc it. f. tt>. to persons 
 with whom one was not so well acquainted. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 124. 
 
 1. Wlem <Sofm fagte mir, er fjabe ^opfroeb,. 9Jtan fdjrieb mir neu* 
 lid), ba >err (. franf ware, unb baft fein 53ruber nad) $lmerifa 
 gegangen ware. 9)iau fagt, ber ^ontg b,abe bein eneral eiue gro^e 
 Ungererfjtigfett jugefiigt (done). 2Ran fagte, ber @raf fet geftorben; 
 iHetn ict) ^abe feitbem erfab,ren, bajj btefe 9iad)rid^t falf^ tft. 5Dian 
 ?raa,te i^n, warum er feine 2litfgabe itidjt gej^rteben b,atte. Sr ant- 
 roortete, er ijabe feine 3^it geb,abt. SWcntor ^at mtr oft er^d'fytt, wetdjcn 
 ?Rub,m U(t)ffe unter ben rtedjen erlangt ^abe. )er enerat beb,aup* 
 tete, bafe ber ^nebe gefrfjtoffen fet. 
 
 2. 9ftan b.at mtd^ oft toerftdjert, baft bte tucffetigfeiten 1 biefer 2Be(t 
 nur bon turner !Dauer feten. S^rft, man wirb 3)tr fagen, J)u feiefl 
 attmad)tig; man Wtrb 3)tr fagen, !it)u feieft Don 3)einem 5Sotfe ange* 
 betet. a |>altet tmmer, wa tb,r berfprod^en ^abt; abcr Derftorerfjci ntcqtg 
 unbeba^tfam. 5 olbatcn! laftt un oorwdrtS marfcfjiren; la'jit un8 
 flegen ober fterben. 2Btr tooflen ein wenig fbagteren ge^en. (Sr tft ber 
 ^>err, er tb,ue, raa t^m h)ob,t gefattt. ott fbrad): S^ werbe (let 
 there become light, i.e., let light come into being) id)t, unb e8 
 h)arb 2trf)t. C> batten bo^ 5tde wie bu unb tc^! 2Barc er bo^ 
 (O that he were, though) oufrtdjttg ! ) bo bte $6nigin noc^ 
 lebtet 
 
 125. 
 
 1. My brother told me that he had lost his purse. He main- 
 tained 1 that he was right. What did your friend tell you ? 
 He told me you would come to see him 2 some day (einmal). 
 The lawyer declared that he could not do it. I hope he may 
 not be mistaken. She told me that the tree was in blossom.* 
 They said we could not rely 4 upon him. People say that the 
 
 124. i enjoyments. 2 to adore. 3 inconsiderately. 
 
 126. ibfliaupten. 2 to come to see. befu^en. sS&IOi^t. < to rely, fl$ cerlaflen ouf (aoe.)
 
 IMPERATIVE. 361 
 
 king will come to this town to-morrow. Did you believe that 
 I had advised him to do so (baS) ? I know (4, c) that he was 
 ill. We thought he was a clever physician. We all hoped 
 that our father might recover, but in vain. 
 
 2. Were but (bod)) all men as honest as they ought to be ! 
 I did not insist that your brother was (perf.) at the play 8 
 yesterday. He said that his brother had great influence with 
 (bet) the duke. Were you not afraid that he might steal your 
 money? The duke ordered that they should (4) help the 
 poor man. May God preserve 6 us from (Dor) war ! Educate' 
 your mind and (your) heart while you are young. Mary told 
 her maids that she would have left 8 them this dress rather 
 (Ueber) than the plain garb 9 which she wore (peif. subj.) the 
 day before, but that it was necessary for her to appear at the 
 ensuing solemnity (bet ber beDorfte&enben geterlidtfeit) in a decent 
 habit. 10 
 
 READ IN G LESSON. 
 
 $>te gejirufte Srcue. Fidelity Tried. 
 
 $)er $altfe SftuteuiefnK fyatte etnen fremben 2lrjt, 9?anten 
 toeldjen er tuegen fetner gropen elefyrfantfett 1 fefyr efjrte. (Sintge )of* 
 leute mad)ten iljin btefen 9ftcmn toerbadjtig 2 imb fagten, cr fonne fid) auf 
 feme rene nidjt roofyl tjerlaffen (rely), ba er etu ^u^Iiinber" fei. >ei 
 ^atife tourbe itnru()tg imb tnottte t^n priifen, 4 in tme fern btefer 3lrg* 
 h)ot)n 5 begriinbet tucire. @r Ue^ i^n 311 fid) fontmen unb fagte: ,,>o* 
 natn, id) ^abe unter mctncu (Smtrn etnen gefal)rtid)en ^etnb, gegen 
 iueldjen id) luegen fetneg ftarlen ^nb/ange^ 6 fetne etwatt 7 gebraudjen 
 fann. ^ab.cr befe^te id) tr, ba^ !Du ein fetneg (Sift bereitcft, ba$ an 
 bcm Jobten feine @)3ur toon fid) jitrurftd^t. 3d) ttntt i!^n morgen 311 
 einem aftma()I (feast, dinner) etntaben itnb mid) fetner auf btefe 
 2Betfe entlebtgen." 8 
 
 ^onatn antinortete mnt^tg: ,,3JMne Stffenfdjaft erftrerft 9 fid) nttr 
 onf 5lrjiteten, bte ba Seben erfyalten; 10 anbere fann id) ntd)t beretten. 
 
 126. s im St^eater. tca>at)ren. "bitbcn. s^interlafjen. sfcaS elnfacbe eianb. 
 
 i learning. 2 made this man suspicious to him, i.e., made him suspicious of this 
 man. sforeigner. <try. Ssuspicion. party. 'useforce. s get ri<5 of him. to 
 extend. 1 preserve.
 
 362 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 3d) b,abe mid) aud) me bemufyt, e3 gu lernen, roetl idj glaubte, bafe bei 
 23el)errfd)cr ber tuafjten (Slaubtgen 1 feine fotdjcn $enntnijfe toon mir 
 forbern roiirbe. 2Benn id) fyierin llnredjt getljan b,abe, fo erlaube mtr, 
 )einen >of gu fcerlaffen." 
 
 Sftuteroeful erroiberte, bag fet mtr etne leere (gntf djufbtgttng ;* roer 
 bie b,eilfamen 2J?itteI fenne, ber fenne aud) bie fd)abltd)en. (Sr bat, er 
 brofyte, er Derfprad) @efd)enfe. Umfonft; >onain btteb bei feiner 3tnt* 
 ort. (Snbtid) ftettte ftd) s ber $alife ergiintt, rtef bie 2Bad)e unb 
 befall, biefen tuiberfpenftigen 4 9ftann tn' efa'ngni gu fitb.ren. 3)a3 
 gefdjab,; aud) luurbe ein nnbfd)after 5 unter bent @d)etne etneS e* 
 fangenen gu tb,m gefe^t, ber ib,n auforfd)en unb bem $altfen oon 
 5lflem tua8 iponain fagen toiirbe, ^adjvtdjt geben 6 foUte. 5lber ^onatn 
 terrietb, 7 mit fetnem SBorte feinem SKitgefangenen, hjarum ber $altfe 
 auf tb,n gitrne. 8 2lHeg, was er fagte, roar, ba er unfdjutbig roare. 
 
 (To be continued.) 
 
 Sprcdjiibung. 
 
 fitr etnen ?lrgt b,atte ber (5r ^atte etnen fremben 
 ajiuteroeful an feinem meng 
 
 SSer madjte ib,n oerbfidjttg ? 
 ttJetdjem runbe? 
 
 be^^alb ber^alife 
 
 uerlangte er Don 
 
 Sann fottte bie Skrgiftung ftatt* 
 fiuben ? 
 antnjortete 
 
 2Bar ber &altfe mit biefer 
 wort gufrieben ? 
 
 ^>onatn gule^t nad) (yield) ? 
 tb,at gute^t SDhtteroeful? 
 
 (Stntge netbifdje (envious)^ofleute. 
 
 SBett er ein $lu3tanber roar. 
 
 (Sr befdjlofc, tb,n gu pritfeu (ib,n auf 
 
 bie ^robe gu ftellen). 
 (Sr fottte ein feineS tft bereiten, 
 
 um einen (Smir gu bergiften. 
 5lm anbern Xage bei einem aft* 
 
 mafjle. 
 ~ er biefeS nid)t berfte^e, unb 
 
 ba e8 ein fd)Ied)ter ebraud) 
 
 feiner SQSiffenfdjaft fetn roitrbe. 
 er beftanb (insisted) au| 
 
 fetnem 33efel)te; er bat, er brofyte 
 
 unb Derfprad) tljm efd)enfe. 
 97ein, er blieb ftanbljaft bet feinet 
 
 ^tntroort. 
 Sr Itefc tb,n tn' efangni^ fe^en. 
 
 2 excuse, s to feign. < obstinate, -spy. G to inform. 
 
 JtoreveL
 
 INFINITIVE. 363 
 
 fixmatn cittern ttn efang- 9?em, ein ^unbfdjafter ttmrbe jit 
 nifj ? ifym gefefct. 
 
 fottte biefer tfywt ? @r follte bem talifen toon Client 
 
 9tod)rtd)t geben, wag onam 
 fctgen roitrbe. 
 
 fagte ber Slrjt itber bte llnge* 9Jetn, er fagte nur, ba^ er wt* 
 rerfjttgfeit beg f alifen ? fdjulbig fet (or tt>are). 
 
 FORTY-FOURTH LESSON. 
 
 THE INFINITIVE. 
 
 I. The Infinitive used as a Substantive. 
 
 1. The Infinitive is sometimes used substantively, either 
 with or without the definite article. It is translated in 
 English by the present participle : or by the infinitive. 
 
 3)a8 SRettett tft etne cmgenefyme 33ett)egvmg. 
 
 Riding is an agreeable exercise. 
 
 >a3 Cefen ermitbet bie Slugen. 
 
 Reading fatigues the eyes. 
 
 eben ift (ettger ate nefjmen. 
 
 It is more blessed to give than to receive. 
 
 NOTE. Concerning the participle present with of before it, see p.372,2a 
 
 II. The Infinitive without lt. 
 
 1. The Infinitive without Jit is used after the auxiliaries 
 of mood foflen, tootten, mitffen, fdnnen, mdgen, bitrfen. Ex. : 
 
 Sir fbnnen $)eut|cf) fpredjen, We can speak German. 
 
 2. Further after the following verbs: fefyett, prett, fii^Ien 
 (to feel), ternen (to learn), tel)ren (to teach), fyetften (to bid), 
 fyetfen (to help), marfjen, and taffen. Ex. : 
 
 bte ^rau Dorbetgetjen, I saw the woman pass, 
 leljrt beten, Poverty teaches to pray.
 
 364 
 
 Sttetn <2oljn ternt (Sng(ifrf) lefen. 
 
 My son learns to read English. 
 
 3)ian ()iep ben $naben Ijinauggeljen. 
 
 They bade the boy go out. 
 
 3d) l)ovtc nietnen greunb in etner efeUfdjaft fhtgett. 
 
 I heard my friend sing at a party. 
 
 (r liefe ben jPiann Ijeretnriifen, He had the man called in. 
 
 NOTE. The above verbs, with the exception of fu^ten, Icfrrcn, and some- 
 times Icrnon, have this peculiarity, that they form the perfect, pluperfect, 
 and future perfect with the infinitive instead of the past participle, when 
 these tenses are connected with another infinitive. Ex. : 
 
 te bag 23itcf) Itegen feljen (instead of gefeljen) ? 
 2)?an ftat mi* rufcn taffen. 
 3$ feabe fie fingen fyoren. 
 cr aWann ^at mir arbeiten ^elfen. 
 25 tr fyabcn j^ramoftfi^ f^rec^en lernen (or gelernt). 
 28 o {jafccn Sie i^n fcnnen fldernt ? 
 Where have you made his acquaintance ? 
 
 3. The infinitive without JU is further used in some 
 peculiar expressions with the following verbs : 
 
 Sleiben: Itegen bfeiben, to remain lyin^, down; fi^,en Hetben, to 
 remain sitting; ftefyen btetben, to remain standing, etc. 
 
 egen: fd)tafen legen (lit., to lay to sleep), to put to bed. 
 
 efycn, reitcn and fofjren: fpajteren geljen, to go walking; fpojtercn 
 retten, to go riding (a-horseback) ; fpajteren fab,ren, to go 
 driving; 1 fdjlafert ge|en, to go to sleep ; betteln pe^en, to go 
 begging. 
 
 HI. Infinitive with JU. 
 
 1. The infinitive depending on a substantive, takes JU. 
 Ex.: 
 
 ^aben (te l?ufl (a mind) tn'S Sweater gu geljen? 
 dr Ijatte ntdjt ben 3)?ut^ itber ben ^Iu 511 fcfynnmmen. 
 2Bann merbe id) ba 3Sergniigen b,aben (Sie tnieber ^u feljen ? 
 
 2. The infinitive depending on an adjective, takes JU. 
 Ex.: 
 
 i fpnjleren means to take exercise for pleasure, and fpojtmn ge&en, to walk far pleasure, 
 and so on with the rest, fpajimn ( <= in order to take exercise for pleasure) modify 
 (jig the following verb.
 
 INFINITIVE. 365 
 
 3)|efe3 ebid)t ift (ctd)t gu lernen. 
 
 SDiefet Srief ift fdjwer gu lefen. 
 
 3$ bin. becjievtg (anxious) gu erfaljren, tucr e8 getljan Ijat. 
 
 3, The infinitive depending on any verb, except those 
 mentioned under II, takes jit. In English, the second 
 verb is sometimes not in the infinitive at all, but in the 
 present participle. Ex. : 
 
 gr fing an gu tadjcn, He began laughing. 
 
 3d) fiirdjtete gu fpcit gu fommen (to come too late). 
 
 I was afraid of being too late. 
 
 SBcmn Uk'rben <5te auffjoren gu fcfyreiben? 
 
 When will you cease writing? 
 
 jDec Sflaoe bemiiljte fid) bte @unft fetneS errn gu ertangen. 
 
 The slave endeavored to obtain the favor of his master. 
 
 3)er $apttdn iibercebete bett ^rembeu mtt ifym gu ge^en. 
 
 The captain persuaded the stranger to go with him. 
 
 4 When the auxiliaries tyakn and fettt are followed by 
 an infinitive, it takes ju. Ex. : 
 
 3d) f)ab9?td)t8 gu tljun. 
 
 ^abert @tc mir StroaS gu fagen ? 
 
 Bag ift ba gu tb,un, gu gtauben, gu anttoorten? 
 
 (g ift gu bebauern, bafc biefer 9)iann geftorben ift. 
 
 NOTE. The infinitive after the verb to be, is in English commonly the 
 infinitive passive ; in German it must be the infinitive active, when the 
 sense is capable or worthy of being. Ex. : 
 
 It was not to be avoided, @3 iar ntdjt ju ttermetben. 
 
 His death is to be feared, etn Sob ift gu furdjten. 
 
 That book is not to be had, ^etteS 93udj ift niojt 
 
 A change is much to be wished for. 
 
 Sine SSeranberung tft fefyr ju rt)iinf(Sen. 
 
 EXERCISE 126a. 
 
 1 ift eine fd)(e^te elDpb,n^eit. 3 U b ^ ( to mucn ) 
 fd^tafen ift eben fo ungefunb, ate gu ftiet effcn. 3d) ^abe ba iBuc| 
 nod) nidjt lefen ISnnen. ^aben <Sie tefen twoflen ? 9^ein r id) (jabe 
 fc^reiben tootten. ^etfen (Sic mir meine Ueberfe^ung madden. 2Bcr 
 ^at bic^ geb,en ^et^en? @r b,at mi^ tangen geleb,rt. 3^ b,abe ib,m 
 
 1360. i taking snuff.
 
 366 
 
 arbetten Ijelfen. 3mb 3ie geftent fpajieren gegangen? 9Jetn, id) 
 bin fpajtcren gevitten. 3)er $omg ijat mir bte (Srlaubnuj gegeben 
 etnen >egen 311 tragen. $ennen 3ie ein ftdjereS 2)Httel bie ilNauje 311 
 DertUgen? 2 a3 ftdjcrfte 2)?tttel unfer eben 311 miangern, tft jeben 
 SlugenbltdE be3 !age3 gut anjuroenben. 3d) t)abe feine ^offnung 
 meljr ntcinen oerloreuen 3ob,n loieber gu flnben. 
 
 ^tufgabe 126b. 
 
 Eating and diinking make one (Sinen) sleepy. To speak 
 too much is dangerous. These people's laughing is very un- 
 pleasant. 1 I bade him do it I saw him come. They 
 could not make me laugh. Learn to do good (@utec<). Have 
 you seen the young girl dance ? No, but I have heard her 
 sing. When our friends help us to work, we ought to be 
 grateful 2 to them. Let us take a walk. Shall we have the 
 pleasure of sseing you to morrow ? I have no mind to make 
 the bargain (ben >anbet etn3iigef)en) for fear of losing by it. The 
 slaves had no desire to run off (fort), knowing (as they knew) 
 what the consequence 3 would be. I am eager 4 to learn music. 
 He was near (nab,e baran) dying. The pupil was tired 8 of read- 
 ing German, What have you to do? I have a letter to write. 
 A pardon is not to be hoped [for]. 
 
 5. The infinitive with JU is further required after the 
 prepositions anflatt aud ofyne. Ex. : 
 
 Shtflatt gu lacfjen, ttmttte er. 
 
 (5r ging au3, ofyne mid) $u fragen. 
 
 SJiandje eute roerben geb,afjt (hated), ofjne e3 gu berbtenen. 
 
 IV. The Infinitive with urn and JU. 
 
 1. This is required after substantives and verbs, when 
 a design or purpose is expressed by the English infinitive. 
 Ex.: 
 
 mben 3ie elb erfjatteit, urn ein ^pferb gu faufen? 
 
 3d) braudje papier, urn etnen 33rief $11 fdjretben. 
 
 3d) retfe, inn bie SSelt gu fe^en. 
 
 136*. 2 to destroy. 
 
 126b. i imangenefyn. sbanfbar.
 
 INFINITIVE. 367 
 
 2. It is also required after adjectives preceded by JU 
 (too), or followed by gemig. Ex. : 
 
 @ie tft gu fung, um biefe Arbeit jit terrid)ten (to do). 
 >err 31. tft nidjt reid) genug, um btefeS Sanbgut (estate) ju 
 faufen. 
 
 Y. The English. Accusative and Infinitive. 
 
 1. The accusative with the infinitive used in English 
 after the verbs to know, to desire, to wish, to mean, etc., 
 must be changed in German into a subordinate clause 
 with bap, in which the accusative governed by such a 
 verb appears as the nominative. For instance the fol- 
 lowing sentence : We knew him to be a bad general, is 
 translated into German: We knew that he was a bad 
 general, SBtr nmpten, bap er ein fcfylecfyter eneral roar (or 
 tft) 1 (indicative present or imperfect). Ex. : 
 
 I knew the captain to be a good rider. 
 
 3d) rotate, baft ber auptmqmt ein guter better roar. 
 
 I wish her to do the work. 
 
 3d) rciinfdje, ba fie bte Slrbett tljite. 
 
 We wished our friends to come in. 
 
 roimfdjten, bafj uufere g^eunbe Ijereinfommen modjtett. 
 
 We have already seen (II, 2) that the accusative with 
 the infinitive occurs after a few verbs in German. 
 
 VI. The EUiptical Infinitive. 
 
 1. The infinitive after how, what, and where may be 
 translated into German by the infinitive and follen, ttliif* 
 fen or fbnnen. Ex. : 
 
 I do not know where (I am) to go. 
 
 3d) tt>et nid)t, roofyin id) gcfyen foil. 
 
 Tell hirn how (he is, must or can) to do it. 
 
 ogen @ie il)m, rote er eg madjen fott (mitfe or farm). 
 
 i 3jl is required if he still is a bad general.
 
 368 INFINITIVE. 
 
 It may also be translated by the simple infinitive, e.g* t 
 
 nid)t n>a$ $u tbitn. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 127. 
 
 9lnftatt 311 arbetten, ging er fpa^teren. (3 b,at aufgefyort $u regncn. 
 3d) freue mid), 311 fpren, ba 3b,r @ob,n fold)e (Sfyrenbegetgungen 1 
 empfangen h,at. 2)er 2?o[e Ijat 9itd)t8 gu Ijoffen. 3d) fyatte' 9tid)t3 
 mtt biefcm fd)led)ten 2J?enfd)en 311 fdjajfen (do). jDtejer ^ranfe b,at 
 btete Sdjmzrjen 311 erbulbeu. 3)er ^)aui)tmann war 311 miibe, urn @ie 
 fo fpat 511 befudjen. SDci- 9^id)ter b,at ben efangcnen in'S efangntg 
 fiiljren taffen. 3)u btft ntd)t tuitrbtg, btefc Seto^nung 311 em^fangcn. 
 SJJetn s JJad)bar b,atte btc ^bftdjt, 2 fein ^aug ju fterfaufen, urn feine 
 <Sd)utben 3 be^a^leu gu fonnen. 
 
 Kufgafie 128. 
 
 We lost our time without knowing it. The boy is con- 
 tinually 1 playing 2 instead of learning hif lesson. We cannot 
 betray 3 the truth without being (rendering ourselves) guilty. 
 He did so (e$), in order to frighten* you. My children must 
 learn to draw, in order to be able to draw landscapes. 5 At last 
 I began to long 6 for my native country, 1 that I might {translate: 
 in order to) (IV) repose after my travels and fatigues. 8 The 
 early death of the hero was much to be regretted. 9 If he were 
 not ashamed 10 of confessing 11 the truth, he would say that he 
 did not begin to work before ten o'clock. The stream 12 is too 
 rapid 1 * to be often frozen (gefrteren, active). She knew him to 
 please (V) everybody. I wish you to read the history of 
 England by (oon) Macaulay. When you know a poor man to 
 be honest and industrious, you ought to esteem him more 
 highly (b,bb,er) than a rich man who violates" the duties of 
 a Christian. 
 
 READING LESSON. 
 
 $te gqiriiftc Sreue. ((Sdjutfj.) 
 
 ftad) ctntgen 2JJonaten Uep ber $attfe ifyn hneber toor fid) rufen. 
 Sluf emern Stfdje lag em ^paufen olb, >tamanten unb foftlidje Stoffe; 
 
 127. i honors. 2 intention. 3 debts. 
 
 138. i fortrcibttnb. 2 see p. 130, Note 1. seertatfjen. * erfdjreden. '< Canbfdjaften. ''>fu$ 
 fetynen tud). " ba8 SSaterlanb. s anftrenaungen. sbebauern. ie to be ashamed, fi$ i^licen, 
 12 tcr Strom, "reifienb. n
 
 369 
 
 baneben aber ftanb ber Confer 1 nut einer eifcel 2 in ber 3 >anb itnb etnent 
 <d)Uierte unter bent 3 2lrme. ,,2)u fjaft nun geit genug gefyabt," fmg 
 2Kutett)eful on, W 2)id) $u bebenfen 4 unb bag Unrest (fault) Pettier 
 iJBiberfpeufttgfeit 5 ehtjufeljen. 9^un ttaljle: entroeber nimm biefe 
 9fetd)t()iuner unb tfyue metnen 2Bitten, ober berette )id) $u ehtem fdjtmpf* 
 lid)en 6 Xobe I" 2lber ^onatn antioortete, bie (Scfjanbe liege nid)t in bet 
 trafe, foubern in bem 55erbred)en. (Sr fonne fterben, o^ne bie (Sfyre 
 feuieg 3tanbe! 7 unb feiner 2Btffenfd)aft 3U beftecfen. 8 3)er ^olife fei 
 ber ^err feine^ Seben8; er tfjue, 9 h)a ii)m gefotte. 
 
 ,,@el)t ^inaug !" fagte ber $attfe 311 ben llmfte^enben; unb al$ er 
 allein tuar, reid)te er bem getoiffenfyaften 10 onain bie >anb unb f^rad^: 
 ,,onoin, id) bin mit !Dtr jufrteben; 3)u bift ntetn ^reunb unb id) ber 
 2)etnige. 3)?an I)at mir )eine Sreue t)erbad)tig gemad)t; id) mufcte 
 jDeine (g^rlid)feit priifen, u um getoift ju ttierben, ob id) mid) tioftfommen 
 ouf 2)td) tsertaffen fonne. 9?id)t al etne 33elof)nung, fonbern al3 ein 
 3eid)en 12 meiner ^reunbfdjaft hjerbe id) !Dir biefe efd)ente fenben, bie 
 S)eine 9?ed)tfd)affen^eit nid)t berfii^ren 13 lonnten.", 
 
 @o fprad) ber $alife unb befafjt ben )ienern, ba otb, bie (Sbel 
 fteine unb bie (Stoffe in ^>onain' ^au^ ju tragen. 
 
 2Bie tange blieb ^onain tm e* 
 
 fangni^ ? 
 2113 9J?utetnefut it)n mieber rufen 
 
 Ite, )oa geigte er i^m ? 
 
 ^atte ber >en!er in ber 
 >aub ? 
 
 tertangte nun ber 
 oon feinem 5lrjte ? 
 
 antiuortete ^>onain? 
 
 feijte er nod) Ijtn^u (add)? 
 
 (Sinige Donate (tang). 
 
 2luf ber etnen eite einen ifrf) mit 
 
 otb unb >iamanten, auf ber 
 
 anbern etnen enfer. 
 Sr Ijatte eine eifjel in ber ^>anb 
 
 unb ein @d)R)ert unter bem 3lrnt. 
 onaht fottte tudfjlen giuifdjen 9teid) 
 
 t^um unb Xob. 
 3)ie Sdjanbe liege ntd)t in bet 
 
 (Strafe, fonbern im 53evbred)en. 
 )er ^aifer tf)tte, n?a i^m gefafle. 
 
 i the executioner. 2 scourge, s see p. 310, 14. 
 ness. c shameful. " profession. 8 to stain. 
 
 to consider. 5 obstinacy, stubborn- 
 
 . . . . 9 see p. 359, 9. 10 conscientious 
 
 honest, n to prove, put on trial. 12 token, is to corrupt.
 
 B70 PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 
 
 (submit) er ftd) enbltcf) in 'ftein, er blieb ftcmbfjaft b f eutei 
 ben Stllen beS $alifen V SBeigerung (refusal). 
 
 26ie belofynte 3Huteu>eful ib,n ba* (r [ogle, baft er mit tb,m gufrieben 
 fur ? fei, unb geftanb ib,m, bag er tfyn 
 
 nur b,abe priifen rooflen. 
 
 2Bte nannte er tb,n ? (r nonnte tb,n feinen reunb. 
 
 Unb rate begeugte (show) cr if>m @r Iie ba^ o(b, bte belftetn? 
 feine 2)anfbarfeit? unb fojlbaren toffe 
 
 SKob.nung bringeru 
 
 FORTY-FIFTH LESSON. 
 
 THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 
 
 1. a] The present participle may be employed in Ger- 
 man as in English like an adjective, e.g. ' 
 
 Sin toetnenbeS $inb, A weeping child. 
 
 (gute Uebenbe Gutter, A loving mother. 
 
 35ie aufqeb,enbe onne, The rising sun. 
 
 2)ie ermunternben 2Borte, The encouraging words. 
 
 All the examples just given are of the present parti- 
 ciple immediately preceding and qualifying a noun, i.e., 
 used as an attributive adjective, and it is used thus much 
 oftener than as a predicate adjective, i.e., standing alone 
 after some part of fein, to be. Instead of, a$ &int> war 
 ttetnent, we must say, )og fttnb toeinte ; instead of, Xic 
 Sautter ifi liebcnt, Die Gutter ifl Uebmll, etc. 
 
 b) Nevertheless, there are a few present participles 
 which may be employed with the greatest freedom io 
 every way in which genuine adjectives are employed, 
 thus: 
 
 belefyrenb, instructive briicfenb, oppressive 
 
 betriibenb, afflicting ermtibenb, fatiguing 
 
 bringenb, pressing fltejjenb, fluent, flowing
 
 PRESENT PAKTtCIPLE. 371 
 
 l)tnretJ3enb, overpowering toerletjcnb, offensive 
 
 retgenb, charming imterfyaltenb, amusing, etc. 
 
 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 <Sie fang reijenb, She sang charmingly. 
 
 2)a8 ift mefyr ermlibenb al3 erqutcfenb geraefen, That was more 
 
 wearisome than refreshing. 
 3)rtngenbere efd)dfte, More pressing affairs. 
 (Sr bat un8 bnngenber a(8 ttorljer, He begged us more press- 
 
 ingly than before. 
 
 @te entfernten fid) fdjttietgenb, They departed silently. 
 (Sr fagte mtr, ftetS ladjenb . . . , He said to me, laughing all 
 
 the while . . . 
 (Sr raudjte, (tc^ (affig auf bent (Sttenbogen ftiiljenb, He was 
 
 smoking, supporting himself carelessly on his elbow. 
 
 c) In the last two examples the present participle tells 
 us what was going on at the same time with the action of 
 the principal verb, he was laughing at the same time 
 that he said to me, etc.; he was supporting himself on 
 his elbow as he smoked. It is more usual in such cases 
 to translate the English present participle by inbem (in 
 tJmt, while) and the indicative, e.g., (r rmtcfyte, tnbem er jtcf) 
 Idfftg auf bem (SUenbogen ftii^te. 3nbem is used also to 
 translate the English present participle preceded by by, 
 e.g., By showing, 3nbem er (eg, fte u.f.ro.) jetgt (jeigte u.f.ro.) 
 
 d) Sometimes ittfcem (while) would not give the force of 
 the English participial clause, and another conjunction 
 must be chosen, e.g. : 
 
 Believing you were dead, I went on. 
 !Da (since) id) glaubte Sie rtmren tobt, fo gtng trf) tBctter. 
 The sun rising, the stags showed themselves at our left, 
 (gobatb (as soon as) bte (Sonne aitfging, getgten ftrf) bte >trfd)e 
 
 Itnfg oon m\%. 
 He accepted the position, knowing all the while that she 
 
 had been lying. 
 (r nafjm bte tette an, obtt>ol){ (although) er ttwfjte fte 
 
 getogen.
 
 372 PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 
 
 Henry coming over to us, we sat down to discuss the 
 
 matter. 
 2113 (when) emrid) 311 un fyeruberfom, ba fefcten n)it unS, inn 
 
 bte <ad)e 311 befpredjen. 
 
 e) In other cases again, the student will see that the 
 English present participle used as an adjective is equi- 
 valent to a relative clause. It may then be so translated 
 into German, e.g. : 
 
 A man, suddenly springing out of the bushes, etc. 
 (Sin 3Waun, ber plolid) cms bent eftra'ud) fprang :c. 
 A fellow holding such opinions. 
 (Sin $ert, ber foldje 2ftetmmgen |)at. 
 
 /) Cumbrous constructions like the following occur 
 much more frequently in books and newspapers than in 
 conversation : 
 
 (Sin mid), id) toetfc ntd)t ttmritm, immer tabetnber ^rtttfer. 
 (A me, I do not know why, always blaming critic) i.e., 
 A critic (who is) always blaming me, I do not know why. 
 
 2. a) We have already seen that the English present 
 participle used as a noun is often translated by the in- 
 finitive (see page 363, 1). 
 
 NOMINATIVE. 
 
 Heading (the reading of) good books is necessary for 
 
 young people. 
 
 $)a$ Sefen guter 33ud)er ift fungen Seuten notfyig. 
 Card-playing and smoking are expensive habits. 
 3)o ^avtenfptelen unb 9tourf)en ftnb foftfpiettge (Setuoljnljetten. 
 Dying is hard, (Sterben ift fdjnjer. 
 Denying his guilt would be shameful. 
 (S3 ware fdjanblid) fcine djulb gu fcerleugnen. 
 
 GENITIVE. 
 
 Of dancing I am tired, 2)& Xan^enS bin id) mttbe. 
 Instead of crying, 3lnftatt be^ 3Betnen.
 
 PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 373 
 
 Bat: 
 
 The art of writing, $)te unft 311 frfjretben. 
 
 The pleasure of seeing you, )a$ 33ergnugen @te 311 fe!jen. 
 
 Compare page 318, 4. 
 
 With anftatt, the infinitive with JU is more usual, e.g.> 
 ilnftatt ju weinen. 
 
 DATIVE. 
 
 He became a declared enemy of (to) smoking. 
 
 !em 9Jaud)en ttntrbe er ein erflarter ^einb. 
 
 I am not to blame for the want of an answer so long (for 
 
 the long being deficient of an answer). 
 9ln bem langen S 2(u8bleiben einer Slntwort bin id) nidjt 
 
 ACCUSATIVE. 
 
 I Kke fishing very much, 3d) fyabe bag 2lnge(n feljr gent. 
 He went away without paying us, (r ging fort o^ne un^ ^u 
 
 bqafyten. 
 He began speaking, (Sr ftng an gu fpred^en. 
 
 6) Another way to translate the present participle used 
 as a noun, is by a clause beginning with a conjunction, 
 very frequently bap, e.g. : 
 
 junge eute gnte 33itd)er lefen, ift notfytg. 
 Stnftntt ba^ @iner rtjeinte (Instead of that a fellow cried). 
 j>arcm baf? bie ^Inttuort fo langc au^btieb, bin id) ntc^t djulb. 
 Your fishing I Kke very well (I am quite willing you 
 
 should fish). 
 
 afe (te cmgeln, (jab' id) fefyr gent. 
 I wrote without my father's knowing it. 
 3d) fdjvteb, o^ne baf? mein $ater e n)uf?te. 
 He wished to copy the letter before his uncle's seeing it. 
 (r oolite ben 33rief abfdjveiben, eb/e fein )nfcl ib,n fa'b.e. 
 We noticed his looking at her. 
 2Bir bemerften, ba er fie anfaf). 
 We heard of his becoming a soldier. 
 2Bir (jortcn, baft er Sotbat geiuorbcn Juar. 
 
 1 Although an adjective, usually printed -with a capital letter. It has the same f'ornj 
 30 the noun efyulb, ffuilt, and is not used attributively.'
 
 374 PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 
 
 I spoke of (my) going to Paris. 
 
 3d) fpraf) bauon, baft id) nad) ^artS gefyen tooflte. 
 
 I have nothing against your going there. 
 
 3d) fyabe S jjid)t3 bagegen, bag <3te baln'n gefyen. 
 
 The landlord insisted on our taking horses. 
 
 Set Strtlj beftanb barauf, baft hnr -Pferbe neljmen fotttcn. 
 
 Besides her being rich, 2Iuperbem baft fte reid) tft. 
 
 He saved himself by jumping through the window. 
 
 Sr rettete ftd) baburd), baft er aug bent ^enfter fprang. 
 
 The prisoner was hanged for .killing a man. 
 
 >er @efaugene rtwrbe gefyangt, toett cr emeu SJJann getobtet Ijatte. 
 
 You must have perceived it, while speaking with him. 
 
 @te ntuffen e bemerft ^oben, wa^rcnb <3te mtt t^m [pradjcn. 
 
 After having (I had) gone over the bridge, I had a 
 
 splendid view into the valley. 
 9?adjbem id) bie SBrurfe pafftrt fyatte, Ijatte id) etne ^crrtid)c 2lu3* 
 
 ftdjt tn' X^aL 
 
 After having received my money, I paid my creditors. 
 9?ad)bem id) mem e(b erljalten ^atte, begaljltc id) metiic 
 
 (ciubtger. 
 
 READINQ EXERCISE 129a. 
 
 err 5J?iiffer tuar ein forgfamer 2?ater unb etn Itebenber atte. 3)aS 
 S5Ub ftettt (represents) ein ladjenbeS ^tnb bor. 2)te folgenbe 5luf- 
 gabe tft ju itberfe^en. Sampe'^ 9iobinfon Srufoe tft ein fcljr nnter* 
 ^attenbeg unb beteb,renbe3 Slid). 3)a 33aben tfl gefunb. U)a8 
 3etd)nen tft etne tngenefyme 58efd)afttgung. 3)a3 ^adjett mandjer 
 Scute tfl unangenef)nt. fatten @te bie Sljre jetne 33efanntfd)aft gn 
 ntadjen '? 5)a^ 3pa3terengef)en tft fitr mid) fefjr ermiibenb. !0efcn unb 
 <Sd)teiben tft fiir alle Scute notljig. 9J?etne $mi Itebt baS 9Jaud)cn 
 ntdjt. 3d) fanb etne ^tafd)e, nieldje rotb/en SSetn entb,telt. @te ftng 
 ?ben an etnen 33rief ^u fd)retben. 3d) war nafje baran, nad) S 3lmertfa 
 luSguroanbern. (Sic mitffen fortfa^ren (Snglifd) 311 lernen. 
 
 130a. 
 
 I am going to Paris in a few daya I saw the dying old 
 man. You will find the word on the following page. That 
 was a very fatiguing journey. My friend lives in a charming 
 region. 1 Biding and dancing are good physical 3 exercises. 
 Js learning necessary for young people? The burden 3 is 
 oppressive. Clouds* are formed from the vapours arising" (1, e) 
 
 130&. KSejenb, f. *torperU$. sfcU 8a|t. < bie Soften.
 
 PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 376 
 
 from the earth. I have seen a book containing beautiful 
 poems. Alexander asked his friends standing (1, e) about his 
 death-bed, 6 if (ob) they thought they could find a king like 
 him. She was near dying. He told me trembling, that he 
 had lost all his money. Speaking thus, she stabbed 7 herself. 
 Eliza Veeping 'bitterly, threw herself into her mother's arms. 
 The father stood mourning 8 by the tomb 9 of his son. The 
 surgeon began dressing (oerbmben) the wound. The rising 1 * 
 sun disperses 11 the fog. 
 
 READING- EXERCISE 130b. 
 
 3d) IaS bte 3eitung, oljnc baft er eS bemerfte. 2Btr fpradjen babon, 
 baft tuir nad) 2Sten gefyen toottten. >er <Sd)iiter ttmrbe geftraft, roeii 
 er tra'ge gewefen tft. (5r war bofe 1 Uber mid), baft id) tfyn getoecft Ijatte. 
 3d) ittar geftcrn in Sfjrem >aitfe, ^nc e3 ju tmffen. >urd) bag 
 23eobad)ten 2 btcfer ^egeln faun man mele ^etjter bermetbcn. 3d) wcrbe 
 fpajteren gefyen, narfjbcm id) meinc efdjcifte beenbtgt f)abe. 3d) fanb 
 btefeg ^acfdjen btefen SO^orgen, a(8 (on) id) au bem ^aitfe gtng. 2)a 
 id) finbc, baft e8 mtr unmogtid) fetn totrb, ntetn $erfpred)en ju 
 fo ne^me 3 id) mem 2Bort 
 
 131. 
 
 She noticed my looking at her. She cannot endure 1 his 
 going away. I am sure of his having done it. I am rejoiced 
 at hearing of him. The overseer repented 2 having been so 
 cruel to (gegen, towards) the slaves and began treating 3 them 
 with more humanity. 4 Hearing the noise 5 of the cannon, we 
 started 6 up. Having seen him, I went to his brother. We 
 form our mind by reading (2, b) good books. We have obtained 
 peace by making great sacrifices. 7 You will learn to speak 
 French by writing it. The setting 8 sun indicated that it would 
 be useless pursuing 9 the fugitives. 10 Having taken leave, 11 he 
 departed. Being poor, he had been neglected. Having no 
 money, I could not depart. Having told his ridiculous 
 stories, he went off (fort) laughing. Mary and her brother 
 Henry, perceiving a pretty butterfly," endeavored (fudjten) to 
 catch it. Conjecturing (1, d) (uermutfyen) that I was rich and 
 
 130a. bo8 SEobtfcett. 7erbof(fyen. strauem. afcaSQrab. iouf8Ben. nettrei6en. 
 130b. i angry with. 2 to observe, s to retract. 
 
 131. irttagen. 2 bereute bajj. sbeljanbetn. < 2Henft6,tt<$f eit. 6ber1)onn. 
 ito make sacrifices, Dpfer bringen. 8 untergetjen. scerfotflen.
 
 376 PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 
 
 finding that I was ignorant, he thought it would be easy to 
 deceive me. The old man having spoken thus, the assembly 
 dispersed. 1 * 
 
 READECTQ LESSON. 
 
 fiiefee. Filial Love. 
 
 (Sin beriifjmter preufjtfdjer eneral' hmr in feiner Sugenb (gbetfnabe 1 
 an bem |>ofe grtebrid)3 beS rofcen. (Sr fyatte fetnen 23ater ntefyr unb 
 feme Gutter naljrte fid)* fummerlid) 3 in iljrem SStttroenftanbe.* 5US 
 em guter ofnt nmufdjte er, fie unterftitfcen 5 311 fonnen, aber toon feinem 
 geringen el)alte 6 fonnte er 9?id)tg entbeljren. 7 
 
 $>od) fanb er ein 2ftittet, (gtroaS fur fie 311 erwerben. 3ebe 97ac^t 
 mute ndmttc^ einer &on ben (SbeUnaben in bem 3^ mmer oor ^ cm 
 djtaffabinet beg $omg8 luad^en, urn btefem aufgurtarten, 8 wenn er 
 Stwa uertangte. 2)a 2Bacf)en tuar 3JJan^em gu befc^tuerUd), unb 
 fte iibertrugen 9 ba^er, wenn bte ^et^e 10 an fie fam, tyre SSarfjen 5lnbe* 
 ten. 2)er arme (Sbelfnabe futg an, btefe 2Badjen fiir 5lnbere gu iiber* 
 nefjmen; er fturbe bafiir be^a^It, unb ba elb, rtel^e^ er bafiir erl^ielt, 
 fparte er gufammen, 11 uub fd^tdte e bann fetner Gutter. 
 
 inmal fonnte ber ^ontg beS ^adjtS nic^t f^tafen unb moflte ft^ 
 (Sth)a bortefen laffen. 12 @r ftingette," er rtef; aber ^iemanb fam. 
 Snbltc^ ftanb cr felbft auf unb gmg in baS ^eben^immer, urn gu fe^en, 
 ob letn ^Jage ba rtare. ^ter fanb er ben guten 3unglmg, ber bte 
 SSac^e ubernommen Ijatte, am Jtfc^e ft^enb. S3or tfym lag ein ange* 
 fangener Srtef an feme SQiutter; aUein er war uber bem djreibcn 
 etngefd)lafen. 3)er ^ontg f^tt^ ^erbet (stole near) unb lag ben 
 Slnfang be8 S3rtefe8, h)elcf)er fo lautete (ran) : ,,9fteme befte, gettcbte 
 Gutter! !Dtefe ift fd^on bie brttte 9^ac^t, ba id) fur @elb wadje. 
 Setna^e fann id) eg ntdjt me^r aug^alten. 1 * Snbeffen freue id) mid), 
 ba^ id) nun toteber ge^n 2:t;aler fiir @te berbtent ^abe, 1 ' weldje id) 
 Olmen ^ierbei fd)ide. M 
 
 131. 13 aiiScinanber gefien. 
 
 i a page. 2 support. 3 with difficulty. * widowhood. succor. 6 salary. 1 spar-\ 
 K to wait upon. * handed over. 10 turn, u to collect, to save. 12 see p. 326. is to ring 
 tho bell. " to stand, to endure, i; to earn-
 
 PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 
 
 377 
 
 eritfjrt iiber ba8 gute er^ beg 3imgling3 Iat ber $omg ifjn 
 fdjlafen, geljt in fein gimmti:, fyolt $wei Gotten mit SDufaten, ftecft tym 
 eine in jebe afdje imb tegt fid) wieber fdjfafen. 
 
 1(3 ber (Sbetfnabe erwadjte unb ba3 elb in fetnen afdjen fanb, 
 fouittc cr wol)( benfcn, tooljer c3 gcfommen fei. Sc freute ftrf) 3^ac 
 fefjr baruber, loctt er nun feine Gutter nod) beffer unterftufeen fonntc; 
 bo^ erfdjra! er andj ^ugteid), aiett ber $imig i^n fdjtafenb gefunben 
 Ijatte. 2lm SKorgcn, fobalb er ^urn ^onig lam, bat er bemutljtg 1 urn 
 S3ergebung tuegen feine^ 2)tenftfel)(er3 2 unb ban!te Ujnt fiir baS gnabtge 
 S)cr gute $onig lobte feine finblirfje ?iebe, ernannte 3 i^n 
 jum* Offtjier unb fdjenfte i^m nod^ (besides) eine (Summe 
 elb, urn ftc^ 2ltfe3 anfdjaffen 5 ^u fonnen, n)a3 er $n feiner neuen 
 0tettc &rancf)te. 
 
 3)er trefftidje (So^n ftieg Jjernacf) tmmer ^o^er' unb btentc imtet 
 me^reren preuifc^en ^onigen atS etn tapferer general bil ra feiu 
 oe0 filter. 
 
 war em preuifd)er enerat 
 
 in feiner 3ugenb? ^ 
 atte et bamatS feine (SItern 
 
 nod)? 
 
 3Ba8 war btefe alfo? 
 ^onnteberSoIjnjieunterflit^en? 
 
 (gr war (Sbetfttabe an bent 
 
 SDZtttet fanb er, (SttoaS 
 fiir fie ju erwerben (earn) ? 
 
 2ln weffen tette wacfjte er? 
 SSarunt wadjten fte nirf)t felbft? 
 mad)te er mit bent etbe, 
 
 baS er auf biefe 2Beife erwarb ? 
 
 (3 ber $6nig einmat nid)t fd)(a* 
 
 fen fonnte, wa3 tl)at er ? 
 
 13 9Jiemanb fant, wa8 tat er? 
 
 @ein 33ater tebte nid)t me^r; abec 
 
 feine Sautter. 
 (Sie war eine 2Bitttoe. 
 S3on fetnem exalte !onnte er e8 
 
 nirf)t tun. 
 (Sr Wad)te fur etb in bent SJor* 
 
 Dimmer bor bent @rf)Iaffabinet 
 
 2ln ber Stette anberer Sbetfnaben. 
 (S3 war ifynen gu befd)wer(id). 
 @r fdjicfte e feiner Gutter, um fte 
 ju unterftii^en. 
 
 G?r ftingette unb rtef. 
 Sr ftanb auf, nm gu feljen, ob fern 
 tm ^or^immer wftre. 
 
 1 humbly. 9 fault in service, s to name, to appoint. 
 to boy. e high and higher. 
 
 4 gee p. 389, 3. s to procura.
 
 373 
 
 PAST PARTICIPLE. 
 
 fnfj cr Ijter? 
 
 tjatte er tior fidj tiegen ? 
 2tu iuen rear biefer $3rief geridjtet ? 
 2Bte tautete ber 
 
 2BtetneI fyatte er fdjon ertuorbcn? 
 2ccfte ber $onig ih,n auf ? 
 28a8 tfjat er UberbieS? 
 
 51(3 ber (Sbelfnabe ettuadjte, 
 
 empfanb er? 
 SBarum war er erfc^rodeu? 
 
 t(jat er am 2J?orgen? 
 
 2Bie behjte^ tf)in ber 
 2Bof)ItuoUen (favor) ? 
 hwrbe fpater au8 (of) i 
 
 fein 
 
 2)er gute Oflngttng fag fc^tafenb 
 
 am Stfd^e. 
 
 (Sinen angefangenen Srtef. 
 5ln feine Gutter. 
 W 3)icfe ift fdjon bte brttie ^ac^t, 
 
 ba trf) fur etb ttjac^e." 
 3e^n Skater, 
 ^ein, er Iie i^n fcfjlafen. 
 (r ^olte a^et gotten >itfaten unD 
 
 ftecfte t^m in jebe Xafttje etne. 
 @r war 2lnfang3 erfdjroden, freute 
 
 ficl^ aber bod) itber ba olb. 
 SBett er etnen jDienftfebler began* 
 
 gen (committed) fjatte. 
 (Sr bat ben $"b'mg um Sergebung 
 
 unb banfte tljm fiir bag efrfjenf. 
 @r madjte ib.n gum Officer unb 
 
 fdjenfte t^m nod] etb bagu. 
 Sr ftieg nad) unb nad) immei 
 
 unb wurbe ^ute|jt enerat. 
 
 FORTY-SIXTH LESSON. 
 
 THE PAST PAKTICIPLE. 
 
 1. The past participle is used very frequently in every 
 way in which a genuine adjective could be used, e.g. : 
 
 >er geftebte $oter, The beloved father. 
 (Sin gefegneteS Sanb, A fertile (blessed) country. 
 (Sin gebriirftereS 53otf, A people more oppressed. 
 )er geeb/rtefte ^rofeffor, The most honored professor. 
 %n gelefjrteften gefd)rieben, The most learnedly written. 
 <5ie finb gefiirdjtet, You are feared. 
 
 2. We call attention to the following words which are 
 in form past participles, but used more frequently as ad- 
 jectives than to form compound tenses. Each has a de- 
 rivative beginning with UlU
 
 PAST PAETICIPLE. 379 
 
 befcnmt, known unbefannt, unknown 
 
 bemtttclt, well off unbemittelt, without means 
 
 beriifymt, renowned unberiifymt, unrenowned 
 
 gelefyrt, learned ungeleljrt, unlearned 
 
 gefcfjicft, clever, skilful ungefdjicft, awkward 
 
 geroofynt, accustomed ungetoofyut, unaccustomed. 
 
 3. The past participle of neuter verbs of motion is 
 used with fommen and gefyen, instead of the present par- 
 ticiple, as : )er &nabe fain gelaufen, gefprungen, geritten, ge* 
 fafjren, The boy came running, riding, etc. ; thus also, gc^ 
 flogen, gefc^mommen, gefrodjen u. f. n>. fommen. Somewhat 
 similiar is serloren ge^en, to be (get) lost. Ex. : 
 
 Sine 23vteftafd)e ift tertoren gegangen (has been lost). 
 
 4. The following past participles may be used much 
 like conjunctions : 
 
 gefe^t (lit. set), suppose 
 angenommen, (assumed), assuming 
 auggenommcn (excepted), except 
 abgefefyen (looked off), let alone 
 abgeredjnet (deducted), not counting 
 gugegeben (granted), granting. 
 
 Thus: 
 
 e ft) are fo, Suppose it were so. 
 
 ^Ibgeeb/en babon, ba^ er aud^ gu arm ifi, Let alone that he is 
 too poor besides. 
 
 5. The past participle is often employed instead of the 
 imperative. In English, the present participle is some- 
 times used with a negative in a similar manner. Ex. : 
 
 umgefefjrt ! (turned about) about face ! 
 aufgefdjaut ! look up ! 
 auSgetrunfen ! empty your glass! 
 ntd)t nteljr geiueint! no more cryingl 
 ntd)t geplaubert ! no talking !
 
 380 FUTURE PASSIVE PAKTICIPLE. 
 
 The Future Passive Participle. 
 
 There is in German a future passive participle, answer- 
 ing to the Latin participle in dus (e.g., laudandus, a, um). 
 It is formed from the present participle (e.g., lobcnb) by 
 placing ju before it. Ex. : 
 
 3)a3 311 lobenbe $inb, The child to be praised. 
 3)te git fyotfenbc Srnte, The harvest to be hoped for. 
 3)a3 $u fiirdjtenbe Unglitcf, The misfortune to be feared. 
 
 In the predicate, JU lobett is used, e.g., 2)a3 $int> ift JU 
 foben, The child is (worthy) to be praised. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 132. 
 
 Sftetne geliebte ante ift geflorben. Unfer Dereljrter ^Jrofeffor tfl 
 franf. ^eter ber @roe roar ber gebilbetfte 9Jiamt in Sftufclanb. S'Jero 
 war ber gefiirdjtetfte romifc^e ^atfer. !Der Ijeute gefattenc <Scf)nee ifl 
 gnjet $itfj ^od^. 2)cmoft^eneS tear ber beritljmtefle grie^tfc^c ^iebner. 
 2)er @ret ging gebitcft (stooping) an einem Stabe unb betteltc. 2)te 
 gu crfitttcnbe ipftic^t roar fc^njer. <2t^itfen @te mtr ben ju fdrbenben 1 
 |>ut. 5lbgefe^en a Don bem (Srfolge/ mufc man btefe Untente^mung 
 bttttgen. 3)te jit gebenbe Dper ift Don (by) Sfcoffini. @r tfi etn 
 iDtrftic^ ju empje^tenber SOtann. >te 311 erniartenbe 5tnfunft unferer 
 getiebten ^ontgin erfiittt atte erjen mtt greube. err ^a^bar, ge 
 trunfen ! 3)te langgena^rte* ^>offnung ift enblirf) erfiittt morbcn. (Sin 
 ftarfeg emitter mit ^agel 5 ^at bie fe^nttc^ft ge^offte (Srnte ucrnidjtet.* 
 2)a8 geprefetc ^erj fit^tte ft^ erletcf)tert am t^eitne^menben 53ufen eineS 
 getiebten 2rreunbe8. erit^rt Don ben 2Borten beg atten 2J2anne^, 
 offnete er bie f)ttre unb Uep tf)n etntreten. 2)er arme tubent, afl 
 feineS etbeS beraubt, fe^te betriibt feinen 2Beg fort, bi er, in einem 
 2)orfe angefommen, ganj ermiibet ftc^ aitf eine San! fe^te. 
 
 7tufgabc 133. 
 
 1. Mr. A. is a renowned painter. If you study much, you 
 will become a learned man. He stood there quite puzzled. 1 
 This man died unknown and unrenowned. The knight 2 re- 
 turned discouraged 3 and dejected. 4 The most honored man is 
 
 132. ito dye. 2 without regard to. 3 result, t i.e., lange genS^rte, long-cherished, 
 bt. nourished, s hail, s destroy. ' touched, moved. 
 U3. ictrUjjen, eerwtnt. afcersRUUr. sentmut^tgen, reg. v. < niebetgeft^lagen.
 
 FUTURE PASSIVE PAETICIPLE. 381 
 
 not always the best man. The most learned people often 
 write the worst. Arrived at (in ivith dat.) the village, he pro- 
 ceeded (gtng cv in) to the inn where nobody recognised 6 him ; 
 he was so changed and sunburnt. 6 The life of eveiy man ia 
 a continuous 1 chain of accidents. 8 The problem 9 to be solved 1 ' 
 has been communicated [to] all the students. 
 
 2. Beloved and esteemed by every one, *the 'old man died 
 ' at the age of ninety years. It is a fact 11 not to be denied, 1 * 
 that no man has any claim 13 to perfection. My neighbor came 
 running to inform me that the queen had arrived. The prince 
 came driving in a coach with six horses. The danger to be 
 avoided 14 is not yet over (novuber). Do you understand the 
 sentence 15 to be learned? Where is the boy [who is] to be 
 punished? Protected by an almighty God, 2 we x may go 
 through this life without fear, if we do not deviate 16 from the 
 right path. Well begun, half done, is a German proverb. 
 
 BEADING LESSON. 
 
 SJtotm mit ber eifmten 9Hal(c. The Iron Mask. 
 
 (Stntge Sftonate nadj bent Xobe be8 $arbtnat3 2ft a 3 a r t n eretgnete 
 fid) in ^ranlreid) etne SBegebenljett, 1 ttetdje ntd)t U)re3gleidjen 2 Ijat. (Sin 
 tmbefannter efangener, ber grower al3 getoofmlid), jnng unb Don ber 
 fdjonften unb ebetften eftalt 3 war, tourbe mit bent groftten @eljetnmt* 
 fat ba$ (3d)to ber (St. 2ftargaretf)en*3nfet tm ^rofcenc 
 gefdjuft. tefer efangene tmg unteriuegS eine 2)?a3fe, beren 
 ftuc! 6 taljlfcbern 7 tjatte, tuelc^e tt)w bie gretljeit tte^en, mit ber 
 anf fetnem cfic^te ju effen. (53 tear 23efel)l gegeben tuorben, if;n ju 
 tobten, luenn er fid) entbetfte. Sr btieb anf ber 3ttfel, bt etn .Officer, 
 9?omcn <5auit=aKor, tm ^a^re 1690 Dberauffefjer" ber Saflttti 
 
 133. serfennen. efonnoerbrannt. "fortfcfeen, to continue. Use the past part. sci 
 92lufga6e. iI6fen. nj^atfa^e. i^Ieugnen. isSlnfpru^ auf. ncrraeiben. isfca 
 
 i event, occurrence. 2 its equal. SKcineSgletdjcn, beineSgteic^en, etc., are indeclinable, 
 i.e.. the same form answers for any gender, or case, and either number. There is a 
 similar word from the demonstrative bcr, namely, beScjIetdjen (' the like of that '). Poi 
 t>e8g!euen, bevgletcfyen may be used. 3 figure, stature. < secrecy, sbay. e chin-piece 
 7 spring. 8 overseer, governor.
 
 382 FUTURE PASSIVE PARTICIPLE. 
 
 hmrbe. 2)iefcr fyoltc iljn toon ber @t. 2ftargorctljen*3nfet ab, unb 
 fiifyrte ifjn, immer ucrtarbt, 1 in bie SaftiUe. $urj toor feiner 23er* 
 fefcung 2 befudjte iljn ber SftarquiS toon SoutxnS auf biefer 3nfel imb 
 fprad) nut iijin ftefyenb unb mit einer S 2ld)tung, 3 bte an (Sljrfurdjt grengte 
 (came near to veneration). 
 
 >iefer Unbefanntc iourbe in bie Saftitte gefii^rt, n>o er eine fo gutc 
 SBo^nung tine in einem (d)Io|fe er()ielt. SDZan toerfagte 4 i^m ni^tS 
 toon bem, h)a er Derlangte; er fanb fein gro^te^ 33ergniigen an feljr 
 fetnem 2Sei3eug 6 unb an <5pien; 6 er fpielte auf ber uitarre. 2J?an 
 ^telt il)m etnen feljr guten Jifc^ unb ber )berauffef)cr fc^te fidf) felten 
 cor t^m. (Sin atter 5lr^t au ber 33afttfle, ber oft biefen 2JJann in 
 (einen ^ranf^eiten be^anbett 1 Ijatte, fagte, ba er nie fein eftdjt 
 gefe^en ^abe, obfc^on er oft feine 3 un 9 e uno oen 9^ e ft feineg ^orperS 
 unterfuc^t fyatte. (Sr h)ar auerft fd)on geu>ad)fen (made), fagte biefer 
 ^trgt; feine >aut War ein njenig gebraunt; er erregte 8 ^ntereffe burd) 
 ben blofien 9 Xon feiner timme; nie beflagte er ftd) uber feinen 3"* 
 ftanb, unb Ue 9fiemanb merfen, 10 n?er er fein fb'nnte. 
 
 (To be continued.) 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 K.B. The pupil is requested to seek the answers to the following questions in the 
 Beading Exercise above. 
 
 begab ftdj batb nad) bem obe beg arbmat SKagarin ? 
 
 h)urbe auf baS @d)to^ ber @t. 2Jiargaretljen*3nfel gefdjirft? 
 2Bo tiegt biefe 3nfel? 
 SBa trug ber efangene beflanbig ? 
 2Bie lange blieb er auf ber 3nfel? 
 SSo^in fufyrte i^n @aiut=2)?ar ? 
 2Ber ^atte il)n oor feiner SSerfe^ung befudjt? 
 2Bie ^atte er fid) gegen if)n benommen (behaved) ? 
 355a erljielt ber Unbefannte in ber Saftifle ? 
 SQln ma8 fanb er fein gro|teS 53ergnUgen ? 
 2Ber be^anbette i^n in feinen $ran!ljeiten? 
 2Ba fagte biefer S 2trgt oft? 
 SSoburd) erregte er Sntereffe? 
 
 i masked, 2 removal. 3 respect. 4 to deny, to refuse. & linen. 6 lace, i to attend. 
 c to excite, to cause. mere. 10 to perceive.
 
 ADJECTIVES. 383 
 
 FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Adjectives in German almost always follow the nouns 
 or pronouns qualifying them, e.g., 2)ret ^ u btett, Three 
 feet broad; 93?tt einer tym eigenen Unpartfyeiltcfyfeit, With an 
 impartiality peculiar to him; >e3 eben ffltt, Weary of life; 
 3n feinc -ftacfybarin serliebt, In love with his neighbor. 
 
 L Adjectives which take the Accusative after them. 
 
 1. Adjectives of weight, measure, age, or value, require 
 the accusative. Such are : 
 
 fdjluer, heavy, weighing Ijodj, high 
 
 long, long ttef, deep 
 
 breit, broad, wide grofc, great, large, tall 
 
 alt, old toerti), worth. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 3)er (Stein toar geljn ^funb fd^mer. 
 
 The stone weighed ten pounds. 
 
 >te Waiter ift jttmn^tg ^u tang. 
 
 The wall is twenty feet long. 
 
 3)te grau tear fec^^ig 3a^re aft. 
 
 The woman was sixty years old. 
 
 >ier ift em geljn ^funb fd^ttjerer (Stem. 
 
 Here is a stone weighing ten pounds. 
 
 (Sie bauten etne ^njei^unbert $atfj fange SWauer. 
 
 They built a wall two hundred feet long. 
 
 IL Adjectives 1 which take the Dative after thena. 
 
 abgenetgt, disinclined anftofctg, oflEensive 
 
 fi^n(td), like befannt, known 
 
 angeboren, innate begretflicf), conceivable 
 
 angemeffen, appropriate bequem, convenient 
 
 , agreeable befjagttd), comfoi-table 
 
 i This list contains also some past participles which are frequently used as acU 
 jectives.
 
 384 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 befcfyuenid), troublesome Ueb, ) -, 
 
 banfbar, grateful tfjeuer, ) 
 
 btenlid), serviceable tnoglid), possible 
 
 ei9eu ' ! neculiar nad)th,eilig, ) prejudicial, detri- 
 
 eigentl)iimud), ) * fdjdblid), j mental, hurtful 
 
 fremb, strange nafye, near 
 
 gefyorfam, obedient niigucf), useful 
 
 geiuogen, favorably inclined treu, ( foy.uf.ji 
 
 giinftig, favorable getreu, [ 
 
 geneigt, kindly disposed iiberlegen, superior 
 
 getoadjfen, equal to unmbgUd), impossible 
 
 gleid), like, equal \ivtf)a$t, odious 
 
 gndbig, gi-acious, kind t)ortb,eHb,aft, advantageous 
 
 |ei(fam, salutary roillfommen, welcome 
 
 laftig, troublesome ^utraglid), conducive, beneficial 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 >er (So^n tfi (or fiefyt) fetnem 5Sater ab.ntt^. 
 
 The son is like (resembles) his father. 
 
 3)ie gtebe ^ur Oreifyett ift bem 2Ken[d)en angeboren. 
 
 The love of liberty is innate in man. 
 
 3)ie Arbeit tear ben (Solbaten laftig. 
 
 The labor was disagreeable to 'the soldiers. 
 
 5)a8 Saben ift ber efunbb/eit feljr gutrdgUd^. 
 
 Bathing is very conducive to health. 
 
 (g toar mtr unmoglid) ju fommen. 
 
 It was impossible for me to come. 
 
 HEADING EXERCISE 134a. 
 
 5)tefe ^ugel ifl me^r ot ^e^n ^funb fitter. 2Bte tang tfl bteje 
 Strafe? @ie ijl ^ttjei^unbert unb gnxntjtg 5u (ang. 3)te ^einbc 
 gruben emen gtuotf ^u bretten raben. 5luf bem ^(a^e 1 fteft etne 
 ungefd^r bieqtg ^u ^o^e (Saute.' 2)tefe @efd)id)te tjl affen gran^o* 
 fen roo{)t befannt. 3u trie! effen ifl ber efunb^eit nad)tb,eiUg. !Det 
 ^ontg n>ar btefem ^ofmanne 3 feb,r geiuogen. @eib euern 2Boijltfc,atern 
 ftet^ 4 banfbar. (Setb nte gefuljttoS gegen bte ?etben enter Sfthmenfdjen. 
 J>te tange 9?etfe h)ar bem often 2ftanne feb,r befcf)n)crttd); er fonnte fie 
 nid)t toeiter fortfefcen. S)ie geinbe maren un an gafy weit iibertegen; 
 beflo (the) fioljer n>aren tuir anf (see IV) unfern @ieg, nid^renb b 
 feinblid)e enerat Uber feine 9?ieberlage befd)dmt n>ar. 
 
 184*. i square. 3 column, pillar, s courtier. J always.
 
 ADJECTIVES. 386 
 
 134b. 
 
 My room is twenty feet long and fifteen wide. The boy 
 climbed over x a 5 wall ^en 3 feet 4 high. In the room we found 
 J a 6 man "about 'sixty-five 4 years "old. London-bridge is nine 
 hundred and twenty feet long, fifty-five high, and fifty-six 
 wide. The monument of London is a round pillar, two 
 hundred feet high ; it stands on a pedestal 1 twenty feet high. 
 Travelling is conducive to health. Your horse is much superior 
 to mine. Smoking is not conducive to health, at least for 
 those who have feeble lungs. 2 
 
 IIL Adjectives 1 which take the Genitive after them. 
 
 bebitrftig, ) in want of, to$, rid of 
 
 benotljtgt, j in need of mad)ttg, master of 
 
 betouftt, conscious mtibe, ) tired of, 
 
 eingebenf, mindful fatt, j weary 
 
 fafyig, capable fcfjutbtg, guilty 
 
 frob,, glad tb/ttyafttg, partaking 
 
 getocirtig, in expectation of ttberbriiffig, tired of, weary 
 
 geltnJ3, certain toerbcidjtig, suspected 
 
 fjabfyaft, getting possession of toerhiftig, having forfeited. 
 
 Also, 
 
 t, unconscious, uneingebenf, unmindful, etc. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 3)te ^Innen ftnb be8 etbe bebitrfttg (benotf)tgt). 
 
 The poor are in want of money. 
 
 3)ev &ote luar be 2Bege3 ntdjt fitnbtg (or unfunbtg). 
 
 The messenger was unacquainted with the waj. 
 
 S)er eneral tear beg $erratl)3 tjerbad^tig. 
 
 The general was suspected of treason. 
 
 3d) bin be 3lrbettenS miibe. 
 
 I am tired of working. 
 
 IV. Adjectives 1 which take Prepositions after them. 
 
 ndjtfam auf (ace.), attentive to bcmge toor, afraid of 
 
 beforgt fiir, anxious about befc^cimt ttber (ace.), ashamed of 
 
 134b. i gu&gefJeH. 2 etne ^ica^e Sunge (sing.~). 
 
 i Thisjist contains also some past participles which are frequently used as adjectives.
 
 886 
 
 begtertg uadj, desirous of gterig nad), covetous of 
 
 befrett or fret tion, rid of gletdjgUtig gegen, indifferent to 
 
 efyi-getjtg narf), ambitious of gefiifyuoS gegen, insensible of 
 
 empfiing(id) fiir, susceptible of nadjlajjtg in (dot.), careless of 
 
 empftnbUd) iiber (occ.), sensi- retd) an (dot.}, rich in 
 
 tive about flotj auf (ace.), proud of 
 
 etferftidjttg auf or gegen (ace.), toerliebt in (ace.), in love with 
 
 jealous of (a rival) 1 iiberjeugt tion, convinced, sure of 
 
 ettel auf (ace.), vain of unnuffenb in (dot.), ignorant of 
 
 ermiibet Don, tired by or with toerfdjroenbertfd) nut, prodigal of 
 
 : a'f)tg $u, able, capable of jttmfelljaft iiber (ace.), dubious of 
 
 ; rolj iiber (ace.), glad of gufrteben mtt, satisfied with 
 
 rucfjtbar an (dot.), productive of un$ufrieben mit, dissatisfied with. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 (Sgtypten tfi fru^tbar an SBaumroofle. 
 Egypt is productive of cotton. 
 S)er ^iingltng tear begterig na^ ^enntniffe*. 
 The youth was desirous of knowledge. 
 
 V. Adjectives modified by an Adverb or an Adverbial 
 
 Phrase. 
 
 In English, the adverb or adverbial phrase (usually) 
 follows the adjective ; in German, it precedes it. 
 
 (Sin met gelefeneS 23ucf), A much read book. 
 
 $>er burcq 9?ub,e geftdrfte $i>rper, The body strengthened by 
 
 repose. 
 
 (gin nacf) enntntffen begteriger Bungling. 
 3)ie bem 2J2enfc^en angeborene Siebe gur ft 
 
 EXERCISE 135a. 
 
 3dj bin mtr fetner (Sc^ulb berout. 2)te 5lurt)anberer btteben ib,re 
 S5atertanbe ftetS eingebenf unb waren niematg gletdjgiitttg (indifferent) 
 gegen ba8 @d)tcffa( beffelben. 3eber 9Kenf^ mu ftet be8 lobe^ 
 getticirttg fetn, benn ber Job Derfcfjont S^iemanb. 3)te "Dame erfdjraf 
 fo feb,r, ba fte ber pradje nid^t meb,r mtirfjttg roar. 3)fan b,tett tb,n 
 enter foldjen fd)tt)ar5en Sb,at ntrf)t fa'fytg. 3dj bin be^ ?eben^ nnb be3 
 
 i See the foot-note on the next page.
 
 ADJECTIVES. 387 
 
 )errfd)en3 mitbe, fo fprad) ber giirft gu fctncn (Soljnen. 2)er <3d)iUet 
 war gleidjgiltig gegen alle (Snnatjnimgen feine3 et)rer3. (*3 tft nidjt 
 ber Sttiifye iwertt) (worth the trouble), biefen 33rief nod) einmai ab^n* 
 [dpiben. 2)ie -Jrauen fatten nid)t etferfitdjtig fern iiber 1 ifyre 2)amter. 
 (Sin mit feinem <3d)id"fale gufriebener 2#enfd) ift immer glitdUd). 
 
 135b. 
 
 We are always mindful of our duty. They were not quite 
 Bure of their advantage. 1 O tell us, how did you become 
 master (moid)tig) of the castle? I am tired of reading. The 
 young man was not capable of such a deed. He who kills a 
 man, is guilty of a great crime. I am not satisfied 2 with your 
 behavior. I am quite convinced of his innocence. England 
 is rich in coal. 3 The foreigner was ignorant of the language 
 of the country; he was (i.e., became, ttmrbe), therefore, soon 
 tired of his stay. 4 
 
 136. 
 
 Young people should be civil to everybody. I am satisfied 
 with my pupils. The boy is fatigued with running. Human 
 life is never free from troubles. 1 Many men are dissatisfied 
 with their condition. 2 Those who commit suicide 3 must be 
 very tired of their lives (sing.}. Let us never do anything in 
 secret, 4 of which we should be ashamed if it became known. 
 At last I feel myself rid of that tedious 5 disease. It is my 
 duty to tell you that you are totally ignorant of (in) the most 
 important 6 facts' of history. I do not like persons who are 
 cruel to (gegen) animals. The tailor showed me a letter (V) 
 written by his son. A man well instructed (unterrid)tet) in 
 history judges 8 (the) events with impartiality. 9 He who is un- 
 mindful of his domestic 10 duties, and not careful of his chil- 
 dren, is an enemy to (gen.) his family and his country ; he is 
 guilty of great sins, the consequence 11 of which (pl.) u he can- 
 not foresee. 18 
 
 135a. i Gifcrfft^ttg takes ilfcer before the name of the person in whose affection one 
 Wants no rival, but gegen or auf before the name of the rival. 
 
 135b. i SBort^etl, m. 2 jufrieben. 3 ftofjlen (pZ.). 4 Stufentljalt. 
 
 136. 1 2Hae, aSeWrcerbe, f. 2 tie Sage ('nfir).eelbflmorb begetyen. 4{m el)etmen. sfana* 
 aettig. enjtdjttg. i f>atia<$eu. 8 beurtl;etlen. s Unpartb,eitt<$fett. 
 \pl.). 12 Bee p. 338, 1.
 
 388 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 BEADING LESSON. 
 
 $rr Miami mit tier ctjmtcn iUiasfc. 
 
 2)iefer Unbefannte ftarb im 3aljre 1103 unb nwrbe bet -iftadjt im 
 $ird)f)of ber ^oufe^farret 2 begraben. $Sa3 bag (Srftaunen toerbop- 
 pelt, ift, baft 3U ber dt f al3 man ifyn nad) ber <5t. 2)iargaret^eu-3ajel 
 fdjicfte, in (Suropa letn angefefyener 3 2ftann t>erfd)tt)anb. Unb bod) mar 
 : biefer efangene ofyne 3 loe if e ^ em folder: benn ^olgeubeS M te ftdj 
 in ber erften tit, ate er auf ber 3nfet war, 3ugetragen. 4 3)er >ber 
 auffe^er fteUte felbft bie @d)ttffeln auf ben Stifc^, unb narfjbem er i^n 
 eingef^loffen Ijatte, ging er weg. (Sinft fdjrieb ber efangene 
 auf einen filbernen Setter nnb rtarf ben Setter ^um genfter 
 gegen etn <Sc^iff, tt)el^e am Ufer lag, faft am 
 3)er 5if^c r f ^nt btefeS c^iff ge^orte, fanb ben Setter, Ijob i^n auf unb 
 brad)te i^n bem Oberauffe^er guriid. (Srftaunt fragte biefer ben ^tfc^er: 
 w aben @ie getefen, h)a0 auf biefem Setter gefc^rteben ftet)t, unb fjat 
 Oemanb i^n in -3^ren >a'nben gefe^en?" S)iefer 2Hann hwrbe feft< 
 ge^atten, 6 bi ber 9luffef)er ftc^ mo^I tierfic^ert ^atte, bafe er nirf)t lefen 
 lonnte, unb baft ber Setter toon ^iemanb gefeljen hiorben itiar. r ,@et)en 
 @ie," fagte er, w @ie fmb fe^r gtuctlirf), ba <Sie nic^t lefen fonnen." 
 
 ^err ton d^amtttart nmr ber lefete SKtntfler, n>etcf)er biefeS fonberbare 
 e^eimnt tuute. 3)er 2ftarfrf)att 80 geuittabe, fein (Sdjujiegerfo^n,' 
 bat iljn bei fetnem Sobe auf ben $nteen, i^nt angugeigen, toer ber 2Hann 
 niare, ben man nie anberS !annte, at unter bem 9?amen: W 3)er 5Kann 
 mit ber eifernen 3)?afe." (J^amtttart antwortete i^m, ba e eiu 
 <StaatSgel)eimmf$ fei, unb ba er einen (gib geleiftet 7 ^abe, e nie 311 
 entbeden. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 9Bann flarb btefer Uubefannte? 
 SBo tt)urbe er begraben? 
 
 trug ftc^ einft auf ber Snfet ju? 
 
 fagte ber Oberauffetjer gn bem gifcfjer? 
 
 gef^a^ bann biefem Sftanne ? 
 
 i churchyard. 2 Parish of St. PauL s distinguished. 4 happened, s detained. 
 son-in-law, l taken an oath.
 
 CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS. 389 
 
 2Bte lange ttwrbe er feftgeljalten ? 
 
 it tt>eld)en SBorten rourbe er entlaffen (dismissed)? 
 roar ber efcte, ber biefeS el)etmm| roufjte ? 
 gab S^amittart bem 
 
 FORTY-EIGBTB LESSON. 
 
 THE CASES WHICH DIFFERENT VERBS 
 GOVERN. 
 
 L Yerbs which in German are followed by the Nominative. 
 
 1. The nominative case is required by the following 
 verbs : 
 
 fetn, to be fdjeinen, to appear, to seem 
 
 toerben, to become, to get ijetfsen, to be called, to bear a 
 bleiben, to remain name. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 ^apoteott foar em grower ^efbljerr (general). 
 3)er junge SD'Jenfcf) ift @otbat getoorben. 
 fc^etnt em guter ^tan (gu fetn). 
 
 2. By the passive of the following verbs, which, in the 
 active, govern two accusatives (e.g., !Dic 3&ger ncnnen Me 
 SDfyren be^ ^afen Soffel, Hunters call the hare's ears spoons], 
 as: 
 
 nennen, } , CQ ^ f^elten, to abuse for, scold as 
 
 fyetpen, j ' fc^impfen, to insult as 
 
 e.g., @r TOitrbe raf genannt. 
 
 3. The verbs : to appoint, erncnnen ; to choose, ertt)5I)(en ; 
 to make, macfyen, which require in English a nominative 
 after them in the passive, require in German the prepo- 
 sition ju with the article (jum). Ex. : 
 
 31. ift gum >auptmann ernannt toorben. 
 r. A. was appointed captain.
 
 CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS. 
 
 (r tft gum 3)oftor gemacfyt toorben. 
 He was made a doctor. 
 
 3um stands here, and in some other cases, for jtt cincm, 
 and not for ju t>em. 
 
 NOTE. The verb crfldren/ to declare, requires the preposition fur. Ex.: 
 He was declared a thief, (Sir Wurbe fiir etnctt 3)ieb erfldrt. 
 Palmer was found guilty, Calmer aurbe fiir fcfyulbig erfldrt. 
 
 So also does (jalten, to hold, consider, e.g., %d) ^alte btejen Sag fiir er 
 U>ren, I consider this day as lost. 
 
 ZL Verbs which in German govern the Dative. 
 
 1. The following verbs, most of which govern in En- 
 glish the accusative of the person, take in German the 
 dative of the person: 1 
 
 etnteurfjten, to be evident 
 
 , to dissuade 
 antttjorten, to answer 
 onljangen, to adhere 
 anfteljen, to fit (of clothes); 
 
 also, to suit, please 
 Befefylen, to command, order 
 tftulfteidjen, 2 to evade 
 tbegegnen, to meet, to occur, 
 
 to happen 
 beljagen, to please 
 tbefommen, to agree with a 
 
 person 
 tbet>orftel)en (also Ija&en), to 
 
 impend 
 
 beiftimmen, ) to agree with 
 beipfltrfjteiT, j some one 
 betftefyen, to assist 
 banfen, to thank 
 bienen, to serve 
 broken, to threaten 
 teinfaffen, to occur, suggest 
 
 itself 
 
 tentlaufen, to abscond 
 entfpreiijen, to answer, to cor- 
 respond with, to accord with 
 erfaiiben, to allow, permit 
 
 f^ Iett ' r 1 to be wanting 
 ntangeln, ) 
 
 fluc^en, to curse 
 
 tfolgen, to follow 
 
 frofjnen, to indulge in 
 
 gebiiljren, to be due 
 
 gef alien, to please 
 
 |ejfen, to help 
 
 mifatten, to displease 
 
 gefyorrfjen, to obey 
 
 ge^oren, to belong 
 
 f gelmgen, to succeed 
 
 geniigen, to suffice 
 
 geretrfjen, to redound, conduce 
 
 gegtemen or Clemen, to befit 
 
 1 Examples of these verbs followed by two objects : 3$ antroortete tym bie8 ; 3$ rUt| 
 tbm bit grofcte SBorfii^t, I counseled him the greatest prudence. 
 
 2 Thoee marked with t are conjugated with fetn, to ba.
 
 CASES GOVEBNED BY VERBS. 391 
 
 gtcidjen, to be like fid) untetfoerfen, to submit 
 
 fief) iwfyeni, to approach fttorcmgefyen, to precede 
 
 jjulbtgen, to do homage toorbeugen, to obviate 
 
 nii^en, to be useful toefyren, to prevent, ward off 
 
 ratfyen, to advise floeidjcn, to give way, to yield 
 
 fdjabeu, to injure fttnberfteb,en, | , . , 
 
 tocfje tfjun, to hurt (id) nuberfefeen, f * 
 
 "djeinen, to seem toiberfpredjen, to contradict 
 
 'djmetdjeht, to flatter totttfafyren, to comply with, to 
 
 'teuern, to check indulge 
 
 troljcn, to bid defiance toofyltDoHen, to favor, to wish 
 
 trcuten, to trust well 
 
 mttrauen, to mistrust guljoren, to listen 
 
 tunterliegen, to succumb fjufommen, to fall to one's share 
 
 and many verbs compounded with bet, cntgegen, nacfy, or, 
 ttriber and ju, 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 SDtefeg $Ieib fte^t mtr md)t an. 
 
 This dress is not becoming to me. 
 
 3d} bin ifym biefen SKorgen begegnet (met). 
 
 -3d) ftttnme bem ^Rebner Dottfommen bet. 
 
 I entirely agree with the speaker. 
 
 2)er $rieg bro^t biefem anbe, War threatens this country. 
 
 SBoflen @ie mtr b.elfen? Will you help me? 
 
 OBSERVATION'S. 
 
 As these verbs do not govern the accusative of the 
 person, they cannot be used in the passive with a per- 
 sonal subject. The English passive with a personal sub- 
 ject must be translated by the active, or else the passive 
 with e3 used, as explained p. 141, 7. 
 
 He was readily obeyed, 2ftcm geb,ord)te tfjm bereitrotfltg, ot 
 
 (S8 tourbe tfjm beretnmfltg gefjorrfjt. 
 
 We were displeased with their society, 3fjre <$efeflfd)aft 
 un8. 
 
 A good many verbs do not easily admit of the imper- 
 sonal use in the passive with e$.
 
 392 CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS. 
 
 2. The following verbs which take two objects, a per- 
 son and a thing, require the person, in the dative, and the 
 thing in the accusative. 
 
 ab[d)tagen, to refuse neljmen, to take from a person 
 
 anbieten, to offer 
 auSfefcen, to expose 
 bringen, to bring 
 entpfeljlen, to recommend 
 
 'agen, to teU 
 
 tfjenfen, to present with, give 
 
 cfytden, to send 
 
 djulben, fcfjulbig fein, to owe 
 
 leifyen, to lend ftefylen, to steal "from 
 
 entretjjen, to snatch away toerbanfen, to owe 
 
 ergafylen, to relate, to teU toer^eiljen, to pardon 
 
 geroafcren, to grant berfdjaffen, to procure 
 
 geben, to give toorlefen, to read to a person 
 
 erfparen, to save (trouble) toibnten, to devote, dedicate 
 
 leiften, to perform ^eigen, to show 
 
 liefern, to furnish, provide gufdjretben, to ascribe, impute. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 (Seben <3ie bem $naben ba3 33ud). 
 
 3d) entri^ (snatched away from) bent olboten bag etoeljr. 
 
 (Sagen <Sie mir bie 2Bal)rf)eit (truth). 
 
 6r fd^enfte bent $naben etnen ulben. 
 
 If both objects are nouns, the dative generally precedes 
 the accusative (see the preceding examples) ; if both are 
 personal pronouns, the accusative generally precedes the 
 dative ; if one is a pronoun and the other a noun, the 
 pronoun conies first, e.g., agen <3ic eg mir, ?eif)en @tc fte 
 i^m, SBerjetljen <5ie mir meinc c^ult), SSerjeifyen ic eg bem 
 armen $inbe. 
 
 EXERCISE 137. 
 
 1. 2ttem SBebtenter tjl e in e^rlt^er 9ftann. (Sin ^arr bteibt tntmcr 
 ein SRarr. 2)a fdjeint etn gUti!ltd)er ebanfc. 1 9Kein 9?cffc tft 
 Officer gcrtjorben. 2)er ^centbc h)nrbe fiir etnen SBetriiger* erftart. 
 3d) fyabe meinem fjrcunbc abgeratb^en, biefe 2Berf ^eraugjugeben. 1 
 S33oS ^at man 3ljnen geantrtortet ? SKan ^at mir gar 9Jid)t3 geant* 
 toortet. SDiefe SKo^nung fte^t mir ni^t an; fte ift $u ftetn fiir mid). 
 
 , J87. i thought. i cheat, stopubliab.
 
 CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS. 393 
 
 5U$ ber 9icbner geenbigt Ijatte, fttmmte (pfltdjtete) tijm bte ganje S5er* 
 fammlung bei. )er gmft afynte ba3 Ungliid: nid)t, loefrfyeS Umt bebor* 
 ftonb. rtnfen (Ste gent 33ter ? 3d) trinfe e3 gent; aber e3 befommt 
 mtr ntd)t gut; e3 fdjabet metner efunbb,eit. 
 
 2. >te $mber, toetdje tlji-en (Sttent nidjt geljordjen, mtfsfaflen ott 
 tefer ^ammerbiener btente bem rafen on ^]3. breipig Oa^re lang 
 mtt ber groten reue unb ^In^anglidjfeit. 4 2)iefc tette tft bem 
 gele^rten s ^rofeffor entgangen, fonft loiirbe er gewtR eine lange 5tb^anb- 
 lung 6 bariiber gefc^rteben Ijaben. 2)er !Dteb tft bem efangutgioarter 6 
 entlaufen. 3d) begegnete ^eute etnem metner otten greuube, loelrfjet 
 gefonneu tft, in etniger ty'it nad) Otalten gu retfen. 5d) rietl) i^m fe^r, 
 feine 9tetfe ntdjt lange gu tierfc^teben. (Sr getgtc fetnem ^eunbe bte 
 
 Slufgofic 138. 
 
 1. Henry is a little boy. John has become [a] soldier. 
 Aristides was called the just. My neighbor was abused [as] a 
 cheat (Setriiger). Is it true that your cousin has been ap- 
 pointed a judge? I will make him my (jit metnem) friend. 
 What has happened to you? What did you answer your 
 master? The captain threatened the soldiers. Nobody has 
 ordered the man to open the gate. 1 It was impossible for me 
 to resist his entreaties. 2 This circumstance must displease the 
 merchant. We should always assist our neighbors when they 
 are in want of 3 assistance. To whom does this hat belong? 
 It belongs to the hatter ; he brought it to me that I might 
 buy it. Why do you not answer your master when he ques- 
 tions 4 you? He always bids defiance to his enemies. 
 
 2. To avoid death he seized a plank. 5 Let us follow this 
 example. I met him at the town-gate. 6 Why did you not 
 thank your master ? I have not met him these (fettj several 
 weeks. The beggar approached me in a suspicious manner 
 (auf cine tevba'd)ttge 2Betfe). Children must obey their parents. 
 The slave hardly escaped his pursuers. 7 How is your uncle 
 pleased* with Frankfort ? He is very well pleased. If you 
 will listen to me, I will read you a chapter (etn $ojritelj of 
 Macaulay's History of England. Show me your paintings, 9 
 and I wj'l show you my dra wings. Could you lend me a dol- 
 
 137. 4 attachment. r -> treatise, essay, e jailer. 
 
 138, i ba3 3^or. 2 bte SBttte. s to be in want, fcraudjen (ace.). * fragen. s e\n 93rett, n. 
 ba8 Stabttfyor. bet SSerfoIger. s Translate : How does Frankfort please, etc. sbie 3HaI 
 rei, ba ScmaU c,
 
 394 CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS. 
 
 lar or two ? I will lend you them, if you will give me them 
 back to-morrow. Show the stranger the way. Do not believe 
 
 this liar. 10 
 
 III. Verbs which in German govern the Genitive. 
 
 1. The following verbs take their object in the genitive; 
 some of them may take a preposition : 
 
 bebiirfen, 1 to need Barren, to wait patiently for 
 
 ermcmgeht, to be without lad)en, J to laugh at, to deride 
 
 gebenfen, remember, mention fdjonen, 1 to spare 
 fpottett, 2 to mock. 
 
 2. The following require the person in the accusative, 
 and the thing in the genitive : 
 
 (uiftagen, ) to accuse of entfefcen, to dismiss from 
 
 befdjulbtgen, ) to charge with itbcrfjeben, to relieve of or from 
 
 berattben, to rob of, bereave of iiberfiiljren, to convict of 
 
 entbinben, to release from, to fcerfidjern, to assure of 
 
 absolve from toitrbigen, to favor with. 
 entfleiben, to deprive of 
 
 3. The following reflexive verbs govern a second object 
 in the genitive : 
 
 ftdj cmneljmen, to interest one's fid) entftnnen, ) to recollect 
 
 self in fid) eminent, j to remember 
 
 ftd) bebienen, to make use of fid) enttooljnen, to disaccustom 
 
 ftd) befletfctgen or befletfjett, to one's self to, to break off the 
 
 apply one's self to habit of 
 
 ftd) bemad)ttgen, to seize, to 
 
 take possession of 
 fid) entfyatten, to abstain from, 
 
 to forbear 
 ftd) entlebtgen, to get rid of 
 
 Id) erbormen, to have mercy on 
 iid) enocfyren, to keep off 
 id) erfreiten, to enjoy 
 id) riifjmen, to boast of 
 Id) fdjftmen/ to be ashamed 
 
 fid) entfdjlagen, to part with ftd) tierfefyen, to expect from (a 
 ftd) toerfid)ern, to make sure of person) 
 
 .138. 
 
 1 93efcurfen takes sometimes, and fdjcnen generally the accusative. 
 
 2 fia$cn, fpotten, and fid; jcbamen prefer the preposition fiber with the accusative. $at 
 ren may take auf with the accusative.
 
 CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS. 395 
 
 4. Observe also the following uses of the genitive : 
 
 fterben, To die of hunger. 
 ptb'fclidjen JobeS ftcrben, To die a sudden death. 
 <3eine$ SBegeS gefyen, To go one's way. 
 @ie flnb be$ obe8, You are a dead man. 
 ute3 SJiutfyeS fern, To be of good cheer. 
 3)er >offnung leben, To hve in hopes. 
 3)er 9utje pflegen, To take one's ease to rest. 
 3)er 2#einung or ber 5lnfid)t fetn, To be of the opinion. 
 2Btflen3 fern, To purpose, to intend. 
 ,3iele8 toerfefyfen, To miss one's aim. 
 
 (Sinen be3 SanbeS berttmfen, To exile some one. 
 
 S 2lmte3 marten, To attend to one's office or business. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 130. 
 
 1. 3d) bebarf 3b,reS 23eiftanbe3 je^t nidjt me^r. 2Btr h)offen beS 
 empfangeucn SBofen nid)t gebenfen. 2Bir Barren immer nod) ber (2nt* 
 fcfjeibung. 1 2BaS fiir eineS 53erbred)enS ift biefer SOfamt angeftagt? 
 2Kan ftagt i^n eineS 2)iorbeg 2 an. 2Bilb,eIm ift einer Unwa^r^eit 
 iiberfitfjrt njorben. -3d) ging an iljr borbet unb ttmrbigte fie feineS 
 33ticfeS. 3)ie ^rait b,at fid) be arnuen $inbe3 angenonimen unb iljm 
 etnige $(eibung3ftitrfe gegeben (gefdjenft). SSarum bebient fid) biefer 
 9ftann einer ^riide? 3 SBeil er einen lawmen ^u^ Ijat. !Die Dauber 
 bemadjtigten ftdj meineS Coffers. 3)ieine ro|mutter erfreut fid) in 
 tfjrem t)ob,en Stlter nod) einer guten (^efunbb.eit. (Sntb.attet end) be$ 
 Sranntroeing, 4 benn er gerftort eitere efunb^eit. 2)ie ^otijet fyat fid) 
 ber 3)tebe oerftdjert. 
 
 2. 3d) gfaube <Ste git fennen, mem ^err; aber td) fann mtdj Ob,rer 
 ntd)t erinnern. (Sntfd)(agen <3tc fid) biefer triiben ebanfen; <Sie 
 roerben 3()r Ungtiirf nur bergro^ern. (Srbarmet end) ber Airmen unb 
 UngtiidUd)en. eb,en (Sic rub,ig ^fjreS 2BegeS. garret beS ^errn 
 (or auf ben ^errn), er nnrb end) nid)t tierlaffen. 5 (3 tierlob,nt ftd) ber 
 9Jiii()e, biefc 3?etfe ju unterneb,men. 3d) bin ntd)t biefer 5lnftd)t; idj 
 gtaube Dielme^r, man fotttc fid) atter weiteren @d)ritte 6 entb.atten. 
 ^adjbem id) mefyrere S^adite geroad)t b,atte, fonnte idj raid) beS d)IafeS 
 nid)t rae^r erwe^ren. 9D^ein .^au^^err 7 ift fyeute eineS b(o^Ud)en XobeS 
 
 . --- __ - ___ - ^ 
 
 J39. i decision. 2 murder, s crutch. 4 brandy. '< forsake. G steps. 7 landlord.
 
 396 CASES GOVERNED BY YEBES. 
 
 geftorben; gcftern ttmr er nod) gcm$ gefimb urM mimter. 2)er $ranfe 
 mujj beu iftulje pflegen, fonft fann et nidjt genefen. 
 
 Shtfoabc 140. 
 
 1. I need a sharp knife to cut 1 this meat. She derided my 
 threats. 2 "Never 'mock the unfortunate. Are you still in 
 want of my assistance ? The prisoner has been accused of a 
 murder. They accused me of a falsehood, 3 because they did 
 not understand what I said. The trees are bereft of their 
 leaves. The soldiers were absolved from their oath. 4 The 
 prince assured them of his favor. The captain released him 
 from his promise. Belisarius was deprived ot all his digni- 
 ties 6 and cast into prison. Why have you abstained from 
 smoking? Because it did not agree 6 with me. 
 
 2. The old man remembered the days of his youth. Having 
 no scissors at hand (bet ber >cmb), we made use of a knife. The 
 Jews abstain from pork 7 according to the law of Moses. We 
 were not expecting such an answer. Did anybody make sure 
 of his pocket-book ? This lady has disaccustomed herself to 
 coffee. Remember always your benefactors. * The king had 
 mercy on the poor prisoner and set him free. 9 Be ashamed 
 of your behavior. Are you obliged to make use of spectacles 
 (einer 33rifle) ? I have made 10 use of them from (since) my 
 sixteenth year. Do you remember your absent friends ? I 
 'always Remember 'them. 
 
 BEADING LESSON". 
 
 $reunbfdjafi be Aiotfcr* ftarft V. 
 
 SttS $art V., ber foster beutfdjer $atfer ttmrbe, nadj bem cbe 
 fcineS rofetoaterS, beg $otug8 fterbtncmb, nad) 9ftabrtb retfte, urn toon 
 bem $omgretd) panten SBefifc 311 nefjmen, fyatte er etnen fraujoftfdjen 
 (Srafen, be 23offit, in fetnem cfotge. )te ungett)6b,nltcf)e rb'fce 1 bte* 
 feS nmgen 9JJanne8, feme forperltdfje enjanbtb/eit, toetdje ib,n gum 
 trefftt^en better madjte, feme jituorfommenbe 2 jDienftbefU[)enb,eit 3 imb 
 
 UO. i See p. 366, IV. zCDto^unj. sbieCOge. 4 ber Gib. sbieSBfttbe. eSeep. 390. I. 
 * (^tDetnefleif^. s ber 2BoIt$ater. to set free, bie grei^elt f^cnfen. 10 See p. 394, 3. 
 - tallnese, size. 1 obliging. 3 attention to his duties.
 
 CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS. 397 
 
 feme itbrtgen (other) Itebcngnntrbtgen (Sigenfdjaften fatten tljn bem 
 $aifer fo Ueb gentadjt, baft er intmer bet ifym bletben muftte. 
 
 (Shift fyatte $arl cine grofte Stagb 1 beranftaltet 2 unb fete 3 etnem (Sber 
 (boar) tief in ben SBalb fytnetn ntit fo(d)er >ie nad), baft cr ben 2Beg 
 toerfeljlte (lost), unb -ftientanb iljrn $u fotgen toagte alg 4 be Soffit. 
 Slber biefer fyatte ba Ungliicf, fid) an etnem fcergifteten 3)otd)e gu t>er=> 
 hjunben, U)eld)en er nad) bamatiger 5 eh)ol)n^eit ber fpanifd)en 3ager 
 bet fid) trug. obalb $art bag Slut bemerfte, lt)etd)e fein SHebttng 6 
 (lost), fragte er iljn erfdjroden, ob ber (ber tf)n bernjunbei 
 S)er raf er^ab/Ite, n)a t^m begegnet toa're unb fitgte bet, ba 
 er ^ieinanb ate 1 fid) felbft $ornmrfe ju mad)en 7 ^abe. j 
 
 >er ^ontg fannte feb,r rto^t bte tobtlid)e 2Btrfung 8 be tfte, fo 
 6alb e tn'g Slut itbergegangen tt)are. Um fetnen Stebling ^u retten, 
 gebad)te er ntdjt ber etgenen Sebenggefa^r; er f^rang bom ^ferbe, be* 
 fat)I aud) bem @rafen abjufteigen 9 unb fid) gang fetnem SBtflen ^u 
 unterwerfen. 3)er raf mad)te jniar @tnh)enbungen; 10 aber ber $ontg 
 be^arrte 11 auf bem ebetn (Sntfd)Iuffe, fetnem ^reunbe ba3 ^ebcn gu ret> 
 ten, ober mtt t^m 311 fterben. (r rt bte ^(etbung bon ber 2Bunbe 
 n)eg, fog bag Slut gu mieberfioltenmalen 12 aug unb fbte eg toeg. 3)iefe 
 entfdjtoffene unb fjodjljergtge ^anblung belo^nte ben tontgttdjcn ^reunb 
 mtt ber ^reube, fetnem $reunbe bag Seben gerettet gu ^aben, ol^ne nad)* 
 f^eittge fotgen fiir bag fetntge. 
 
 2Ber fottte nid)t btefe ibab.re, aufobfernbe 13 ^reunbfdjaft etneg ber 
 miid)tigften errfdjer ber (Srbe benjunbem ! 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 Sllg ber ^ontg ^erbtnanb toon <3toanten ftarb, iuer erbte (in- 
 
 herited) bag $8mgretd) ? 
 SBarum reifte ^art nad) SDteWb? 
 2Ber uwr in bem cfotge ^'artg beg $iinften? 
 2BeId)e (Stgenfdjaften geid)neten ben rafen be Soffit aug ? 
 2Bag gefd)a^ einmat bei einer groften -3agb ? 
 2Bag fUr ein Unglud Ijatte be Soffu? 
 
 ia hunt. 2 to get up. ^nai^fefeen, to pursue. 4 but. oof that time (adj.). c favor. 
 lie. i to reproach, s effect. to alight. 10 objections, u to insist, ^repeatedly. 
 
 e. o reproac 
 IB self sacrificing.
 
 398 
 
 CASES GOVERNED BY VERBS. 
 
 2tt3 bcr $onig ba3 33Iut bemerfte, toaS fragtc ct? 
 
 3U8 $ar( evfufyr, nwS bem rafen begegnet tear, h>a8 befdjlojj er 
 
 311 tfjun? 
 
 2Ba3 tljat er alsbamt? 
 2Ba3 befafyt er bem rafen 311 tljun? 
 2BoUte be Soffit e$ biilben? 
 9luf wa^ be^arrtc (or beftanb) ber ^5nig? 
 2luf weldje 2Bet[e rettete ^arl bem Orafert ba Sebeu? 
 
 mit| man in biefent ^atte bewunbetn? 
 
 IV. Verbs followed by Certain Prepositions. 
 1. The preposition an is required by the following ^erbs : 
 
 abrefftren (an) (ace.), direct to 
 
 benfen (ace.), think of 
 
 ftcf) geroofynen (ace.), accustom 
 
 oneself to 
 
 fid) toenben (ace.), apply to 
 itbertreffen (dot.), excel in 
 fterben (dot.), die of 
 trf} antefmen, j , v lean 
 , j v ' h 
 
 fid) leljnen, 
 
 against 
 
 gtauben (ace.), believe in 
 fdjreiben (an) (ace.), write to 
 tfyettneljmen (dot.), sympathize in 
 gttwfeln (dot.), doubt of 
 berjtoetfetn (dot.), despair of 
 ertnnern (occ.), remind of 
 fid) ertnnern (oec.), recollect 
 ^tnbern (dot.), hinder from 
 ftdj radjen (dot.), revenge on. 
 
 2. The preposition flitf is required by: 
 
 adjtgeben (auf) (ace.), pay atten- 
 tion to 
 
 fld) Dertaffen (ace.), rely on 
 antroorten (ace.), answer 
 (ace.), trust in 
 
 toarten (ace.), wait for 
 ftdj betaitfen (ace.), amount to 
 goljlen (occ.), count "upon 
 befi^arren (dot.), \ , . . 
 befie^en (dot), j to msist 
 
 3. 8(uS is required by: 
 
 trtnfen (au8), drink out of 
 toerb, become of 
 
 ftberfefcen, translate from 
 befteb,en, consist ol 
 
 4 Set is required by: 
 
 fcefd)tt)6ren (bet), entreat (a per- 
 son) by 
 bet 2>eite legeu, lay aside 
 
 tt)ob,nen, live near (a town) or 
 
 at (a person's) 
 bletben bet, stay with.
 
 CASES GOVERNED Bt YERBS. 
 
 399 
 
 5. iJiit is required by: 
 
 fciirgen (fur), | go bail, answer 
 gut fteljen, ) for warrant 
 bonfen, thank for 
 
 forgen, take care of 
 beftrafen, punish for 
 fatten, consider. 
 
 6. $tt is required by: 
 
 ftdj mtfdjen (in) (ace.), meddle 
 with 
 
 beftefjen (dot.), consist in 
 euuoUltgen (ace.), consent to. 
 
 7. SKit is required by: 
 
 anfangen (nut), begin with 
 
 ftd) abgeben, attend to 
 
 fid) befdjafttgen, be occupied with 
 
 bebeden, cover with 
 
 betaben, load with 
 
 tereintgen, join with 
 
 fpredjen, speak with 
 fcergletdjen, compare with 
 berfeljen, provide with 
 bcefjren, honor with 
 2ftttleib ^aben, have pity on 
 beloljnen, reward with. 
 
 8. $(lllj is required by : 
 
 abretfen (nad)), set out for 
 geljen, go to 
 fid) begeben, repair to 
 ^ielett, aim at 
 
 ffreben, aspire to 
 fragen, ask after 
 fid) feljnen, long for 
 fdjtden, send for. 
 
 9. lUbet (ace.} is required by : 
 
 urtljetten (iiber), judge of 
 
 !Iagen, fid) beftagen, complain of 
 
 errot^en, blush at 
 
 fadjen, Laugh at 
 
 fpotten, mock at 
 
 berfugen, dispose of 
 
 fid) erfunbtgen, inquire about 
 
 jjerfaflen, pounce upon 
 
 ftd) JDitnbern, wonder at 
 
 ftd) freuen, rejoice at 
 
 itarfjbenfen, reflect on 
 
 ftd) imterljalten, converse about 
 
 ^crrfdjen, reign over 
 
 fid) fdjamen, be ashamed of 
 
 fid) argcrn, be vexed at. 
 
 10. Uw is required by: 
 
 ftrieten (urn), play for 
 fid) (be)fiimmern, care for 
 bitten, ask for 
 
 ftd) ftretten, contend with one 
 
 another for 
 fidj beroerben, apply for.
 
 400 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 11. Son is required byi 
 
 fpredjen (won), speak of 
 ijerfommen, come from 
 kben, live on 
 
 befreien, Liberate from 
 abroeidjen, deviate from 
 fid) nafyren, feed on. 
 
 12. $or (dot.) is required by : 
 
 ftd) fiirdjten (ttor), be afraid of ftcfj Ijiiten, beware of 
 gtttern, tremble at (i.e., fear) toarnen, caution against. 
 
 13. 3u is required by: 
 geljen/ go to (a person) I madjen, make (see page 389) 
 
 FORTY-NINTH LESSON. 
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 L Kemarks on some German Prepositions. 
 2Ctt, at 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 3emanb flopft an bte J^ure, Somebody knocks at the dooi 
 n translated otherwise than at: 
 
 (r ftarb an bcr d^olera, He died of the cholera. 
 id) anteljnen an (ace.), To lean against. 
 2Ctr gtauben an ott (ace.), We believe in God. 
 5ln Oentanb (ace.) ben!en, To think of some one. 
 3wetfc(n an (dot.), to doubt (of). 
 id) radjen an (dot.), To take revenge on. 
 (g tft an mtr ju fptelen, It is my turn to play. 
 (Sin 23rtef an mid) (or fiir mid)), A letter for me. 
 5ln ben Ufern beg 9Hein3, On the banks of the Ehine. 
 3d) ^abe an U)n gefd^rieben, I have written to him. 
 granffitrt am (an bem) 9)?ain, Frankfort on the Main. 
 Stfjcil an einer <3adje nefjmen, To take part in something <w 
 sympathize with a person in it
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 401 
 
 9WangeI an elb (dot.), For want of money. 
 an $erftanb (dot.), Rich in wit (sense). 
 5ln bent S 2lrnt ergreifen, To seize by the arm. 
 2in ber >anb tterrounben, To wound in the hand. 
 
 8(uf, on or upon. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 )ag 33ud) Itegt auf bent tfdj, The book lies on the tabld. 
 5luf translated otherwise than on or upon: 
 
 5luf bag Sanb geljen, To go into the country. 
 
 2luf bie ^oft gefjen, To go to the post-office. 
 
 5luf ber 3agb fetn, To be out hunting. 
 
 5luf meine Soften, At my expense or cost 
 
 (3 fommt auf (Ste an, It depends upon you. 
 
 2litf ber Strafe, In the street. 
 
 2luf9Mfen, Abroad. 
 
 @tcf) auf ben 2Beg mac^en, To set out. 
 
 ?luf (Sttua (ace.) 3tc^t geben, To pay attention to something. 
 
 Slu 
 
 f morgen, For to-morrow. 
 
 Sluf furje 3 e ft> For a short time. 
 
 2luf bent anbe, In the country. 
 
 Sluf Sefeljt (dot.) beg omgg, By the king's command. 
 
 3lu f btefe 2Betfe, In this manner. 
 
 5luf rote lange? For how long? 
 
 3luf tmmer, auf erotg, For ever. 
 
 Sluf ber SBett, In the world. 
 
 5luf ber ^tetfe, Travelling. 
 
 Sag fjcipt auf 3)eutfc^ (ace.) . . . That is in German . . . 
 
 Sg tft bret ^Biertel auf fecfjg U^r x It is a quarter to six. 
 
 5Cu8, out of or from. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Slug bent 3twmer, Out of the room. 
 
 5lug (Sdjrotidje, From weakness. 
 
 2Bag roirb autf ntir werben? What will become of me? 
 
 Slug urdjt fterben/ To die from or of fear.
 
 402 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 (Srfaljrung, From experience. 
 SBerfefyen, By mistake, through inadvertence. 
 bcr SJfobe, Out of fashion. 
 bem jDeutfcfyen tn'8 ^in^ofifc^e itberfefcen. 
 To translate from German into French. 
 
 t, at, near, by. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Set btefett SBorten, At these words. 
 
 Set metner $nhmft, On my arrival 
 
 Set 9tod}t, By night. 
 
 Set 3eit, In (good) time, betimes. 
 
 Sletben @te bei mtr, Stay with me. 
 
 Set ofe fetn, To be at court. 
 
 3n ber c^tac^t bet 2Jiarengo, At the battle of (near) Marengo. 
 
 S3et guter efunb^eit fern, To be in good health. 
 
 33 et ageg'3lnbru<f), At day-break. 
 
 Set fyettem Xage, In broad day-light. 
 
 SBet Jag unb bet 9Jarf)t, By day and by night 
 
 33et ?t(^t arbetten, To work by candle-light. 
 
 S3et ber ^anb fii^ren, To lead by the hand. 
 
 S3etm piet, At play. 
 
 3d) rtef tljn bet fetnem 9?amen, I called him by his name. 
 
 2)tefe3 fteb,t bet 3b,nen, That depends upon you. 
 
 3<J) b,abe fein etb bet mtr, I have no money about me. 
 
 Set Sifrfje fetn, To be at table. 
 
 Set rat, With us. 
 
 Set ben foment, With or among the Eomans. 
 
 Set fotc^en Unterne^mungen, In the case of such enterprises. 
 
 j, through. 
 
 EXAMPLES* 
 
 9dj Bin bttrc!) ben SSotb gegangetu 
 
 I went through the forest. 
 
 jDttrd) em Srett, Through a plank. 
 
 3)urd) hjet^eS 2Kittet? By what means? 
 
 3d) hmrbe burcf) etnen ^Sfett nernjtmbet. 
 
 I was wounded by an arrow. 
 
 $>te ganje dt m'nbur^, All the time.
 
 403 
 
 , for. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 <tn 2fttttel fUr (or gegen) bag 3 a ntoe ^ 
 
 A remedy for the tooth-ache. 
 
 (Stiirf fiir (Stiicf, Piece by piece. 
 
 2Bort fur Sort, Word for word. 
 
 33iirgen fitr (StnmS, To answer for, be security for something. 
 
 @ie forgt fiir 2lfle$, She sees to everything. 
 
 t, against, towards. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 egen bte Sftauer, Against the wall 
 
 eg en fecf)$ Uljr, By (or toward) six o'clock. 
 
 Sftilbtljattg gegen bte Airmen, Charitable to the poor. 
 
 Unempftnbttcf) gegen, Insensible to. 
 
 egen baare ^Be^a^Iung, For cash. 
 
 (3 finb gegen ^toet tunben, It is about (but not more than) 
 
 two hours, 
 
 aub gegen afle S3itten, Deaf to all entreaties. 
 3% Uebel tft ^i^t gegen ba fetntge (or femes). 
 Your illness is nothing compared with his. 
 
 $n, in or into. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 5n granfretdj, In France. 
 
 3n $ari8, In Paris. 
 
 3m ^rit^ting, In spring. 
 
 3n etnem Son, With (or in) a tone. 
 
 3n ber (Sdjnle fetn, To be at school 
 
 3m (grnft, Seriously, in earnest. - 
 
 -3n SBer^toetfhmg fetn, To be in despair. 
 
 (Strf) in ben finger fdjnetben, To cut one's finger. 
 
 5m Segrtff fetn or ftefjen, To be on the point. 
 
 Qn bie htd)t jag en or fdjtagen, To put to flight 
 
 j, after. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 ^aufe geljen, To go home. 
 2)er 2Beq nac^ ber <2tabt, The way to the town.
 
 404 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 3d) gelje nad) 2Bten, I am going to Vienna. 
 
 ftad) 23elieben, As you like. 
 
 ftad) metnen SBefefylen, According to my orders. 
 
 ftad) SBerlauf Don $md 2)Jonaten, At the end of two months. 
 
 9?ad) (or in) alpfjabettfdjer Drbnung, In alphabetical order. 
 
 Oemanb fragt nad) Sfyten, Somebody asks after you, 
 
 9fad) ifym laufen, To run after him. 
 
 llcbcr, over. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 tlcber ton Ijoljen SBergen, Over the high mountains. 
 
 Ueber ben ffinfc fefcen, To cross the river. 
 
 SJerfiigen (te iiber metnen 23eute(, Dispose of my purse. 
 
 (3 ift iiber em ^atbeS 3ab,r, It is above six months. 
 
 ^eute iiber ad^t Xage, This day week. 
 
 2)en ommer iiber, During the summer. 
 
 <2>td) iiber (StttwS (t)er)n)unbern, To be astonished at something. 
 
 <5id) freuen iiber, To rejoice at 
 
 Sarfjen iiber, To laugh at 
 
 geb,t iiber metne ^rafte, That is above (beyond) my 
 strength. 
 
 35orf Uegt uber bent ^luffe, The village lies over the river. 
 
 tint, round or about 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Um'8 jjeuer ^emm, About the fire-place. 
 
 04 toM tijn urn Statb, fragen, I will consult him (ask him for 
 
 advice). 
 
 3d) bitte @te um SJer^ei^ung, I beg your pardon, 
 llm elb fptelen, To play for money. 
 Um ttnemet Uljr ? At what o'clock? 
 Um etn Ub,r, At one o'clock. 
 (S^ ift um tfyn gef^efjen, It is all over with him. 
 SBefiimmern <5te ftrf) nid^t um mtcf), Don't care for me. 
 Gr b,at ftc^ feb,r um mid) berbtent gemo^t. 
 (He has made himself very deserving by what he has done 
 
 for me.) He has put me under great obligations. 
 35iefer 2Beg ijl um gtoet <2>tunben (9)?etlen) turner. 
 This road is shorter by two leagues (miles).
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 405 
 
 Hitter, under. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Unter ber Sfogieritng $arl$ beS roften. 
 
 In the reign of Charlemagne. 
 
 Unter gnjolf Saljren, Under twelve years. 
 
 2Ba8 fitr em Unterfdjieb unter (gtwfcfjen) . . . 
 
 What difference between . . . (See page 73, 2). 
 
 Unter btefer 23ebingung, On that condition. 
 
 Unter (Seget gefjen, To set sail. 
 
 Unter btefen 9JMnnern, Among these men. 
 
 <2te befommen eS nicfyt unter gefjn l)alern. 
 
 You will not get it for less than ten dollars. 
 
 Unter bem tjd) fyerbor, From under the table. 
 
 $01t, of, from. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 ^erfommen Don Sinem, To come from some one. 
 
 t$om erften ^ebruar an, Beginning with the 1st of February 
 
 (from the 1st of February on). 
 S3on 3emanb (or don (Setten SemanbeS), From any one. 
 $on gan^em ^er^en, With all my heart. 
 3)teje3 33uc^ tft bon ot^e gefd^rieben hjorben. 
 This book was written by Goethe. 
 S3om 9#orgen bi gum 2lbenb, From morning till evening. 
 23on ^arig big Bonbon, From Paris to London. 
 
 Sot, before. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 S3or geljn U^r, Before ten o'clock. 
 SB or brei Xagen, Three days ago. 
 <icf) fiir^ten bor, To be afraid of. 
 <5d)ritt bor d^ritt, Step by step, 
 
 bor etwa6 Bitten, To beware of. 
 
 ber <5tabt njob/nen, To live outside the town. 
 
 ^reube ioeinen, To weep with (or for) joy. 
 
 2lnfer Itegen, To lie at anchor. 
 
 8, to. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 ,3u iener ^tlt, At that time. 
 
 $)te Siebe gum 9tuljni, The love of glory.
 
 406 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 be8 9luguflu$, At the time of Augustua 
 3u >aufe fetn, To be at home. 
 3d) begab nticf) 311 tfym, I went to him. 
 3u 33ette gefyen, To go to bed. 
 ,Hu SBagcn, In a caniage. 
 3u ^ferb, On horseback. 
 ,3u gup, On foot 
 
 $11 gletdjer ,3ett, At the same time. 
 ,>$u (Sfyren bcr $omgin, In honor of the queen. 
 3u <wb unb 311 SBaffer, By land and by water. 
 ,3um @IM, Fortunately. 
 ^unt 1 23etfptel, For example. 
 ,3u biefem 3^^ -^ or ^ s purpose. 
 unt 1 (gefangenen madjen, To take prisoner. 
 
 311 einem ^letbe ne^men, To take one's measure. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 141. 
 
 3rf) benfe oft on <2ie. 3d) fonnte metne 9?et[e ntdjt fortfefccn au 
 SRanget an etb. 2)ie <2d)tffe finb berettg oiif fyoljer (See. 3)ie 
 S3dgel, meld)e unS im ^erbfte Derlaffen, feljren tin griifyling guriirf. @ 
 loar tin ommer Don 1840. 3ft ber >err gu ^aufe '? ^etn, er tft 
 an^gegaugen. @r fpetft Ijcitte in ber (tabt. 3d) bin aitf offener 
 trafee befdjtmpft 1 roprben. 2)te ftetne djaar ntad)te ftd) ^aijn* 
 burd) bte geinbe. 2ftetn <d)mager hjtrb fpateftenS in bret Jagen an* 
 fontmen. 2Ba^renb btefeS gangen 50tonat^ ^at eg ntdjt etn etn^tge^ 
 2)Jat geregnet. $)er ^>unb fprang unter bem tfd) b/eroor. 33om 
 (Srften bt junt lOe^ten. ett tuann tft 3ulte etne Satfe? <Ste tft e 
 fett tl)rer ^tnb^ett. 3(nfangS fatten bte 9tbnter feme geftnngen; 3 fte 
 fefcten tl)r ganged ^Bertrauen auf tljre ^)eere, 4 loetdje fte la'ngS ber gtuffe 
 legten, n)o fte toon (Sntfernung gu ntfernung Jfjiirnte erridjteten, 5 uw 
 bte (Solbaten bartn unterjubrtngen. 6 
 
 142. 
 
 ^lleranber ber @rofce ftarb in ber 33Iutb,e beS ?eben. ^[efop blii^te 
 gur 3 e it <2oton'8. 33or bret Jagen fyaben h)ir einen SBoIf ertegt. 1 
 3d) toerbe bor ad)t Sagen nid)t att8geb,en; ber 3lrjt b,at e8 ntir ber* 
 boten. 3d) nierbe @te nad) ben SRarftbretfcn be3ab / Ien. granj bet 
 Srfte n)itrbe in 3talien gefangen unb nad) (Spanten abgefii^rt. egeo 
 Slbenb fab, man am >immel eine feurige ^ugel. 8 SDiein ^J3ater ift nro 
 
 i See page 389, 3. 
 
 141. i to insult. 2 way. 3 fortress. < army. 5 te erect. 6 to shelter. 
 
 142. i killed. sbalL
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 407 
 
 jhjet Itljr abgereift. Set feiner 5lbretfe toar bte gan^e ^amtlie toerfam 
 mett. (r imrb in ^arig toon feinem 33ruber mit offenen Airmen em* 
 pfangen roerben. <3inb @ie gu anb Ijierljer gctommen? 3a, id) bin 
 nut ber (Sifenbafyn gefommen. 9Jian mujj nidjt au^ igennujj 1 ba8 
 ute t^un. 9teifen (Sic 311 IJSferb ober git 2Bagen ? $eine^ toon beu 
 ben; icf) reife 311 @^iffe. 3c^ banb etn Saf^entu^ um feinen $lrtn. 
 ^inb tt)einte bor ^reuben. ^eibelberg Uegt an ben Ufern be^ 
 
 IL Remarks on some English Prepositions. 
 
 Above. 
 
 Above, followed by an expression of time or number, 
 and signifying more than or longer than, is rendered in 
 German by liber with the accusative, or mefyr dl$. Ex. : 
 
 The fight lasted above four hours. 
 
 3)er $ampf bauerte ttber (or mef)r at3) mer <2>timben. 
 
 It is above twenty miles from here. 
 
 0*3 ift tiber (mefyr ate) ^toan^ig 2)?eUen Don fjter. 
 
 About. 
 
 About 1, meaning around, is um ; 2, in the signification 
 concerning, it is liber with the accusative ; 3, in speaking 
 of things which people carry about them, it is bei, Ex.: 
 
 1. All thronged about the prince. 
 Sltte brdngten fid) unt ben ^itrften. 
 
 2. I will speak to him about this affair. 
 
 3$ rt)erbe tiber biefe 9Ingetegenljeit mit iljm fpre^cn. 
 We shall consider about this matter. 
 2Bir toerben tiber biefe (Sad)e nadjbenfen. 
 
 3. I have no money about me. 
 3d) b,abe tein etb bet mtr. 
 
 At. 
 
 At 1, denoting position, is frequently translated an with 
 the dative ; 2, meaning occupied with, it is bet ; 3, after 
 words of emotion, e.g., derision, anger, surprise, joy, sor- 
 
 U2. 'selfishness.
 
 408 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 row, etc., it is uber with the accusative ; 4, followed by a 
 person's name in the possessive case, it is bei Ex. ; 
 
 1. At the door, 2ln ber Xtjite. 
 
 2. We were at dinner. 
 
 2Btr nmren beim 2#ittageffen (bet tfdj). 
 He is quarrelsome at cards. 
 (gr ift jtinfifd) beim @m'el. 
 
 3. She laughed at him, @tc (ad)te uber tljtt. 
 I am surprised at what you say. 
 
 3d) bin erftaunt uber baS, tt)o @ie fagen. 
 
 4. "We were at your aunt's, 2Btr toaren bei 3tyrer ante. 
 
 By. 
 
 1 . by followed by the agent after the passive voice, is 
 translated son. Ex.: 
 
 Mr. Bell is respected by everybody. 
 err S3ett tmrb Don Sebermann gead)tet 
 Troy was destroyed by the Greeks. 
 nwrbe tion ben rtec^en jerfiort. 
 
 2. In oaths and asseverations by is translated Bcf : 
 He swears by his honor, (gr fdjrtort bet fetner (Sfyre. 
 
 3. By, after such verbs as to sell, to buy, to work, and 
 preceding a noun of weight, measure, or time, is translated 
 Jtflcfy (either after or before its noun), or by adding roetfe to 
 the noun, e.g., pfuntweife, tagroeife, roodjenroetfe :c. Ex.: 
 
 I sell the tea by the pound. 
 
 3d) Derfaufe ben ljee nad) bent ''Pfimb/ or bent ^Pfunbe nadj, or 
 
 pfnnbnmfe. 
 
 We work by the hour or by the day. 
 2Btr arbetten nod^ ber tunbe ober nad^ bent Xage. 
 
 4. When preceding a numeral immediately followed by 
 an adjective of dimension, by is translated by Uttt> Ex.: 
 
 This room is fifteen feet long by ten wide. 
 2>tefe gimmer tjl fitnfje^n ^ufj tang unb ge^n brett
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 409 
 
 5. By, meaning by means of, e.g. t after to kill, to wound, 
 etc., is translated burdj. Ex.: 
 
 The officer was wounded by a bullet. . 
 3)er Officer nwrbe burd) etue $ugel bernwnbet. 
 Achilles was killed at the siege of Troy by an arrow. 
 2id)ttle3 tmtrbe bet ber 33elagerung Don Stroja burd) einen ^pfeU 
 getobtet. 
 
 From. 
 
 1. From to, with the common noun of place repeated, 
 is on jit. Ex.: 
 
 He went from street to street, from town to town, etc. 
 Sr gtng bon (Strode 311 (Strode, toon (Stabt ju <5tabt, jc. 
 
 2. But when the nouns denoting place are proper 
 names of towns, villages, countries, etc., to is nacfy, e.g.: 
 
 From Paris to Rouen. 33on ^artS nadj Sftouen. 
 
 3. "When the nouns are nouns of time, from to is 
 MS, e.g. : 
 
 From Easter to Christmas. SSon Ofiern HS SSet^nadjt. 
 
 4. So also when extent of space is indicated, e*g.s 
 
 It rained violently from Strasburg to Berh'n. 
 (S^ regnete ^eftig toon @trabitrg bis ^Berlin. 
 It would be too far from here to Paris. 
 (8 toare 311 tuett bon fjier bt 
 
 5. JVom under is unter ^eror. Ex.: 
 From under the table, llnter bem jt{d) 
 
 In. 
 
 1. A pain (in) is translated by a compound word, such 
 as : $opfwe$, ^atewc^, Bafwwef) ic. Ex.: 
 
 I have constantly a pain in my head, 
 3id) fjabe immcr '
 
 410 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 2. In after words denoting hurting, wounding, etc., and 
 preceding a possessive adjective with any part of the 
 body, is to be rendered by an with the definite article : 
 
 The child fell down and was injured in the shoulder. 
 2)a3 $mb fid unb berttwnbete fief) an ber @d)itlter. 
 3. In the morning, >>lm SUZorgen or (be$) 2ftorgenS. 
 In the evening, tfoi 5lbenb or (beS) Slbenbg. 
 In the morning (i.e., to-morrow morning), 2ftorgen frii^. 
 In the evening (i.e., this evening), >eute 
 
 Oil or upon. 
 
 1. On or upon is most generally auf. Ex.: 
 
 He climbed upon the tree, (gt ttetterte auf ben 33aum. 
 
 2. After the verb to live, on or upon is rendered by 
 Don, and after to play, on is not translated at alL Ex.: 
 
 The prisoner lives on bread and water. 
 3)er efangene lebt tion 33rob unb SBaffer. 
 You play on the violin, and I play on the flute. 
 <Sic fpieten SBtoIine unb tcf) fpiele 
 
 3. The preposition on before the days of the week and 
 with dates, is either translated am, or by the accusative 
 without a preposition. Ex.: 
 
 Come on Sunday, $ommen <2>te (am) (Sonntag. 
 On the twelfth of May, Urn (or ben) $h6lften 
 
 Over. 
 
 This preposition is commonly translated fiber. 
 The adverb over meaning past, may be translated 
 fiber. Ex.: 
 
 As soon as the rain is over, (Sobatb ber 9?egen boriiber tfi 
 Is dinner over? 3|t ba8 2fttttageffen bomber?
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 411 
 
 With. 
 
 L With is rendered by ttor after verbs of dying, perish- 
 ing, etc. Ex.: 
 
 He died with cold, (gr ftarb bor $a'Ite. 
 NOTE. To die of is translated fterbm an. Ex. : 
 
 He died of his wounds, @t [tarb an feinen SBunben. 
 
 2. With must not be translated after the following 
 verbs : to meet with, begegnen (dat.); to trust with, atwr* 
 trouen (dat of person, and ace.); to reproach with, sower* 
 fen (dat. of person, and ace.). These German verbs gov- 
 ern the accusative without a preposition. Ex.: 
 
 He trusted me with (i.e., entrusted to me) his son. 
 
 (r ticrtraute mir feinen @ol)n an. 
 
 I reproached him with his ingratitude. 
 
 3d) toarf ifym feme Unbanfbarfeit Dor. 
 
 OBSERVATION. 
 
 Prepositions are placed in German before the inter- 
 rogative and relative pronouns which they govern; in 
 English they are sometimes placed after : 
 
 "Whom do you speak to ? Sftit toem fpredjen <Ste ? 
 What's that for? u hwS tft baS ? 
 The man you are interested in. 
 3)er 2ftcmn, filr ben (Sie fid) tnterefftren. 
 
 ufgok 143. 
 
 1. Where are you going? I am going into the country. 
 Goethe died at Weimar in the year (tm 3al)re) 1833. My 
 friend arrived in the early part (in the 1 beginning) of the 
 summer. Is this book to (nad)) your taste ? 2 No, I do not 
 like it (It does not please me). I met that gentleman on my 
 journey in Italy. The poor man had to choose between 
 slavery* and death. Why has she been so unjust towards her 
 parents? Did you arrive before or after four o'clock? Before 
 the church there are three high poplars. 4 I found this letter 
 
 143. iam.
 
 412 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 among my papers. Brandy 5 is the source of great evils (among) 
 that nation. They (man) told me amongst other things that 
 the ship had been taken by the enemy. 
 
 2. He has sold all his horses except one or two. I went 
 from Hamburgh to Altona. Now we turn to (towards) the 
 south. Among the German merchants in London there are 
 many charitable 6 men. He lives with his brother. The tailor 
 will come to your house to-morrow. Where do you come 
 from ? I come from my aunt'a The wooden horse was out- 
 side the walls of Troy. 7 The patient is at present out of 
 danger. Nobody besides myself was present. 8 Out of (t>on) 
 sixty soldiers who made the attack, 9 twenty-five fell into the 
 hands of the enemy. The dog sprang [out] from under the 
 table. 
 
 144. 
 
 1. My father was not above twenty-two years old when he 
 was married. 1 My uncle's country-house 2 is very handsome, 
 but it cost him above eighty thousand florins. It is above a 
 year since my friend set off for 3 America. Home was built by 
 Romulus. The poor man was driven 4 out of his house by his 
 creditors. 5 I will get up to-morrow at six o'clock. Were you 
 at Mrs. D.'s ball last night ? I will pay you at the end of this 
 month. I rejoice greatly at your [good] luck. 6 She always 
 smiles 7 at every thing which is said. Where was your sister 
 this morning ? She was at her aunt's. My chest 8 is one foot 
 and a half deep by two wide and four long. Harold was 
 wounded by an arrow. 9 
 
 2. William the Second was killed by an arrow in the New- 
 forest. Charles was wounded in the arm and not in the leg. 
 I have very often a pain in my teeth. Upon what instrument 
 does your sister play ? She plays on the piano. That happened 
 on the 12th [of] March. I am in the habit 10 of taking a cup 
 of coffee as soon as (the) dinner is over. When you meet a 
 poor man, never reproach him [with] his poverty. France 
 extended from the Rhine to the Atlantic Ocean. What does 
 he complain 11 of? 
 
 143. sber SBronntwetn. 6ott$aH9. 7 $n>ia. 8 aegenmfttttg. sSlngrtff, m. 
 
 144. ito be married, ft$ w^etrotyen. *Sanbau8. sna<$. <trei&en. 6ts u 6iger. 
 e GHurf. ' tidjeln. E tie tf ifte. fcer $f eiL 10 to be in the habit, pjlcgen or aenofru f eia. 
 n ftagcn after.
 
 413 
 
 BEADING LESSON. 
 
 $ranadf) tear nidjt nut ber grb'ftte SDtater feiner e\t, fonbern 
 aud) ein 2ftann Don eblem erjen unb grojjem SBerftanb. <Sd)on in 
 feiner Ougenb tuenbete er feine 3eit fefjr gut an, imb bafyer fam eg, bafj 
 cr foeit friiljer ein nu^Udjer 2ftenfd) uwrbe alS 2lnbere. 3m nemije^nten 
 -Saljre feineS filters lernte 1 ifyn 2 ber $urfiirft (Elector) Don <ad)fen, 
 -Sofyann griebrid), al3 einen gefd^idten Bungling fennen, 1 unb nafym 
 i^n auf feiner 9?eife in'^ elobte ^?anb 3 ntit fid). 9?ad) ber ^iicffe^r 
 in'S 33aterlanb bertef er in an feinen >of nad^ 3Bittenberg unb madjte 
 i^n bafelbft 3um Siirgermeifter. 4 (Sin cingiger 3 U 9 (trait) feiner 
 fd)imen (Seele ift ^inreidjenb, 5 feinen (l)arafter 311 fdjitbern. 5lt8 fein 
 err, ber imglitdlic^e ^urfiirft Oo^ann ^ri^rid)' bci SJZii^tberg in 
 (Sac^fen in bie efangenfdjaft 6 ^aifer ^arte V. geratfyen 7 h)ar, erinnerte 
 fic ber $aifer, ba ^ranac^ i^n al ^nabe gemalt ^atte, unb liejj biefen 
 eblen 9)iater in fein ager fommen. 
 
 w Sie alt toar td^ bamate, ate bn mid) malteft ?" fragte ber $aifer. 
 ,,(Sure SWaieftat," antmortete $ranad), , f n>ar ad)t ^a^re alt. (3 getang 
 tnir nid)t etjer, 8 (Sure 2ftajeftcit gum (Stittft^en gu bringen, a(6 bi 8 5^r 
 ^ofmetfter 9 toerfdjiebene Saffen an bie 3Sanb fytingen Iie. SSd^renb 
 (Sie biefe friegerifdjen ^nftrumente mit unDeriuanbten (fixed, staring) 
 Slugen betrjid^teten, ^atte ic^ 3eit, 3b^r Sitb ju enttoerfen." 10 ,,$8itte 
 (ask) bir cine @nabe toon mir aufi, Staler !" fagte ber ^aifer. 
 
 jDemiit^ig ftel iljm 2 ^ranadj ju 5 u e un & ^ at / wilt X^rancn tn ben 
 5litgen, nid^t um cine <2hmtme @elb ober urn einen Sitel, fonbern unt 
 bie grei^eit feineS ^urfurften. S)er 2JJonard^ geriet^ 7 in bie grofcte 
 53erlegen^eit; fein ^perj U)ar burd) biefen gered^ten SOBunfdf) erne 1 ? treuen 
 Untert^anen 11 fe^tt getroffen, unb bod) gtaubte er, ben redjtfd)affenen 
 ^ranad^ fiir' erfie 12 abnmfen" ?n mitffen. B 5Du Bift ein bratier 3Kann," 
 fagte cr 311 ifym; ,,ab"cr e Ware mir lieber getoefen, tnenn bu um ettuaS 
 2lnbere3 gebeten ^citteft." 2113 nac^ einigcr 3eit ber ffitrfiirft feine 
 
 i Itnnen lernen, to become acquainted with. 2 See p. 420. 13. s Holy Laud. < mayor. 
 see p. 389, 3. 5 sufficient. captivity. to get, to fall, s niefct e^er aI8 bi8, (not earlier 
 than until), not before, a governor, tutor, 10 to sketch, draw, n subject. 12 for the 
 first, i.e., for a time, u to refuse.
 
 414 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 
 
 $reil)ett erlangte, lief} er biefcn feinen treuen 3)tencr me Don fetner 
 <2eite; er nutate in fetnem djloffe tuofynen unb felbft bei eljrenDotlen 1 
 elegenfyeiten neben ifym im SBagen ftfcen. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 SBer toar uca $ranad) ? 
 
 2Bte fam e, bap er fritter al 5lnbere ein nu^Itd^er 
 
 tourbe? 
 
 SSann lenite i^n ber ^urfurfl toon <2>ad)fen fennen? 
 SBie Jieg ber tfurfiirft? 
 SB5o^in na^m er t^n mtt ftcf) ? 
 2Ba t^at er narf) fetner ^kudEfe^r? 
 SOSeldjer fcfjb'ne S^arafterjug tutrb toon t^m ergafyft? 
 SBel^e grage rtdjtete ber $atfer an ben 9)taler? 
 2Sa antttjortete t^m ^ranad^ ? 
 SBetdje nabe bat ftd) ber Skater tion bem ^aifer 
 etna^rte ib,m ber ^atfer feine 33itte ? 
 SBaS fagt' er 311 i^m ? 
 Sie eb,rte ber $urfiirft ben Staler, na^bem er feine 
 
 toieber erlangt 
 
 FIFTIETH LESSON. 
 
 THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 
 
 (9Bortfolge.) 
 
 The general rules which govern the arrangement of the 
 words in a German sentence have already been given on 
 page 80 and the following pages. We shall recapitulate 
 here what was said there, and give besides some further 
 rules. 
 
 1. Sentences are either a) declaratory, or 6) inter- 
 rogative, or c) optative. Declaratory sentences state 
 facts ; interrogative sentences ask questions, and optative 
 sentences express wishes or commands, the latter employ- 
 ing for this purpose the imperative or subjunctive. Ex- 
 
 i ceremonial.
 
 ARRANGEMENT OP WORDS. 415 
 
 amples of optative sentences are : Come here. Would I 
 had never seen them 1 May you look at this as I do I 1 
 See 6, c. '. 
 
 2. Sentences frequently contain two or more clauses. 
 One of these, or sometimes more than one, states the 
 fact, asks the question, or expresses the wish, and this 
 we shall call the principal clause. In the following ex- 
 amples the principal clauses are in italics, and others, i.e., 
 dependent clauses, in ordinary type : / hope that you will 
 be punctual. They galloped their horses and arrived so 
 early that they saw him. If we are cautious, and do not 
 say what we have seen, we shall not be molested. Let me 
 know when you arrive. When does he think it "best to let 
 them know that there is no hope? Of course, a great 
 many sentences contain only principal clauses, but no 
 sentence can contain only a dependent clause or depend- 
 ent clauses. 
 
 3. Somewhat the more usual way in German to arrange 
 the parts of the principal clause of a declaratory sen- 
 tence, is to put the SUBJECT first, then the "VERB, and then 
 all the REST. 
 
 a) By the SUBJECT we mean the grammatical subject 
 and its modifiers ; by the VERB, however, we mean only a 
 single word, that word, namely, which changes to denote a 
 difference of person or number. For examples see page 81. 
 
 b) The order laid down in 3, called the Normal Order, 
 is the same as that of the same kind of clauses in En- 
 glish, e.g., <ie liekn einanber, They love eachothcr. If we 
 
 i Of course, not declaratory sentences alone but also interrogative and optative 
 sentences may justly be held to state facts. Thus, Has Henry arrived? states the fact 
 that the speaker is curious to know whether, etc., and Come here states the fact that 
 the speaker desires some one to approach. However, the defects in the definitions 
 given in 1 do not seem likely to mislead the student and cause him to assign any given 
 sentence to a wrong class.
 
 416 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 
 
 represent the subject by S, the verb by V, and all the 
 rest of the clause by R, its formula is SVR. When R 
 consists of several words, their arrangement (for which 
 rules will be given further on) may differ from that re- 
 quired in English, e.g., Sic | tyaben | einanber gefefyen, 
 They | have \ SEEN EACHOTHER. The vertical lines in this 
 and other examples divide the three component parts 
 of the clause from one another. 
 
 4. The only other way to arrange the parts of the prin- 
 cipal clause of a declaratory sentence, is to begin with 
 any fraction of the REST of the clause, 1 and then let fol- 
 low first the VERB, then the SUBJECT, and then the other 
 fractions of the REST of the clause. This order may be 
 called the Question Order, inasmuch as in questions too 
 the subject follows the verb. The formula for it, if we 
 represent the different fractions of the REST, by r, r', r", 
 r'", etc., is rVSr'rV", etc. Examples : efhrn | Ijab' | id) | 
 @te auf ter traf c gefefyen, Yesterday I saw you in the street. 
 <5ie | faf) | id) | gefhrn auf t>er trafje, You I saw yesterday 
 in the street. 2luf t>er trapc | fal) | id) | <5ie gejkrn, In the 
 street I saw you yesterday. 
 
 a) It is hardly allowable to put two (or more) fractions 
 of the REST at the beginning, and say for instance, @ie 
 gcflern U. f. n>. ; but we may put the whole of the REST at 
 the beginning, provided it is indivisible into fractions. 
 We then have EYS, e.g., )en | Ueb' j id), That man I love; 
 cflcrn | ftarb | er, Yesterday he died. 
 
 For exceptions see 10 a, 13, and 15 6. 
 
 5. The formula for a question, i.e., for the principal 
 clause of an interrogative sentence, both in English and 
 
 i The REST of the clause is all that is left after taking away the SUBJBCT. the 
 and, if there should be a conjunction or relative, these latter also.
 
 ARRANGEMENT Of WOfcDS. 417 
 
 German, is YSE, e.g., <inb | <ie | franf ? Are \ you \ sick? 
 $aben | roir j ba$ 33ucl) gefauft? Did [ we \ buy the bok? 
 
 6. This is also the formula for the principal clause of an 
 optative sentence, e.g., SBdre | er J mtr fyier! Were \ he \ only 
 here I But : 
 
 a) The subject of the verb in the imperative is gener- 
 ally omitted if of the second person, e.g., &omm fyer ! 
 Come (sing.) hither 1 @agt mir, Tett (pi.) me! 1 
 
 b) The subject of the third person singular of the 
 present subjunctive, when this latter is used like an im- 
 perative, is oftener put before the verb than after it, e.g., 
 (r fomme is more frequent than 5tomm' er. 
 
 c) Exclamatory sentences beginning with That or 
 tJiat (2)a{j or ) bap) must be classed as dependent clauses, 
 something like / wish (3d) mocfyte) being understood at 
 the beginning, and not as optative sentences. They do 
 not take the Question but the Dependent Order (8), e.g., 
 > bap ic() ifw nte gefefyen fyatte, that I had never seen him! 
 Without ba the order is, ) l;att' tc^ u. f. W. Sfiie takes 
 either order, e.g. 2Bic er mt^ liebt ! or 2Bie Hcbt er mi(^ ! 
 
 7. Dependent clauses have been denned page 82, 4, 
 and page 415, 2. Should this definition still leave it dif- 
 ficult for the student to recognize one when met with, it 
 may be well to remember that such clauses are always 
 used as nouns, or as adjectives, or as adverbs. 
 
 a) A substantive dependent clause, like a substantive, 
 may be a) the subject of a verb, or b) its object, or c) in 
 apposition, etc., e.g: 
 
 a) That, I confessed, is true. 
 
 6) You claim that I confessed. 
 
 c) The fact that he confessed is admitted. 
 
 i This rule applies to tu and i$r, not to ie; e.g., jtcmmen it $.
 
 418 AK&AtfGEttENT OF WOKD8. 
 
 b) An adjective dependent clause, like an adjective^ 
 qualifies a noun or pronoun, e.g. : 
 
 The men ivho are persecuting its . . . . 
 You whom I have seen before .... 
 The place where they disappeared .... 
 
 c) An adverbial dependent clause, like an adverb, quali- 
 fies a) an adjective, b) verb, c) adverb or d) preposition. 
 
 a) Calmest when he was in the greatest danger .... 
 6) I hear as well as I ever did. 
 I will refuse if you like. 
 
 c) He acted unwisely in that he disclosed his plan of defence 
 
 too early. 
 
 d) He is as much above us as the rest are below. 
 
 d) So that any clause which is the subject or object of 
 a verb, qualifies a noun, or an adjective, etc., etc., must 
 be a dependent clause. 
 
 8. Dependent clauses take the VERB at the very end, 
 their formula being SKV. 1 For examples see page 82, 4. 
 
 a) Exception 1. They take the Normal Order, however, 
 when there is no connecting word (i.e., conjunction or 
 relative) expressed, i.e., when the dependent clause comes 
 close to the principal clause without the intervention of 
 a singfe word. Thus, @r fcfyrieb, bap cr morgen anfommen 
 ttntrbe must be changed, if we leave out bap, into (r fcfyrieb, 
 cr nnirbe morgen anfommen. 
 
 For other exceptions see 11 and 12. 
 
 9. When bap is expressed, and then unt> brings in an- 
 other clause depending on bap understood, either the De- 
 pendent Order or the Normal Order may be used. Thus, 
 I am convinced that you have acted wisely up to the 
 present time, and [that you understood} will act just as 
 
 i Sometimes a clause contains only the SUBJECT and the VKBB, and no BEST, e.g., the 
 second clause of the following sentence, 3$ $offe, tap er lebt.
 
 ARRANGEMENT Off tfORDH. 419 
 
 wisely in future too, may be translated either, 3d) bin 
 tiberjeugt, baf @ie bis jefct f(ug gefyanbelt fyaben unb [bap it 
 understood] aud) in ber 3ufunft ebcnfo Flug tyanbeln werben or 
 . . . unb roerben and) u. f. n>. 
 
 10. For convenience of comparison, we consider here 
 ft similar case in which not the Dependent but the Ques- 
 tion Order is involved. What order shall be used when 
 unb comes after the Question Order, and when the frac- 
 tion of the REST of the sentence which caused the 
 Question Order to be used in the first clause (compare 4), 
 is understood again after unb ? Suppose, for instance, we 
 have the following sentence to translate into German: 
 He was convinced by these considerations, and I was only 
 Irritated (in which, of course, by these considerations is 
 understood in the second clause), and we choose to begin 
 in German with >urd) btefe 33etrad)tungen. 
 
 a) In this case, it is much better to use the Normal 
 Order in the second clause, e. g., 2)urcfy btefe 33etraci)tungen 
 ' er iiberjeugt unb id) nwrbe nur gereijt. 
 
 11. The order used in questions (5) may be used to ex- 
 press a condition, the conditional conjunction (e.g., tt>emt, 
 if; gefefct, provided; falls, supposing, etc.) being left out. 
 Thus we may say either, 2Benn er morgen fommt (8) or 
 $ommt er morgen (VSE), gfalla id) bie grait fetye or <Sety' id) 
 bie grau. 
 
 a) 2ftorgen fommt er ntd)t cannot be used to mean If he 
 does not come to-morrow, the sense would be He does not 
 come to-morrow. That is to say, to express a condition, 
 the VERB must come first, and not any fraction of the REST 
 of the sentence, the order must be VSR, and not 
 rVSr'rV".
 
 420 ARRANGEMENT OP WORDS. 
 
 12. This same order must be used after al, meaning 
 as if, e.g., 2113 roar' er aitper ftcfy, As if he were beside himself, 
 for which we could say, using alg ob, 211$ ob er aujjer ft$ 
 ware. 
 
 13. We shall hear, when the arrangement of the words 
 of the REST of the clause among themselves comes to be 
 treated of, that the oblique cases of personal pronouns 
 generally come first. Their tendency to take an early 
 place is so great, that in the Question and Dependent 
 Orders they frequently precede even the subject, e.g., 
 efhrn tyat tfyn mein 23ruber auf ber <3rra e gefefyen, instead 
 of eftern tyat mein Sruber tfyn u. f. ro. 2Bir gtauben, bap ifm 
 mein 33ruber geftern ouf ber <8trape gefefjen fyat, instead of 
 2Bir glauben, bap mein SBruber t^n u. f. n>. 
 
 a) The same thing frequently takes place in questions 
 and optative clauses, e.g., 2Bie I)at 2$nen bie SSorlefung ge* 
 fallen? instead of 2Cie fyat bie SSorlefung u. f. w. How did 
 the lecture please you? @et mtr etnja^ 3^t gegbnnt! instead 
 of @et etwa^ $tit u. f. W., Let some time be granted me ! 
 
 b) But in none of the cases mentioned in the last two 
 paragraphs, can the oblique case of a personal pronoun 
 precede the subject, when that subject itself is a personal 
 pronoun. The following sentences, for instance, are bad 
 German : efrern f)ab' i^n id) auf ber trape gefetyen ; 2Bir 
 glaitben, bap tyn er . . . , fyat ; 2Bte fyat 3f>nen @ie gefallen ; 
 
 gegonnt! 
 
 14. A fraction of the REST of the clause sometimes be- 
 gins a question, e.g., 2ftorgen will er abretfen ? To-morrow 
 is he going away ? i.e., Is it to-morrow he is going away ? 
 In this case, a considerable emphasis is laid in speaking 
 on the word or words beginning the question.
 
 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 421 
 
 15. It has been remarked (see 4), that when a fraction 
 of the REST begins a principal clause, the VERB must be 
 brought in immediately after this fraction. A dependent 
 clause beginning the sentence has just the same effect, 
 i.e., requires the order rVSr'r'V", in which r represents 
 the dependent clause. Thus we may say either, 3d) reife 
 morgen ab, wenn er eg oerlangt, I have town to-morrow, if he 
 demands it, or, with the dependent clause first, SBenn er eg 
 serlangt, reif id) morgen ab. In the same way either, 3d) 
 fmb' eg ganj red)t, baj? er bie @tetle md)t annimmt, I consider 
 it quite right that Jie does not accept the position, or, 2)ap er 
 bie tetfe nid)t annimmt, ftnb 1 id) ganj red)t. 
 
 a) When a sentence begins with a condition, as in the 
 first example just given, the principal clause (the con- 
 clusion) generally begins with fo (then), e.g., a more usual 
 form for the first example would be .... fo reif id) mor* 
 gen ab. 
 
 b) When this fo is not inserted, the conclusion very 
 frequently contrary to the rule in 15 takes the normal 
 order, e.g., 2Benn er eg tterlcmgt, id) reife morgen ab, or 
 see 11 SBerlangt er e$, id) reife morgen ab. 
 
 16. Three adverbs, bod), inbeffen and jebod), all meaning 
 hoivever, do not require the Question Order, when they 
 begin a principal clause, they sometimes take the 
 Question, and sometimes the Normal Order. The sense 
 is the same with the one order as with the other. Thus, 
 )od) (inbeffen, jebod)) id) rootlf eg md)t glauben, However, 1 
 was unwilling to believe it, or, )od) (inbeffen, jebod)) wollt 1 idj 
 eg md)t glauben. 
 
 a) The words just enumerated can be placed even be- 
 tween the subject and the verb, e.g., 2Btr bod) WOllen eg md)t 
 glauben, We though are not going to believe it.
 
 422 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 
 
 17. 2lber, alfo, inbeffen, jebod), namlicfy sometimes occuf 
 between the SUBJECT and the VERB, and this not in the 
 Dependent Order alone (the only order in which the SUB- 
 JECP is regularly and usually separated from the VERB), 
 but also in the Normal and in the Question Order. Thus, 
 (r aber roollt' e3 md)t erlauben, He, however, would not allow 
 it. They are thrown in, as it were, parenthetically, with 
 a pause before and after them. 
 
 18. The only words except, of course, the SUBJECT 
 which can begin the principal clause of a declaratory 
 sentence, and not require the Question Order, are a) those 
 mentioned in 16 ; b) unt>, aber, allein, fonbern, benn, entweber, 
 and ober ; c) any adverbs which, if placed elsewhere than 
 close to the subject, might be misunderstood. Examples 
 under c are : Only I (and no one else) wanted to dance, 
 ftitr id) roollte tanjen. 3$ roollte nur tanjcn would mean, / 
 wanted only to dance (and do nothing else). So also : 2ludj 
 flrir roaren babet, We, too, were present; 33efonber3 bte 2)eute 
 fc|en rourbett emport, The Germans especially got (were) en- 
 raged. 1 
 
 19. The order VSR sometimes occurs, not in a ques- 
 tion, but in a declaratory clause to make an emphatic as- 
 sertion. Usually, but not always, in such casss bod) or ja 
 is inserted somewhere after the VERB. Thus, 3ft w bodj 
 nicfyt ber cinjige, He, certainly, is not the only one (He isnt 
 the only one though}. 3ft i<* femer, ber mir nid)t 9led)t gabe, 
 Why, there is no one who would not say I am right. 
 
 20. It need hardly be noted that an interrogative or 
 relative pronoun or adverb must come at the beginning 
 
 i 92ut id), audj mir, bfonb8 bte Deutfaen, etc., In reality foil under the definition of the 
 SUBJECT, as given page 415, 3 a. Such phrases might, however, have caused the student 
 trouble, and, for this reason, they have received especial and separate mention.
 
 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 423 
 
 of its clause, any formula laid down to the contrary not- 
 withstanding. Thus, 2ln wen fdjreiben <5ie ? )er Sftann, an 
 ben id) fdjrieb; not, <d)reiben <5ie an wen? etc. 
 
 21. When in the Dependent Order the perfect or plu- 
 perfect indicative or subjunctive is used, the VERB (i.e., in 
 this case the auxiliary fyaben or fein in the present or im- 
 perfect indicative or subjunctive) is often omitted. Thus, 
 @r betyauptete, bap er nur wegen ber SDfaetye gefommen (ware 
 understood), He maintained that he had only come on ac- 
 count of the rent; 3d) ajaube nid)t, bap felbft 2)tcfen$ etwag 
 23effereg fyer0rcjebrad)t (fyat understood), I do not believe that 
 even Dickens has pi'oduced anything better. 
 
 22. The modal auxiliaries and a few other verbs often 
 form their perfect and pluperfect with their infinitives 
 instead of their past participles (compare page 98, 3). 
 When these peculiarly formed tenses occur in a depend- 
 ent clause, the VERB is placed not last of all, but just be- 
 fore the infinitives. Thus we do not have, (r fd)rieb, bap 
 er eg nid)t $un fbnnen tyabe; nor, 2Btr glauben nicf)t, bap erbtc 
 @telle annefymen wollen fyat, We do not believe that lie wanted 
 to accept the position, but . , . nicfyt fyabe tl)im fbnnen, and 
 .... bte telte ^at anne^men wollen. 
 
 a) Even in dependent clauses without these peculiarly 
 formed tenses, and without a modal auxiliary, the VERB 
 may be placed immediately before, instead of immediately 
 after, a participle and an infinitive, two or more infinitives, 
 or two participles. Thus, 3d) fyoffe, bap bit mid) wirfi tanjen 
 fefyen fbnnen. But it is more usual to place the VERB at 
 the end. 
 
 23. In the Dependent Order a compromise is some- 
 times made, and the VERB placed, not after all, but after
 
 424 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS* 
 
 only a part of the REST. This is, of course, most fre- 
 quently the case when the REST is very long. Thus, in 
 translating, " He said that his wife never went to church, 
 even in fine weather, without an umbrella, a water-proof, 
 and overshoes," we need not put the German for went at 
 the very end. We can insert it after to church in fine 
 weather, and say : (r fagte, baj? feine $rau aitcfy bet fctycncm 
 SBettcr nic in tie ftircfye ging ofyne ^cgenfc^irm, Stegenmantel 
 unt> ummifdfyufye. 
 
 a) Germans always avail themselves of this privilege 
 of bringing in the verb before the very end of the de- 
 pendent clause, when they have to do with a dependent 
 clause itself containing two or three shorter dependent 
 clauses. Let us take the English sentence, We hope (at) 
 that you will not, (0) if you can conscientiously do other- 
 wise, object to a candidate (y) who served so gloriously 
 in the campaign ( f> ) which we had just finished (e) 
 when you arrived among us. Here " that you will not 
 object to a candidate " is the main dependent clause. It 
 would be extremely awkward, however, to put werben, wiff, 
 just before the full stop and after the four minor depend- 
 ent clauses. The order in German might be as follows, 
 using English words so that the student may concentrate 
 his attention on the arrangement exclusively : We hope 
 that you, if you conscientiously otherwise do can, to a 
 candidate not object will, who so gloriously in the cam- 
 paign served, which we just finished had, when you 
 among us arrived. 
 
 24. That certain tenses of separable verbs have a dif- 
 ferent form when used in dependent clauses, has already 
 been stated page 228, 4
 
 AKRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 425 
 
 25. As for the arrangement of the different parts of the 
 REST among themselves, an important general rule has 
 already been given in the foot-note on page 262. Com- 
 pare also page 81, 2. The student will notice that this 
 rule, or an extension of it, requires the different fractions 
 of the REST to be arranged in a series proceeding from 
 the least to the most important, from that one, often the 
 oblique case of a personal pronoun, which receives the 
 least emphasis in speaking the sentence, to that one 
 which receives the most emphasis. 1 
 
 26. When the present or imperfect indicative or sub- 
 junctive, or the imperative of a separable verb is used in 
 the Normal or the Question Order, the prefix generally 
 comes last, e.g., 3d) fcfyreib' 3f>nen, roenn @ie e$ serlctngen, 
 SlUeg in einer Socfye recfyt fcfyon ob, I will copy everything for 
 you nicely in a week, if you require it. 
 
 a) But when the REST is long, and in conversation 
 even when it is not, the separable prefix may be brought 
 in after only a single word, or only a word or two, of the 
 REST. Compare 23. Thus, 3$ fcfyreib' 3Jwen 2We$ rec|t 
 fcfyon ab in einer SBocfye, roenn @ie eg serlangen. 
 
 27. Just before the separable prefix, if there is one, 
 otherwise at the very end, come the infinitives and par- 
 ticiples, and in the reverse of the English order, e.g., @r 
 ttrirb geliebt roorben fein, He witt have been loved; (r f>at mid) 
 nicfyt fpredjen fyoren fbmten, He was not able to hear me speak; 
 <r fet erleitmbet worben, Let him have been slandered. 
 
 a) But when ju precedes the infinitives, these follow 
 one another in the English order after the participle on 
 
 i Considerations of euphony and of perspicuity, i.e., considerations quite outside of 
 the rules of grammar, often determine the arrangement of the BEST.
 
 426 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 
 
 which they depend, e.g., (r fyot mir neulid) gerattyen, roenig* 
 fteng jit serfucfyen, ifyn ju lieben, He advised me lately at least 
 to attempt to love him. Compare, as to the position of gc* 
 ratten here, 23. 
 
 6) Negative adverbs, e.g. t nicfyt, me, ntrgenbg, are apt to 
 be placed just before the infinitives and participles. 97id)t 
 always follows nod), and generally follows other adverbs 
 and adverbial phrases of time, such as ^eutc, geftent, tn 
 ielen 
 
 28. When a verb takes two objects, one a person, and 
 the other a thing, the thing generally comes later in the 
 clause than the person, e.g., <r befd)ulbtgte bte grew beg 
 )iebftof)lg, He accused the woman of theft ; 2Bir tyoben geftern 
 ben ^inbern ein 33uc^ gefc^enft, We presented a book to the 
 children yesterday. 
 
 a) But the oblique case of a personal pronoun, whether 
 referring to a person or a thing, comes at the very begin- 
 ning of the REST, e.g., 2Btr fyaben eg neitHcfy feinem 5Sater in 
 $tt>ei 53rtefen oUj^anbtg mitgetfyetlt, We lately, in two letters, 
 communicated it in full to his father. See c. 
 
 5) "We have seen already (compare 13) that a personal 
 pronoun in the genitive, dative or accusative comes in 
 some cases between the VERB and the SUBJECT away from 
 the other fractions of the REST. 
 
 c) When there is one personal pronoun in the dative 
 and another in the accusative, the accusative generally 
 precedes the dative, e.g., 2)etn 33ater gob bid) mir ; 2)er Dn* 
 fel gob eud) tljnen, fte eu<$, un 3fynen. 
 
 d) But mtr'S (i.e., mir eg) and bir'S (Le. t bir c$) are just as 
 usual as eg mir and eg bir.
 
 427 
 
 OBSERVATIONS OP SPECIAL IMPORTANCE IN TRANS- 
 LATING FROM GERMAN INTO ENGLISH. 
 
 29. There are a number of words in German which 
 are sometimes relatives and sometimes demonstratives. 
 
 Demonstratives. 
 
 ber, bie, bag, that (man, woman, 
 thing) 
 
 ba, there, then 
 
 banttt, with that, with it 
 
 inbem, at this moment 
 
 inbeffen, meanwhile, notwith- 
 standing 
 
 fo fd)6n, fo gut, fo oft u. f. h)., so 
 beautiful, so good, so often, 
 etc. 
 
 Relatives, 
 ber, bie, ba8, who, which 
 
 bo, where, when, since 
 bam it, in order that 
 inbem, in that, as, while 
 inbeffen, while 
 
 fo fdjb'n it. f. to., beautiful as, 
 good as. 
 
 One of the most frequent of all the mistakes made by 
 beginners, is to translate this class of words wrongly, i.e., 
 as demonstratives when they are relatives, and vice versa. 
 There need, however, be no hesitation from which column 
 to choose, if the order of the German clause is noted. If 
 these words begin the clause, and the verb comes at fche 
 end, they are relatives, otherwise they are demonstratives. 
 
 Demonstratives. Relatives. 
 
 )er gefottt mir, (Sin Sftann, bcr mir gefafft, 
 
 That man pleases me. A man who pleases me. 
 
 3)ie mod)t' id) (or id) mod)te bie) (Sine grou, bie id) fefyen modjte, 
 fefyen, tteldje u. f. tt). 
 
 I should like to see the 
 woman who etc. 
 
 (Sr fommt bo, 
 
 He comes there. 
 
 2)a fommt er, 
 
 There he cornea 
 
 3) omit fann er (or er fann bamit) 
 atteS erfafjren. 
 
 "With that he can learn every- 
 thing. 
 
 A woman (whom) I should like 
 
 to see. 
 
 3)a er fommt u. f. to. 
 Since he comes, etc. 
 
 2)amtt er afleS erfafjren fann, 
 
 In order that he may be able to 
 learn everything.
 
 428 ARRANGEMENT OP WORDS. 
 
 Demonstratives. Relatives, 
 
 (8 ift jo fdjon greitnbe |u fyaben, <2o fdjon c3 tft ^reiinbc ju Ijaben, 
 
 mbd)te id) bod) lieber feme b e i 
 
 9lrt Ijaben. 
 It is so nice to have friends. Fine as it is to have friends, I 
 
 should rather not have any 
 
 of thai kind. 
 
 30. If in any clause of a German sentence the verb im- 
 mediately precedes the subject, it must be either because, 
 
 a) The writer has chosen to begin with some other 
 word than the subject (compare 4) ; 
 
 b) The clause is conditional (compare 11), in which case 
 we shall have a conclusion expressed or understood; 
 
 c) The clause is interrogative (compare 5), when it will 
 be followed by a mark of interrogation (?) ; 
 
 d) The clause is optative (compare 6), when it will be 
 followed by a mark of exclamation (!) ; 
 
 Or finally e) because an emphatic assertion is intended 
 (compare 19). 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 L 
 
 1. 3dj beljaupte, ba btefer ^elbljerr, loetdjen $tfe bettntnbern, fetn 
 SBaterlanb Ijatte (22) rettctt fonnen, toenn ntrfjt 1 bte 9JJenge bcr ^etnbc 
 jeben 2Btberftanb unmoglid) gemadjt Ijatte. 
 
 2. Behind) bcr Some nwrbe in bte 3ld)t erflart (declared an out- 
 law), toett er fetnen $atfer bertaffert Ijatte, at3 btefer nttt ben om* 
 barbifdjen tSbten fampfte, ttjeldje ftd) ber !atferttd)en Oberfyerrfdjaft 
 ]u ent^te^en (withdraw) ftrebten. 
 
 3. (Sine 9J?at(anbtfd)e efanbtfdjaft Don fedjjeljn abeltgen 502annern, 
 on beren <Sptfce (head) bte (ionfutn ber tabt ftanben, begab ftd) nad) 
 &>bt, um mtt bem ^atfer itber bte Untertucrfung gu untertjanbetn. 
 
 i W<$t might have come after getnbe. No rale has been given for its position before 
 the subject, bat menn ni<$t may be regarded as a compound conjunction, like unlett in 
 English, or nui in Latin.
 
 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 429 
 
 4. 2Ba mtr gu unffen frommt (profits) ; tooran id] oljne efaljt 
 meiner (Seete ntdjt ^tueifetn barf; ba3 tft mit leferlidjer (legible) @d)rift 
 in mein enriffen eingegraben. 
 
 5. !Dte $(uft (cleft) gtm'fdjen ott unb bem 9ftenfd)en ifl fo grofc, 
 bafe ber 2#enfd) jroeifefa miifcte, je 311 bem ^nfdjauen beS ^flrfjften 311 
 elangen, tuenn (13) iljm ott nidjt felbft entgcgen fame. 
 
 n. 
 
 1. jDteienigen, roelc^e ftc^ um etn 5lmt beluarben (solicited), 
 fannte (30, a) tyil\W ber 3 me ^ e ' auc *) e ^ e f te f^ C^> & ) Dorftetten 
 lie^en, fo gut nrie oon ^erfon. 
 
 2. @g gtebt egenben ber (Srbe, fo lute ,3dten in ber efc^t^te be8 
 eingelnen 9J?enfdjen unb ganger Golfer, in benen bie 5 u ^e ber eben* 
 frafte glcid)fam (as it were) iiber i^re 2)amme getreten tft, unb wo mit 
 jeber Sljat ba iBermogen ^um Sljun, mit bem enu^ ba efynen 
 (desire) fi^ fteigert. 
 
 3. ^{ato erjd^It, ba <So!rate8 auf einem ^elbjuge, ben er mit 2Uct* 
 6iabe gemeinfrfjaftlid) mad^te, tton bem atljentenftfdjen ^eere gefe^en 
 toorben fei, roie er etnft einen ganjen Xag unb etne 9Jac^t long bi an 
 ben anbredjenben Sftorgen unberoeglic^ auf etner ^telle ftanb (23), mit 
 einem Slide (23), fteldjer anjeigte, ba er feb,r angeftrengt iiber einen 
 egenftaub uad)barf)te. 
 
 4. SBenn aurf) 1 (though) einige Xb.iere an eftatt bem 2Jienfd)en 
 fi^nlirf) finb; wenn s ^tnbere iljn an ^orperfraft, an djarfe eingetner 
 (Sinne iibertreff en (excel) ; luenn nod) s jlnbere meilraiirbige Seineif e con 
 $Utgb,eit geben (15 and 15, a) : [fo] bteibt bod) (16, a) jmifdjen ib/nen 
 unb bem SRenfdjeu eine uniiberfteiglidje ^(uft, itber loetdje bie Sb,iere 
 ftd) auf feine SBeife anjuna^ern tiermogen, toeil ib,nen bie ^Sernnnft unb 
 beren (its) 2fo$brurf, bie pradje, feb.lt. 
 
 ufgoBe 145. 
 
 London is a very large town. I have bought a beautiful 
 garden for my children. We have had clear days but dark 
 nights. We cannot see all the numberless (^afyftoS) stars. 
 Henry was to-day more industrious than yesterday ; he will 
 be most industrious to-morrow. They went away from here 
 at four o'clock. He often visited us formerly. They entered 
 (into) the wood and soon perceived the habitations* of men. 
 I do not know the man whom you are speaking of. The first 
 
 i fte* foot-not* page 428. 2
 
 480 AKfcANGEMENT Of WORDS. 
 
 battle (which) they fought was with the Saracens. 1 I did not 
 know who it was. To be sure (gettnfc), I have told him (da!.) it. 
 I am infinitely obliged 2 [to] you. I was wandering through 
 the street with a heavy heart. Finally (enblirf)) we discovered 
 the truth. I hav not been anywhere. Prosperity 3 gains 
 friends, and adversity tries (pritft) them. Without a friend the 
 world is but (uur) a wilderness. 4 What does this man teach 
 your children? He teaches them to read and write. The 
 tempest increasing, 5 "the 3 ships ^ost sight of each other 
 (toertoren au3 bem eftcfyt). 
 
 BEADING LESSON. 
 
 $et cble Officer. 
 
 3n bem le^ten rtege, ben ^rcmfretrf) gegen (Seamen fiiljrte, fatten 
 bte beutfdjen ^ntfstruppen ein Stabtdjen an ben Ufern be fpantfdjen 
 ^luffeS Sajo befefct, aber nur etne fdjroadje Sefafcung (garrison) boa 
 22 2ftaun bartn gelaffen. $)tefe nwrben auf ,3ureben 6 fpantfc^er (2ol 
 baten bon ben Stnioo^nern ermorbet. 9?itr einer entfam,' unb brac^te 
 bte 97arfirid)t toon ber btutigen fyat fat ba frangbftfc^e Sagev. >tet 
 forberte man, beS 33etfpiel3 hjegen, bluttge 9?ad^e. 8 ogletd^ er^iett ber 
 babtfdje ^auptmann . ben SSefeljI, mtt einer 5lbtb,ettung 9 feiner Snip* 
 pen bte @tabt ^u umrtngen, nteberjubrennen unb in etnen tetnljaufen 
 gn Dertuanbeln; 10 bte 33enio^ner foflten etngefc^toffen (shut in) bletben 
 unb tnuntljattgerSkrjtoetflung 11 t^re abe u toon ben gfammen bergeljren 
 (passive in English, compare p. 327, a) feljen. 25on btefer 
 reget ertoartete ber fran^oftf^e enerat ben beften grfotg. 
 iDeutf ^e ^aren attSgef rfjttf t, ben f d)tnal)ttd)ften Zob Ujver Sriiber gn radjen, 
 unb ti)i 5lnfit^rer luar tm ganjen ^>eer at einer ber tapfevften, entfc^Iof* 
 fenflen 13 unb mutfjtgflen Offtgtere befannt. 
 
 er ttmr noc^ me^r at ba. @em ebte, meufrf)enfreunblt^e 
 ttjurbe mtt raufen 14 erfuHt, at? er ben Sluftrag 15 t>erna^m. 
 fonnte unb tooflte er t^n ntd)t ablelmen. 18 3)a na^e fdjrerf lic^e 
 fo bteter ungtiidtt^er SJJenf^en, bte an bem 2ftorbe grotent^et( un< 
 
 zeerfeunben. 3ba8Wcf. <2Bufle, f. f- june^men (see page 371, d). pr> 
 to escape. vengeance. company. 10 to turn. 11 despair, 
 ubozxor. is order. i to decline, to reftuw.
 
 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 431 
 
 fdjutbtg nwren, ergretft feme eble eele. (Scfyon fteljt er tm etfte bie 
 tabt auflobern, 1 fyb'rt bag $lagegefd)rei ber 3=rauen, bag Sammer^ 
 gcfdjrei 2 ber $inber unb ($reife, bag ^b'djeln 3 ber Sierbcnben; unb 
 entroorfen 4 ift fdjon fein ^lan, feft fetn Sntfdjluft. 5)iod) 5 in fpater 
 9?arf)t giebt er feinen euten (men, soldiers) ben ^efefjl ^um s #ufbrud). 8 
 >er 2Beg fii^rte 7 an einem ^tofter uorubcr, bag untDett ber bebrob,ten 
 tabt lag. )ag fluge itnb menfdjenfreimbltc^e Seneb.men beg 23or* 
 ftetjerg 8 unb ader Setooljner beffetben gegen ^ reun ^ uu ^> ^cinb Ijatte 
 ib,nen ben c^ntj unb bte Stebe beiber Xb,et(e erroorben, unb btefeg n>ab,re 
 ^ottegfiaug jur 5 re if^tte 9 fiir j;eben ^lit^tigen gemadjt. 2)er ^aupt* 
 mann . berlangt (Sinla unb etne Unterrebung 10 mit bem ^Jrior. 
 33eibeg icurbe tfym geioci^rt (granted). er ^ertrautefte 11 fetner Seutc 
 kgleitete ib,n. 
 
 9Ja^ etner b,atben (Stunbe le^rte er gu ben etntgen jurucf, aber 
 cittern; fetn iBegletter ift unbemerft unb Dermuntmt 12 burc^ cine anbere 
 b,ur b.tnauggefc^Iupft unb l^at balb auf einem ntifyern SBege bie gum 
 33erberben beftimmte 13 (Stabt erreicfyt, hjelc^er (dot.) er mit etnent 
 (Sc^retbcit beg ^Jriorg atg ein ^tmmelgbote erfd)eint. 3)te SSeiber unb 
 $inber, franfen banner unb retfe fmb etngclaben, ftc^ unb iljre 
 auf bem nadjften 2Beg nac^ bem ^lofter gu flitdjten. 3)er 
 bcginnt, burc^ ben "DJtonbfrfjein begiinftigt. 9Kutter, ii>re augtinge 1 * 
 an ber 33ruft ober auf bem ^itcfen, eroffnen ben 3"9> banfborc ii^ne 
 tvagen bie 9)Jutter. So getangen (reach) fte an bag Softer, too ber 
 ^rior fte mit feinen 9)ioncf)en gaftfreunbticf) aufnimmt. SBa^renb beffen 
 Ijat ber uwrfere ^)au))tmann fetne Seute auf einem anbern 23ege gegen 
 bie <3tabt gefitb,rt. (Sr la'Rt 16 fte umrtngen, boc^ fo, ba jener 2Beg 
 ^lofter off en blieb; er befteljlt ben juriicfgebtiebenen 2fttinnern, 
 unb otj auf^utljurmen. 17 (g gef^ie^t, 18 unb balb lobern 1 toon alien 
 (Seiten tjelle, b,ol)e ^lammen in ber 9J?orgenrotl)e auf; aber l)inter bem 
 ^euer m^en fidjer bie werfc^onten (spared) ^aufer unb >iitten, unb 
 an iplitnberung roirb nidjt gebadjt. 
 
 ito blaze up. 2 lamentation, sthe groans of the dying. * thrown off, made. 
 seven, i.e., even beforo day-break, r. to set out. " oorubevf ft^ren, to pass. prior. 
 9 asylum. 10 interview, i: trusty, confident. 12 disguised, is see page 386, V. npxo 
 oesaiou, march, i-baby. ic see page 337, a n to heap up. i* they do so.
 
 432 AKRANGEMENT OF WOBDS. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 2Ber Ijatte tm lefcten fyamfdjen $riege etn tabtdjen befefct? 
 
 2Ba$ ereignete fid) bamalS ? 
 
 2luf roeffen 3 ure ^ en 9 e f^ a &k butttge Xljat? 
 
 2Bitrben 5lUe getobtet? 
 
 Ste erfufyr man bie Sftadjridjt tm frangoftfdjen ager? 
 
 2Ba3 berlangte man Ijter ? 
 
 2BeI(^en Scfe^t ertjiett ber babtfdje au|itmann ^>.? 
 
 SBarum beyfpradj fid) bcr fran3ofifdjc enerat ben beften (Srfolg ? 
 
 fiir cm SDiann hjar fener ait^tmann ? 
 
 faQ er frfjoit tm etfte ? 
 
 ijorte er im etfte? 
 tn fiifyrte t()n fetn 2Beg? 
 
 fatten ftc^ ber ^Borfte^er unb bte 33etooljner jeneS 
 tmmer benommen? 
 
 bege^rte bafelbft ber babtfdje ^aitptmann? 
 
 er aEein ? 
 
 2Ba njurbe an fetnem Segtetter? 
 SGBeldje Stnlabung ent^tett ba <2>rf)retben be 
 2Bte niar ber 39 ber ^liid)tlinge befdjaffen ? 
 2Bte lie^ ber an})tmann bte bebro^te tabt ttmringen? 
 2$on ftia Iat er ein ^eiter anmad)en? 
 SBrannten bte $aufer? 
 ^n loa totrb nid)t gebadjt? 
 
 Shifgafic 146. 
 
 This being resolved, 1 my wife undertook to manage* the 
 business herself. The horse was unfit 3 for the road, as he 
 wants an eye. Leaving my cloak behind me, I set out to view* 
 the town a little. As I was going across one of the principal 
 squares, 6 1 was followed by 6 a little boy, who insisted on clean- 
 ing' my boots. He was provided 8 with a footstool 9 and with 
 brushes ; and I do not doubt [but] that he would have 
 polished 10 my boots admirably. However, I had neither time 
 nor inclination, and as this was the case, declined 11 the honor. 
 The boy followed me through several streets, and I never 
 stopped but (ofyne ba) he put down his stool and wanted 
 (toottte) to begin. When he had exhausted 12 his powers of 
 
 146. i fcefdjloffen. 2 auSftitjren (carry out), suntauglid). -i&etracbten. s$(a$. etransl.. 
 little boy folio wed me (dot.), and.... 'pufeea. orfe$en. @$eme(,m.
 
 AKRANGEMENT OF WOBDS. 433 
 
 persuasion 13 and found me deaf to entreaty, 14 he departed in 
 search of 15 a less obstinate subject. 16 
 
 147. 
 
 They who have employed the study of history, for (ju) their 
 instruction, 1 for the regulation 2 of their private matters, 8 and 
 for the management 4 of public affairs, must agree with me, 
 that it is the most pleasant school of wisdom. It is a familiar- 
 ity 5 with past ages, 6 and an acquaintance with all the heroes of 
 them. 1 It is, if you will pardon the similitude, 8 a perspective- 
 glass 9 carrying 10 your soul to (in) a vast distance and taking in 
 the farthest objects of antiquity. It informs 11 the understand- 
 ing by the memory ; 13 it helps us to judge of what will happen, 13 
 by showing 14 us the like 15 revolutions of former times. For 
 mankind being 16 the same in all ages, agitated 17 by the same 
 passions and moved 18 to action by the same interests, 19 Nothing 
 'can come to pass, 20 but (oljne baft) some precedent 21 of the like 
 nature ($lrt) has already been produced ; and having the 
 causes before our eyes, we cannot easily be deceived in the 
 effects, 22 if we have judgment 23 enough to draw the parallel* 4 
 
 (Dryden.) 
 
 READING LESSON. 
 
 eblc Officer. 
 
 jtnetftunbtgem 23ranbe imrb cm (Silbote 1 an ben general 
 gefdnrft, um 9?ad)taft 2 ju erbttten. liefer feljrt nut bem Sefefjle juriicf, 
 baft bie tabt bis Mtag brennen ntiiffe. 3 ogtetd) ttrirb ber iibrtge 
 SBorratf) toon olj unb <5trof) jut tluterljaltung be geuerS fyerbeU 
 gefdjafft unb ba$ eball 4 etntger offentltd)en ^aufer, bie man, um bod) 
 SnuaS ju gerftoren, niebergertffen I)atte, roirb ju gteid)em gtotdt ber* 
 braudjt. gnbltd) fd)lagt bie gw5lftc tunbe unb gibt bag 3 e ul) en 
 
 146. is Ue6metungfunfl. u SSitte. 15 um ju fu^en. ie 2Renf$. 
 
 147. i SBele^rung. 2 afZtc^tf^nur. a ipricat^ngelejen^etten. < SBenoaltung. s SSettraut^elt. 
 bo8 3eitaUer, use the sing. T see page 147, 7. bag Ieic^ntf . tn Sprfpe!H'. "see 
 page 372, le. 11 bete^ren. isbae cba<$tntjj. is what will happen, bag ^ufunftige. "see 
 page 371, Ic. isa^ultc^. ie see page 371, 1 d. neneflt. is angetrieben ju ^anfceln. "bog 3ns 
 tereffe. 20 to come to pass, gejc^e^en, ftc^ ereignen. 21 ein frfl^eter gaU. 22 bie SBirfunj. 
 as Urt^etlgftaft. 24 ben SBetglei^ ju jiefcen. 
 
 i courier. 2 pardon. * see page 356, 4 a, and page 367, 5, a, 6. timbers.
 
 434 ASBAtfaEMEtfT OF WORDS. 
 
 e, ber ehtem umfyrcn rtuntpl)3uge gteid)t: benn unter ben 
 feitben tft ntd)t (Suter, ber nid)t greubentfyriinen nieint. 23egteitet toon 
 bet: ntannUd)cn 33ettol)nern bet tabt, toeldje ben (Sotbaten bie eroefyre 
 uub Sormfter 1 tragen, fie mil iljren 2)anffagungen unb <2>egenltmtnfd)en 
 ^berfdjittten, 2 getangt ber bunte 3 aufe jum Softer. 3Me toon bent 
 fernen fteuer erfdjrecften reife, SSetber nnb $inber ftitrjen ben ^om* 
 menben mit angftUdjen 5 ca 9 cn entgegen. 2lber batb nnrb ber fitrc^ter* 
 Ucb,e 3 loe 'f e t 3^ [ro^Itc^en enjt^eit, at^ fie bernefymen, 4 ba ber eble 
 $>auptmann nidjt nur i^r Seben, [onbern aud) ib,re ^aufer unb liter 
 gerettet fyabe. @ie ftiir^en tior iljm nteber, jte liiffen itjin bte anbe; er 
 !ann fi^ ber lebfyafteften 5leuerungen 5 be 3)anfe3 fautn ertoe^ren. 8 
 
 !j)ann trttt 7 ber ^rtor, ein e^rraiirbtger rei in Uberljaaren, mtt 
 X^ranen in ben $ugen ib,m entgegen/ nnb ^tte tueidjen eb.rfurc^tstiofl 
 guriicf. r ,Sbter Bungling," fpridjt er, inbem er ib,n mit ^ttternbem ?lrm 
 on fetn erj briiiit, ,,fur jDeine S^at tft jeber So^n ju flein; nur in 
 Reiner Sruft ftnbeft 2>ii ben h)itrbigen. 3luc^ finb ttrir arm unb 
 beft^en WufytS, roaS wir !Dtr anbteten fonnten. 3d) felbft b,abe nia 
 nod) btefeS ^reuj mit (Sbelfteinen, ba^ tdj afe 3 e ^ en wetner SKurbe! 1 
 trage; nimm el; Ia mic^ e8 5)tr um^angen, nid^t all ein (Sefdjent, 
 fonbern all ein Slnbenfen an bie tjergangene S'la^t. 3 tt)ar 3^ren fdjon 
 anbere (Sijrenjeidjen 9 2)etne 33ruft; bod^ fet bal britte, bal bit 
 3>tr iueitjt, 10 S)ir ntd^t minbir n>ert^ ! SSe^e bem Xa^fern, 
 ber nidjt menf^Ii^ ift; aber <3egen itber j;eben ^rieger, ber fo fortftifyrt, 
 fein ! 3)arum fegnen 2)id) bie eretteten, barunt fegne td| 
 barum fegnc" 3)t^@ott! " 
 
 3)er auptmann ri ftc^ tief erfd^itttert 12 tol unb fefjrte mit fetner 
 Ibraoen <2c^aar in bal ?ager ^urittf. 5lber n)te nwrb ib,m ju 9)?ut()e/ 3 
 all er am anbern 9)iorgen toon etnem feiner ^reunbe erfu^r, ba^ ber 
 fransoftfdje enerat Don bem SSorfatt unterridjtet fet ! Sltte Offt^icre 
 ttiaren Don biefem gur afct cmgelaben, ber ^auptmann burfte md)t 
 fe^ten. 9Ktt mannttdjer 5 a ff un 9 u un & geftdrft toon bem 33eroutfetn 
 feiner Ijodjljerstgen S^at, gtng er einer, toietteic^t ente^renben 16 (Strafe 
 
 i knapsack. 2 load, s the mingled troop. 4 learn. 5 manifestations 6 to keep off. 
 : came to meet. 8 dignity. 9 decoration, badge of an order. ioto dedicate, to devote. 
 11 see page 420, 13 a. 12 moved, u how did he feel 1 1 1 compos are. i- diahouoring, 
 infamous.
 
 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 435 
 
 entgegen, roeil er ben 23efef)( feineS SSorgefeJjten nidjt befotgt Ijatte. 
 !Der eneral empfing iljn mit fyofyem Srnfte unb nnnfte ifym in em 
 ^ebengimmer. Sftit ftopfenbem Bergen fotgt ber >auptmann. (Sic 
 fmb aUein. -3e^t ergreift ber eneral feine >anb, blicft ifyn mit feudjtem 
 5luge etne SSeite an, reiftt i^n an ftc^, umarmt ifyn mit eftigfeit unb 
 (fpric^t: ff @tc berfte^en mic^ !" 2)ann fe^rt er mit i^m pr @efeflfrf)aft 
 gurucf. 
 
 2Ber mo^te 1 nic^t fo gefeljtt, toer moc^te ntc^t fo geftraft ^aben! 
 3)er auptmann fc^icfte ba ^reuj feinen ^Semanbten unb fcfjrieb 
 babei: , f !Dag ift bie einjige Seute, 3 bie ic^ in panien gemacb,t ^abe 
 unb madjen ttierbe. llngern trenne ic^ mid) bation. S3erfauft e3 unb 
 be^afjtt bation meine djutben, bie id) Ijinterlaffen ^abe." S)te 23er* 
 njanbten fatten aber fdjon la'ngft bie djulben bega^It, unb 
 nun ats einen 5<*tttiltenfd)at$. 3 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 gefdjieb/t nad) ^rteiftiinbigem Sranbe? 
 SBetdje Slntwort brad)te ber Sitbote ? 
 SD3a gefd)ieb,t nun ferner ? 
 2Sem gleidjt ber 5lbjug ber Jruppen? 
 W.8 bie (Sotbaten ab^ogen, n)a8 tb,aten bie banner? 
 2Sa tljaten bie rei[e unb ^rauen, alg man beim ^(ofier at 
 
 langte ? 
 
 2Ba8 ^atte ib,nen ber cble ^auptmann gerettet? 
 2Bie rebete ber -)3rior ben oanptmami an (address) ? 
 SBetdjeS 5tnbenlen (token) gab er ib,m? 
 2Ba gefdja^ am anbcrn SCRorgen tin ?ager? 
 2Bie ging ber ^aitptmann gu feinem enerat? 
 
 b,atte er gu furdjten? 
 
 em))fing i()n ber encrat? 
 niaren feine 2Borte? 
 
 fdjrieb ber .^auptmann an feine SBertoanbten, at3 er ba 
 nad) O au f e fdjirfte ? 
 
 fatten bie 35erroanbten fdjon borfjer getb,an ? 
 
 ift au3 betn ^reuje geworben ? 
 
 1 would not like. 2 booty. 3 hair-loom.
 
 436 EXERCISES. 
 
 PBOMISCUOUS EXEKCISES IN TRANSLATION AND 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 (Continued from page 301.) 
 
 18. 
 
 Are you acquainted with M., the French captain ? Yes, Sir, 
 I made his acquaintance last year at Baden. Has the servant 
 cleaned my spurs? 1 He is still cleaning them. Has the 
 butcher bought fat oxen ? He has bought fat oxen and cows, 
 but no calves nor 2 sheep. Is this the coach-office ?* Yes, 
 Madam, here it is. When does the stagecoach 4 start ? There 
 is one in the morning at seven o'clock, and one in the evening 
 at six. How many places have you remaining in the evening 
 coach ? There are only two left. I want three, can I have 
 them for to-morrow ? Yes, you can have them. How much 
 do you charge for a place ? Three florins and a half. Do 
 children pay full 6 price ? No, children pay only (the) half-price. 
 
 "When must I send the luggage? 8 An hour before the coach 
 starts. 7 At what o'clock shall we arrive at B. ? Between three 
 and four in the afternoon. Do we pass 8 through S. ? No, you 
 leave the town on your left 
 
 19. 
 
 "What is his manner of life? 1 He leads a very retired life 
 (lives very retired). 2 What services does he render 8 his fellow- 
 citizens? 4 None, that (fotriel) I know [of]. Is he resolved to 
 sell his estate ? 6 He will sell it, if he finds a purchaser. 6 How 
 much does he ask for it? He asks five thousand pounds. 
 How long have you been in Germany ? I have been here these 
 three months. How much do you pay a month 7 for your 
 lodgings? 8 I pay a hundred florins a month. How many 
 rooms have you ? I have five rooms, a parlor (33efudJ3immer), a 
 dining-room, and three bed-rooms. What curtains' have 
 you ? I have white and red curtains. Have you your own 
 furniture (2)?obet, pi-) ? No, I have hired it. How much do 
 you pay for it ? A hundred and twenty florins for six months. 
 
 How many English miles 10 make one German mile ? Five 
 
 18. i pornen. "- unb feine. s bit ga^rppjl. btt littoacjen. ben flatten $13. G ba3 
 f plcf. i abgcfien. * lommcn, paftlren. 
 
 19. i Die 2cfcenSrei)(. > juriicf gejojen. * If men. -' ter SftUfrurger. t bs ui or Content 
 ftfefc. TmoMtiut. SBofcnuttj, ting. SBor&ang, m. lo
 
 EXERCISES. 487 
 
 English miles and a half are equal 11 to one German mile. 
 How far is it from Heidelberg to Frankfort ? It is ten German 
 miles or fifty-five English miles. Were your parents in 
 Switzerland last year ? They were not there last year, but they 
 intend going there this year. 
 
 20. 
 
 To whom have you presented 1 your flowers? To the lady 
 who came to see my sister. What wine is that ? Good old 
 rhine-wine. Where can I buy good ink? The stationer 2 in 
 William-street sells very good ink. Which do you prefer, 
 veal or mutton ? I like both, but I prefer ham. What have 
 you bought in this shop ? I bought steel-pens and pencils. 
 Where have you seen the finest horses? In England. Is 
 there an English physician in this town ? Yes, there are two 
 English physicians and a French one. Is [there] good wine 
 to be had 3 here ? Yes, but bad beer. How much richer are 
 you than your neighbor? I need not tell you. Which flow- 
 ers are finer than mine ? The flowers of my (female) neighbor 
 are much prettier. Which edifice 4 is the highest in the town? 
 The church is the highest. Why do you not let him alone 
 (geljett) ? I want to speak to him. 
 
 21. 
 
 Did the coachman put the horses to 1 [the coach] ? Nobody 
 has ordered it. Have you sent for the music-master ? Yes, I 
 have, but he is not at home. Is it allowed to speak to the 
 prisoners ? That cannot be allowed. May the tailor come ? 
 He may come if he likes. Does, this young man smoke 
 cigars? Yes, he smokes every day five or six. Have you 
 spoken to the lawyer ? 2 I spoke to him, but he would not hear 
 me. Who can judge 3 a person* without knowing him ? 
 Nobody should do so. Are you not allowed to play in this 
 room ? No, we must play in the yard. Did the lady let the 
 children play in her room. Yes, she did, but only for an 
 hour. What shall I say of such behavior? 5 You must blame 
 it. What am I to do? You are to work instead of playing. 
 
 19. n gtet$ (dat.). 
 
 20. i ttfcerreidjen or fcfyenfen. 2 ber @$ret6materiaflen=&nbter. 3 ju fw&en. < Oebiube, n. 
 
 21. i anfeannen. 2 ber 9lbo!at'. fceurt&eilen. < einen 2Henf(en. ba8 SJettagen ei
 
 438 EXERCISES. 
 
 Ought I to have gone to Baden ? Either to Baden or to Ems. 
 
 Are these men really so selfish ? 6 They are the most selfish 
 men I ever knew. Is anybody knocking? Yes, some one 
 knocked at the door. Who is there? It is I, your friend B. 
 
 How do you do? I thank you, I am quite well. 
 
 22. 
 
 Why did you not thank your master? I have not seen 
 since last week. What is the matter with you (fefylt 3f)tten) ? 
 I am not quite welL The father would not believe his son 
 any more (no more believe), because he had told a falsehood. 
 Do not wish him anything bad. This cloak does not belong 
 to you, it belongs to the doctor. What did the baron present 
 (|"d)enfen) to his niece? He presented her [with] a new bonnet. 
 I wish you a good morning. To what physician did you 
 send your card ? I sent it to Mr. Murray. Have you anything 
 to tell me ? Yes, I have a word to say to you. What is it ? I 
 must speak to you alone. Do you understand what I say ? I 
 understand you well. Why don't you answer me ? I don't 
 know what I am to answer you. What do you mean by that 
 (bamit) ? Nothing that (roaS) concerns 1 you. What is your age 
 (How old are you) ? I am fifteen years old. How old is your 
 brother? He is almost 2 eighteen. I thought he was 3 older. 
 
 23. ON MEETING A PERSON. 
 
 Good morning, sir. I (have the honor to) wish you (a) 
 good day. How do you do 1 to-day ? I hope you are in good 
 health. I am very well How does your father do ? He is 
 not quite well How does all the family do ? (How do they 
 all do at home ?) I thank you, they are all in good health. 
 How is Mrs. B., your aunt? She is a good deal better. She is 
 tolerably well She is rather 2 unwell. She is very ill 
 What ails (fefjlt if)r) her? (What ia the matter with her?) She 
 has a cold (fjat fief) ertci(tet). I am very sorry to hear it. How 
 long has she been ill (unwell) ? I did not 'know that she was 
 ill What is her illness ? She has a fever. 3 Does she take 
 anything for it? The doctor comes every day. He says that 
 
 21. 
 
 32. i fctrtfftn. fceinafic. s Bee p. 367. 8 a, fc. 
 . ifafctfinbeu. sjUmfafc. = tag guiec.
 
 EXERCISES. 439 
 
 It will not be of any consequence (turn SBebeittung). So much 
 the (befto) better. I am very glad of it. I am very happy to 
 hear it, 
 
 24. NEWS. 
 
 Is there any news 1 to-day? Do you know anything new? 
 "What news can you tell us? I know nothing new. There is 
 no news. I have not heard of anything. Have you read the 
 news-papers ? What do the papers say ? I have read no paper 
 bo-day. Did you see that in any paper ? It is only mentioned 3 
 in a private (^rtoat-) letter. This news wants confirmation. 1 
 I have that news on (from a) good authority. 4 I have it (from 
 the) first hand. Has that news been confirmed ? That report 
 has proved (fid) ge^eigt al3) false. Is war still spoken of (do 
 people still talk of war) ? No, people speak of it no longer. 
 Have you heard anything of (non) your brother ? I have not 
 heard from him these 5 two months. He has not written for 
 (fett) three months. I expect a letter from him every day. 
 
 25. BREAKFAST AND DINNER. 
 
 Have you breakfasted ? Not yet. You come just in time 
 (gerabe rerfjt) ; you must breakfast with us. Breakfast is ready. 
 
 Do you drink tea or coffee ? I prefer coffee. What shall I 
 offer you? Here are rolls 1 and toast. 2 Which do you like 
 best ? I shall take (of) both. How do you like (fmben (ie) 
 the coffee ? Is it strong enough ? It is excellent. Is it sweet 
 enough ? Make yourself (Do as if you were) at home. At 
 what time do we dine to-day ? Do we dine at five o'clock ? No, 
 we shall not dine before six o'clock. Shall we have anybody 
 at dinner to-day ? We expect Mr. Black and Miss White. 
 What have we [got] for our dinner? Shall we have any fish? 
 There was not a fish in the market. What shall I help 3 you 
 to ? 3 Will you have some soup ? I thank you, I will trouble you 
 for (bitten lint, pre*. indie.) a little beef. It looks so very nice. 
 
 Which way (lute) shall I cut it? Any way (2Btc <te tooflen). 
 Will you have it weE done (ttiel) or undergone ? 4 Eather well 
 done, if you please. I do not like it underdone. I hope this 
 piece is to your liking. 5 It is excellent Now I am going to 
 
 24. i etroaS 9?eue8. 2 erro&nn. s fccbarf b 93efl&Hgung. * dttH. s frit. 
 
 25. i 93r5b$en. gcrcftcte iBrotjdjnttun.
 
 440 EXERCISES. 
 
 send you a piece of this pie.' I had rather take a little piece 
 of that pudding. 1 Try 8 both. Shall I send you a slice 9 of 
 this leg of mutton (^pammettffeule) ? Give me but very little of 
 it. You eat nothing. I beg your pardon, I am eating very 
 heartily (mit giitem 
 
 26. TRAVELLING BY RAIL-ROAD (mit bet tfatBaljn). 
 
 I intend to set off to-morrow for Paris. At what o'clock 
 does the first train 1 start?* Here is the time-table 3 for the 
 summer with the fares (^rcifcn). The first is a mixed train 
 and goes very slowly. Does it stop often ? It stops at every 
 way-station (3tt>tfd)enftatton), and is liable* to all sorts of delays. 6 
 The next train goes much faster. Where is the railway- 
 station? 6 Near the gate on the right hand. "Where do you 
 take the tickets (23tttete) ? The first opening 7 on the left hand 
 is for the second and third classes, and the next for the first. 
 How are tho second class carriages made ? They are covered 
 (gebecft) and have windows or slides 8 on the sides. Are the 
 seats stuffed ? 9 No, you find stuffed seats only in the first class 
 carriages. What have I to pay ? Fifty francs for yourself 
 and some francs for your luggage. 10 Where is my luggage ? 
 The porter is just taking it from the scales 11 and bringing it 
 out. Will he place it on the top of (oben auf) the carriage in 
 which I have taken my seat ? No, Sir, all the luggage is put 
 into the luggage-van." Now, good bye. 
 
 ANECDOTES FOR TRANSLATION INTO GERMAN. 
 
 1. 
 
 A sick man being asked, 1 why he did not send for (nad)) a 
 physician, answered : "It is because I have no mind (uft) to 
 die yet" (fdjon). 
 
 95. 5pajlet, f. ' bet Cubbing, StloS. s trfu*en. 9 eine Sdjnttte. 
 
 M. i br 3 U 3- * a&gefcn. s bet Jatyrtcnjjlan. 4 unterwotfen. & SSerjogerunj. 33af>n 
 bof, m. 1 6$altet, m. s @$iebfenflcr. 9 gepoljtat, 10 epicf, n. n bit SBage. sing, n btf 
 9<p&(tmagen. 
 
 1. i vil* ein gtftajt reutbe
 
 EXERCISES. 441 
 
 2. 
 
 Milton being asked by (toon) a friend whether (ob) he would 
 instruct 1 his daughters in the different languages, replied : No, 
 Sir, one tongue 2 is sufficient for a woman." 
 
 3. 
 
 An Irishman meeting 1 another (dot.) asked him, what had 
 (ttmre) become of (au8) their old acquaintance 2 John. " Alas 
 (ad)) ! my dear," replied the other, " poor John 3 was condemn- 
 ed 4 to be hanged, but he saved his life by dying 6 in prison." 
 
 4. 
 
 Socrates being asked by one of his friends, what was 1 the 
 way to gain 2 a good reputation, replied : " You will gain it, if 
 you endeavor 3 to be what you desire to appear." 
 
 5. 
 
 An Alderman 1 of London once requested an author to write 
 a speech for him to speak 2 at Guildhall. "I must first dine 
 with you," replied he, " and see how you open your mouth, 
 that I may know what sort of words [will] fit it." 8 
 
 6. 
 
 An old philosopher observing a young man who had too 
 great a (a too great) volubility 1 of tongue, 2 spoke thus to him : 
 " Take notice, 3 my friend, that nature 2 has given us two ears, 
 and but (nitr) one mouth, that we 4 [may] listen much and 
 speak little." 
 
 7. 
 
 A certain professor, lecturing 1 a young man on (toegen) his 
 irregular conduct, added with great pathos : 2 " The report 8 of 
 
 2. i unterri^ten. 
 
 3. i 3113 fcegegneie. 2 ber SSefannte. 3 put the definite article. 4 urt!jeitt. 6 batmr<$ 
 ba|) et 3c. (see p. 373, 2 &.). 
 
 4. i see p. 358, 6. 2 ju erroerfcen. s fu fcemfltyen. 
 
 6. 1 5K,itI)3ljerr. 2 roelcfye et in . fatten rooHte. s fflr lljn paffetu 
 
 6. i (Seldufigfeit. 2 put the article. 3 fcefcenfen <te. -i bamlf 
 
 7. i au8f$eUen. 2 sjJatfcoS, m., al&ung. s bte 9Ja$ric$t eon.
 
 442 EXERCISES. 
 
 your vices will bring your father's grey hairs -with sorrow to 
 (in) the grave." "I beg your pardon, Sir," replied the pupil, 
 " my father wears a wig." 4 
 
 8. 
 
 A nobleman of N. standing at a window, and seeing an ass- 
 driver beat his ass unmercifully, 1 cried to him : 2 "Have done, 8 
 have done, rascal, else I shall have you whipped." 4 The ass- 
 driver answered : " Pardon, good Sir, I did not know, my ass 
 had friends at court (bet >ofe)." 
 
 9. 
 
 "When Cortez returned to Spain, he was coolly 1 received by 
 the emperor Charles V. One day he suddenly presented him- 
 self to the monarch. 2 "Who are you?" said the emperor 
 haughtily. 3 " The man," said Cortez, just as 4 haughtily, " who 
 has given you more provinces than your ancestors left 6 you 
 cities." 
 
 10. 
 
 A traveller coming into the kitchen of an inn 1 on (in) a very 
 cold night, stood so close to 2 the fire, that he burnt 3 his boots. 
 A man who sat in the chimney-corner, 4 cried to him : " Sir, 
 you'll burn your spurs presently." 6 "My boots "you 'mean, I 
 suppose (ttermittfjlid)) ? " said the gentleman. "No, Sir," replied 
 the other, " they are burnt already." 
 
 11. 
 
 A village-blacksmith 1 murdered a man, and was condemned 
 to be hanged. The chief peasants 2 of the place joined together 3 
 and begged the judge that the blacksmith might not suffer/ 
 because he was 5 necessary to the place, which could not do 
 without 6 a blacksmith, to shoe 7 horses, mend 8 wheels, etc. But 
 the judge said : "How 'then ^an 2 I execute the judgment?" 
 A laborer said : " Sir, there are two weavers in the village, and 
 for so small a place "one 9 *is enough, hang the other." 
 
 7. 
 
 8. i unbarmljerjig. 2 rief et u)m ju. ' 6ren @te auf. < pettfc6,en laffett. 
 
 9. i fait. 2 bcr 9Bonardj', flonig. s ffolj. < ebenfo. tyinterlaffen 6,aben. 
 
 10. i ein 2Dtrtfi86. au. 2 na$e Bet (dot.), s anbrennen. * bit ftaminM&fe. 6 Saft. 
 
 11. i djtnteb. * tie Bornetyntften S3auern. s ttaten jufatnmen. < ben Sob leiben. * Sub- 
 junctive. The subjunctive is used when Oiey taid, hetaid, I said, etc., m*y be sup- 
 plied. 6 to do without, entbefyren (ace.). ? mn jit bef^Iagen. 8 auSbeffern. 9 see 
 p. 119, 1.
 
 EXERCISES. 443 
 
 12. 
 
 A Persian philosopher being asked -by 1 what method he had 
 acquired so much knowledge, 2 answered, "By not being 8 
 ashamed to ask 4 questions when I was ignorant." 
 
 13. 
 
 A gentleman who had lent a guinea for two or three days to 
 a man whose 1 promises he had not much faith in, 1 was very 
 much surprised to find that he very punctually kept his word 
 [with] him. The same man being some time after desirous 3 
 of borrowing 3 a larger sum, " 4 No," 'said "the 3 other, " you have 
 deceived 4 me once, and I am resolved 5 you shall not do it a 
 second time (mat)." 
 
 14. 
 
 A young fellow having been very extravagant, 1 wrote to his 
 father for (urn) more money, using every argument ; but. 
 nothing would prevail (fyctfen). At length he very ingeniously 2 
 wrote to his father that he was dead, and desired (bat) him to 
 send money to pay [for] his burial. 3 
 
 15. 
 
 A poor man finding one night 1 thieves in his house, said to 
 them, without being frightened : 2 " I do not know what you 
 are looking [for] in my house by night ; as for me, 8 I cannot 
 find anything in it in broad day-light."* 
 
 16. 
 
 A rich farmer' in Devonshire made a will 2 in which the fol- 
 lowing article 3 was found (ftanb) : " I bequeathe 4 to John Wilkes, 
 late* member of Parliament for Aylesbury, five thousand pounds 
 sterling, as (ate) a grateful return 6 for the courage with which 
 he defended the liberty of his country, and opposed 7 the (dot.) 
 dangerous progress of arbitrary power." 8 
 
 12. i auf weldje SBeife. 2 ScnntnifK, pi. 2 see p. 373, 26. < to ask questions, fragen or 
 gtogen jletlen. 
 
 13. i fcefjen 33erfpre$ungen cr m$t traute. 2 1 am desirous of, i<$ tcftnfae. s ju letyen, 
 entlef)nen. * getSufdit. s enti'Atoffen. 
 
 14. i Bfdjroenfcerif$. 2 [tnnretdj. " 33egrlSntfc, n. 
 
 15. i einmal 9Zadjt8. 2 ofine baruber 511 erf*cfen. 3 maS tnidj Bctrifft. Bel Ijeflem Xage. 
 
 16. i >J51^tet. 2 JCeftament', n. s arttfet, m. < erma$en. s cotmoligem SKiiglteb. s SB 
 Settling, i ft$ roiterjefete. SBiUfilit^errf^aft, f.
 
 444: EXERCISES. 
 
 17. 
 
 The Emperors Theodosius, Arcadius and Honoring wrote 
 'to 'Bufinus *the "Praetor : " If any body speaks ill (33ofe3) ol 
 ourselves or our administration, 1 "we 'will not have* him pun- 
 ished. If he spoke through levity, 3 he is to be despised : if it 
 was 4 through madness, he is to be pitied : 6 if it was an insult,* 
 he is to be forgiven."' 
 
 18. 
 
 A countryman who was passing 1 over the Pont-au-Change* 
 in Paris, perceived no wares 3 in several of the shops. Prompt- 
 ed 4 by curiosity, 2 he 'went into a broker's shop : 5 " Sir," asked 
 he, with a simple look, " tell me what goods 3 you sell." The 
 merchant, wishing to amuse himself at the man's expense," 
 answered : "I sell asses' heads" :' "Faith (njafjrUdjy replied 
 the countryman, " you must have a great demand 8 for them ; 
 for I see but one left (itbrig) in your shop." 
 
 19. 
 
 Some courtiers reproached (madjten 33ortourfe) the emperor 
 Sigismund, because,' instead of having 2 his vanquished enemies 
 put to death (tobten), he 1 loaded 3 them with favors, 4 and put 
 them in a position to injure 6 him : "Do I not destroy my 
 enemies," said he, " by 6 making them my friends ? '" 
 
 20. 
 
 Malec, vizir (SBejter) of the Caliph 1 Mostadi, had just obtained* 
 a victory over the Greeks, and had taken 3 their emperor in a 
 battle. Having* had this prince brought 4 into his tent, he 
 asked him, what treatment 5 he expected from the conqueror. 
 " If you make war 6 like a king," answered the emperor, " send 
 me back again : if you wage 6 it like a merchant, sell me : if 
 you make 6 it like a butcher, slaughter me." The Turkish 
 general sent him back without a ransom. 7 
 
 17. i SRegierung. 2 see p. 326, 2. 3 a<<3 8ei<tfmn. roenn eg au8 2Ba$nfmn gf$a. s be= 
 bauern. B S3eleibigung. ' see p. 141, 7 and p. 380. 
 
 18. i gtng. 2 tie ban3=23rurfc. 3 ZBaaren. 4 angetrie&tn. s 2tobllab<n. auf ftoflen 
 b SKanneS. 7 QfelSKpft. e 5Ko*frage batna*. 
 
 19. i ei( er. * (ajfen (see p. 327, a). 3 ubcrfyiufen. * unfi6q(igungen. f(^aben (dot.). 
 Bee p. 373, 26. "> see p. 389, 3. 
 
 20. i bet ftaltfe, 2nd decl. 2 erringen, genlnnen. 3 gefangen gcnomraen. < see p. 423, 22. 
 93e&anblun j. 6 ftrieg fO^ien. Ccjegclb, n.
 
 EXEBCISES. 445 
 
 21. 
 
 Some Frenchmen, who had landed on the coast of Guinea, 
 found a negro-prince seated 1 under a tree, on a block 2 of wood 
 for 3 his throne ; three or four negroes, armed with wooden 
 pikes, 4 served for his guards. His sable majesty "anxiously 5 
 'enquired : " Do they talk much of me in France ? " 
 
 23, 
 
 The Duke of Ossona, Viceroy 1 of Naples, had gone on board* 
 the galleys of the King of Spain, on a great holiday, to indulge* 
 himself in a right he had to set a slave at (in) liberty. He 
 questioned several of them, who all endeavored to excuse 
 themselves, and convince him of their innocence. One alone 
 s ingenuously 4 'confessed his crimes, saying that he was deserv- 
 ing^ [of] a still greater punishment. "Turn 6 this wicked 
 fellow away," said the Duke, " lest he (batnit er nid)t) pervert' 
 these honest people." 
 
 23. 
 
 An apothecary having refused 1 to resign 9 his seat at the 
 theatre to an officer's lady, the officer felt himself insulted and 
 sent him a challenge. 3 The apothecary was punctual at the 
 meeting (3ufammenfunft), but he observed, that not being ac- 
 customed to fire, 4 he had to propose a way 5 of settling 6 the 
 dispute. He 2 then.'drew from (au) his pocket a pill-box,' and 
 taking from it two pills, thus addressed 8 his antagonist : " As 
 (ol$) a man of honor, Sir, you certainly would not wish to fight 
 me 9 except on (auf) equal terms ; here are two pills, one com- 
 posed of the most deadly poison, the other perfectly harm- 
 less : 10 we are therefore on equal ground, 11 if we each swallow 
 one. You shall take your choice (bie 28aI)I fyafccn), and I pro- 
 mise faithfully, to take that which you leave. 12 It is needless 
 to add that the affair was settled by a hearty laugh. 
 
 21. i ftfcenb. 2 ^cIjfcTorf. s ftatt eineg (instead of a). * Satije, f. & neugierig. 
 
 22. i SSicefetrig ucn SReapet. 2 auf bie ateeren. ' urn etn JKetfyt augjuu&en, wetdjeS. * freU 
 mutbui. s serbienen. 6 3agen @te fort. " eerberBe. 
 
 23. i to refuse, fidjttdgern. sabjutreten. s erauforberung. ju f^tejjen. & ein SRtttel, n. 
 ben treit & eijulegen. " eine 5piUenfcfya*teI. s anreben. 9 nidjt anberS initmii-jufe$ten al$ 
 10 unf$ibtt$. 11 auf ^let^era SSoben. 12 ubrig lafjen.
 
 446 EXEBCISE8. 
 
 24. 
 
 A mendicant soliciting alms (um em Sltmofen) of Dr. Smollet, 
 the latter gave him, through inadvertence, 1 a guinea instead of 
 a shilling. The poor fellow, who was lame, hobbled 2 after him, 
 and explained 8 the mistake.* " My God," remarked Smollet to 
 a friend, "what a wretched lodging has honesty taken [up 
 with] ! " Saying this 6 and adding 6 another to it, he returned 7 
 the guinea to the overjoyed (tibergfticf Itdjen) and grateful beggar. 
 
 25. 
 
 Dr. Kadcliffe 'once 'refused 1 to take a fee 8 for attending a 
 friend during a dangerous illness. Upon (nad)) his recovery, 
 however, the patient presented him the proper 3 amount in a 
 purse, saying : " Sir, in this purse I have put every day's fee 4 
 and your goodness must not get 5 the better of my gratitude." 
 The doctor eyed 6 the purse, counted the number of days, and 
 holding out his hand, replied : " Well, I can hold out no 
 longer ; singly 7 1 could have refused them for 8 a twelvemonth ;* 
 but altogether they are irresistible." 
 
 The late 1 General Schott, so celebrated for his success* in 
 gaming, was one evening playing very high with the Count 
 d'Artois and the Duke de Chartres, at Paris, when a petition* 
 was brought up from the widow of a French officer, stating 4 
 her various misfortunes, 5 and praying relief. 6 A plate was 
 handed round, 7 and each put in (fytnein) one, two, or three 
 louisd'or ; but when it was held 8 to the general, who was going 9 
 to throw for a stake (<3at3, m.) of five hundred louisd'or, he 
 said : " Stop a moment, if you please, Sir, here goes 10 for the 
 widow!" The throw 11 was successful; and he instantly swept 
 (fdjob) the whole into the plate, and sent it down to her. 
 
 94. i in8 SSerfe^en. * finite t$m na<$. s erfllrte. * ben 3rrtum. s tnbem jc. unb no$ 
 e*ne bajtt fftgte. i jurfofgefcen. 
 
 26. i to refuse, jtcfy imjern. 2einonor. s entfpredjenb (corresponding). 4ba8$onorat 
 fur jeben Stag. & to get the better of. uberftetflen, gvcjjer fern aU. o betta^tete. ' etnjfln. 
 eta ganjeS 3ar lang. 
 
 23. i oerftorben. 2 megen feineS Ift tm v<L s etne 93ittf*ttft. < to state (In which 
 she, etc.) boriegen. s UnglttdSfMU. um UntertKlfeuna. ' teturaaeteUjt. eorgt^allen. 
 > see p. 826, & w 6UJt* jlU (datj.
 
 EXERCISES. 447 
 
 27. 
 
 A little girl, five years old, was equally fond of her mother 
 nnd grandmother. On the birthday of the latter, her mother 
 said to her : " My dear, you must pray 2 God to bless 3 your 
 grandmamma and let her live' to be very old." The child 
 looked with some surprise at her mother, who perceiving it, 
 said : " Well, will you not pray God to bless your grand- 
 mamma and let her live to be very old ? " " Ah, mamma ! " 
 said the child, " she is very old already, I had (mod)te) rather 
 pray for her to (that she may) become young." 
 
 28. 
 
 Sir Isaac Newton's temper 1 is said (foft) to have been so 
 equable 2 and mild that no accident could disturb 3 it. A re- 
 markable instance 4 of this (bation) is related as (tme ) follows : 
 Sir Isaac had a favorite 5 little dog which he called Diamond. 
 Being one evening called out of his study 6 into the next room, 
 Diamond was left behind (blieb guriirf). When Sir Isaac re- 
 turned, having 7 been absent but a few minutes, ^he 'had the 
 mortification 8 to find that Diamond had overturned 9 a lighted 19 
 candle among some papers, which were the nearly finished 11 
 labor of many years. The papers soon were (ftanben) in flames, 
 and (were) almost consumed 12 to ashes. This loss, 13 2 from 14 
 Newton's advanced age, Vas irreparable ; 15 but, without punish- 
 ing the dog, 2 he Exclaimed : " O, Diamond ! Diamond ! you 
 don't know the mischief 16 you have done ! " 
 
 29. 
 
 The prince of Conti being 1 highly pleased with 1 the intrepid 
 behavior of a grenadier at the siege of Philipsburg, in 1734, 
 threw him a purse, excusing 2 the smallness of the sum it con- 
 tained, 3 as [being] 4 ^oo 3 poor l a reward for such courage, 
 Next morning, the grenadier came to the prince, with two dia- 
 rnond rings and other jewels 5 of considerable 6 value. " Sir, n 
 
 27. i iiebte glet(f> fefir. 2 to pray God, either ott bitten or ju ott beten. bafi et fegne. 
 * {efyr alt luerlen. 
 
 28. i bag emfltfi, . 2 gleldjmatfc, tg. a pren. * Seifpkt. '> em 5iebling8b,ilnbdjen. Stubltn 
 jtramer, n. ' nadjbera nur. s ben SBerbrufj. itmgeroorfen. i brennenb. n tctfenbet 
 12 ju Hfcfje wbrannt. is ber SSerlujl. n me^en Ijofyen atteiS i-->itnerfe&Hdj. i6fca8Unl)ett. 
 
 29. i n>elc^m ba uncrjArccfcnc 93cne^men fe6t geftet. 2 tnbem erfw^ roegen bet gctingcs 
 
 6umme entf^ulbigte. s bie er enttyiett. * see p. 371. Id. s 3uwelen. e betra^tli*, bebeutenb
 
 448 EXEKCISE8. 
 
 said lie, " the gold I found in your purse, I suppose 7 you intend- 
 ed 7 for me ; but these 2 I ^ring back to you, having 8 no claim 
 to them (^Iniprud) bavauf)." "You have doubly deserved 
 them, by your braveiy and by your honesty," said the prince, 
 " therefore you may keep them." 
 
 30. 
 
 Casimir 31, King of Poland, 1 received a blow from a Polish 
 gentleman, named 2 Konarski, who had lost all 3 he possessed, 
 while playing 4 with the prince. Scarcely was the blow given, 
 when sensible 5 of the enormity of his crime, he betook himself 
 to flight ; but he was soon apprehended by the king's guards, 
 and condemned to lose his head. Casimir, who was waiting 
 for (ouf, ace.) him in silence amid his courtiers, as soon as he 
 saw him appear, said : " I am not surprised at (itbcr) the con- 
 duct 7 of this gentleman. Not being able 8 to revenge himself 
 on (on bent) fortune, it is not to be wondered 9 [at] that he has 
 ill-treated 10 his friend. I am the only one to blame in thin 
 affair, 11 for I ought not, by my example, to encourage 12 a per- 
 nicious practice, 13 which may be the ruin of my nobility.*' 
 Then turning to the criminal, he said : " I perceive, you are* 
 sorry for your fault 14 that is sufficient; take your money 
 again, and let us renounce gaming for ever." 
 
 31. 
 
 It is told 1 of Moliere that, on (on) the morning of the day on 
 which he died, his wife and his friends, seeing how weak he 
 was, tried to prevent his* playing that night but in vain. 
 " A man," he said, " suffers long ere (efye) he dies : I feel that, 
 with me, 3 the end is at hand ;* but there are fifty poor work- 
 men who have only their day's wages 4 to live on, and who 
 is to give them bread to night, if I do not play ? " So he went, 
 and played the Halade Imaginaire? then went home to bed, 
 and died. 
 
 29. t befUmmten te cermutylicb. . s see p. 371, 1 d, 
 
 30. i $olen. sSRomenS. saDeSwoS. 4seep.371,<f. 5hnSBrufctfetnber<Src|.. 
 kit glu* t bf gab. i ba8 93etragen. baer ji$-.nt*t..fonnte. see p. 868, 4. Note. 
 $anbrtn. n Sadie. ermutyigen. eta* erfcerblid)e <3enw$n$ett. " 
 
 |etb. is auf ba8 Spiel etjtd>tta, 
 
 31. i 2ttan etjiblt ten W. ? see p. 373. 36. ta| ef mtt mil |0 Cube y$L * Tfljrf-'frn. m
 
 / EXERCISES. 449 
 
 32. 
 
 It happened at Athens, during the public representation 1 of 
 a play exhibited 2 in honor of the commonwealth, 2 that an old 
 gentleman came too late to get 3 a place suitable 4 to his age 
 and quality." Several of the young gentlemen who observed 
 the difficulty and confusion 6 he was in, made signs to him that 
 they would make room for him, 7 if he would come (bafytn fame) 
 where they sat. The good man bustled 8 "through the crowd 
 Accordingly (batyer); but when he came to the seats 9 to which he 
 was invited, they sat close 10 and exposed him, as he stood out 
 of countenance, 11 to the whole audience. 12 The joke 13 went 
 round (burd)) all the Athenian benches. But on (bet) those 
 occasions [there] were also particular places assigned 14 for 
 foreigners : when the good man skulked 15 towards the seats 
 appointed 14 for the Lacedaemonians, these honest people rose 
 up all to a man, 16 and with the greatest respect received him 
 among them. The Athenians being suddenly touched 17 with 
 a sense of the Spartan virtue and their own degeneracy 18 
 applauded loudly (gave a thundering applause) ; and the old 
 man cried out : " The Athenians understand what is good, but 
 the Lacedaemonians practice it." 
 
 DIOWYSITTS, PYTHIAS, AND DAMONS 
 
 (A DIALOGUE.) 
 
 Dionysius. Amazing ! 2 what do I see ? Pythias is arrived 
 it is indeed Pythias. I did not think 3 it possible. He is come 
 to 4 die, and to redeem (ertofen) his friend ! 
 
 Pythias. Yes, it is Pythias. I had left the place of my con- 
 finement 5 with no other view 6 than to pay to Heaven the vowa 
 I had made ; to settle my family concerns 7 according (narf)) to 
 
 32. i Slup^rung. 2 toet^eS ju G^ten ber 9ZepuBIi! or be gtetjlaatcS gegefcen tourbe. 3 See 
 page 367, 2. * paffenb. s tanb. SSerlegenljeit. 7 i$m pafe tna^en. sbtingtef'^- 9 juben 
 VBaufen. 10 gebr&ngt. n aujjer ftaifimg. i- bent ellrfjter be$ gaiijcn ^ublifumS. is 
 $}. w fcefltmmt. u f$Ii$. is 2ltte 6t jum lefcten. n etgriffen. i (Sntartung. 
 
 i This and the following piece may be translated more freely. 
 
 zeltforal s t$ Ijtelt e ni(^t f Or racglidf. < See page 366, IV, 1. B fflefangenf^aft.
 
 450 EXEBC1SES. 
 
 the rules of justice ; and to bid adieu 1 to my children, that 1 
 might die tranquil and satisfied. 
 
 Dionysius. But why dost thou return ? Hast thou no fear of 
 (Dor bem) death ? is it 2 not 3 mad, 'then, to seek it ? 
 
 Pythias. I return to suffer, 2 though I do not deserve death. 
 Honor forbids me to let my friend die for me. 
 
 Dionysius. Dost thou, then, love him better than thyself? 
 
 Pythias. No, I love him as myself ; but I know I ought to 
 suffer death rattier than my friend, since (ba) it was I whom 
 thou hadst decreed to die (gum Job oerurtljetlt). It were not 
 just that Damon should suffer, to 3 free me from that death 
 which was not for him, but for me only. 
 
 Dionysius. But thou sayest that it is as unjust to inflict* 
 death [upon] thee as [upon] thy friend. 
 
 Pythias. Very true, we are both innocent, and it is equally 5 
 unjust to make (laffen) either of us suffer. 
 
 Dionysius. Why dost thou, then, say that it were wrong to 
 put 6 him to death instead of thee ? 
 
 Pythias. It is equally unjust to inflict death either on Damon 
 or on myself ; but I should be highly culpable to let Damon 
 suffer that death which the tyrant had prepared for me. 
 
 Dionysius. Dost thou return hither to-day with no other 
 view than to save the life of thy friend, by losing thy own ? 
 
 Pythias. I return in regard to 1 thee, to suffer a death which 
 it is common 8 for tyrants to inflict; and with respect to 1 
 Damon, to perform my duty by freeing him from the danger 
 which he incurred 9 by his kindness to (gegen) me. 
 
 Dionysius. And now, Damon, let me speak to thee. Didst 
 thou not really fear that Pythias would never return, and that 
 thou wouldst be put to death for him ? 
 
 Damon. I was but (nur) too well assured that Pythias would 
 return ; and that he would be more anxious 10 to keep his 
 promise than to save his life. Would to heaven (SBoflte ott) 
 that his relations and friends had detained 11 him by force ! 
 He would then have lived for the comfort 12 and benefit'' 2 of 
 good men ; and I should then have had the satisfaction of 
 dying for him. 
 
 i Ce6erceJ)t ju fagen. 2 to suffer, ben SEob erletben. s See page 366, IV, 1. * bit ben Zob 
 ctufjuerlegen or b $tnjuri$ten. s ebenfo. to put somebody to death, etnen (ace.) fyin= 
 rid'tcn. ~ in SScjuj auf bi*. s which tyrants commonly inflict (auferlegen). 9 in rcelcte cr 
 10 baji im me$r baran gelegen wire, n jurutfijalten. w junt Xrojl unb jura
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 Dionysius. What ! art thou not fond of (Itebft bit ntdit) 
 life? 
 
 Damon. No, I am not, when I see and feel the power of a 
 tyrant. 
 
 Dionysius. It is well! Thou shalt see him no more : I will 
 order thee to be put 1 to death (fytnricfjtefi). 
 
 Pythias. Pardon the feelings of Damon, of a man who feels 
 for his dying friend ; but remember that it was I who was de- 
 voted (getoeifyt) by thee to death (dot.). I come to submit to 
 it (mid) ifjm 311 unterwerfen), that I may (um gu) redeem my 
 friend. Do not refuse me this comfort in my last hour. 
 
 Dionysius. I cannot endure ((etben) men who despise death 
 and defy 2 my power. 
 
 Damon. Thou canst not endure virtue. 
 
 Dionysius. No, I cannot endure that proud, disdainful (Ijorf}* 
 miitfjtge) virtue, which contemns life, which dreads not pain> 
 and which feels not the charms of riches 3 and pleasure. 
 
 Damon. Thou seest, however, that it is a virtue which feels 
 the dictates (@ebote) of honor, justice, and friendship. 
 
 Dionysius. Guards, take (fiifyret) Pythias to execution. 4 We 
 shall see whether Damon will still despise my authority. 
 
 Damon. Pythias, by returning to submit himself to thy 
 pleasure 5 has merited his life, and [deserved] thy favor, but I 
 have excited thy indignation 6 by placing myself in thy power, 
 in order to save him. Be 2 satisfied, ^en, with this sacrifice, 
 and put me to death. 
 
 Pythias. Hold, Dionysius ; remember, it was I alone that 
 offended thee ; Damon could not. 
 
 Dionysius. Alas, what do I see and hear? Where am I? 
 How miserable, and how worthy to be so ! I have hitherto 
 known nothing of true virtue. I have spent my life in dark- 
 ness and error. 7 Not all my power and honors are sufficient 
 to produce love. I cannot boast 8 of having 9 gained a single 
 friend in the course of a reign of thirty years, and yet these 
 two persons, in private life, 10 love one another tenderly, "fully 
 Confide 11 in each other, are mutually happy, and ready to die 
 for each other. 
 
 Pythias. How couldst thou, who hast never loved any per- 
 son, expect to have friends ? If thou hadst loved and respected 
 
 i See page 367. V, 1. 2 trofcen (dot.), a 8Jeid)tl)ura. * jum 2obe. sgBUIfatyr, f., SBtllen, m. 
 e Unretflen, m. 7 3rrtyum, ra. to boast, ftcfc rfi^mtn, rqfl. v. See page 372, 2 a. 10 in 
 n certrauen (dot.}.
 
 452 EXEBCISES. 
 
 men, thou wouldst have secured 1 their love and respect. Thou 
 hast feared and oppressed mankind (bte 9ftenfd)en), and they 
 [both] fear and detest 2 thee. 
 
 Dionysius. Damon ! Pythias ! Condescend 3 to admit me as 
 a third friend in a 'connexion 4 'so perfect. I give (fdjenfe) you 
 your lives (sing.), and I will load 5 you with riches. 
 
 Damon. We have no desire to be enriched by thee ; and as 
 to 8 thy friendship, we cannot accept or enjoy it, till thou be- 
 comest good and just. Without these qualities ^hou 'canst be 
 connected with none but (nut 9?temanb al$ nut) trembling slaves 
 and base flatterers. To be loved and esteemed by men 7 of 
 free and generous minds,' thou must be virtuous, kind, just ; 
 and know 8 [how] to live on a sort of equality (auf gteidjem ^JJ 6 ) 
 with those who share and deserve thy friendship. 
 
 THE DINNER-PARTY. 
 
 I. THE INVITATION. 
 
 Mr. Alway (reads). " Mr. and Mrs. Smith present their com- 
 pliments (empfefylen fief)) to Mr, and Mrs. Alway, and request 
 the honor of their company to dinner on Thursday next at six 
 o'clock. An answer will oblige." (Um 51. tmrb gebcten.) 
 
 Mrs. Alway. An invitation from the Smiths. Had we better 
 (fotten ttur) go, do you think ? 
 
 Mr. A. I'm not very anxious, 9 but we cannot decline with 
 decency ( S 2lnftanb). 
 
 Mrs. A. Thursday, too, is such an awkward day ! the things 
 come home from the wash on Wednesday ; and we have enough 
 to do the day after to arrange them. Yet I fear it can't be 
 helped (roir fbnnen md)t auStteidjen). 
 
 Mr. A. How long have we known 10 these people ? 
 
 Mrs. A. Three or four months now ; but how they came to 
 force" themselves upon us 11 2 I "scarcely Recollect. 
 
 Mr. A. In the City, people shake their heads when they 
 speak of Smith and his railway speculations. 12 
 
 i ft$erli< erwotben. 2 eerabfdjeuen. s feib fo gut or geroityrt mtr bie S3ttte. * ber SBunb. 
 * ftberb. iufen. as to, wo betrifft. ' eon freiftnmaen unb ebelmutb. igen SKlnnern. s et 
 
 * %$ Sabe kin gto&eS aietlangen. 10 See page 346, 3. 11 fldj un aufjubr&ngen. 12 @petula< 
 RMMt
 
 EXERCISES. 453 
 
 Mrs. A. We must go, however, but if possible we will not 
 ask 1 them back, and thus gradually drop 2 the acquaintance. 
 Will you dictate me an answer ? 
 
 Mr. A. (dictates). " Mr. and Mrs. Alway return their best 
 thanks to Mr. and Mrs. Smith, and have much pleasure in ac- 
 cepting their polite invitation." 
 
 IL THE ABBXVAL. 
 
 Mr. A. There seem to be many people ; for there are hats 
 and cloaks enough in the hall. 3 
 
 Mrs. Smith. We are delighted to see you ; allow me to in- 
 troduce 4 you to the company. 
 
 Mrs. A. (aside). Tell me, Mr. Alway, did you ever see such 
 an extraordinary set ? 5 Where could Ihey have picked* them up? 
 
 Mr. A. (aside). Heaven knows ! but I sincerely wish we had 
 not come. 
 
 Mr. Smith. Permit me, Mrs. Alway, to conduct you to (in) 
 the dining-room. 
 
 Mrs. S. Mr. Alway, will you take my right hand, 1 and assist 
 me now and then with your advice in the carving department 
 (tm 2litffrf)netben) ? 
 
 Mr. A. If you like, I will take the trouble off (cw$) your 
 hands. 
 
 Mrs. S. I will not trespass (fiinbtgen) on your goodness. 
 Mr. Smith will carve the principal things, and I have only the 
 tongue and such trifles to look after. 8 
 
 Mr. S. My dear, I have no napkin (@ert)tette, f.), and two 
 spoons are wanting (fe^tcn). 
 
 Mrs. S. How neglectful of John, not to see 9 to these things. 
 Take the covers off the soup-tureens ((Suppenfdjuffeln). 
 
 m. DUfNEK. 
 
 Mr. S. John, soup for Mr. Alway. 
 
 Mrs. S. Good Heavens, he has spilt 1 ' all the hot soup over 
 Mr. Brown's feet. How could you be so awkward ! 
 
 Mr. B. There is no harm done ; it has only splashed 11 me 
 a little. The carpet has suffered most. 
 
 i to ask back, rrieter etnlaben. 2 aufgefcen, fatten laffcn. 3 bet Corribor. * vorfteOen (dot.] 
 5 (BtfeHfaaft, typfaaft. ouflefen. i fl$ ju melner Metytn fefctn. 8 ju fceforgen. 
 fto. 10 erf<$(lttet. n befpri|t.
 
 454 EXERCISES. 
 
 Mrs. S. That's of no importance (baS fjat IftidjtS ju fagen). 
 May I give you some of this turbot ((gteinbutte, f.) ? 
 
 Mrs. A. Not for me, thank you. I seldom eat fish ; I'm 
 always afraid of the bones (rciten). 
 
 Mr. S. May I have the pleasure of taking a glass of wine 
 with you ? 
 
 Mrs. A. I shall be most (feljr) happy. 
 
 Mr. S. "Which will you take, Sherry or Madeira? 
 
 Mrs. A. Sherry, if you please, but very little. 
 
 Mrs. S. Shall I carve the poultry 1 Mr. Smith, or will you? 
 
 Mr. S. I think you are more clever at such things, my dear. 
 
 Mr. A. Here comes the Christmas-pudding, how fine it is ! 
 
 Mr. S. Shall I give you some dessert ? 
 
 Mrs. A. You are very kind ; I will take a few grapes. 
 
 Mrs. S. Ladies, if agreeable, we will now leave the gentle- 
 men to their meditations.* & ( 
 
 IV. THE GENTLEMEN. 
 
 Mr. A. Will you allow me to propose a toast ? 
 
 Mr. S. I shall be delighted. Gentlemen, fill your glasses. 
 
 Mr. A. I give 3 you the ladies. Bumpers, 4 gentlemen. 
 
 Mr. B. I hear the Queen intends going Ao France again. 
 Is it true ? 
 
 Mr. S. I can't vouch (btirgen) for it ; but I think my friend 
 Palmerston would have made me acquainted with the fact," 
 
 Mr. B. You are making some very good speculations in 
 Spanish stock, I believe. It appears to me very precarious." 
 
 Mr. S. Things are looking up 1 in that quarter (anb). Be- 
 tween ourselves 8 1 have made no bad thing 9 of it lately. The 
 bottle stands with (bet) you, Mr. Alway. 
 
 Mr. A. I am a poor (fdjtuadjer) drinker, and should prefer 
 joining (gu gefyen) the ladies. 
 
 Mr. S. No, we can't stand 10 that. Take one more glass of 
 this claret 11 and then, I hope, coffee will be ready. 
 
 Mr. A. Only one more then (olfo). 
 
 Mr. S. What a loud knock 12 at the street-door! Whoever it 
 may be, one would imagine he was going to knock the house 
 down. 18 
 
 i bo tflftgd. 2 93etra$tungen. s ouf bit efunb$ett. < olfe I4fer. 
 fad>e. unft$r, gercagt. i fceffern ft$. unter unS gt fagt. s teine ftbtycn ej^afte. 
 gefcen. n S3orbeau$*2Bin. w boS fllopfen. i etnfalagen.
 
 EXERCISES. 455 
 
 Servant. Two gentlemen wish to see you immediately, Sir. 
 
 Mr. S. Say, I am engaged (tierljinbert). 
 
 Serv. They will take no denial (fie laffen ftcf) ntd)t abroetfen), 
 Sir, and insist on seeing you at once (fogleid)). 
 
 Mr. S. How very extraordinary. Gentlemen, may I claim 1 
 your indulgence for a few moments ? 
 
 V. THE LADIES. 
 
 Mrs. S. What a bad fire the servant has kept up.' I must 
 ring the bell and have it looked to. 3 The sofas and ottomans 
 can also be drawn (geriicft) nearer to the fire-place. 
 
 Mrs. A. It is not very cold, I think. 
 
 Mrs. S. Perhaps not ; but a bright (Ijette) flame makes the 
 room cheerful* 
 
 Mrs. A. What a pretty canary-bird you have ! How tame 
 it is! 
 
 Mrs. S. Yes, I often let it fly about the room and it knows 
 me quite well At tea it always comes to be fed, and hops 
 about the table, 6 to pick up the crumbs. 
 
 Mrs. d. Does it also sing well ? 
 
 Mrs. S. Beautifully. See, how it flies about. Good heav- 
 ens, it has flown into the fire and win be burnt [to death]. 
 
 Mrs. A. The poor thing can't get out 6 again. Hark, how 
 it crackles 7 in the fire ! How [very] shocking (fdjrecfltcf)) ! 
 
 Serv. If you please ((Srlauben <Ste), Ma'am, master's gone* 
 away in a coach with two strange-looking gentlemen. 
 
 Mrs. S. Gone away in a coach ! 
 
 Serv. Yes, Ma'am ; and he says you are not to be alarmed* 
 if he stays out all night. (Mrs. 8. faints.)" 
 
 VI. THE DISCOVERY. 
 
 Mrs. A. Tell me what has happened. Why did Mrs. Smith 
 faint? why did her husband go away in a coach? and why 
 were we sent home so early ? 
 
 Mr. A. The matter is evident enough. The man, as I sus- 
 pected, is a mere adventurer. 11 
 
 i bitten urn. s untet^alten. s nacfyfeljen laffen. freunbltdj. s auf bcm if$e $ernm, 
 $erau8fommen. ' fricfyeln. to go away in a coach, wegfa^ren. 9 to be alarmed, tit 
 fgiccfen. 10 tn )$nma$t fallen, o^nm&^tig roerben. u etn Hbenteurer, (SUtcfdrittet.
 
 456 CONVEBSATION. 
 
 Mrs. A. But what has he done ? Is he a thief, or has he 
 committed forgery? 1 
 
 Mr. A. Not that exactly. 
 
 Mrs. A. Then is he a coiner 2 perhaps ? I had a bad half- 
 crown offered me (2#an bot mir . . . ) yesterday ; but I was not 
 going to take it ! You (man) must get up very early indeed, if 
 you think to take me in. 3 
 
 Mr. A. It seems he had been speculating too extensively, 
 and was unable to take up 4 bills which he had accepted for a 
 large amount. 
 
 Mrs. A. But what have they done with him ? 
 
 Mr. A. The two gentlemen were sheriff-officers, 5 who came 
 to convey him to a sponging-house (d)ulbf)ait$), from which 
 he will in all probability be sent to the Queen's Bench. 6 
 
 Mrs. A. A nice set of people we had got hold of. 1 I never 
 liked the fellow's eye : and no doubt his vulgar wife was as bad 
 as he. 
 
 Mr. A. Not unlikely. However it will serve as a good 
 lesson, 8 and teach us to be more cautious in future in accept- 
 ing dinner-invitations from people we know so little about 
 
 MATERIALS FOR GERMAN CONVERSATION, 
 
 i. 
 
 2Bo8 Ijabett @tc ba?' What have you there? 
 
 2Ba8 ttoflen <Ste foufen? "What do you want to buy? 
 
 >aben <5te ettoaS gefaitft? Did you buy anything? 
 
 SBtebtet (wa8) loftet ba "ipfunb? How much a pound ? 
 
 '(Jfunb foflet jroet (Sitlben. Two florins a pound. 
 
 ftnbe baS feljr tljeuer. I consider that very dear. 
 
 tft feb,r toofylfett (or bttttg). This is very cheap. 
 
 taben @ic Sljr ^fcrb bertauft ? Have you sold your horse ? 
 
 cf) fyabe e$ nocf) ntdjt berfauft. I have not sold it yet. 
 
 2Boflen @ic e8 ntrfjt uerfaufen? Will you not sell it? 
 
 3a, tcf) hntt e berfaufen. Yes, I will sell it. 
 
 SSarum tooflen <Sie eg berfaufen? Why do you want sell it? 
 
 3cf) braud^e etb. I need money. 
 
 ' tint ftilfcfiung. 2 (in galf^manjer. 3 anfflbren, ^intergefjen. * (inlofen. & g5cllji'coraraff 
 (to, S^ultfltrt^tS^of, m. i in We m\x get oi$en en. 8t, Stftica, f.
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 457 
 
 S3rmgen <Sfe mtr 33rob ttnb Sutler. 
 
 3d) Ijabe genttg gegeffen (bin fatt). 
 >aben (Ste em tag SBetn ge* 
 
 trunfen ? 
 
 ter tft frifdjeg SSaffer. 
 Xragen (Ste btefen SBrtef auf bte 
 
 2Bag fagen (Sic? 
 3d) fage Sfttdjtg (gar 
 9JJit loem fpredjen (Sic ? 
 33erfteljen (Ste toag id) fagc? 
 3d) terfte^e ntdjt ~ 
 
 Bring me some bread and 
 
 butter. 
 I have eaten enough. 
 
 Did you drink a glass of wine ? 
 Here is some fresh water. 
 Take this letter to the post- 
 office. 
 
 What do you say ? 
 I say nothing (at all). 
 With whom are you talking? 
 Do you understand what I say? 
 I do not understand all 
 
 toerlangen <Stc? 
 SB 08 tt)im[d)en <3ie ? 
 3d) tterlange 9?td)t3. 
 ^aben (Sic bte iltc. 
 <Sie roiirben mid) fe^r tocrbfatben. 
 (Sic finb [e^r giitig. 
 5Ba fudjen @ie ba? 
 3d) fudje mctnc Ub,r. 
 Bag rotten @ie t|mt? 
 5Ba ntadjen or t^un (Ste ba? 
 3d) Icntc metnc 2Iufgabe. 
 3d) iuerbe c mtt $ergniigen t^un. 
 Stffen @te, ob er fommen totrb? 
 
 3dj ttjetfi e ntdjt 
 3d) inct| md)t8 batton. 
 ^ennen Ste btefen SJJann? 
 3d) tenne Ujn feb,r gut. 
 3d) fenne tfjn t)on eftdjt 
 3d) fenne ib,n ntdjt. 
 
 2. 
 
 What do you want? 
 
 What do you wish ? 
 
 1 require nothing. 
 
 Have the goodness. Be so kind. 
 
 You would oblige me very much. 
 
 You are very kind. 
 
 What are you looking for? 
 
 I am looking for my watch. 
 
 What are you going to do ? 
 
 What are you doing there ? 
 
 I am learning my lesson. 
 
 I will do it with pleasure. 
 
 Do you know, whether he wiB 
 
 come? 
 
 T do not know. 
 I know nothing about it. 
 Do you know this man ? 
 I know him very welL 
 I know him by sight. 
 I do not know him. 
 
 lauben (Ste bag ? 
 taitben (Ste bag (bod)) ntdjt. 
 3d) ojtaube eg ntdjU 
 
 3. 
 
 Do you believe that ? 
 Do not believe that. 
 I do not believe it.
 
 458 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 if* toafjr. S)a ift aBafjrljett. 
 
 (ie fpafcen, @te fdjerjejt. 
 <5inb @te nut ifynt gufrieben ? 
 <3inb <Sie befriebigt? 
 2Btr finb bamit befriebigt. 
 3rf> bin 3b,r )iener. 
 ift attertiebft 
 $ergnugen! 
 
 That is true. That is truth. 
 
 I am of your opinion. 
 
 You are joking. 
 
 Are you satisfied with him ? 
 
 Are you satisfied ? 
 
 We are satisfied (with it). 
 
 I am your servant. 
 
 That is charming. 
 
 What pleasure 1 
 
 What joy 1 
 
 2Ber tfl ba? 
 
 (6 ift mein Sruber flarL 
 2Bpl)tn' gefjen ie? 
 2Bir ge^en tn'8 Sweater. 
 
 @ie ge^t auf ben 2Warft. 
 2Bot)er' fommen @ie ? or 
 S3o fommen (Sic ^er? 
 5^ fomme ait ber d)u(e. 
 SBir fommen au bent Concert'. 
 @ie fommt pon bent 33ofl. 
 e^en @ie je^t nadj ^aitfe? 
 e^en ie ni^t fo frfjned. 
 9tu^en @ie ein hjenig au. 
 fommen @ie batb nrieber. 
 e^en @ie ^inaitf Ijimmter. 
 eb]e fort ! e^en <5te fort ! 
 
 uten SCRorgen (Xog), mein 
 uten ^[benb, mein >err. 
 ie ft^. 
 
 ut, tcf) banfe 
 Unb 6ie (felbft) ? 
 2Bie ge^t e8 3lmen? 
 r gut 
 gut 
 
 Who is there? 
 
 It is my brother Charles. 
 
 Where are you going ? 
 
 We are going to the theatre. 
 
 Where is the cook going ? 
 
 She is going to market 
 
 Whence do you come ? 
 
 Where do you come from? 
 
 I come from school 
 
 We come from the concert. 
 
 She comes from the ball 
 
 Are you going home now ? 
 
 Do not go so fast. 
 
 Best a little. 
 
 Come back soon. 
 
 Go up (stairs), go down (stairs) 
 
 Go away! Be off! (leave). 
 
 5. 
 
 Good morning, Sir. 
 
 Good evening, Sir. 
 
 Sit down, be seated. 
 
 Take a seat 
 
 How do you do ? 
 
 Very well, I thank you. 
 
 And you (yourself) ? 
 
 How are you ? 
 
 Not very well 
 
 Tolerably well (pretty well).
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 459 
 
 3eigen <Stc mtr gefclfligft. 
 
 3d) bttte <5te or bttte, fogen @te 
 
 mtr. 
 
 eben @ie mtr. Seifjen <2>ie ifynt. 
 9ftad)en @ie mtr bag $ergnugen. 
 3d) bitte @ie borttm. 
 banfe 3b,nen. 
 
 toerbunoen. 
 
 err 9?. ju aufe? 
 3a, er ift $u aitfe. 
 <5inb <2>te ein 3)eutfd)er? 
 3rfj bin ein (Snglanber. 
 2)tefe 25ame tft eine (Snglfinbertn. 
 
 (S tft fpat, e ift neun U^r. 
 2Bann fterben <Sie au^ge^en? 
 3d) raerbe ttm 10 llfir avtSgefjen. 
 Urn fjalb od)t U^r. 
 Um^rei $iertel auf fteben or 
 
 ein 33tertel ftor fiebcn. 
 tint ein 33iertel auf fed)8 or 
 Urn ein SBiertel nad) funf. 
 ^unft 7 Uf)r. 
 
 Urn 3J?tttag. Urn jtDoIf U^r. 
 tint 9itternad)t. 
 eftern SJtorgen. 
 eftent 3lbenb. 
 SSorgeftern. 
 eute. Sftorgen. 
 9Worgen frub,. 
 Uebermorgen. 
 S3 or ad)t, bier^e^n Jag en. 
 3n fed) SSodjen. 
 3n einigen Sagen. 
 
 einent Stag gum anbem. 
 
 2Ba fur Setter tflljeute? 
 
 @ ift fd)6ne8 (fd)Ied)te) Better. 
 
 Show me, if you please. 
 
 Please tell me. 
 
 Give me. Lend him. 
 
 Do me the pleasure. 
 
 I beg you. 
 
 I thank you. 
 
 Very much obliged to you. 
 
 Is Mr. N. at home ? 
 
 Yes, Sir, he is at home. 
 
 Are you a German? 
 
 I am an Englishman. 
 
 This lady is an Englishwoman. 
 
 6. 
 
 What o'clock is it? 
 It is late, it is nine o'clock. 
 At what o'clock do you go out ? 
 I shall go out at ten o'clock. 
 At half past seven. 
 
 J- At a quarter to seven. 
 
 I- At a quarter past five. 
 
 At seven precisely. 
 
 At noon. At twelve. 
 
 At midnight. 
 
 Yesterday morning. 
 
 Yesterday evening, last night 
 
 The day before yesterday. 
 
 To-day. To-morrow. 
 
 To-morrow morning. 
 
 The day after to-morrow. 
 
 A week ago, a fortnight ago. 
 
 In six weeks. 
 
 In a few days. 
 
 From one day to another. 
 
 7. 
 
 How is the weather to-day ? 
 It is fine (bad) weather.
 
 4GO 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 2BaS fte $errft*e SBetter! 
 
 (3 ift fef)r fjeife (tuarm) (fait). 
 
 (58 regnet. 
 
 (58 ift nur em goiter. 
 
 (58 ift feljr toinbig. 
 
 3ft 31jnen nmrm? 
 
 ftrieren @ie? 3ft 3ljnen fait? 
 
 SBir werben etn (SJetm'tter befom* 
 
 men. 
 
 (58 bonnert. (58 blifct. 
 >aben @ie ben Conner geljort? 
 Setrf)' ein fdjimer ^Regenbogen. 
 ( gefjt ein falter 2Binb. 
 3)er 2B inter fommt ^eran. 
 (5 gefriert. 
 
 (58 ijat biefe 9?ac^t gefroren. 
 (58 f(^neit (e8 fattt (Sconce). 
 IDte @onne fd^emt 
 -3m (5onnenfcf)ein. 
 35ie <Sonne gel^t untcr. 
 3m 2ftonbfrf)ein. 
 3)ie onne ge^t pra^tig aitf. 
 
 g8 ift bunfet 
 
 ( ifl ^eller, ttc^ter Sag. 
 
 What beautiful weather ! 
 
 It is very hot (warm) (cold). 
 
 It rains, it is raining. 
 
 It is but a shower. 
 
 It is very windy. 
 
 Are you warm ? 
 
 Are you cold ? 
 
 We shall have a thunder-storm. 
 
 It thunders. It lightens. 
 
 Did you hear the thunder? 
 
 What a beautiful rainbow! 
 
 It is a cold wind. 
 
 Winter draws near. 
 
 It freezes. 
 
 It froze last night. 
 
 It snows. 
 
 The sun shines. 
 
 In sunshine. 
 
 The sun sets. 
 
 In the moonlight. 
 
 The sun is rising beautifully 
 
 clear. 
 
 It is dark (night). 
 It is bright day-light. 
 
 IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS. 
 
 SBerljat e 3^nen gefagt? 
 
 Sag fott ba ^eifeen? 
 
 #Bie neimt man (nne fyetfjt) btefeS ? 
 
 if* 311 tljun? 
 
 fatten @ie bation? 
 
 freut mid) feljr. 
 (58 tljut mir feljr letb. 
 3cf) fjabe ?angenjeile. 
 $% bin e8. Bit finb e. 
 
 1. 
 
 Who (has) told you? 
 
 What does that mean? 
 
 What do you call this ? 
 
 What is to be done ? 
 
 What do you think about it ? 
 
 I am very glad (of it). 
 
 I am very sorry. 
 
 I am bored. 
 
 It is I. It is we (us).
 
 CONVEBSATION. 
 
 461 
 
 Odj gefje memem 
 
 gegen. 
 eb,en <Si 
 geljt 
 
 eb,(t 
 b,abe 
 
 cnt* 
 
 an. 
 
 3d) fyabe eiuen bofen finger. 
 8 feljlt ntir 9ftfd)t8. 
 $aben@ie@elbbeif!d)? 
 @ie feljen gut au8. 
 SBotten (Sic mtr efeflfd)aft 
 
 letften? 
 (8 ift 3cit gum gffcru 
 
 geberft? 
 
 (Sffen ift aufgetragcu. 
 Jragen (becten) (3tc ob. 
 
 3m 5lnfang. 
 
 Sajfcn <Sie mtc^ gc^ett. 
 
 Soffcn (5ie meine Siic^er Itegen. 
 
 3)icfc SRufter ftnb ntc^t iibet. 
 
 SWtr ift 2We3 einertei. 
 
 (Sinb <Sie ferttg ? 
 
 3d) bin mit meiner Slufgabe 
 
 ferti^. 
 
 a tettb 3f)nen tuo^I befommen. 
 SDaS Sier bcfommt mir nic^t gut. 
 3c^ b,abe mtr ba8 33ein gebrocfjen. 
 3rf) bin (totire) betna^e gefatten. 
 
 Sr toerbient fctn 33rob. 
 2Bie gefattt c8 Of^nen ^icr? 
 2Bie gefattt Oljnen biefc tobt? 
 
 (58 gefdflt mtr fefjr niob/t b,ier. 
 
 2So flnb njtr fle^en gcblieben? 
 Sr fpielt gernc. 
 
 I am going to meet my friend. 
 
 Go your way. 
 
 That does not concern you. 
 ( What ails you? 
 \ What is the matter with you ? 
 
 I have a head-ache. 
 
 I have a sore finger.. 
 
 Nothing is the matter with me. 
 
 Have you any money about you ? 
 
 You look well 
 
 Will you keep me company ? 
 It is time for dinner (breakfast 
 
 or supper). 
 Is the cloth laid? 
 Dinner is served up. 
 Take away the things. 
 
 2. 
 
 At the beginning. 
 
 Let me alone. 
 
 Let my books alone. 
 
 These patterns are not bad. 
 
 It's all the same to me. 
 
 Have you done (are you ready) ? 
 j I have done my exercise. 
 { I am through with my task. 
 
 That will agree with you. 
 
 Beer does not agree with me. 
 
 I have broken my leg. 
 
 I had nearly fallen, came near 
 falling. 
 
 He gets his living. 
 
 > How do you like it here ? 
 
 il am very much pleased with 
 this town. 
 I like it very much. 
 Where did we stop? 
 He likes play, to gamble.
 
 COKVEKSATION. 
 
 iftadjrtdjten toon ifjm? 
 3d) fjabe lange 9?td)tg fcon ilnn 
 
 gefyort. 
 3d) luetp nid)t, roag idj babon 
 
 fatten (or benfen) foIL 
 
 (gg fragt 3emanb nadj 31jnen. 
 2Ber fyat nad) mir gefragt? 
 2Ber ttjartet auf mid)? 
 SBarten ie ein nienig auf mid). 
 2Ber ^at auS btefem @(a^ ge- 
 
 trunf en ? 
 ^aben (Ste 31jre 5lnfld)t gednbert? 
 
 Have you any news of him ? 
 I have not heard of him for a 
 
 long time. 
 I do not know what to think of 
 
 it 
 
 3. 
 
 Somebody is asking for you. 
 Who asked for me ? 
 Who is waiting for me ? 
 Wait a moment for me. 
 Who has drunk out of this 
 
 te nod) (SttoaS gu fagcn? 
 J^un @te, rtiag @ie tuotlen. 
 Sluf jeben gatt. 
 SBaS ben Srtef 3f)re <So^ne 
 
 betrifft 
 
 2)em fei, hne i^m inottc. 
 (Sr ntad)t ftd) ebanfen barttber. 
 3)a8 tft feme Shmft 
 S'Je^men te (id) in 5ld)t. 
 3d) njttt eg barauf anfommen taffen. 
 @r ift ber beutfd)en pradjc 
 
 madj tig. 
 
 -3d) fann ifym bie (Stint bieten. 
 3d) rtjerbe (Sic nad) aufe fiifyren. 
 
 Have you changed your 
 
 opinion ? 
 
 Have you any more to say ? 
 Do anything (or as) you please 
 At any rate, at all events. 
 
 As to the letter of your son 
 
 Be that as it may. 
 
 He troubles his head about it. 
 
 Any one can do it. 
 
 Look about you. Take care. 
 
 I will take my chance of that. 
 
 He is master of the German 
 
 language. 
 I can face him. 
 I will see you home. 
 
 3d) fann mid) nidjt toon ifjm (08* 
 
 marfjen. 
 
 2Metben <Sie nid)t ^u lange au8. 
 3f)nen attein fann eg gettngen. 
 2luf metner llljr ift eg bier Ufyr. 
 (Sr nafjm eg mit enmtt. 
 5r ift Don eburt ein ^Ton^ofe. 
 <Sie ift met fyttbfdjer alg ifyre 
 
 (Sic mfigen attein gefjen. 
 
 I cannot get away from 
 
 Do not stay beyond your time. 
 
 None but you can succeed. 
 
 It is four o'clock by my watch. 
 
 He took it by force. 
 
 He is a Frenchman by birth. 
 
 She is prettier by far than her 
 
 sister. 
 You may go by yourself.
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 463 
 
 gefyt ncirfjfteg 3al)r auf 9?eifen. 
 
 c roar im Segriff, toeggugeljen. 
 : often 3)ingen oergeffen (Sic 
 
 bag nidjt. 
 (ie ift iiber gwan^ig. 
 egen Sinbrudj ber 9<iad)t. 
 2Bir raoHen einen ang burdj bie 
 
 (Stabt madjen. 
 
 @ott id) ifyn bacon benad)rid)tigen? 
 3d) fonnte mid) beg gadjeng nidjt 
 
 entb.alten. 
 
 3d) tuitrbe 9?id)tg babei geniinnen. 
 toirb redjt or gut fein. 
 
 He goes abroad next year. 
 I was about to go away. 
 
 Above all, don't forget that. 
 She is above twenty. 
 Towards nightfall 
 Let us take a turn about the 
 
 town. 
 Shall I send him word about it ? 
 
 I could not keep from laughing. 
 I should gain nothing by it. 
 That will do. 
 
 3d) bin nidjt reid) genitg, urn etne 
 
 foldje 2luSgabe gu madjen. 
 2BaS fjaben @te am 3luge? 
 (S fefjlt ifjr trnnter (Stn>a. 
 
 gaffen @ie fidj tion mir ratten. 
 @ie ttwrben nidjt iibel baran t^un, 
 
 baljtn 311 geljcn. 
 
 25tefe ift fd)rt)er ju ertangen. 
 
 2tt leidjter 2Mb,e. 
 
 9^ad) meter SKu^e. 
 
 (Sr iDctjj fid) in SltteS ju finben. 
 
 @o Diet id) luei^. 
 
 <So Diet id) mid) erinnere. 
 
 -3d) rterbe fo frei fein, <ie gu be* 
 
 fudjen. 
 
 ^eute iiber ein 3al)r. 
 23ann njerben @ie niieber juritd* 
 
 fommen? 
 
 (S8 ift mir um fo lieber. 
 -3d) fann ib,n nidjt augfte^en. 
 2Benn id) ib,m je begegnen foflte. 
 2Bag Uegt mir baran? 
 (Slauben Sic, fo Ieid)t bauoti ju 
 
 fommen ? 
 
 5. 
 
 I cannot afford to spend so 
 
 much. 
 
 "What ails your eye ? 
 She always has something the 
 
 matter with her. 
 Be advised by me. 
 It would not be amiss for you 
 
 to go there (you had bettei 
 
 go)- 
 
 That is hard to come at 
 With no great ado. 
 After much ado (or trouble). 
 Nothing comes amiss to him, 
 As far as I know. 
 To the best of my remembrance 
 I shall take the liberty to cal) 
 
 on you. 
 
 By this time twelve months. 
 How long will it be before you 
 
 come back ? 
 I like it all the better. 
 I can't abide (bear) him. 
 If I ever chance to meet him, 
 What care I? 
 
 Do you think to come off so?
 
 464 
 
 CONYEKSATION. 
 
 <5te tttitffen eS tfjun, <3ie mSgen 
 
 tooflen ober nidjt. 
 3d) bin ba^u genetgt. 
 3d) frage ntd)ts barnad). 
 $ef)ren @ic fid) nid)t baran. 
 <Sofl id) ifjn b,olen loffen ? 
 Oft ba8 3f)r (graft? 
 SBenn e8 31jnen gefaflt, fo neljmen 
 
 be- 
 
 tfl. 
 
 9?un, was fott btefeS 
 
 beuten? 
 
 S^ mocfjte loiffen, tua b 
 5Da flecft (SttoaS ba^tnter. 
 0^ Ijalte (ne^me) <Ste betm 3Sort. 
 
 3$ tout 97t(^t3 bafttr. 
 
 fonn nt^t ba^inter fommen. 
 neljme e nid^t fo genau nut 
 
 rtjofftc tc^ bodj fagen? 
 3d) ^abe 9it^t baran au^ufefcen. 
 2Bir miiffen un3 beljelfen. 
 3)tc ai^c ^at ntd^t met auf fidj. 
 mtt re^ten j)in 
 
 fagen. 
 
 gefdjteljt t^m re^t. 
 fann mtr ^temanb Derbenfen. 
 (Stcf) ben $opf gerbre^en. 
 @te roerben au3gelad)t werben. 
 (Sr Ijat fic^ auS bent taube ge 
 mad)t. 
 
 e. 
 
 Willing or unwilling, you must 
 
 do it 
 
 I am inclined that way. 
 I do not care. 
 Never mind that 
 Shall I send for him ? 
 Are you serious ? 
 
 If you like it, take it 
 
 Well and what of all this? 
 
 I wonder what this is. 
 
 There is some mystery about it 
 
 I take you at your word. 
 
 That is not my fault 
 
 I cannot help it. 
 
 You cannot get at it. 
 
 I am not so strict with him. 
 
 What was I going to say ? 
 
 I find no fault with it. 
 
 We must make shift. 
 
 It is of no great consequence. 
 
 It is not at all right about it 
 
 That does not signify. 
 
 No matter for that. 
 
 It serves him right 
 
 No one can blame me for that 
 
 To cudgel one's brains. 
 
 You will be laughed at. 
 
 He has taken himself of 
 
 SOME GERMAN PROVERBS. 
 
 1. 
 
 $>er 9ftenfdj benf t'8, ott lenft'S. Man proposes, and God dis- 
 
 posea 
 2>uirdj 3djoben toirb man fliig. Experience makes a man wise.
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 465 
 
 (Sljrltd) ttjSfjrt am liingften. 
 SllleS |t feine 3ett. 
 (Site mit Belle. 
 
 ?lufgefd)oben tfl ntcfjt aufgeljoben. 
 Sftufctggang tft afler Softer s <Jln* 
 
 fang. 
 
 53tele >anb' macfyen balb em (Snb. 
 3)a3 Serf fobt ben 2#etfter. 
 
 ^rifrf) getoagt tft fjatb getljan. 
 ^rifdf) begomten, fyatb gettonnen. 
 9lrmutl) tft feme <Sd)anbe. 
 2Bte getoonnen, fo gerronnen. 
 SSte bte Slrbeit, fo ber ?o^n. 
 2Bte ber >err, fo ber 2)tener. 
 Wofy fennt fein ebot. 
 Sine c^walbc madjt fetnen 
 
 ommer. 
 (5tn Ungtiitf fommt Hte altetn. 
 
 tft itngefunb. 
 gebrannteS ^tnb fd^eiit baS 
 
 Honesty is the best policy. 
 
 All in good time. 
 
 The more haste, the worse 
 
 speed. 
 
 Delaying is not breaking off 
 Idleness is the beginning of all 
 
 the vices. 
 
 Many hands make quick work. 
 The work recommends the 
 
 master. 
 
 Well begun is half done. 
 
 Poverty is no disgrace. 
 Lightly come, lightly gone. 
 As the labor, so the reward. 
 Like master, like man. 
 Necessity knows no law. 
 One swallow does not make a 
 
 summer. 
 
 Misfortunes never come singly. 
 Too much of a good thing. 
 
 A burnt child dreads the fire. 
 
 Seber toetfj am beften, too ber 
 <3cf)ul) tb,n briidt. 
 
 tetd) unb gtetcf) gefettt ft<f) gent. 
 SBo&on ba8 erj bott ift, gefyt ber 
 
 9)htnb itber. 
 
 (>er) )wtger tfl ber befte 
 brtngt 9^ofen. 
 
 Ser tttgt, ber ftte^tt. 
 
 SBer juerft fommt, maljtt 
 !Den ele^rten tft gut prebigen. 
 3eber tft ftrf) felbft ber ^arf)fte. 
 S3effer gtroaS, at ^trf)tg. 
 etne Xopfe (aufen batb uber. 
 9?egen folgt onnenf^etn. 
 
 None knows so well where the 
 
 shoe pinches, as he that 
 
 wears it. 
 
 Birds of a feather flock together. 
 Out of the fullness of the heart 
 
 the mouth speaketh. 
 Hunger is the best sauce. 
 Time and straw make medlars 
 
 ripe. 
 Show me a liar, and 111 show 
 
 thee a thief. 
 
 First come, first served. 
 A word to the wise. 
 Charity begins at home. 
 Better aught than naught. 
 A little pot is soon hot. 
 After the storm comes a calm
 
 466 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 2ftorgenftunb l)at olb t 
 
 6 ift ntdjt 2lfle oft, hm8 glttnjt. 
 Uebung modjt ben Sfteifter. 
 Unred)t ut gebeifyt md)t. 
 Untrattt berbtrbt md)t. 
 fteue SBefen feljren gut. 
 Cnbe gut, 2ltteS gut. 
 
 Early to bed and early to rise 
 makes a man healthy, wealthy 
 and wise. 
 
 All is not gold that glitters. 
 
 Practice makes perfect. 
 
 HI gotten wealth never prospers. 
 
 Ill weeds grow apace. 
 
 A new broom sweeps clean. 
 
 All's well that ends well 
 
 EASY CONVERSATION. 
 
 2Ber Hotft an Me fjure? 
 
 SKertftba? 
 
 2ftad)en <5te auf. 
 
 3)cr djttffd fterft. 
 
 <5tnb (Sic nod^ tm Sett? 
 
 <Ste()en <te auf. 
 
 (gg ifl ,3eit aufgufte^en. 
 
 (S ift Better Sag.^ 
 
 SB arum fteljen @ie fo f|)at auf? 
 
 3tf) bin borige S'ia^t iange auf* 
 
 geblteben. 
 Od) bin fefyr fpat tn' Sett gegan* 
 
 gen unb ^abe fd^Iec^t gef^Iafen. 
 323 aim ftefyen @ie gehjo^nlidf} auf ? 
 
 llm fteben U^r. 
 
 Unb urn hneoiet U^r finb <Ste 
 
 Ijeitte aufgeftanben ? 
 3d) ftanb mit onnenaufgang auf. 
 3d) fd^Iafe ntd^t gern tange. 
 
 ?ernen (Ste !Deutfdj ? 
 
 3a, me in ^err, ti^ lerne eg. 
 
 fagt, <Sie tyredjen fe^r gut 
 
 lefen ? 
 
 3d) toerftefye e beffer, 
 
 fpre^en fann. 
 83erfte^en @ie, 
 
 1. 
 
 Who knocks at the door? 
 
 Who is there? 
 
 Open the door. 
 
 The key is in the door. 
 
 Are you in bed still ? 
 
 Get up (rise). 
 
 It is time to get up. 
 
 It is broad day-light 
 
 Why do you get up so late ? 
 
 I sat up late last night. 
 
 I went to bed very late, and 
 
 slept badly. 
 What time do you generally 
 
 get up ? 
 
 At seven o'clock. 
 And what o'clock did you get 
 
 up this morning ? 
 I got up at sun-rise. 
 I don't like to sleep long. 
 
 2. 
 
 Are you learning German? 
 Yes, Sir, I am learning it (I do). 
 They say you speak German 
 
 very well. 
 I understand it better than I 
 
 speak it. 
 Do you understand what you 
 
 read?
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 467 
 
 Qdf raeitt >err, idj toerflelje atte 
 
 beutfdjen Sitter, 
 agen te mir einmal, toie nen* 
 
 nen ie btefeS auf Sngltfdj ? 
 3d) gtaube, man nennt e8 . . . 
 pred)e id) gut au$ ? 
 
 iemltd) gut 
 te bebiirfen nur nodj cut toentg 
 Uebung. 
 SRtdjtS iwrb oljne 2ftitlje ertangt 
 
 Yes, Sir, I understand all Ger- 
 man booka 
 
 Tell me, what do you call this 
 in English? 
 
 I believe they call it ... 
 
 Do I pronounce well ? 
 
 Pretty well 
 
 You only want a little more 
 practice. 
 
 There is nothing to be got 
 without pains. 
 
 SRetn $err, finb ie cut SnglSu- 
 
 ber? 
 
 3a, metn err, 3f)nen ju bienen. 
 prec^en @ie 2)eutf d^ ? 
 3dj fpred^e e8 era njenig. 
 2Ste lange fmb te f^on ui 
 
 donate. 
 te fpred^en gtemtt^ gut )eiitfdj 
 
 fiir btefe furge ^tt 
 3c^ abe feine 5 e ^9f"t te 
 
 prerfjen. 
 
 SDtefe wti'b ratt ber e\t fomnten. 
 agt 3^nen 31jr Secret ntc^t, ba 
 
 te imtuer 2)eutf(^ fpred^ea 
 
 miiffen? 
 S/ tttetn $err, er fagt e tntr 
 
 fe^r oft f aber t^ niage e ntc^t 
 eten te fuljii unb fpredjen te, 
 
 o^ne $u beforgen, ob Ote etntgc 
 
 ^eljler madden ober ntd^t. 
 SBenn id) fo fpred^e, fo iuirb mtdj 
 
 Sebermann auStac^en. 
 
 ^ b,at Sfrcfjt^ ju fagen; akr 
 
 c gtaube e ntc^t. 
 
 tffea te ntd)t, ba, um gut 
 
 fpred^eu 311 lernen, mau an* 
 u jpvcJjeu? 
 
 Sir, are you an Englishman? 
 
 Yes, Sir, at your service. 
 
 Do you speak German? 
 
 I speak a little. 
 
 How long have you been in 
 
 Germany/ 
 Ten months. 
 You speak German pretty weH 
 
 for such a short time. 
 
 I have no fluency in speaking. 
 
 This will come with time. 
 
 Does not your master tell you 
 that you must always speak 
 German ? 
 
 Yes, Sir, he tells me so very 
 often ; but I do not dare to. 
 
 Be confident, and speak with- 
 out minding whether you 
 make a few mistakes or not. 
 
 If I speak so, everybody will 
 laugh at me. 
 
 No matter for that, but I do 
 not think so. 
 
 Do you not know that, to learn 
 to speak well, you begin by 
 speaking badly?
 
 APPENDIX.
 
 f flbeln imb <r$ljhmcietu 
 
 fwljndjen unb bet 2>iamattt 
 
 (Sin toerljungert mljnd)en fanb 
 
 (Sinen feinen 35iamant 
 
 Unb t>erfd)arrt' iljn in ben <Sanb. 
 
 boc^, mtc^ gu erfreu'n," 
 , biefer fdjone tein 
 ein 2Bet3enfornd^en fern. 
 
 !Du 33a^tetn, fltber^elt nnb War, 
 3)u etlfl ftoriiber tmmerbar, 
 5lm Ufer fte^' id^ f finn' unb ftnn' : 
 2Bo fommjl bu l)er? So ge^ft bu Ijin? 
 
 fomm' au bunfter ^etfen 
 gauf ge^t ttber ^tum' unb 
 metnem (Spiegel fd^niebt fo milb 
 blauen immet freunbltd^ 33tlb. 
 
 jD'rutn ^ab' i^ frozen ^inberfmn; 
 (53 treibt mid^ fort, toei^ nid)t rto^in, 
 35er mi(^ gerufen au8 bent (Stein, 
 3)er, benf id), hrirb mein ^tt^rer fein." 
 
 471
 
 472 APPKNDEL 
 
 $er Crfjfc unb ber (vjcl. 
 
 unb (gfel gonften ftd) 
 33etm pajiergang um bie 2Bette, 
 Set am ntetften 2Beil)ett Ijatte; 
 Reiner ftegte, fetner twd). 
 
 (Snbltd) fam man uberein: 
 2)afc ber on)e, lucnn er roottte, 
 2)iefen treit entf^eiben fottte, 
 
 Unb toa8 fonnte ftiiger fein? 
 
 Scibc tretcn, ticfgebiidtt, 
 SSor be jt^tcrbe^errfc^erg ST^rone, 
 2)cr mit cinem ebten ^o^ne 
 
 Sluf bie8 'JJaar ^ernteberbltrft 
 
 forirfjt bic 
 
 3 bent fel unb bcm 
 B 3|r feib afle betbc barren!" 
 3eber gofft i^n an nnb 
 
 -Unobc unb bie tattcht. 
 
 (Stn ^nabc a^, njte titelc 
 
 jDtc 3)atteln fiir fein eben gern, 
 
 Unb um be8 uten biet ju ^aben, 
 @o pftangt er einen jDattetfern 
 
 3n fetne^ 33ater SBIumengarten. 
 3)er S3ater fa^ t|m ta^etnb ju 
 Unb fragte: ^IDatteln pflan^eft bu? 
 
 O ^inb, ba mufet bu lange ttiarten ; 
 3)enn luiffe, biefer eble S3 aunt 
 Stragt oft nac^ jnian^tg 3at>ren faum 
 
 te erften fetner ftifeen grttdjte." 
 ^arl, ber fid) beffen ntrfjt toerfa^, 
 (Stanb aufangS gan^ betroffen ba ; 
 
 balb nut frofytidjem eftrfjte 
 9?uft er : ,,$)a8 fofl mid) ntd)t Derbriejjen ; 
 
 Selo^nt bie j^eit nur meinen ^tet^, 
 
 o fann id) |a beretnft at retS, 
 
 je^t bsr ^nabe pflanjt, gente^en."
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Xcr JViftfjcr. 
 
 ein fttfdjer an bent Sad), rooflte ^ifd)lein fangen ; 
 
 eg blieb ben gangen Jag leer bie 2lnget Ijangen. 
 @nblid) gu(ft eg, unb er fab, $ifd)lein gappetnb fdjroeben. 
 (SMbenrotb/lid) tying eg ba, fletyt ityn unt fein Seben. 
 
 473 
 
 ieber ftifdjer, Ia mt^ to$," fpradf)' nut gtatten 2Borten, 
 2a mic^ in ber 25etten (<i)oofc, big ic^ gro gertorben." 
 
 in, bag lann ni^t gefc^e^'n, fyier ^itft fetn Seflagen. 
 id) je^t bid^ n)ieber gelj'n, mbd)t' 311 Diet id^ rtagen." 
 
 ,,3)enfe boc^, tt)ie !Iein ic^ bin ; fjaft ja faum brei 33ifftm. 
 ?a mic^ in bie glutl) ba^in ; toirft mid) nid)t bermiffen.* 
 w 2BeiI bu gar fp nieblid) bift unb fo jung am ?eben, 
 @ei bir eine fleine ^nft noc^ Don mir gegeben. 
 
 2Birft bu aber grower fetn, benf an beine 2Borte, 
 tefle bid^ gum ffange ein, b,ier an biefem )rte." 
 ^r6b,tic^ f prang bag gifdjlein ^in in bie 2Beflen!ii^Ic, 
 Xrieb mit Iieiter'm, frozen 8inn feine luft'gen pietc. 
 
 ?llg ein 3ab,r tooriiber roar, bac^t' eg feiner SBorte, 
 tellte fid) bent ^ifdjer bar an bemfetben Orte. 
 j>od) ber fprac^ : ,,2BeiI bu fo treu an bent SSort 
 ?a ic^ bid^ auf immer frei, roitt bic^ niemalg fangen." 
 
 (gg gingen brei Oager roo^I auf bie 
 @ie rooflten erjagen ben roei^en ire. 
 
 @ie tegten ftd^ unter ben annenbaum, 
 3)a fatten bie brei einen fettfamen 2;raum. 
 
 S)cr (Srftc. 
 
 2ftir ^at getraumt, idq flopft' auf ben 33ufdj, 
 2)a raufd)te ber >irfd) b,eraug, ^ufc^, ^ufc^ ! 
 
 3)er 3 n)e i te - 
 
 Unb alg er fprang mit ber unbe eflaff, 
 2)a brannt' tc^ i^n auf bag gett, piff, paff !
 
 474 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 2)er 2)rttte. 
 
 Unb alS id) ben )irfd) an ber (grbe fab,, 
 2) a ftiefc id) luftig in'S orn, trara ! 
 
 <3o lagen fte ba unb fpradjen, bte brei, 
 2)a rannte ber meifje $trfd^ borbeL 
 
 Unb eb/ bie brei Oa'ger ib,n red)t gefeb,'n, 
 @o h)ar er batoon iiber Siefen unb 6b,'n. 
 
 8. ttylanb. 
 
 3lefop gtng etnjl nod) etnem tabtc^en ^in. 
 Sin SBanb'rer fam unb griite ib,n, 
 Unb fragf : f ,2Bie lange, ftreunb, ^ab' t^ ^u ae^'n, 
 gu bent ^leden bort, ben nnr toon toeitem feb,'n ? 
 !" fprid)t $lefop. Unb er : B $a8 wet^ i 
 roenn tc^ luetter fommen fott, 
 
 Qfy geljen mu; attetn bu fottfi mtr fagcn : 
 3n Ruemel tuuben?" ^un, fo aey!" W 3^ feb^e h)ob,t," 
 S3nnnmt b,ier ber ^rembe, n ber ^erl tft tott; 
 
 Od) ttjerbe ntdjtg t>on tb/m erfragen;" 
 Unb breb,t ftd) meg unb ge^t. ,,Qt" ruft Stefop, ff eb SBort ! 
 3tt)ei <Stunben bringen bi^ an ben beflimmten Ort." 
 
 35er Sanb'rer btetbt betroffen fletien. 
 &." ruft er, *unb n)te tt)ett bu'8 nun ?" 
 ,,Unb ttJte/ Derfe^t 5le|op, ,,!onnt' t^ ben 2lu8fp 
 
 S3et)or id^ betnen ang gefe^en?" 
 
 Xcr 3tf)atjflrabcr. 
 
 2Bmjer, ber am Sobe lag, 
 
 f etne ^tnber an unb fprad) : 
 n $n unfer'm 2Bemberg liegt ein 
 @rabt nur barnad) !" W s 2ln roetdjem 
 (Sc^rte 5ltte taut ben 33ater an. 
 ff @rabt nur!" O toeb,', ba ftarb ber SD^ann. 
 ^aum nmr ber ^llte beigefd^afft, 
 <So grub man nad) au ?eibefraft.
 
 APPENDIX. 475 
 
 >acfe, $arft uub (Spaten hmrb 
 j)er ^Bctnberg um imb um gefdjarrt; 
 3)a luar fetn Iofj, bet rufytg blteb, 
 "Uftan uiarf bte (Srbc gar burdj'8 <Steb 
 Unb ^og bte )arfen freug unb qurc 
 9?ad) jebem (Steindjen l)tn unb fjer. 
 ?lttein ba hiarb fetn djafc berfpitrt, 
 Unb 3eber ^tett fief) angefitfyrt. 
 jDocf), faum erfdjten ba3 nad)fte ^afjr, 
 (So nafjm man mit (Srftaunen tt)af)r, 
 3)a^ jebe ^Rcbe bretfad) trug. 
 S)a hmrben erft bte ofjne f(ng, 
 Unb gruben nun, 3;af)r ein, 
 tmmer mefjr 
 
 Slinbc unb bet 8a!jme. 
 
 S3on ungefafjr mitf? etnen 33ttnben 
 (gin Saunter auf ber trafje finben, 
 Unb 3ener f)offt fd)on freubenoott, 
 ifnt ber Slnb're leiten [ott. 
 
 ber ^afjme, , r betguftef)en ? 
 -3d) armer 9)lann fann felbft ntd)t gefjen. 
 3)od) fd)etnt'$, ba bu ju einer Soft 
 fefjr gefunbe djuttern fjaft. 
 
 (gntfd)Iiee bid), mid) fortjutragen, 
 @o hjitt id) bir bie tege fagen; 
 (So rtirb betn ftarfer ^u^ mein 
 2)Zein IjetteS 5luge beine fein." 
 
 S)er af)me fjangt mit fetnen 
 (Sid) auf be8 S3Iinben breiten SRiicfen. 
 SSereint mtrft alfo biefeS ^aar, 
 ein^efn ^einem mb'glidj toar. 
 
 3)u fjaft nid)t ba, tt)a8 3lnb're fjaben, 
 Unb anbern mangeln beine aben. 
 SluS biefer Unbottfommenfjeit 
 (Sntfpringet bie ^efettigleit.
 
 476. APPENDIX. 
 
 X rr iHri jntDr. 
 
 (Sin Sanb'rer bat ben ott ber otter, 
 25en ,3eu, kei ungeftitmem 2Better, 
 
 Urn ftttte Suft itnb (Sonnenfrfjein. 
 Umfonft ! 3 eug Ififct m rod)* betoegen. 
 3)er >immel ftitrmt mit SBinb unb SRegen; 
 
 2)enn ftiirmifc^ fottt' c8 ^eutc fetn. 
 
 3)er 2Sonb'rer fc^t, mit bitfrer tlage, 
 S)a^ 3 cug m ^ ^fetfe bic 3Wenfc^en plage, 
 
 jfiic fau're 9teife mU^fam fort. 
 @o oft ein neiter tunnttjinb toiit^et 
 Unb fdjnett i^m ftitt^ufteb.'n gebietet, 
 
 (So oft ertont ein ^dfternjort 
 
 (gin nafjer 293atb fott i^n befrfjirmen. 
 (Sr eilt, bem 9f egen unb ben turnten 
 
 3n biefem >ol^e gu entge^'n; 
 3)o^, eb,' bet 2BaIb tb,n aufgenommen, 
 ieb/t fern er einen SRauber fommen 
 
 Unb bleibt bor ^urd^t hn SKegen fteb,'n. 
 
 er dauber greift narf) feinem S3ogen, 
 SDen fc^on bie 9idffe fc^Iaff gejogen; 
 
 (Sr giett unb fa^t ben ^Uger rooljt; 
 2)o^ SBinb unb S^egen ftnb gurtnber; 
 er ^3feil fciflt matt Dor bem bamieber, 
 
 3)em er bag ^>erg burd^bo^ren fott. 
 
 > ^or," Iat 3eu^ f^ ^orntg ^oren, 
 2Birb bid) ber matte ^feil nun le^ren, 
 
 Ob id) bent @turm' ^u wet erlaubt? 
 ^>att' id) bir onnenfdjein gegeben, 
 (So b,Stte bir ber ^feil bag ?eben, 
 
 2)aS bir ber (Sturm erfjielt, geraubt." 
 
 (NM; 
 
 SBtntermor^cn. 
 
 !l5ie (Srbe fdjldft ! mit wetter ^iitte 
 
 tat fie ber SBinter ^ugeberft; 
 ie tft nid)t tobt, fie fdjtdft nur ftttte, 
 23t8 bag ber Senj fte toieber toedtt
 
 APPENDIX. .47? 
 
 llnb tote ba$ $mbtein ofyne orgen 
 (Sid) an ben 2ftutterbufen fdjtniegt, 
 <So rufy'n, an ifyrer 23ruft geborgen, 
 !ie SBlumenfinber etngetoiegt. 
 
 HDa traumen fte toon mitben Siiften, 
 $om <Sonnenfd)ein, born flaren Jb,au; 
 Unb fe^'n, beraiifcfyt toon fiien jDtiften, 
 2)en griinen 2Batb, bie bunte 5lu'. 
 
 <3te (aufc^en, toa bte SBoget fingen, 
 llnb toa bte 2BeUe fagt im 33ad^; 
 (Ste fofen nut ben Odjmetterltngen, 
 2)te Stenen fitmmen: guten 
 
 2)te 33 lumen ftrecfen ftd) nacfj oben, 
 2)ie ^Jra^t jn fd^auen fern unb na^; 
 3)a ift ber fcfyb'ne Sraitm gerftoben, 
 Unb fte^ ber en$ ift h)irf(idf) ba. 
 
 Grfetaann. 
 
 f teber, Cflegien etc. 
 
 efunben. 
 
 0^ gtng tm 2BaIbe fo fitr mtc^ ^tn, 
 
 Uub ntcqtS gu fttc^en, ba8 toar ntetn tun. 
 
 -9m djatten fa 1 ^ tcf) etn 33titmd)en fie^n, 
 2Bie (Sterne leudjtenb, toie 2leuglein f^on. 
 
 3d) tootlt' eS bre^en, ba fagt' eS fetn: 
 gum Selfen gebro^en fein?" 
 
 3c^ grub's mit alien ben 2BiirgIetn au3, 
 3um arten trug id)'8 am Ijitbfdjen 
 
 Unb bftangt' eS toteber am ftttlen 5rt; 
 jtoeigt e intmer unb bliiljt fo fort.
 
 479 APPENDIX. 
 
 crbftlict>. 
 
 Sotb fattt bon falben 
 
 3>a lefcte 23latt Ijerab; 
 2)ie 23iifrf)' unb 3Batber fd)tt)eigen, 
 
 3>te 2Bett ift we ein rab. 
 2Bo fmb fte nun geblieben 
 2)ie $6g'lein all', bte Ueben? 
 
 51^ ! fie fangen erft fo- fd^Sn ! 
 2)er 9?eif ^at fte toerfrieben 
 
 2Beg nber J^at unb 6lj'n. 
 
 Unb bange njtrb'S unb banger 
 
 Unb fib' in ftelS unb >ag; 
 2)te ^acfjte tuerben longer 
 
 Unb hirjer wirb ber Xag. 
 3)ie anger finb toerfcfjttmnben 
 Sn biefen triiben (Stunben, 
 
 @ud)en ^rii^Iing anber^nio; 
 Unb wo fie ben gefunben, 
 
 3)a finb fte ttneber fro^. 
 
 Unb toenn Don fatben ^ttietgen 
 
 3)a6 Iet?te 33Iatt nod) fattt, 
 SKenn 33iifrf)' unb SSatber fdjiuetgen, 
 
 3H trauerte bte 2Belt, - 
 3)ein gni^ing fann ntrf)t 
 S3au' t^n in ^erjen^grunben ! 
 
 (Sei bu fetber bir bein liict ! 
 <So fannft bu ^ni^ing finben 
 
 On jebem Hugenblidf. 
 
 ^cffraonn v. 
 
 etn, ntciu 
 
 en, ntetn erg, n 
 3)en muben 5lugentiben 
 !Der SMumen i)at gebrarf)t 
 (Srquicfung^t^au bie 
 
 @d)Iaf ein, ntetn erg, in ftrieben I 
 2)a ?eben frfjltift |ienieben, 
 2)er 2J?onb in (titter ^rarfjt, 
 Sin ?luge otte^ roarfjt.
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 <Sd)Iaf cin, ntctn >erj, in ^ricben ! 
 $on $urd)t unb ram gefdjieben; 
 >er SBelten fyat bebadjt, 
 9?immt and) em >er<5 in 
 
 (Sdjlaf em, metn ^erj, in ^rteben! 
 23on bofem raum gemieben, 
 eftfirft toon (SlaubenSmadjt, 
 ^offnung ongelac^t. 
 
 (Scfjtaf ein, metn ^er^, in ^rieben ! 
 Unb n)enn bir ift befcfyieben 
 3)er Xob Ijier in ber 
 @o bift bu bort errt)acf)t. 
 
 gt. 
 
 29Bof)tcrnif. 
 
 n)a i^ eu^ rtnft fagen ! 
 l)at 3ef)n gefc^Iagen. 
 betet unb bann ge^t 311 Sett; 
 >od) lofc^t ba Sic^t au, eh/ i^r ge^t; 
 d^Iaft fanft unb toof)! ! 3m ^>immel 
 Sin flared ^Cug' bie ganje 
 
 JP>gref, h)a id) eurf) rt)itt fagen ! 
 SDie locf ^at (Stf gefrfjla^en. 
 Unb toer noc^ bei ber 5lrbeit fdjrtnfct, 
 Unb ter beim ^artenf^iel nod) fit, 
 fag' i^'g tout unb beutlirf) nun: 
 
 ) eit(^ itjitt fagen! 
 lot!' ^at 3 wi >If gcfd)tagen. 
 2Bo nod) in ftitter 2Witternad)t 
 (Sin franfeS er^ ttott Summer h>ad)t, 
 @ott geb' ifim roft, toerlei^ i^m 
 Unb fiib,r'8 bent fanften <2d)tummer 
 
 ^ euc^ n)itt fagen ! 
 ' (jat (SinS gefd)tagen. 
 Unb too burc^ <2atanS Sift unb 
 Sin 3)ieb ^infdjteic^t auf bunf lent
 
 480 APPENDIX. 
 
 3d) nritt' nidjt fyoffen, boc^ gefd)tef)t'S; 
 @o gel)' er fyeun, fetn 9<Jtd)ter fiefjt'S. 
 
 >ijret, tuaS id) eud) nnfl fagen ! 
 3)ie locf Ijat gmi gefd)lagen. 
 llnb toem bte <Sorg', fdjon e^' c tagt, 
 <5d)tt>er an bem madjen ^>er^en nagt: 
 2)er onne Sropf, fetn <Sd)laf tft fort; 
 ott forgt, tierlafj bt^ auf fetn 2Bort ! 
 
 ^ eud^ hnfl fagen ! 
 
 t 3)rei gefc^Iagen. 
 2)te SD^orgenftunb am >tmmel 
 2Ber friebeboH ben Xag erlebt, 
 35er banfe ott ttnb faffe 2Kttt^ 
 e^' an' efc^aft ttnb olf ftc^ gut. 
 
 Drifter. 
 
 SBer me fern 33rob mtt X^ranen a, 
 2Ber nte bte fummertioflen 9?dd)te 
 3luf fetnem Sette rtetnenb fa, 
 3)er fennt eud) nt^t, t^r ^tmmltf^en 
 
 Sljr fu^rt tn ?eben itnS ^tnetn, 
 O^r la^t ben Airmen fdjutbtg toerben, 
 3)ann Uberlat iljr t^n ber $etn; 
 2)enn atte djulb ra'^t fic^ anf Srben. 
 
 (Soef^r. 
 
 hn gritnen 
 
 bte alien 9itftent 
 SBanbelt letf am fdjonften 
 SBunberfameS 
 
 i Hebcl wrote this poem in one of the many peasant-dialects spoken in Germany. 
 which, though not differing widely from the literary language, would nevertheless 
 have been incomprehensible to the learner.
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 gaublein f prid)t: ott 
 u bem Saub baueben, 
 HOeS atfymet tief unb fiijj 
 griebenSleben. 
 
 Unb trie Slut' unb SBIatt am traudj 
 (Stifl fid) nriegt im (SHcmge, 
 SBiegt ft^ ntetne <SeeI' im >audj, 
 3)er bur^ftromt ba ange. 
 
 C. flbtf. 
 
 60 ifl bas Wliirf ein fliidjtig Xing. 
 
 6 ifl bo turf ein 
 Unb njart gu alien agen; 
 Unb jagteft bu um ber @rbe 
 !J)u mbrfjteft e ni^t erjagen 
 
 ?eg' bid) Ueber in ra bott >uft, 
 Unb ftnge beine Sieber; 
 
 Dtetlei^t aug blauer Suft 
 
 auf bt^ ^ernieber. 
 
 Slber bann parf' eg unb Ijalt' e fefl 
 Unb plaubrc nidjt tiiel bagnjifc^en; 
 SBenn bu fo lang' e8 ttjarten td^t*, 
 bir roieber enttt)ifc^en. 
 
 3. Oeitrf. 
 
 Toe tjcrlaffcnc 
 
 , rtjann bie a^ 
 
 bie (Sternlein toerf^toinbcn, 
 
 id) am >erbe ft 
 
 ^ euer junben. 
 
 on ift ber 
 fpringen bie 
 fc^aue fo brein, 
 !2eib Derjunfen.
 
 482 APPENDIX. 
 
 bo lommt e8 mir, 
 Sreutofer $nabe, 
 35afc icf) bie 9?acf)t Don btr 
 etra'umet fyabe. 
 
 Sfyrane auf Sfyra'ne bann 
 turret fyernieber; 
 @o fommt ber Sag Ijeran 
 > ging' er wieber ! 
 
 3d)ii 
 
 ift bcr Sag be errn! 
 bin attein auf toetter fflw 
 Sine 2ttorgengto<!e nnr, 
 (Stitte nat) unb fern. 
 
 ^[nbetenb fnte' icf) fyier. 
 ) fii^e^ rau'n ! geljetmeS 
 Site fnieten 53iete ungefe^n 
 Unb beteten mtt mir. 
 
 3)cr ^immet na^ unb fern, 
 <5r ijl fo flar unb feieritrf), 
 @o gan^ afe wottt' er 5ffnen 
 S)a0 ift ber Sag be3 errn! 
 
 ' oft im ^reife ber Sieben 
 3n bufttgem rafe geru^t, 
 Unb mir ein teblein gefungen, 
 Unb aUeS n>ar ^ubjc^ unb gut. 
 
 ab' einfam and) mic^ ge^armet 
 -3n bangem, biifterem 2)?ut^ 
 
 Unb Ijabe roieber gefungen, 
 Unb atteS toar mteber gut. 
 
 Unb mand)e, toa8 id) erfa^ren, 
 Serfo^r* icf) in flitter 2ButIj, 
 
 Unb lam icf) hneber ju ftngen, 
 SCBar afleS auc^ ftieber gut
 
 APPENDIX. 483 
 
 oflft nidjt un8 lange ftagen, 
 
 2Ba8 atteS btr toefje tljut, 
 IKur frtfrf), nur frifd] gefungen ! 
 
 Unb afleS roirb ttneber gut. 
 
 Xcr Irfjihtftc Hitgcnblirf . 
 
 <3df)<m ift'3, wenn jtoci terne 
 ftrf) fte^n am firmament/ 
 n, njenn gtoeter Sftofen 
 e ineinanber brennt. 
 
 in 2Baf)rl)ett immer 
 am fcfjdnften angufe^n, 
 23Bte 3h)et, fo fid) lieben, 
 @elig beieinanber fte^n. 
 
 X. ffcme*. 
 
 3;t^ trat in einen ^eitig biiflern 
 (Stcfjiualb, ba ^ort' i^ tcif unb Unb 
 (Sin 33ad)letn unter SBtiimen fliiftern, 
 2Bie ba8 ebet &on einem 
 
 Unb mid^ ergriff ein fiie8 raucn: 
 (S^ raitfrfjt ber 2Batb ge^etmni^ott, 
 31(8 mocfjt er mtr raa anbertrauen, 
 noc^ metn ecj nic^t toiffen foff; 
 
 moc^t' er Ijeim(td) mtr entbetfen, 
 ottrt Sie&e fmnt unb njid; 
 fdjten er ptoljtic^ ju erfc^recfen 
 33or @otte8 W unb ttwrbe flUL 
 
 HScffc OTofc. 
 
 -9n etnem 33ud)e btatternb, fanb 
 5c^ erne 9Jofe, ttcH, ^erbritrft, 
 Unb rt>et^ auc^ nid^t mefyr, toeffen 
 @ie einft fiir mid^ gepflucft
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 $ld) mefjr unb meljr im 2lbenM)aud(j 
 33ertt>eft Srinn'rung ; balb gerfttebt 
 Sftetn (SrbenlooS, bann toeijj id) aud) 
 ifttd)t ntefyr, roer mid) getiebt ! 
 
 SR. Sawu. 
 
 SBenn bie age longer rterben, 
 Sa^ft ba 0:3 aii(^ in ber 
 etcf)ter totrb e bann auf (Srben, 
 at^met 
 
 atljmet Sujl unb e^nen; 
 
 nur im jungcn Oa^t 
 2)cnft ein firmer nod^ mtt 
 S)ajj ein SSinter war ! 
 
 $. Sinng. 
 
 Sonctte. 
 
 nt^t afe ^immel an bic 2Botfenfd)i^te, 
 (Srprobe felbjl bein jugenWic^ efleber, 
 SSirf muttg in bie f^tuanfen @d)alen nieber 
 beine eigenen etmrfjte ! 
 
 ' ben eifl am felbflgef^affnen 
 Unb forfdje b,euf unb forf^e morgen nneber, 
 @enf nie gufrieben beine 5lugenliber, 
 beinen tauben tagtic^ gu erid^te ! 
 
 bu hunter toageft, o befdjontg'S 
 ftie or ben SD'Jenfc^en burd^ ein gaglja 
 S3elenn' e mit bent ftuimutf) eine 
 
 )b fte bit flantntenb audf) ben 
 5Diit ^tantmen tauft ber gmige ben 
 3)er ftotj fott iiber tre SSaffer ftetgen. 
 
 iltcbnt. 
 
 SQSie iSnnt' idj bein bergeffen ! 
 3d^ toeifj, ta bu mir bifi,
 
 APPENDIX. 485 
 
 SBetm aud) bie 2Belt iljr StebfteS 
 Unb SefteS balb fcergifct. 
 3d) fing' eS IjeU unb ruf eg taut: 
 SOtein 23aterlanb ift meine SBraut! 
 3d) toeijj, toaS bit mir &tjt 
 
 SKtc fonnt' td^ betn bergeffen ! 
 3)etn benf i^ afle^ctt; 
 3ify bin mit btr oer&unbett, 
 9J?it btr in ^reub' unb Seib. 
 -3(^ toitt fiir bid) im ^am^fc jle^tt, 
 Unb fott e fein, mit bir toergeljtu 
 3Bie !6nnt' ic^ bein tiergeffen ! 
 S)ein benf i^ afle^eit. 
 
 SBte Knnt' i^ bein bergeffen ! 
 3tf] toei^, tpag bit tnir bift, 
 o lang' etn auc^ on Siebe 
 Unb 8eben in mtr ift. 
 3(^ fudje nid)t al bici^ aflettt, 
 2lfe beiner Siebe ttjertb, ^u fetn. 
 SBie lonnt' i^ bein bergeffen ! 
 3$ n)ei, roa8 bu mir bift. 
 
 Hoffmann . 
 
 9luf bet SBanberung. 
 
 ^ranfretd) unb bem 
 3)a toacljfen unfre 9?eben. 
 
 ' mein ieb am gritnen S'J^et 
 
 ' mir meinen fitljlen SBein! 
 S'Jur in jDeutfc^tanb, 
 5Da toitt tc^ enng leben. 
 
 tm fremben Sanbe tear t^ a 
 SBalb bin id) fjeimpegangen. 
 
 guft unb 2)urft babet, 
 ual unb (Sorgen manc^ertet 
 d^ 2>eutfd)lanb 
 mein erj bertangen. 
 
 i Itlt IB poetical for tfiat, and tfiai cerlangen itself poetical for utrtangtc.
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 3ft em ganb, e f)eit 
 
 33liilm )rangen unb Sttronciu 
 (Singe, fprad) bie 9omerin, 
 Unb id) fang $um 9iorben fn'n: 
 
 9?ur in j>eutfd)fanb, 
 
 3)a mufc mein djafclein wolmett. 
 
 2113 id) fa^ bie ^llpen h)ieber gliiljtt 
 ^eH in ber SKorgenfonne: 
 
 riife' mein giebc^cn, gotbner 
 
 riif ' mir meinen griinen 
 ftur in 3)eutf(^tanb, 
 S)a tooljnet f^reub' unb SBonne ! 
 
 goffmann . 
 
 inb fdjlaf t. 
 
 5Die 5Dhttter InDt ben 
 SJJit fii^en giebern ein; 
 @r ttjitt'g ni(^t anberS 
 <Sie mu^ am Sette fein. 
 
 SBie fann'S ber (S^etnt nnr hnffett, 
 Ob fie am 33ette ft^t, 
 S)er faum au feinem 
 ^albem ?luge blifct? 
 
 Unb h)te er o^ne Summer 
 ^rif t^ at^menb, roftg liegt ! 
 $Da8 ifl ein fuer <Sd)tummer, 
 SKorein bie ?ieb' un toiegt ! 
 
 Gbuarb oon Banmtfelk. 
 
 >ie (vinf c^r. 
 
 S3et eutem SBtrt^e, toimberraitb, 
 SDa war id^ jitngfl git afte; 
 (gin ^olb'ner Slpfel war fein @d)Ub 
 Sin etnem langen Slfte,
 
 AJTENDEX, 
 
 ber gute 2lpfetbaunt, 
 33et bcm id) etngefefyret; 
 Sfttt filler $oft iinb frifdjem (Sdjawn 
 er mid) luofyl genafyret; 
 
 GS famen in fein grime 
 SBiel tetdjt befdjnringte afte; 
 te fprangen fret unb fytelten 
 Unb fangen auf ba 53eftc. 
 
 -3^ fanb em 33ett jit fuer 
 Sluf meic^en, gritnen 3Jiatten; 
 SDer SBirtI), er becfte fetbft mti^ 311 
 fetnem fii^Ien fatten. 
 
 fragf i^ nad) ber (Sd)ulbtg!ctt; 
 SDa fcfjuttelt er ben SBtyfet; 
 @e[egnet fet er atte tit 
 Son ber SSunet bi aunt tj>feU 
 
 BffHfc 
 
 ^ejler <ntnb fet betnent 3(^: 
 S^te betn SBort ^u bredjen; 
 SDrum Dor attent ^Ute btrf) f 
 roe $u berfpredjen. 
 
 Slber, oitf bid) fetbft gefteflt, 
 
 Sanble gro im Seben, 
 teid) al ptteft bu ber 2Bett 
 SDrauf bein 2Bort gegeben. 
 
 3. $antra 
 
 G toar, al b^ott' ber ^>tmmel 
 SDie (Srbe ftttt gefu|t, 
 SDa^ fte im SBIittenfdjimmer 
 5Son i^m nun traumen mit^t'. 
 
 !l)te ?uft gtng burd) bie ^elber, 
 2)ie ^lef)ren njogten fadjt, 
 68 raufd)ten leif bie 2Botber, 
 @o fternftar n>ar bie 9iad)t,
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Unb nteine eete fponnte 
 Seit tyre fttuget 0118, 
 ftlog bnrd) bie ftiflen ganbe, 
 ^[18 floge fte nad) au8. 
 
 3. *. Qi^tnborfp. 
 
 fteDer, 
 
 ?ctfc $te6t burc^ mem 
 ?tebtic^c (Selautc; 
 
 Ketne grU^t 
 
 2Bette ! 
 
 t8 an a 
 
 2Bo bte SBtumen fpriefeen, 
 2Bcnn bit etnc 9tofc frfjaufl, 
 id) taff' fte grii^enl 
 
 3)u toft n?ie erne SBIumc 
 @o Ijolb unb fdjon itnb rein; 
 3d) fdjou' bid) an unb 2Bel)mirt$ 
 @d()Ieid)t mir in ^erj Ijinein. 
 
 ifl, ate ob idj bte 
 
 aupt bit tegen fottf , 
 SBetenb, bag ott bid) erratic 
 rein unb frfjon unb 
 
 Snt hjunberfdjonen 
 9118 afle $nopen fprangen, 
 3)a ijl in nteinem ^er^en 
 SDie Siebe aufgegangen. 
 
 3m h)nnberfd)6nen 
 Sll afle 3?i5g,et fangen, 
 3)a ^afc' id) tin* geftanben 
 SKein e^nen unb $erlangen
 
 489 
 
 (Sin ^icfytenbaum fteljt einfam 
 3m <Worben aitf falser |>olj'. 
 3lnt fdjla'fert; mit roeifter 2)ecfe 
 Umljuflen ifyn (ig itnb <3d)nee. 
 
 (gr traumt toon etner 
 2)ie, fern im 9J?orpenlanb, 
 infant nnb fdjiuetgenb troucrt 
 ^u brennenber ^ 
 
 Sorclct. 
 
 nidjt, h)a fot( c3 Bebeutett, 
 fo traurtg bin; 
 
 (gin 9#ar<i)en au^ atten dttn, 
 fommt mir ntdt au bent 
 
 S5te guft ift fitf)l unb eg bunfett, 
 Unb rul)ig flie^t ber 9^^ein; 
 2)er ipfel be^ Series funfelt 
 Om 2ibenbfomtenfd)ein. 
 
 5Dte fc^onfte Oungfrau jtfcet 
 !SDort oben njunberbar, 
 -3^r gotbneS ef^meibe 
 <Sie fcimmt iljr 
 
 <Sie fcimmt eg mit golb'nem 
 Unb ftngt ein Sieb babei; 
 Ijat eine njunberfame, 
 2JieIobei. 
 
 3)en Differ im fieinen 
 (Srgreift e mit wilbem 
 (Sr fd^aut ni^t bie ^etfenriffe, 
 (r frfjaut nur ^inauf in bie 
 
 3d) gtoube, bie Setten 
 3lm gnbe djtffer unb 
 Unb bag Ijat mit iljrem 
 2)ie Soretet get^an.
 
 490 APPENDIX. 
 
 Tic At nltcn. 
 
 >erje me in Siebe gliiljte, 
 $uge nie im ,3orn geflammt, 
 3)em ift erftorben tm cmiit^e 
 ute, ba toon oben ftommt 
 
 )er tft tm ttefften >ergen8grunbe, 
 35er ift in tieffter (Beele f rf) I e d) t, 
 2)et ift bis in bic lefcte tunbe, 
 in ben 2ob, ber <Setbflfucf)t 
 
 6 
 
 $etn ?iiftd)en regt ftd^ in ben ,3toetgett, 
 3)ie 33figtein ftnb in @<i)tof oerfunfen, 
 2)te tb,aubef^rt)erten SBtumen neigen 
 ST)ie buft'gen auptec fdjlummertrunfen. 
 
 S3iet taufenb gotbne terntein geljett 
 Sim tmmet ft^wctgenb auf unb nieber, 
 Unb leife gie^t auS ftiflen ^fi^en 
 S)er 2Konb fein golbneS ^ic|t ^ernieber. 
 
 Unb ift mtr 9tub,e norfi befc^ieben, 
 <2o mu fie b,ier ber eete fommen, 
 933o mid^ in iljren ^ett'gen ^neben 
 9Zatur ^at liebenb aufgenommen. 
 
 3. ham. 
 
 latt tin 
 
 3d) ^ab' eine atte 
 SDie ein atteS Silc^Iein b,at; 
 6 tiegt in bem atten 
 6in alteS, burreS SBIatt 
 
 burr ftnb loob,! aud) bie 
 einft im en^ ib,r'8 gepflitrft. 
 mag bocf) bte 9Ute b,aben ? 
 toeint, fo oft fie'S erblicft. 
 
 . rita.
 
 APPENDIX. 491 
 
 Stammer rfjmrr$, (antes dHutf. 
 
 JD tm (Sdjmerge mufj id) fdpeigen, 
 <2>d)Uefe' tip tief ing >erg fyinein. 
 (Sr aflein tft gang mein eigen, 
 33in mit ifjnt unb ott attein; 
 Unb ob mir bag ^>er^ aud) brid^t f 
 ) tm c^merge fing' tc^ nic^t ! 
 
 metn liirf, bag moc^t' tc^ fagen, 
 Sftufen e in |cbe )f)r, 
 6 Don cr^ gu Bergen ttagcn, 
 JO bag meine brangt'g 
 Oebe ?nft rt)irb ein 
 ) mein liuf ticrf( 
 
 Want Sorfltt. . 
 
 ^m 3ammcr. 
 
 enge ajyeti 
 Sangfam gte^' tc^ wot etn^er, 
 2Benn bte 5te^ren att' erblaffen 
 SBon tterborg'nem <Segen fcf)h)er; 
 Unb fo Jranbt' td^ ^in unb finne 
 Unb mei ntd^t, tuag id) beginne. 
 
 Unb ber btaue |nntmel njebet 
 @id^ ^erunter Itdjt unb rt)arm, 
 Unb bte gange (Srbe fc^iuebet 
 S3raittltd) ftitt in feinent 5lrnt; 
 , inbriinftig fufecg 9Mgen, 
 n, glii^enb 
 
 nenni tni^ ftol ) 
 
 5^r nennt mtd^ flolg ! 2Ber Ijat mtc^ fo gemac^t? 
 3^r fetbft, bte mic^ betrogen unb Derratljen ! 
 SDte 9?egung, bte tljr fdjma^t, ift erft ermac^t, 
 Hlg ic^ mein Xb/un bergttc^ mit euern 2;b,aten I
 
 492 APPENDIX. 
 
 ncnnt mid) jbfy ! O h)tttet tljr, toie gcrii 
 Unb freubenDofl ber ftarre tot^ t)erfd)anbe 
 33or einem 2ftenfd)en, ber, em lifter <5tem, 
 $od) iibcr mir unb mctueni SBefen ftiiubc ! 
 
 egenDen, ilomaweu imfi 
 
 !Dcr ttltt SBarbarofj'a, ber $atfer 
 
 3m unterirb'f^en d^Ioffe Ijtilt er Derjaubert 
 
 @r tfl ntematg geflorben, er lebt barm nod) fe 
 @r ^at im <S^to erborgen gum (S^taf ftd) 
 
 (Sr ^at ^tnabgenommen be8 9^et^e ^errttdjfeit 
 Unb wirb etnfl mteberfommen mtt i^r, 311 fetner 
 
 SDer tit^t tfl etfenbetnertt, barauf ber ^at[er ft^t; 
 2)er Xif^ ift marmelftetnern, worauf fein ^aupt er 
 
 <Setn SBart ifl nt^t Don ^ad^fe, er tft tton ^cue 
 3ft burd) ben Zi\d) geioad^fen, worauf fein $inn 
 
 (gr ntrft afe rt)te tm ^raume, fein $lng' l^atb offen gtoinft; 
 Unb jc narf) tangent ^laume er etnem ^itaben lutnft 
 
 <5r fpri^t im (Sdjlaf jnm ^naben: eV Ijm tor's @(^to, o 3 wer 9! 
 Unb ftelj', ob nod^ bie SRaben ^erfliegen nm ben 
 
 Unb h>enn bie atten 9^aben nod) ffiegen tmmerbar, 
 
 id) and) nod) fd)lafen toerjaubert tmnbert 3a^r. 
 
 |jft.
 
 APPENDIX. 493 
 
 Siingcr. 
 
 ,,2Ba8 IjbV id) brauen bor bent Xljor, 
 2Ba8 auf ber Sriide flatten? 
 
 $afc ben efang bor imferm >l)r 
 -3m <2>aale nneberfjaflen !" 
 
 >er $onig fpradj'S, ber ^age lief; 
 
 3)er $nabe fam, ber $omg rief: 
 mir fyeretn ben Sllten I" 
 
 w egriiet feib mir, eble erm, 
 egriit tfyr, fi^one 2)amen ! 
 S33eld)' reidjer $immel! tern bei (Stern 1 
 
 2Ber lennet tb,re Seamen ? 
 -Sfm @oal tioH ^rad^t unb 
 t 3lugen eu^; b,ier tft 
 ftaunenb gn 
 
 S)er anger brttdt bie 5(ugen ein, 
 Unb fd)lug in tiotten pnen; 
 
 3)ie fitter fc^aitten mut^ig brent, 
 llnb in ben <Srfjoo bie djoneit, 
 
 3)er ^bnig, bent baS lOieb gefiel, 
 
 $ie, i^n ^n eb,ren fiir fein @^iel, 
 Sine golb'ne ^ette b/olen. 
 
 W 2)ie gotb'ne ^ette gib mir nid^t; 
 
 >ie ^ette gib ben bittern, 
 SBor beren fii^nem Slngefic^t 
 
 2)er ^einbe ^an^en f^Iittern. 
 ib fte bent ^anjler, ben bu ^aff, 
 Unb lajj ib,n noc^ bie gotb'ne Sajt 
 
 3u anbern Saften tragen. 
 
 Sc^ ftnge, njie ber 3$ogel ftngt, 
 2)er in ben ^nmgen mo^net; 
 
 3)a ^ieb, baS auS ber ^eb,Ie bringtr 
 3ft ob,n, ber reidjticf) lo^net. 
 
 SDod) barf id) bitten, bitt' id) einS: 
 
 8a mir ben beften 23ed)er 
 o(be reidjen,
 
 494 APPENDIX. 
 
 (5r fefct' iljn on, er trcmf iljn au8: 
 ,,)2ranf ofl fttjjer 8abe ! 
 
 JO tool)! bem fyodjbegliicften >au$, 
 2Bo baS ift Heine @abe ! 
 
 (Srgeljt'3 eud) wob,!, fo benlt an midj, 
 
 Unb banfet ott fo ttjartn, att id} 
 ftilr biefen nwf eud) banfe." 
 
 SEer rettet fo fpat burc^ 9^a^t unb SBrnb? 
 (S ift ber SBater mit feinem ^inb'; 
 6r fyat ben ^naben ^ob/t in bem 5lrm; 
 (Sr fa^t ib,n ftdjer, er fjfitt ib,n 
 
 birgfl bu fo bang bem 
 'ft, $ater, bu ben ^rlfonig ni^t? 
 SDen rtenfbntg mit ^ron' unb (Sdjtueif ? 
 @ob,n, e ift ein 
 
 Itebe $inb, fomm, ge^' mit mir! 
 fc^one ptele fpiel' ic^ mit bir: 
 ,' bunte 33Iumen fmb an bem (Stranb; 
 SKeine ^flutter ^at man^ giitben eh)anb. - 
 
 S3ater, mein 55ater, unb Ijb'refl bu ni 
 erlenKnig mir leife tjerfpnc^t ?" 
 w <et rub,ig, bleibe rub/ig, mein $inb ! 
 Sn burren Slattern faufelt ber 2Binb. rt 
 
 r 2Bittfl, feiner $nabe, bu mh mir ge^'n? 
 Sfteine jtb'^ter foflen bit^ marten fdjb'n; 
 SReine Stouter fub/ren ben nadjtttrfjen ^Rei^ 
 Unb h)iegen unb tangen unb ftngen bic^ ein. 
 
 S3ater, mein S5ater, unb fieljft bu nid^t bort 
 erttonig'8 Xorfjter am buftern Ort?" 
 *2Rem (Sob/n, mein ob^n, id) feb/ e^ genau; 
 ^ fc^einen bie aiten SBeiben fo grau."
 
 APPENDIX. 495 
 
 W 3dj fiebe btdj, mid) rei$t beine fdjone eftalt; 
 Unb bift bit nidjt nriflig, fo brand)' id) etoatt." 
 ,,2ftein $ater, mem $ater, j[etjt fafct er mid) an; 
 (Srlfonig tjat mir ein eib'3 getfyan." 
 
 SDem 3Satec graufet'g, er rettet gefdjttnnb; 
 (Sr ^att in ben Slrmcn ba ac^jenbe ^inb, 
 Srreidjt ben >of mit 9J^U^e unb 9?otlj; 
 3n feinen Airmen bag $inb war tobt. 
 
 retdjfie 
 
 ^^errlid^/' fprad^ ber $urft Don adjfen, 
 
 ,,0ft mein Sanb nnb feme 
 itber fyegen feine Serge 
 in mandjem ttefen 
 
 mein Sanb in iipp'ger 
 pra^ ber $urfitrft t)on bem 
 ,,olb'ne (Saaten in ben J^aiern 
 2luf ben Sergen eblen SBein l u 
 
 table, reic^e 
 Subtnig, err 311 33aiern, 
 ,,@d)affen, ba mein Sanb ben en'ren 
 nid)t fteb,t an 
 
 (Sbedjarb, ber mit bem Sarte, 
 2Burtemberg'3 getiebter >err, 
 
 <2>prad) : ,,3ftein anb b,at fteine (Stabte, 
 Sragt nid^t Serge filberf^roer; 
 
 ein ^(einob b/att'^ berborgen: 
 in SBatbern, noc^ (o gro, 
 mein ^aupt !ann ftib,nUd) legen 
 3febem Untert^an in J @c^oo." 
 
 llnb e rief ber >err bon @ad)fen, 
 5)er con 33aiern, ber bom ^^ein: 
 
 ,,raf im Sart! 3b,r feib ber reicbjte, 
 (Suer 8anb tragt (SbelfteinV 
 
 3. Semn. 
 
 i For tn'n, and this again for in ben.
 
 496 APPENDIX. 
 
 Sir >uffmutg. 
 
 ($ reben unb traumen bic 2ftenfd)en Diet 
 33on beffer'n fitnftigen Stagen; 
 SRacf) einem glucflirfjen golbenen 3i e t 
 @tel)t man fte rennen unb jagen. 
 3)ie SBelt tt)trb alt intb iroirb loteber jung, 
 ber 3Jienfdf) ^offt immer 33erbefferung. 
 
 2)te ^offniing fii^rt i^n in' eben ein, 
 @te umflattert ben frol)Ucf)en ^naben, 
 3)en Oiingttng begetftert ifyr 3uberfd)etn / 
 (Sic rt)trb mtt bent reiS ntdjt begraben; 
 2)enn befrfjltejjt er tm rabe ben miiben 
 am rabe pflangt er bie offnung auf 
 
 <5 ijl !ein teerer, f^meic^etnbet: 
 (Srgeugt im e^trne beg Slfyoren; 
 3m Bergen tunbet e taut ftdj an: 
 3u wa Sefferm ftnb tpir geboren. 
 Unb tt)a8 bie innere <3ttmme fpricl^t, 
 ta'ufc^t bie ^offenbe @eete nid)t. 
 
 tfl be 3)eutf^en 55aterlanb ? 
 
 ^3reu^enlanb? 3ft' @d)tt)aben(anb? 
 
 h)o am ^^ein bie 9tebe blii^t? 
 
 n)p am 33ett bie 2)?6e ^ic^t? 
 ) nein ! o nein ! o nein ! 
 @ein SBatertanb mufc grower fein. 
 
 ifl be 2)eutfrf)en 53aterlanb? 
 Saierlanb? 3ft' teterlanb? 
 too ber SWarfen s ^inb ftd) ftrerft? 
 tt>p ber barter eifen retft? 
 nein ! o nein ! :c. :c.
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 ijl beg eutfdjen Saterlanb? 
 3ft'g 'ipommerlanb ? SBeftpfyalenlanb? 
 too ber <3anb ber linen toeljt? 
 ft'g, top bie 3)onau braufenb gel^t? 
 ) nein ! o nein ! ?c. :c. 
 
 2Bag ift beg 3)eutfrf)en Saterlanb? 
 @o nenne mir bag groe anb ! 
 
 Sanb ber (Scfjweiaer, ift'8 Sljrol? 
 Sanb wtb 53olf gefiet mir too^L 
 2)od) nein ! boc^ nein ! K. K. 
 
 tft be 3)entfcf)en 33aterlanb? 
 nenne mir bag grofje ?anb ! 
 
 eg ift bag >efterreid^, 
 Sin (Sren nnb an (Siegen reidj. 
 JO nein ! o nein ! K. :c. 
 
 ift beg 3)entfrf)en 55aterlanb? 
 (So nenne enblid) mir bag Sanb ! 
 @o toeit bte beittf^e 3 un 9 e Ktngt 
 Unb ott im immel Sieber ftngt: 
 fott eg fein! bag fofl eg fein! 
 , niacf'rer eutf^er, nenne beinl 
 
 3)ag tft bag beutf^e SBaterlanb, 
 933o (Sibe fc^tobrt ber 2)rit(f ber 
 2Bo Sreue l)ett com ?tuge bti^t, 
 Unb Siebe njarm tm er^en ft|t: 
 
 >ag foil eg fein! bag foil eg fein! 
 
 2)ag, njacf'rer >eutfrf)er, nenne beat I 
 
 S)ag gange 35eittfd)lanb fott eg fein! 
 O ott com ^immel, fte^' barein, 
 Unb gib ung re^ten beutf^en 2ftittlj; 
 mir eg Ueben treu unb gut ! 
 
 2)ag fott eg fein ! bag fott eg fein ! 
 
 2)ag gauge >eutfd)lanb foil eg fein ! 
 
 IS. W. Jtrobt.
 
 498 APPENDIX. 
 
 SdjillcrttJcilje. 
 
 (Setft, SBerffarter, fteig' ju itn8 Ijernteber, 
 @telj ! 2Btr brtngen bir em er3 mit )anf crfiittt 
 3u bent umrb'gen fttftt tuetfye unfere ieber, 
 >ulbigenb erfdjetnen ftn'r bor beinem 33ilb, 
 Um ben ebelften Don 2>entfd)lanbS grofjen (SiJljnen, 
 Sfttt bem eiotg griinen Sorbeer^njetg 311 fronen. 
 
 SDu bift tmmer nod), tociS bu beretnfl 
 UnfereS beutfrfjen eifte erftgebor'ner 
 
 eitt' erf^etnft bu un^ ate em DerftdrteS SBefen, 
 (Sd^webenb auf ^arnoffuS' b,ob,ent jDt^te 
 
 Dimmer totrb be$ @^6nen 3;beat beralten, 
 
 SSo bte traitten flange betner ^ra toalten. 
 
 bein eniuS bor longer dt gef^affen, 
 2)auern h)trb e8 en)ig in ber ^etten ^ludjt, 
 Unb bte f^atften (Snfel njevben nt^t erj^taffen 
 @tc^ gu laben on ber fiten, golb'nen gtudjt 
 jDetne SSerfe n)erben unbergdnglt^ fteljen, 
 SDenn bte (Setter fonnen ntd)t njte (Staub toerge^ett. 
 
 3)'rum, tooS roe bu unb JtefeS Ijofl gefungen, 
 2So bu @^one, SSafyreS, @bte8 un gete^rt, 
 
 SQSeit tft'S iiber'3 SSoterlonb ^tnouSgebrungen, 
 -3n ben fernften 9J?arfen btft bu b,od)geeb,rt. 
 
 Qa f bag wette SSettmeer felbft fe^t feine (Sc^ranfc, 
 
 Unb bein SRuljm njirb ert)ig fetn nrie ber ebanfe. 
 
 Unb n)irb ehtft tm t^euern beutfdjen 53atertanbe 
 @icf) bte n)ab,re ^reiftett einen Jempel bau'n, 
 
 SBirb bie 97ac^h)elt fyod) im Udjtttmfloff'nen 9?anbe 
 2ln ber (SingangSpfort' ben ^Ramen critter frfjau'n; 
 
 tra^ten wirb fetn S3itb gefcfymitcft tm Sorbeerfrange, 
 
 6iner onne gteid), im remften listen lanje. 
 
 gttebrief) (Skitter's t^eurer 9[?ame btnbet hneber, 
 Sa in 9^orb unb <iib bte elbftfud^t ftreng getgetlt 
 
 $ente fit^ten 3tfle ftd) at beutfdje Sruber, 
 a fein entu^ in unfrer JRttte teitt 
 
 teute ftnb h)ir burd) ber Stntrac^t ftarfe S3anbe 
 in geeinigt 33olf im etn'gen beutfc^en ?anbe. 
 
 Cinil Otto.
 
 APPENDIX. 499 
 
 efiei uniljrcnb bet 
 
 SBater, idj rufe bid) ! 
 SBriiflenb unwolft mid) ber $)ampf ber efd)ufce, 
 (Spriiljenb um^ucfen mid) raffembe 2 
 Jlenfer ber <Sd)fod)ten, id) rufe bid) ! 
 
 SSater bit, ftifjre mid) ! 
 
 SBater bit, fitfjre mtdj ! 
 fttiljr' mid) jum (Siege, fii^r' mid) ^um Xobc; 
 
 ferr, id) erfenne beine ebote; 
 err, Jtie bit roiflft, fo fii^re mid). 
 ott, id) erfenne bid) ! 
 
 (5ott, id) erfenne bid) ! 
 SBie im ^erbfttidjen SJaufdjen ber flatter, 
 Site tm <Sd)Iad)tenbonnern)etter, 
 Urqnett ber nabe, erfenne id) bid). 
 
 SJater bu, fegne mid) ! 
 
 SBater bu, fegne midj ! 
 Sn beine ^anbe befell' id) mein eben, 
 SDu fannft e nefymen, bu ^aft ea gegeben; 
 3um !0eben, gum terben fegne mid). 
 
 $ater, id) preife bid) ! 
 
 SBater, id) preife bid) ! 
 ift fein ^ampf fitr bie liter ber grbe: 
 SDaS ^eiligfte fdjit^en U)ir mit bem djfterte; 
 3)'rum fattenb unb fiegenb ^reif id) bid), 
 
 ott, bir ergeb' id) mid) ! 
 
 ott, bir ergeb' id) mid) ! 
 SBenn mid) bie Conner beg pbe8 
 SBenn meine 5tbern geoffnet flie^en; 
 2)ir, mein ott, bir ergeb' id) mid) ! 
 
 $ater f idj rufe bid) ! 
 
 a. floratt.
 
 600 APPENDIX. 
 
 ROB. 
 
 2Bie rafft' tdj micfj auf in ber -ftaefjt, m bcr 
 Unb fuljlte rnicf) fiirber gejogen; 
 2)ie affen berliefe id), bom SBfidjter betoadjt, 
 2)urd)h}anbelte fadjt 
 On ber 9?ad)t, in ber ftad)t, 
 
 ljor mit bem gotln'fdjen 33ogen. 
 
 S)er 2Ku^Iba^ raufc^te burd^ fetftgen (Sdjadjt, 
 3^ le^nte mid^ uber bie 23rMe; 
 Sief itnter mtr naljm ic^ ber Sogen in 2ld)t, 
 SDie tt)attten fo fod^t 
 
 ber 9?arf)t, in ber 9?arf)t, 
 mattte nid^t eine 
 
 6 bre^te ftc^ oben, ungafylig entfac^t, 
 5KeIobi(c^er Sanbel ber (Sterne, 
 SDiit i^nen ber 9Konb in beruln'gter 
 (Sie funfelten facfjt 
 On ber 9?ac^t, in ber ftarfjt, 
 taufc^enb entlegene 
 
 Oc^ blirfte ^inoitf in ber -iftacfyt, in ber 
 3d) blitfte ^inunter auf neue. 
 ) toe^e, h)ie ^aft bu bie Stage berbracfjt 1 
 Kun ftitte bu fat^t 
 On ber ftarfit, in ber 9?orf|t, 
 Out podjcnben Bergen bie "Jienc ! 
 
 teure, tnut^iger (Segler! @ mag ber Stft bid^ 
 Unb ber Differ am teu'r fenfen bie laffige 
 Ommer, immer nad) SBeft ! $)ort mu^ bie ^iifle fic^ geigen, 
 
 Siegt fte bot^ beutlic^ unb liegt fdjimmernb tior beinem 23erftanb. 
 Xraue bem leitenben ott unb fotge bem fc^nieigenben Settmeer I 
 2BaY fte noc^ nic^t, fie ftieg' je^t au8 ben ^httfjen empor. 
 bem eniu ftefyt bie 9^atur im eroigen Sunbe; 
 ber eine iierfprtdjt, leiftet bie anbre
 
 APPENDIX. 501 
 
 foielenbe Ainnfif. 
 
 ptefe, $mb, tn bcr Gutter djopfj ! 5luf ber IjeiUgen 3nfel 
 ginbet bet tritbe rant, finbet bte <2orge bid) nidjt. 
 
 Siebenb fyalten bte 2lrme ber 2#utter bid) iiber bem 5lbgrunb, 
 Unb in bag flutljenbe tab larfjelft bu fd^ulblog t)tnab. 
 
 ptete, Uebltrfje Unf^utb ! 9^0^ ift 3lrfabten urn btd^, 
 Unb bte frete S'Jatur folgt nur bem froljUdjen Srieb; 
 oc^ erfdjafft ft^ bte ityptge ^raft erbt^tete djranfen, 
 Unb bem tmfligen 3)iutt) fe^It nod) bte $fHd)t unb ber 
 ptete ! 33alb ttitrb bte Arbeit fommen, bte ^agre, bte ernfte, 
 Unb ber gebietenben ^Pfttrf)t mangeln bte Suft unb ber 
 
 $00 tinb in ber Siege. 
 
 litdltdjer (Saugttng ! btr tft em unenbttdjer SRaum norf) bte SBtcgc, 
 SBerbe 2ftann, unb btr n)trb eng bie unenbltrf)e 2BeIt. 
 
 bu ba ^firfjfle, ba$ ro^te? S)te ^flan^e fann e$ btrf) le^rctt 
 jte hrittentoS tft, fet bu e tooKenb ba ift'8 ! 
 
 iir ^eben. 
 
 Smmer frrebe jum nn^en, unb fannft bu fetber !etn 
 SKerben, al$ bteneubeg Iteb frf)Ite^' an etn an^eg bt an. 
 
 ftreunb unb ^fcinb. 
 
 er tfl mtr ber ^reitnb, bod) aurf) ben ^etnb fann trf) 
 3etgt mir ber 9ceunb, h>ag id) fann, leljrt mid) bei ^etnb, \oa9 id) fofl.
 
 502 APPENDIX. 
 
 jit fttmett, toa man Ijatte tfjim f 8 tin e it, tft ba tibetfte, 
 toaS man tfyun fann. 
 
 >er tots, cine eblc eibenfdfjaft, tft ntdjt blinb gegen eigne fttfytv, 
 aber ber >oci)mutf) ift eg. 
 
 (g gtbt hnrfttd) fe^r btete SD^enfc^en, bte bto tefen, bamtt fie nid^l 
 benfen biirfen. 
 
 SD^an mu fetnem Sftenfdfjen trauen, ber Bet feinen SSerftdjerimgen 
 bte anb auf'8 ^erj legt. 
 
 Sm guteS ^itnflrtjerf tann imb h)trb ^toar morafif^e ffrlgen 
 ober moralifc^e ^^ecfe bom $iinfMer forbcrn, ^ei^t i^m fetn 
 terberben. 
 
 ef^etbte tft fd^on gebod^t rtorben; man mu{j nur berfud^en, 
 nod) etnmal jit benfen. 
 
 3)er Umgang mil ^raiien ifl ba3 Stement gitter (Sittea. 
 
 SKer ber jDtc^thtnfl (Sttmme nic^t bernimmt, 
 3P ein SBarbar, er fet aud^, toer er feu 
 
 5 entfc^Iimtmett em (Sefc^te^t ber SWenfc^en nac^ bent anbem, aBer 
 fanmer formt bie gefdjtiftige ^aitS^atterifd^e Sautter, 5?atur genannt, au 
 bent abgelegten ^teiberftaat ber cittern ^tnber, etpcinber fitr bie 
 iimgern. On einem Knberreid^en >aufe tft eS einmqi ntd^t anberS. 
 
 S. Stern.
 
 APPENDIX. 503 
 
 !>te tooljre feme &6engart, toetdje meljr tljut, alg nut 
 cine gefaUene tttcfnabei aufljeben, entfpringt entweber aug bet Xtefe 
 beg etfleg, ober aug ber gittte beg ^erjeng, unb toeber ber Sangmeiftet 
 lefyrt fte, nod) (Eljefterfielb. 
 
 fi.SB5rne. 
 
 (Sg ift teidjt, ben ^>a, fc^njer, bie Stebe, am fd^ttjerflen/ btc 
 gulttgfeit ju berbergen. 
 
 iBorne. 
 
 S3 tfl em fo gottttdj (Streben be8 9Kenf^ert, ^u fc^ftffctt, h)a8 toon 
 feinem gemetnen 3 ID e( ^. un |> 9hi(jen berfc^tungen tt)trb, was imab* 
 ^angtg Don ber 2Se(t, in etgnem tange eroig prangt, toaS toon 
 leinem ^Rabe be$ groen 9?abertt)erf^ getrieben lotrb unb fetneS treibt. 
 ^etne g^niwic fa? menfd)(icf)en 33ufen ftetgt b,6b,er unb geraber jum 
 ^immet ouf, atS bie ^unft ! ^ein SSefen toerbid^tet fo bie eifie* unb 
 JperjenSfraft be SWettf^en in fid) fetber unb madjt i^n fo jum fetbfl* 
 ftdnbtgen, menfd)Ucf)en @ott! 
 
 SClect. 
 
 d^tc ^elbenftnn reidjt fefl, fii^tt, tul^ta ber (Sefafyr bie 
 unb, toetc^t fte bent eifernen jDrurfe nid)t, fo umfat et fte 
 
 ringenb, big einet toon ben 3n)eien erliegt. ?lber er roirb nur angeboren; 
 
 bie (Staube baumt fid) nie jur @td)e. 
 
 2Bie rei^enbe fjiere Ieid)ter iibermannt ttoerben ate 3nfeftettfd)tt)arme, 
 fo ift ber <Sieg nid)t liber bie fettenen unb grofjen, fonbern uber bie 
 Keinen unb tagtidjen ^Berfudjungen beffer unb fdjioerer. 
 
 2Beg mit ber (grbarmtidjfeit, bie fid) njtmmernb unter bag 
 fdjmiegt, unb, mit bent <2>d)nupftud) in ber anb, bent (Srfjirffal Sob- 
 lieber ftngt, ba eg nur nid)t Ijarter roerbe. S'Zur au8 bent 2lt6Ieten, ber 
 ringenb ben 9ttefen beg 3ammerg umarmt, lowi ber 8ttefe tnerben, ber 
 cine <Stirn toon $alte unb er^abeoe 53erad)tung bem ^oto^ beg 
 entgegen toenbet
 
 004 APPENDIX. 
 
 ftob bie redjtett gefer, bte nut imb ftfcer bem 93n<!je r!rf)ten. 
 SDemt !ein SDidjter gibt etnen ferttgen tmmet; er ftettt nur bie 
 $immel$teiter auf toon ber fdjonen (Srbe. 2Ber, git trage unb unlufttg, 
 nicf)t ben 3#utl) fcerfpitrt, bie goftmen, lofen proffen 311 beftetgen, bem 
 bleibt bcr ge^ctmnt^ttotte 23ud]ftabe ett)ig tobt, itnb er tljtite beffer, gu 
 groben ob ju ^flugen, al^ mtt fo unnu^em Sefett mit^ig ju ge^cn. 
 
 CSi^tnborff. 
 
 U)tc (SHmmc ber 3cjt ruft bcm 
 Join fetn SJortuartSfdjretten, feme SSejfcrttng, fetnen grci^eni SSertfj, fetn 
 grfi^ereS tildf, fetn beffereS Seben, fern ^ortf^retten git bem 3iel, ba8 
 tnner^atb ber rengen femes 2Btffen itnb ^onneng tiegt unb bort 
 oitfgepettt toitrbe, atS bie tit itnb ber 2ftenfdj t^ren 5lnfang na^men. 
 ^apr^unberte ber ^inflerntfj, ber (^te^ttglett nnb ber etpaltti)at ftnb 
 gefommen unb gegangen: itnga^Uge aWitttonen ^aben getttten, getebt 
 tmb ftnb geflorben, um tfyn, ben 3Kenf^en, t)ortt)art gn toetfen. 2Ber 
 t^n gurilcfflogen ober in fetnem Saitfe ouf^u^alten toerfit^t, ber Ijemmt 
 erne mSc^ttge ^afc^ine, bie ben (Storefrteb tobt f^tagen ttnrb unb bie 
 nur um fo ungejlitmer unb toitber fortrottt, toenn fte eine 3 e i^ an 9 au f s 
 geljalten toorbm ifl 
 
 9Bte bte ^atur bem gettbten SBefc^ouer ut bcr ffemftctt ^flange t^re 
 rofie unb 5tt c 3 c t9t, fo faun aud^ ber SKenfd) e0 nidjt bermeiben, 
 felbfl in ber unbebeutenbflen ^anblung ben efjatt unb bie 
 
 feineS Onnern bem aufmerffamen ^crater gu ent^utten, 
 
 3. a, 
 
 mtt attem Urforungtidjen ba gcmetn, bag e oljne 
 SKerfmal erfannt tttrb. S ifi unb geigt ftd^; e fann gewiefen, 
 
 abtr ntcht b e nnefcn locrben. 
 
 ($ ftegt in ber twa^ren 2Burbe erne gefunbe Unbergagtljett, toetcfje ftd) 
 nie fdjeut mtt 3lnbern in iSeritljntng unb emeinf^aft gu fomnten, fo
 
 APPENDIX. 505 
 
 geringen (StanbeS fte aud) fein mb'gen. 5ftur bcr fatfrfje tolj b,al 
 etiuaS $ranffjafte8 unb (SmpftnbltdjeS unb fdjrerft t>or ieber 33eritf)rung 
 juritrf. 
 
 3B. 
 
 23eriid)ttid) ifl eine $rau, bic angert)ei(e Ijaben fann, toenn ftc 
 ftinber Ijat. 
 
 ftnb ternc, bic blo bet ^client ^tmmcnetten; aber bte 
 35crnunft tft eine 9)?agnetnabet, bie ba$ (Srfjiff noc^ feiner ftiljrt, h)enn 
 jene audj uerborgen finb, unb ntd^t me^r teu^ten. 
 
 (Sine ^rau be^aitpte gegen if)ren 9Kann, toa fte rt)ttt, ber 3ftamt ifl 
 btitdjau^ nid)t im tanbe, fte git njibertefjen unb ju beftegen. SDenn 
 wenn er fte an <3d)htfetten unb 3Jebefaben feft ju fatten gtaubt, fo ift'S 
 fo t)ie(, at^ wenn er einen 3 ll) i r tt8l:M ue k ber ouf ber (trbe liegt, an 
 bcffen ^aben in bie ob,e gu jieljen fud^te; er toirb immer meljr 
 in bie anb befommen unb ber ganje ^nauel nnrb ftd) baretn 
 beln, aber auf bent Soben bleibt bod) ber 
 
 S5erjage nid)t, toenn bu einmat feb/ttefl, unb beine gan^e 9Jeue fei etnc 
 fdpnere 
 
 3)er ^u^tfame erfdjrtdt Dor ber efa!jr, ber fttiQt in iljr, ber 
 ige nad) tljr. 
 
 3ean 
 
 5)en ^u^m foff ber 2Seife beradjten, aber nirf)t bie (Sb,re. 
 fetten ift (ljre, mo 9tub,m ift, unb faft nod) feltener ^ub/m, too (gfjre ifl. 
 
 SfJei^t ben 2ftenfd)en au feinen S?erb,attniffen; unb h>a er baiit 
 tfl, nur ba ifl er. 
 
 Mi 
 
 S8 ifl ntrf)t eben etwa^ @ettene, ba (giner feine (5b,re fftr ein 
 (Sbrenjeidjen berfauft.
 
 506 APPENDIX. 
 
 3um (Stftetbcn eineS @lud3 gefyott ftleife unb ebulb unb gut 
 (Stljaltung beffelben geljb'tt 2ftafcigung unb $otftd)t. i'angfam unb 
 Sdjritt t>ot <3d)titt ftetgt man etne Sreppe fyinauf. Slber in einent 
 ^ugcnbtirf fallt man Ijinab unb bringt SBunben unb <d)iuet$en genng 
 wit auf bie (Stbe. 
 
 3. 
 
 ele^rfamfett tft em grower (S^Iuffelbunb, bet aber nod) tange nirfjt 
 aide rfjtoffet auffdjUefet. ^ut ba ente tft bet 2)tettid), bet fiit 
 atle pat. 
 
 SBoIfj. 
 
 t 55tet Serfjet bott ?ebenfteuben ftnb bem 2)?enfd)en befttmmt, bie iljm 
 bte 9Jatut langfam nad^ einanbet tetd)t: einet fiit bie ^inbljeit, einer 
 fiit bie ^naben^eit, einet fiit ba piingling^attet unb einet fiit ba 
 ?ebcn beg Cannes. -3n iebem ift bie 2Jiifd)ung auf ben inn unb bie 
 $ta'fte bet 2Jienfrf)en betedjnet. 9?ut hjenn bet eine tangfam au^gcttun* 
 len ift, fann bet folgenbe oljne 9iad)t^eit unb mit efdjmad genoffen 
 toetben. 
 
 3o^. Cubic. Qicalb. 
 
 (S3 gtbt ^rtjetettet 5(tten tion 8*eunbfrf)aft. !J)ie einc iji Don <Staub 
 auf <2d)mettetlingfliigetn; bie 2Kenfd)engeftd)tet ftnb gleid)fam nut 
 bamit ge^ubett. 2)ie anbete ttagt bie ftifdje ftatbe einet ^ctbftlidjen 
 ^tudjt, beujeift imuenbicje 9teife unb <Suigfeit unb etquicft ben 
 utftigen. 2Renfd)en, bte imntet ladjetn, aud) hjenn man fie aufwa'tts 
 flteidjelt, fpldje 9)ienfd)en tyaben bie ^teunbfd)aft nut gepad)tet; fte ift 
 nid)t tb,t @igentl)um. 2lu8 cinem ^|3ad)tgute gteb/t man fo biel S'Ju^en 
 mb'gtid), unb nut bet (Sigentfyiimet metnt eS eb,tlid) mit feinera 
 olnte eben tmmet auf S5ott^eit babct gu fe^en.
 
 APPENDIX. 507 
 
 on , toon 
 
 /) 
 y. 
 
 / / 
 
 *y ^wf(X,-y*t 
 
 j/ 
 
 ^#**&&&-#**it 
 
 // 
 *7*'j 
 / 
 
 a 
 
 P P> /? / 
 *', ^t/vt.?*/ ^*f 
 
 / y 
 
 - **# -m 
 
 # y 
 
 .y -y 
 
 C)! *****& ^f****f- '2-4'/4'#*#- 
 
 /y 
 
 '/" $ 
 
 '*' *4/iW 
 
 / 
 
 5Da 9?ei(^ bet fatten" ((pater ,,3)it 3beale unb bad Stbtn" u6eife^rt'6en).
 
 508 APPENDIX.' 
 
 <J JL***- 
 
 y y >// /? &/? s 
 
 <i*-> ?V- s*7<t- srfrO ^/**4f~*f ^4&&f* 
 / / </ / 
 
 &*./,**/ ffl***- /* //*<** ## ^***z/? 
 / / **/" / 
 
 < 
 
 / 
 
 
 .. 
 
 *^ ^#*f* 
 
 stS-Ct-jCf s#*'*f C / **&-*4f1*-#s s<fr-O &*4f *****& ^'tf' 
 
 s~ &. 
 
 s &**# ^&* 
 / 
 
 .y /y y 
 
 & ^****4& <tL4 
 # 
 
 / y? - 
 
 *f. s^/t&fi/ *<** 
 / 
 
 yy / 
 
 'fr?-&**tA 
 
 / 
 
 <x<x-4*w &c 
 s*xw W/ZiiHn^HW
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 509 
 
 
 & ^**^ 
 
 / 
 
 & . # / 
 iw&ff s*t? stX''fr 
 
 y 
 
 / a?- . 
 
 -t f~**t*- 
 
 
 $,. 
 
 ^&**t 
 
 /'/y /?? y 
 
 -C-O y&Z-tm'& 
 
 ^O/** 
 
 y 
 
 &# 
 
 p^-b s*'/ *z*xy-*'fiJ . stStt-fis ^&*#^ ~&l**t+ 
 
 @ 7 / 7 ' / /
 
 510 APPENDIX. 
 
 (}!-&*& s*'*f s-nf*'**# f-v 
 
 s*fe ^**o-ff ^*f**f-& *^i**#***&. /dw- 
 
 / <s </ y 
 
 ltX^Hf**^ s^Hflftf^* ^*f ^0*1 
 
 </ 
 
 1 
 
 / 
 
 *f ^&/**f 
 
 &&44ir&?'-&'s **%f-# -tl***f4< ^&4wfei^'irf#*t 
 
 *f #*& ^t&* 
 
 <7 / 
 
 s&t>ves&&#' ^/-cx^v^- ^*f*' f*f**##**f ^* l 4
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 2S. *>on 
 
 an $rau toon SSoljogen. 
 
 a. 
 
 
 fx-^f^- 
 
 / 
 
 yy 
 
 ^W^##^ 
 
 
 *A 
 
 // 
 
 #4<# 
 
 / 
 
 / 
 
 t/ll 
 
 / 
 
 y& 
 
 /*-( fa-Cm' ,*>&**' 
 
 s^W'C-'ClffV**********- 
 
 s& s*m-&-
 
 512 APPENDIX. 
 
 
 
 **x-mf- 
 
 s*$4X>**<f 
 
 /?J&-*f c^-tX^-W-V 
 
 / 
 
 y * 
 
 ^fiXs-e** 
 
 y y -.// yy-y / 
 
 &&#-&/( sf-74-j **<&' s**f 
 
 / / 7 /</ </ 
 
 /. sy/ a tf: /. 
 
 ' 4*#^ t^/f#t*f , *rfS<v &s/t^ 441*^ 
 
 / 

 
 APPENDIX. 513 
 
 .//>. y . / yf x . 
 
 f'6f*f f ^tuy.-tlf s>/*Ji/ s**t>-*4- s* 
 
 / 7 
 
 
 y. / 
 
 s f *.f 
 
 
 /? 
 
 **fmfit#*&' 
 
 y 
 
 ^** ^7SM^<Mf* 
 
 fff <ft-*ffrrfel!f^s eprtfy-IW-tffr**' ^f<Xs&*fs sdc*' '**f 
 
 -x 
 
 *<<i' st&*nr ***&& 
 / 
 
 / 
 
 > s**f&4(-***' s******' ,Z'-<X' 
 
 ? // 
 
 -c&t^& 
 
 '*f ?**?# 
 
 </ /</
 
 5U 
 
 /Y/ (7?. 0. ^ Q? A 
 
 ^tynt*?-**' c.^/fx'-tf >2^< L )C*'-*^**'' x'2'^x* jfy-'it-tt*' 
 
 p & p ffv & y 
 
 ^M^*^^. xta-*##*#y^y^ij. 
 
 oetlje an 6^iIIer. 
 
 yy <?y o? - y -y 
 
 ^ &^c-ep#*f t-^-fn 1 *^ ^&^#*-#p4(^ s**t*v- 
 
 // <7 / 
 
 a? yy -X & ^ 
 
 A)stX^^1f^ ^rf f^HKfO 
 
 y y/ yf y^ y y 
 
 4*1*^ fr&Vyi' **&<> fr-&* 1 
 
 tx C ^ y^ . . yf^ . >^ 
 
 ' "I/ 
 
 ^4/tXs#^ facsfe f-tXstflf**' 
 
 V 
 
 t*f1f ^tX4f&****tS*f , f-0- 'l-CX'-O s**f ft* 
 
 
 ~ y 
 
 ^e*-*t**<x^t' : **w- 
 
 c, 
 
 
 ^CXsV-M<# s*X-***f ^&<X^ &*>***/ ^*f ****** 
 
 y/ * / y- ^ y 
 
 l & ^*****/ ^<X.#&tWt/1*&V. ^ 
 // 
 
 **O s^xdfcj- *****'* fllMf** 

 
 APPENDIX. 515 
 
 * 
 
 ^2-*f / 
 
 / 
 
 </ 
 
 # (/slnfy*t-#. <J&/*-&#*#' &* 
 
 </ 
 
 / 
 
 tSi* 
 
 / 
 
 - y 
 
 ttvfr 
 
 oetlje an 
 
 't &V****f*-& ^-CK^O ^#4<0s *,&'*
 
 51C APPENDIX. 
 
 
 '^f******' 4*fe~**<' ^&* 
 
 ^ / s*V4t**t^ s*****f*KX'*f*&& f<X. < 
 
 *> y 
 
 *t***44j!. . 4-acstt 
 / / / 
 
 ff*f-& s***tt/ sHf-#&a--cxsfr4--. 
 
 0* y 
 
 **^ ct**f s**&*f s****^ 
 
 sU-t#*fflt-*****' W/t&****f &**>& fffflf 
 
 ?> 
 
 stffjf^ 
 
 s&O 4td' stX&i>0 *****& ^**f*4S 
 
 / / 
 
 v/ 
 
 -> ,**&****' s**>*# s****4f- S&* 1 ?*- ^* 
 
 y ^ 
 
 ?-****/. 
 
 / 
 
 f*f'& /tX'-&**'s ^i/tt-/ 
 
 yX- " fl /p y y / fly /* .%* 
 *******', <* ^**#f ^**f ***- ***p ^* 
 
 /y 
 ^y^
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 517 
 
 
 
 *-tV<#*f 
 
 </ 
 
 
 / 
 
 &*? 
 
 
 
 Q> 
 t/ 
 
 y/ 
 
 --Cl/ ^ 
 
 o, yy a /? 
 
 4^. ,*****/ '6-*-i>***/4i(#<) 
 / 
 
 CD .y 
 
 -4**'& 
 
 (7
 
 513 APPENDIX. 
 
 ";/?</ $*" ' S J5? " P 
 
 ^/stM*- ;r/^22* 
 7/0 '"*# </ 
 
 </ 
 
 Don C^tHcr mt btc ^rtnjcfftn Caroline 
 fiouifc Don @ad)fcn9Bctmor. 
 
 0%&f*f* sJ#**' %ja. 
 /y " & ^y -/^ j/> 
 
 Cd-**~e&*&'*xfe*' s_Jf*** i fe**&' 
 
 ./ j. ^^/-^y 
 / 
 
 / " 6h/2" ft v ft 
 
 s*f&#-& **-^#*f4t*f^ i/A>fif*1l/ l --tW *<t**44/ 
 
 ^#*Z***>' J^^- ^ ***J/***' s****Z$ ^/ 
 
 ^L# **v^*>v, t**y *+y 
 
 y ^ .s 
 
 y /* / 
 
 t/ <*f ^****1/ 
 
 vitt**-&'Z*t**' ^vw r& s*>*#- Cd-vwd ^*+*tr
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 519 
 
 / - y 
 
 .4'***&?- 
 
 
 -l? 
 
 -^^^ ^<X^*tV 
 
 ^r^?5^- 
 
 9 
 
 t / 
 
 X^?- 
 
 / 
 
 P /? P//' /&/ P 
 
 s&'W'-O ^f**4'^*V-rt^ .Zfa'tt***' 
 
 S / // 
 
 c =&-* l *f*fs 
 
 / 
 
 'i't^. 
 
 &&&**'& 
 U 
 
 ^ yf y- y 
 
 . s&<X'?<S 4tf 
 
 / / </ 
 
 -t-ffrvif otc'****', 
 
 && 
 
 <? /
 
 521 
 
 GEBMAN-ENGLISH YOCABULARY. 
 
 ABBREVIATIONS. 
 
 a. adjective. 
 ado. adverb. 
 art. article. 
 comp. comparative. 
 conj. conjunction. 
 f. feminine noun. 
 Jam. familiarly. 
 Jig. figurative. 
 (&) auxiliary, ^ateti 
 
 i<l. itliomatical. 
 imp. impersonaL 
 int. interjection. 
 intr. intransitive. 
 irr. irregular. 
 m. masculine noon. 
 n. neuter noun. 
 p. participle. 
 pp. past participle. 
 pi. pluraL 
 
 poss. possessive. 
 prep, preposition. 
 pron. pronoun. 
 refl. reflexive. 
 reg. regular. 
 s. substantive, 
 (f) auxiliary, fetn. 
 tr. transitive, 
 v. verb. 
 
 N.B. ( ) Figures in parentheses refer to pages. 
 
 ( ) !j in parentheses indicates that the verb takes fjafeen as its auxiliary. In 
 the same way f indicates that it takes fetn. 
 
 [ ] Figures in brackets preceding certain definitions refer to pages where 
 the words appear with those special meanings. 
 
 * An asterisk after a compound verb indicates that the prefix is separable. 
 
 For the conjugation of compound irregular verbs, see the simple verbs in 
 the list, p. 308. 
 
 The termination of the genitive singular is given before that of the nomi- 
 native plural. When the plural is not given, it is like the singular, or else 
 does not occur. 
 
 ( ) Letters placed in parentheses show that there arc two forms in use. 
 
 In case no endings are given under a compound noun, see the noun which 
 conies last in the compound. 
 
 Only those meanings are given which occur in this book. 
 
 In the alphabetical arrangement, a, 2le, etc., are placed immediately after 
 Or etc. , and ft is treated as if it were ff.
 
 522 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 2lal, m. -e8, -e. eel. 
 
 $la, n. -ee, flfet. carrion ; 
 carcass. 
 
 ab, adv. off, down. 
 
 abbrcd)en,* v. irr. break 
 oft'. 
 
 abbrtnncn,* v. irr. burn 
 down. 
 
 Slbcnt 1 , in. -s, -e. evening. 
 
 -Jll'cnt'cfH 1 !!, n. -8. supper. 
 
 9lbcnt>rotb, n. evening 
 red, 
 
 aber, conj. (269, Notes.) 
 but. 
 
 2(berg(anbc, m. -en8, -n. 
 superstition. 
 
 abfiil)ren,* v. carry off. 
 
 abgeted)net, pp. except ; 
 with the exception of. 
 
 fibgcfel)en,/>p. -con, apart 
 from. 
 
 31bgrunt>, m. -e8, -unbe. 
 abyss. 
 
 abbaltcn,* v. irr. keep 
 off. 
 
 2lbf)anMung, f. t pi. -en. 
 essay. 
 
 abbangen,* v. irr. de- 
 pend. 
 
 abt)autn,*v. irr. cut off. 
 
 ablegcn,* v. lay off. 
 
 ablebnen,* v. decline. 
 
 ableiten,* v. lead off. 
 
 abmeffen,* v. irr. meas- 
 ure ; survey. 
 
 ubiicliiiiti!,- v. irr. take 
 off ; grow less. 
 
 abratben,* v. irr. dis- 
 suade. 
 
 abred>nen,* v. deduct. 
 
 abreifen,* v. (f) depart ; 
 set out. 
 
 2Jbfd)icb, m. -(e)8, -e. de- 
 parture ; nebmon, take 
 leave. 
 
 abfdjneiben,* v. irr. cut 
 off. 
 
 Slbfdwitt, m. -(e)8, e. pe- 
 riod ; section. 
 
 abfdjreiben,* v. copy. 
 
 abfegeln,* v. (f) (set) sail. 
 
 2lbfid)t, /., pi. -en. pur- 
 pose. 
 
 abftnninicn,* v. (f) de- 
 scend ; be derived, 
 
 abfJeigen,* v. irr. (f) 
 alight. 
 
 Slbtei,/ 1 . pi. -en. abbey. 
 
 2lbtbeilung,/.,/>Z. -en. di- 
 visiou. 
 
 obtragen,* v. irr. carry 
 (off) ; wear out. 
 
 abtrcten,* v. irr. resign; 
 yield. 
 
 abitu'idKii,* v. irr. (f) de- 
 viate ; differ. 
 
 abmeifcn,* v. irr. refuse. 
 
 ilbuH-H'ii licit,/, absence. 
 
 abjicljcn,* v. irr. (\) 
 march off. 
 
 3tb^ug, rn. -e8, -juge. re- 
 treat. 
 
 2ld)fe, see r. 
 
 2ld)fl,/., jo^.-n. shoulder. 
 
 iu1)t, num. eight. 
 
 2ld)t,/ attention; care; 
 in tie - cr flare n, outlaw ; 
 ge&en @ie -, take care. 
 
 tu1n, adj. real ; true. 
 
 2ld)tel, n. -8. (134/5) 
 eighth. 
 
 <id)ten, v. (130, 1) esteem. 
 
 2Id)tting, /. esteem ; re- 
 spect. 
 
 iidit^chn, num. eighteen. 
 
 ad)t^ig, num. eighty. 
 
 cid))ett, v. groan. 
 
 abelig, a. noble. 
 
 >elige,m. (108, c).noble- 
 man, 
 
 ^ber,/.,p?. -n. vein. 
 
 SIMcr, m. -8. eagle. 
 
 . -8. Adolphus. 
 , m. -en, -en. law- 
 yer. 
 
 9lffe, m. -n, -n. ape. 
 
 nhnct!, /'. have a presenti- 
 ment of. 
 
 iilnilid), a. like. 
 
 3(bming, /., /)Z. -en. pre- 
 sentiment. 
 
 ^ftre,/., pi. -en. ear. 
 
 oil, (-er, e, e8). a. (see in- 
 dex) all ; every ; every- 
 thing ; -e8 was, what- 
 ever. 
 
 alletn, a. alone ; adv. 
 only ; cow;. (269, Note 
 2) but. 
 
 91 IInuid)t, /I omnipotence. 
 
 tillinad)tig, a. almighty. 
 
 2Umofcn, n. -8. alms. 
 
 Sllpe,/., pi.-n. alp ; Alps. 
 
 oW, con;, (see index) as ; 
 such as ; when ; than ; 
 but; -reenn, -ob. (354, 
 Note3)asif ; as though. 
 
 n (f i), adv. thus ; so ; con- 
 sequently ; therefore. 
 
 nit, x. old ; of age. 
 
 Wtr, m. (108, <). old man. 
 
 2llter, n. -8. age ; old 
 age. 
 
 am = an bem. 
 
 2lmalie,/. Amelia. 
 
 ^Imcritaner, m. -8. Am- 
 erican. 
 
 Finnic, /., pi. -n. wet- 
 nurse. 
 
 fflmt, n. -8. aemwr. office. 
 
 ilnttiuaim, m. -8, -leute. 
 bailiff; sheriff. 
 
 an, prep. (285, 4) on ; at; 
 in ; near ; to. 
 
 aitbeten,* v . adore ; wor- 
 ship. 
 
 anbieten,* v. irr. offer. 
 
 anbint'eii,* v. irr. bind ; 
 tie. 
 
 anbredjen,* v. irr. (f) 
 break ; begin. 
 
 Slnbrud), m. -(e)8, -U(^e. 
 break. 
 
 SlntYiifcn, n. remem- 
 brance. 
 
 anber, a. other. 
 
 dnbcrn, (also reft.) v. 
 change. 
 
 anberg, adv. otherwise. 
 
 anbcrdroo, adv. else- 
 where. 
 
 aiiN-i-thalb, a. (124, 5) 
 one and a half. 
 
 Sliierbictcn, n. -8. offer. 
 
 anerjogcn, pp. imparted 
 by *edu cation. 
 
 Sliifiing, )//. -8, -dnge. be- 
 ginning. 
 
 aiifangcn,* v. irr. begin. 
 
 <mfang, adv. at first. 
 
 anfiitjren,* v. conduct 1 , 
 deceive. 
 
 3Infufircr, m. -8. leader. 
 
 nngaffcn,* v. gape at. 
 
 angeben,* v. irr. men- 
 tion. 
 
 angebcren, a. innate. 
 
 angtl)tn,*v. irr. concern. 
 
 Vngel, /. pi. -n. fish- 
 hook ; rod, line and 
 hook. 
 
 cmqcncbm, agreeable. 
 
 augrfdiivullcii, a. swollen. 
 
 iiiiiu'fdioii, a. honorable ; 
 of rank. 
 
 angeflrengt, adv. in- 
 tensely. 
 
 angrcifen,* v. irr. attack. 
 
 Slngft,/, pi. Wengfle. anx- 
 iety ; fright
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 523 
 
 , a. anxious. 
 
 anbalten,* v, irr. con- 
 tinue. 
 
 ilnbang, in. -((), -dnge. 
 appendage ; party. 
 
 2lnbangltd)feit,/. -en. at- 
 tachment. 
 
 "JlMHagc,/. , pi. -n. accu- 
 sation. 
 
 anflageti,* v. accuse. 
 
 ant leitcn,* v. dress. 
 
 ant oinmcn,* v . irr. (f) ar- 
 rive. 
 
 anf*itifc(ig)en,* v. an- 
 nounce. 
 
 Sfnhmft,/. arrival. 
 
 anlud)cn,* v. smile upon. 
 
 anlangen,* v. (f) arrive. 
 
 ^litliilf, m. -fjeS, -d{fe. oc- 
 casion. 
 
 anfcgtn,* v. aim. 
 
 anmibcn,* annafytrn,* v. 
 (also reflex.) approach. 
 
 anncbmen,* v. irr. take ; 
 accept; fidj -, (with 
 gen. ) to take care of. 
 
 mionnm, a. anonymous. 
 
 anratbcn,* v. irr. recom- 
 mend. 
 
 Snrcbe, /., pi. -n. ad- 
 dress. 
 
 onrcbcn,* v. address. 
 
 anrenncn,* v. irr. (f) run 
 against. 
 
 onndjten,* v. cause ; do. 
 
 Slnruf, m. -(e)3, -e. call. 
 
 and = an baS. 
 
 anfamntdn,* v. collect. 
 
 anfd)affen,* v. procure ; 
 buy. 
 
 anfd)aucn,* v. look at. 
 
 %tnfd)<namg, /., pi. -en. 
 contemplation. 
 
 ?lnfd>ein, 7/i.-(c)8. appear- 
 ance ; likelihood. 
 
 aiifd)licfjcn,* v. irr. ft$ -, 
 join. 
 
 tlufid)t,/.,p?. -en. opinion. 
 
 anfpanncn,* v. put to; 
 harness up. 
 
 anfpred)cn,*f . irr. please. 
 
 3Infprud), m. -(e)8, -ud)e. 
 claim ; in - ncbmcn, 
 claim. 
 
 aiiflatt, prep. (284, 3) in- 
 stead of ; conj. - bay, 
 instead of. 
 
 anfleben,* v. irr. suit. 
 
 anftofjen,* v. strike ; 
 push ; hurt. 
 
 anflretd)cn,* v. irr. paint ; 
 mark. 
 
 anftrengcn,* v. strain ; 
 exert. 
 
 2lnftrcngung, pi. -en, ef- 
 fort. 
 
 5ltitfml, m. -, -e. share. 
 
 ontljun,* t 1 . irr. put on ; 
 do. 
 
 antreffcn,* v. irr. meet 
 (with). 
 
 antreten,* v. begin ; enter 
 upon. 
 
 2lntroprt, f., pi. -en. an- 
 swer. 
 
 ianertrmm,* v. confide. 
 
 ann)CH^ln,"" v. reg. & irr. 
 employ. 
 
 antigen,* v. inform ; in- 
 dicate. 
 
 an\icl)tn,v. irr. attract; 
 dress. 
 
 2lpfd, in. -%, Stepfel, apple. 
 
 3ipfclbaum,m. apple-tree. 
 
 ilpril, in. -8. April. 
 
 Slrabcr, m. -cS. Arab. 
 
 $lrbeit, /., pi. -en. work. 
 
 arbciten, v. (131) work. 
 
 2lrbcitcr,;?i.-e6. workman. 
 
 JJrrttpfhii, tn. -6. euspi- 
 cion. 
 
 arm, a. poor. 
 
 ?lrnie, m. (108, e). poor 
 man. 
 
 5lrmfcligfcit, /., pi. -en. 
 poorness. 
 
 $lrnuitb,/. poverty. 
 
 Jlrva.u'iiii-ii, n. Arragon. 
 
 3lrt, _/!, pi. -en. species; 
 kind. 
 
 arttfl, a. polite ; good. 
 
 Slrjnri,/., pi. -en. medi- 
 cine. 
 
 3lrit, m. -e8, Slerste. phy- 
 sician. 
 
 2lfd)c,/ ashes. 
 
 2lficn, 'n. -8. Asia. 
 
 21 ft, in. -e, Slefic. branch. 
 . -eS. breath. 
 
 , atbenifd), a. 
 Athenian. 
 
 titbmen, v. breathe. 
 
 llthlft, in. -en, -en. ath- 
 lete. 
 
 aud), conj. also ; too ; 
 even ; - no<$, still. 
 
 JIiic,/., pi. -n. meadow. 
 
 ouf, adv. (58) in ; up ; 
 jn-rp. (L'S5. 4) on ; - tin- 
 inal, at once. 
 
 ; aufbringen,* v. irr. irri- 
 
 tate. 
 
 setting out; decamp- 
 
 ment. 
 
 cufr i-ucfcn,*v. press upon. 
 ,/.,^)Z.-n. theme. 
 ,*^. irr. give up. 
 ,* v. irr. (f) come 
 
 up ; rise. 
 aufgeflcirt,* a. enlighten- 
 
 ed. 
 auffjaltctt,* v. irr. delay ; 
 
 hinder. 
 aufbcbcn,* v. irr. raise ; 
 
 lift (up) ; take up. 
 anfbiJrcn,* v. cease ; leave 
 
 off. 
 
 auflubcrn,* v. (f) blaze up. 
 aufmcrffiim, a. attentive. 
 3lufmerffamfdt, /., pi. 
 
 -en. attention. 
 oufiiebmcii,* v. take up ; 
 
 receive. 
 
 aufopfcm,* v. sacrifice. 
 aufrnfircn,* v. fid> -/ get 
 
 up quickly. 
 aufrcd)t, a. upright ; 
 
 erect. 
 aufrcibcn,* v. irr. de- 
 
 stroy. 
 
 aufrid)tig, a. sincere. 
 outs. = auf baS. 
 anffd)liegen,* v. irr. un- 
 
 lock. 
 
 2luffebcr, m. -8. overseer. 
 atifftcbcn, v. irr. rise. 
 aufftclfcn,* v. set up. 
 nuftbiirnien,* v. pile up. 
 2luftuig, m. -(e)8, -oge. 
 
 commission ; order. 
 auftarten,*y. wait(upon). 
 auf 'm artd ,adv. upward(s). 
 nufjebren,* v. consume. 
 *21ugc, n. -8, -n. eye. 
 lliuicnblicf, tn. moment. 
 iiii.(cubiirflid), adv. in- 
 
 stantly. 
 3(ugcnli(e)b, n. -(e)8, -e 
 
 and -er. eyelid. 
 aud, adv. out ; prep. (283, 
 
 2) out of ; through. 
 auebittcn," v . irr. (fie^ et^ 
 
 rcaS) request.. 
 aubleiben,* v. irr. (f) 
 
 stay out ; delay. 
 audbvcd)en,* v. irr. break 
 
 out. 
 Sluebnirf, m. -(e)S, -fiift. 
 
 expression.
 
 524 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 v. pump 
 
 (flg.)- 
 
 Slusfubr, _/,, pi. -en. ex- 
 port. 
 
 nudfiibrett,* v. execute; 
 carry out. 
 
 'Mtidga'ng, m. -(e)8, -ange. 
 issue. 
 
 au$iicbeii,*v. irr. expend; 
 spend money. 
 
 mu jebcn,*v. irr. go out; 
 give out. 
 
 audjjiefjcn,* v. irr. pour 
 (oat). 
 
 auSbaJtcn,* v. irr. hold 
 (out). 
 
 attSFIeibcn,* v. undress. 
 
 "JliiMiiuJ'er, m. -8. for- 
 eigner. 
 
 audlaufcn,* v. irr. put to 
 sea. 
 
 aueili>fd)eti,* v. put out. 
 
 auSncbmeit,* v. except. 
 
 Sliisruf, m. -(e)8, -e. cry. 
 
 atidrufcn,* v. irr. ex- 
 claim. 
 
 SliiiM-iir'nrni, f., pi. -en. 
 exclamation. . 
 
 SluSrufuii.jeroort, n. ex- 
 clamation. 
 
 audrubctt,* v. repose. 
 
 audfd)icfen,* v. send 
 (o it). 
 
 miiMiltlii-pcii,* v. irr. shut 
 oat. 
 
 audfebcn,* v. irr. look ; 
 appear. 
 
 aiifi.-i-balti, adv. on the 
 outside ; prep. (284, 3) 
 without ; out of. 
 
 aieugere, (a.) n. (108, c). 
 exterior. 
 
 Slcugerung, /. -en. mani- 
 festation. 
 
 rtiiftcrft, a. utmost; adv. 
 extremely. 
 
 andfe^en,* v. expose. 
 
 au8fpred)en,* v. irr. pro- 
 nounce. 
 
 Sludfpmd), m. -e8, -ftdjc. 
 judgment; verdict. 
 
 Sluftralicit, n. -8. Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 4u8ftreidKn,* v. irr. 
 strike out. 
 
 fludubung, f. practice ; 
 execution. 
 
 <rusnJil)len,* v. choose. 
 
 MiMU'itttcvn,* v. (f) emi- 
 grate. 
 
 4, adv. outward. 
 
 <m*n>eid)ett,* v. irr. (f) 
 avoid, evade. 
 
 iiusiDcnbig, adv. by heart; 
 outside. 
 
 aii*icid)iieji,* v. distin- 
 guish. 
 
 : 2lu$}eid)ttuna.,/., pi. -en. 
 distinction. 
 
 auejicben,* v. irr. un- 
 dress. 
 
 21 re, (Jtdjfe) /. -n. axle. 
 
 -Jlrt, f.,pl. 2Ujte ; axe. 
 
 baar, a. in cash. 
 
 Sad), m. -e8, 93d$e. brook. 
 
 Sacblcin, n. -8. little 
 brook. 
 
 bacfen, v. irr. bake. 
 
 Sacter, m. -8. baker. 
 
 93ab, n. -e8, 23dber. bath ; 
 watering-place. 
 
 baben, v. (130, 1) bathe. 
 
 Snbcii, n. -8. bathing. 
 
 bubifd), a. belonging to 
 Baden. 
 
 33abn, /, pi. -en. way; 
 road. 
 
 Jiii h lib of, TO. station. 
 
 33nicr, TO. -8 & -n, -n. Ba- 
 varian. 
 
 33 me rn, n. -8. Bavaria. 
 
 bate, adv. soon ; shortly. 
 
 33albe,/. In (bet) -, soon. 
 
 33alfcn, m. -n8. beam. 
 
 Sail, w. -e8, 33atte. ball. 
 
 SSaHabc,,/"., />Z. -n. ballad. 
 
 SaHcn, m. -8, bale. 
 
 Sanb, 71. (51, 12) -e8, -e. 
 bond ; tie ; n. -e8, S3ans 
 ber. ribbon ; m. -e8, 
 83anbe. volume. 
 
 bangc, a. anxious. 
 I 35anf, /'., pi 23anfe. bench. 
 
 33ar, m. -en, -en. bear. 
 
 barmberfi;;, a. merciful. 
 
 f&avmfycriitfleit, f. mercy. 
 
 Sart, TO. -e8, drte. beard. 
 
 Safe, ./'., pi. -n. cousin. 
 
 bauen, v. build ; depend 
 upon. 
 
 93auer, TO. -n, & -8, -n. pea- 
 sant; TO. & w. -8. cage. 
 
 bii uf a I! hi, a. out of repair. 
 
 Saum,m. (31) -e8, SBdume. 
 
 ' tree. 
 
 3Baunutoollt,f. cotton. 
 
 ba'unten, fid), v. rrjl. rear. 
 
 Sntjcrn, n. -8. Bavaria. 
 
 bcbaucn, v. cultivate. 
 
 , m. -8. cup ; goblet. 
 
 iH'rfci?, H. -8. basin. 
 
 bebedVii, v. (''?2) cover. 
 
 bftYiifcu, v. irr. consider; 
 care for ; f^ -> hesitate. 
 
 bctcuteu, v. signify ; 
 mean. 
 
 bebicnen, /<. [id) -, make 
 Use of. 
 
 33et>iente, m. -n, -n. ser- 
 vant. 
 
 JVbiniiuiti}, /., pi. -en. 
 condition. 
 
 bclrohcii, v. threaten. 
 
 bcbiirtcii, v. ($) need ; 
 want ; require, 
 
 Scbiirfiuft, n. -ffeS, -ffe. 
 need ; want. 
 
 beeilcn, v. fid), hasten. 
 
 33cfd)(, m. -(e)8, -e. com- 
 mand ; order. 
 
 lu'fdilcn, v. irr. com- 
 mand ; order. 
 
 beftnben, v. irr. find ; fidj 
 -, to be ; rcie - ie ftd) t 
 how do you do? 
 
 bcflerfcn, v. stain. 
 
 bcfU-ifien, v. irr. 6eftei^i 
 gen, v. reg. p^ -/ reft. 
 apply (one's) self ; 
 study. 
 
 bcfUfFett, pp. intent. 
 
 33efliffenl)eft,/ assiduity. 
 
 befolgen, v. follow ; obey. 
 
 befragen, v. consult. 
 
 befreien, v. free; deliver. 
 
 bcfricbigcn, v. satisfy. 
 
 bi-fiiblcH, v. feel of ; 
 touch. 
 
 bcijcbcn, ftrf), v. reft. irr. 
 go ; betake one's self. 
 
 iviielu'itbeit, /., pi. -en. 
 event. 
 
 bct)C()iien, v. (\ & 1)) meet. 
 
 bciji' hut, v. irr. commit. 
 
 bi-iicbi-cn, v. desire; re- 
 quest. 
 
 bc^eiftcrn, v. inspire. 
 
 Begfer^e,/., 2.-n. desire. 
 
 bet)ic@ctt, v. irr. water. 
 
 ^H-iiiiui, m. -e8. beginning. 
 
 bcginnen, ''. begin. 
 
 bc^lcitctt, v. accompany ; 
 attend. 
 
 SSegleiter, m. -8. compan- 
 ion. 
 
 bcgliirfcn, v. make happy. 
 
 begrabcit, w. irr. bury. 
 
 .iji, n. -fje8, -fj, 
 funeral,
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 525 
 
 begrdu'tt, v. irr. compre- 
 ht.-n,!. 
 
 33i % griff, m. -e3, e. idea ; 
 im - jit, about to. 
 
 biv,rimCcii, i: found. 
 
 bcgunftigcn, v. favor. 
 
 bebaltcn, z;. */. retain; 
 keep. 
 
 bdmiit'cln, /;. treat. 
 
 bdKitigcn, v. hang (with). 
 
 bebarren, v. persevere. 
 
 bdnuTlid), a. persevering. 
 
 ivluuTluiitdt, f. per- 
 severance. 
 
 bebtuiptcit, v. maintain ; 
 hold ; assert. 
 
 bciici n"d>cn, v. govern. 
 
 Seberrfdjuttg,./! rule. 
 
 !Bef)crrfd)cr, //*. -. ruler. 
 
 bei, prep. (383, 2; 376) 
 by ; near ; at. 
 
 bttbe, a. (75, 3, 4; 312, 
 IS) pi. -n. both ; the 
 two. 
 
 beifvigen,* v. add. 
 
 bdgcfd)afft, pp. buried. 
 
 Scil, n. -e3, -e. hatchet. 
 
 bdlcgcit,* a. inclose. 
 
 bciin = bet bent. 
 
 Skin, 11. -e8, -e. leg. 
 
 bcimibc, adv. nearly ; al- 
 most. 
 
 Seinflciber, pi. panta- 
 loons; trousers. 
 
 beipflid)ten,* v. assent. 
 
 beifamnicn, adv. together. 
 
 33dfv>td, n. -(e)8, -e. ex- 
 ample. 
 
 beifjni, v. irr. bite. 
 
 Sdftanl 1 , m. -e. assist- 
 ance. 
 
 bdfU'bcn,* v. stand by ; 
 assist ; help. 
 
 bdftinHncii,*y. agree with 
 (one). 
 
 SPcitnig, M. -eS, -dije. con- 
 tribution. 
 
 bejnlirt, . ageil. 
 
 bcfaiiiit, a. known ; ac- 
 qnointed. 
 
 93cFiitituiiaft, f., pi. -en. 
 acquaintance. 
 
 3?efcnntm8, n. -fieS, {)c. 
 confession. 
 
 bf (agcn, v. lament ; ft<^ -, 
 complain. 
 
 bcflcmnien, v. press ; op- 
 
 plT'SS. 
 
 befoiumen, v . irr. get ; (f) 
 agree. 
 
 bdoben, v. irr. load. 
 
 bcKi|~n : ;cn, v. trouble. 
 
 bclamcii, v. in: walk 
 over ; amount. 
 
 bdebrcn, v. instruct. 
 
 bi-Iciiri-iif, a. instructive. 
 
 bdeitugctt, v. oflfend. 
 
 iV-lcitiginig, /.. pi. -en. 
 offence ; insult. 
 
 Selgicn, n. -8. Belgium. 
 
 bdobtten, v. reward. 
 
 ^dPbnung, /., pi. -en. 
 recompense. 
 
 bciiuulmgci!, ft(^, v. refl. 
 seize ; take possession 
 of. 
 
 bemcrfen, v. perceive; ob- 
 serve. 
 
 bcmitlcifcii, v. pity. 
 
 bcntiiben, v. trouble ; |ic^ 
 -, take pains ; fi<^ - urn, 
 labor (at). 
 
 bcnad)i-id)tigcn, v. inform. 
 
 bencbmcn, v. in: fidj -, 
 rcjl. behave ; act. 
 
 beiieiE'cit, v. envy. 
 
 beobad)tcn, v. observe ; 
 keep. 
 
 bequcnt, a. comfortable. 
 
 bernubcii, v. rob. 
 
 beraiifciKii, v . intoxicate. 
 i bercd)ttcn, v. calculate. 
 
 bercbcn, v. persuade. 
 
 berett, a. eloquent. 
 
 bcrcif,". ready; prepared. 
 
 berettcn, v. prepare. 
 
 bcreitd, adv. already. 
 
 Scrcituug, /. prepara- 
 tion. 
 
 bercticn, v . repent. 
 
 23erg, m. -eS, -e. moun- 
 tain ; hill. 
 
 bcrgcn, v. irr. hide. 
 
 bergig, a. mountainous. 
 
 berftcn, v. irr. (f) burst. 
 
 35ernf, m. -ei, -e. profes- 
 sion. 
 
 beritfcn, r. irr. call ; ap- 
 point. 
 
 bcriibmt, a. celebrated. 
 
 bcriibrcn, v. touch. 
 
 Scriibrung, f., pi. -en. 
 contact. 
 
 33cfa$ung,/., pi. -en. gar- 
 rison. 
 
 bcfd)affcn, a. constituted. 
 
 bcfd)citnen, v. make 
 ashamed. 
 
 bcfdjatttn, v. shade. 
 
 befdjaucn, v. look at. 
 
 5?efd)auung, /. contem- 
 plation. 
 
 93efd)eit>, m. -e8, -e. infor- 
 mation. 
 
 bcKbdbcn, v. irr. decree ; 
 allot. 
 
 befd>cibcn, a. modest. 
 
 bcfd)cnfcn, v. present 
 w.tii ; reward. 
 
 bcfd)it*gen, v. fire upon. 
 
 befd)impfcn, v. insult. 
 
 bcfd)irmen, v. shelter. 
 
 bcfd)[icficii, v. conclude ; 
 resolve. 
 
 befd)inu$en, v. soil. 
 
 bcfd)6nigcn, v. palliate. 
 
 bcfd)rctbcn, v. irr. de- 
 scribe. 
 
 befd)n>crcn, v. load. 
 
 bcfd)rocrlid), a. trouble- 
 some. 
 
 bcfdwtngt, pp. winged. 
 
 befd>n>6rcn, v. irr. swear 
 to. 
 
 93cfcn, m. -8. broom. 
 
 bcfcecu, v. garrison, 
 
 bcfkgcn, v. conquer. 
 
 bcfinncu, fid), v. rejl. irr. 
 recollect ; consider. 
 
 93cfi$, m. -eS. possession. 
 
 bcffcen, v. in: possess. 
 
 bcfonbcrd, adv. separate- 
 ly ; particularly. 
 
 beforgen, v. attend to; 
 take care of. 
 
 33eforgnig,/>/. -fte. appre- 
 hension. 
 
 bcffcr, a. & adv. better. 
 
 bcffern, v. mend ; repair ; 
 ftdj -, become better. 
 
 bcftiin Nij, a. constant ; 
 incessant; continual. 
 
 bcftcirfcii, v. strengthen. 
 
 bcftdtigcn, v. conhrm. 
 
 bcffc, a. best. 
 
 bcftchcit, v. irr. endure ; 
 insist. 
 
 bcftcigcn, v. irr. ascend ; 
 mount. 
 
 beftcUcn, v. order. 
 
 befttmmcn, v. determine; 
 settle ; destine. 
 
 bcftimmt, a. positive. 
 
 iV ft mi lining, /. determi- 
 nation. 
 
 3vftiiuniuHgii>ivort, n. ar- 
 ticle. 
 
 bcftreitcn, v. irr. contest : 
 dispute. 
 
 iicfudj, >n. -e, -e. visit.
 
 526 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 befud)cn, v. visit ; call 
 upon. 
 
 beten, v. pray. 
 
 bi'tik'iicni, v. assert. 
 
 bmaduen, c luok at ; ex- 
 auiiuu. 
 
 95etrad)tung, /., pi. -en. 
 contamplation. 
 
 bctr.ad)tlid), a. consider- 
 able. 
 
 betragcn, v. irr. amount 
 to ; fid) / behave. 
 
 SBctragrn, n. -8. behavior. 
 
 bctreffen, v. irr. concern. 
 
 83etricger, SBetruger, m. -8, 
 deceiver ; impostor. 
 
 bcmnfcn, ftdj, v. reft. irr. 
 get drunk. 
 
 bttroflren, pp. struck ; 
 perplexed. 
 
 betntbcn, v. grieve. 
 
 bctriibt, a. sad. 
 
 betriigen, v. cheat. 
 
 93ett, n. -c8, -en. bed. 
 
 bf ttclii, v. b3g. 
 
 ettlcr, in. -8. beggar. 
 
 bcurtfocilen, fl. judge ; 
 criticise. 
 
 33eutc,/., ^Z. -n. spoil. 
 
 23eutcl, m. -8. purse. 
 
 &cuo(fcritng, /., pi. -tn. 
 population. 
 
 beoor, conj. before. 
 
 beoorfUhcn, v. irr. im- 
 pend. 
 
 bftoiibmi, v. keep. 
 
 benuil)reit, w. prove. 
 
 bcroegcn, v. irr. move; 
 induce. 
 
 croegung, f.,pl. -en. im- 
 pulse. 
 
 erode, m. -e8, -t. proof. 
 
 beroctfen, v. irr. prove. 
 
 bcuu-rbcii, ft$, v. reft. irr. 
 (urn) seek. 
 
 betooliiicii, v. inhabit. 
 
 95<Mul)iicr, m. -8. inhabi- 
 tant. 
 
 benmtrtern, v. (131, 3) ad- 
 mire. 
 
 bcnmnbcrndnnirbfg, a. ad- 
 mirable. 
 
 berouflt, a. conscious. 
 
 Sttmifttfein, n. -8. con- 
 sciousness. 
 
 br*iif)lcn, v. pay. 
 
 $<*ab(ung, /., pi. -n. 
 payment. 
 
 bcjciiqcn, v. testify. 
 
 bjnwtjjcn, y. irr. conquer. 
 
 I biegen, v. irr. bend. 
 biegfom, a. pliant. 
 Siene,/., pi. -n. bee. 
 i^ier, w. -e3, -e. beer. 
 bictcn, t;. irr. offer. 
 33tlb, n. -e8, -et. image ; 
 
 picture. 
 bitten, v. form. 
 BiQtt t n.-9,-t. note; ticket 
 bidigen, v. approve. 
 
 ,/:, pi. -n. bandage. 
 n. conjunc- 
 
 tion. 
 
 binten, v. irr. bind ; tie. 
 33imbaum, m. pear-tree. 
 95irne,/ pi. -n. pear. 
 Sirfd),/, pi. -en. hunt. 
 bid, ad?>. t-ojy. auf, with- 
 
 in ; fci^^cr, till now ; fctg 
 
 taf;in, till then ; fci$ tcifi, 
 
 till ; until ; 6i jefct, till 
 
 now. 
 93ifd)of, m. -eg, -ofe. bish- 
 
 op. 
 
 Sigdjcn, n. -S. a little. 
 99ifteit, in. -8. morseL 
 bierocilcn, odv some- 
 
 times. 
 
 5^ittc,/,p?. -n. request. 
 bitten, v. irr. ask ; beg ; 
 
 pray. 
 93ittentt, p., (108, c). beg- 
 
 gar. 
 
 blciKit, v. irr. blow. 
 b(af|, a. pale. 
 Slatt, n. -e, SBIattet. leaf. 
 bKittern, v. turn over the 
 
 leaves. 
 
 blau, a. blue. 
 SBIci, n. -e8. lead. 
 blcibcn, ?. irr. (f) remain; 
 
 stay ; - b i (ettoaS), per- 
 
 sist in. 
 
 b(eid), a. pale. 
 Sleiflift, m. -(), -e. 
 
 (lead) pencil. 
 Slid*, TO. -e8, -e. look. 
 blirfen, v. look. 
 blint, a. blind. 
 
 blind man. 
 33Ii(j, m. -c8, -e. flash; 
 
 lightning. 
 b(:i;cn, n. lighten. 
 &Ii$edfd)ne(le, /. quick- 
 
 ness of lightning. 
 blofl, a. bare. 
 bh'il)cn,?;.bloom; flourish. 
 ^linndxn, n. -8. little 
 
 liowtr. 
 
 9?(ume,/., pi. -n. flower. 
 
 Slumcnf rntii, in. garland. 
 
 93lut, n. -eg. blood. 
 
 bliiti-ii, v. bleed. 
 
 SBlutbe, /., pi. -n. blos- 
 som ; flower. 
 
 93Iutbenfd)immer, m. -8. 
 splendor of blossom. 
 
 blutig, a. bloody. 
 
 33obcn, TO. -8, U?Bten. 
 ground ; soil ; garret ; 
 floor. 
 
 23ogcn, TO. -8. bow; sheet 
 (of paper). 
 
 ^obnierroolt, TO. Bohemi- 
 an forest. 
 
 93oot, n. -e8, -e and SB6t. 
 boat. 
 
 936 rfe,/., pi. -n. purse. 
 
 bofr, a. bad ; evil ; bag 
 SBefe, evil 
 
 boebaft, a. wicked. 
 
 93ote, TO. -n, n. messen- 
 ger. 
 
 35ranb, TO. -e8, SBrdnbe. 
 fire. 
 
 93rannin>etn, TO. -e8, -. 
 brandy. 
 
 braten, v. irr. roast. 
 
 33ratcn, m. -8. roast meat. 
 
 braud)ctt, v. use; want; 
 need. 
 
 braun, a. brown. 
 
 brduncn, v . brown. 
 
 braufcn, v. roar. 
 
 93raut, /., pi. S3raute, 
 bride, fiancee. 
 
 Srdutigam, m. -8, -e. 
 bridegroom, fiance'. 
 
 brao, a. brave ; honest ; 
 good. 
 
 brcdKti, v . irr. break. 
 
 rei, TO. -e8, e. pap. 
 
 brcit, a. broad ; large ; 
 wide. 
 
 brcmten, v. irr. burn. 
 
 33rief, m. -e8, -e. letter. 
 
 33ricfd)en, n. -8. note. 
 
 SBrieftafdK, /. pocket- 
 book (for letters, etc.). 
 
 33riefn>cd)fel, TO. corre- 
 spondence. 
 
 33rif(e, /., pi -n. specta- 
 cles. 
 
 bringen, v. irr. bring; 
 take. 
 
 rob, n. -e8, -e. bread. 
 
 riirfe,/., pi. -n. bridge 
 
 rubr, tn. -I. ruteii 
 brother.
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 52? 
 
 br:'iric!i, v. roar. 
 
 bnumncn, v. grumble. 
 
 33rui!iicn, tn. -3. foun- 
 tain ; well. 
 
 Sriiffel, n. -3. Brussels. 
 
 ruft, /'., pi. 2ku[te. 
 breast ; chest ; bosom. 
 
 Cube, m. -n, -n. boy. 
 
 ud), n. -e, 33u$cr. book; 
 quire. 
 
 93iid)l>inbcr, m. -8. book- 
 binder. 
 
 SJudjbrurfcrfunft, f. art 
 of printing. 
 
 93ud)Iidnblcr, m. -8. book- 
 seller. 
 
 SPuc!) ftabc, m. -n,-n . letter. 
 
 93ucf)t, /'.. pi. -en. bay. 
 
 bitofcM, fid), v. reft, bow ; 
 stoop. 
 
 Sitnb, m. -(c)3, -e and 
 unbe. league ; alliance. 
 
 93iiiit?nig, n. -ffe8, fie. al- 
 liance. 
 
 bunt, a. variegated ; gay. 
 
 9ttT$,f. t pi -en. castle. 
 
 Surfer, m. -9. citizen. 
 
 93tmjcrmeitler, in. mayor. 
 
 S8tifci), m. -e8, Sujdje. 
 bush ; thick'jt. 
 
 SSufcn, m. -8. bosom. 
 
 93utter,/. butter. 
 
 <anbibat, m. -en and -8, | 
 en. candidate. 
 
 ffiafnr, m. Caesar. 
 
 entner, m. -3. hundred- 
 weight. 
 
 ercmonie, /., pi. -en. 
 ceremony. 
 
 (Shanifter, m. -8, -ere. 
 character. 
 
 (51) or, i. -e3, (Jfyore. cho- 
 rus ; n. choir. 
 
 (Shrift, TO. -8. Christ; -en, 
 -en. Christian. 
 
 ignrre,/., ^Z. -n. cigar. 
 
 itrtntc,/., >Z. -n. lemon. 
 
 <6ln, rt. -8. Cologne. 
 
 Gonccrt, . -(e)3, e. con- 
 cert. 
 
 (Sonfiil, m. -8, -n. consul. 
 
 OHfTnc,/,7J/.-n. cousin. 
 
 (Suhiir, /., /> -en. cul- 
 ture. 
 
 tjpern, n. -8. Cyprus. 
 
 bo, (see Index) a<7t> . there ; 
 here ; conj. since ; as ; 
 then. 
 
 babei, adv. (147, 6) there ; 
 at it. 
 
 it. -(9, adjer. roof. 
 , m. -e8, S;d^{e. 
 badger. 
 
 baburd), adv. (147, 6) 
 thereby. 
 
 bafu'r, arfy. for that ; in- 
 stead (of it). 
 
 adv. in ex- 
 change ; conj. on the 
 other hand. 
 
 bafjer, adv. thence ; conj. 
 therefore. 
 
 adv. thither ; 
 there. 
 
 irj, a. of that time. 
 , adv. at that time. 
 ,/., pi. -n. lady. 
 
 bamit, adv. with it or 
 them; co/y. (352, 1, 
 a.) that, in order to ; 
 -ntd)t, lest 
 
 &nmm, m. -e8, dmrae. 
 dam. 
 
 , m. -e8, ampfe, 
 Oiie ; steam. 
 
 $cinemarf, n. -8. Den- 
 mark. 
 
 bancbcn, adv. near it ; 
 aside. 
 
 bonicber, adv. down. 
 
 !$anf, m. -e8. thanks. 
 
 biinfbar, a. gratefuL 
 
 il>anfbar?eit,/. thankful- 
 ness ; gratitude. 
 
 !S)anFfagung, /. thanks- 
 giving. 
 
 t>anten,v. (390, II. ) thank; 
 be indebted to. 
 
 bann, adv. then. 
 
 baran, at it ; on it. 
 
 barauf, adv. thereon ; 
 upon that, it or them ; 
 after that. 
 
 baratiS, adv. thence. 
 
 biirin, adv. in it ; within. 
 
 barnad), adv. after it. 
 
 bnriiber, adv. over that. 
 
 barunt, adv. therefore. 
 
 bad, sec fccr. 
 
 bafe, (see Index) conj. 
 that ; but ; -ni*t, lest. 
 7>/. -n. date. 
 
 $atum, n. -8, "Data & 1)a= 
 ten. date. 
 
 Waiter,/, duration. 
 
 baticrn, v. last. 
 
 baoon, adv. thereof ; of 
 that 
 
 baoonlaufen, v. run away. 
 baor, adv. before it ; 
 
 that. 
 
 baju, a du. for it ; to it. 
 ba)n>ii'dKii, ado. between. 
 baiw>ifd)enlegen,* v. place 
 
 between. 
 December, m. -8. Decem- 
 
 ber. 
 
 JTede,/., pi. -n cover. 
 becfcn, v. cover. 
 ^egcn, in. -8. sword. 
 bcin, -e, betn, pron. (see 
 
 Index) thy, your; of 
 
 thee, of you. 
 beiner, pron. gen. of bu, 
 
 of you; of tliee. 
 bcinige, (tct, btc, ba8) -n, 
 
 -n. pron. (153, 33(5) 
 
 thine; yours. 
 bcmnad), conj. according- 
 
 ,/. humility. 
 bentiitiiig, n. humble. 
 benfen, v. irr. tliink. 
 
 way of thinking. 
 benn, conj. for ; than ; 
 
 adv. then. 
 ber, bie, bad, rel. pron. 
 
 (see Index) that ; who ; 
 
 art. (see Index) the. 
 bcrartig, a. of that 
 
 kind. 
 bereinfl, adv. in (the) fu- 
 
 ture ; once. 
 bren, gen. pi. and gen, 
 
 sing. fern, of ber, rel. 
 
 and demotistr. pron. 
 
 (152) of that person. o| 
 
 those persons ; whose. 
 berer, gen. pi. of ber, ~de- 
 
 monstr. pron. (l. r -2, 1) 
 
 of those persons. 
 ber-, bie-, bajcnigc,;)ron. 
 
 (152) -n, -n. he; she; 
 
 that. 
 ber-, bie-, badfcfbe, pron. 
 
 (see Index) the same; 
 
 he ; she ; it. 
 berglctdjen, (381, foot- 
 
 note 2) that sort of per- 
 
 son or thing. 
 be*, of the. 
 bedgleidxn, see bergleidjcn ; 
 
 nih'. likewise. 
 beffen, pron. gen. *ing. 
 
 of *cr, (152; 156; 146, 
 
 5) of that; of which,- 
 
 whose.
 
 528 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 p, adv. (116, 10) the ; 
 
 so much- -fcefier, so 
 
 much the better. 
 bcdwegcn, adv. therefore. 
 beutlid), a. distinct. 
 ten t t\1i, a. German. 
 Scutfcfac, m. & f. (1C8, c) 
 
 German. 
 
 &eutfd)fanb, n. Germany. 
 Xiantant, m -en and -(e)3, 
 
 -en. d.amond. 
 biomantcn, a. of diamond. 
 tidi, acms. of fcu, pron. 
 
 (144^ thee ; you. 
 Xid)ter, m. -8. poet. 
 sfiducrin, /., pi. -nen. 
 
 poetess. 
 
 $icbtfunfl, /. poetry. 
 birf, a. thick. 
 35ieffopf, m. blockhead. 
 tie, see ter. 
 Ticb, m. -e3, -e. thief. 
 fcieienigcn,/?J.^>ro. they; 
 
 those. 
 btcm-n, v. serve ; 6ei je- 
 
 manb -, to be in some 
 
 one's service. 
 $iener, m. -8. servant. 
 !t)icnf>, m. -e8, -e. service ; 
 
 duty. 
 XHcnftag, m. -(e)8. Tues- 
 
 day. 
 Sicnftfeblcr, neglect 
 
 of duty. 
 btefer, Heft, biefed or bied, 
 
 pron. (1<5,71, 151) tins. 
 *ing, n. (51, 12) -c8, -e. 
 
 thing ; matter. 
 fcingen, v. hire. 
 tointtff, pi. -en. ink. 
 Xintcnfuf), n. -e8, -foffer. 
 
 ink-stand. 
 bir, dat. of bu, pron. (to) 
 
 thee. 
 tod), odf. (see Index) 
 
 yet ; yes ; however. 
 Doctor, m. -8, -en. doc- 
 
 tor. 
 
 $o(d), m. -t8, -t. dagger. 
 tonne rn, v. thunder. 
 
 rn. -(e)8. 
 
 Thursday. 
 toppclt, a. double. 
 ifcorf, n. -e, 6rfer. vil- 
 
 lage. 
 $0rn, m. -e, -en <fe CD6t 
 
 ner. thorn. 
 tort, adv. there. 
 ^rad>rae,/., pi. -n. drach- 
 
 m(a). 
 
 i 1 . press ; urge. 
 , ad~~. without. 
 
 brcbcii, u. (also rejl.) turn; 
 twist. 
 
 fcrei, a. three. 
 
 Streieef, n. -8, -e. tri- 
 angle. 
 
 breterlei, adv. (121, 8) of 
 three kinds. 
 
 fcrcifad), a. threefold. 
 
 brcinuil, adv. three times. 
 
 brcMcbn, thirteen. 
 
 breigig. a. thirty. 
 
 brcfdicn, v. irr. thrash. 
 
 bringcn, v. irr. (f) pene- 
 trate ; enter ; break. 
 
 britte, a. third. 
 
 bntt(c)halb, a. two and a 
 halt 
 
 iDrittel, n. -8. third. 
 
 brtttend, adv. thirdly. 
 
 broben, v. threaten. 
 
 ^rurf, m. -e8, -e. oppres- 
 sion. 
 
 i^rueffebler, m. misprint. 
 
 iTrucffpftcn, pi. expenses 
 of printing. 
 
 briicfcn, v. press. 
 
 bu, pro>. (144) thou ; 
 you. 
 
 $ucaten, m. -8. ducat. 
 
 !t>uft, m. -e8, 3)ufte. per- 
 fume. 
 
 buften, v. exhale fra- 
 grance. 
 
 buftig, a. fragrant 
 
 bnlben, v. (130, 1) suffer; 
 endure; tolerate. 
 
 iuite,/. down. 
 
 buntcl, a. dark ; gloomy. 
 
 burd), adv. through ; 
 prep. (383, 1; 403) 
 through; by. 
 
 bnrd)bobren,* v. stab. 
 
 burcbbringen,* v. irr. (f) 
 getthrough; penetrate. 
 
 burehrtifen,* v. (f) travel 
 or pass through. 
 
 burdjrdten,* v. irr. (() 
 ride through. 
 
 bnrd)fdneiben,* v. irr. 
 cut through. 
 
 burd)feben,* v. irr. see 
 through. 
 
 burdtfeeen, v. bring 
 about. 
 
 ^urd)fTd)t, f.,pl. -en. re- 
 vision. 
 
 burdifiditiq, a. transpar- 
 ent; clear. 
 
 burcbflromen,* v. stream 
 
 through ; traverse. 
 burd)fud)cn,* v. search ; 
 
 Vlh.t. 
 
 burd)anbern,* v. (f) 
 
 wauder through. 
 burfen, v. irr. (97, 331) 
 
 need ; be at liberty. 
 burr, a. dry. 
 $urft, m. -eS. thirst. 
 burflig, a. thirsty. 
 biijier, a. dark; gloomy. 
 b, n. -6, -e. dozen, 
 
 eben, a. even; adv. just 
 cbcnbcrfelbc, pron. the 
 
 very same. 
 ebenfp . . . roie or al<, adv. 
 
 as ... as ; - oft, adv. 
 
 as many times ; - oiel, 
 
 adv. as much. 
 @ber, m. -8. boar. 
 0?cfe,/., 2>l- -n. corner. 
 ebel, a. noble. 
 (bclf nabe, m. -n, -n. page. 
 GFbclman, pi. -Icute. no- 
 
 bleman ; pi. nobles. 
 ebedmitbig, a. noble. 
 @belflein, m. preciout 
 
 stone. 
 
 (Sbuflrb, m. Edward. 
 ebe, conj. before. 
 ebebent, adv. formerly. 
 eber, adr. before. 
 eheft, ""''. soonest ; am 
 
 -en, soonest; -en8. adv. 
 
 shortly. 
 
 ebrbar, a. honest. 
 @bre, /., pi. -n. honor; 
 
 reverence. 
 chrcn, v. honor. 
 (Sbrenbeieigung,/ (mark 
 
 of) honor. 
 
 (Sbrenoofl, a. honorable. 
 (brfurd)t, /. reverence ; 
 
 veneration. 
 chrfurebtdooH, a respect- 
 
 ful. 
 
 i), m. ambition. 
 , a. ambitious. 
 ebrid), a. honest. 
 <$brlid)(rit, /. honesty; 
 
 integrity. 
 ehrlod, a. honorless ; in- 
 
 famous. 
 
 ehrnmrbig, a. venerable. 
 (*i, n. -e8, -er. egg. 
 (Sidx, /., pi. -o. oak 
 
 (tree). 
 eidxn, a. oaken,
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 529 
 
 @id)talb, m. oak-forest. 
 (Sit, m. -e8, -e. oath. 
 
 <$ifer, m. -8. zeal ; ardor. 
 
 (ifitrfud)t,./; jealousy. 
 
 eiferfud)tig, a. jealous. 
 
 eigcti, a. own. 
 
 <$igcnnu$, in. -e8. (self-) 
 interest; selfishness. 
 
 OFigcnfcflaft, /., pi. -en. 
 quality. 
 
 @i,)cnfd)ft$n>prr, n. ad- 
 jective. 
 
 @i>)cnti)um, n. -8, -tpmer. 
 property. 
 
 (igcnrl)iiincr, m. -8. own- 
 er. 
 
 cigcnthumlid), a. peculiar. 
 
 etgcnt(id), a. propur. 
 
 Gfilbptc, m. -n, -n. courier. 
 
 eilen, i r . ( and f) hasten. 
 
 ein, num. (119, 1) one; 
 pron. (119, 1) einet, cine, 
 ein(e)8, one ; a man ; 
 some ; art. (18) a ; an. 
 
 einanber, adv. (163, 2) 
 one another ; each 
 other. 
 
 einbilben,* fid), v. reft, im- 
 agine. 
 
 (Sinbrurf, m. -(e)8, -urfc. 
 impression. 
 
 (Sitter, see ein. 
 
 eincrlei, adv. (121, 8) of 
 the same time. 
 
 einfiid), a. simple. 
 
 einfallcn,* v. irr. fall 
 down; fid) - laffen, think. 
 
 einfangen,* v. irr. catch ; 
 shut up. 
 
 (.^iiifUifs, m. -e8, -uffe. in- 
 fluence. 
 
 einft'ihrcn,* v. introduce. 
 
 @infiihrung, f., pi. -en. 
 introduction. 
 
 (Sitting, m. -(e)8, -dnge. 
 entrance. 
 
 eingcbcnf, a. mindful. 
 
 eittgdjen,* v. irr. (j) en- 
 ter. 
 
 eingcnommcn, a. prepos- 
 sessed. 
 
 eingrabctt,* v. irr. en- 
 grave. 
 
 einbflltcn,* v. irr. stop. 
 
 einbcr, adv. along. 
 
 citu ;, adv. in concord. 
 
 einificn, v. a. (also rcjl. ) 
 unite. 
 
 einifjcr, -e, -e. pron. (75, 
 6J some; any. 
 
 ', /. inn. 
 
 (Sint iinfte, pi. revenues. 
 
 etnfaben,* v. irr. invite. 
 
 (Sinlaft, m. -fje8, -affe. ad- 
 mission. 
 
 cinmal, adv. once ; one 
 time ; auf -, all at once ; 
 nidjt -, not even. 
 
 einricbten,* v. arrange. 
 
 einfatn, a. alone ; lonely. 
 
 einfd)lafen,* v. irr. (f) fall 
 asleep. 
 
 dnfd)letd)en,*t;. irr. (f) or 
 fid; -, (1)) sneak, creep in. 
 
 einfd)liefcn,* v. irr. shut 
 in ; lock up. 
 
 einfeben,* v. see ; con- 
 ceive. 
 
 (infid)t, f., pi. -en. in- 
 sight. 
 
 einft, adv. once. 
 
 einfteHen,* leave off; fid) 
 -, come to an appoint- 
 ment. 
 
 @intrad)t,/. concord. 
 
 etntrcffen,* v. irr. (f) ar- 
 rive. 
 
 eintrcten,* v. irr. (f) en- 
 ter. 
 
 inoerfta'nbnif}, n. -ffe8, 
 -ffe. understanding. 
 
 einoerftcljcn,* fid;, v. reft. 
 irr. or eincerftanben fcin 
 mit, agree with. 
 
 Crinroanb, m. -c8, -anbe. 
 objection. 
 
 einweid)en,* v. soak. 
 
 einrocnbcn,* v. irr. and 
 reg. object. 
 
 @inrocnbnng, /., pi. -en. 
 objection. 
 
 einroiegcn,* v. lull to 
 sleep. 
 
 etntmlligen,* v. consent. 
 
 Orinittohner, m. -8. inhab- 
 itant. 
 
 (in*af)l, /. singular 
 (number). 
 
 ein;dn, adv. singly ; a. ' 
 (121, 10, 11) single, par- 
 ticular. 
 
 *v.irr. movein. ; 
 tg, a. (121, 11) only ; 
 one. 
 
 (*id, n. -e8. ice. 
 
 (Sifen, n. -8. iron. 
 
 (Sifcnbiihn,/. railroad. 
 
 ctfcrn, a. iron. 
 
 eitcl, a. vain. 
 
 ic,f.,pl. -n. elegy. 
 
 , n. -eS. misery. 
 ;!, a. miserable. 
 
 t, m. -en or -, 
 -en. elephant. 
 elf, Mum. eleven. 
 O'-ifcnbdii, n. -(e)8. ivory, 
 life,/. Eliza. 
 He,/., jZ. -en. yard. 
 <ltern, pZ. parents. 
 @mpfang, m. -e8. recep- 
 tion. 
 empfattgen, v. irr. re-. 
 
 ceive. 
 
 mpf anger, m. - 8. receiv- 
 er. 
 
 i-iiipfcblcit, v . recommend; 
 fid) -, present one's re-* 
 spects (to one), i.e., 
 take one's leave. 
 (inpfel)Iung, /., pi. -en. 
 recommendation. 
 
 , v . irr. feel. 
 , a. sensitive. 
 
 ness. 
 
 entpor, adv. on high ; up. 
 
 emporfommen,* v. rise. 
 
 empprragen,* v. tower. 
 
 ctnppren, v. raise. 
 
 (Smporer, m. -8. rebel. 
 
 (mp6rung, f., pi. -en. 
 insurrection ; revolt. 
 
 (Snbe, n. -8, -n. end ; om 
 -, in the end. 
 
 enben, v . end ; finish. 
 
 cnbltd), a. finite ; adv. at 
 ,last. 
 
 eng(e), a. narrow. 
 
 (Sngel, m. -8. angel. 
 
 @ngld'nber, m. -8. Eng- 
 lishman. 
 
 cnglifd), a. English. 
 
 cntbcbrcn, v. do without ; 
 spare. 
 
 (^ntbcbrung, f., pi. -tn. 
 privation. 
 
 entbecten, v. discover ; re- 
 veal. 
 
 (Snte,/., pi. -n. duck 
 
 entcbren, v. disagree. 
 
 entcbrenb, a. degrading. 
 
 entfad)t, a. [32] fanned ; 
 kindled. 
 
 entferncn, v. fid) -, depart. 
 
 (S?ntfcrnung, /., pi. -en. 
 distance. 
 
 ctttflicbcn, v. irr. (f) flee ; 
 run (away) ; escape. 
 
 entgegcn, adv. counter ; 
 to meet.
 
 530 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 entgegengehen,* v. (f) go 
 
 to meet. 
 entiiegenfommen,* v. (\) 
 
 come to meet (one). 
 cntgegnen, v. reply, 
 eiitrtcbcn, v. irr. (f) es- 
 cape, 
 cntlialu-.i, v. irr. contain ; 
 
 iui' -, abstain, 
 emf ontnten, v. irr. (\) es- 
 cape. 
 entlong, adv. and prep. 
 
 along. 
 
 entlaroen, v. unmask, 
 entlatfen, u. irr. dismiss. 
 (Fiitlafftntg, /., pi. -en. 
 
 discharge, 
 entdiufcn, v. irr. (f) run 
 
 away. 
 <ntlebigcn, ft<$, v. reft, get 
 
 rid of. 
 
 entlegen, a. distant. 
 entnerven, v. enervate. 
 entrdgcn, v. irr. tear ; 
 
 extort, 
 entriiftcn, v . irritate ; ftdj 
 
 -, get angry, 
 emfiigen, v. renounce, 
 en ti'dicfccn, v. irr. decide ; 
 
 settle. 
 <nrfd)crt'ung,/, pi. -en. 
 
 decision, 
 entfdidifcn, v. irr. (f) fall 
 
 asleep. 
 cmfd)dvnit, ft$, v. reft. 
 
 irr. get rid of; throw 
 
 off. 
 cnrfd)licften, v. irr. open ; 
 
 ftd> -, resolve. 
 emfd)loffcn, a. determin- 
 ed : resolute. 
 <iufd>(i>ffenhcit, /. reso- 
 lution, 
 entfdiliuniitcrn, v. fall 
 
 asleep. 
 mfd)lupfen, v. (f) slip 
 
 from ; escape. 
 <ntfd)lufl, in. -ffeS, -uffe. 
 
 resolution. 
 
 rntfdtulNgen, v. excuse. 
 <ntfd)ult>igung, /., pi. 
 
 -tn. excuse, 
 cmfeelidi, a. horrible, 
 entfpredjen, v. irr. suit, 
 
 answer to. 
 enrfprtngen, v. irr. (f) 
 
 arise, 
 en tjtchen, v. irr. (f) arise ; 
 
 result, 
 entroeter, conj. either. 
 
 enttoerfen, a. irr. sketch. | 
 
 cntrondKii, v. escape. 
 
 ciiuu-iicit, v. irr. deprive 
 of ; fidj -, escape. 
 
 cnt}uefen, v. enchant. 
 
 etttiiicf r, a. charmed. 
 
 t*pheu, /. -e3. ivy. 
 
 <3?pod)e,/., pi. -n. epoch, 
 
 er, pron. he. 
 
 crbiirmcn, v. move to 
 pity ; ftd> -, take pity. 
 
 erbdrntltd), a. miserable. 
 
 (*rbannltd)fcit, /. pitia- 
 bleness. 
 
 crbaucn, v. build ; erect. 
 
 (Srbt, m. -n, -n. heir ; n. 
 (59, e) -3. inheritance. 
 
 crbcn, v. inherit. 
 
 crbttten, v. irr. beg. 
 
 crblaffcn, v. (f) erbleidjen, 
 v. irr. (i) grow pale; 
 expire. 
 
 erblicfen, v. perceive. 
 
 {rbbttre,f.,pl. -n. straw- 
 berry. 
 
 (Srl-e, f. . pi. -n. earth ; 
 ground. 
 
 ($rt>en(o, n. -e8, -e. des- 
 tiny ; fate. 
 
 erbulbeu, v. suffer. 
 
 (reigncn, fic^, v. reft. 
 happen. 
 
 erfahrcn, v. irr. learn ; 
 experience. 
 
 @rfa^rung,/., pi. -en. ex- 
 perience. 
 
 erffnben, v. irr. invent. 
 
 CSrfinfcung,/., pi. -en. in- 
 vention. 
 
 @rfo(<i, in. (e)8, -e. re- 
 sult ; success. 
 
 erfragen, v. find out by 
 asking. 
 
 crfreuen, v. delight ; p(^ 
 -, rejoice. 
 
 erfrieren, v. irr. (f) freeze. 
 
 erfiillcn, v. fill ; fulfil. 
 
 ergeben, past part, de- 
 voted; humble. 
 
 ffirgebung,/. submission. 
 
 ergcben, v. irr. (f) come 
 out ; happen. 
 
 crgc^en, see ergofeen. 
 
 ergtcften, v. irr. pour 
 (out) ; ji$ -, empty. 
 
 crgp$cn, v. delight. 
 
 ergreifen, v. irr. seize ; 
 take. 
 
 erfialtcn,t>. irr. preserve; 
 obtain; receive. 
 
 erheben, v. irr. raise ; ele 
 vitte. 
 
 critclien, v. illuminate . 
 a., pear. 
 
 , v. heighten. 
 
 /., pi. -en. 
 elevation. 
 
 crbolcn, fi$/ refl. re- 
 cover. 
 
 erhoren, v. hear. 
 
 erinnern, v recall ; p$ -, 
 remember. 
 
 0?rinncrung, /., pi. -en. 
 recollection ; memory. 
 
 ertagen, v. get by hunt- 
 ing ; kill. 
 
 crfalten, fid), v. reft, catch 
 cold. 
 
 <rfaltung, /., pi. -en, 
 cold. 
 
 erfennen, v. irr. perceive ; 
 recognize. 
 
 <rfetmtni, /, pi. -ffe. 
 perception. 
 
 crtlaren, v. explain ; de- 
 clare. 
 
 erflarung,/., pi. -en. ex- 
 planation. 
 
 crflingen, v. irr. (f) 
 sound ; resound. 
 
 crfunt'igeit, fid), v. reft. 
 inquire. 
 
 crdingcit, v. attain; ob- 
 tain. 
 
 crdiiibcn, v. allow ; per- 
 mit. 
 
 (Srlaubnift,/. permission. 
 
 erlrben, v. (live to) see; 
 experiene. 
 
 erlegcn, v. irr. kill. 
 
 erleid)tcnt, v. relieve. 
 
 <rUid)terung,/., pi. -en. 
 relief. 
 
 erleitditen, v. illuminate. 
 
 crUn'dKn, v. irr. (f) go 
 out ; be extinguished. 
 
 crrmibnen, v. exhort ; ad- 
 monish. 
 
 (?rntabnung, /., pi. -en. 
 exhortation. 
 
 ermangcfn, v. fail. 
 
 rauMgcfwtg/y. default. 
 
 crmorben, *>. murder. 
 
 cnniiten, v. tire ; fatigue. 
 
 t*nni^ung,/. fatigue. 
 
 crmuntern, v. encourage. 
 
 erncntien, v. irr. appoint. 
 
 C*rnft, in. -e8. earnf;st- 
 noas ; gravity. 
 
 crnftbaft, a. stern.
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 531 
 
 <$rnte, /., pi. -tn. har- 
 vest ; crop. 
 
 erobcrn, v. conquer; take. 
 
 eroffnen, v. open. 
 
 erproben, v. try. 
 
 crquicfeu, v. revive ; re- 
 fresh. 
 
 erquirfci^, a. refresh- 
 ing. 
 
 (frqiitrfimg, /, pi. -en. 
 refreshment. 
 
 eriMtljcii, v. irr. guesa 
 
 crrcgcn, v . raise ; excite. 
 
 @rregung, /., pi. -en. 
 agitation. 
 
 erreid)cn, v. reach. 
 
 erretten, v . save ; rescue. 
 
 crriditett, v. erect. 
 
 crringcn, v. i/T. gain ; ob- 
 tain. 
 
 crfd>a(len, v. resound. 
 
 <rfd)cinen, v. irr. (f) ap- 
 pear. 
 
 (Srfdmming, /., pi. en. 
 apparition. 
 
 erfd)ieflcn, v. irr. shoot; 
 kill. 
 
 erfd)laffen, v. (\) relax. 
 
 crfd)(agen, v. irr. slay. 
 
 rfd)recfcn, v. irr. (f) be 
 frightened. 
 
 erfdjrorfcu, a. frighten- 
 ed. 
 
 erfd)tittern, v. move. 
 
 <rfd)iitterung, /. , pi. -en. 
 emotion. 
 
 erfr, a. (123) first ; adv. 
 at first. 
 
 erflniincn, v. (f) be aston- 
 ished ; surprised. 
 
 rftauncn, n. -. aston- 
 ishment. 
 
 erfteigen, v . irr. ascend. 
 
 erften, adv. (134, 4) 
 firstly ; first. 
 
 erpcrben, v. irr. (f) die. 
 
 erftrerfen, v. and ftd> -, ex- 
 tend. 
 
 ertonen, ?>. (f) sound. 
 
 ertratiFcii, v. drown. 
 
 crtriitfcn, v. irr. (f) be 
 drowned. 
 
 ern>nd)cn, v. (f) awake. 
 
 erroarmen, v. warm. 
 
 erroarten, v. expect. 
 
 Qmoartiing, /., pi. -en. 
 expectation. 
 
 errocrfen, v. awaken. 
 
 erroebren, fid?, v. reft. 
 keep off. 
 
 erroeifen, v. irr. render, 
 
 tip (e.y., a person a 
 
 kindness. ) 
 <rn>erb, in. -(e)8, -e. pro- 
 
 fit. 
 ern>erben, v. irr. earn ; 
 
 gain ; obtain. 
 erro^ern, v. reply. 
 ern>ifd)cn, v. catch. 
 rj, n. -e, -e. ore. 
 cr^iililcii, v. tell ; relate. 
 @ri<Jil)hing, /., pi. -en. 
 
 tale ; story 
 
 credit-it, v. irr. educate. 
 tnK\)un$, f. education. 
 erjiirnen, v. make angry. 
 critviitgcn, v. irr. force; 
 
 extort. 
 eS, prou. (see Index) it; 
 
 there ; so. 
 
 <fef, m. -g. ass; -donkey. 
 effcn, v. irr. eat. 
 @ffen, n. -8. meal ; din- 
 
 ner ; food ; eating. 
 (gffig, m. -8. vinegar. 
 ctlirt), pron. some. 
 etroad, prun. (166, 6) 
 
 something ; anything ; 
 
 adv. something, some- 
 
 what. 
 
 tud), pron. to you ; you. 
 tuer, pers. pron. (144, 2) 
 
 of you ; poss. pron. 
 
 (72, III) your ; yours. 
 (uropaer, m. -8. Euro- 
 
 pean. 
 
 emig, a. eternal. 
 <, mpel, n. -3. example. 
 
 f,/, pi. -n. fable. 
 
 , m. -8. thread. 
 fdfjig, a. capable. 
 -Saline, /., pi. -n. flag; 
 
 standard. 
 faforen, . irr. (f) run ; 
 
 ride ; drive. 
 Sa&rt,/., pi. -en. passage ; 
 
 expedition. 
 fnlb, n. fallow. 
 ffnlfc, m. -n, -n. falcon. 
 SaH, w. -eg, Jade, fall ; 
 
 case. 
 
 fallen, v. irr. (f) fall. 
 fallen, v. fell ; cut down. 
 fnlfd), a. false. 
 ftatnilie,./'., pi. -n. family. 
 ($antilicnfreid, m. domes- 
 
 tic circle. 
 $antilicit6d)a$, m. family 
 
 treasure. 
 
 Wang, m. -e, 
 catch ; capture. 
 
 fangen, v. irr. catch. 
 
 Warbe,/., pi. -n. color. 
 
 fa'rben, v. dye. 
 
 Warre, m. -n, -n, bullock. 
 
 Waft, //. -ffeg, gaffer, tub ; 
 barrel. 
 
 faffen, v. seize ; catch ; 
 take ; conceive. 
 
 Waffling,/, composure. 
 
 faft, adv. almost ; nearly. 
 
 faul, a. lazy. 
 
 Wauf*,/., .p/. gaufle. fist. 
 
 Webruar, m. -8, -e. Feb- 
 ruary. 
 
 fcd)teti, v. irr. fight 
 
 Wefcer,/., pi. -n. pen. 
 
 Weterbufd), m. plume. 
 
 Wetermeffcr, n. penknife. 
 
 felHen, v. err; mistake; 
 be absent or wanting ; 
 n>a8 feljlt 3nen? id. 
 what ails you ? what 
 do you want ? 
 
 Webler, m. -8. fault ; mis- 
 take. 
 
 Weter, /., pL -n. celebra- 
 tion. 
 
 ivcicrtng, 771. holiday. 
 
 fetcrlid), a. solemn ; fes- 
 tive. 
 
 fein, a. thin ; subtile. 
 
 Weinb, m. -e3, -e. enemy. 
 
 feiiiNidt, a. hostile. 
 
 Wcinl>fd)aft, /., pi. -tn. 
 enmity. 
 
 Welt 1 , n. -e8, -er. field ; 
 plain. 
 
 WelMjerr, m. general ; 
 captain. 
 
 Welt^eugntetfter, m. mas- 
 ter of the ordnance. 
 
 Wefc;ug, m. campaign. 
 
 Well, n. -eg, -e. skin ; 
 hide. 
 
 Weld, -en, -en, or gelfen. 
 m. -8. rock. 
 
 Wenfler, n. -8. window. 
 
 i?cnftcrfd)cibe, f. pane. 
 
 Wcrien, pi. holidays. 
 
 fern, a. far ; distant. 
 
 fertig, a. ready. 
 
 Wmigfeft,/, pi. -en. dex- 
 terity. 
 
 fcffr, a. firm ; strong. 
 
 feflfoalten,* v. hold fast; 
 arrest.
 
 632 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 fcud)t, a. moist ; damp. 
 9cuer, n. -6. tire. 
 ftcuervfcti, /. furnace. 
 feurig, a. fiery. 
 9id>tt, f., pi. -n. pine. 
 fjtgur,./:, />/. -en. figure. 
 fiirten, v. in: find ; think. 
 Singer, rn. -8. finger. 
 ftnfltr, a. dark. 
 9infterni%,f. darkness. 
 ivifdi, >/t. -e8, -. fish. 
 Stfd)fang, m. fishery. 
 ftfdjrcid), a. abounding 
 
 with fish. 
 
 9ifd)er, w. -8. fisherman. 
 ftladx,,/'., />?. -n. plain. 
 d, w. -e. flax. 
 
 . 
 
 8?lamme,/., ^Z. -n. flame. 
 flammcn, v . blaze. 
 *lafd)c, /., pi. -n. bottle. 
 pattern, v. flutter. 
 fled)ten, v. irr. braid. 
 SU'rfcn, MI. -8. spot ; 
 
 stain ; market-town. 
 flcbcn, t . implore. 
 tfldieti, n. -8. supplica- 
 
 tion. 
 
 ), n. -8. meat. 
 m. -8. industry ; 
 
 mit -, on purpose. 
 fkigig, a. diligent, in- 
 
 dustrious. 
 
 flicgen, v. irr. (f) fly. 
 flicbcn, v . irr. (f) flee ; 
 
 run away. 
 flicfcen, v. irr. (f) flow; 
 
 run. 
 
 %lintt,f.,pl. -n. gun. 
 fludnen, v. (f) flee; ($) 
 
 rave. 
 flud)tig, a. fugitive ; 
 
 hasty. 
 
 Sliidrtigfeif,/. flightiness. 
 <ltid)tling, /n. -(e)8, -e. 
 
 fugitive. 
 
 itlugcl, w*. -8. wing. 
 Slur, /., pi. -n. field; 
 
 floor. 
 
 ft, w. -ff8, gliiffe, river. 
 /(, -8. little 
 
 river. 
 
 jl, a. liquid. 
 
 ni, v. whisper. 
 
 lj, /. , pi. -en. flood ; 
 
 pi. waves. 
 9o(ge, /., pi. -n. conse- 
 
 quence. 
 
 folgen, w. (f) follow. 
 folijcnt, a. following. 
 
 fotglid), adv. consequent- 
 ly ; then. 
 
 fortern, v. demand; (cor 
 (i<ertd>t) summon. 
 
 fprnten, v. form ; make. 
 
 ft>ifd)cn, v. search. 
 
 furt, adv. on ; off; gone. 
 
 fortbauern,* v. continue. 
 
 fortfaljren,* v. irr. con- 
 tin ue 
 
 forrfliegen,* v. irr. fly 
 away. 
 
 fortgeJjeu,* v. irr. go 
 away. 
 
 fimreifcen,* v. irr. carry 
 away. 
 
 fortfd)iden,* v. send 
 away. 
 
 fartfd)rciten,* v. irr. pro- 
 gress. 
 
 forttragtn,* v. ifr. carry 
 away. 
 
 forttreibcn,* v. irr. drive 
 along. 
 
 8rage,/., pi. -n. question. 
 
 fragen, v . ask ; question. 
 
 franf, a. frank. 
 
 Wranfreid), n. France. 
 
 9ratt)ofe, MI. -n. -n. 
 Frenchman. 
 
 franjoftfd), a. French. 
 
 Srau, j'., pi. -en. Mrs. ; 
 wife ; woman. 
 
 $raucn;inttner, //. woman. 
 
 ("vrnnlciii, n. -8. young 
 lady ; (as title) Miss. 
 
 frcd), a. impudent. 
 
 5red)ljcit,yi, pi. -en. im- 
 pudence; audacity. 
 
 frei, a. free ; liberal ; in- 
 dependent. 
 
 frcigebig, a. liberal. 
 
 ftreigebigfcit, f. gener- 
 osity. 
 
 frcilaffcn,* v. irr. (set) 
 free. 
 
 irrrimutli, m. candor. 
 
 freifpredKn, v. irr. ac- 
 quit. 
 
 JrciftiUtc, /., pi. -n. re- 
 fuge. 
 
 freiroidig, a. voluntary. 
 
 Sreiljeit,,/!. pi. -en. free- 
 dom; liberty. 
 
 fretiid), adv. to be sure. 
 
 Sreitog, MI. -8, -<. Friday. 
 
 freml>, a. foreign ; 
 strange. 
 
 gfrcmtc, >". (108, c) stran- 
 ger. 
 
 ?reml>f, / foreign coun- 
 
 try. 
 freffen, v. irr. eat; de- 
 
 vour. 
 
 /., pi. - n . joy ; 
 
 delight. 
 9reuttntt)rane, f., pi. -n. 
 
 tear of joy. 
 
 t'vcutciuuiif , a. full of joy. 
 freubig, a. joyful ; cheer- 
 
 ful. 
 freuen, v. make glad ; e8 
 
 freut mi*, I am glad of 
 
 it ; fi$ - ; rejoice ; be 
 
 glad. 
 
 ?reuiib, m. -e, -e. friend. 
 9rauMn,f. t pl. -r.en. 
 ffcunMid), a. friendly ; 
 
 kind. 
 Jrcuiitfrfwft, /., pi. -en. 
 
 friendship. 
 tvrcocl, m. -8. offence. 
 Sric^, -n8, -n. or 
 
 en, 111. -8. peace. 
 fricMidi, a. peaceful. 
 ivi-ii-trid), . Frederick. 
 frii^o(I, adv. peaceful- 
 
 ly- 
 fricren,t>. irr. (t>) be cold; 
 
 (Q freeze ; e3 frievt mi<$, 
 
 intcb friert, I am cold. 
 frifd), a. fresh ; new. 
 Srift, /., pi. -en. delay ; 
 
 time. 
 
 frol), n. glad ; pleased. 
 frofjlid), a. glad ; joyons ; 
 
 happy. 
 
 fro mm, n. pious. 
 frommcn, v. profit. 
 Srpfd), m. -e8. grcfc^e, 
 
 frog. 
 $rud)t, /., pi. %rui)tt. 
 
 fruit. 
 
 frudnbor, a. fertile. 
 friilj, . early ; soon. 
 ifriilifttirf, n. breakfast. 
 irrubc,/. early. 
 friibcr, adv. formerly. 
 .rriihluirt, tn. -8, -e. 
 
 spring. 
 
 .viutd, m. -c8, gudjfe. fox. 
 fitiU'ti, v. direct ; fi$ -, 
 
 yield. 
 
 fiiiilcn, v. feel. 
 fiihrtii, v. lead ; conduct 
 Wi'ibrer, m. -8. leader. 
 ijullr,/ abundance, 
 fiiiilcn, v. till. 
 fiinf, num. five. 
 fiinftc, ". fifth.
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 533 
 
 funftebalb? a. four and a 
 half. 
 
 ftiimtrl, n. -8. fifth. 
 
 fiimV'bn, imm. fifteen. 
 
 funfitig, num. fifty. 
 
 5""Fe (gunfen) m. -n, 
 (-8), -n. spark. 
 
 funfehi, v. sparkle. 
 
 fur, prep. (403) for. 
 
 $urd)t, /. fear ; dread ; 
 awe. 
 
 furdjtbar, a. fearful ; 
 dreadful. 
 
 fi'ircf)tcn, v . fear ; dread ; 
 ficfy -, be afraid. 
 
 fiird)tcrlid), a. dreadful. 
 
 furdjtfiim, a. fearful ; 
 timid. 
 
 fiirfrcr, 'idv. further. 
 
 fitr'd = fur ba8. 
 
 9iirfl, m. -en, -en. sov- 
 ereign. 
 
 Syiu-ftcmhum, -(e)8, -urnct. 
 n. principality. 
 
 gfurftiu,/., pi. -nen. prin- 
 cess. 
 
 n. pronoun. 
 >n. -e, gufje, foot; 
 ju -e, on foot. 
 
 Sriippfab, m. foot-path. 
 
 gutter, n. -8. food. 
 
 abe,/., pi. -n. gift ; tal- 
 ent. 
 
 (Babel,/., pi. -n. fork. 
 
 flahrcn, v. ferment. 
 
 fflalecre,/., pi. -n. galley. 
 
 Wii tiii, -e3, ancje. 
 walk ; pace. 
 
 and,/., //. anfe. goose. 
 
 gan;, a. whole ; entire ; 
 all ; adv. wholly; quite. 
 
 an;e, n. (108, c) whole. 
 
 gar, n. done*; adv. even ; 
 - nidjt, not at all ; - oft, 
 very often. 
 
 a'rtdK", n. -9. little 
 garden. 
 
 ffiarten, m. -8, Garten, 
 garden. 
 
 artncr, m. -8. gardener. 
 
 Wciffe,/., pi. -n. lane. 
 
 fflaft, m. -e8, dfte. guest. 
 
 Wiiftmahl,. n. feast. 
 
 (*ntte, m. -n, -n. hus- 
 band. 
 
 (Qcbiilf, n. -8, -e. timber- 
 work. 
 
 (jebarcn, v. bring forth. 
 
 n. -J. building. 
 
 w. irr. give ; im- 
 . (345, 1) be; e8 
 qibt, there is ; there 
 are; geben ie 8ld)t, take 
 care. 
 
 eberbe, /., pi. -n. ges- 
 ture. 
 
 ebct, n. -(e)8, -e. prayer. 
 
 gcbietcn, v. irr. bid ; 
 govern. 
 
 Qtbilbet, a. cultivated ; 
 educated. 
 
 ebirgc, n. -8. mountains. 
 
 geborcn, pp. born. 
 
 geborgcn, p/J. safe ; snug. 
 
 feebot, ii. -e8, -e. com- 
 mand. 
 
 cbraud), m. -(e), -au$e. 
 use ; custom. 
 
 gcbraud)en, v. use ; make 
 use of. .. 
 
 gebrd'ud)lid), a. custom- 
 ary. 
 
 eburt,/, ^Z. -en. birth. 
 
 <9cfca'd)tntfj, n. -fjeS, -ffe. 
 memory. 
 
 cbanfe (cbanfen), m. 
 -n8, -(,) -n. thought.; 
 idea. 
 
 get>cil)en, v. irr. (f) thrive. 
 
 iictciif cu, v. irr. think of ; 
 remember ; intend. 
 
 cbid)t, n. -(e)8, -e. poem; 
 pi. poetry. 
 
 cfculfc,/. patience. 
 
 cfaljr, '/, pi. -en. dan- 
 ger. 
 
 <icfaiirltd), a. dangerous. 
 
 cfal>rlid)(eit, /. danger- 
 ousness. 
 
 cfiiljrtc, m. -n, -n. com- 
 panion. 
 
 iicfallcn, v. irr. please. 
 
 tjcfa'lligft, adv. if you 
 please ; please. 
 
 gcfangcit, a. captive ; - 
 ncfymcn, make prisoner. 
 
 Wcfangcnc, m. -n, -n. 
 prisoner. 
 
 fficfantjcnfcftaft,/. captiv- 
 ity. 
 
 cfangnif, . -ffeS, -ffe. 
 prison. 
 
 cfangnigroarter, m. jail- 
 er. 
 
 Wcfcdjt, ii. -(e)3, -e. fight. 
 
 cfiel'er, n. -8. plumage. 
 
 fficfolgc, n. -3. suite. 
 
 gcfriercn, v. irr. (f) 
 freeze. 
 
 cfubl, n. -(e)8, -e. feel- 
 ing; sentiment. 
 
 iii-fiihllt^, a. unfeeling. 
 
 (icfurd)tct, pp. feared. 
 
 geo.cn, prep. (408) to- 
 wards ; to ; against ; 
 about. 
 
 <Begenl>,/., pi. -en. region. 
 
 cgenftanb, m. -(c)8, 
 -ante, object ; subject; 
 article. 
 
 egcntticil, m. contrary. 
 
 gegcniiber, adv. and prep. 
 opposite. 
 
 egcitroart,/. presence. 
 
 gcgcnroartig, a. present; 
 adv. at present. 
 
 ffietjalt, m. -(e)8, -e. con- 
 tents ; salary. 
 
 gcbctnt, a. secret. 
 
 WcluMiiinift, n. -ffe8, -ffe. 
 secret ; mystery. 
 
 gebcimni^ooh, a. myste- 
 rious. 
 
 geben, v. irr. (f) go; walk; 
 mte gcb,t e8 Stynen? how 
 are you? how do you 
 do? 
 
 gebord)cn, v. obey. 
 
 geborctt, v. belong. 
 
 gcborfam, a. obedient. 
 
 eifcl, eifjel, m. and f. 
 -8. hostage ; /., pi. -n. 
 scourge. 
 
 eift, m. -e, -et. spirit } 
 mind ; genius. 
 
 gctftlid), a. spiritual. 
 
 cifHid>e, m. (108, c) 
 clergyman. 
 
 geifireid), a. ingenious 
 intelligent; witty. 
 
 Wci$, '.n. -e8. avarice. 
 
 gci)ig, a. covetous ; avari 
 cious. 
 
 eflaff, n. -e8. baying. 
 
 gclangcn, v. (f) reach. 
 
 gclaunt, a. disposed; 
 tempered. 
 
 elaute, n. ringing of 
 bells. 
 
 clb, n. -e8, -er. money. 
 
 clbbcutcl, m. -8. purse. 
 
 ge(egen, a. convenient. 
 
 clegenbeit, /. -en. oc- 
 casion. 
 
 clebrfamfeit, /. learn- 
 ing. 
 
 dclchrt, a. learned. 
 
 elcbrte, m. (108, c) 
 learned man ; scholar.
 
 534 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 geltngcn, v. irr. (f) suc- 
 ceed. 
 
 jU'U'l>l-M, ?'. VOW. 
 
 clobtc Slant, Holy Land. 
 
 gcltcn, v. in: be worth ; 
 - fur, pass. 
 
 cnnul), n. -(e)8, -adjer. 
 apartment. 
 
 cntabi, m. -(e)8, -e. con- 
 sort. 
 
 rmdlbc, n. -g. painting. 
 
 gcmein, a. common ; vul- 
 gar. 
 
 genicinfarn, a. common ; 
 adv. in common. 
 
 <*>cmcinfdum, /., pi. -en. 
 intercourse. 
 
 gemeinfd)aftlid), a. see *c 
 metnfam. 
 
 eim'ife, n. -g. vegetables. 
 
 ciniilh, n. -eg, -et. mind ; 
 soul ; heart. 
 
 gcnnu, a. accurate ; ex- 
 act. 
 
 geneigt, a. inclined ; dis- 
 posed. 
 
 gcncfen, v. irr. (f) recover. 
 
 gcnicgcn, v. irr. (131, 2) 
 enjoy. 
 
 gcitug, adv. enough. 
 
 geniigen, v. be enough. 
 
 t*n-tui.uImiitKi, f. satis- 
 faction. 
 
 fmifl, m. -Reg, -uffe. en- 
 joyment. 
 
 eographic,/. geography. 
 
 rorg, m. -8. George. 
 
 cpacf, n. -eg, -e. bag- 
 gage. 
 
 geprtftt, a. full ; bowed 
 down. 
 
 gtrafc(e), a. straight ; 
 adv. just. 
 
 geratben, v. irr. (f) pros- 
 per; get (e.g., into 
 trouble). 
 
 qcrcd)t, a. just ; right. 
 
 eredjtigfeit,/. justice. 
 
 crcbe, n. -8." talk. 
 
 f|crcid>cn, v. conduce. 
 
 rid)t, n. -(e)8, -e. court 
 of justice. 
 
 ge ring, a. little ; small ; 
 slight. 
 
 gtrn(), adv. willingly ; 
 with pleasure. 
 
 crftf,/. barley. 
 
 We nidi, m. -e8, -u$e. smell. 
 
 cicint'te, m. (108, c) am- 
 baseador. 
 
 efant>rfd)aft, /, pi. -en. 
 embassy. 
 
 efang, m. -e, -ange. 
 singing; song. 
 
 cfd)aft, n. -eS, -e. busi- 
 ness. 
 
 gefd>aftig, a. busy. 
 
 gcu1)rhftt, v. irr. be done ; 
 happen. 
 
 gefd)e^, a. clever. 
 
 efdxnf, . -(e),-e. pres- 
 ent ; gift. 
 
 efd)id)te,/., pZ. -n. his- 
 tory ; story. 
 
 efd)icflid)Fcit, /. clever- 
 ness. 
 
 gefd)id?t, a. clever. 
 
 efd)(ed)t, n. -tS, -er. 
 gender; generation. 
 
 efd)lcd)tdn>t?rt, n. arti- 
 cle. 
 
 Wefdintarf, ///. -eS. taste. 
 
 WcHl)incite, m. -g. jew- 
 els. 
 
 efdjrci, n. -eg. cry. 
 
 tfd)ti^, 11. -eg, -e. guns. 
 
 gcfd)roint(c), a. swift; 
 adv. fast. 
 
 WcfdHoiftf r, pi. brothers 
 and sisters. 
 
 gcfd)top(len, pp. swollen. 
 
 grfcdtg, a. sociable. 
 
 efcJIigfeit,/. sociability. 
 
 cfeHfd>aft, /., pi. -en. 
 society ; company ; 
 party. 
 
 efce, n. -eg, -e. law. 
 
 cid)t, n. -eg, -e. (51, 12) 
 vision ; pi. -er. face ; 
 countenance. 
 
 gefonnen, a. inclined. 
 
 efprdd), n. -eg, -e. con- 
 versation. 
 
 eflalt,/., />. -en. figure ; 
 shape. 
 
 iicftcbcn, v . irr. confess. 
 
 geftern, adv. yesterday ; 
 - 9lbenb, last night. 
 
 gefiirnt, n. starry. 
 
 grfunt 1 , a. healthy. 
 
 efui^heit, /., pi. -en. 
 health. 
 
 getrouen, v. refl. venture. 
 
 ctreife, . -8. grain. 
 
 getrunFen, (past part, 
 sometimes used <is im- 
 jterative, of trinten) 
 drink ! 
 
 coatter, m. -g, (-n), pi. 
 @ecatter(n), godfather. 
 
 gcroadrfen, pp. made 
 (for) ; equal (to). 
 
 gerodhren, v. grant. 
 
 croalt,/., pi. -tn. might; 
 force ; power. 
 
 geroaltig, . powerful. 
 
 emalttljat,/. violence. 
 
 cn>ant, n. -ei, -e, and 
 -anter. garment. 
 
 gcroiii^i, . adroit ; 
 clever. 
 
 <c!panfthcit, /. adroit- 
 ness. 
 
 genxirtig, a. - fein, expect 
 
 crochr, n. -eg, -e. mus- 
 ket; gun. 
 
 @en>id)t, n. -eg, -e. 
 weight; importance. 
 
 gcrotnnen, v. irr. win. 
 
 gctvift, a. certain. 
 
 croificn, n. -B, con- 
 science. 
 
 gctvitKttluift, o- conscien- 
 tious. 
 
 geroifTcrma^en, adv. in 
 some measure. 
 
 emitter, n. -g. thunder- 
 storm. 
 
 gcrooqcn, a. attached ; 
 well-disposed. 
 
 gtropbnett, v. accustom. 
 
 croofmrjett, f., pi. -en. 
 custom ; habit. 
 
 gctvohnlid), usual ; orcli- 
 n'ry. 
 
 ffieroolf, n. -eg, -t. clouda 
 
 cnirj(e), n. -eg, (-8,) -e. 
 spice. 
 
 gicbt, see geben. 
 
 gierig, a. eager ; greedy. 
 
 ierigfeit,.^ eagerness. 
 
 nicpcii, '. irr. pour. 
 
 ift, n. -eg, -e. poison. 
 
 iftbcdxr, m. poisoned 
 cup. 
 
 giftig, a. poisonous. 
 
 ipftl, m. -8. top ; sum- 
 mit. 
 
 lan$, m. -eg. brightness; 
 splendor. 
 
 gldnjent 1 , n. bright ; bril- 
 liant; shining. 
 
 las, n.- e8, -afer. glass. 
 
 Idedxn, n. -8. little 
 glasB. 
 
 glott, a. smooth ; bland. 
 
 <5ltiube(n), m. -n8, -n. 
 faitli ; belief. 
 
 glauben, v. believe ; 
 think ; suppose.
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 535 
 
 gtattbig, a. believing. 
 
 rjlc id), a. like ; equal ; 
 parallel ; adv. equally ; 
 immediately ; directly. 
 
 g(eid>en, v. irr. be like. 
 
 gleidifliiltirt., a. indiffer- 
 ent. 
 
 leidjgultigfett, /. indif- 
 ference. 
 
 ffilcidUu-i t , j. equality. 
 
 Icid)ni, n. -fieS, -ffe. 
 comparison. 
 
 gleid)fam, <nlv. as it were. 
 
 gleiten, v. irr. (\) glide ; 
 slide. 
 
 licl 1 , n. -e6, er. member. 
 
 glimmcn, v. irr. glimmer ; 
 glow. 
 
 Icrfc, /., pi. -n. bell; 
 clock. 
 
 liirf, n. -eg. luck ; good 
 fortune ; happiness ; 
 
 - rounfdjen, congratu- 
 late. 
 
 gltirf lidi, a. lucky ; suc- 
 cessful ; happy. 
 
 g(iicF(id)crn>ctfc, adv. for- 
 tunately. 
 
 litrffeligfeit,/. felicity. 
 
 gd'ilictt, v . glow ; be red- 
 hot. 
 
 futb, /., pi. -en. glow ; 
 heat ; blaze. 
 
 nflbe,/., pi. -n. pardon. 
 
 gna'big, a. gracious. 
 
 pit, n. -eg. gold. 
 
 gotten, a. gold; golden; 
 
 - retljlidj, between red 
 and the color of gold. 
 
 gotbifd), a. Gothic. 
 ott, m. -eg, otter. God ; 
 
 - Jet 3)anf, thank God ! 
 gimlidi, a divine, 
 rob, n. -eg, =dber. grave. 
 graben, v. irr. dig. 
 raben, m. -8, -aben. 
 
 ditch; trench. 
 
 ml 1 , m. -eg, -e. degree. 
 
 rat", >n. -en, -en. count. 
 
 rafin,/. , pi. -ncn. count- 
 ess. 
 
 ram, m. -eg. grief. 
 
 gramen, v. also refl., 
 grieve ; fret. 
 
 ramma'tif, /., pi. -en. 
 grammar. 
 
 ras, n. -eel, -afcr. grass. 
 
 grau, a. gray. 
 
 raticn, 11. -6. horror. 
 
 griiufam. a. cruel 
 
 graufcn, v. impers. shud- 
 
 der. 
 
 raufen, n. -6. horror. 
 gretfcn, v. irr. grasp ; 
 
 seize. 
 
 rei$, m. -eg, -e. old man. 
 ren^e,/., pi. -n. liicit. 
 grcttfcn, v. border. 
 grcn^enlod, a. boundless. 
 rted)e, nt. -n, -n. Greek. 
 riedjcnlcurt, /. -g. 
 
 Greece. 
 
 gried)ifd>, a. Greek. 
 grimnttg, a. fierce. 
 grofj, a. (114, 6) great; 
 
 large ; tall. 
 grogartig, a. grand. 
 ri)$c,/.,pZ. -n. size. 
 rtrofictiilu-il*, adv. in a 
 
 great measure. 
 roftmutlj,/. generosity. 
 grafjnriitlng, ". magnani- 
 
 mous ; generous. 
 rogmutrcr, /. grand- 
 
 mother. 
 rofjoater, m. grand- 
 
 father. 
 
 ruft,/., pi. -ufte. vault. 
 griin, a. green. 
 runb, m. -eg, pi. -unbe, 
 
 soil ; reason. 
 runMage, f., pi. -n. 
 
 foundation. 
 runMcljre, /., pi. -n. 
 
 fundamental doctrine. 
 runbfafc, in. -e, -a^e. 
 
 principle. 
 grii^cn, v. greet. 
 uitanc,/.,/)?.-n. guitar. 
 ult'en, rn. -g. florin. 
 giilt'en, (old form, for 
 
 gclben) a. golden. 
 unft, /. favor ; kind- 
 
 ness. 
 tinftbcfeigting, /., pi. 
 
 -en. favor ; kindness. 
 giinftig, a. favorable. 
 gut, a. (114, 6) good; adv. 
 
 well ; - madjen, make up 
 
 for ; tcieber - macfyen, re- 
 
 pair. 
 ute,/. goodness ; kind- 
 
 ness. 
 giitig, a. good ; kind. 
 
 see ag. 
 
 , n. -e, -e. hair. 
 , #abt,f. property. 
 I haben, v. aux. (77 ; 065, 
 4) have. 
 
 ,f., pi. -n. hoe. 
 , m. -g, ^afen. har- 
 bor; port. 
 
 ^nfer, m. -g. oats. 
 
 m. -eg, -e. hedge. 
 
 m. -g. hail 
 , v. hail. 
 
 , n. -. thun- 
 der-storm with hail. 
 ; fjaager, a. lean. 
 
 bager, see 6,aager. 
 
 ^paljn, m., pi. ane. 
 cock ; trigger. 
 
 ^>aInid)fH, n. -g. little 
 cock. 
 
 $ain, m. -eg, -e. grove. 
 
 Ijalb, a. half. 
 
 ., (125, Note) pi. 
 -n. half. 
 
 , m. -eg, atfe. neck. 
 
 fatten, v. irr. hold; 
 keep. 
 
 jammer, m. -g, jammer, 
 hammer. 
 
 ^anb,/. , pi. anbe. hand. 
 
 Ijanbeln, v. (131, 3) act ; 
 deal. 
 
 4>anMung,/., pi. -en. ac- 
 tion. 
 
 anbfdnili, rn. glove. 
 
 ImiuH'tt, v. irr. hang ; be 
 suspended. 
 
 Iiatirt.ni, /. hang. 
 
 ^annd>en,/. Jenny. 
 
 faring, m. -(c)g, -e. her- 
 ring. 
 
 $arb,/., pi. -n. rake. 
 
 barmen, fi(^, v . reft, grieve. 
 
 ^armonie,/., pi. -en. har- 
 mony. 
 
 barren, v. wait. 
 
 hurt, a. hard ; severe. 
 
 bartbcrjig, a. hard-heart- 
 ed. 
 
 , m. -n, -n. hare. 
 
 , /. -nuffe. hazel- 
 nut. 
 
 boffen, v. (131) hate. 
 
 *>audi, m. -eg, -e. breath. 
 
 baucn, v. hew ; cut. 
 
 ^aufc(n), m. -ng, (-g,) -n. 
 heap ; pile ; troop 
 -nroeife, adv. in crowds. 
 
 bcitiftg, a. frequent. 
 
 Vaiipt, n. -eg, ^tanpter. 
 head. 
 
 ^aitvtmann, m. -%, Icute. 
 captain. 
 
 ^auptftabt, f. -flabtf / cap- 
 ital.
 
 536 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 l, m. -8, -e. chief 
 part. 
 
 Oaupttoort, n. -8, -aftrter. 
 noun, substantive. 
 
 nu, n. -e8, pi. auf, 
 house ; ju -e, at home. 
 
 (Kiu*d)cn, n. -8. little 
 house. 
 
 ), a. thrifty, 
 r, m.-n,-en. land- 
 lord. 
 
 mi*fcbluffel, m. -8. 
 street-door key. 
 
 J^aut,/., J9?. ijdute. skin. 
 
 bcben, v. irr. lift ; raise. 
 
 <eer, n. -e8, -e. army. 
 
 pcerfiibrer, m. -8. gene- 
 ral 
 
 ^eerb, ^eerbe, see b, 
 Jjjerbe. 
 
 $eft, w. -e8, -t. copy- 
 book. 
 
 bcftifl, a. violent. 
 
 4?eftigfeit,/ vehemence. 
 
 heiiett, v. bear ; cherish. 
 
 4>eibe, m. (59, e) -n, -n. 
 heathen ; /., pi. -n. 
 heath. 
 
 beilen, v. heal. 
 
 heiliii, a. holy. 
 
 beiliqeit, v. hallow. 
 
 hcilfam, a. salutary ; 
 heaL'ng. 
 
 heim, adv. home. 
 
 *eiinrttb,/. home. 
 
 bcimlid), a. secret. 
 
 3mtvu1t, m. -8. Henry. 
 
 $c1ratb,/., pi. -en. mar- 
 riage. 
 
 beiriithcn, v. marry. 
 
 IK-IB, a. hot. 
 
 beifjen, v. tr. bid ; desire ; 
 v. intr. be called ; 
 mean ; toie - @ie ? what 
 is your name ? 
 
 better, a. cheerful. 
 
 *elb, m. -en, -en. hero. 
 
 $elbcnmutb, m. -ti. he- 
 roic spirit ; courage. 
 
 hrlr-emniitbig, a. heroic. 
 
 iH-lfenfinn, m. heroic 
 feeling ; heroism. 
 
 lu-lu-ii, v. irr. help. 
 
 befl, a. clear ; bright ; 
 light. 
 
 Seller, m. -8. farthing. 
 
 >etnt>, n. -e8, -en. shirt. 
 
 hcimncn, v. check. 
 
 enFer, m. -8. execution- 
 er. 
 
 ., pi. -n. hen. 
 Oenriette, f. Harriet, 
 ber, adv. hither ; here ; 
 
 ago. 
 
 bomb, adv. down, 
 berabfallen,* v. irr. fall 
 
 down. 
 btrabfinfen,* v. irr. (\) 
 
 sink down, 
 bernn, adv. on ; near, 
 berannaben,*?'. approach, 
 berauf, adv. up. 
 berauffteigen,* v. mount. 
 berau8, adv. out. 
 beraugeben,* v . irr. pub- 
 lish, 
 bcraiieitebmcn,* v. take 
 
 out. 
 beraudfpringen,* v. irr. 
 
 (?) jump out. 
 beraud}iebcn,* v. irr. 
 
 draw out. 
 bcrbei, adv. near ; up (i.e. 
 
 towards a person). 
 JxrbeiciUn,* v. (f) hurry 
 
 up. 
 
 berbei'bolcn,* v. fetch. 
 berbeifd)affen,* v. bring. 
 4>erbfl> m. -e3, -e. autumn. 
 3erbft!ieb, n. -e8, -er. au- 
 tumnal pong. 
 $erb, m. -e8, -e. hearth, 
 ^erbe,/, pi. -n. flock 
 herein, adv. in ; come in ! 
 bereinf ommen,* v. irr. (f) 
 
 come in. 
 hereintreten,* v. irr. (f) 
 
 step in. 
 
 bcrn.n1), adv. afterwards. 
 berniel'er, adv. down, 
 ^err, m. -(e)n, -en. mas- 
 ter ; lord ; gentleman ; 
 
 (Mr.), mein-!Sir! 
 bcrrlidi, a. magnificent ; 
 
 spl ndid. 
 ^errfdjaft, /., pi. -en. 
 
 rule. 
 
 berrfeben, v. reign ; rule, 
 berftellen,* v. produce ; 
 
 rcieber -, restore. 
 beriiber,adz>. over; across, 
 berum, adv. round, 
 bmiiiter, adv. down, 
 bcroor, adv. out ; forth. 
 ^eroorbringen,* v. irr. 
 
 produce. 
 
 ^cr^, n. -enS, -en. heart. 
 4>rr;eitei)riinb, m. -e8, 
 
 -grunbe. bottom of the 
 
 heart* 
 
 4c>eriog, m. -8, -e. duke. 
 benii, adv. hither. 
 beu, n. -e8. hay. 
 beucbeln, v. feign. 
 beiite, adv. to-day. 
 biemcbeii, "/''. here (be- 
 
 low). 
 
 bier, adv. here. 
 bierauf, adv. hereupon ; 
 
 after this. 
 bierniis, adv. from, by 
 
 this. 
 bierbei, adv. with, in 
 
 this. 
 
 bicrber, adv. hither. 
 bier in, adv. in here ; in 
 
 this. 
 
 biermit, adv. herewith. 
 bieriiber, tdv. over this 
 
 place ; at this. 
 bierooii, adv. of, from 
 
 this. 
 
 ^ilfe, (ulfe,)/. help. 
 V>ilfoniittel, M.-8. remedy; 
 
 resource. 
 
 ,p2. subsidi- 
 
 ary troops. 
 
 ?>imniel, m. -8. heaven. 
 t>iiniiH-I.bute, m. -n, -n. 
 
 heavenly messenger. 
 biintnlifd), a. heavenly. 
 ^in, adv. away. 
 bincib, adv. down. 
 binabftcijjen,* v. irr. de- 
 
 scend ; go down. 
 bt'nauf, adv. up. 
 binauffabren,* v. irr. 
 
 drive up. 
 biiiauffteigen,* v. irr. 
 
 mount. 
 
 btnaud, adv. out. 
 binausjoerfen,* v. irr. 
 
 throw out. 
 binaudfcbliipfen,* v. slip 
 
 out. 
 binaudfd)tncif|en,* v. irr. 
 
 throw out ; fling out. 
 bincin, '"/'. in. 
 bineingeheii,* v. irr. go 
 
 in. 
 
 binreidtenb, a. sufficient. 
 binreiften,* v. irr. carry 
 
 along. 
 binfcucn,* v. set; lay 
 
 down. 
 binter, a. hind ; back ; 
 
 prep, behind. 
 himerliiffett, v. irr. leave 
 
 ( behind). 
 binterfi, a. hindmost.
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 537 
 
 binubcr, adv. over ; 
 across. 
 
 tyinw, adv. to; towards; 
 near. 
 
 hiniufiigcn,* v . add to. 
 
 bimukecit,* v. in: add. 
 
 $irfd), i>i. -t&i -e. stag. 
 
 $trte, *. -en, -en. shep- 
 herd. 
 
 #i$e,f. heat; ardor. 
 
 fcod), . (109, y ; 114, 6) 
 high; tall. 
 
 bod)beriig, a. magnani- 
 mous. 
 
 ^od)mutb,m.-8. haughti- 
 ness. 
 
 bod)fl, a. highest, arf. 
 extremely. 
 
 jof, . -e3, 6fe. court- 
 yard. 
 
 ftoffcn, v. hope. 
 
 $offmmg, /., pi. -en. 
 hope. 
 
 'c, pi. courtiers. 
 ), . polite. 
 
 , in. -(e)3, -e. cour- 
 tier. 
 
 4>ofm<mn, m. -8, -leute. 
 courtier. 
 
 ftoftneitfcr, m. -3. tutor. 
 
 4>oftbor, n. (court)-yard 
 gate. 
 
 $bt)t,f.,pl. -n. height. 
 
 hob I, a. hollow. 
 
 $6l)lc, /., pi- -n. den; 
 cave. 
 
 $oi)n, m.. -(S. scorn. 
 
 I) oil 1 , a. kind ; sweet. 
 
 bofen, v. fetch ; draw. 
 
 r, m. Dutchman. 
 e,/. hell. 
 
 \, n. -eg, 6tjer. wood. 
 . wooden, 
 r, rn. -8. wood- 
 cutter, 
 tig, a. woody. 
 
 , m. -e, fl6jie. pile 
 of wood. 
 
 $onig, m. -8, honey. 
 
 4>pr<U, m. Horace. 
 
 hir.-d)cn, v. listen. 
 
 ho'rcti, v. hear. 
 
 4?orn, n. -(e)8, $6rne. 
 horn ; bugle ; in'8 - 
 ftofecn, sound the bugle. 
 
 $ornunq, m. February. 
 
 ^ort, i. -(e)8, e. safe 
 place, refuge. 
 
 ht'ibfdi, a. handsome ; 
 pretty. 
 
 uf, in. -(e)8, -e. hoof. 
 >iiKMVn, a. horseshoe, 
 ^iirtcl, '" -8. hill. 
 3uini, . -e3, u^ntr. hen. 
 .*3iil)iid)cit, n. -8. chicken. 
 >ult,/. favor. 
 l)ulbii)cn, v. do homage 
 
 to. 
 
 feiilfc, K. see tlfe. 
 Q68t,f.,pl -n. cover. 
 $unb, m. -(e)8, -e. dog. 
 fmnbcrt, num. hundred. 
 Giiiibin, f., pi. -nen. 
 
 bitch. 
 
 Hunger, *. -3. hunger. 
 tiung(c)rig, a. hungry. 
 fjungern, v. be hungry. 
 Ijiipfett, v. leap, 
 bufd), int. pop ! quick ! 
 Jput, m. (59 e.) -e8, ^ute. 
 
 hat. 
 ut, /. (59, e) guard; 
 
 care, 
 biitcn, v. watch ; fic^ -, 
 
 take care. 
 J^iittc,/., pi. -n. hut 
 
 id),pron. (144) I. 
 
 ibm, pron. (144) him. 
 
 ibn, pron. him. 
 
 ibncn, pron. (144) (to) 
 them; 3^nen (to) you. 
 
 fhr, perspron. (140) ye ; 
 to her ; jooss. adj. (73) 
 her ; their ; 3r, your ; 
 ber, Me, ba8 i^re, or i^rer, 
 t$re, i^te8, pass. pron. 
 (153) hers ; theirs ; ber, 
 bie, ba8 3$re, or 36rer, 
 3fyre, 3^3, poss. pron. 
 yours. 
 
 ihrige, (153) ber, bie, 
 ba8. poss. pron. hers; 
 theirs ; 3^rtge, yours. 
 
 3abe,/ Iliad. 
 
 im = in bent. 
 
 imnur, adv. always. 
 
 immcrbar, adv. ever ; al- 
 ways. 
 
 in, prep. (288) in; at; to. 
 
 tnbriinfHg, a. fervent. 
 
 inbcnt, ('(/'.'. during that 
 time ; ronj. while ; as. 
 
 inbcp, iitbcffcn, adv. in 
 the mean time ; how- 
 evor ; yet. 
 
 3nbien, n. -8. India. 
 
 3"tVmreric, infantry. 
 
 inner, a. inner ; interior. 
 
 3ncre, ?t. -n. interior. 
 
 innerbulb, adv. andprep. 
 within. 
 
 itt = in ba8. 
 
 3nfd)rift, /., pi. -en. in- 
 scription. 
 
 3nfcf t, n. -(e)8, -en. in- 
 sect. 
 
 i Sitfel,/., pi. -n. island. 
 jnftrumcnt, n. -(e)8, -e. 
 instrument. 
 
 Sntercffe, n. -8, -n. inter- 
 est. 
 
 tnroenbig, adv. inside. 
 
 irben, a. earthen. 
 : irgcitb, some, or other, 
 e.g., irgenb etner, some 
 one, or other; irgenbs 
 wo, somewhere or 
 other. 
 
 3rldnber, m. -8. Irish- 
 man. 
 
 irren, v. fti^ -, be mis- 
 taken. 
 
 3rrtbtiiu, TO. -(e)8, -iimet. 
 error. 
 
 3^tanb, n. -8. Iceland. 
 
 3talien, n. -8. Italy. 
 
 3talicncr, in. -8. Italian. 
 
 ja, adv. yes ; yea. 
 
 3agb, /., pi. -en. chase; 
 hunting ; hunt. 
 
 jagen, v. hunt ; chase. 
 
 3ager, TO. -8. hunter. 
 
 3abr, n. -e8, -e. year. 
 
 3abrbunbcrt, n. century. 
 
 jabrlid), a. yearly ; an- 
 nual. 
 
 3>immer, m. -8. misery. 
 
 3ammergefd)rei, n. -8. la- 
 mentation; cry of an- 
 guish. 
 
 3<muar, TO. -8. January. 
 I je, adv. ever ; conj. je na$ 
 bem, according as. 
 
 tcbcr, j(be, tebed, dem. 
 pron. (71) every ; 
 each ; (ein) -er. every 
 one ; anybody ; - mel 
 djer. or ber, whoever. 
 
 3ebermann, pron. every 
 one ; anybody. 
 
 iebod), conj. however. 
 
 jemoU, adv. ever. 
 
 jciiiatib, pron. (164, 5) 
 somebody : anybody. 
 
 jcner, jcnt, \tnti, pron. 
 (71) that. 
 
 it^tf adv. now ; at pros- 
 ent.
 
 538 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULAKY. 
 
 3o<b, n. -e8, -e. yoke. 
 
 3obann, m. -8. John. 
 
 3cbanna, f. Joanna ; 
 Jane. 
 
 3ute, MI. -n, -n jew. 
 
 Sugent,./! youth. 
 
 iugcntlid), a. youthful. 
 
 3uli, in. -g. July. 
 
 jung, a. young. 
 
 3ungfer, f., pi. -n. maid. 
 
 Sungfrau,/., pi. -en. vir- 
 gin ; maid. 
 
 3unggef<fl, m. -en, -en. 
 bachelor. 
 
 3ungling, M. -8, -e. youth. 
 
 3unglingdalter, n. youth. 
 
 iiingft, a. youngest ; adv. 
 lately. 
 
 3uni, MI. June. 
 
 SarTee, MI. -8. coffee. 
 
 ft line eli an*, n. (coffee- 
 house) restaurant. 
 
 ftafiq, m. -(e)g, -e. cage. 
 
 Fahl, a. bald; bare. 
 
 Sabn, MI. -eg, #d$ne, boat. 
 
 Saifer, MI. -g. emperor. 
 
 Saifcrtbum, n. empire. 
 
 Salb, n. -(e)g, flatter, 
 calf. 
 
 SttilbSbratcn, MI. -g. roast 
 veal. 
 
 Salifc, m. -n, -n. Caliph. 
 
 fait, a. cold. 
 
 faltbliitig, a. cold-blood- 
 ed ; ado. coolly. 
 
 ScUte, /'. cold ; coldness. 
 
 Sained, n. -e8, -e. camel. 
 
 ft ii me rat, MI. -en, -en. 
 comrade. 
 
 Sam if o I, n. -8, -e, -fole. 
 jacket. 
 
 f (tinmen, v. comb. 
 
 Summer,/, pi. -n. room. 
 
 ttaniiitcrticncr, -8. valet- 
 de-chambre. 
 
 Scintpf, Mi. -e8, fldmpfe. 
 combat 
 
 r.inipfcii, v. fight. 
 
 .Hiinancnpoqcl, 7/1; canary 
 bird. 
 
 Sanone, /., pi. -n. can- 
 non. 
 
 Sander, m. -8. chancel- 
 lor. 
 
 Sapefle,/., pi. -n. chapel. 
 
 Capital, n. -()8, -ien. 
 capital. 
 
 apitdn, m. -g, -e. cap- 
 tain. 
 
 apian, m. -8, -e. chap- 
 lain. 
 
 ,pl. -n. cara- 
 van. 
 
 Martina!, MI. -g, -ale. car- 
 dinal. 
 
 Farg, a. sparing ; stingy. 
 
 Sari, Mt. Charles. 
 
 Sarolint,/. Caroline. 
 
 Sarmt, Mi. -g. cart. 
 
 ft a rft, m. -eg, -. mat- 
 tock, two pronged (po- 
 tato) hook. 
 
 ! Sarte, /., pi. -n. card ; 
 ticket. 
 
 Sartcnfpid, n. game of 
 cards. 
 
 Sartbago, n. -. Car- 
 thage. 
 
 Sartoffe!,/., pi. -n. pota- 
 to. 
 
 Safe, m. -8. cheese. 
 
 ft iitbolif , m. -en, -en. 
 
 fatholifd), a. Catholic. 
 
 Sa$c,/., pi. -n. cat. 
 
 Sauf,Mi. -(e)8, flaufe. bar- 
 gain. 
 
 faufcn, v. buy. 
 
 Sauftnann, MI. -(e)8, -Ieu= 
 te. merchant. 
 
 Faiiin, adv. scarce(ly). 
 
 Seb!e,/,/jJ. -n. throat. 
 
 fehren, v. turn. 
 
 Fein, -er, fein, adj. no, not 
 any ; flelner, -e, -8, 
 pron. no one, nothing. 
 
 fcincn>cg;e)9, adv. by no 
 means. 
 
 Fcinmal, adv. not once. 
 
 Seller, m. -8. cellar. 
 
 Fettnen, v. know ; be ac- 
 quainted with. 
 
 Scnner, m. -8. judge. 
 
 fJcnntmg, /. -ffe. Tcnow- 
 ledge. 
 
 Serl, MI. -g, -e. fellow. 
 
 Sent, m. -(e)g, -e. kernel; 
 stone ; grain. 
 
 Seffel, MI. -g. kettle. 
 
 Ktttt,f.,pl. -n. chain. 
 
 fiicfer, MI. -8. jaw ; /., pi. 
 -n. pine. 
 
 fticfcl, m. -8. flint ; peb- 
 ble. 
 
 Sint, n. -eg, -er. child. 
 
 ft intciKti, Stntlein, //. -e. 
 l.ttle clild. 
 
 Sintennatcbcn, n. nurse. 
 
 Sinterftnn, MI. child-like 
 mind. 
 
 Sinbcrfpiel, n. -8, -e. 
 chila's play. 
 
 ftintbcit, f. childhood. 
 , rintifei), a. childish. 
 
 Futtlicb, a. filial; child- 
 like. 
 
 ftinnfmcf, M. -, -e. chin- 
 piece. 
 
 -Wirdie, /., pi. -n. church. 
 
 Sirrbbof, MI. -t&,pl. -$6fe, 
 churchyard. 
 
 Sirfcbt,/., pi. -n. cherry. 
 
 SifTcn, n. -8. pillow. 
 
 Stage, /., pi. -n. com- 
 plaint. 
 
 Ffagen, v. complain. 
 
 Sfaggefcbrei, n. -eS. loud 
 lamentations. 
 
 F(ar, a. clear. 
 
 Slaffe,y., pi. -n. class. 
 
 Slee, MI. -8, -e. clover. 
 
 ftlcit, . -e, -er. dress. 
 
 Flciten, >. dress. 
 
 ft letter, pi. clothes. 
 
 Slcitcrburfte, /., pi. -n. 
 clothes-brush. 
 
 Skit ting, /., pi. -n. 
 clothing. 
 
 Mlcitiingaftiicf, n. -8, -e. 
 clothes. 
 
 Sleie,/ bran. 
 
 Flein, a. little ; small. 
 
 SkinigFcit, /., pi. -en. 
 trifle. 
 
 Sleinot, n. -(e)8, -e, and 
 -ien. treasure. 
 
 fkttcrn, r. (f) climb. 
 
 Flingeln, >'. ring the bell. 
 
 Flingeii, v. irr. sound ; 
 tingle. 
 
 Flopfcn, v . beat ; knock. 
 
 Sloft, m. -e8, fllo|e. clod ; 
 dumpling. 
 
 Sfoftcr, n. -8, fllofler. con- 
 vent. 
 
 Sluft, /., pi. fllufte. gap; 
 cleft ; chasm. 
 
 Flug, a. wise ; prudent 
 
 fthiflhcit, /. discretion ; 
 wisdom ; good sense. 
 
 Snabr, in. -n, -n. boy. 
 
 Snnbcnalter, n. -8. boy- 
 hcod. 
 
 Snalf, ). -eg, -e. report; 
 ezploalon. 
 
 , a. scarce ; close. 
 ,.-(, at. -8. ball. 
 
 Knt<ht, m. -eg, -e. slave. 
 
 Fneifen, v. irr. pinch. 
 
 Fncipcn, v. pinch.
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 539 
 
 Knit, n. -(e), -e. knee. 
 &nod)cn, >n. -3. bone. 
 nofpe, /.,/>. -n. bud. 
 
 cook. 
 
 Fod)cit, v. cook ; boil. 
 Coffer, m. -8. trunk. 
 Stabler, m. -8. charcoal- 
 
 burner. 
 iiulpfj, //*. -ff3, -fle. colos- 
 
 sus. 
 
 Sffinct, m. -en, -en. comet. 
 tommanbtrcn, v. a. com- 
 
 mand. 
 Fonuimi, v. irr. come ; 
 
 come to pass. 
 Compliment, n. -(e)8, -e. 
 
 compliment. 
 61113, m. -(e)8, e. king. 
 Ai on iii in, /, />Z. -nen. 
 
 queen. 
 
 foniglid),. kingly; royal. 
 6nigreid), n. -(e)8, -e. 
 
 kingdom. 
 f ounen, v. (93, 324) can ; 
 
 be able. 
 
 fionnen, n. -8. capacity. 
 Ifopf, m. -e8, Ropfe. head. 
 , M. -8. headache. 
 b, . -e8, Rorbc. bas- 
 
 ket. 
 &prn, w. -e8, Corner. corn; 
 
 rye. 
 
 Korper, HI. -8. body. 
 fprperlid), a. bodily. 
 fiorperFraft, /. physical 
 
 strength. 
 
 Ati'Mcf, m. Cossack. 
 Fofeii, v. chat. 
 Soft,/. food. 
 Foftbar, a. costly ; pre- 
 
 cious. 
 Soften, pi. costs ; expen- 
 
 se(s). 
 
 tofttn, v. cost. 
 Foftlid), a. costly. 
 Foftfpielig, a. expensive. 
 raft, /, pi. flrafte. 
 
 strength. 
 
 ftraftcn, t. -8. collar. 
 Fraben, ?'. crow. 
 ftrollcv/, . -n. claw. 
 &ranid), u'i. -e8, -c. crane. 
 FnniF, ii. sick. 
 fraitFcit, y. offend. 
 frdnfciit 1 , adj. offending. 
 Franfh'ift, '7 diseased. 
 &rantt)eit,f., pi. -en. dis- 
 
 ease ; sickness. 
 a, m. -tt, -. circle. 
 
 Fvcifclicii, n. screech. 
 
 Ai in:;, M. -e8, -e. cross. 
 
 f ricdu'it, v. irr. (f & fy) 
 creep. 
 
 icg, m. -(e)8, -e. war. 
 , m. -8. warrior. 
 
 friegerifd), a. warlike. 
 
 ftric<j$)<it)laiut, n. -8, am= 
 ter. army pay-office. 
 
 ^riepdminiftcr, m. -8. 
 Minister of War. 
 
 M'rttiF, /., pi. -en. criti- 
 cism. 
 
 v. crown. 
 ,/, pi. -en. coro- 
 nation. 
 
 Sfriirfc,/., pi. -n. Brutch. 
 
 SJiid)e,/., pi. -n. kitchen. 
 
 .U;id)i-n, m. -8. cake. 
 
 (, /., ^>t -n. ball; 
 bullet. 
 
 ift,/., pZ. ffiilje, cow. 
 OIc,^; coohiess ; cool. ', 
 
 Fiibn, a. bold. 
 
 Ftihitiici), adv. boldly. 
 
 Stuiinncr, m. -8. grief. 
 
 ttiinmcrlid), a. miserable. 
 
 Stnntt,m. -n, -n. (59, E) 
 customer ; f. know- 
 ledge. 
 
 Fittiffdjaftcit, v. make in- 
 quiry. 
 
 unl>fd)flfter, m. -8. spy. 
 
 funftig, a. future. 
 
 fitinf*,/., pi. Sunfle. art. 
 
 Sfiinftier, m. -8. artist. 
 
 JiunfttocvF, n. work of 
 art. 
 
 .frupfcr, n. -8. copper. 
 
 Surfiirft, m. elector. 
 
 fun, a. short. 
 
 fiurjc, /, pi. -n. short- 
 ness. 
 
 it it ft c, /., pZ. -n. coast ; 
 shore. 
 
 Siiitfdjcr, TO. -8. coach- 
 man. 
 
 (aben, ?'. refresh. 
 
 CabetmttF, in. -(e)S, -ante, 
 refreshing drink. 
 
 i*abfa(, n. -(e)8, -c. re- 
 freshment. 
 
 did)c(n, y. smile. 
 
 ladicii, ?;. laugh ; smile. 
 
 t'ndjd, m. -e8, -e. salmon. 
 
 i'nbcn, m. -6, Saben, shop ; 
 store. 
 
 lat>tn,v. irr. lade; load; 
 invite. 
 
 , /., pi. -en. car- 
 
 go- 
 
 Sage, /., pi. -n position. 
 ager, n. -8. camp. 
 InSim, a. lame. 
 i'alinic, m. (108, c) lame 
 
 man. 
 i'linnu, n. -c8, Cdmmer. 
 
 lamb. 
 
 fiampc,/., /??. n. lamp. 
 Xant, n. -e8, -c, and Sons 
 
 bet. land ; country. 
 lanten, v. (130, 1) (f) land. 
 anbgut, n. estate. 
 
 m. peasant. 
 ./; highway. 
 lang, a. long ; tall. 
 Jaiti)jal)rti3, a. of many 
 
 years. 
 
 liiitftc, adv. long. 
 Sange,/;, pZ. -n. length. 
 angerocile, /. tedious- 
 
 ness. 
 Id'ngS, prep. (384, 3) 
 
 along. 
 
 (cmgfant, a. slow. 
 fianje,/,^?. -n. lance. 
 arm, m. -(e)8. noise. 
 laffen,v. (326, III.) leave; 
 
 let. 
 Saft, /., pi. -en. load; 
 
 burden; weight. 
 Safier, n. -S. vice. 
 Ca'fterer, m. -8. blasphe- 
 
 mer. 
 
 laftcrlnift, a. vicious. 
 laftcrn, v. blaspheme. 
 Sdftcrroort, n. blasphemy. 
 lau, a. lukewarm. 
 aub, n. -e8. leaves ; foli- 
 
 age. 
 
 aubc,.f., pi. -n. arbor. 
 i'dublciu, n. -8. little 
 
 leaf. 
 
 ouf, m. -e8, Sdufe, course. 
 laufcn, v. irr. (f) run. 
 aune,/., pi. -n. humor; 
 
 caprice. 
 
 <m3, ./, pi. Caufe. louse, 
 Inufdjcn, v. listen. 
 laut, a. loud. 
 la n ten, v. sound ; run. 
 lebcn, v. (130, 1) live. 
 eben, n. -8. life ; fur fein 
 
 - flcrn effcn, be exces- 
 
 siv^lv fond of. 
 i'chcndnit, /. behavior; 
 
 manners. 
 ebcndgcfal)r, /. danger 
 
 of life.
 
 540 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 cbendfraft,/. vital pow- 
 er. 
 
 l, pi. provi- 
 
 sions. 
 
 li-bluiu, a. lively. 
 Vfblumintvit,/. vivacity. 
 li-cf en, v. lick. 
 Section,/., pi. -en. lesson. 
 let'em, a. (of) leather ; 
 
 leatuern. 
 leer, a. empty. 
 Iceren, v. (130, 1) empty. 
 Icqeii, v. (130, 1) lay; put. 
 egenbe, /., pi. -n. legend. 
 el>rc, /'. , pi. -n. doctrine. 
 lebren,Y (130, 1) teach. 
 <l)rcr, m. -8. teacher ; 
 
 master. 
 
 etb, m., pi. -er. body. 
 eibedfraft, /. strength 
 
 of body. 
 cid>e, /., j>Z. -n. dead 
 
 body. 
 
 Ieid)t, a. light ; easy. 
 eib, ri. -(e)8. sorrow ; 
 
 grief; einem ein -8 an: 
 
 thun, injure one. 
 Itit, iii'. e3 ijl, or, ttyut mir 
 
 -, I am sorry. 
 (eiben, v. irr. suflFer. 
 fieibenfebaft, /., pi. -tn. 
 
 passion. 
 Inter, int. alas. 
 Icihcn, v. irr. lend. 
 leife, a. low ; soft. 
 lei ft CH , v. do ; render ; per- 
 
 form ; take (an oath). 
 leiten, v. lead ; guide. 
 etter, m. (59, E) -. 
 
 guide; conductor. 
 Setter, /., (59, E)pl. -n. 
 
 ladder. 
 c7tton, y., />Z. -en. les- 
 
 son. 
 
 lenfen, v. guide. 
 enrer, m. -8. guide. 
 enj, m. -e8, -e. spring. 
 erdje, f.,pl. -n. lark. 
 lernen, t;. (130, 1) learn ; 
 
 study. 
 
 lefen, v irr. read. 
 efen, n. -8. reading. 
 efer, m. -8, /. Seferin, pi. 
 
 -nen. reader. 
 leferlid), a. legible. 
 U'St, a. last ; iinal. 
 (extend, '.-'//'. last. 
 leeterer, a. the latter. 
 Icethin, adv. lately. 
 leud)ten, v. shine. 
 
 eud)ter, m. -8. candle- 
 stick. 
 
 leugnen, v. (130, 1) deny. 
 
 X'eute, /;/. people. 
 
 id)t, n. -(e)8, -e, and -er. 
 light ; candle. 
 
 iduftocr, m. -S, -ftode. 
 candlestick. 
 
 lieb, a. dear. 
 
 iebe,/. love. 
 
 lieben, v. (130, 1) love. 
 
 Iieben0nmrtig,a. amiable. 
 
 Vu-lu-iuMmirt'iiiFftt, j'.. pi. 
 -en. amiability. 
 
 Iteber, adv. rather ; soon- 
 er. 
 
 liebtofen, v. caress. 
 
 lieblid), a. lovely. 
 
 icbling, >/t. -8, -e. favor- 
 ite. 
 i ieb, n. -(e)8, -er. song. 
 
 liefern, v. furnish ; give 
 (battle). 
 
 liciu'ii, /'. lie : - an, depend 
 upon ; e8 Uegt mit fcaran, 
 it is of importance to 
 me. 
 
 ilie,/., pi. -n. lily. 
 
 linb, adj. soothing. 
 
 ineal, n. -(e)8, -e. ruler. 
 
 \mt, a. left. 
 
 (tnfd, adv. to the left. 
 
 ippe,/.,jt>Z. -n. lip. 
 
 ift,/., pi. -en. cunning ; 
 trick. 
 
 ob, n. -e8. praise. 
 
 loben, v. praise. 
 
 lobensroerth, a. praise- 
 worthy. 
 
 t'obcaerhebmifl,/. praise. 
 
 oe^, n. -8, Zbfyt. nole. 
 
 lobcrn, r. blaze. 
 
 6ffcl, m. -8. spoon. 
 
 of)n, m. -(e)8, Soljne. re- 
 ward ; wages. 
 
 (pl)tun, v. reward; edlo^nt 
 ftc^ ber 3DJu^e, it is worth 
 while. 
 
 i'li h 11 itmi, /., pi. -en. 
 pay. 
 
 006, n. -e8, -e. lot ; fate ; 
 chance. 
 
 orbeer,m. -8, -en. lau- 
 rel. 
 
 prbecrin>eig, m. branch 
 of laureL 
 
 lod, n. loose. 
 
 lodbredKn,* v. irr. (f) 
 hreak loose. 
 
 I6fd)cn, v. extinguish. 
 
 ' Vi'tViKit 1 , .". ransom. 
 
 lo$laffcn,* t;. irr. let 
 loose ; let off. 
 
 lodrt'ifjen,* v. irr. {td>, tear 
 one's self away. 
 
 Sotterit,f., pi. -n. lottery. 
 
 pn>e, m. -n, -n. lion. 
 
 6n>in, /., pi. -nen. li- 
 oness. 
 
 ucie,/. Lucy. 
 
 ubn>ig, m. Lewis. 
 
 uft, f.,pl. Sufte, air. 
 
 Itigen, v. lie ; tell a false- 
 hood. 
 
 uife, /. Louisa. 
 
 lullcii, v. lull. 
 
 uft,/., pi. Sufle. desire ; 
 mind ; pleasure. 
 . gay ; merry. 
 
 mad)fii, v. (130, 1 ) make ; 
 do. 
 
 SRacbt, /., pi. OKad}te. 
 might ; power. 
 
 mad)tig, a. mighty ; pow- 
 erful ; master of. 
 
 ajtabd)en, n. -8. girl. 
 
 SRagb, /., pi. 2Ragbt. 
 maid-servant. 
 
 in, n. -8. maiden. 
 :, m. -(e)8, and -en, 
 pi. -e. magnet. 
 
 fPtiifltictnabel,^/. magnetic 
 needle. 
 
 3Xnbl, n. -(e)8, -e, atid 
 aabter, meal. 
 
 SWai, m. -(e)8, May. 
 
 tnaildnbifd), adj. Milan- 
 ese. 
 
 aXnjcflat, /, pi. -en. ma- 
 jesty. 
 
 SWal, n. -(e)8, -e. time. 
 
 malen, v. paint. 
 
 Staler, m. -8. painter. 
 
 man, pron. (163) one; a 
 man ; we ; you ; they ; 
 men ; people. 
 
 ntand), cr, -e, eS. pron. 
 (105, 1; 312, 19; 103, 
 Note 2) many a; many; 
 some. 
 
 mandxrlet, a. indecl. of 
 several sorts ; many 
 things. 
 
 mandtmal, adv. some- 
 times. 
 
 watit. 
 
 mangeln, v. want; be 
 wanting.
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 541 
 
 , ?. -(e)g, pi. Wan? 
 ncv. ( :J, 1C) man. 
 
 Wcmiilcin, n. -g. mani- 
 kin. 
 
 tnannlid), . masculine. 
 
 2Jiniuifci)aft, /., pi. -en. 
 crew. 
 
 SRantel, m. -g.pl. aWantef. 
 cloak. 
 
 ajtargaretlje,/ Margaret. 
 
 SWartc,/ Mary. 
 
 SDtarine, /., p/. -n. navy. 
 
 SXa'rfer, m. -8. Branden- 
 burger. 
 
 aXartt, m. -g, 2J2arfte. 
 market. 
 
 SWarftprda, m. market- 
 price. 
 
 ntarmclficincrn, a. mar- 
 ble. 
 
 tnarfd)i(e)ren, v. (127, 
 Exc. 2) (f & !>) march. 
 
 8Xarfen, p. an ancient 
 tribe on the lower 
 Rhine. 
 
 j, m. -eg. March. 
 
 ., pi. -n. mask. 
 $, n. e8, -e. measure. 
 eff., pi. -n. mass. 
 
 magig, a. moderate. 
 
 ntiijjicjcn, v. moderate. 
 
 SRd'gigt'ctt, f. temper- 
 ance. 
 
 SRaftigung, f. modera- 
 tion. 
 
 SWafjrcflcf, f. measure ; 
 provision. 
 
 SJlatrofc, m. -n, -n. sailor. 
 
 matt, a. faint ; feeble ; 
 dull. 
 
 3attc,/, pi. -n. mat 
 
 SRattigifcit, f. weakness. 
 
 SKauer, f.,pl. -n. wall. 
 
 aaul, . (-)g, hauler, 
 mouth. 
 
 SWaurer, m. -8. mason ; 
 bricklayer. 
 
 9Jtcwi, /., pi. SKaufe. 
 mouse. 
 
 SWecr, w. -c8, -e. sea. 
 
 SWeerbufrn, m. -g. gulf. 
 
 ystetfi, n. (-e)g, -e. flour. 
 
 inchr, adv more. 
 
 mclirer, a. (74, IV) sev- 
 eral. 
 
 ystfyv\tfy\, f. plural num- 
 ber. 
 
 nifitcn, v. irr. avoid ; 
 shun. 
 
 2ReiIe,/, pi. -n. mile. 
 
 mein,pron. (18 ; 73, III ; 
 144, 1 ; 33(5, U) my, of 
 me ; fcer, tie, bag, - e. 
 mine ; tie ajJeinen, my 
 family. 
 
 mcttifii, v. think ; mean. 
 
 mcini^e, ber, bte, bag, a. 
 (153) mine. 
 
 TOeimitifl, f., pi. -en. 
 opinion. 
 
 metft, a. (74, IV) most ; 
 am -en, adv. most. 
 
 ittciftend, adv. mostly. 
 
 iiu-ltcii v. milk. 
 
 SKelobie,/., pi. -n. melo- 
 dy. 
 
 'Wcn^c, /., pi. -n. multi- 
 tude ; crowd. 
 
 SDlcnfd), m. -en, -en. man; 
 mankind ; pi. people. 
 
 menfd)cnfrcunb(id), a. hu- 
 mane. 
 
 SW<nfd)l)cit,/. humanity. 
 
 incnfd)(ii1), a. human ; hu- 
 mane. 
 
 incrfcit, v. perceive ; -Iaf= 
 fen. let know. 
 
 9Rcrfina(, n. -g, -e. mark. 
 
 incrtttwrbig, a. remark- 
 able. 
 
 mcfKit, v. irr. measure. 
 
 SBleffer, n. -g. knife. 
 
 3ttctal(,n. -(e)g, -e. metal. 
 
 SJlc^ger, m. -g. butcher. 
 
 mid), pron. (144, 1; 147, 
 8) me ; - felbjl. myself. 
 
 mitnt, f., pi. -n. look; 
 countenance. 
 
 im'rtfu'u, v. hire ; take. 
 
 SfRild),/. milk. 
 
 milb(e), a. mild ; gentle. 
 
 SWillion, f. t pi. -en. mil- 
 lion. 
 
 minbcr, a. less ; smaller. 
 
 SBtincrat, n. -(e)g, -e, and 
 -ten. mineral. 
 
 Wliiuitc, /., pi. -n. min- 
 ute. 
 
 mir, pron. dat. (144, 1 ; 
 147, 8) me ; to me. 
 
 mifd)cn, v. mix. 
 
 atfd)iing, /., pi. -en. 
 mixture. 
 
 mitiuilU'ii, v. irr. dis- 
 please. 
 
 iiiiriiiii.icii, v. irr. (f) fail. 
 
 inifuraitcii, /'. distrust. 
 
 JJiifttraucn, >/. distrust. 
 
 nut, adv. together with ; 
 prep. (288^2)_with; by. 
 
 1 SWitarbdter, m. fellow- 
 contributor. 
 
 2Kitburgr,m. fellow-cit- 
 izen. 
 
 SRitgefangene, m. and f. 
 (108, c) fellow -prison- 
 er. 
 
 mitgcl)en,* v. go ; accom- 
 pany. 
 
 SWitlcib(en), n. -&. com- 
 passion ; pity. 
 
 mitUiMg, a. compassion- 
 ate. 
 
 SRitmcnfd), m. fellow- 
 creature. 
 
 imtttcJjmcn,* v. irr. take 
 along with. 
 
 SWitfd)uler, m. school^ 
 fellow. 
 
 aJiittag, m.-(e)g, -e. noon. 
 
 -V.il m iH'ftVn, n. -g. din- 
 ner. 
 
 , ni.li'. at noon. 
 , n. -8. means ; re- 
 medy. 
 
 tnittel, a. middle. 
 
 niiiu'li'i, a. middlemost. 
 
 mitten, adv. - in, in the 
 midst. 
 
 2><tttniad)t,/. midnight. 
 
 mittcrnad)t,* v. at mid- 
 night. 
 
 mittljeilen,* v. give; com- 
 municate. 
 
 SDtittropd), m. -8, -e. Wed- 
 nesday. 
 
 mogcn, v. irr. (96, S25) 
 be able ; like. 
 
 SRoljr, m. -en, -en. negro. 
 
 JOJuIfeii, pi. whey. 
 
 tDiommii, m. -en, -en. 
 monarch. 
 
 9Konat, m. -(e)8, -e. 
 month. 
 
 mcnatltd), adv. monthly. 
 
 3R6nd), m. -(e)8, -e. 
 monk. 
 
 , m. -(e)8, -e. moon. 
 , HI. -g. moon- 
 light. 
 
 SWontag, m. -(e)8, -e. 
 Monday. 
 
 SWooS, n. -e8, -e. moss. 
 
 501 oral,/, morals. 
 
 tuoraltfd), a. moral 
 
 SJforafi, m.-e8,-dfle. mire; 
 swamp. 
 
 SDlorb, m. -(e;8, -e. mur- 
 der. 
 
 SOterbcr, m. -9. murdexer.
 
 542 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 TOurgcn, m. -S. moruing. 
 
 tnorgcn, adv. to-morrow. 
 
 aRorgenglocfe,/. morning 
 bell 
 
 SJura.cnlaiit', n. East. 
 
 TOorgenrotbe,/ dawn. 
 
 tnorfd), a. rotten. 
 
 mutt, a. weary ; tired. 
 
 aXiibc, /, pi. -n. pains ; 
 trouble. 
 
 9Rubme, /., pi. -n. aunt. 
 
 mubfatn, a. painful. 
 
 9Xwrt, m. -(e)3, -e, 3Hun= 
 be, and 3Kunfcer. mouth. 
 
 iBiimffod), >n. head-cook 
 (of a prince). 
 
 munter, a. active. 
 
 SWmitcrfcit, f. liveliness. 
 
 tnurren, v. grumble. 
 
 SRttrrcn, 7*. -8. grumb- 
 ling. 
 
 BtufEE,/. music. 
 
 SWufificbrcr, rn.-S. music- 
 teacher. 
 
 TOudfel, m., and/. -, -n. 
 muscle. 
 
 nuiffen, v. (95, 329) be 
 obliged ; must. 
 
 TOuth, rn. mood ; cour- 
 age ; nne rcarb iljm ju - e ? 
 how did he feel ? 
 
 ntutbig, a. courageous. 
 
 imtrlilo*, a. discouraged. 
 
 SRutbloftgfdt,/. want of 
 courage. 
 
 Stutter, /, pi. aflutter, 
 mother. 
 
 SWu$e,/., pi. -n. cap. 
 
 nad), adv. - unb natty, by 
 degrees ; - toie cor, now 
 as before ; prep. (28o, 
 2) to ; after. 
 
 9fad)bar, m. -n, & -, pi. 
 -n. neighbor. 
 
 9tad)barin, /., pi. -nen. 
 (female) neighbor. 
 
 :iad)frem, adv. afterwards; 
 con/', after. 
 
 nad)benr<n,* v. irr. medi- 
 tate. 
 
 ttad)gebcn,* v. irr. yield. 
 
 nacbber, adv. afterwards. 
 
 Wad)(afi, m. -e8, -afie. ces- 
 sation. 
 
 nad)(affen,* w. irr. abate. 
 
 nad)ldffii)> negligent ; 
 careless. 
 
 mid)lnufcn,* v. irr. (f) run 
 alter. 
 
 9tad)tntttag, m. after- 
 noon. 
 
 nadjitnittag*, adv. in the 
 afternoon. 
 
 9tad>rid)t, /., pi. -en, 
 news. 
 
 nadjifebtn,* v. irr. look 
 after. 
 
 nad)fe$en,* put after ; 
 pursue. 
 
 luuliff , a. next ; nearest. 
 
 Sdd)fle, in. andf. (108, c) 
 neighbor. 
 
 XiidwtMiiicbc, /. charity. 
 
 iuid)ftcn*, adv. soon. 
 
 nad)fud)cii, v . search. 
 
 Vtatbtff. , pi. SRa^te, night. 
 
 9tad)tbeil, in. injury. 
 
 iiiidHlu'ilh], a. disadvan- 
 tageous; detrimentaL 
 
 3iad)ttnnll, /., pi. -n. 
 nightingale. 
 
 ?fiid>naci)e, /., pi. -n. 
 night-watch. 
 
 9Iad)tn>ad}ter > m. -8. 
 watchman. 
 
 9lacfen, m. -9. (back of 
 the) neck. 
 
 nacft, a. naked. 
 
 /., />?. -n. needle. 
 M. - 3, Stajel. nail 
 v. gnaw. 
 
 nail, italic, (114,6) a. near. 
 
 mibbei, (/y. wi2A prep. 
 close. 
 
 nahcit, P. (f) approach. 
 
 nabcrn, v. approach. 
 
 nabrcii, v. feed; fu -, 
 maintain one's self. 
 
 9taf>ruitg,/., pi. -en. food. 
 
 9{amc, m. -n, -n ; or 9ta= 
 men, m. -3. name ; -8. 
 by name ; called. 
 
 it a m lid>, a. (71, I) same ; 
 adv. namely. 
 
 Warr, m. -n, -en. fool. 
 
 Stofe,/., pi. -n. nose. 
 
 naf , a. wet. 
 
 Waffe,/ wet. 
 
 9tation, /., pi. -n. na- 
 tion. 
 
 ytatur,f.,pl. -en. nature. 
 
 9fcape(, n. -S. Naples. 
 
 SWebel, in. -9. mist 
 
 neben, prep, with dat. or 
 ace. by ; close to. 
 
 Kebi-itiHcnfd), rn. fellow- 
 man. 
 
 yttbtnuimmer, n. adjoin- 
 ing room. 
 
 nebH,prep. with dat. to- 
 gether with. 
 
 9?cff, in. -n, -n. nephew. 
 
 iicbntcii, /;. irr. take. 
 
 iii-iNi'd), i'. envious. 
 
 ncigcn, v. incline. 
 
 HI-MI, adv. no. 
 
 iicmicn, v. irr. name; 
 call 
 
 9te$, n. -e, -e. net. 
 
 nen, a. new ; eon -em. 
 anew. 
 
 nculid), a. recent ; late ; 
 lately. 
 
 iicuit, num. (119) nine. 
 
 !iciin;cli!t, (119) nineteen. 
 
 neuii)ig, num. ninety. 
 
 nid)t, adv. not. 
 
 Wid)te,/., pi. -n. niece. 
 
 mdito, pron. (162) noth- 
 ing. 
 
 turfcii, v. nod. 
 
 nie, adv. never. 
 
 ttict'cr, a. low. 
 
 nietcrbrennen,* v. irr. 
 bnru down. 
 
 low spirits. 
 
 9?ie&er(age, /. -n. defeat. 
 niet>erreifjen,* v. pull 
 
 down. 
 Micfrcrroerfen,* v. throw 
 
 down ; ft$ -, prostrate 
 
 one's self. 
 
 nicMid), a. neat ; pretty. 
 menial*, adv. never. 
 9tomai(fc, pron. (162) 
 
 -(e)8. nobody ; no one. 
 niiiiiitcr, adv. never. 
 iiiniiitcrnicbr, adv. never 
 
 (more). 
 IIP*, adv. (343, 13) still ; 
 
 yet ; einer, another ; 
 
 einmal, once more ; 
 
 fo, ever so ; ni$t, 
 not yet ; conj. nor. 
 
 m. -e8, Jiortcti, m. 
 
 -8. north. 
 
 Jforrocjjctt, n. -9. Norway. 
 
 Wotb, ./:, pi. 9Z6t^e and 
 
 92ot6en. necessity ; dis- 
 
 tress. 
 
 Wotbburft, /. urgent 
 
 want. 
 
 ndtbtg, a. necessary ; - 
 n, need. 
 
 , v. compeL 
 ,/, pi. -en. zero. 
 nun, adv. now ; well/ 
 nur, adv. but ; only.
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 543 
 
 9hif|, /., pi. SRuffe. nut. 
 SHuftbaunt, m. -, -bourne. 
 
 ni,t-tiee. 
 SCiiijcii, >n. -8. use ; bene- 
 
 iit. 
 HUI.C", mieeii, c. be of 
 
 use or service. 
 ), a. useful 
 
 ob, eonj. whether. 
 
 oben, adv. above ; on 
 
 high ; up stairs. 
 ober, a. upper ; ber, tie, 
 
 -e. superior. 
 Obcrauffcher, m. -8. su- 
 
 perintendent. 
 Oberberrfd)aft, /. sover- 
 
 eignty. 
 
 oberft, a. uppermost. 
 obgleid), conj. though ; 
 
 although. 
 cbfd)on = ofcgleidj. 
 Obft, n. -e8. fruit. 
 Cdd, i. -en, -en; or Od>fc, 
 
 -n, -u. ox ; steer. 
 obe, a. empty ; desert ; 
 
 waste. 
 
 ober, conj. or ; or else. 
 Ofen, in. -8, Cefen. stove. 
 Qfenrobr, n. stove-pipe. 
 offen, a. open. 
 ofrcm(id), a. public. 
 Officter, m. -8, -e. officer. 
 offncn, v. awd ft$, open. 
 Qeffuung, /, pi. -en. 
 
 aperture. 
 oft, ofterd, oftmald, adv. 
 
 often ; frequently. 
 ofter, a. frequent ; adv. 
 
 oftener. 
 Obcint, in. -(e)3, -e. un- 
 
 cle 
 oh lie, conj. and prep. 
 
 without. 
 Obnmad)t, f., pi. -en. 
 
 swoon. 
 
 Ohr, n. -c8, -en. ear. 
 Obrring, m. ear-ring. 
 per,/., pi. -n. opera. 
 Orange, /., pi. -n. or- 
 
 ange. 
 Ort, m. -(e)8, -e, a/i<Z 
 
 Ocrter. place. 
 Oft, m. -e. east. 
 Ocftreid), M. -8. Aus- 
 
 tria. 
 Oeftreider, m. -8. Aus- 
 
 trian. 
 
 oftreid)ifd|, a. Austrian. 
 inb, m. east-wind. 
 
 , . -(e)8, -e. pair ; 
 couple ; em -, (52, 2 ) a 
 lew. 
 
 m. andf. -(e)8, -e, 
 aU gia^ten. 
 lease. 
 Vndjtgut, n. lease-hold ; 
 
 farm. 
 
 pad)tcn, v. rent. 
 4)arf, /. awd n. -(e)8, -e, 
 ad ^drfe. pack ; n. (no 
 pi.) rabble. 
 Vactdtcti, n. -8. small 
 
 packet ; parcel, 
 parfcn, v. seize. 
 'ViiiK, in. -n. -n. page, 
 ^alaft, m. -(e)8, ^oldpe. 
 
 palace. 
 
 Van toff el, m. -8, -n. slip- 
 per. 
 
 n. -(e)8, -e. paper. 
 i. -vS, gSdpjie. pope. 
 n. -e8, -e. para- 
 dise. 
 
 Varifer, .. -8. Parisian. 
 'Vaj?, wt. -fje8, $af}e. pass- 
 port. 
 'Vathe, . and f. -n, -n. 
 
 godparent. 
 
 Vein,/., /?/. -en. torment. 
 Verle, /. , pi. -n. pearl ; 
 
 bead. 
 
 Vcrfon, /., pi. -tn. per- 
 son ; on - fennen, know 
 by sight. 
 
 Vetfdjaft, n. -S, -e. seal. 
 1 , m. -(e)8, -e. path. 
 
 , m. -(e)8, 
 pole ; post. 
 
 ,/. Palatinate. 
 , w. -(e)8, 
 pledge. 
 Vfanne, /. , pi. -n. pan. 
 Vforrci, /., pi. -en. par- 
 ish. 
 Vfau, wt. -e8, -en, p?. -e, 
 
 -en. peacock, 
 pfeifen, v. irr. whistle. 
 Weil, in. -(e)8, e. arrow. 
 Pferd>, m. -(e)8, -e. fold. 
 Werb, M. -(e)8, -e. horse. 
 Wertcften, w. -8. little 
 
 horse. 
 
 Vftrftd), m. -(e)8, -e. 
 peach. 
 
 , f.,pl. -n. plant. 
 , v. plant. 
 ,/., /?Z. -tu plum. 
 . care, 
 pflegcn, v. enjoy._ 
 
 id)t,f., pi. -en. duty. 
 pfltirfen, v. gather ; pick. 
 i, y - plough. 
 n. -(e)8, -e. pound. 
 tn. -en, -en. 
 
 philosopher. 
 Vbilofopbie, /. -n. philo- 
 
 sophy. 
 philou'phiiM), a. philo- 
 
 sophic (al). 
 
 pboni^ifd), a. Phoenician. 
 pieten, v. pick. 
 Vilatud, in. Pilate. 
 "Vilrtcr, m. -8. pilgrim. 
 plagcu, v. plague; tor- 
 
 ment. 
 "Vlnti, m. -(e)8, -e. plan ; 
 
 design. 
 
 %Miinct, ??i.-en, -en. planet. 
 plan, a. flat. 
 pfae ! int. crack ! 
 
 square; place. 
 plaubern, v. talk. 
 ploeltd), adv. suddenly. 
 plump, a. clumsy. 
 piiinbcrn, v. plunder. 
 "VluMbertnijj, /., pi. -tn. 
 
 plundering. 
 
 podKii, v. beat ; knock. 
 Voli)ei,/. -en. police. 
 IMm-iMener, m. -8. po- 
 
 liceman. 
 
 polnifd), fi. Polish. 
 portion, /., pi. -en. por- 
 
 tion. 
 Voft, /., pi. -en. post- 
 
 office. 
 9>rad)t,/. splendor ; mag- 
 
 nificence. 
 
 prii'ditifl, a. magnificent. 
 prod)too(I, a. magnifi- 
 
 cent. 
 prangcn, v. shine; dis- 
 
 play. 
 Vrafifrcnt, m. -en, -en. 
 
 president. 
 
 Vrebigt,/. -en. sermon. 
 Vreid, tn. -e8, -e. prize. 
 preifen, v . irr. praise. 
 preffcn, v. press. 
 'Vn-ii^c, m. -n, -n. Prus- 
 
 sian. 
 Vreufgen, n. -S. Prussia. 
 
 , a. Prussian. 
 , m. -en, -en. prince. 
 effin, /., pi. -nen. 
 
 princess. 
 Vrior, m. -. prior. 
 
 f f.,pl. -n. trial
 
 544 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 Vrobucf t, n. -(e)8, -e. pro- 
 duct 
 
 profatt, a. profane. 
 
 tyromnn,f.,pl. -en. prov- 
 ince. 
 
 prufcti, v. put to the trial. 
 
 Vublifuiit, >t. -g. public. 
 
 pubern, v. powder. 
 
 "ViiUn-r, 7t. -g. powder ; 
 gunpowder. 
 
 <VimFt, m. -(e)8, -e. point 
 
 ptinftlicb, a. punctual. 
 
 puecn, v. clean. 
 
 Vtjrendcn, />/. Pyrenees. 
 
 final, r' , pi. -en. distress ; 
 torment ; pang. 
 
 fiuarj, m. -eg, -e. quartz. 
 
 Cuelle, /., pi. -n. well; 
 fountain. 
 
 qticr, adv. across. 
 
 Cuirl, 7. -(e)g, -e. twirl- 
 ing-stick. 
 
 Rabe, m. -n, -n. raven. 
 
 Rabenneft, n. raven's 
 nest. 
 
 9ta<be,f. vengeance. 
 
 racfocn, v. revenge ; 
 avenge. 
 
 Rad)eti, 7>t. -8. mouth. 
 
 Rab, n. -(e)g, SKater. 
 wheeL 
 
 Rdbertoerf, n. clockwork. 
 
 raffen, (aufraffen,) v. 
 snatch up. 
 
 Rant*, m. -(e)8, SRanfcer. 
 edge ; margin. 
 
 9taft(e)rmefFcr, n. razor. 
 
 raffeln, v. rattle. 
 
 Math, m. -(e)8. advice. 
 
 ratben, v. advise. 
 
 9tatbfd)lag, m. -(e)8, -age. 
 advice. 
 
 Watte,/., pi. -n. rat. 
 
 rauben, v. rob ; prey. 
 
 Waubcr, m. -8. robber ; 
 highwayman. 
 
 9taubtrti,f., pi. -en. rob- 
 bery. 
 
 Raud), m. -eg. smoke. 
 
 ruiidicn, t>. smoke. 
 
 9taudxn, re. -8. smoking. 
 
 rducbcrn, v. smoke. 
 
 raub, a. rough. 
 
 Rauin, m. -(e)8, 9iaume. 
 room ; space. 
 
 9t<iupt,f.,pl. -n. caterpil- 
 lar. 
 
 auf djen, v. rush ; rustle. 
 
 , /., jt>?. -n. vine; 
 vine-branch. 
 
 vine-grow- 
 ?. -en. bill ; 
 account. 
 
 redjt, a. right. 
 
 3ted)t, n. -(e)8, -t. right ; 
 justice; - tyaben, be 
 right 
 
 rcd)tfertigen, v. justify. 
 
 rcd>n rt)affcM, a, just ; 
 honest. 
 
 9*ed)tfd)affenbeit, /. hon- 
 esty. 
 
 rcdus, adv. to the right. 
 
 rcrf en, v. stretch. 
 
 ytebt, /., pi. -n. speech ; 
 discourse. 
 
 Jiel'cfafrf it, m. thread of 
 discourse. 
 
 rtten, v. (130, 1) speak; 
 talk. 
 
 9^e^enart, /, pi. -en. 
 phrase. 
 
 n-Mid), a. honest. 
 
 9te^ner, . -S. orator. 
 
 iWcfornt, y., ^>t -en. re- 
 form. 
 
 Reformation, /, pL -en. 
 reformation. 
 
 yit$t\,f.,pl. -n. rule. 
 m. -g. rain. 
 
 i. rainbow. 
 
 9tegenfd)irnt, m. -(e), -e. 
 umbrella. 
 
 rcgimn, v. (127, Ex. 2) 
 govern. 
 
 Rcgierung, /., pi. -en. 
 government; reign. 
 
 r cii it i' ii, v. rain. 
 
 9tt<}un8,f.,pl. -en. move- 
 ment. 
 
 9teb, n. -(e)8, -e. deer. 
 
 rcibcn, v. irr. rub. 
 
 rtid), a. rich ; wealthy. 
 
 Reid), n. -(e)8, -e. empire ; 
 kingdom. 
 
 fteidK, m. (108, c) rich 
 man. 
 
 rricblid), a. liberal. 
 
 Reid)tbuin,/.-(e)8 ; -umer. 
 riches ; wealth. 
 
 reif, a. ripe. 
 
 Reif, m. -(e)8, -e. hoar- 
 frost 
 
 Reife,/. maturity. 
 
 Reib<, /, pi. -n. rank; 
 turn. 
 
 Rciben, in. -4. dance. 
 
 9tcim,m. -(e), -t. rhyme. 
 
 rein, a. clear. 
 
 tviiiiiu'ii, v. clean. 
 
 SNci*, tn. -e. rice 
 
 9ttiit,f.,pl. -n. journey; 
 travel ; voyage. 
 
 reifen, v. (130; 131, 2) 
 travel 
 
 5Weifent>e, m. (108, c) trav- 
 eller. 
 
 reiften, v. frr. rush ; pull ; 
 tear ; an fi$ -, seize 
 upon. 
 
 fteitpfert, n. saddle- 
 horse. 
 
 reitcn, v. irr. ride ; go on 
 horseback. 
 
 Wciter, n. -8. rider ; 
 horseman. 
 
 reiicn, i 1 . charm. 
 
 rctinen, v. irr. run, 
 
 Wefenx, /., pi. -m. re- 
 serve. 
 
 Weferocforp*, n. reserve 
 corps. 
 
 retten, v. (130, 1) save; 
 rescue. 
 
 yttue,f. repentance. 
 
 rcuen, v. repent ; regret ; 
 e8 reut mid), I regret. 
 
 Revolution, /, pi. -en. 
 revolution. 
 
 9tbcin, m. -%. Rhine. 
 
 ridjten, v. direct ; ad- 
 dress ; judge. 
 
 Wid)tcr, m. -g. judge. 
 
 Miditiioiid, n. court- 
 house. 
 
 rid)tig, a. right ; duly ; 
 correct 
 
 ricdu-ii, v . irr. smell. 
 
 9ticgel, in. -8. bar ; bolt 
 
 Riefc, in. -n, -n. giant 
 
 iff, . -(e)8, -e. reef. 
 
 'Stint f it. -(e)8, -et. beef; 
 ox. 
 
 9ting, m. -(e), -e. ring. 
 
 ringen, v. irr. struggle; 
 wrestle. 
 
 ringdum, adv. all around. 
 
 rinnen, v. irr. (f) flow : 
 leak. 
 
 SWitter, m. -. knight 
 
 rod)eln, v. rattle (in the 
 throat). 
 
 Wocf, m. -(e)8, SRotfe. coat 
 
 rob, a. rough ; rude. 
 
 Wobr, 7t. -(e)8, -e, and 
 9ictyre. reed ; tube. 
 
 9tr>ttt,f.,pl. -n. roll.
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 545 
 
 rotttn, v. (f) roil ; [i$ -, 
 roll (up) ; curl. 
 
 Wo in, 7i. -8. Rome. 
 
 ttontaii, . -(e)8, -r. no- 
 vel. 
 
 ftomonje, /, pi. -n. bal- 
 lad. 
 
 Vtomer, m. -8. Roman. 
 
 Wofe,/, >Z. -n. rose. 
 
 rofig, a. rosy. 
 
 Wt>8, 71. -ffe8, -ffe. horse. 
 
 rotl), a. red. 
 
 iWptbe,/. redness; blush. 
 
 ri.it hi idi, a. reddish. 
 
 9tiibe, f. turnip ; get6e -, 
 carrot ; rotfye -, beet. 
 
 9tubin, m. -(e)8, -e. ruby. 
 
 ftutfen, m. -8. back. 
 
 9tudttl)r,f. return. 
 
 rurflingd, adv. back- 
 ward(s). 
 
 rubcrii, v. (131, 3) row ; 
 pull. 
 
 Wubolf, m. -8. Rudolph. 
 
 9tuf, m. -(e)8, -e. call ; 
 reputation. 
 
 rufen, n. irr. call ; -laffen, 
 send for. 
 
 9lut)e,f. rest. 
 
 rtibig, a. quiet ; calm. 
 
 iiKiibnt, m. -(e)8. glory; 
 fame ; honor. 
 
 riilmii, v. stir ; touch. 
 
 riil) rent 1 , a. affecting. 
 
 runt, a. round. 
 
 Sftuffe, m. -n, -n. Rus- 
 sian. 
 
 9?ufl(<inb, 72. -8. Russia. 
 
 SHufter,/. elm. 
 
 <2>aal, m. -(e)8, die. hall. 
 
 2aat,/., pi. -en. seed. 
 
 Sadie, /., pi. -n. case ; 
 matter. 
 
 2 a cine, w. -n, -n. Saxon. 
 
 Siidiu n, M. -8. Saxony. 
 
 fad)ft'fd), a. Saxon. 
 
 fudjtc, a. slow. 
 
 2ocf, i. -e8, d<fe. bag. 
 
 aft, >/i. -e8, aftc. sap. 
 
 fagen, n. say ; tell. 
 
 '2alpeter,//<. -8. saltpetre. 
 
 2So[?, . -e8, -e. salt. 
 
 ^unu'(n), n. -n, -n8, -(3), 
 joZ. -n. seed. 
 
 fainmtttd), a. all. 
 
 Zamftai), m. Saturday. 
 
 Saiiiuni, m. -(e)S, -e. si- 
 moon. 
 
 t, a. Saint. 
 
 , m. -(e)8, -e. sand. 
 2iinb|ladK, ./'. -n. sand- 
 ])lain. 
 
 fanft, a. soft. 
 Zaufrlteit, Zntiftiiuuh, /. 
 softness ; gentleness ; 
 meekness. 
 
 vSanqcr, MI. -8. singer. 
 
 <2ara,/. Sarah. 
 
 a^, in. -e8, a^e. sen- 
 tence. 
 
 fauer, a. sour. 
 
 fcmgen, i. ir> - . suck. 
 
 faugen, v. suckle. 
 
 2iniijliiii}, m. -(e)8, -e. 
 baby. . 
 
 &iiiile,f., pi. -n. column. 
 
 f.iufcln, v. rustle ; mur- 
 mur. 
 
 <2>d>aar,f.,pl. -en. troop; 
 band ; tiock. 
 
 fd>aaren, />. assemble. 
 
 , m. -(e)8, -e, awd 
 . shaft. 
 
 , m. -n8, (-8), 
 cfyaben. damage ; loss. 
 
 fd>abcn, v. injure. 
 
 fd>aMid), a. injurious ; 
 hurtful. 
 
 <Zd>af, n. -(e)8, -e. sheep. 
 
 <2d)afer, m. -8. shepherd. 
 
 2 di afc rin, /., pi. -nen. 
 shepherdess. 
 
 fd)affcit, v. irr. create ; 
 reg. do ; work. 
 
 Sdj.ile, /., pi. -n. scale 
 (of a balance). 
 
 fd>a(fcn, v. sound. 
 
 <2d)am,/. shame. 
 
 fd)aincit, fi(^, v. reft, be or 
 feel ashamed. 
 
 3d)4itbe, /. shame ; dis- 
 grace. 
 
 fd) in I 1 fid), n. infamous. 
 
 fdjarf, a. sharp. 
 
 3d)cirfc, /. sharpness ; 
 acuteness. 
 
 fd)arren, v. rake. 
 
 3rtv.ittcti, m. -8. shade. 
 
 3d)ii(j, m. -e8, c^oge. 
 treasure. 
 
 fd)Jieeit, v. (131, 2) value; 
 esteem. 
 
 d)ii^graber,m. treasure- 
 seeker. 
 
 2d)a^nieiftcr, m. treasu- 
 rer. 
 
 fd)auen, '. look. 
 
 2.ci>auni, m. -(e) 
 me. froth. 
 
 . (e)8, -e. 
 spectacle. 
 
 d)iiufpicler, m. -8. actor. 
 
 Zdnwfpidmii, /, pi. 
 -nen. actress. 
 
 Sdjeere,./'., pi. -n. (a pair 
 of) scissors. 
 
 fd)eer<n, v. irr. shear. 
 
 Zdtcibc, f.,pl. -n. pane. 
 
 fd)eibcii, ^. irr. depart ; 
 separate ; divide. 
 
 2dKin, m. -(e)8, -e. pre- 
 tence. 
 
 (M)ciiu-ii, v. irr. shine ; ap- 
 peur. 
 
 fdjcitcrn, v. be wrecked. 
 
 d)elm / m.-(e)8, -e. rogue. 
 
 fd)c(tcn, v. irr. scold ; 
 chide. 
 
 *d)id)t, f.,pl. -en. layer. 
 
 fdm'Fen, v. send. 
 
 3d)id*fa(, n. -(e)8, -e. des- 
 tiny. 
 
 fd)ieben, v. irr. push. 
 
 3d)iegputoer, n. -8. (gun-) 
 powder. 
 
 , v. irr. shoot. 
 , 7i. -(e)8, -e. ship. 
 
 <2d)iffeiv m. -8. mariner. 
 
 d)iffniaii!t, m. (rare) 
 sailor. 
 
 2d)tff 6ntaniifd)aft, /. , pi. 
 -en. crew. 
 
 m. -(e)8, -e. 7id 
 -er. shield ; n. (59, #) 
 sign. 
 
 <3d)ilt>n>ad)e, /., pi. -n. 
 sentinel. 
 
 fd)il>mi, v. picture. 
 
 d)iHing, m. -(e)8, -e. 
 shilling. 
 
 Zdiiiniiu-v, m. -6. lustre. 
 
 fd)inipfcn, r. abuse; in- 
 sult. 
 
 fd)impf)id), . disgraceful. 
 
 fd)tnt>rn, v. flay. 
 
 3d)infcn, m. -8. ham. 
 
 3d)(d)t, /"., pi. -en. battle. 
 
 fd)l<id)tett, w. (130, 1) kill. 
 
 <3d)lad)tfc(t>, n. battle- 
 field. 
 
 2d)Lii1)ti(i'tiiiiniicf, n. -t. 
 (lin of battle. 
 
 2d)laf, m. -(e)8. sleep. 
 
 fdilafcn, v. irr. sleep. 
 
 fd)laf(e)rig, a. sleepy. 
 
 fd)lafern, v. irnpers. e4 
 fc^lafcrt inic^, I am or 
 feel sleepy. 
 
 fdjlaff, a. alack ; relaxed.
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 -a$er. bed-room. 
 fcdilaffnbinct, n. -8, -e. 
 
 bed-chamber. 
 <2dtIiif;hmiuT, n. bed- 
 
 room. 
 
 g, m. -(e)8. -age. 
 
 blow. 
 fcfclagen, v. irr. strike; 
 
 beat ; defeat. 
 fdihuif, a. slender. 
 fitikdn, a. bad ; wicked. 
 2dilcd)ttgfeit,/. badness ; 
 
 iniquity. 
 fdilcidKii, v. irr. creep ; 
 
 sneak. 
 
 fdilctfcii, v. drag. 
 fdileifeii, v. irr. grind ; 
 
 sharpen. 
 
 (dilic^cn, v. irr. lock (up). 
 fdilingeti, v. irr. twine ; 
 
 twist. 
 <2d>loft, n. -fte8, -offer. 
 
 castle ; palace ; lock. 
 fd)(ud)ien, v. sob. 
 2d)lumincr, //(. -8. slum- 
 
 ber. 
 
 fdilijpfcit, v. slide. 
 2d)IiR, m. -ffe8, -uffe. con- 
 
 clusion. 
 
 <2d)luffc(, m. -8. key. 
 <2d)liiFfolqc,/. reasoning; 
 
 conclusion. 
 <2d)lufjfctte, /, pi. -n. 
 
 chain of reasoning ; ar- 
 
 gument. 
 
 <2d)iiiad),/. insult. 
 fdiniahcn, v. abuse. 
 fd)imiblid), a. ignomini- 
 
 ous. 
 <2d)iiiiiu$, m. -eS, -aufe. 
 
 banquet. 
 diiiirid)flci, /, pi. -en. 
 
 flattery. 
 
 fdiiiKidH'lit, v. flatter. 
 v2d)iiicidilcr, >n. -8. flat- 
 
 terer. 
 fd)mcifjcit, v. irr. smite ; 
 
 dash. 
 fd)ind}cii, v. irr. melt ; 
 
 dissolve. 
 <2d>mcn, m. -e8, and -en8, 
 
 -en. pain. 
 
 f dwierien, v. ache ; grieve. 
 d)mcfterling, m. -(t)9. 
 
 butterfly. 
 fd)tnr tttrn, v. crack; dash; 
 
 clang. 
 ed)iniet>, m. -(e)8, -e. 
 
 wnith. 
 
 i'd)iiiic>)cit, v. crouch ; jul) 
 an -, cling to. 
 
 fdinitirfcii, v. adorn; de- 
 corate. 
 
 rdintuiMi;, a. dirty. 
 
 2d)iioe, w. -8. snow. 
 
 fd>nciben, v. irr. cut. 
 
 2dmertcr, m. -8. tailor. 
 
 fdincicn, v. snow. 
 
 uliiicll, a. quick ; swift. 
 
 fdmupfcn, v. take snuff. 
 
 fd) on, id// 1 , already. 
 
 fd)6n, a. fine ; beautiful. 
 
 Zdii'iilicit, /., pi. -en. 
 beauty. 
 
 3dioofi, m. -e8, -e. lap. 
 
 2d)6pfcr. m. -8. creator. 
 
 d)ottlanber, m. -8. 
 Scotchman. 
 
 Sdminf, m. -(e)8, -anfe. 
 cupboard. 
 
 ^dininfc, /, pi. -n. bar- 
 rier. 
 
 fdm-rfcii, v. frighten. 
 
 2d)ri'cfcii, m. -8. terror. 
 
 fdm-cf lid), a. terrible. 
 
 2d)fci, nt. -e8, -e. cry ; 
 scraam. 
 
 d)reib(md), n. copy- 
 book. 
 
 fdin-ibi-ii, v. irr. write. 
 
 3duvibcii, n. -8. letter. 
 
 idnvifii, v. irr. cry. 
 
 2d)fcincr, m. -8. joiner. 
 
 fdjrdtcn, w. irr. (f) stride ; 
 step. 
 
 2d)rift, /., pi. -en. writ- 
 ing ; works. 
 
 Sdinftftcllcr, m. writer; 
 autlior. 
 
 2diritt, m. -(e)8, -e. step ; 
 pace. 
 
 3d)iih, m. -(e)8, -e. shoe. 
 
 2d)uhtiiad)cr, ///. -8. shoe- 
 maker. 
 
 d)ult>, /., pi. -en. debt ; 
 fault ; blame ; guilt. 
 
 fdmlbfod, a. innocent. 
 
 fdmlfrin, a. indebted ; 
 owing ; - fetn, owe. 
 
 Sdmlbi^fcit,/. debt; ob- 
 ligation. 
 
 2d)tilc,/., pi. -n. school. 
 
 Zdniler, m. -8. scholar ; 
 pupil. 
 
 2d>uIter,/,^>Z. -n. shoul- 
 der. 
 
 , m. -peg, <$ufie. 
 shot. 
 
 ,. -n, dish. 
 
 fdiiittt (n, v. shake. 
 
 . e3. protection. 
 , m. -n, -n. rifle- 
 man ; shot. 
 
 fdjroadj, a. weak ; f eeble. 
 v2d)Wii3er, m. -8, -dger. 
 
 brother-in-law. 
 direcigerin, /., />Z. -nen. 
 
 sister-in-law. 
 fd)iviiufcn, v. (t> and f; 
 wave ; vacillate. 
 
 , j.-e8,-anje.tail 
 m. -c8, -drme 
 
 fdjtoar;, a. black. 
 fdnocbcii, v. hover ; float 
 -2d)mebcn, n. -8. Sweden. 
 2d)icif, in. -(e)8, -e. tail 
 fdiiDci^cti, v. in: be silent. 
 2ii)iocii]cii, >i. -8. silence. 
 2d)roctn, n. -(e)8, -e. hog; 
 
 Pig- 
 
 d)ttij,/. Switzerland. 
 3d)tt>fiicr, m. -8. Swiss. 
 fdttpellcn, v. irr. (\) swell. 
 fdjrocr, a. heavy ; seri- 
 
 ous ; hard. 
 
 fdimcrlid), a. scarcely. 
 2d)rocrt, n. -(e)8, -er. 
 
 sword. 
 2d)icflcr, /., pi. -n. sis- 
 
 ter. 
 2d)iDicflcrfof)n, m. son- 
 
 iti -law. 
 
 fdiroierifl, a. difficult. 
 <2d)tt>icrii)tctt, f. -en. dif- 
 
 ficulty ; objection. 
 fditoiniuicn, v. irr. swim. 
 fdutMiiJvIn, /'. grow giddy. 
 fd)n>iiibcn, v. irr. (f) van- 
 
 ish ; die away. 
 I'dmnmicii, v. irr. swing. 
 fd)n>i6cn, v. sweat. 
 fdttviircit, v. irr. swear. 
 Scl.mc, m. -n, -n. slave. 
 clat>erei, /. slavery. 
 fed)*, a. six. 
 fcdifte, a. sixth. 
 U'di;cliit, a. sixteen. 
 
 , a. sixty. 
 , w. -8, -en. lake. 
 2cc,/, p^. -en. sea. 
 2ccle, /., pi. -n. soul; 
 
 spirit. 
 
 2c((cutc, pi. seamen. 
 2cc!iiiinn, m. seaman. 
 '. id, n. -8. sail. 
 K tcin, v. ($ and f) sail. 
 2cjeti, m. -8. blessing; 
 
 prosperity.
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 547 
 
 $<gendnmnfd), m. bene- 
 diction. 
 
 Segler, ///. -8. sailor. 
 
 fegncn, v. bless/ 
 
 feben, ?;. irr. see. 
 
 Sebne,/., /' -n. sinew. 
 
 fcbneii, v. reft. fid) -, long. 
 
 Sebneit, n. -8. longing ; 
 desire. 
 
 fd)n(id), a. longing; ar- 
 dent. 
 
 febr, adv. very ; much ; 
 very much. 
 
 feiben, a. silken. 
 
 Seil, n. -(e)8, -e. rope. 
 
 2eiler, m. -8. ropemaker. i 
 
 fein, -e, -tS.pron. (18; 73, i 
 III; 144, 3 ; 336, 3) his ; 
 its ; of him ; of it. 
 
 fein v. irr. (see Index) (f) ! 
 be ; v . aux. be ; have. [ 
 
 feinetroillcn, adv. for his 
 sake. 
 
 feinige, ber, bie, ba8, pron. 
 (153) his ; one's ; ba8 -, 
 one's (own) property ; 
 bie -n, one's own. 
 
 feit, prep. (283, 2) since ; 
 -roann ? how long ? 
 
 feitbem, adv. since that 
 time ; ever since ; 
 (conj.) since. 
 
 eite, /., pi. -n. side ; 
 page ; quarter. 
 
 feitroarts, adv. sideways. 
 
 felbft, a. (148, > ; 148, 9, i 
 11 ; 163, 3) self; irf>, 
 Wit -, I myself ; we ; 
 ourselves ; adv. even. 
 
 felbftftanbig, a. independ- 
 ent. 
 
 @elbftfud)t, /. selfislmess. 
 
 felig, a. happy ; blessed. 
 
 Scligfeit, /. happiness. 
 
 feltcn, a. scarce ; adv. 
 rarely; seldom. 
 
 feltfam, a. strange ; odd. 
 
 emmel,/, pi. -n. roll. 
 
 fenben, v. irr. & reg. send. 
 
 enf, w.-(e)8, -e. mustard. 
 
 fen fen, v. lower. 
 
 9tnft,f.,pl. -n. scythe. 
 
 fcBcn, v. set ; put ; place. 
 
 fid), pron. (144, 4: 147, 
 8) himself ; herself ; it- 
 self ; themselves ; each | 
 other ; to himself, to 
 herself, etc. ; yourself ; i 
 to yourself. 
 r, a. safe. 
 
 Sid)erbeit,/. security. 
 
 ft'dierlid), itdi<. surely. 
 Zicilien, /<. -9. Sicily. 
 fit, pron. (144,3) she; 
 
 her ; it ; @te, (145, 2) 
 
 you ; they ; them. 
 Sieb, n. -(e)8, -e. sieve. 
 fiebcn, a. seven. 
 ft'ebicftn, a. seventeen. 
 fteb;ig, a. seventv. 
 fi'ctcn, v. in: boil. 
 <2ieg, m. -(e)8, -e. victory. 
 , 11. -8. seal. 
 m. -. conqueror. 
 n. -(e)8, -e. signal. 
 3iibcr, n. -k. silver. 
 nlbcrbdl, a. bright as 
 
 silver. 
 
 ftngen, v. irr. sing. 
 finf en, v. irr. (f) sink. 
 Zitm, m. -(e), -e. sense; 
 
 feeling ; meaning. 
 fi'nnrcid), a. ingenious. 
 finitcn, v. think ; medi- 
 
 tate ; reflect. 
 Sitte, /., pi. -n. custom ; 
 
 pi. morals. 
 ficcn, v. irr. sit. 
 2t(ae, see Sclatc. 
 fo, adv. ami so, then, why; 
 
 conj. as ; provided ; 
 
 (rcl. pron.) who, 
 
 which ; -etrcaS, such a 
 
 thing. See Index. 
 fobafr, adv. -aid. as soon 
 
 as. 
 
 fogar, adv. even. 
 fogleid), adv. directly. 
 
 , m. -(e)8 
 
 son. 
 
 26hiilcin, n. -%. little son. 
 fold), -er, -e, -eS. pro/i. 
 
 (72, 2) such. 
 2ulfriit, m. -en, -en. sol- 
 
 dier. 
 follcn, v. (95 ; 329) shall ; 
 
 ought ; is said ; is to. 
 Summer, m. -8. summer. 
 funberbar, a. singular. 
 fonbern, conj. (209, Xote 
 
 2) but. 
 onnobcnb, m. -8, -e. 
 
 Saturday. 
 
 omie,/., pi. -n. sun. 
 Sonneufd)ein, in. sun- 
 
 shine. 
 &onntag, m. -8, -e. Sun- 
 
 day. 
 fonft, adv. else ; other- 
 
 wise; formerly. 
 
 orge,/., pi. -n. care, 
 furgcn, .'. take care, 
 fcrgeiib, et. cartful. 
 forgfciltig, a. careful. 
 HMiH'hl, - a!8 (au^), con). 
 
 as well as. 
 
 ipniiicti, n. -8. Spain. 
 Spanicv, i. -8. Spaniaid. 
 fpotincn, v. strain , 
 
 stretch ; bend, 
 fparcn, v. lay or put by. 
 Sparre(n), m. -n8, -n. 
 
 rafter. 
 
 fparfam, a. economical 
 iSparfamfeit,/. economy, 
 fpat, a. late. 
 Spiiten, . -8. spade, 
 fp liter, adv. afterwards; 
 
 lat; r. 
 fpdtcftend, adv. at the 
 
 latest. 
 , fpaji(e)ren, v. or -ge^en, 
 
 take a walk, 
 fpajiercnrdtcn,* take a 
 
 ride. 
 
 Spa^icrgang, m. walk. 
 2pecf, m. -(e)8. bacon, 
 fpeien, v. spit. 
 Speife,/., pi. -n. food, 
 fpcifcn, i'. eat ; dine. 
 Spiegel, m. -8. mirror. 
 Spiel, n. -(e)8, -e. play ; 
 
 game. 
 
 fpielcn, v. play. 
 Spieler, m. -8. player. 
 , Sptd*eug, n. plaything. 
 Sptiuit, M. -(e)8. spinage. 
 Spiitne, /., pi. -n. spi= 
 
 der. 
 
 fpinncn, v. irr. spin. 
 Spital, n. -(e)8, -filer. 
 
 hospital. 
 Spi>e, /., pi. -n. top; 
 
 lit- a 1 ; lace, 
 fplittern, v. splinter. 
 Spurn, m. -(e)8, peren. 
 
 spur. 
 
 fpprnen, v . spur. 
 fpornftreid)8, adv. full 
 
 peed 
 Spradje,/.,p?.-n. speech; 
 
 language. 
 ! (Zpriidjlejjrer, m. teacher 
 
 of languages. 
 fprcdien, r. irr. speak. 
 Sprcdnibung, /. -en. ex- 
 
 eic'sc in speaking. 
 Spreu,j: chaff. 
 Sprid)roort, n. proverb. 
 j fpriegen, v. irr. (f) sprout.
 
 548 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 fpringen, v. irr. (\ and 6.) 
 burst ; spring ; bound ; 
 jump. 
 
 eproffe,/.,/jZ. -n. round 
 of a ladder. 
 
 prud), m. -(e)8, -ucb.e. 
 saying. 
 
 fpriiben, v. emit sparks; 
 dart. 
 
 Spule,/., pi. -n. spool 
 
 Spur, /., pi. -en. trace; 
 track. 
 
 2taat,m. -(e)8, -en. state; 
 finery ; dress. 
 
 Staatagebeimnifi, n. state 
 secret. 
 
 tab, m. -(e)8, -dbe. staff. 
 
 Stadu-l, m. -8. sting. 
 
 &tatt,f.,pl. -dbte. town; 
 city. 
 
 tab"l, m. -(e)8, -ab.le. 
 steel. 
 
 tablfe$r,/steel-spring. 
 
 Stall, m. -(e)8, -atte. sta- 
 ble. 
 
 Stallftied)t, m. -6, -e. 
 hostler. 
 
 Ctainm, m. -(e)8, -amme. 
 trunk. 
 
 fhunnten, c. see afmammen. 
 
 9tanb, ,u. -ei, -antic, sta- 
 tion. 
 
 tanbartc, /., ^>J. -n. 
 standard. 
 
 ftanfrbaft, a. firm. 
 
 ftarr, a. strong ; heavy ; 
 hard. 
 
 9tdttt,f. strength. 
 
 ftarfen, v. strengthen ; 
 brace. 
 
 ftarr, a. stiff. 
 
 flatt, prep. (284, 3) in- 
 stead of. 
 
 ftattfinben,* take place. 
 
 Staub, m. -<>8. dust. 
 
 Staube, /., 2>l- -n. shrub. 
 
 ft<d)en, v. irr. prick ; 
 sting. 
 
 Sterfnabcl, /., />?. -n. 
 pin. 
 
 ftcefcn, v. stick ; put 
 
 Sttg, m. -(e)8, -e. (nar- 
 row) foot-path. 
 
 fie hen, v. irr. stand. 
 
 fteblm, v. irr. steal. 
 
 flcigen, v. irr. (f) mount ; 
 nse. 
 
 ftet^ern, v. raise. 
 
 $tein, m. -(e)3, -e. stone. 
 
 fltincrn, a, stone. 
 
 ! Steinhanfi-(n), in. heap of 
 stones. 
 
 m-iiiiiiit, a. stony. 
 
 Sicllc, /., pi. -n. place; 
 situation ; spot. 
 
 ftcllctt, v. put ; place ; fufc. 
 -, pretend. 
 
 Stempcl, m. -8. stamp. 
 
 fterben, t;. irr. (f) die. 
 
 fierblid), a. mortal. 
 
 Stern, m. -(e)8, -e. star. 
 ; Stcrnd)eii, n. -8. little 
 
 star. 
 i ftembell, a. starry. 
 
 ftete, adv. always. 
 
 Stctier, n. -8. hehn. 
 
 fti-ueni, v. steer. 
 
 Sticfcrei, /., pi. -en. em- 
 broidery. 
 
 fiicbeti, v. irr. (\) fly 
 about 
 
 Stiefel, m. -8, pi. tiefel 
 or -n. boot 
 
 ftill(c), a. still ; quiet. 
 
 StiHe,/. stillness; calm. 
 
 ftitlen, V calm; appease. 
 
 Stillfdm'ciftdi, n. -8. si- 
 lence 
 
 ftillfiBen,* v. sit stilL 
 
 Stimmc,/, pi. -n. voice. 
 
 ftinfen, v. irr. stink. 
 
 Stint, /, pi. -en, (-n.) 
 forehead. 
 
 Stort, w. -(e)8, -ocfe. 
 stick; cane; story. 
 
 Stod*dKn, n. -8. little 
 stick. 
 
 toff,m. -(e)8, -e. matter; 
 stuff. 
 
 ftplj, a. proud ; pride. 
 
 stork. 
 
 ftoren, v. disturb. 
 
 Storcnfrieb,m. -8, -e. dis- 
 turber. 
 
 S tc$, in. -c8, -6pc. thrust ; 
 shock. 
 
 ftcfjm, v. irr. (f) push; 
 thrust ; butt. 
 
 Strafe,/., pi. -n. punish- 
 ment. 
 
 firafen, v . punish. 
 
 ftraff, a. tense. 
 
 Strahl, m. -(e)8, -en 
 beam. 
 
 Stranb, m. -(e)8, -e. 
 beach. 
 
 Strafje,/., pi. -n. street. 
 
 Strattd),m.-(e)8, -r 
 bush. 
 
 Strauft, n>: -(e)8, -t. 
 
 trich. 
 Straufi, m. pi. 
 
 bunch ; nosegay, 
 ftrebeu, v. strive; seek; 
 
 . -8. tendency. 
 ftreefeit, v. stretch. 
 Strcid), m. -(e)8, -t. 
 
 stroke ; lash. 
 t'tmdtdn, v. stroke. 
 ft ri-idu-n, v. irr. rub ; 
 
 stroke ; spread. 
 Streif, m. -(e)8, -e ; or 
 
 Streifcn, m. -8. streak. 
 Sti-cit, m. -(e)8, -e. quar- 
 rel ; contention, 
 ftn-itcn, v. irr. contend ; 
 
 quarrel. 
 
 firm i;, a. strict ; severe. 
 Strenge,/. severity. 
 Strict, m. -(e)8, -. cord ; 
 
 ropo. 
 
 ftricfen, v. knit 
 Strictna^l, /, pi. -n. 
 
 kuilting-needle. 
 Strob, n. -e. straw. 
 Strohhut, m. straw-hat 
 Strom, in. -e8, -erne. 
 
 stream. 
 
 flromcn, v. flow. 
 Stitcf , n. -(e}8, -e. piece ; 
 
 part. 
 
 Sttibent, m. -en, -en. stu- 
 dent. 
 
 Stt^ten, pi. studies. 
 fh^i(e)rcn, v. (127, Ex. 
 
 2) study. 
 Stubl, m. -(e)8, -fible. 
 
 chair. 
 
 ftuntm, a. mute. 
 fluntpf, a. blunt. 
 Stunbc, /., pi. -n. hour ; 
 
 lesson. 
 
 fiunMid), a. every hour. 
 Sturm, m. -(e)8, -urme. 
 
 storm. 
 
 flurmcn, v. storm ; rage, 
 ftiirmifd), a. stormy. 
 Sturmtoinb, m. heavy 
 
 gale. 
 fiiir^cn, v (\) tumble; 
 
 rush. 
 
 fud)cn, v. seek. 
 Siit, in. -eS. sowth. 
 fiiMid), " southern. 
 Siibofttoinb, ni. south- 
 cast wind. 
 
 SiiPitmib, m. south wind 
 3unime,/.,j9Z.-n. amount 
 niiiiiucn, c. hum ; buzz.
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 549 
 
 ,/., pi. -n. sin. 
 
 uiiiNid), a. .sinful. 
 
 Cuppe,/., pZ. -n. soup. 
 
 fi'ifj, ". sweet. 
 
 3iitfii)fcit, /., />. -en. 
 bwoutness ; pi. , sweet 
 things, e.g., candy. 
 
 t)lbe,/., pi. -n. syllable. 
 
 SabaF, m. -8, -c. tobacco. 
 
 t'.itvlu, v. blame. 
 
 SaMcr, m. -8. fault-finder. 
 
 Safe!,/, pi. -n. table. 
 
 lag, r'n. -e3, -e. day ; am 
 antern -e, the next day ; 
 6ei -e, by daylight ; e8 
 nrirb -, the day breaks. 
 
 tagen, v. dawn. 
 
 td'glid), adv. daily. 
 
 t.anne,f.,pl. -n. fir-tree. 
 
 Samicbaum, m. fir-tree. 
 
 Xante,/., pi. -n. aunt. 
 
 San), m. -e8, Idnje. dance. 
 
 tnn^cn, v. dance. 
 
 San;ntcifter, m. dancing- 
 master. 
 
 tapfcr, a. brave. 
 
 Sapferfcit, /. bravery ; 
 valor. 
 
 Safd)c,/, pi. -n. pocket. 
 
 Safd)cntud), n. (pocket) 
 handkerchief. 
 
 Xnffe, /. , pi. -n. cup. 
 
 Sa$e, /., p?. -n. paw. 
 
 San, n. -e8, -e. rope. 
 
 taub, a. deaf. 
 
 Saubc, /., jZ. -n. pigeon. 
 
 tatifcn, v. baptize. 
 
 taugen, v. be of use ; do. 
 
 taufrt)cn, v. deceive ; dis - 
 appoint. 
 
 taufetrt, num. (120, 5) 
 -(e)8, -e. thousand. 
 
 Seller, m. -8. plate. 
 
 Sepptd), m. -(e)8, -e. car- 
 pet. 
 
 Sf)a(, n. -e8, -otcr. valley. 
 
 Sbaler, m. -8. thaler. 
 
 Sljat, /. , pi. -en. deed ; 
 action ; act. 
 
 tbcitig, ". active. 
 
 Sfoiitigfcit,/. activity. 
 
 Ibiiit, w. -e8, -e. dew. 
 
 ihiiucn, v. eS ttunt, it 
 thaws ; dew is falling. 
 
 Xhciiter, n. -8. theatre. 
 
 31)cc, ' -()8, -e. tea. 
 
 Ibcetaffc, j. tea-cup. 
 
 S^eiJ, m. and n. -(e)8, -e. 
 part ; party. 
 
 tlu-ilt'ii, i>. divide ; share. 
 
 tlK-iliiciinicnt', .;. sympa- 
 thizing. 
 
 Jhciliii'linuiiig, /. sympa- 
 thy. 
 
 tlu-ncr, a. dear. 
 
 Shier, n. -(e)8, -e. animal. 
 
 Ilior, w. -en, -en. fool. 
 
 -Jhur, ?i. -(e)8, -e. gate. 
 
 2hprl)cit,/.,/>^. -n. folly. 
 
 thovidjt, a. foolish. 
 
 70}tant,f., pi. -n. tear. 
 
 X^ron, m. -(e)8, -e. 
 throne. 
 
 Sl>roitbcf)ciguitg, /. ac- 
 cession to the throne. 
 
 tlntn, v. irr. do. 
 
 Sl)ur(e), /.,//. -n. door. 
 
 lininn, m. -(e)8, -urme. 
 tower. 
 
 tief, a. deep. 
 
 Siefe, /., pi. -n. depth; 
 abyss. 
 
 ticfgcbiicft, a. bowing low. 
 
 Siger, m. -8. tiger. 
 
 Xinte, f., pi. -n. ink. 
 
 linti-iifaR, //. inkstand. 
 
 Xifd), /i. -e8, -e. table. 
 
 SitcJ, wi. -8, title. 
 
 od)ter, /., j?. Stouter, 
 daughter. 
 
 Xpdjtcrlcin, n. -8. little 
 daughter. 
 
 < 5:o^, m. -e8, -f. death. 
 
 Xp^c^fa^, in. death. 
 
 totcsnmtljig, a. death- 
 defying. 
 
 tobt, a. dead. 
 
 ti.il 1 ten, v. kill. 
 
 Sottciigrabcr, m. -8. 
 grave-digger. 
 
 tobtlid), a. deadly. 
 
 tof(, a. mad ; insane. 
 
 Son, m. -(e)8, Stone, 
 sound. 
 
 Sornifler, m. -8. knap- 
 sack. 
 
 Srad)t, /, pZ. -en. cos- 
 tume. 
 
 tra'gc, a. lazy ; idle. 
 
 tragcn, v. irr. bear ; car- 
 ry ; take ; wear. 
 
 Ird'ghcit,/. laziness. 
 
 Sranf, m. -fe)8, 
 drink. 
 
 tnniffii, v. give drink; 
 water. 
 
 Sraube, /, pi. -n. bunch 
 of grapes. 
 
 trmicn, v . trust. 
 
 Srauer,/. mourning. * 
 
 trauern, v. mourn. 
 
 Xrauni, in. -(e)8, Sidume. 
 dream. 
 
 mumicii, v . dream. 
 
 traurig, a. sad. 
 
 Sraurigtctt,/. sadness. 
 
 traut, a. beloved. 
 
 treffcn, v. in: strike ; hit ; 
 touch. 
 
 Sreffen, n. -8. battle. 
 
 trefflid), a. excellent ; 
 capital 
 
 trcibcn, v. irr. drive; 
 carry. 
 
 mmicn, w., also reft, sep- 
 arate. 
 
 Srennung, ,/'. separation. 
 
 Srcppc, /., pi. -n. stair- 
 case. 
 
 trcten, v. irr. tread. 
 
 treu, a. faithful ; true. 
 
 Sixuc,/. fidelity. 
 
 treulod, a. faithless. 
 
 trculid), adv. truly. 
 
 Srieb, m. -CO 3 / - im- 
 pulse. 
 
 triefen, v. drip. 
 
 trinfen, v. irr. drink. 
 
 Srinfen, . -8. drinking. 
 
 Shumpt), m. -e3, -e. tri- 
 umph. 
 
 Sriump!))itg, m. trium- 
 phal march. 
 
 Srompcte, /, pi. -n. 
 trumpet. 
 
 Sropf, m. -e8, Slropft. 
 simpleton. 
 
 Sropfen, m. -8. drop. 
 
 Srofl, m. -e8. consola- 
 tion. 
 
 Sro^, m. -e8. defiance. 
 
 tro?, prep. (284, 3) in 
 spite of. 
 
 troijen, v. defy. 
 
 Sro^fopf, m. sulky or 
 obstinate person. 
 
 triibe, a. dull ; gloomy. 
 
 Sriibfrtl, n. and/., pi. -e, 
 and -en. sorrow ; mis- 
 ery. 
 
 Srtimmer, pi. ruins. 
 
 trunfcn, a. drunk. 
 
 Xruppen, pi. troops. 
 
 Sud), n. -(e)8, Zu^et. 
 cloth. 
 
 Xugci^,/. -en. virtue. 
 
 tiigcnMuift, a. virtuous. 
 
 Tiirtc, m. -n, -n. Turk, 
 
 Surfei,/. Turkey.
 
 550 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 tin, m. -en, -en. ty- 
 rant. 
 Sprier, m. -6. Tyrian. 
 
 Ucbel, n. -8. evil. 
 
 iibcl, a. evil ; ill ; sick ; 
 sickly ; adv. badly. 
 
 Ikbcltluucr, m. -g. evil- 
 doer. 
 
 iiber, prep. (2-S6, 404) 
 over ; above ; on ; at ; 
 about. Prefix, V34. 
 
 u'bcraH, <id. everywhere. 
 
 iibcrbictcn, v. irr. out- 
 bid. 
 
 iiberbringcn, v. irr. bear ; 
 deliver. 
 
 iibcrfricfc, adv. besides. 
 
 iibcrtriiffig, a. tired; dis- 
 gusted. 
 
 ubereilt, a. rash. 
 
 iibercinfommen,* v. irr. 
 agree. 
 
 iibereinftimmcn,* v. agree. 
 
 Ucberciuftimmung,/. har- 
 mony. 
 
 iiberfaUcn, v. irr. fall 
 upon ; surprise. 
 
 Ucberfluf?, m. -ffe8. abun- 
 dance. 
 
 iibcrfubrcn, v. convict. 
 
 Ucbergung, m. -(e)S, -gan= 
 ge. transition. 
 
 fibergcben,* v. irr. go 
 over. 
 
 iibcrlrtffcn, v. irr. leave. 
 
 uberlegen, a. superior. 
 
 iibcrmanncn, v. overpow- 
 er. 
 
 ubermorgen, adv. day af- 
 ter to-morrow. 
 
 iibcrtieliiiicn, v. irr. un- 
 dertake. 
 
 Uebcrrocf, m. -(e)8, -rode, 
 greatcoat. 
 
 iibcr'0 = u6er baS. 
 
 iiberfcbreiben, v. irr. in- ' 
 scribe. 
 
 iibcnMnittcn, ''. load. 
 
 ul'er|M)it>einmen, v. over- 
 flow. 
 
 uberfe^en,* v. cross. 
 
 iibcrfcecii, v. translate. 
 
 Ueberfeenng, /., pi. -en. 
 translation. 
 
 ubcrtragen, v. transfer. 
 
 ^bcrtrcffcn, >:. irr. sur- 
 pass ; excel. 
 
 dbertrriben, v. irr. exag- 
 gerate. 
 
 ubertmnben, v. irr. over- 
 come. 
 
 iiber;euijen, v. convince. 
 
 iibrt'g, u. spare ; remain- 
 ing ; other. 
 
 Ucbuitg, /, pi. -en. exer- 
 cise. 
 
 Ufer, n. -. shore ; coast ; 
 bank 
 
 llbr, /., pi. -en. clock ; 
 watch ; rctcmel tfl bic 
 U^t ? what time is it V 
 jmet -, two o'clock. 
 
 um, prefix (334) ; prep. 
 (283, 1; 399, 404) 
 around, about, by; um 
 ju, (353, b; 366, IV.) 
 in order to ; to. 
 
 um unt> urn, adv. over 
 and over. 
 
 umamten, v. embrace. 
 
 umbrtngen,* v. irr. kill. 
 
 iininillcn, v. irr. fall 
 down. 
 
 umfhmcrtf, v. flutter 
 around. 
 
 Untgattg, m. -(e)8. inter- 
 course. 
 
 umgcinglid^, a. sociable. 
 
 umgeben, v. irr. sur- 
 round. 
 
 umgurten,* v. a. gird 
 round. 
 
 umbangcn,* v. put on. 
 
 umlKuieit,* v. irr. cut 
 down. 
 
 umber, adv. around. 
 
 umbulien, v. envelop. 
 
 umfcbren,* v. turn back. 
 
 umfommen,* v. irr. (f) 
 perish ; be lost. 
 
 umringcn, v. Burround. 
 
 ttinfiiiltiigcti, v. irr. em- 
 brace. 
 
 umfonft, adv. in vain. 
 
 Untftant'aivim, //. adverb. 
 
 llmftebenbcn, pi. by- 
 standers. 
 
 umftcden, v. surround. 
 
 llnttt>cn^en,* v. turn 
 round. 
 
 umroerfen,* v. irr. over- 
 turn. 
 
 umroolfen) v. cloud. 
 
 umfucten, v. flash around. 
 
 unabbcingig, a. indepen- 
 doiit. 
 
 uitacbtfam, a. careless. 
 
 Uitiidnfainf cit,/. heedless- 
 ness. 
 
 unartig, a. naughty. 
 tin iiut'b 6 rli^, n. incessant. 
 unaufmcrffam, a. inat- 
 
 tentive. 
 Uiuuifiiu-ftfiimfeit, /. in- 
 
 attention. 
 
 a. ncon- 
 
 siderate. 
 unbcbingt, a. uncondi- 
 
 tional. 
 iinbcfncNiit, a. unsatis- 
 
 fied. 
 usibegreiflicb, a. incom- 
 
 prehensible. 
 
 unbcf aunt, a. unknown. 
 unbemerft, a. unnoticed. 
 iiubffc Jinm t, a. indefinite ; 
 
 undecided. 
 unbciocglid), a. immov- 
 
 able. 
 
 unb, ronj. and. 
 unerfdttiid), a. insatiable. 
 Unfall, m. -(e), -fotte. ac- 
 
 cident. 
 un$taA)tct,prep. in spite 
 
 of. 
 ungead)tet, conj. al- 
 
 though. 
 
 Ungetulb,/". impatience. 
 unget>ult>i'g, a. impatient. 
 ungefabr, about; nearly; 
 
 Bon -, adv. by chance. 
 mi -cbcticr, a. prodigious. 
 ungercd)t, a. unjust. 
 Ungercd)tigfdt > /. injus- 
 
 tice. 
 ungefdn'dft, a. unskilful ; 
 
 awkward. 
 
 ungcfeben, a. unseen. 
 ungefhim, a. stormy ; 
 
 tierce. 
 
 ungefunb, a. unhealthy. 
 ungcroobnlid), ". unusual. 
 llngliid?, n. -(e)S. misfor^ 
 
 tune. 
 unoji'icf (uh, a. unhappy ; 
 
 unfortunate. 
 Ungltid'efan, m. accident; 
 
 misfortune. 
 Uniiu'rfitii't, /, pi. -en. 
 
 university. 
 llnf often, pi. costs ; ex- 
 
 penses. 
 
 unhiftig, a. disinclined. 
 ii iiiHiuii(irf), a. unmanly. 
 uiitnoiftig, n. excessive. 
 Unntci^igfett, /. excess; 
 
 immoderateness. 
 itniitcinMtlid), a. inhuman. 
 unmbglid), a. impossible.
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 551 
 
 miimi tbii|, a. ill-humored. 
 
 uitnatiirlid), a. unnatural. 
 
 unnotbig, a. unneces- 
 sary. 
 
 mimic-, a. useless. 
 
 u it urgent lid), a. disorder- 
 ly. 
 
 llnort'miitii, /., pi- -en- 
 disorder. 
 
 unrcd)t, a. wrong. 
 
 Uitrcd)t, n. -(e)8. wrong ; 
 injustice ; - tyabcn, be 
 wrong. 
 
 iiurc.Klinujjui, a. irregu- 
 lar. 
 
 imrcif, . unripe. 
 
 llnrubc,/. uneasiness. 
 
 Hiiruin,), a. uneasy. 
 
 und, pron. (144, 1) us; 
 to us ; ourselves ; to 
 ourselves. 
 
 llnfd)u(t>, /. innocsnce. 
 
 uufdmlN'g, a. innocent. 
 
 itnfer, pron. (18; 144,3; 
 336, 3) our, ours, of 
 us ; ber, tie, bag unfere, 
 unf(e)rtge, ours. 
 
 unftd)cr, a. unsafe ; un- 
 certain. 
 
 unftcrblid), a. immortal. 
 
 unten, adv. below ; down- 
 stairs. 
 
 unter, prefix (234) ; prep. 
 (285, 4; 405) under; 
 among ; a. under ; low- 
 er. 
 
 mucrbrcd)cn, v. irr. inter- 
 rupt. 
 
 untcrbringcn,* v. irr. 
 lodge. 
 
 tmtcrgcbcn,* v . irr. (f) go 
 down ; sink. 
 
 iintcrbaltcn, v. irr. enter- 
 tain ; ftdj - mit, amuse 
 oneself, converse with. 
 
 Unterbaltung, /., pi. -c.t. 
 keeping up. 
 
 wntert)attteln, v. negoti- 
 ate. 
 
 untcrtrtifd), a. subter- 
 ranean. 
 
 untcrjodKti, v. subjugate. 
 
 unterlicgcu, v. irr. (i) suc- 
 cumb. 
 
 untcrncbntcn, v. irr. un- 
 
 dcrtah . 
 
 Untcrncbmcn, n. -6. cr 
 Untirnu- initial ii, /., pi. 
 -en. undertaking; en- 
 terprise. 
 
 Unterrebitng, /., pi. -en. 
 
 conference. 
 Unrcrrid)t, in. -(e)8. in- 
 
 struction. 
 untcrrid)ten, /. inform ; 
 
 tcfich ; instruct. 
 untcrfd)crten, v. irr. dis- 
 
 tinguish. 
 unterfdjrdben, v. irr. sub- 
 
 scribe ; sign. 
 untcrfinfen,* v. (f) sink 
 untcrft, . lowest. 
 uirtcrfldjen,* v. irr. stand 
 
 under. 
 imtcntelu-ii, ficfy, v. reft. 
 
 irr. dare ; venture. 
 unterfircid)cn, v . irr. un- 
 
 derline. 
 
 iiiitcrftiiucit, v. support. 
 Hiitcrftiieimg,/. support. 
 uittcrfudictt, v. examine. 
 imtertban, a. subject. 
 Uittcrtlmit, m. -S, and-tn, 
 
 -en. subject. 
 
 tintcrthanifl, a. humble. 
 untertrcten,* v. irr. (f) 
 
 take shelter. 
 untcriocgd, adv. on the 
 
 way. 
 unterroerfen, v. irr. sub- 
 
 mit ; ftdj -, yield. 
 Umerroerfung, /. subjec- 
 
 tion. 
 
 untbdtig, a. idle. 
 itiu'ibcrftciiifid), a. insur- 
 
 mountable. 
 ttntibertrcfflict), a. unsur- 
 
 passable. 
 
 unocrbicnt,. undeserved. 
 ttitocrroanbt; a. mit -en 
 
 ?lugcn, steadfastly. 
 unt>cr)agt, <<. undaunted. 
 Unvcnagt()cit, f. intre- 
 
 pidity. 
 uttviollFf ittiiicit, a. imper- 
 
 fect. 
 
 -en. imperfection. 
 unoorfid)tig, a. incau- 
 
 tious; careless. 
 Uiunn-ftd)ttgfcit, /., pi. 
 
 -en. imprudence. 
 miwafir, a. untrue. 
 Umimhrlicit, /., pi. -en. 
 
 falsehood. 
 
 unrocit, ado. not far. 
 UnroiHc(n), in. -n3, (-%.) 
 
 indignation. 
 unroobl, a. unwell ; indis- 
 
 posed. 
 
 im;ahlbiir, u 
 innumerable. 
 
 un^tifriet'en, a. discon- 
 tented. 
 
 iippi;!, a. luxuriant. 
 
 urfpriinglid), a. original ; 
 primitive. 
 
 Urtiml, . -(e), -e. judg- 
 ment ; sentence. 
 
 urtl)cilcn, v. judge. 
 
 SJatcr, m. -, SBater. 
 father. 
 
 ivitcrlaitt 1 , n. native 
 country. 
 
 'iV'ild)cii, n. -. violet. 
 
 oerabreben, v. (also refl.) 
 agree upon. 
 
 t>crabfd)cuen, i>. abhor. 
 
 crad)ten, v. despise. 
 
 t>era'd)t(id), a. contemp- 
 tible. 
 
 oernltcn, v. (f) grow old. 
 
 uerdnbcrn, v. (also refl.) 
 change ; alter. 
 
 Seranterung, /., pi. -en. 
 change. 
 
 orraiilaffcn, v. cause. 
 
 neraiiftnftcn, v. prepare. 
 
 vcrbanncn, v. banish. 
 
 ocrbannt, a. exiled. 
 
 35crbanntc, m. and f. 
 (108, c) exile. 
 
 ocrbergcn, v. irr conceal; 
 hide. 
 
 oerbeffcrtt, v. improve ; 
 correct. 
 
 SStrbcffcrung, /., pi. -en. 
 improvement. 
 
 oerbicten, v. irr. forbid. 
 
 ocrbmfccn, v. irr. bird or 
 tie (up); unite ; oblige. 
 
 t>crb(cid)CH, v. irr. (f) turn 
 pale. 
 
 ocrbraud)ctt, v. consume ; 
 use. 
 
 35crbrcd)cn, n. -8. crime. 
 
 93erbunt>ctc, in. and f. 
 (108, <) uily. 
 
 t>crtad)ttfl, a. suspicious. 
 
 ucrterbcii, v. irr. (}) epoil. 
 
 $crfarbcn, n. -S. destruc- 
 tion. 
 
 crbtd)tcn, v. condense. 
 
 uct^iciictt, v. earn ; de- 
 serve. 
 
 95erl>icnfl, in. -(c)8. earn- 
 ings ; gain ; n. -(f)S t 
 -e. merit. 
 
 ucrboppdn, v . double.
 
 552 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 txrbriefjen, v. irr. vex ; 
 grieve. 
 
 oerctjrnt, v. admire ; 
 honor ; revere. 
 
 SJmljrer, m. -8. worship- 
 per. 
 
 Ofrfinctt, vcrdnigen, v. 
 (also reft. ) unite ; com- 
 bine. 
 
 93f reinigtfii 2iantcn, (Me) 
 pi. LI nited States. 
 
 95f rfaffer, m. -8. author. 
 
 oerlfl)lcn, <. lose ; miss. 
 
 of rlolgcn, v. pursue ; per- 
 secute. 
 
 of rfiitmn, v. mislead ; 
 tempt. 
 
 vergangen, a. past ; last. 
 
 3krftangciil)ctt, / past. 
 
 oerflf bcit, v. irr. forgive ; 
 pardon. 
 
 ornif bf us, adv. in vain. 
 
 Bergebung,/. pardon. 
 
 vcrgcbcit, v. irr. (f) go 
 away ; pass away ; die; 
 fid) -, commit a fault. 
 
 Dfrgdtfn, v. irr. reward. 
 
 on flcucit, v. irr. forget. 
 
 ttcrgtcftcn, v. irr. shed. 
 
 oergiftfn, v. poison. 
 
 Ofrgldd)en, v. irr. com- 
 pare. 
 
 ttrgnugen, v. please. 
 
 Skrgniigen, n. -8. plea- 
 sure. 
 
 ocrgnugt, a. pleased. 
 
 otrgroftern, v. increase. 
 
 oerbnlten, v. irr. fid) -, to 
 be; conduct one's self. 
 
 93trbfllniifj, n. -fic8, -ffe. 
 circumstance. 
 
 ocrbnfit, a. hateful. 
 
 or rbdmthf n, v. marry ; 
 fid> -i get married. 
 
 of rbdfjf n, v. irr. promise. 
 
 t*rt)6bnen, v. deride ; 
 scorn. 
 
 of rbmtiicrn, v. (f) starve. 
 
 txrirren, v. loseone's way. 
 
 Skrirrung, /.,/>. -en. er- 
 ror. 
 
 Dtrjiingen, v. restore to 
 youth. 
 
 SSerfaiif, m. -(e)8, -faufe. 
 sale. 
 
 Of rfoufen, v. sell. 
 
 SSerfebr, m. -(e)8. inter- 
 course. 
 
 perfcnnen, v. irr. mis- 
 take. 
 
 , ,-. acuse. 
 
 ocrfloren, v. brighten. 
 
 ocrflart, a. glonfied. 
 
 wrflingen, v. irr. die 
 away. 
 
 ocrf lulu'ii, v. boil away. 
 
 ixrfiinb(ig)en, v. foretell. 
 
 txrlangett, v. desire ; ask. 
 
 &crlangcn, n. -8. longing; 
 desire. 
 
 txrloingcrn, v. prolong. 
 
 vcrlarocii, v. mask. 
 
 oerlaffen, v. irr. leave ; 
 forsake ; ftc - ouf, rely 
 upon. 
 
 iVdciicnlKtt, /., pi -en. 
 embarrassment. 
 
 9ScrUger,w.-8. publisher. 
 
 iHTlcihcn, v. irr. lend; 
 confer upon. 
 
 pcrlcucij, v. hui't 
 
 oerleumten, v. calumni- 
 ate. 
 
 oerfimn, v. irr. lose. 
 
 tu'i-lolincii = lofmcn. 
 
 aSerluft, m. -(e)8, -e. loss. 
 
 ocrmchrctt, v. (also reft.) 
 increase. 
 
 ticrmcibcn, v. irr. avoid. 
 
 tHTiiiicthcii, v. let. 
 
 lu-nmfdKit, v. mix ; min- 
 gle. 
 
 frmiffen,w. miss; regret. 
 
 oermogen, v. irr. be able. 
 
 &ermdgen, n. -8. faculty ; 
 fortune. 
 
 oermutnmen, v. disguise. 
 
 iH-rmmhlidi, a. probable. 
 
 ocrtt ndylii f figcn , v. neglect. 
 
 piTiiclinicn, v. irr. hear. 
 
 ocrniducti, v. annihilate ; 
 spoil. 
 
 aSernunft, /. reason ; 
 sense. 
 
 of rpflidyfctt, v. fi<^, engage; 
 bind one's self. 
 
 tf rrnthen, v. betray. 
 
 ajtrrdtfter, m. -8. traitor. 
 
 wrrrfifeti, v. (\) go on a 
 journey. 
 
 oerfagcn, v. refuse. 
 
 or rf a mine In, v. [id?, assem- 
 ble. 
 
 SJerfatmnhing,/., pi. -en. 
 assembly. 
 
 of rfdinffen, v. procure. 
 
 oerfdmrren, v. bury. 
 
 oerfdMebtn, t;. irr. putofF. 
 
 f tfdiif bf it, a. different ; 
 various. 
 
 oc n'd)lif$cn, v. irr. shut; 
 close. 
 
 of rfdtlingfn, v. irr swal- 
 low (up) ; devour. 
 
 oerfdjontn, v. spare. 
 
 ofrfd)iocigcn, v. irr. keep 
 secret ; conceal. 
 
 of rfdjwif iibi-ii, v. lavish ; 
 squander. 
 
 t>crfd)n>inben, v. irr- (f) 
 disappear ; pass away. 
 
 95erfd)n>immg, /,/?. -en. 
 conspiracy. 
 
 txrfeljen, [t(^, v. reft. irr. 
 make a mistake ; ex- 
 pect. 
 
 2Jfrffl)fn, n.-S. oversight. 
 
 ocrffiigcn, v. parch. 
 
 of rfffecn, v. put ; place ; 
 answer. 
 
 93erfe$ung,/,.pZ. -en. re- 
 moval. 
 
 oerfjdiertt, v. assure ; ftd?, 
 seize ; ascertain. 
 
 9Serftd)rung, /., pi. -en. 
 assurance. 
 
 ocrfifgeln, v. seal (up). 
 
 ocrfinfcit, v. irr. (\) sink 
 (down). 
 
 oerforgen, v. provide for. 
 
 or rfpatcn, v. delay ; fid) -, 
 be too late. 
 
 otrfpiflfti, v. lose (at 
 
 play)- 
 
 t>erfpred)en, v. irr. pro- 
 mise. 
 
 Skrfprecfeett, n. -8. pro- 
 mise. 
 
 crfpiiren, v. feel; per- 
 ceive. 
 
 SBerftanb, m. -(e)8. un- 
 derstanding; intellect; 
 judgment ; sense. 
 
 oerftatibifl, a. intelligent ; 
 discreet. 
 
 ofrftanMid), a. intelligi- 
 ble. 
 
 oerftefjen, v. irr. under- 
 stand. 
 
 wrftogen, v. irr. reject; 
 cast ofF. 
 
 erflr<id>en, v. (f) expire. 
 
 Skrfud), m. -(e)8, -e. ex- 
 periment. 
 
 of rfiidjfn, v. try. 
 
 Vfmid)nng, /., pi -en. 
 temptation. 
 
 ocrthf ibigcn, v . defend. 
 
 oertiltifit, v. exterminate, 
 
 ocrtrcuien, v. trust
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 553 
 
 Bertrauen, n. -8. confi- 
 dence. 
 
 ocrtrauf, a. confidential. 
 
 ocrtrdben, v. irr. expel. 
 
 ocmrfadxti, v. cause ; oc- j 
 casion. 
 
 ocrurtbcilcn, v. condemn; 
 sentence. 
 
 ocrn>ad)fen, v. (f) grow to 
 or together. 
 
 t>croad)en, a. deformed, j 
 
 of rmabreu, v. keep (safe- 
 ly). 
 
 ocrroanbdn, v. (also reft. ) 
 change; turn. 
 
 oerroanbt, a. related. 
 
 Bcrroanbte, m. f. (108, c) 
 relation ; relative. 
 
 oeroerfen, v. irr. throw 
 away ; reject. 
 
 ocrtvcfcn, v. (f) die out ; 
 decay. 
 
 ocrnwnbcn, v. wound. 
 
 oerounbern, v. a. aston- 
 ish ; be astonished. 
 
 95ernwnfd)ung,/., pi. -en. 
 curse. 
 
 ocr^agen, v. (f) despond. 
 
 oerjaubern, v. enchant. 
 
 vertebral, v. consume. 
 
 vcr^eiben, v. irr. pardon ; 
 forgive ; excuse. 
 
 Cer^eibung,/. pardon. 
 
 cr$n>dfeln, v. despair. 
 
 SBenroetflung,/. despair. 
 
 SSetter, m. -8. cousin. 
 
 Die!, a. (103, Note 2; 341, 
 7; 114, 6) much; pi. 
 many; adv. much. 
 
 mdmcbr, adv. on the con- 
 trary. 
 
 oidlddjt, adv. perhaps. 
 
 ier, num. four. 
 
 oicrcrlci, adv. (121) of 
 four different sorts. 
 
 oicrtc, fourth. 
 
 oiert(e)balb, (125, Note) 
 three and a half. 
 
 SSicrtd, n. (124, 5) -8. 
 quarter ; ein - auf ?ed)S, 
 quarter past five. 
 
 oicrtcns, adv. fourthly. 
 
 vicr)cbn, num. fourteen. 
 
 oicr^ig, num. forty. 
 
 %pcal, m.. -(e)8, -e. vowel. 
 
 9Sogd, m. -8, 936gel. bird. 
 
 SBoif, n. -(c)8, Solfcr. 
 people ; nation ; crowd ; 
 - ba8 gemeine, the popu- 
 lace 
 
 oofl, a. full. 
 
 vpllbringcn, v. irr. ac- 
 complish ; perform. 
 
 ootltg, a. entire ; com- 
 plete. 
 
 vpHfptnmen, a. perfect. 
 
 oom = con bem. 
 
 von, prep. (400, 11 ; 405) 
 from ; of ; in ; by. 
 
 oor, prep. (285, 4) be- 
 fore ; of ; ago. 
 
 oo ran, adv. before. 
 
 prangdjcn,* go before. 
 
 t>pran$fagen,* v. predict ; 
 foretell. 
 
 DprauSfchcn,*i>.zrr. fore- 
 see. 
 
 oprbct, adv. past ; over. 
 
 oprbeigcbcn,*fl. irr. pass 
 
 by- 
 
 oorbctreitcn,* v. ride past. 
 
 oorbcrcitcn,* v. prepare. 
 
 orber, a. fore; front. 
 
 vorbcrfic, a. foremost. 
 
 oorcntljalten,* v. irr. 
 withhold. 
 
 aSorfoII, m. -(e)8, -fattc. 
 occurrence. 
 
 2Jorgefc$te, m. (108, c) 
 superior. 
 
 orbabn,*0. irr. intend. 
 
 Corbabcn, n. -8. design ; 
 intention. 
 
 ajorliaiig, m. -(e) 
 curtain. 
 
 opr^er, adv. beforehand. 
 
 oprljcrfeben,* foresee. 
 
 oorbin, adv. before; just 
 now. 
 
 95prh.pf, m. -(e)8, -^ofc. 
 porch. 
 
 oprtg, a. preceding ; for- 
 mer. 
 
 oprfpinmcn,* v. irr. ap- 
 pear ; seem. 
 
 oprlefen,* v. irr. read 
 (aloud). 
 
 aSormittag, m. -(e)8, -e. 
 morning. 
 
 uprmtttagg, adv. in the 
 morning. 
 
 aSormunb, m. -(e)8, -mun= 
 bet. guardian. 
 
 ajprratb, m. -(e)8, -ratfye. 
 stock ; store. 
 
 oor'e = we ba8. 
 
 ajprfa^, m. -e8, -fafee. de- 
 sign. 
 
 SJprfdjetn, m. jum - loms 
 men, appear, 
 
 &prfd)(ag, m. -9, -ige. 
 
 proposal. 
 
 95p rfehung,/. providenoa 
 95prfid)t,/. precaution. 
 oprft'dmq, a. cautious. 
 prfid)tmagregel, /., pL 
 
 -n. precautionary mea- 
 
 sure. 
 
 SBprflcftcr, m. -8. director. 
 oprftcHcn,* v. represent ; 
 
 fidj -, imagine. 
 &prfte((ung, /. , pi. -en. 
 
 representation ; re- 
 
 monstrance. 
 2kmbdl, m. -(e)8, -e. ad- 
 
 vantage. 
 
 oprtrcfflid), a. excellent 
 opriiber, adv. past ; over. 
 oprtvartd, adv. forward; 
 
 on. 
 oprroerfcn,* v. irr. re- 
 
 proach. 
 Rprroprt, n. preposi- 
 
 tion. 
 ajprnwrf, m. -(e)8, -nwrfe. 
 
 reproach. 
 
 ,* exhibit. 
 
 SBaare, f. , pi. -n. mer- 
 
 chandise. 
 toad), a. awake. 
 2Bad)c,/. , pi. -n. guard. 
 ttnidn-n, v . watch. 
 28iidia, n. -e8. wax. 
 road)fatn, a. watchful. 
 tpnd)fcn, v. irr. (J) grow. 
 2Bad)tcr, m. -8. watch- 
 
 man. 
 
 Wiirfcr, a. brave ; gallant. 
 SBaffe,/., pi. -n. weapon. 
 roagen, v. venture ; risk ; 
 
 dare. 
 
 SBagcn, m. carriage. 
 2Baf)I,./"., pi. -0. choice. 
 rcablcn, v. choose. 
 
 , m. -(e)8. error. 
 a. insane. 
 -, a. true. 
 
 , prep. (284, 3) 
 
 during; conj. while. 
 roafjrftaft, adv. in truth. 
 SBabrhdt, /., pi. -en. 
 
 truth. 
 laahrnditncn, v. irr. per- 
 
 ceive. 
 tabrfd)citilid), a. prob- 
 
 able ; likely. 
 
 SBSaife, /., pi. -n. orphan. 
 SBalb, m. -e8, 
 
 wood; forest,
 
 554 
 
 GEiiMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 28 nil, m. -e8, 38fifle. ram- 
 part. 
 
 SBaHfiifd), m. -eg, -c. 
 whale. 
 
 2Ba(Inuft, /., pi. -nufie. 
 walnut. 
 
 !*,/., pi. 3Banbe. wall, 
 t, v. go ; walk. 
 
 SBanbercr, m. -8. wan- 
 derer ; traveller. 
 
 nwitfcrn, v. wander. 
 
 2SntiI>mmn, /., pi. -in. 
 wandering. 
 
 SBmigc, /", pi. -n. cheek. 
 
 nmnn, adv. (274) when. 
 
 28 op pen, n. -5. arms ; 
 coat of arms. 
 
 roartn, a. warm ; hot. 
 
 58drntc,/ warmth. 
 
 roarncn, v. warn. 
 
 tinmen, v. wait. 
 
 nnmitii, adv. (150; 165, 
 3 ; 155, ! ) why. 
 
 roaS, pron. (155, 165) 
 which ; that ; what ; 
 - au*, - immer, - nur, 
 whatever ; something ; 
 -furetn, (73,2; 151, 2, 
 3) what ; what kind of. 
 
 ttmfdKn, n. irr. wash. 
 
 SEBaffer, w. -8. water. 
 
 rocbcn, v. irr. soar ; 
 weave. 
 
 roccfcn, v. wake. 
 
 roetdn, v . wag. 
 
 roel'er, conj. neither ; - . . . 
 nodj, neither . . . nor. 
 
 28eg, m. -(e)8, -e. way ; 
 road ; means. 
 
 roeg, adv. away ; hence. 
 
 tvegtn, prep. (284, 3) on 
 account of. 
 
 rocgflicgcn,* v. irr. to fly 
 away. 
 
 rocgnefjmen,* v. irr. take 
 away. 
 
 roegroerfcn,* v. irr. throw 
 away. 
 
 roeb, ndv. - t$un, to ache. 
 
 58cf), n. -cS. pain ; mis- 
 ery. 
 
 nb(e), tn<. wo! woe! 
 
 roe b en, v. blow. 
 
 SBcbnmtb, /. grief ; sad- 
 ness. 
 
 SBeib, n. -(e)8, -er. wo- 
 man ; wife. 
 
 roctblid), a. feminine. 
 
 tocicbcn, v. irr. (f) yield ; 
 give way. 
 
 SBeicbbeit,./'. softness. 
 aStafrc, /., pi. -n. wil- 
 low. 
 tvcigern, v. ft*, refuse ; 
 
 decline. 
 SBcigerung, /. refusal ; 
 
 denial. 
 
 2Bcibc, /, pi. -n. conse- 
 cration. 
 
 tvcibcn, ?'. consecrate. 
 38cibnad)t(n, m. /. n. 
 
 Christmas. 
 tocil, conj. because ; 
 
 since. 
 
 aScile,/. while. 
 5Bcin, m. -(e)8, -e. wine. 
 25citibcrfl, m. vineyard, 
 I'.H-incii, v. weep, 
 nrcife, a. wise. 
 SBeife, m. (108, <) wise 
 
 man. 
 2Bcife,yi, ^)?. -n. manner; 
 
 way ; tune. 
 rocifen, v. irr. show. 
 2Bctet)ctt,/. wisdom, 
 ircip, . white. 
 SBeigicug, n. -(e)8, -e. 
 
 linen. 
 tweit, a. wide ; large ; far ; 
 
 far off; - iinb brett, adv. 
 
 far and wide ; on - em, 
 
 from far. 
 
 SScUen, m. -8. wheat. 
 3Bci)cnforn, n. grain of 
 
 corn, 
 ipi-lrf), intcrrog. pron. 
 
 (151, 2 ; 153, 2) -er, -e, 
 
 -c8, pl.-e. what; which; 
 
 relat. (156) who ; that ; 
 
 which ; who(so)ever ; 
 
 which (so)ever ; what- 
 
 (so)ever. 
 inelf ni, v. ( f ) wither ; 
 
 fade. 
 
 2BeHf,/., pZ. -n. wave. 
 28clt,/., pi. -en. world. 
 iSdtrocifc, m. (108, <?) 
 
 philosopher, 
 iticin, dat. of tter. 
 roen, ace. of met. 
 tvcuN:n, v. reg. and irr. 
 
 turn, 
 wcnig, a. (103, Note 2 ; 
 
 341, 7) little ; pi few ; 
 
 am -ficn, least; -fien, 
 
 at least. 
 wcnn, conj. (274 ; .353, 2, 
 
 a, 6, c; 354, Note 3; 
 
 355, b) when ; if ; - oud>, 
 
 though ; - nid;t, unless. 
 
 r, pron. (150; 316, *) 
 who ; - audj, - nut, - Inu 
 mer, who(so)ever. 
 
 ntcrben, v. irr. - um, sue 
 for ; court. 
 
 wcrbcn, v. irr. (89, 135), 
 be ; become ; get : 
 grow. 
 
 rocrfen, v. irr. throw; 
 fling. 
 
 SBerf, n. -(e)8, -. work. 
 
 roertb, a. worth ; dear. 
 
 2Bertb, m. -(e)8, -e. value. 
 
 ircrtbooll, . valuable. 
 
 wcffcn, locft, gen. of wet, 
 
 2Bcft, m. -(e)8, or, SEBeflen, 
 m. -8. West ; Occident. 
 
 2Bctte, _, 7>/. -n. wager; 
 um bie -, in emulation 
 of (each other). 
 
 SBctfcr, n. -8. weather. 
 
 roicbttg, a. weighty; im- 
 portant ; SS>id)tige, im- 
 portant matters. 
 
 tvftcrlegcn, v. refute. 
 
 roiberfpcnfiig, a. stub- 
 born. 
 
 SBil-crfpenfHgfeit, /. ob- 
 stinacy. 
 
 v. irr. con- 
 tradict. 
 
 SBiberftanb, m. resist- 
 ance. 
 
 wibrtg, a. contrary. 
 
 roie, adv. how. 
 
 roicber, adv. back ; again. 
 
 twcberbaHcn,* v. re-echo. 
 
 uneEvrlu'Ini, v. repeat. 
 
 roiebcrfommcn,* v. irr. (f) 
 come back ; return. 
 
 wieiicit, v. rock. 
 
 rotegtn, v. irr. weigh. 
 
 roiebcrn, v. neigh. 
 
 asicii, n. Vienna. 
 
 2Bicfe,/.,^>. -n. meadow. 
 
 milt, a. wild. 
 
 2Bitt>, n. -(e)8. game. 
 
 , n. -8. game. 
 , m. and/. (108, c) 
 savage. 
 
 "IPillu-lin, m. -8. William. 
 
 aille(n), m. -n8. will. 
 
 niillciili.ii>, adv. spontane- 
 ously. 
 
 2l>illfpiiiwcti, n. -8. wel- 
 come. 
 
 loillfoniiiicn, ". welcome. 
 
 9Binb, m. -(e)8, -e. wind. 
 , v. irr. wind,
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 c, /., pi. -n. 
 windmill. 
 
 nwih-it, v. beckon. 
 
 roiufdn, v. whine. 
 
 SSJimcr, m. -S. winter. 
 
 2.8mtcrmardKit, n. win- 
 ter's tale. 
 
 2Binterjdt,/. winter sea- 
 son. 
 
 2Bin$cr, m. -S. vine-dres- 
 ser. 
 
 SBipfcl, m. -8. summit. 
 
 nrir, pron. (144, 1) we. 
 
 roirf lid), a. real ; true. 
 
 28irfmt.i, f.,pl. -en. ef- 
 fect. 
 
 2Birtb, m. -(e)n, -e. land- 
 lord. 
 
 n>ifd)cn, v. irr. wipe ; rub. 
 
 iDiffen, v. irr. know. 
 
 2Biffen, n. -8. knowledge. 
 
 28iffenfd)aft, /., pi. -en. 
 knowledge ; science. 
 
 SSittroe,/, pi. -n. widow. 
 
 SBitrocnftanb, m. -8. 
 widowhood. 
 
 2Birocr, m. -8. widower. 
 
 SBi, m. -e8, -e. wit; 
 jest. 
 
 mo, adv. (157, 5, G) where. 
 
 roobd, adv. at, by, near 
 which; at, etc., what? 
 
 2Bod)C,./!, pi. -n. week. 
 
 rouburd), adv. whereby. 
 
 toofiir, adv. wherefore ; 
 for what ; for which ; 
 for whom ; why. 
 
 roolier, adv. whence. 
 
 100 IHII, ado. whither. 
 
 roolil, adv. well ; prob- 
 ably, I suppose. 
 
 tvoblfcil, a. cheap. 
 
 9Scb(tbat, /. , pi. -en. 
 benefit. 
 
 aBol)ltl)rtter, m. -8. bene- 
 factor. 
 
 SBobltbiUerin,./^,/^. -nen. 
 benefactress. 
 
 SBublroofJcii, n. -S. good 
 will. 
 
 t, v. live ; dwell. 
 
 3, /., pi. -en. 
 dwelling. 
 
 SBoIf, m. -(e)8, SBolfe. ! 
 wolf. 
 
 SSolftn, f., pi. -ncn. she- 1 
 wolf. 
 
 28olfc, f., pi. -n. cloud. 
 
 SBeIfenfd)id)te,/., pi. -n. 
 bank of clouds. 
 
 , v. irr. (94, 325) 
 be willing ; wish. 
 
 roomit, adv. with or by 
 what or which. 
 
 2Bpnne,/, pi. -n. bliss. 
 
 ttjprcm, ado. at which ; 
 where. 
 
 roorcmf, adv. on or at or 
 to which or \vhab. 
 
 tooraud, adv. out of, 
 from or by which or 
 what. 
 
 roorben = gercorfaen (140, 
 5, 6). 
 
 tworin, ado. in which; in 
 what. 
 
 2Bort, n. (51, 12) -(e)8, -e, 
 and SBftrter. word. 
 
 98ortncd)fcl, m. -8. dis- 
 pute. 
 
 n>im'ibcr, adv. upon, at or 
 over which or what. 
 
 rooruntcr, adv. under, 
 among or in which or 
 what. 
 
 tvooon, adv. of or from 
 which or what. 
 
 roooor, adv. before or of 
 which or what. 
 
 totSti, adv. to, for or of 
 which or what ; why. 
 
 2Bud), m. -c8. growth. 
 
 SBunbc,/. , pi. -n. wound. 
 
 SBunber, n. -8. miracle. 
 
 nmnN'rlidi, a. odd. 
 
 luiuitcnt, [id;, v. reft, won- 
 der ; be astonished. 
 
 nnmt'cvfain, a. wonder- 
 ful. 
 
 tt>unbcrfd)6n, a. wonder- 
 fully fine. 
 
 aSunfd), m. -e3. SBun^e, 
 wish ; desire. 
 
 nmnfd)cn, v. wish. 
 
 n)uiifd)cndt)crt(), a. desir- 
 able. 
 
 SBiirbc, /, pi. -en. dig- 
 nity. 
 
 tcurbcoofl, a. grave. 
 
 ipiirMij, a. worthy ; de- 
 serving. 
 
 rotirbigcit, v. to honor. 
 
 SBurtn, m. -(e), SJBiirmer. 
 worm. 
 
 SBurff, /., pi. SBurfte. 
 sausage. 
 
 SBurjcI,/., )>l. -n. root. 
 
 lour^cln, v. take root. 
 
 2Biir}lcin, n, -8. little 
 root. 
 
 2Bufic,/.,7>. -n. desert; 
 
 wilderness. 
 2Butl), f. rage ; mad- 
 
 ness. 
 tinitlji-ii, v. rage. 
 
 , a. fainthearted. 
 , f.,pl. -en. number; 
 
 figure. 
 ;ahleii, v. count ; reckon ; 
 
 depend. 
 v-'Inii, a. tame. 
 Aaljntcn, r. tame. 
 Saljn, m. -(e)8 
 
 tooth. 
 jaiifen, v. fid), dispute. 
 ^appehi, v. struggle ; kick 
 
 about. 
 
 3aubcr, m. -8, charm. 
 3mibcrfd)dn, m. magic 
 
 lustre. 
 .';{ .nut, m, -(e)8, 3^ une - 
 
 hedge. 
 
 st)tt, num. ten. 
 }d)ncr(ei, a. (121, 8) of ten 
 
 kinds ; ten sorts of. 
 jeftnfad), a. tenfold. 
 }ci)iiiiuil, adv. ten times. 
 i jebnte, tenth ; -n8. adv. 
 
 tenthly. 
 SeJjntel, n. -8. (124, 5) 
 
 tenth. 
 3cid>cn, n. -S. sign ; 
 
 token ; signal. 
 3ctd)tten, v. draw. 
 3eid)mmc),./: drawing. 
 ;df)cn, v. show. 
 3ei(c,/., pi. -n. line. 
 3dt,/., pi. -en. time. 
 jettlcmg, cine 3 e i'I fl nfl 
 
 some time. 
 Scitung,/., pi. -en. newe- 
 
 paper. 
 
 Sdtjoort, n. verb. 
 jcrbrcd)Cit, v. break. 
 terbrud'cn, r. crush. 
 jcrfallcn, v. irr. (f) fall to 
 
 pieces. 
 
 ',crfomicit, w. in-, cut up. 
 ?;. analyze. 
 a,/. -en. dissec- 
 
 tion ; dissertation. 
 jerreibcn, v. irr. rub; 
 
 pulverize. 
 jcrrdften, ?;. i?T. tear; 
 
 rend. 
 
 dcrfd)lciflen, v. irr. break. 
 jerfprmijcti, o. irr. burst. 
 fcrfticbcn, v. irr. (f) scat- 
 
 terj vanish,
 
 556 
 
 GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 jcrftorbar, a. destructi- 
 ble. 
 
 jerftorcn, v. destroy. 
 
 Serftorung, /., pi. -n. 
 destruction. 
 
 jerflretien, v. disperse. 
 
 Seugc, TO. -n, -n. witness. 
 
 jcugtn, v. witness; tes- 
 tify. 
 
 3ugni(|, n. -ffe8, -fie. evi- 
 dence. 
 
 Scud, TO. Jupiter. 
 
 3ige,/., pi. -n. goat. 
 
 jictien, v . irr. draw ; pull ; 
 move. 
 
 Sicbcn, n. -8. march ; re- 
 moval. 
 
 3(cl, n. -(e)8, -. aim; 
 end ; object. 
 
 gtden, c. aim ; take aim. 
 
 jieren, v. adorn. 
 
 Simmer, n. apartment; 
 room. 
 
 jittcrn, v. tremble. 
 
 gogtrn, v. hesitate. 
 
 3oB, TO. -(e)8, -t. (52, 14) 
 inch. 
 
 Soil, TO. -(e)8, 36He. duty. 
 
 jornig, a. angry. 
 
 ju, adv. and prefix. 
 towards ; on ; shut ; 
 prep, to; at; in; by 
 (with irtfin., 288, 2; 
 405). 
 
 jiirfcn, v. draw; stir; 
 flash. 
 
 Surfer, TO. -5. sugar. 
 
 juteefcn,* v. cover. 
 
 jut'tui, adv. besides. 
 
 (ucrfl, adv. at first. 
 
 Sufad, m. accident. 
 
 Suftiid)!,/. refuge. 
 
 iiif ricten, a. content ; 
 satisfied. 
 
 Sufrtctenbeit,/. satisfac- 
 tion. 
 
 jufriebenfteHen,* v . satis- 
 fy- 
 
 jufitflcn,* v, add ; do ; in- 
 flict. 
 
 3ug, TO. -(e)8, 3ftge. 
 march ; impulse ; train ; 
 trait. 
 
 $ugegcn, adv. present. 
 
 juglcid), adv. at the same 
 time. 
 
 3ugooge(, m. bird of pas- 
 sage. 
 
 Sufunft,/. future. 
 
 i^ufiinftig, a. future, 
 
 julaffen,* v. irr. admit. 
 
 jiilc^t, adv. at last ; final- 
 ly- 
 
 sum =- ju tern. 
 
 )umad)en, v. shut up. 
 
 ftiinbcn, v. kindle. 
 
 Sunge,/, pi. -n. tongue. 
 
 jnr = ju ber. 
 
 iJurcN-, f.,pl. -n. persua- 
 sion. 
 
 jiirncn, v. be angry. 
 
 juriicf, aili'. back. 
 
 jiiriirfblcibcii,* v. irr. (f) 
 remain (behind). 
 
 juriictbringen,* v. irr. 
 bring back. 
 
 juriicfgcbtn,* v. irr. give 
 back. 
 
 jurucfgefKtt,* v. irr. (f) 
 po back. 
 
 jururffcbren,* v. (f) re- 
 turn. 
 
 jurucfneljtiuti,* v. irr. 
 take back. 
 
 juriiefrufen,* v. irr. call 
 back. 
 
 jiiriirf rocidjcn,* v. irr. (f) 
 re'reat. 
 
 juriirf^ichcn,* v. irr. (also 
 refl.) withdraw; re- 
 tire. 
 
 jufagcn,* v. promise ; 
 please. 
 
 jufantmen, adv. together. 
 
 jufamntcnCommen, v. irr. 
 (f) come together. 
 
 jufammentreffen,* v. irr. 
 (f) meet; encounter. 
 
 3ufd)aucr, m. -9. specta- 
 tor. 
 
 ;ufd)lifj|cn,* v. irr. loci 
 (up). 
 
 jufd)rdben,* v. irr. attri- 
 bute. 
 
 jufeben,* v. irr. look on. 
 
 Suftaitt, m. -(e)6. -flanbt. 
 condition. 
 
 ^itniqcn, ft($ -, v. reji. 
 irr. take place. 
 
 juoor, adv. before. 
 
 iiuHn-funnncn,* v. irr. (f) 
 prevent. 
 
 guporfotnntenb, a. oblig- 
 ing. 
 
 jumper, adv. contrary. 
 
 jroantig, num. twenty. 
 
 iimar, adv. indeed. 
 
 Swedf, m. -(e)8, -e. ob- 
 ject; purpose. 
 
 )K>Ci, ;iinii. tWO. 
 
 jrocicrlci, a. (121, 8) of 
 two kinds or sorts. 
 
 jrocifad), a. twofold. 
 
 Srocifel, m. -8. doubt. 
 
 jrodfclbaft, a. doubtful. 
 
 Aitieifeln, v. doubt. 
 
 3n>rig, TO. -(e)8, -t. 
 branch ; bough. 
 
 gmcintal, ndv. twice. 
 
 jmciflunbig, a. of two 
 honrs. 
 
 jnieite, a. second. 
 
 ;ivritcne, adv. secondly. 
 
 3ro<rg, TO. -(e)8, -. 
 dwarf. 
 
 Smitbtlff., pi. -n. onion. 
 
 itvingcn, v. irr. force. 
 
 jtoinfen, v. twinkle. 
 
 3n>irn, TO. -(e)8, -t. 
 thread. 
 
 Srotntfatcn, m. thread. 
 
 3n>irtrjfrcrn, TO. thread- 
 bobbin. 
 
 ^ n>tfd)cn, prep, between ; 
 among. 
 
 3n>ift, TO. -(e)8, -t. quar- 
 rel. 
 
 j to 6 If, num. twelve. 
 
 36lftel, n. -8. (124, 5) 
 twelfth.
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAK VOCABULARY. 
 
 A, an, art. tin, tint, tin. 
 able, a. -ly, adv. fb,ig ; 
 
 to be able, f5nnen. 
 about, adv. Return, urn; 
 
 fyer ; fafl ; prep, urn, 
 
 fiber, n>egen, ungefab,r, 
 
 am um6,er. 
 above, adv. baritbor ; 
 
 prep, obertyalb, fiber ; 
 
 mcSr at3. 
 
 absence, .s. 91 bioefentyeit, /. 
 absent, a. abrcefenb. 
 absolve, v. fretfpredjen. 
 abstain, v. fid) entfyalten. 
 abase, v. fdjmafyen. 
 accept, v. aiuu'fymen. 
 accident, .s. ^jufall, m. ; 
 
 by-, jufaUtg. 
 according, prep, mid) ; 
 
 - to it, - as, jo nadjbem ; 
 
 -ly, adv. bemgemafc, fclg= 
 
 ltd), banad). 
 account, 8. SRerfjuunj, ./". 
 
 on -, - of, roegen. 
 accuse, v. antlagen, be: 
 
 fdjulbigen. 
 
 accustomed, a. gerooljnt. 
 acquaint, v. botanut 
 
 madjen. 
 acquaintance, S. S3e= 
 
 lanntfd)af t, /. ; SBefannte, 
 
 m. &f. 
 
 acquainted, a. befannt. 
 across, prep, fiber. 
 act, v. tyanbeln. 
 action, s. anblung, Xluit, 
 
 / 
 
 actor, s. djaufpieler, m. 
 actress, s. djaufptelerin. 
 
 add, v. ^injufugen. 
 address, v. abretftren ; fi(^ 
 
 roenben an. 
 address, s. Hbreffe, Slnrc= 
 
 administration, s. 
 
 taatgoermaltung, f. 
 admirable, a. -bly, 
 
 adv. ben>unbern8n>ert&, ; 
 
 rounberfcfyon. 
 
 admiral, .s. 9tbmtra(, m. 
 admire, v. bercunbern. 
 admit, v. julai'it'ii, dn 
 
 raumen. 
 
 adopt, v. anneb,men. 
 advance, v. Borrurfen ; 
 
 gortfcb,rttte macb,en. 
 advantage, MUn'tlu'tl, m. 
 adversity, .. Unglucf, n. 
 advice, s. SRatfj, m. 
 advise, v. ratfyen. 
 advocate, s. 2lbofat. 
 affair, s. 2ltigelegenb,ett,/'. 
 
 a.fter,adv. 
 
 nac^ ; -noon, 9?ai^mittag, 
 m ; -ward(s), natter. 
 
 again, adv. tmeber ; ncef) 
 etnmal. 
 
 against, prep, gegen. 
 
 age, .s. SSIter, 3eiWer, n.; 
 
 8e,/. 
 agitate, v. Bewegen, auf: 
 
 regen. 
 
 agitation, s. Slufrccjung. 
 ago, adv. cor. 
 agree, v. uberetnftimmen ; 
 
 belommen. 
 agreeable, a. -bly, adv. 
 
 angene^m. 
 aim, v. jielen. 
 aim, s. .-;irl, n. 
 alike, a. gleid}. 
 all, a. att, -er, -e, -e8 ; 
 
 ganj ; not at -, gar 
 
 nicb,t. 
 allow, v. ertauben ; to be 
 
 allowed, burfen. 
 almighty, a. 
 alms, s. x'lhuoKii, n. 
 
 alone, a. ntfein. 
 along, adv. lan%8;prep 
 
 langei, entlang. 
 aloud, in/I-, laut. 
 Alps, N. Sllpen. 
 already, adv. fe^on. 
 also, adv. an*. 
 although, '"/'./'. ob)rf)on, 
 
 a I \\ a ys, adv. titiinov. 
 ambitions, a. eb,rgetjtg. 
 amend, /. lu'iu'ru. 
 American, s. x'lincrif ancr. 
 amiable, a. liebenSwur: 
 
 big. 
 among, prep, unter, 
 
 amount, v. firfi bclaufen. 
 amount, 5. 93etrag, m. 
 an, see a. 
 ancestor, s. SSorfafc, r, 9l^n, 
 
 m. 
 
 ancient, a. alt. 
 and, conj. unb. 
 angel, s. (Sngel, m. 
 angry, a. joruig, bofe. 
 animal, s. X^ier, n. 
 another, a. ein anberer, 
 
 nocb, ein ; one -, etnans 
 
 ber. 
 
 answer, v. antmorten. 
 answer, s. 2Jntiuort, f. 
 antagonist, N. egner, 
 
 m. 
 antiquity, s. i'tltcvtbum, 
 
 n. ; 3Sorjeit, /. 
 any, a. (trgenb) ein or tie 
 
 raaS; (eber; -body, (irt 
 
 genb) 3emanb ; not-, fetn; 
 
 not - one, SRtemanb ; - 
 
 thing, (trgenb) etrcaS ; 
 
 not - thing, nidjtS ; - 
 
 where, trgenbrco. 
 ape, s. i'lffo, m. 
 apiece, adv. bad Stuct.
 
 S58 
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 apoplexy, x. djlag, in. 
 apothecary, s. .'U'cilH'; 
 
 let, in. 
 
 apparent, a. ftcMKir. 
 appear, v. f*eiimi, er= 
 
 f$etnen. 
 appearance, .s. Gr: 
 
 jd)einung,/. 
 appetite, s. Jlppctit, '///.; 
 
 epluft,/. 
 applaud, f. bettatfcbcn ; 
 
 pretfen. 
 
 applause, s. 23etfatt, m. 
 apple, s. '.'li'fi'l, m. 
 apply, i>. anfragen, fi$ be= 
 
 fletjitgen. 
 appoint, v. fceftimmen, 
 
 crnennen. 
 appointment, s. SJerafc; 
 
 retung, /. 
 apprehend, >,'. i<erb\if: 
 
 ten ; bef urdjten. 
 approach, v. fid) nabcrn. 
 approbation, s. Seifatl, 
 
 m. 
 appropriate, v. fi<6, an: 
 
 eignen. 
 
 approve, v. fciUtgcn. 
 arise, v. auffleigen. 
 arm, s. Jlrm, m. 
 arm, v. rufien. 
 armed, a. betraffnet. 
 arms, s. pi. aSaffen, />. 
 army, s. .Sjecr, M. 
 around, adv. runb um ; 
 
 um . . . liovuin. 
 arouse, v. aufivcrfen. 
 arrange, v. in SDrbnung 
 
 brinjcn, einvidjtcn. 
 arrangement, s. (Sin: 
 
 ricb, tung, /. 
 arrest, v. erb,often. 
 arrival, s. -.'luf unit, /. 
 arrive, v. anfomraen ; ge= 
 
 langen. 
 
 arrow, s. Sffeil, m. 
 art, s. flunft, f. 
 as, a<]r. & conj. alS, wit, 
 
 fo ; fo . . . Wit. 
 as cml, v. iiitr. ftinaiif; 
 
 flelgtn ; <r. erfleigen. 
 ash, s. SHfae, /. 
 ashamed, a. bei*amt ; 
 
 to be -, pdj fdjamen. 
 ask, v.fotbern, bitten (um); 
 
 terlanjen ; fragen (nac^). 
 asleep, adv. to fall -, 
 
 einf$lafen. 
 M, . Cfel, m. ; -driver, 
 
 Cje[8trei6cr, m. 
 
 assembly, s. SSerfatnnu 
 
 lung,/. 
 assist, v. bcifiefccn, b,e(= 
 
 fen. 
 assistance, s. Seiftanb, 
 
 m. ilfe,/. 
 assure, v . tcrftdjctn. 
 at, prep, an, ju, bei, auf ; 
 
 um. 
 attack, v. angretfen ; s. 
 
 Slngttff, TTi. 
 attend, v. aiificarten, be: 
 
 fctgen ; fid) abgeben mit. 
 attentive, a. aufmerffam. 
 attribute, v. jujdjrelben. 
 August, s. -Jl uplift, m. 
 aunt, s. Xante,/. 
 Austria, s. Ceftrei*. 
 author, s. ^crfai'for, 
 
 S^riftfletter, m. 
 authority, s. sikfefel, m. 
 
 SBoHma^t, /. 
 avoid, vermeiben. 
 a\vait, v. evtuarten, enU 
 
 gegenfe^en. 
 a-vvare, a. gcrea^t. 
 away, adv, fort. 
 a \vk-\vartl, a. tingefcb, icft. 
 ax(e), s. 5t,/. ; SBeil, n. 
 
 baby, s. fleineS ffinb, n. 
 bachelor, s. 3unggcfeK, 
 
 m. 
 
 back, s. SRucfen, m. 
 back, adv. juturf. 
 bad, a. -ly, adv. fcb,Ie$t, 
 
 bofe. 
 
 bake, v. bacten. 
 baker, .s. i^drfer, m. 
 ball, s. Stall, //*.; -room, 
 
 SBattfaal. 
 
 banish, v. tcrbanncn. 
 bank, s. lifer, n. 
 bargain, s. anbel ; 
 
 make the -, ben anbel 
 
 eingefyen. 
 
 baron, s. iBaron, m. 
 base, a. niebrig. 
 bathe, v. baben. 
 battle, s. cfc, la*t, /. 
 be, v. fein ; toerben ; he is 
 
 to -, et ntufe, foU. 
 beam, s. Strait, m. 
 beast, s. Xtncr, n. 
 beat, v. f$lagen. 
 beautiful, a. -ly, adv. 
 
 fd;6n ; prd^tig. 
 because, conj. ipeil. 
 become, v. locrben. 
 toed, s. SBett, n. 
 
 bed-room, s. 
 
 met, n. 
 
 bee, s. SBtene, /. 
 beef, s. 9Jinb, n. ; Minbs 
 
 beer, s. 33ter, n. 
 before, adv. uber, sorter; 
 conj. becor, eb.e ; prep. 
 
 beg, v. betteln ; bitten. 
 beggar, s. Settler, m. 
 begin, . beginnen, an: 
 
 fangen. 
 
 beginning, s. 2lnfang,m. 
 behavior, s.Setragen, n. 
 behind, prep. b. inter. 
 believe, v. glauben. 
 belong, v. geb,eren. 
 beloved, a. beltebt. 
 belo-w, prep, unter, uns 
 
 terb.alb. 
 
 bench, S. S3anf , /. 
 bend, /'. biegen. 
 beneath, prep, unter. 
 benefactor, s. 'iSob/Jtfycu 
 
 ter, m. 
 
 beneficent, a.tt>ob,ltb,dtig. 
 benefit, s. SBobltbat, /. 
 bereave, v. berauben. 
 beside(s), prep, neben ; 
 
 aupcr ; uber. 
 best, a. befte ; adv. am 
 
 beften. 
 
 betime(s),adfo.bei.3eiten. 
 betray, v. terratb,en. 
 better, a. bcffor. 
 bid, v. {jeipen ; bitten. 
 bill, s. Sdjein, m.; SBed): 
 
 fel, m. ; SRei^nung,/. 
 bind, t. binben ; einbin: 
 
 ben. 
 
 bird, s. 33ogel, m. 
 birth, s. eburt,/.; -day, 
 
 eburtgtag, m. ; -place, 
 
 eburtort, m. 
 bishop, s. 23if$ of, m. 
 bite, v. bcifien. 
 bitter, a. bitter ; bitterltd}. 
 black, a. f$tr>ar). 
 blame, v. tabeln. 
 blame, 8. 'label, m. 
 blind, a. blinb. 
 blossom, s. Slute, /. 
 blossom, v. blub,en. 
 blow, s. 6d)lag, m. 
 bloiv, v. irebcn ; blafen. 
 blue, a. btau. 
 boat, s. SBcot, n. 
 bodily, a. forperlid). 
 body, s. ftorper., tn.
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 550 
 
 boil, v focfrcn. 
 bonnet, s. ut, m. 
 book, s. a3u$, 7*. 
 bookbinder, inuftinber. 
 bookseller, S8itd)b,anbler. 
 boot, s. tiefel. 
 born,/>/>. gcboren. 
 borrow, '. borgen, ent: 
 
 lebnen. 
 both, a. bate, tcitoo ; 
 
 both . . . and, fo roob.1, 
 
 . . . ate. 
 
 bottle, s. glafae,/. 
 bottom, s. SBoben, m.\ 
 
 Grbe, /. 
 
 boundless, a. grcn;enlo. 
 box,.v. c&.ad)tel,/.;ffaften, 
 
 m. 
 
 boy, s. JJnabe, m. 
 branch., s. Sift, 3rceig, 
 
 m. 
 brandy, s. SBranntirein, 
 
 m. 
 
 brave, a. -ly, brae, tapfer. 
 bread, s. S3rot, //.. 
 break, v, broken, jor= 
 
 bredjen. 
 
 breakfast, f . frubftucten. 
 bride, s. 23raut, /. ; 
 
 -groom, SBrautigam, m. 
 bridge, s. S3rud!e, /. 
 bright, a. -ly, adv. ett ; 
 
 liar. 
 
 brightness, s. (Slanj, m. 
 bring, v. bringen. 
 broad, a. breit ; b,cU. 
 bronze, a. SBronje,/. ; (Srj, 
 
 n. 
 
 brook, s. 23adj, m. 
 brother, s. SJruber, m. 
 
 -in-law, djroager. 
 brown, a. braun. 
 brush, s. fflurfte, /. 
 Brussels, SBviifjcl. 
 build, v. baiicn. 
 building, .s. cbciube, n. 
 bunch, s. Stvaufi, //. 
 burden, s. Soft, /. 
 burn, v. brennen, we* 
 
 brennen ; - down, abs 
 
 brennen. 
 
 burst, v. berften. 
 bury, v. begraben. 
 business, s. @e(d)aft, n. 
 but, conj. aber, al, au^er ; 
 
 adv. mrfit, chne taft. 
 butcher, .s. glctj^er, m. 
 butt, ?;. ftofeen. 
 butter, s. SButter, /. ; 
 
 -fly, @(mettrttng, m. 
 
 buy, v. faufen. 
 toy, prep, bet, burc^, cn ; 
 adv. corbel. 
 
 cake, s. Jhicfjen, m. 
 
 calf, ,s. fialb. n. 
 
 call, f . rufen, I;eifeen ; -on, 
 
 befucb,en; -ed, 9?amen. 
 can, i. fonnen. 
 canary-bird, s. Jjana; 
 
 rienoogel, m. 
 candle, s. Ste^t, n. ; 
 
 -stick, Ceuc^ter, m. 
 cannon, s. ftanone, /. 
 cap, s. 2J?iifee,/. ; ut, m. 
 capable, a. faMjj. 
 capital, s. auptftabt, /. 
 captain, s. dapttatn ; 
 
 card, s. Rarte,/. 
 
 care, s. Sl^t,/. ; to take-, 
 
 fid) in Slcfyt ne^men ; v . ftdj 
 
 iummern. 
 careful, a, forgfam ; be= 
 
 forgt. 
 careless, a. unad)tfam; 
 
 lafi'igf eit, /. 
 Caroline, n. Sardine. 
 carpet, 8. SCeppid), m. 
 carriage, 8. SBagen, m. 
 carrot, s. 2Kob,re, getb 
 
 SRflbe. 
 
 carry, v. tragen. 
 cart, s. Sffiagen, m. 
 Carthage, ftattbago. 
 carve, v. fdjneiben, BOT* 
 
 carving, s. 
 
 n. ; c^nifeerei, f. 
 case, s. gaD, m. 
 cast, v . tcerfen ; tetfto^tn. 
 castle, s. gcijlcp, n. 
 cat, s. ffofee,/. 
 catch, f. fangen. 
 caterpillar, s. 92aup(,/I 
 Catherine, s. .ft Jttiattne. 
 cause, i. Urfadje, /. ; w. 
 
 eerurfadjen, lafjcn. 
 cautions, a. 
 celebrate, v. feiern. 
 celebrated, a. teriilmtt. 
 century, s. Sab/rb.unbett, 
 
 n. 
 certain, a. -ly, adv. ge= 
 
 rotfe. 
 
 chain, s. Jfette,/. 
 chair, s. gtuhl, m. 
 chance, s. ,'jufall, m. ; 
 
 by -, jufatty. 
 
 change, v. 
 
 - one's dress, ftdj nmi 
 fleifcen. 
 change, s. a>erantcrung, 
 
 / 
 changeable, a, ceran; 
 
 ievlid). 
 
 chapel, s. Kapctte,/. 
 chapter, s. Jlapitet, n. 
 charge, a. belaben ; for* 
 
 bern. 
 charity, s. (tfjrtftlidje) 
 
 Siebe, f. ; Sltmcfen, n. 
 Charles, s. Marl. 
 charm, s. 9Jeij, m. ; v. be* 
 
 jaubern. 
 
 charming, a. teijenb. 
 cheap, a. bitltg, mo^Ifeit. 
 cheat, v. betrugen ; s. 58e= 
 
 truger, m. 
 
 cheese, s. ffafe, m. 
 cherry, s. Sirf<$e, ^ 
 chicken, s. u^nd)en, n. 
 child, s. iiint, n, 
 choice, s. SBa^t, /. 
 choose, v. icab,(en. 
 Christian, .s. Clirtft, m. 
 Christmas, s. 23cib,nadj 
 
 ten, p?. 
 
 church, s. ffirc^e, f. 
 cigar, s. Gigarre, /. 
 city, s. tabt, /. 
 Ctvil, a. tycflidj. 
 claim, 8. Slnfprud), m. 
 class, s. Glaffe, /. 
 clean, a, rein. 
 clean, v. teinigen. 
 Clear, a. f lav. 
 clergy, s. -man, etfU 
 
 Itcfye, m, 
 
 clever, a. gefdjitft. 
 climb, v. tlottmt. 
 uiip, v. befdjneiten. 
 cloak, s. Diantcl. 
 Clock, s. Icrfe, U6,r; what 
 
 o' -, mieciel U6,r. 
 close, adv. ; -by, baneben. 
 cloth, s. 5tudj, n. 
 Clothes, s., pi. ffletbet. 
 cloud, s. SZBolfe, /. 
 coach, s. Sutfdje, ./". ; 
 
 -man, ffutfdjet. 
 coach-office, s. fjab^r* 
 
 port,/. 
 
 coal, s. fiob,Ie,/. 
 coast, s. fiufte, /. 
 coat, s. SRcrf, m. 
 cock, s. iiat)n. 
 coffee, fiaffee, m.; -house, 
 n.
 
 560 
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 cold, a. fait. 
 
 consult, v. ft* beratb,en. 
 
 come, v. fommen. 
 
 contain, /. cnthaltcn. 
 
 comet, a. Hornet, m. 
 
 contemn, v. cera*ten. 
 
 comfort, v. troflen ; s. 
 
 content, a. jufrieben. 
 
 2rcfl, m. 
 
 content, a. jjiifrtebenbett. 
 
 comfortable, a. bequem. 
 
 contented, a. jufrieben. 
 
 command, v. befeblen ; 
 
 continual, a. -ly, adv. 
 
 *. efeb.I, m.; ebot, n. 
 
 fortu>db,renb. 
 
 commit, v. begeben. 
 
 continue, v. fortfefeen ; 
 
 common, a. gemein ; ge= 
 
 fcrtfabren. 
 
 ircl'iilicb. 
 
 contradict, v. tribers 
 
 communicate, t>. iniU 
 
 fpre*en. 
 
 tfyetten. 
 
 convenient, a. paffenb. 
 
 communication, s. 
 
 convent, a. ^lofler, n. 
 
 SKittb/ilung, /. 
 
 convey, v. fu^ren. 
 
 company, s. efeflf*aft, 
 
 convince, v. ubetjengen. 
 
 f. 
 
 cook, s. So*, m. ; Secbjn, 
 
 compare, r. tergleicben. 
 
 f. 
 
 complain, v. flagen ; ft* 
 
 copper, a. flupfer, n. 
 
 beflagen. 
 
 copy, v. abf*retben. 
 
 complete, a. -ly, adv. 
 
 cord, a. Strict, m. 
 
 tellftanbig. 
 
 corner, s. Gcfe, f. 
 
 compose, v. jufatnmen> 
 
 coronation, a. jtronung, 
 
 fefcen. 
 
 f. 
 
 composed, a. rubtg. 
 
 correct, a. -ly, adv. 
 
 comrade, 8. ftatnerab, m. 
 
 ri*tig ; fe^lerfrel. 
 
 conceal, v. eerbergen. 
 
 correct, v . cerbeffern. 
 
 conceive, v. bcgreifen. 
 
 Cossack, a. ffofacf, >//. 
 
 concern, v . ongeb,en. 
 
 cost, v. {often. 
 
 concern, s. Slngelegens 
 
 count, v. jab.Ien ; bere*= 
 
 $,/. 
 
 nen. 
 
 concert, s. Concert, n. 
 
 count, *. 3 a ^' f- rfl f 
 
 condemn, v . rerurtb, eilen. 
 
 m. 
 
 condition, s. Qu\iank, 
 
 countess, a. raftn, f. 
 
 m.\ Sage,/.; Cebtngung, 
 
 country, a. egenb, /. ; 
 
 f. 
 
 fianb ; SBaterlanb, n. 
 
 conducive, a. fcrbernb. 
 
 country-house, a. Canb: 
 
 conduct, s. Kuffub.rung,/. 
 
 ban?, n. 
 
 conduct, v. geletten. 
 
 countryman, a. ?anb= 
 
 confess, t>. jugefleben ; 
 
 mann, m. 
 
 beitbten. 
 
 courage, a. 2Kutb,, m. 
 
 confirm, v. bcfldtigcn. 
 
 course, a. Sauf, m. 
 
 conjecture, a. 2)Jutb,= 
 
 court, s. of, m. 
 
 mafmng, f. ; v. termutb,en. 
 
 courtier, a. ofmann, m. 
 
 connect, v. terbinben. 
 
 cousin, a. Setter, m. 
 
 conqueror, a. Sieger, m. 
 
 SBafe ; ouftne, f. 
 
 conscience, a. erciffen, 
 
 cover, v. bebecten. 
 
 n. 
 
 cover, s. Tertel, m. 
 
 conscious, a. bercufjt, 
 
 cow, s. Sub^, f. 
 
 be -, ft* beroufit fein. 
 
 crane, a. Jfrani*, m. 
 
 consent, s. 3uflimmung, 
 
 craving, a. Seb,nfu*t,/; 
 
 /.; v. eintriUigen. 
 
 SBeburfnifj, n. 
 
 consequence, s. golge, 
 
 create, v. f*affen, er= 
 
 SBebeutung,/. 
 
 fcbaffcn. 
 
 consequently, adv. 
 
 creator, s. *opfer, m. 
 
 fotglt*. 
 
 credit, a. Prcbit, m. 
 
 consider, v. f*afeen ; 6,aU 
 
 credit, v. glauben ; crebi= 
 
 ten fur. 
 
 tirn. 
 
 considerable, c, fat 
 
 creditor, a. Wubtger, m. 
 
 teutenb. 
 
 creep, v. frie*en. 
 
 crew, s. @*tff8coll, n. 
 crime, s. 1'crbrcdjen, n. 
 criminal, a. terbrcebers 
 
 criminal, a. SBerirecber, 
 
 m. 
 
 crop, Cmte, f. 
 cross, v. uberfefcen. 
 crow, v. frab.cn. 
 crowd, a. lUenge, f, 
 crown, a. Jtronc, f. 
 crumb, Srunie, f. 
 cry, v. fcbtelen, rufen, 
 
 treinen. 
 
 cry, a. *rei, 5Ruf, m. 
 culpable, a. fcbulbig. 
 cultivate, v. bauen, be: 
 
 bauen. 
 
 cup, a.58e*er,im.; Staffe,/. 
 curiosity,. s. SU'ugierbe,/. 
 curtain, s. Sorb, ang, m. 
 cut, v. f*neiben. 
 
 dagger, s. Tol*, m. 
 dance, v. tanjen. 
 dancing, a. Stanjen, n. 
 danger, s. efab.r,/. 
 dangerous, a. gefab. rU*. 
 Danube, a. onau,/. 
 dare, v. tragcn. 
 dark, a. bunfel, ftnfler. 
 dark, a. 'Xunfel, n. 
 darkness,a. < Dunfe(beit > ./'. 
 daughter, a. Sotbter, /. 
 datvn, v. bammcrn ; day 
 
 dawns, e-S n>irb Stag. 
 day, a. Stag, m.; (-light), 
 
 5tageIi*t, n.; the other 
 
 -, neuli*. 
 
 dazzle, v. terblenben. 
 dead, a. tctt. 
 deadly, a. tobtli*. 
 deaf, a. taub. 
 deal, a. 26 ell, m. ; a 
 
 great -, ciet, febt. 
 dear, a, tbcuer ; lieb. 
 dear, a. SEbeure, i. & f. 
 death, s. 2ob, m. ; -bed, 
 
 terbebett, n. 
 debate, a. >ebatte, /. 
 debt, a. e*ulb, /. 
 deceive, v. tauf*en, be* 
 
 trugen. 
 December, s. Xecember, 
 
 m. 
 
 decent, a. anfianbig. 
 declare, v. erHaren, be 
 
 baupten. 
 
 decline, v. atlebnen. 
 deed, s. 2b.at,/
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULABY. 
 
 561 
 
 deep, a. ticf. 
 deer, *. $trfdj, TO. 
 defend, /'. iH'rtlH'ibtgen. 
 defiance, s. Xro%, m. ; 
 
 to bid -, SErofe bieten. 
 dejected, a. traurlg, 
 
 mutljloS. 
 
 delay, v. cerjBgern. 
 delight, S. Sup, /. ; 
 
 Sffionne, /. 
 
 delight, v. crfvcucu. 
 delightful, a. erfreuttdj. 
 deny, v. laugnen. 
 depart, v. abretfen. 
 department, s. gad), n. 
 depend, . (ab)bangen ; 
 
 - upon it, jafylett ie ba* 
 
 rauf. 
 
 deprive, v. beraufcen. 
 deride, v. oerfpotten. 
 deserve, v. erbienen. 
 desire, . SBertangen, n. 
 desire, v. >unfd)en. 
 despair, s. aSerjroeiflung,./'. 
 despise, v. cvad)tcn. 
 dessert, s. 92a$tifdj, m. 
 destroy, v. jcrftoren ; cr 
 
 nt$ten. 
 
 detain, v. cmfbalten. 
 deviate, v. abiveidjen. 
 dialogue, s. 
 
 diamond, x. 1)iatnon t, m. 
 dictate, v. btctiten. 
 dictate, s. SBefcb.1, m. 
 dictionary, 3. 936rters 
 
 budj, n. 
 die, v. perben ; fid) 
 
 Keren. 
 
 different, a. oerfdpieben. 
 difficult, a. falser, fd)roies 
 
 rig. 
 difficulty, s. djroferigs 
 
 feit, /. 
 
 dig, v. graben. 
 dignity, s. SButbe,/ 
 diligent, a. flcijiig. 
 dine, u. ju aKittag effen. 
 dining, s. petjcn, n, 
 
 -room, pctfejtmmer, n. 
 dinner, s. 2Rittag3effen ; 
 
 SWUtag3mab,t, n. 
 direct, a. gerabe, unmtt= 
 
 telbar ; gtetdj. 
 direction, s. Stbrejye, /. 
 dirty, a. fd)mufeig. 
 disaccustoniL, a. entftob,: 
 
 nen. 
 disappear, v. 
 
 ben. 
 
 discontented, ". unjiu 
 
 frieben. 
 discourage, v. cntmutfyU 
 
 flen. 
 
 discover, v. entbecfen. 
 discoverer, s. (Snttccfer, 
 
 m. 
 discovery, s. Gntbedung, 
 
 /. 
 
 disease, 8. tfronffc, eU, /. 
 disembark, v. au$fci)lf: 
 
 fen, lanben. 
 
 dislocate, v. vemnfcn. 
 disperse, w. jerftreuen ; 
 
 auSetnanber gcl)cn. 
 displease, v. iiiiiifaHcn. 
 dispute, s. Stroit, m. 
 dispute, v. fttt'itcn. 
 dissatisfied, unjufrteben. 
 dissatisfy, v. mi^fallen. 
 distance,^. Gntfcnuiug,/ 1 . 
 distress, 3Jct^, /. 
 disturn, v. ftovcit. 
 ditch, s. raben, m. 
 do, v. tfjun, mailicn; ft$ 
 
 beflnben. 
 
 doctor, .s-. ^Doctor; Wtjt, m. 
 dog, s. fiiuub, m. 
 domestic, a. f)A 
 dominant, a. 
 door, s. Sib, iir/ /. ; out of 
 
 -s, btau^en. 
 double, a. -bly, adv. 
 
 boppett. 
 
 double, v. verboppetn. 
 doubt, v. jHH'ijeln, bit 
 
 jwetfcln. 
 
 doubt, s. ^roeifel, m. 
 down, adv. l)cvuntov. 
 draught, s. jjug, m. 
 draw, v. jletyen ; jei^ncn. 
 drawing,. v. ^eidjnung,/'. 
 dread, s. gurcb,t, /. ; v. 
 
 fur^ten. 
 dress, v. cerbinben ; an; 
 
 fleibcn. 
 
 dress, s. fftcib, n. 
 drink, v. trinten. 
 drive, v. tretben, fa^ren. 
 drown, v. ettrinfen. 
 dry, v. trocfnen. 
 dubious, a. jircifclfiaft. 
 duke, s. Jjerjog. 
 j during, prep. reob,renb. 
 duty, s. qSfli^t,/ 
 dying, p. perbenb ; s. 
 
 Sterben, n. 
 
 each, a. jeber, jebe, jebed ; 
 other, cinanber/ fid). 
 
 eager, a. (eglerlg. 
 ear, .s. Ob,r, n. 
 early, a. fru^, balb. 
 earth, s. Krbe,/. 
 easy, a. leidjt. 
 eat, v. eften, freffen. 
 ICdward, s. Gfcuavb. 
 effect, s. ZBirfung,/.; 
 
 folg, m. 
 egg, s. 61, n. 
 eight, a. a$t. 
 eighteen, a. 
 eighth, a. ad)te. 
 eighty, a. a$tjtg. 
 either, (pron. ) etnet, (eon 
 
 beiben) ; co/y. entracber. 
 
 See also 841, 10. 
 elegant, a. pva^tig. 
 elephant, s. (ilep^ant, m. 
 eleven, a. elf. 
 eleventh, a. elfte. 
 Eliza, Gttje. 
 else, conj. nnbcrg, foup; 
 
 -where, fonfttoo. 
 emperor, s. ffaifcr, m. 
 employ, v. antoenben. 
 employment, s. ^8e> 
 
 Wdfttgung,/. 
 endeavor, & Vnpieng* 
 
 ung,/. 
 endeavor, v. fid} fees 
 
 niufyen. 
 
 endure, v. ettragen. 
 enemy, s. geinb, m. 
 engaged, a. befdjdftlgt, 
 
 verfagt. 
 
 England, s. (gngtanb. 
 English, a. englifd?. 
 Englishman, Qngtdn 
 
 ber. 
 enjoy, v. geniefcen ; fi(^ 
 
 freuen. 
 
 enmity, s. fteinbfdjaft, /. 
 enormity, s. I'lbfcfyeulicb,; 
 
 fett,/. 
 
 enough, acfv. genug. 
 enquire, see inquire. 
 enrich, v. bereid)ern. 
 ensue, v. folgen. 
 ensuing, a. beuorfteficnb. 
 enter, v. tteten, l)intin= 
 
 ge^en. 
 
 entertain, v. untcrfialten. 
 entire, a. -ly, adv. ganj. 
 entreaty, s. SSttte, /. 
 equal, a. glctd;, glcidjs 
 
 gultig. 
 
 equality, s. leic^b.ett,/. 
 erect, a. aufricfyten, ertid; 
 
 ten.
 
 562 
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 escape, v. entfommen. 
 especial, -ly, adv. be= 
 
 fonberS. 
 
 estate, s. fflut, n. 
 esteem, r. fcbafcen ; adjten. 
 Europe, s. Guropa. 
 Kuropcan, s. Curepaer. 
 
 ven, adv. fclfcft, fogar. 
 vening, s. -.Ubont, m. 
 vent, s. Sretgnij), n. 
 ver, adv. je, jemalg; fdjon. 
 very, a. jeber, jebe, jebeS ; 
 
 afle ; -body, -one, 3eber* 
 
 matin ; -day, atltaglldj ; 
 
 -thing, aUeS ; -where, 
 
 uberatt. 
 
 evident, a. einleu$tenb. 
 evil, a. bofe. 
 evil, s. SBofe, llnglutf, n. 
 exact, a. genau. 
 examine, v, untcrfucfjen. 
 example, 8. S3etfpiel, n. 
 excel, v . ubertreffen. 
 excellent, a. Bortrefflidj. 
 except, prep. auSgenonu 
 
 men, aujjer. 
 excite, v. erregen. 
 excuse, v. entf$ulbigen. 
 excuse, s.Qntf<ib.ulbigung,/. 
 execute, v. t>oUjieb,en, 
 
 au8ri(6.ten. 
 exercise, s. Uebung, ?luf= 
 
 flate, /. 
 
 exhaust, a. erfdjopfen. 
 expect, v. ertoarten. 
 expose, v. bfo&ftetten. 
 extend, r. auSftrerfen. 
 extensive, a. umfafjenb ; 
 
 grofiartig. 
 
 extent, s. Hubeb.nung,/. 
 extinct, a. erlcfcben ; be- 
 come -, erlo?c6,en. 
 extinguish, v. au3I6= 
 
 faen. 
 extraordinary, a. au= 
 
 fjererfcentlidj ; merftrurbig. 
 eye, *. SJuge. 
 
 face, .1. efi$t, n. 
 fact,*.2b.at; b. atfacb,e, /. ; 
 
 in -, in bet 26. at, nnrftidj. 
 fade, v. Berfdsretnben. 
 fail, v. feb.lfcb,lagen, tntfi= 
 
 ratbnt. 
 faint, a. toroacfe ; v. chn= 
 
 macb,tig reerben. 
 fainting, s. 
 faithful, a. -ly, 
 
 tttu, reblt^. 
 tell, v, 
 
 false, <i. falfi^. 
 falsehood, s. Cuge, /. 
 familiarity, s. 9Jortrau= 
 
 li^feit, SBerttautb. eit, /. 
 family, s. Jamitte, /. 
 famous, a. -ly, adv. bti 
 
 rubmt. 
 far, a. tteit; -"as, fo ett 
 
 al ; by -, bei SZBeitem ; 
 
 not -, unfetn. 
 fare, v. ficb, tefinben. 
 fare-well, s. fiebetcob,!,' n. 
 fast, a. fcbnctt. 
 fat, a. fett. 
 father, s. SJater, m. 
 fatigue, s. ajJufie ; 9tn= 
 
 jlrengung, /. 
 
 fatiguing, a. crmubenb. 
 fault, s. getter, m.; 
 
 i^ulb, /. 
 
 favor, s. un{i, f. 
 favor, v. begunfiigen. 
 fear, s. gui$t, /. 
 fear, v. furc^ten. 
 February, s. gebruar, m. 
 feeble, a. f$rca$. 
 feed, v. futtcrn. 
 feel, v. fu^Ien. 
 feeling, s. efubl, n. 
 feign, v . beuc^eln. 
 fellow, s. a3utf(^, m. 
 fellotv-ereature, s. 
 
 9Jebenmen{^, m. 
 ft-llow-fecling, aRitge: 
 
 fu^t, . 
 fellow-traveler, SReffes 
 
 gefab.rte. 
 
 fetch, v. b,olen. 
 few, a. rccnicj. 
 fidelity, *. Sreue, /. 
 field, s. gclb, n. 
 fifteen, a. funfjeb/n. 
 fifth, a. funfte. 
 fiftieth, a. funfjigfie. 
 fifty, a. funfjig. 
 fight, v. fecbten, lampfen. 
 fight, s. efet^t, n. 
 final, a. -ly, adv. enblid}. 
 find, v. fintcK. 
 fine, a. bubi^, fc^on. 
 fire, s. geuet, n. ; to catch 
 
 fire, geuer fangen. 
 fire, v. Icc-ftfttefen. 
 fireplace, s. crb, m. 
 firing, s. Aoucrn, n. 
 first, a. erfle ; at -, juerfl, 
 
 anfang. 
 
 fish, s. Aiut. m. 
 fishing-rod, Slnjjetrutfcc, 
 
 five, . funf. 
 flame, x. gJamme,/. 
 flatter, v. {$meUb.eln. 
 flatterer, 8. ( 
 
 m. 
 
 flax, s. gla$8, m. 
 flee, v. flieben. 
 
 flight, .v. gtuc^t,/. 
 
 flock, s. J^eerbe, /. 
 florin, '. ulbcn, m. 
 flovrer, s. 3?tume, f. 
 floiver-pot, 93(umentopf, 
 
 m. 
 
 fly, v. fftegen. 
 fog, a. 92ebel, m. 
 fold, s. $fer$, m. 
 follow, v. folgen. 
 following, a. fctgenb. 
 food, s. gutter, n. ; peiff, 
 
 /.; SKa^rung, /. 
 foot, s. gup, m. 
 foot-path, gufipfab, m. 
 footstool, 2*cmet, m. 
 for, prep, fur, urn ; aI8 ; 
 
 tcegen ; - it, bafur ; conj. 
 
 benn. 
 
 forbid, v. oerbieten. 
 force, s. Kraft, etcalt, /. 
 force, v. jretngen. 
 forehead, s. tirn, f. 
 foreigner, s. grembe, m. 
 foresee, v, orb,erfeb,en. 
 forest, s. SEalb, m. 
 forget, v . sergeffen. 
 fork, s. abel, /'. 
 form, s. eftalt,/. 
 form, v. bitben. 
 former, a. friiber. 
 formerly, adv. frub.er. 
 fortnight, s. cierje^n 
 
 Stage, pi. 
 
 fortress, s. geftung, f. 
 fortune, s. ffllucf, n. 
 forty, a. Bterjig. 
 fountain, s. Cuctto, /. 
 four, a. tier. 
 fourteen, a. tierjefm. 
 fourteenth, a. Btcrjeb, nte. 
 fourth, a. merle. 
 fowl, s. SSogel, m.; u$n; 
 
 eflugel, n. 
 fox, s. gud)8, m. 
 France, s. granfreic^, n. 
 Frederick, s. griebrii^. 
 free, a. frei ; nuHtg. 
 free, v. befteien. 
 freedom, s. gretb,eit, f. 
 freeze, v. fricren, gefrieren. 
 French, a. franjofif^. 
 frequently, adv. .aufig.
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 563 
 
 fresh, a. ftifdj. 
 Friday, s. gteitag, m. 
 friend, s. greunb, m. ; 
 
 gteunbin, /. 
 friendship, s. gtcunfc; 
 
 Waft,/. 
 
 frighten, r. erfdjrecfen. 
 frog, s. gtof$, m. 
 from, _prep. Bon, au8. 
 fruit, s. gtu$t, /. 
 fugitive, a. fludjtig. 
 fugitive, s. glutting, m. 
 fulfill, v. Bottbtingen. 
 full, a. Bottig. 
 furnace, s. SCfcn, geucts 
 
 ofen, m. 
 future, a. funfttg ; ju= 
 
 lunftig ; s. 3ufunft, / 
 
 gain, s. croinn, m. 
 gain, v. geroinnen ; crlan- 
 
 gen. 
 
 galley, s. ateete,/. 
 gaming, 8. (gpiel(en), n. 
 garb, s. Ctradjt, f. 
 garden, s. atten, m. 
 gardener, s. Gartner, m. 
 gate, 8. Stfyot, n. 
 general, 8. enetat, m. 
 gentleman, 8. ijerr, m. 
 George, 8. eorg. 
 German, a. beutfdj ; 8. 
 
 3)eutfcb,e. 
 Germany, s. CDeutfd;= 
 
 Janb, n. 
 get, w. wetben, befomtnen, 
 
 etfi,alten. 
 
 giant, s. SfJlefe, m. 
 girl, s. TOabdjen, n. 
 give, n. geben. 
 glass, 8. Ia3, n. 
 glimmer, r. fefjhnmctn. 
 glove, s. anbfdjuf), m. 
 go, w. geb,en ; - abroad, 
 
 auggefyen ; Bettetfen ; -for 
 
 (i.e. fetch), b,olen; -on, 
 
 Botgetyen ; - over, ubet= 
 
 geb.en. 
 
 goat, 8. Siege,/. 
 God, s. ott, m. 
 gold, 8. o(b, n. 
 good, a. gut. 
 good, 8. ute, m. 
 goodness, s. ute,/. 
 goose, 8. an8. /. 
 govern, v. regieren. 
 governor, 8. Stattfialtcr, 
 
 m. 
 
 grace, s. nabe, /. 
 graceful, a, 
 
 gradual, a. attmottg. 
 grammar, 8. ptadj* 
 
 Ieb.te, /. ; tammatif, /. 
 grand, a. gtojj ; -father, 
 
 tojjoatet ; -mother, 
 
 grape, s. Straube, /. 
 grass, 8. rag, n. 
 grateful, a. banfbar. 
 gratitude, s. 
 
 felt,/. 
 
 grave, s. rab, n. 
 great, a. gro ; the 
 
 greater is, befto 
 
 greatly, adv. feb,r, uiel. 
 Greek, 8. riecb,e, m. 
 green, a. grun. 
 grenadier, 8. Tenabier, 
 
 m. 
 
 grey, a. grau. 
 ground, 8. oben, m. 
 grow, v. grojj rccrben, 
 
 n>a$fen. 
 
 guard, v. beroac^en. 
 guard, s. SBadje, /. 
 guards, pi. 2etbn>a<$e,/. 
 guess, v. evratlien. 
 guest, s. aft, m. 
 guilty, a. fcr/utbia. 
 guinea, 8. uinee, /. 
 gun, s. gtinte, /. 
 
 habit, s. Jtleib, n.; Sins 
 
 jug, m. ; @erco6,nl)ett, /. ; 
 
 to be in the -, pflegen. 
 habitation, 8. SBob,; 
 
 nung, /. 
 hail, s. oget, m. ; v. a= 
 
 geln. 
 half, s. jjalfte,/. ; adv. 
 
 Ion. 
 
 liam, s. djtnfen, TO. 
 hammer, 8. jammer, 
 
 m. 
 
 hand, s. anb,/. 
 handkerchief, S. SEa- 
 
 ft^cntutb, n. 
 
 handsome, a. ?d'6n. 
 hang, *'. fiangen ; liaiigcn. 
 happen, i 1 . gj^cbcn. 
 happiness, 8. lud, n. 
 happy, a. gtucfticfi. 
 harbor, s. afen, m. 
 hard, a. Iiart; ftarf. 
 hardly, adv. ^art; faum. 
 hark, int. J^ori^! 
 harm, s. S^abe, m. 
 harm, v. jdjaben. 
 harmlSB, u. 
 
 haste, 8. Cite, /. ; to 
 
 make -, cUen. 
 hasten, v. fid) beeilen. 
 hat, 8. jgut, m. 
 hatchet, s. Skit, n. ; 
 
 SlSt,/. 
 
 hate, . a, nt. 
 hate, v. f)affen. 
 hatred, 8. ijap, m. 
 hatter, 8. fiiutmadier, m. 
 have, v. fjaben. 
 hay, s. $eu, n. 
 he, et ; bet, berjen'ge. 
 health, 8. efunb^eit,/. 
 hear, v. fc, oren, oetne^men. 
 heart, s. erj, n. ; by -, 
 
 auSroenbtg. 
 
 hearty jrt.^erjti^; gefunb. 
 heat, s. ifoe,/. 
 heathen, 8. eibe, m. 
 heaven, 8. j^immet, m. 
 heavenly, a. fyimmlijd). 
 heavy, a. farcer, ftatt. 
 hedge, s. 3 aun m - 
 Henry, s. einricf). 
 help, s. tlfe, /. 
 help, v. b,elfen. 
 her, pron. fie, tb,r. 
 herd, s. erbe, /. 
 herdsman, s. XMrt, m. 
 here, adv. b,tet. 
 hero, s. elb, m. 
 herring, s. Bering, m. 
 hers, ber ifyrige, bet ib,te, 
 
 ir)ret. 
 hesitate, v. anfteb,en ; jo 
 
 getn. 
 
 hidden, pp. tetborgen. 
 hide, u. etbetgen. 
 high, a. hod). 
 hill, s. ugel, m. 
 him,p7-o?i. tb,m, ib,n; bem, 
 
 ben ; benjcnigen. 
 himself, pron. et, ib,m, 
 
 ib,n, f4 (felbft). 
 hire, s. 2Ktetb,e, / ; v. 
 
 mtetb,en. 
 his, pron. fein ; bet feini= 
 
 ge, bet feine, feinet. 
 history, s. @efd)ic6,te, /. 
 hit, v. tteffen. 
 hither, adv. b,ieb,ct ; -to, 
 
 bid jefct. 
 
 hole, s. 6b,Ie, /; 2oc^, n. 
 holiday, 8. getettag, m. 
 holy, a. ^eilig. 
 home, 8. ijau, n. ; at -, 
 
 honest, a. ehrttrf). 
 honesty, s.
 
 564 
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 honey, s. ftontg, m. 
 honor, . <5bre, /. ; v. 
 
 eb,ren. 
 
 bop, v. bnpfen. 
 hope, 8. a>cff ining, /. 
 bope, v. beffen. 
 born, 5. orn, n. 
 horse, 8. Oiej;, Spferb, n. 
 bot, a. fyetfc. 
 boar, 8. tunbe, /. 
 bouse, s. au8, w.; little 
 
 house, s. >au3lcin, ijduS; 
 
 eficn, n. 
 
 how, adv. n>ie. 
 however, adv. wte au$ 
 
 immcr, tcti, rcenn gleidj, 
 
 aleicba-ch!. 
 
 human, a. menf$tid). 
 huimiuit }-,.\. 
 
 bnndred, a. $unbert ; s. 
 
 fcunbert, n. 
 
 hungry, a. bungrtg. 
 banter, s. 3ager, m. 
 bart, v. fdpaben ; erlefcen. 
 hypocrite, s. euc6,ler,m. 
 
 I, prow. t<$. 
 
 ice, s. Gi3, n. 
 
 Iceland, 8. 3Ianb, n. 
 
 idle, a. faul. 
 
 if, con/. 06; wenn. 
 
 ignorant, a. unroiffenb. 
 
 ill, a. front. 
 
 illness, 8. Sranf belt, /. 
 
 illustrious, a. berubmt. 
 
 image, S. 33tlb, n. 
 
 imagination, 8. Ginbil= 
 
 bung, /. 
 
 imagine, v. ftd? einbtlben. 
 immediately, adv. fos 
 
 ftleUft. 
 
 impart, v. mittbcllcn. 
 impartiality, s. Unpar= 
 
 impatience, 8. llngc; 
 
 bulb, /. 
 impatient, a. ungcbul= 
 
 importance, 8. 
 
 feit,/. 
 
 important, a. tricfctij. 
 impossible, a.unmogli$. 
 improve, v. rbefietn, 
 
 fi$ eerbeffern, gortft^ritte 
 
 mac^en. 
 
 in, prep, in, auf, an, fed. 
 in, adv. btnetn ; bcinnen. 
 a. uuau|I;ur- 
 
 incidental, a. jufattig. 
 incident, s. 3 u f fl ", m. 
 inclination, s. 9ioigung, 
 
 / 
 
 increase, v. juneb,tnen. 
 indeed, adv. in ber Sbat ; 
 
 ivirflicb. 
 
 indicate, v. anjcigen. 
 indifferent, a. glet<6,= 
 
 gulttg ; Icibtt^. 
 induce, v. bereegen. 
 indulgence, 8. 
 
 industrious, a. fleifttg. 
 industry, S. gtcifi, m. 
 infantry, 8. ^nfanterte, 
 
 infinite, a. 
 
 influence, 8. (iinflup, m. 
 inform, v. benacfcrii^tigon. 
 ingenious, a. finnreic^. 
 ingratitude, 8. UnbanI: 
 
 barfeit, /. 
 inhabitant, S. S8eroob= 
 
 ncr, m. ; Ginwobnet, tn. 
 injure, v. f$aben, beleibi: 
 
 gen, be?c^abtgen. 
 ink, 8. Sinte,/. 
 inkstand, 8. 
 
 . 
 
 inn, 8. SHirtba^auS, n. 
 innocence, 8. Unfcfculb, J 1 ". 
 innocent, a. unfc^ulbtg. 
 inquire, v. ftc^ erfunbigen ; 
 
 fragen. 
 
 insect, s. 3*tf't n. 
 insist, v. befleben. 
 instant, 8. Wugenbtirf, m. 
 instantly, adv. fcglcicfe. 
 instead, adv. anftatt ; 
 
 prep. - of, anjlatt. 
 instruct, v. itntcrrtcfiton. 
 instruction, s. Untcr= 
 
 ric^t, m. 
 
 insult, 8. 93eleibigung, /. 
 insult, v. 6e(c^impfen, be: 
 
 letbigen. 
 intend, v. bcabfttbtigcn, 
 
 I'crbabon, gebenfen. 
 intention, 8. 3lbfi*t, f. 
 intercourse, s. SSerfcbr, 
 
 m.\ Umgang, m. 
 interest, v. cinne^men ; 
 
 intereffiren. 
 
 interest, 8. Rinflu^, m. 
 into, prep. Mncin, in, ju. 
 intrepid, a. unerfd^roifen. 
 invent, /. erfinben. 
 invitation, s. liinlab; 
 
 Irishman, s. 3tlnbet, 
 
 m. 
 
 iron, 8. Gtfcn, n. 
 irregular, . untegel? 
 
 tnapig. 
 irresistible, a. unatiber: 
 
 fleblicfc. 
 it, pron. eS, fie, et, i$n ; 
 
 of it, bacon; to -, bar: 
 
 auf ; about -, baruber. 
 Italy, s. 3talien. 
 its, pron. fetn, beffen, be* 
 
 ten ; ber feinige, ber fdne, 
 
 Reiner. 
 
 James, s. Jacob. 
 January, 8. 3anuar, m. 
 Jesus, 8. 3fu3. 
 Je-w, s. 3"be, m. 
 Jobn, 8. 3c^ann. 
 Journey, s. SReife, f. 
 Joy, s. greube, f. 
 judge, s. fflidjter, m. 
 judge, v. utt^etten. 
 Judgment, 8. Urt^etl, n. 
 July, . 3ui* m - 
 jump, v. ipringen. 
 June, 8. 3uni, m. 
 just, a. gcrecfct. 
 just, adv. eben, genau. 
 Justice, 8. ere^ttgfett,/ 
 
 keep, v. batten ; bebatten. 
 key, 8. e^luflel, m. 
 kill, v. tobten, idfla^ten. 
 kind, 8. orte, art,/. 
 kind, a. gut, gutig. 
 kindness, 8. ute, 
 
 greunbli^feit. 
 king, 8. ftintg, m. 
 kingdom, 
 
 kitchen, 8. ffu$e, /. 
 knife, 8. 9Wcffer, n. 
 knight, 8. SJitter, m. 
 knock, v. flopfen. 
 know, v. (ennen, tttffcn. 
 
 labor, s. Strbeit, /. 
 laborer, s. ftrbeiter, m. 
 lady, s. Dame,/ 
 lake, 8. Sec, m. 
 lame, a. lab.m. 
 lamp, 8. fiampe, /. 
 land, s. Canb, n. 
 land, v. lanben. 
 landscape, s. anbfc6.ajt, 
 
 language, 
 
 8. gpra^e,
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 565 
 
 large, a. grog. 
 
 last, c. If pt ; ttortg. 
 
 late, a. (pat. 
 
 lately, adv. lutjlld? ; in 
 
 bee Ic&ten Seit. 
 latter, a. lefct. 
 laugh, v. laciu'n. 
 laugh, 8. (Master, n, 
 law, s. efefo, n. 
 lay, v. legen. 
 lazy, a. faul. 
 lead, .s. S3 let, n. 
 leader, s. guljrer, m - 
 leaf, s. 93Iatt, n. 
 learn, ?>. terncn. 
 learned, a gelefivt. 
 learning, .s. eleb,rfam= 
 
 fctt, /. 
 least, n. minbeft ; at -, 
 
 rcenigflenS. 
 leave, s. Grlaubnijj, f. ; 
 
 SSbJdjicb, m. 
 leave, v . laffen, terlaffen ; 
 
 b,interlajjen ; - out, au3= 
 
 lafien. 
 
 left, a. linf. 
 left, adv. linf 8 ; to' the -, 
 
 jur Cinfen. 
 log, s. 33etn, n. 
 I.ripsir, s. Ceipjig. 
 lend, v. leifien. 
 length, s. Cange,/. ; at -, 
 
 enbltd?. 
 
 less, a. roentger ; geringer. 
 lesson, s. tunbe,/; 91uf= 
 
 96//- 
 lest, conj. bamit tiidjt ; 
 
 ba&. 
 
 let, t. laJTen. 
 letter, s. SBtief, m. 
 Lewis, s. Cubroig. 
 liar, s. Ciigner, m. 
 liberate, v. befreten. 
 liberty, s. greib,eit,/. 
 library,.?. S8ibliot&,ef,/. 
 lie, s. Cuge, /. 
 He, v. lugcn ; Itegen. 
 life, s. Seben, n. 
 lift, v. auffieben, b,eben. 
 light, s. Vtcfit, n. 
 light, v. Icurfnen. 
 lighten, v. bitten. 
 like, a. o,U'i*, oilmluf. 
 like, o. gern f)abcn, mogcn, 
 
 Iteben. 
 likely, a. rea^tfe^einUc^ ; 
 
 adv. very likely, it>ob,l. 
 lion, 8. Some, m. 
 lioness, s I'iMtnn, /. 
 lip, s. 
 
 I listen, ?. Screen ; - to 
 
 you, auf @ie 6,6ren. 
 little, a. floin, rcenig. 
 live, v. leben ; n>ob,nen. 
 ! load, s. Cabling; Cafl,/ 
 load, v. laben, belaben. 
 lock, s. djlojj, n. 
 lock, >. icMU'fcen. 
 lodging, s. SEBofjnung, _/'. 
 lonely, a. einfam. 
 long, a. lang ; v. uerlan= 
 
 gen ; fid) fefynen. 
 look, s. iMirf, m. 
 look, v. fcfyauen, fefycn ; 
 
 auSfefyen; -at, anfe^en; - 
 
 aftftr, nad)fe^en. 
 looking-glass, s. pie: 
 
 gel, m. 
 
 Lord, err, ebieter, m. 
 lose, v. wlieren. 
 \o*t,pp. pcrloren. 
 loud, a. laut. 
 Louisa, 5. Vuiio. 
 love, v. lieben> gern ^a= 
 
 ben. 
 
 love, s. Ciebe, /. 
 lovely, a. KebenSwurbig, 
 
 reijenb. 
 
 luck, s. turf, n. 
 luggage, s. cpacf, n. 
 lung, s. Cunge, f. 
 luxury, s. 811511$, m. 
 
 mad, a. toQ. 
 
 made, pp., i.e. carved, 
 
 gefdjnitten. 
 maid, s. Jungfrau, f. ; 
 
 make, v. mad)en ; (pens) 
 
 fdjneibcn. 
 
 ma 11,. \. -JJionufv i'iann, m. 
 manage, v. fiibren. 
 management, s. 2>cr= 
 
 wtaltung, /. 
 mankind, s. 3J?enfc^cn= 
 
 manncr,$. 3frt; SOZanier ; 
 
 master, s. SDtetfJer, en ; 
 
 Ce^rer, m.; be -, macb,tia. 
 
 fein. 
 
 matter, s. 9lngeIegen6,eH 
 /.; egenflanb, m.; a^e, 
 
 may, v. mcgen, tonnen, 
 
 burfen. 
 
 me, pron. mir, mic^. 
 means,/;/. SDJittel, n.; by 
 
 - of, cermittelft ; by no -, 
 
 many, a. tietc, Diet; - a, 
 
 mandj. 
 
 map, ,s. (tanb=) Karte, f. 
 March, s. 2Harj, m. 
 march, s. diritt ; 3 U 9> 
 
 m.; w. marf(J)iren. 
 mark, s. Qeifyen, Qie\, n. 
 marriage, s. woirath, 
 
 e^e, /. 
 
 marry, v. ^eirat^en; (fic^) 
 
 Mary, s. 3R a rie. 
 
 meaning, x. ^cteutung, 
 
 /. 
 
 measure, s. A>i\tp, n. 
 measure, v. niofjon. 
 meat, s. gletfi^, n. 
 medicine, s. ijctlmittel, 
 
 . 
 
 meet, v. treffen, begegnen. 
 meeting, s. .jufamnien- 
 
 treffen, n. 
 
 memory, s.ebo^tni^, n. 
 mend, v. fllctcii, bcffcrn, 
 
 eerbeffern. 
 
 mendicant, s. 33ettler,m. 
 mention, s. Gmrab, nung,/. 
 mention, />. enrafinen. 
 merchant, s. juufiiiann. 
 mercy, s. nabe, Grbars 
 
 mung, f. ; have -, fidj er= 
 
 barmen. 
 
 merit, s. 95erbienjr, n. 
 merit, v. rerbienen. 
 merry, a. luflig, munter. 
 messenger, s. S3cte, m. 
 metal, s. SKetatt, n. 
 method, s. extern, n. ; 
 
 SBeife, art, /. 
 mighty, a. indd)tig. 
 nt i id, a. milb. 
 mile, s. SKeite, / 
 milk, s. SDJtl^, /. 
 milk, v. titelfen. 
 mind, s. (Sinn, m. ; Cufl,/. 
 mindful, a. ad?tfam. 
 mine, a. ntein ; ber meints 
 
 ge, ber meine, meiner. 
 mineral, s. Mineral, n. 
 minister, R. UJiinifter, //(, 
 minute, s. 3Rinute, /. 
 miserable, a. elenb. 
 misery, s. Glenb, n. 
 m ixfortunc,x. Unglflcf, M. 
 Miss, .s. graulein, n. 
 miss, v. atiolaifcn. 
 mistake, v. mifiecrfteben; 
 
 fi^ irren. 
 mistake, s.
 
 566 
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 tnlx, v. mifcfecn. 
 
 need, s. S?ot^/.; STOangeT, 
 
 nock, v. I'crfritten. 
 
 m.;t'. bebutjen, 6rcu^en, 
 
 moderation, . SDJafrs 
 
 needle, s. 5>?obei,/. 
 
 gung,/. 
 
 needless, a. unnet^tg. 
 
 moment, s. SSugenblicf, 
 
 neglect, s. i>ernac6;iafftgen. 
 
 m.; SBtcb, tlgfett, /. 
 
 neglectful, a. nacb,laffig. 
 
 momentous, a. widjtig. 
 
 negro, s. 5Keger, tn. 
 
 monarchy, s. fionigrei<$, 
 
 neighbor, s. 92adjbar,m.; 
 
 n. 
 
 (female) -, SKacb^barin. 
 
 money, s. etb, n. 
 
 neither,/>ron. feiner(OK 
 
 monkey, s. ?Iffc, m. 
 
 beiben);core/. (-nor), we* 
 
 month, .1. -Dioitat, m. 
 
 ber - no$. See also 342, 
 
 monument, s. Tcnfinat, 
 
 11. 
 
 n. 
 
 nephew, a. Weffe, m. 
 
 morality, s. >ttt(i$teit, 
 
 nest, s. SReft, n. 
 
 /. 
 
 net, s. 9Jefe, n. 
 
 more, a. mebr ; tiocfc,. 
 
 never, adv. nimmer, nies 
 
 morning, s. HRorgen, m. 
 
 maid, nie. 
 
 most, a. meifi ; $5$ft, am 
 
 nevertheless, adv. 
 
 metften; at the -, $6($s 
 
 nie^t6beftoeniger. 
 
 ftenS. 
 
 ne>v, a. neu. 
 
 mother, s. SJiutter, /. 
 
 news, s. 9!euigfeit, 92a$; 
 
 mount, s. erg, m. 
 
 ri*t,/. 
 
 mount, v. fteigen. 
 
 newspaper, 3 e " un 8y 
 
 mountain, s. 39erg, m. 
 
 next, a. nocfift. 
 
 mourn, v. trauern. 
 
 nice, a. biib)"cb,, gut, jart. 
 
 mouse, s. SL'JauS, f. 
 
 niece, s. DZid^te,/ 1 . 
 
 mouth, s. 'Hhmb, m. ; 
 
 night, s. 9?ac^t, /.; last -, 
 
 SWaul, .; SKunbung,/. 
 
 geftern SRac^t ; by -, be 
 
 move, v. bcreegen. 
 
 Kac^tg. 
 
 Mr., err ; Mrs., 5 rau - 
 
 nine, a. neun. 
 
 much, a. and adv. Diet, 
 
 nineteen, a. neun^ebn, 
 
 fe&r. 
 
 -th, neunje^nte. 
 
 murder, s. 2J?orb, m. 
 
 ninety, a. neunjig. 
 
 murder, v. ermorben, 
 
 no, a. (ein ; - one, Reiner, 
 
 morben. 
 
 3?iemanb ; adv. nein. 
 
 murderer, s. 9K6rber, m. 
 
 nobility, s. Stbel, m. 
 
 music, s. STOuftf,/. 
 
 noble, a. ebel. 
 
 musket, s. Jlinte, /. 
 
 nobleman, s. Cebelmann, 
 
 must, v. muffen. 
 
 m. 
 
 mutton, ammelflelf$, 
 
 nobody, S. 9iicmanb. 
 
 n. ; roast -, $amrael> 
 
 noise, s. fiarm, m. 
 
 braten, m. 
 
 none, a. fein ; ntcfct. 
 
 mutual, a. gegenfeitig. 
 
 north, s. 9!orb ; in the -, 
 
 my, pron. tnein. 
 
 tm 5orben. 
 
 
 not, adv. ni^t. 
 
 name, s. 9?amc, !Huf, m. 
 
 note, s. Dicte, /; IRotij, 
 
 Naples, s. 92eapel. 
 
 /; 3ettel, m. 
 
 narrow, a. eng, frfnnal. 
 
 nothing, adv. and s. 
 
 nation, . 92ation, /.; 
 
 nidjtS ; 5Pt(^t8, n. 
 
 58olf, n. 
 
 notice, s. SBeac^tung, /.; 
 
 native, a. angcborcn. 
 
 take - of, bemerfen. 
 
 naughty, a. unartig. 
 
 notice, v. bemerfen. 
 
 near, a. and adv. nafye ; 
 
 notwithstanding, 
 
 belnabe ; prep, natye ba= 
 
 conj. &prep. ungead?tet. 
 
 ran, na^ebei. 
 
 novel, s. Woman, m. 
 
 nearly, <i<h< beina^e, faft. 
 
 now, adv. jefet ; - and 
 
 necessary, a. no^atn- 
 
 then, bier unb ha. 
 
 blg. 
 
 now lie re, adv. r>'rgen';8. 
 
 neck, s. $ol, m, 
 
 number, s. Rafyi, f. 
 
 numberless, a. 
 
 oak, s. (vicf e, f. 
 oath, s. (vie, m. 
 obedient, a. ge^orfam. 
 obey, v. ge$ord)en. 
 object, s. fflegenjlanb, m. 
 oblige, v. eerpflidjten ; ei 
 
 nen Qefatten tbur. 
 obliged, to be -, mufyen, 
 
 genotbtgt fein. 
 observe, v. beobai^ten, be^ 
 
 merfen. 
 
 obstinate, a. eigenfinmg 
 obtain, v. ertangen, be.-. 
 
 fommen. 
 occasion, s. elegenbeit, 
 
 f. ; there is no - for it, 
 
 (8 ifl ni*t nctbig. 
 occasion, v. ceranlajyen. 
 occur, v. ctnfallen. 
 ocean, s. Ocean, m.; 
 
 2Heer, n. 
 
 o^clock, see clock. 
 of, prep, con, auS, unter, 
 
 'cr, nai), an, uber; mil, 
 
 auf, bei. 
 off, adv . weg, fort, bacon ; 
 
 wcit. 
 offend, v. tcrlcfecn, belei< 
 
 bigen. 
 
 offer, s. Stnerbtcten, n. 
 offer, v. anbieten. 
 officer, s. SBeamte ; Dffis 
 
 cter, m. 
 
 often, adv. oft 
 old, a. alt. 
 omnibus, s. SDmnibuf, 
 
 m. 
 on, prefix, an, auf ; prep. 
 
 an, auf, eon ; - my part, 
 
 metnerfeitS. 
 once, adv. einft, eemol8 ; 
 
 ein SKat, einmal. 
 one, a. ein ; - another, 
 
 einanber ; pron. Gtner, 
 
 m.; man ; -'s self, fi<^ 
 
 fetbft. 
 
 only, a. einjig ; nur. 
 open, a. offen. 
 open, v. offnen. 
 opposite, a. gegenuber. 
 oppress, v. unterbrucfen. 
 oppressive, a. brutfenb. 
 or, conj. ober, fonft. 
 order, s. SDrbnung, f. ; 
 
 SBefebJl, m. 
 order, v. bcfeMei. 
 01 n HI nt. 1. 5,e^ ituct 
 
 W.
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 567 
 
 ostrich, s. traujj, m. 
 other, a. anbere ; the - 
 
 morning, neulicb,, ^Sloti 
 
 gen. 
 
 otherwise, adv. anberS. 
 ottoman, s. Scfyemcl, m. 
 ought, pres. and jorei. 
 
 foil, fottte, mujjte, miifjte. 
 our, pron. unfer. 
 ours, ber unfrige, ber un= 
 
 fere, unfrer. 
 oursclf, pro w.ourselves, 
 
 pi. rcir jetbft, unS(felbft). 
 out, adv. ou8, b,inau-3. 
 out of, prep. au. 
 outside, a. auper. 
 over, adw. uber, coruber. 
 overseer, s. 2luffeljer, w. 
 own, <z. eigen ; my -self, 
 
 i$ felbft ; my -, ba8 meU 
 
 nige. 
 own, v. befifcen ; anerfcn* 
 
 nen. 
 ox, s. SOc&Je, m. ; 5Rtnb, M. 
 
 page, s. cite,/. 
 pain, ,s. djmetj, m. ; f. 
 
 franfen. 
 pains, pi. 2Ku6,e, /. ; to 
 
 take -, ftcfc, 2Hu&.e geben. 
 paint, v. malen. 
 painter, s. SWaler, m. 
 painting, s. 2Kaleret,/.; 
 
 emalbe, n. 
 palace, s. $ataft, m. ; 
 
 ecfyloj), n. 
 
 pane, s. genflerfdjeibe, f. 
 paper, s. Copier, n. 
 parallel, a. at. nlidj ; s. 
 
 S8evglei<$, m. 
 parcel, s. spadet, n. 
 pardon, s. S3erjeib.ung ; 
 
 SBegnabigung,/. ; v. per= 
 
 jet&en. 
 
 parents,/"?. Gttern, pi. 
 particular, a. befonbcr. 
 pass, v. geb,en, tciten; POT: 
 
 ubcrge^en ; fidj ereignen ; 
 
 tet^en. 
 
 passion, s. fieibenf$aft,/. 
 past, a. pergangen ; prep. 
 
 na$. 
 
 path, s. $fab, m. 
 patience, s. ebulb, /. 
 patient, a. gebulbig ; s. 
 
 5|8atient, m. 
 patrician, s. ^atrtjiot, 
 
 m. 
 
 pay, v . bejab,Ien ; to - at- 
 tention, Sl^t ge&en. 
 
 peace, s. ^rtcbc, m. 
 peach, s. *JJfirrt^e, /. 
 pear, s. S3trne, /. 
 pear-tree, 3Mrnbaum, m. 
 peasant, s. 23auer, m. 
 pedestal, s. gupgcftclt, n. 
 pen, s. geber, f. 
 pencil, & SMe'tftift, m. 
 penknife, s. gi'termeficr, 
 
 w. 
 people, s. SSoIf, n. ; Seiite, 
 
 joi. ; man. 
 
 perceive, v. bemerfen. 
 perfect, a. -ly, adv. ott= 
 
 fontmen ; Pottfianbtg. 
 perfection, 5. 2.!cllfcni- 
 
 menljett, f. 
 perform, v. crfullen ; 
 
 t6,un, leiflen. 
 
 perhaps, adv. ptetfetdjt. 
 perish, v. umtommen, 
 
 flerben ; untetge^en. 
 permission, .. Grlaub = 
 
 rffc/. 
 
 permit, v. erlauben. 
 Persian, a. perftfdj. 
 person, s. Sferfon, f. 
 perspective, s. S|3erjpcc= 
 
 tipe, gernft^t,/ 
 persuasion, s. Ucberre = 
 
 bung, f. 
 
 pervert, v. petfu^ren. 
 philosopher, s. 5$hi[o= 
 
 fop^; (Sele^rte ; SBetfe, m. 
 physician, x. 9(rjt, m. 
 piano(-forte), 5. $iano= 
 
 forte, gorteptano; Glapier, 
 
 n. 
 
 pick, v . picfen. 
 picture, s. emalbe, S3ilb, 
 
 n. 
 
 piece, s. gtucf, n. 
 pigeon, s. Saute,/. 
 pill, s. spitte, /. 
 pillar, s. aute, /. 
 pin,.tednabet; SRabel,/. 
 pious, a. fromm. 
 pity, s. SKitleib, n. it is 
 
 a -, eg ift Sdiafce. 
 pity, v. bebauern. 
 place, s. $ta(} ; bo take -, 
 
 flattfinben. 
 place, v. ftellen, legen, 
 
 fefeen ; perfefeen. 
 plain, a. cinfac^. 
 plan, s. flan, m. 
 plank, s. 33rett, n. 
 plant, s. $ftanje, /. 
 plant, v . pflanjen, bepflatis 
 
 plate, s. letter, m. 
 
 play, v. fpielen. 
 
 play, s. eftaufpiel, n. \ at 
 
 the -, im Sweater. 
 pleasant, a. -ly, adv. 
 
 angeneftm. 
 please, v. gefattcn, belie: 
 
 ben ; if you -, gefattigfl ; 
 
 to be -d, bte efalltgfett 
 
 b,aben. 
 pleased, a. erfrcut, jufrtcs 
 
 ben. 
 
 pleasure,/!. S3ergnugen,. 
 plebeian, s. SJSlebejer, m. 
 pluck, v. pftuifen. 
 pocket, s. Xaj$e, /. 
 pocketbook, s. S3rlef= 
 
 tafc^e,/. 
 
 poem, s. ebidjt, n. 
 poetess, s. 55t^tertn, f. 
 point, s. Sptfoe,/. ; tidj, 
 
 m. ; $unft, m. 
 poison, ,s-. ift, n. 
 poisonous, a. giftig. 
 police, s. 5polijei, /. ; 
 
 -man, SJSoIijetbiener, m. 
 polish, s. SJSotitur, /. 
 polish,*', polirenjnric^fen. 
 polite, a. ^6fli(^. 
 poor, a. arm. 
 pope, s. $apft, m. 
 poplar, s. gJappel, /. 
 populace, s. SJJobef, m. ; 
 
 SBoIf, n. 
 
 pork, s. d^metnefteifC^, n. 
 portfolio, s. 5Kappe, f. 
 position, s. QteDung, ./! 
 possess, v. befifeen. 
 possible, a. moglt^. 
 post-office, s. $oft, /. 
 potato, ,s. ftartoff el, f. 
 pound, .1. spfunb, n. 
 poverty, x. Mrmutb,, f. 
 power, s. Kraft ; ewalt, 
 
 awa^t,/. 
 
 powerful, a. fraftig. 
 practice, s. 2(u8ubung ; 
 
 v. uben. 
 
 praise, s. Sob, n. 
 praise, v. preifen, loben. 
 pray, v. beten, bitten ; - \ 
 
 bttte \ 
 precedent, s. ^raceben), 
 
 n. ; al)nli<$er gaff, ni. 
 precious, a. toftbar. 
 precise, a. genau, punft: 
 
 Hi). 
 
 prefer, v. porjie^en. 
 prepare, v. porbereiten ; 
 
 peranftaUen.,
 
 568 
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 present, a. antrefenb, ju 
 gegen ; at -, jefet, fit ben 
 augenbltcf. 
 
 present, s. efdjenf, n. 
 
 present, v. fdjcnfen ; tor= 
 
 fte8e. 
 
 presently, adv. bait. 
 preserve, v. bctrabren. 
 president, 3. SJhafibent, 
 
 m. 
 pretend, r. beljaupten ; 
 
 Tut flclfen. 
 pretty, a. b,ub(t6, ; adv. 
 
 jiemlicb\ 
 
 prevail, v. b,err?djen. 
 prevent, v. erb,inbern. 
 price, s. SpretS, m. 
 prince, s. gurfl, m. 
 princess, 8. iJJrinseiTm, /. 
 principal, a. aupt, n. 
 printing, s. CTrurfen, n.; 
 
 55ruif, m. 
 
 prison, s. efangnifc, n. 
 prisoner, s. efangene/ 
 
 m. andf. (108, c). 
 private, a. priBat,geb,eitn. 
 prize, 8. tyrtiS, m. 
 probability, 8. 2Baf>r= 
 
 fd>einlit&. eit, /. 
 probable, a. rcabrf*etn= 
 
 Itd>. 
 problem, s. problem, n. 
 
 Slufgabe, /. 
 proceed, v. fertftfcreiten ; 
 
 ge6,en. 
 produce, v. b,ereorbrtn; 
 
 gen ; erfd)affen. 
 production, s. $xobuct, 
 
 n. 
 
 profession, s. S?eruf, m. 
 professor, s. $rofeffor, m. 
 progress, s. ftortf Aritt, m. 
 promise, s. 93erfpred?en,n. 
 promise, v. mfprecben. 
 pronounce, v. au?pre= 
 
 djen. 
 
 proper, a. fdjirfltdj. 
 proposal, s. SBoryeb, lag, m. 
 propose, v. tortragen ; 
 
 totiilagen. 
 
 prosperity, s. turf, n. 
 protect, v. befcb,ufeen. 
 prove, t'.prfifen ; beweifen. 
 proverb, . 
 
 . 
 
 provide, v. oerfe$cn. 
 provided (that), tctauS; 
 
 province, 8. 
 Prussia, . 
 
 Prussian, a. 
 
 public, a. 
 
 publish, v. berauSgeben. 
 pudding, 8. putting, m. 
 punctual, a. pitnftlicfi, 
 
 genau. 
 punish, v. ftrafen, bcflra= 
 
 fen. 
 punishment, 8. ttafe, 
 
 pupil, 8. 2d)utcr, m. 
 purse, s. 93eutel, clt; 
 
 *eutet, m. ; 6rfe,/ 
 pursue, v. verfolgcn. 
 pursuer, 8. Serfotger, m. 
 push, v. ftcpcn. 
 put, v.fefeen, fletten,flcrfcn ; 
 
 -on, anjteb.en; -out, au= 
 
 ma^en. 
 
 puzzle, s. 93erlegen$eit, f. 
 puzzle, v. cerlegen fein. 
 
 quality, s. 
 
 quarter, 8. S3ierte(, n. 
 queen, 8. Jlcntgin, f. 
 question, 8. grage, f. 
 question, v. fragen. 
 quick, a. lebenbig, tafi^. 
 quiet, a. rubig. 
 quite, adv. gan), votttg. 
 
 railroad, s. Gtfcnbab,n,^ 
 railroad-station, 8. 
 
 S3abnb,ef, m. 
 rain, 8. iRegen, m.; v. reg= 
 
 nen. 
 
 ramble, v. b,erumfireifen. 
 rampart, s. 23aff, m. 
 rank, s. 5Rang, m. 
 rapid, a. teifienb. 
 rascal, a. pifebube, m. 
 rather, adv. ebet, lieber, 
 
 jtemlie^ ; I would -, i(^ 
 
 reottte IteBer. 
 raven, .s. Sfabe, m. 
 razor, s. niaftrmeficr, n. 
 read, v. lefcn. 
 ready, a. bcrclt, fertig. 
 reason, SBernunft, /. ; 
 
 SBerflanb, m. 
 receive, v. empfangen. 
 recognize, v. aieber n* 
 
 fennen. 
 
 recollect, f . fi$ erinnern. 
 recollection, 8. (Jrinne: 
 
 rung, f. 
 recommend, v. cmpfeb,; 
 
 len. 
 recover, v. ftc^ erb,oltn. 
 
 recovery, . S35tebet^t 
 
 flellung ; fflenefung, /. 
 red, a. rctb. 
 redeem, y. befreitn ; ets 
 
 I6fen. 
 
 reed, 8. DJcbr, n. 
 refuse, v. auef^tagen ; 
 
 cermeigcrn. 
 
 regiment, s. Regiment, n. 
 regret, 8. Skbauern, n. 
 regret, v. bebauern. 
 regulation, s. 9ieguta= 
 
 Hon. 
 reign, s.JRegierung ; ett= 
 
 faft,/. 
 
 reign, v. regieten. 
 reject, v. eerroerfen. 
 rejoice, v. erfreuen, fi<$ 
 
 fteuen. 
 relate, v. cr^abtcn ; be -d 
 
 to, eettoanbt fein mil. 
 relation, 8. 58e}iebung ; 
 
 SSerreaHbte, m. and f. 
 
 (108, c). 
 
 release, v. befretert. 
 religious, a. fromm. 
 rely, v . ftcb, cettaffen. 
 remain, v. bletben, ubrig 
 
 bleiben. 
 remark, .<;.23cmcrfung,/. ; 
 
 v. bemerfen. 
 remarkable, a. tncrf; 
 
 tvurbtg. 
 
 remedy, 8. ^eilmtttel, n. 
 remember, a. (ftcb, ) erin: 
 
 ncrn; I cannot -, i$ fann 
 
 mid? nidjt erinnern or tntt 
 
 fmnen. 
 remonstrance, 8. S8cr= 
 
 flettung, /. 
 
 render, v. leiflen ; nta$en. 
 renounce, v. entfagen. 
 renotvn, s. SHubm, m. 
 renoivned, a. berub,mt. 
 repeat, v. ttieber^clen. 
 repent, v. bereuen. 
 report, S. erud;t, n. 
 report, v. beri^ten. 
 repose, 8. SRube, /. 
 repose, v. rub,on. 
 reproach, s. 1'crwurf, m. 
 reproach, v. rcnrerfen. 
 reputation, s. SRuf ; by 
 
 -, bem 9?amen nod;. 
 request, s. SBttte,/. 
 request, v. bitten. 
 reside, v. rcob,nen, ftd; auf= 
 
 fatten. 
 
 resist, v. tnibcrftcben. 
 resolve, 8. ^ntfd;luf, m.
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 569 
 
 resolve, v. I5fen ; fid) enk 
 
 ffittcfeo. 
 
 resolved, a. entfdjtoffen. 
 respect, v. fdmfcen ; ejjren. 
 respect, s. SKucffid)t,/. 
 restore, v.tmeberljerfteu'en. 
 retire, v. jurucfjtefycn ; fid; 
 
 Russian, 8. SKuffc, m. 
 
 rye, s. iRoggen, rw. 
 
 return, .s. iHudlefyr, /. 
 return, v. jururffet;rcn ; 
 
 revenge, s. SRadje, /. 
 revenge, v. fid; radjen 
 revolution, S. 
 
 tion,/. 
 
 reward, s. SSelob, nung, f. 
 reward, v. betofynen. 
 Rliine, s. 8lb,ein, m. 
 ribbon, s. 33anb, n, 
 rich, a. reid;. 
 rid, >>. to get - of, Io8 
 
 tcerben. 
 
 riddle, s. fflatljfel, . 
 ride, v. retten. 
 ridiculous, a. Iadcrlid). 
 riding, s. SReiten, n. 
 rifle, s. gtinte, /. 
 rifleman, s. djufce, 35= 
 
 ger, m. 
 
 right, a. recJjt. 
 right, s. SRedjt, .; to the 
 
 ring, s. SRing, m. ; e= 
 
 laute, w. 
 
 ring, v. ftlrtgetn, lauten. 
 ripe, a. teif. 
 
 rise,v. aufftetgen, aufgeljen. 
 river, s. glujj, (Strom, m. 
 road, s. trafje,/. ; ZBeg, 
 
 m. 
 
 roast, v. bratcn. 
 robber, s. SRauber, m. 
 roll, ii. rcltcn. 
 Roman, 8. iRCMticr, m. 
 Rome, s. 31 cm, n. 
 roof, s. ad), . 
 room, s. 3i mmer f '* 5 
 
 tube, /. 
 rose, s. SRofe, /. 
 round, a. runb ; prep. 
 
 Return, um. 
 royal, . f6ni<?lid). 
 ruby, s. 9?ubin, m. 
 rudiment, s. Girunblage, 
 
 /. 
 
 ruin, s. Untergang, m. 
 rule, s. SRegel,/. 
 rule, w. ^errfd^en. 
 run, v. laufcn. 
 Hus-ia, . Diujilanb, n. 
 
 able, a. 
 
 acrifice, s. SDpfer, n. ; 
 
 to make-, Dpfetbrtngen. 
 sail, s. egel ; d^iff, n. 
 sail, v. fegeln, abfegeln. 
 sailor, s. SBatrofe, i. 
 sake, s. for the - of, um 
 
 ... tctHcn ; for his -, 
 
 feinetrcegen ; for her- or 
 
 their -, tfyretroegen. 
 salt, s. atj, n. 
 salve, s. albe, f. 
 same, pron. and a. the 
 
 -, betfetbe, btefelbe, baS= 
 
 felbe, ber, bte, bag nams 
 
 Iid)e. 
 satisfaction, s. enug= 
 
 tfjuung ; greubc, f. 
 satisfy, v. befriebtgen ; 
 
 satisfied, jufrieben. 
 Saturday, s. onnabenb, 
 
 m. 
 
 savage, S. ZSilbe, m. 
 save, v. retten. 
 Saxon, s. ad;fe, m. 
 say, v. jagen. 
 scarce, a. felten. 
 scarcely, adv. laum, 
 
 fdjmerlid;. 
 
 scatter, v. jerjlreuen. 
 scene, s. Siiftne, f. 
 scent, s. Gierudj, m. 
 sceptre, s. cepter, n. 
 school, s. djule,/. 
 school-fellow, aKitfd?u= 
 
 ler, m. 
 scissors, s. djeere/ f., 
 
 sing. 
 
 Scotch, a. fd)otttfdj. 
 sea, s. ee,/. ; 2Keer, n. 
 search, v. fudjen ; unter* 
 
 iudjen. 
 
 season, s. 3a^rejett,/. 
 seat, s. i(}, m. 
 second, a. jrceite. 
 secret, a. gel^eim, erbor= 
 
 gen. 
 secret, s. eb,eimni6, n. ; 
 
 .in -, inSgetyetm. 
 security, s. td;erfi,eit, f. 
 see, v. fefyen. 
 seek, v. fud^en. 
 seem, v. fdjetnen, erfd)ei= 
 
 nen. 
 
 segar, s. Eigarre,/. 
 seize, v. ergreifen. 
 seldom, adv. fclten. 
 
 sell, v. berfaufeK. 
 
 send, v. fd^irfen. 
 
 sense, s. inn, m. ; e* 
 
 fub,l, n. ; SBerflanb, m. 
 sentence, s. a^, m. 
 September, s. eptem 
 
 bcr, m. 
 
 servant, s. Wiener, m. 
 serve, r. bcfcicnen ; bienen; 
 
 auftragcn. 
 service, s. tenfl, m. ; at 
 
 your -, ju 3^ren ien= 
 
 Pen. 
 set, v. jleHen ; untergctyen ; 
 
 - off, out, abreifcn. 
 set, s. efettfdjaft, /. 
 settle, v. ru&jg trerbcn ; 
 
 orbnen. 
 
 seven, a. ^eben. 
 seventeen, a. ftcbje6,n. 
 seventh, a. ftebente. 
 seventy, a. ftebjig. 
 several, a. nteb,me. 
 severe, a. flreng ; fdjtoer. 
 shade, s. fatten, in. 
 shake, a. fdutttcln. 
 shall, v. foUen, reerben. 
 share, s. 2. ho it ; v. tbciten, 
 
 ?lntt)eil ^aben. 
 sharp, a. fdjarf. 
 sharpen, v. fd;arfen ; 
 
 she, pron. fie ; biejenige, 
 
 Me. 
 
 shear, v. fdjercn. 
 sheep, s. d)af, n. 
 shepherd, s. d)afer, m. 
 shepherdess, s. d)(U 
 
 ferin, /. 
 
 shilling, s. dotting, m. 
 shine, v. fd)etnen. 
 ship, s. d)iff, n. 
 shoe, s. d)ul), m. 
 shoemaker, s. Gd)ulj= 
 
 mad)er, m. 
 shoot, v. fdjiefjen. 
 shop, s. Saben, m. 
 shore, s. lifer, n. 
 short, a. fur). 
 shortness, 6'. Surje,_/l 
 shoulder, s. djutter, /. 
 sho-w, w. feb,en laffcn ; jet= 
 
 gen. 
 
 shudder, v. fd)aubern. 
 shut, J.'.fdiltejjen, jumadjen. 
 sick, a. franf . 
 side, s. eite, /. ; on the 
 
 other -, jenfeitS ; on thii 
 
 -, bie8feit. 
 siege, s. SBetagerung, f.
 
 5TO 
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 sight, *. etid)t, n. 
 sign, s. ,5{ d the n, n. ; v. 
 
 unterjeidjnen. 
 signal, s. ^etdjen, n. 
 silencers. tiflfd)roelgen,. 
 silent, a. fdjroetgfam ; to 
 
 be -,jdjn>eigen. 
 silk, s. eibe,/ 
 silly, a. einfalttg, albern. 
 silver, s. tlber, n. 
 similitude, S. 
 
 sin, s. unbe, y! 
 sin, v. funbigen. 
 since, 2 lre P- t e "j COi/. 
 
 feitbem; ba {a. 
 sing, ).'. fingen. 
 single, a. einjeln. 
 s.nk, /. fin foil. 
 sir, s. err, mein err, m. 
 slst cr, s. djioefter, f. 
 sit, v. fifeen ; - dowu, fidj 
 
 Je|en. 
 situate, situated, a. 
 
 gelegeu. 
 
 situation, s. tetle,/. 
 six, a. fccbS. 
 sixteen, a. fecb,8je6,n. 
 sixteenth, a. ferfjSjcbnte. 
 sixth, a. jccbfto. 
 sixty, a. fcdjjig. 
 slave, s. claoe, m. 
 slavery, s. clacerel, f. 
 slay, 11. erfdjlagen. 
 sleep, v. frfilafen. 
 sleepy, . fdjlafrig. 
 slipper, .s 1 . ^anteffcl, m. 
 low, a. Ungfani. 
 small, <. [loin. 
 smallness, ,s. fttciu^eit,/. 
 smell, s. erud;, m. 
 smell, v. rted)en. 
 smile, s. Vadjeln ; v. lad;= 
 
 eta. 
 smoke, s. SKaudj, m. ; v. 
 
 tauten. 
 
 smoking, .s. 92au$en, n. 
 snow, S. cl;nct', in. 
 snow, v. fdjneien. 
 snow-ball, s. 
 
 m. 
 snuif, s. 2dMiupf tabaf, 
 
 v. fe^nupfen. 
 BO, '"/'. jo, alfo. 
 sofa, s. (Eopfja, m., ?i. 
 soil, s. SBoben, m. 
 soil, v. fcef$mufeen. 
 soldier, s. gcltat, m. 
 solemnity, 8. geterltdjs 
 
 w*,/ 
 
 solicit, v. Bitten. 
 some, pron. cintgc, ettraS; 
 
 -body, -one, 3eraanb ; 
 
 -thing, ettoaS ; -times, 
 
 jutceilcn ; -where, trgenb 
 
 wo. 
 
 son, s. Sofm, m. 
 sois-iii-law, (^iciegers 
 
 fo^n, m. 
 song, s. cfang, m.; Sicb, 
 
 n. 
 
 songster, s. Ganger. 
 songstress, .s. angertn. 
 soon, adv. balb. 
 sooner, (Z^Z;, 1 . fru^cr. 
 sorrow, s. orge, f. ; 
 
 Rummer, m. 
 
 sorro\v, v. ftc^ gramen. 
 soul, s. eele,/. 
 oup, s. uppe, f. 
 sources, s. Quefle, f. ; 
 
 Urfprung, m. 
 south, s. 2ubcn, m. 
 Spain, s. panien, n. 
 Spanish, a. jpanijc^. 
 speak, v. fpre^en. 
 spectacle, s. Slnbtirf, m. 
 spectacles, pi. $$t\tte,f. 
 spectator, s. 3 u W auet / 
 
 m. 
 
 speculate, r. fpeculiren. 
 speculation, s. pecu; 
 
 la t! on, f. 
 speech, s. pradje, 5Kebe, 
 
 / 
 spend, v. jubringen ; auS= 
 
 geben. 
 
 spin, v. fpinnen. 
 spite, s. Merger, m.; -of, 
 
 trofc. 
 
 spoil,. v. Bcrberben. 
 sponging - house, s. 
 
 rfiulCl)auS, n. 
 spoon, s. Soffel, m. 
 spring, v. jptingcn. 
 spring, s. ftruljling, m. 
 spur, s. porn, m. 
 square, a. xnerccftg. 
 square, s. $(afe, m. ; 
 
 SQuabrat, n. 
 stab, s. etiefi, m. 
 stab, v. crflecfjen. 
 stag, s. Jjirfdi, m. 
 stage, s. 9UfM,f. 
 stage-coach, 8. 
 
 gen, m. 
 
 stand, v. fiction. 
 star, s. tern, m. 
 start, 11. fpringen ; (- up), 
 
 auffpringen, auffatyren. 
 
 statue, .t. Bilbfaule, /. 
 
 stay, v. bleiben. 
 
 stay, s. 91ufent^alt, m. 
 
 steal, v. fii'Moi. 
 
 steel, s. gtafcl, m. 
 
 steel-pen, ta^lfeber, f. 
 
 stick, s. torf, m. 
 
 stick, v. fti'djen. 
 
 still, adv. (of time), tma 
 mer, nod) ; (neverthe- 
 less), ted), bennod). 
 
 sting, v . ftcdjcn. 
 
 sting, s. tadjel; tidi, m. 
 itocks, . Slctien,/.,pt 
 
 stocking, ,s\ trumpf, m. 
 
 stone, s. tcin, in. 
 
 stool, s. tu$l, m. 
 
 stop, v. anhalten, fte^en 
 bleiben. 
 
 stop, s. Jgalt, m. 
 
 stork, s. torc^, m. 
 
 storm, s. turm, m. 
 
 story, s. (Sefdji^te, /. 
 
 torf, TO. 
 
 stove, . SDfen, m. 
 stranger, s. Jrcmbe, m. 
 stream, s. trom, m. 
 street, s. trafee, /. 
 strength, s. Jiraft, tar' 
 
 fe, 5DJa4)t,/. 
 strict, a. preng. 
 stride, v. fireiten. 
 strong, a. flart , frafttg. 
 student, s. Sriiiilcr, m. 
 study, s. tubium, n. ; 
 
 v . lernen ; fiubiren. 
 stuff, s. toff, m. ; 3U9> ** 
 stuffed, pp. gepolflert. 
 subject, egenftanb, m.; 
 
 SDJenfdj, m. 
 submit, '-'. untcrti'erjen ; 
 
 "fid? fugen. 
 
 succeed, v. getingen. 
 successful, a. erfolgreid), 
 
 gluctlid). 
 
 succor, s. $ilfe, /. 
 such, a. fold?, fold?er, fol 
 
 d;e, fold?e. 
 suck, /. faugen. 
 sudden, a. plo^Iidj. 
 suffer, erlauben ; r. leiben. 
 sufficient, a. genugenb, 
 
 b,inlanglid). 
 
 suffocate, v. erfticfen. 
 sugar, s. 3 uc ' er ' '"' 
 suicide, s. elbfimorb, m. 
 summer, s. ommer, m. 
 sun, s. onne, f. 
 sunburnt, a. con bet 
 
 onne gctraunt.
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 571 
 
 up, v. ju Sl&enb effen. 
 superior, a. beher ; rer- 
 
 jugli(l)er ; s. SBorgefefcte, 
 
 m. and/. (108, c.). 
 suppose, v. cermutbcn. 
 sure, a. fidjer, gennji; make 
 
 -, fiityern. 
 
 surgeon, s. 2Sunbartf, m. 
 surprise, x. Uebcrvafcfyung, 
 
 ,/.; Grflaunen, >t. 
 surprise, c. uberraftben. 
 surrender, c. tut ergeben. 
 surround, v. umgeben. 
 suspicions, a. cerbadjtig. 
 s\vallo\v, s. cfyroalbe, f. 
 swallow, v. fdjtucfen. 
 Sweden, s. djrceben, m. 
 sweet, a. fufj. 
 swell, v. (an)f<$tt>eHen. 
 swim, v. fcfrunmiiu'n. 
 swine, *. djroetn, n. 
 Switzerland, s. bie 
 
 table, s. Xafel,/. ; SEifa, m. 
 tailor, s. djneiber, m. 
 take, v. neb,men ; erobern ; 
 
 mietb/en ; tragen. 
 talk, v. fpredjen; fdjtoafoen. 
 tall, a. grog. 
 tame, a. jabin. 
 tame, v. jab/men. 
 taste, v. f$mecfen. 
 taste, s. Qefdjmacf, m. 
 tea, . b,ee, m. 
 teacher, s. Cefirer, m. 
 tear, s. Xb^rane, f. 
 tear, s. 3Jijj, m. 
 tear, w. jerreificn. 
 tedious, a. laflig. 
 tell, v. fagen. 
 temperance, s. :'Ji'ai";uv 
 
 !ett, /. 
 
 tempest, S. Sturm, m. 
 temple, s. $tr<$e, f. 
 temptation, s, 25 erf u- 
 
 ten, a. jefm. 
 
 tend, z/. bienen ; flre&en ; 
 
 bienen ; ^uteit. 
 tender, a. jart, jartlit^. 
 tent, s. 3elt, n. 
 term, s. 3lt,/. 
 terms, s. pZ. a3ebtngung= 
 
 en. 
 
 than, conj. al8, bcnu. 
 thank, v , banfcit. 
 that, pron. jener, jene, 
 
 jeneS; ber, bie, ba8 ; conj. 
 
 bap ; bamtt, 
 
 the, r<. ber, bie, baS; adv. 
 
 (e.g. the more the bet- 
 ter), je, beflo. 
 theatre, s. Joe a tor, n. 
 thee, pron. bid). 
 their, pron. ib,r. 
 theirs, ber tbrigo, ber ibrc, 
 
 3^>rer. 
 them, pron. fte, biefelben; 
 
 to -, ifynen ; of -, bacon. 
 themselves, pron. ft$ 
 
 (felbfl). 
 
 then, adw. bann. 
 there, adv. ba, bort ; - is, 
 
 - are, e ifl, e8 fnb ; e 
 
 giebt. 
 
 therefore, beSroegen. 
 these, pi. of this. 
 they, pron. fie; man; bie= 
 
 jentgen, biefelben. 
 thief, s. Dieb, m. 
 thing, s. a^e,/.; ing, i 
 
 n. 
 
 think, v. benfen. 
 third, a. britte; rtttel, n. 
 thirsty, a. burfltg. 
 thirteen, a. breijefyn. 
 thirteenth, a. breijebnte. 
 thirty, a. breifjtg. 
 this, pron. biefer, bicfe, 
 
 biefeS (bieS). 
 thither, adv. bortbin, ba: 
 
 b.in. 
 
 thorn, s. cm, m. 
 those, pi. of that. 
 thou, pron. bit. 
 though, conj. obgtel<$, 
 
 irenn auct; as -, al-3 tvenn. ! 
 thought, s. ebanfe, m. 
 thousand, a. taufenb. 
 threat, s. S)rofjung, f. 
 threaten, v. broken. 
 three, a. brei. 
 thrive, v. gebeifyen. 
 thriving, a. blubcnb. 
 throat, .v. >a(3, m. 
 throne, s. X^ron, m. 
 through, prep. bur^. 
 thoroughly, adv. bur* = 
 
 auS. 
 throughout, prep.\imA 
 
 (ben, bie, bag) ganje. 
 throw, v. toerfen, umreers 
 
 fen. 
 
 thumb, s. Xaumeii, m. 
 thunder, s. onner, m.; 
 
 v. bonnern. 
 Thursday, s. Scnner3= 
 
 tag, //t. 
 thus, t((/c. fo, alfo. 
 
 thy,^ro-. poss. bein. 
 thyself, pron. bu felbfl, 
 
 bic^ (felbft). 
 tie, a. binben. 
 tiger, s. Xiger, m. 
 tigress, s. Xigerin, f. 
 tiU, adv. biS. 
 time, s. 3eit, /.; 2HaI, n. 
 tired, a. mube. 
 to, prep, ju ; nai^, an, in, 
 
 cuif, mil, gegen. 
 toast, s. efunb^eit, /. 
 toast, v. eine efunb$eit 
 
 auSbringen (auf). 
 tobacco, s. Xabaf, m. 
 today, adv. fieutc. 
 together, adv. jufammen. 
 tomb, .9. ra6, n. 
 tomorrovr, adv. morgen; 
 
 day after -, ubermorgen. 
 tongue, s. 3u n 3 e f- 
 to-night, adv. b,cute 
 
 abenb. 
 
 too, adv. ju. 
 tooth, s. ;Jaf)n, m. 
 top, s. tpfet, w. 
 total, a. gang. 
 I o wards, prep, geger 
 
 nod?. 
 
 tower, s. Xfyurm, . 
 town, s. tabr. /. 
 tovrn-gate, .s-. gtabttbor, 
 
 n. 
 
 train, s. 3ug w. 
 tranquil, a. rub,ig. 
 tranquillity, 8. 3?u$e,/. 
 translate, v. uberfe^en. 
 translation, s. Ueber- 
 
 fefeung, /. 
 travel, v. retfen. 
 travel, s. SHeife,/. 
 traveller, s. 3?etfenbe, m. 
 treasure, s. Sdjafc, m. 
 treat, . beb,anbeln. 
 tree, s. SBaum, m. 
 tremble, v. jtttcrn. 
 trifle, s. flleinigfelt,/. 
 trifle, v. fpielen. 
 troop, s. @d)aar, f. 
 troops, pi. SCruppen, pi. 
 trouble, v. ftcren ; Be> 
 
 mub,en. 
 
 trouble, s. Summer, m. 
 Troy, s. SErcja. * 
 true, a. icabr. 
 trunk, s. Staffer, m. 
 trust, v. trauen, certrauen. 
 truth, s. 2Ba6,rb, eit, /. 
 try, v. uerfudjen, prufen. 
 Turk, s. Xurfc, m.
 
 572 
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 Turkey, s. 2urfei,/. 
 
 useful, a. nfttlirfv 
 
 turn, v. brefyen, ern>an= 
 
 useless, a. ntt^loS. 
 
 betn ; - away, fortjie6,en ; 
 
 
 - out, fcrtjagen. 
 
 vain, a. eitet; in -, nn 
 
 turn, s. 2Bed)fel, m. ; by 
 
 nft^ ; urafonft 
 
 -s, aBtcedjfelnb. 
 
 valley, s. 3$al, n. 
 
 twelfth, a. jrcclfte. 
 
 valor, s. SCapf erlett, f. 
 
 twelve, a. jrcBIf. 
 
 value, s. SBertB,, m. 
 
 t \v< nt irt li, a. jrcanjigfle. 
 
 vanquish, v. Beftegen. 
 
 twenty, a. jroanjig. 
 
 vapor, s. SDunft, m. 
 
 twice, adv. jroeimal ; boy* 
 
 various, a. erfd)ieben. 
 
 pelt. 
 
 vast, a. ungeB,euer. 
 
 two, a. jroet. 
 
 veal, s. Jtalbfleifdj, n. ; 
 
 tyrant, s. Xtyrann, m. 
 
 roast -, RalBSbraten, m. 
 
 
 verb, s. 3toort, n - 
 
 umbrella, s. 9?egenfrf'irtn, 
 
 very, a. toa6,rB,aftig; adv. 
 
 m. 
 
 fe^r. 
 
 unable, a. unfaBJg. 
 
 vessel, s. djiff, n. 
 
 niiaivaws, adv. IUUHT 
 
 vice, s. Cafter, n. 
 
 fcBen. 
 
 victory, s. ieg, m. 
 
 uncle, s. O6,eim, Dnfel, 
 
 Vienna, N. SBicn. 
 
 m. 
 
 vie-w, v. feB,en ; Befe^en. 
 
 under, prep, tinier. 
 
 vie-w, s. SluSftdjt, f.\ in -, 
 
 understand,^. BerfieB.cn. 
 
 rtd)t6or. 
 
 understanding,^ - i>f r - 
 
 village, s. 3Dorf, n. 
 
 flanb, m. 
 
 violate, v. verle^en. 
 
 undertake, v. unterncB* 
 
 violent, a. Befttg. 
 
 men. 
 
 violet, s. aSetldjen, n. 
 
 unfit, a. untauglid;, un- 
 
 virtue, ,f. SEugenb, f. 
 
 faBJg. 
 
 virtuous, a. higcnbBaft. 
 
 unfortunate, a. unglucf: 
 
 visit, v. Befudjen. 
 
 ltd;. 
 
 voice, . timme, f. 
 
 unfortunate, s. Uiuilftef.- 
 
 volume, s. 93anb, m. 
 
 lidje, m. andf. (108, c.). 
 
 vo-w, s. eluBbe, n.' v. 
 
 unhappy, a. ungludlid;. 
 
 geloBcn. 
 
 unite, >'. vereinigen. 
 
 vulgar, a. gemcin. 
 
 United States, bie 33cr= 
 
 
 etnigtcn taaten. 
 
 wait, v. irarten. 
 
 unjust, a. itngerecBt. 
 
 waiter, s. JJellner ; Se= 
 
 n n k no\v n, a. unBefannt. 
 
 biente, m. 
 
 unless, conj. roenn nid^t, 
 
 walk, v . geB.cn ; fpajtcren 
 
 aufjer. 
 
 gcb,en. 
 
 unlikely, a. unirciBr- 
 
 wall, s. SBanb, SDJauer, /. 
 
 frt'etnltd). 
 
 walnut, s. SBaQnuf) ; 
 
 unmindful, a. iinH'- 
 
 (-tree), 2BaUnuf>baum, m. 
 
 bad^tfam. 
 
 wander, v. roanbern. 
 
 unpleasant, a. unange= 
 
 want, s. SKangel, m.\ S8e= 
 
 neB,m. 
 
 burfntfi, n.\ SKotB,, f. 
 
 unreno'wned, a. iinBe: 
 
 want, it. beburfen, brau* 
 
 rfiBmt. 
 
 djen ; fe6.len ; rofinfdjcn ; 
 
 unripe, a. unretf. 
 
 mangeln. 
 
 unskilful, a. ungefdjidt 
 
 war, s. ftrieg, m. 
 
 until, prep. bi. 
 
 vrare, s. SBaare,,/'. 
 
 up, adv. auf, in bie .'oetu 1 , 
 
 warm, a. warm. 
 
 hinauf; prep. B,inauf, auf. 
 
 warn, v. trarnen ; ictffen 
 
 upset, n. unttoerfen. 
 
 laffen. 
 
 us, pron. un8. 
 
 wash, v. (ft*) roafd^en. 
 
 use, s. eBrautf), m.; 
 
 wash, s. SBafd)e, f. 
 
 -'iiibv'n, m. 
 
 waste, v. Bcrmuflen, er= 
 
 ne, v. jeStau^en. 
 
 fd;enben. 
 
 watch, s. UB,r, 
 
 water, s. Sffiaffer, n. 
 water, v. begic^en ; mafa 
 
 fern. 
 
 way, s. 2Beg, m. 
 we, pron. roir. 
 vrealth, s. DieicfctBum, -m. 
 wear, v. tragen ; - out, 
 
 abtragen. 
 
 weather, s. SBetter, n. 
 weave, v. weBen. 
 \veaver, s. SBeber, m. 
 Wednesday, s. Witt* 
 
 ntodj, m. 
 
 weed, s. Unfraut, n. 
 week, s. Wo^e,f. 
 weep, v. tceinen. 
 weeping, s. roeincn, n. 
 weeping, jt>. tcetnenb. 
 weigh, v. roiegen. 
 weight, s. etvic^t, n. 
 wrli'omi-, a. unllfcnimen. 
 well, adv. WcBI/ gut. 
 "West, s. 2Befl(en), m. 
 wet, a. na. 
 what, pron. waS ; web 
 
 djer, recipe, irfl*c? ; excl. 
 
 waS fur ein ! ircldj ein t 
 wheat, s. fffietjen, m. 
 w r heel, s. Slab, n. 
 wln-n, adv. and conj,. 
 
 rcann, reenn, aI8. 
 whence, adv. n>oB,er. 
 whenever, adv. warm, 
 
 icenn. 
 
 where, adv. wo ; reoBJn. 
 which, pron. welder, 
 
 melc^e, rcelcfyeS ; wa9. 
 vrhile, s. SBeile, f. ; conj, 
 
 loiihrenb. 
 
 whistle, v. pfetfen. 
 white, a. tt>eif?. 
 who, pron. rcete^er, toel 
 
 dje ; bcr, bie ; er. 
 whom, men, ivel^cn, rocU 
 
 d;e, ben, bie ; to -, went. 
 whose, roeffcn. 
 vrhy, adv. nxirum. 
 wide, a. rcelt, Brett. 
 widow, s. SBtttrec, /. 
 wife, *. grau, /. 
 wild, a. ivtlb. 
 wilderness, s. 'K ft fie, f. 
 will, *. SBitte, m. 
 will, v. moflen ; wunfc^en ; 
 
 to be willing, reotten. 
 William, s. 2BilI>eIm. 
 willing, a. irtlltg, frei
 
 ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 573 
 
 win, v. gereinnen. 
 wind, s. 28inb, m. 
 window, n. genfler, n. 
 wine, s. 3Kein, in. 
 wing, s. glugel, m. 
 winter, s. SBinter, m. 
 wisdom, s. 2Bei3b,eit, /. 
 wise, a. n>eife ; f(ug. 
 wish, v. rcunfdjen. 
 wish, s. SBunfdj, m. 
 with, prep, mit ; bet ; 
 
 fiber, gegen, or. 
 wither, v. Berirelfen. 
 within, prep, in, inner* 
 
 fyalb; adv. innen, brtnnen. 
 without, adv. aufjerfyalb, 
 
 braufsen ; (from -), on 
 
 aufjen; prep, o^ne; au^er= 
 
 ^atb. 
 wolf, s. 2Mf, m.; she-, 
 
 woman, . 'Ji'db, n.; 
 
 grau,/. 
 
 wonder, s. SSunber, n. 
 wonder, v. fid) numbem. 
 wood, s. ZBalb, m.; olj, 
 
 n. 
 
 wooden, a. fyoljern. 
 \vord, s. SBcrt, n. 
 work, v. arbeiten. 
 work, s. Slrbcit, f. 
 worker, workman, s. 
 
 SSrbetter, rn. 
 vorm, s. SBurm, ni. 
 worst, . fd)Ie<fytefte. 
 worthy, a. irurbig, rcert^. 
 wound, s. SBunbe, f. 
 wound, v. scrounben. 
 vretched, a. elenb. 
 wring, v. ringen. 
 write, v. f<$retben. 
 wrong, a. unrcdjt. 
 
 wrong, s. Unrest, n. 
 
 yard, s. Sfle, /. ; of, 
 
 m. 
 
 year, s. 3 a &/ r / w - 
 yes, adv. jo. 
 yesterday, s. gejirige 
 
 Sag, ?n. ; adtw. geftern. 
 yet, adv. jefct ; ncc^; fdjon; 
 
 not -, noi^ nidit. 
 yield, v. toetd)en. 
 you, pron. tfyr, 3^r, ie, 
 
 bu, u, 36,nen ; man. . 
 young, a. Jung. 
 your, pron. euer, Guer, 
 
 3r, bein. 
 yours, pron. ber eurige, 
 
 ber cure, (Surer, ber 3b,rtge, 
 
 etc. 
 
 youth, s. Sugenbf /. ; 
 m.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 a, see Indef. Art.; etn: 3 sh. a pound, 309, 13. 
 
 d&er, has no effect on order, 422, 18: position in clause, 422, 17; 269, Note It 
 and ionbern, 269, Note 2. 
 
 abort, e.g. about to speak, 325, 5: prep., how transl., 407. 
 
 above, prep., how transl., 407. * 
 
 Accent, 10, 8. 
 
 Accusative, after adjs. 383, I: and dat., order of, 392; 426, 28: denned, 
 14; 16, 2 : and gen. after vbs., 394, III, 2: with infin., in Eng., 367, V; in 
 Germ., 363, II, 2: of the person after a prep., with parts of the body, 
 336, 2: plural of nouns, 22, 5: sing, of masc. nouns, 22, 3: sing. fein. 
 andneut. 22, 2: of time, 260, ; 318, Note 1. 
 
 Adjectives 102: with ace., 383, 1: as adverbs, 257: of age, 383,1: comparison 
 112 ; of one adj. with another (more successful than brave], 115, 7, Note : 
 of those in el, en, er, 113, 2; irreg., 114, 6; does not modify vowel, 114, 
 Note 3; see superl. of, below: determinative, 71: with dat., 383, II: 
 declension of, in el, en, 109; after ber etc., 102; 103, Note 2; after ctn, etc., 
 104, II; after ctele, eintfle etc., 103, Note 2; in other cases, 107; 102, 2; 336, 
 3; decl. when used as nouns, 28, Note ; 108, c; foot-note to =er in 
 this Index; with gen., 385, HI: geographical, how formed, 68, Note 2; 
 indef. numeral, 74, 4: of measure, interrog. 72, II: take ace., 383, 1: 
 position with qualifying noun, e.g. capable of action, 3:3; with adver- 
 bial phrase, 386, V: possessive, 18; 336; 73, 3: folld. by preps., 385, IV: 
 superl. of, when stem ends in hissing sound, three consonti., or t, 113, 
 3 and Note 1. : syntax of, 383 - 386: of value or weight, 383, 1. 
 Adverbs, shortest form of adj. used as, also comparison of, 113, 4 and 257: 
 comparison of advs. not also adjs., 265: in cn3, 124, 4: interrog. advs., 
 list of, 264, 6; as conjunctions, 279, o; their position in clause 422, 20: 
 negative, place of in clause, 426, 27, b; 81, 2, b: numeral 121, 12: when 
 do they begin a clause and not require question order, 422, 18, c: mis- 
 cellaneous, list of, 265, 9: of order, list of, 264, 7: of place, list of, 258: 
 rel. must come at beginning of clause, 422, 20: of time, list of, 269: 
 ending in lueife, 264, 8. 
 
 Age, adjs. of take ace., 383, 1: how expressed, 120, 6. 
 at, foreign nouns in, how decl., 33, 3: neuters in, from Latin, how ded., 
 51, 11. 
 
 575
 
 576 INDEX. 
 
 all, e.g. aU day, takes art., 340, 2: all the, 74, 1: with and without the, 
 312, 17: all of us, of you etc., 338, 3: meaning the whole, 340, 2: all of 
 whom, of which, 338, 2. 
 
 afl bet, jener, mein etc., decl. of afl, 74, 2 and 339, IV: alt bet, meaning of, 
 
 312, 17: ctlle, pi., decl. of adj. after, 103, Note 2: for the more usual afl, 
 
 339, IV, 1: atter, prefixed to superl., 113, 3, Note 2: otleg, meaning of, 
 
 340, 4: afleS ttaS, 340, 5 and 165, 3. 
 afletn, no effect on order of sentence, 422, 18. 
 Alphabet, 3. 
 
 alS, when, 272; 274; 182,': as if, order after, 420, 12: ate bajj, 278, 3: ol ob, 
 ate tt>enn, mood after, 354, Note 3. 
 
 otfo, position in clause, 422, 17. 
 
 am, with superl. of adj., 113 and 114, Note 1. 
 
 tan, foreign nouns in, how decl., 33, 3. 
 
 an, howtransl., 400, I: after what vbs., 398. [andinfin., 366, 5 
 
 anftatt ba, 373, b: anftatt folld. by be and infin., 372, 2, a: folld. by ju 
 
 Antecedents, ber}ento,e, etc., 158. 
 
 any, bef. noun in sing., 75, 5: how transl., 166, 5. 
 
 Apposition, decl. of nouns in, 318, 4; 318, 5 at end and Note; see aft; both; 
 of: $err aflutter, etc., 62, 3. 
 
 tar, foreign nouns in, how decl., 33, 3. 
 
 Arrangement of words, see Order. 
 
 Article, gender bef. grautein, 65,!Def., decl. 15: when inserted and when, 
 omitted 305; 34, 1: bef. abstract noun 306, 5: omitted in adverbial 
 phrases, 313, 24: ace. omitted after in in poetry, 495,': omitted in transl. 
 the Smiths, etc., 64, d: to make case of substantive clear, 305, 3: bet 
 common noun, e.g. man or men, meaning aU men, 34, J ; 307, 6aand6: 
 how to distinguish bet. the and that in Germ, sentence, 152, 1 : bef. plur. 
 of concrete nouns used generally and indefinitely, 308, 9: decl. of adj. 
 after, 102: bef. gen. pi. of nouns, 306: where used in Germ, and not in. 
 Engl., 309, 11, 12: bef. months and days of week 69, 10: inserted bet 
 afl, 340, 2: bef. parts of the body, 336, 1: bef. points of the compass, 
 
 313, 21 : before names of countries, 57, 3 : always precedes the German 
 for both etc., 310, 16 ; 74, 3 ; 312, 18 : repeated, 310, 15 : bef. rivers, 
 lakes, mountains, 68, 9 : bef. seasons etc., 309, 10 : used by South 
 Germans, 306, 4 : bef. substances and materials, 308, 8 : bef. titles, 
 e. g. err, 307, 7 : the fewer the better, etc., 116, 10 : omitted in phrases 
 containing verb and object noun, 313, 24 : omitted in Germ. bef. 
 noun limited by of which, of whom, 313, 23. 
 
 Article, indef. (etn), decl., 18 : decl. of adj. after, 104, II : omitted after 
 to be, 27, ' : more freq. omitted bef. tyiinbcrt and taufenb, 119, .
 
 INDEX. 577 
 
 as, 273, 4: as again, 116, 9: as as, 115, 8: as if, 354, Note 3. 
 
 a[t, foreign nouns in, decl. 33, 3. 
 
 at, 287; 407. 
 
 ?at, nouns in, how decl., 33, 3. 
 
 ttudj, after toer, sense of, 159, 5: after toenn, position of, 429, 1 : tote cmdj, 
 
 278, 7. 
 
 ouf, how transl., 401: used after what vbs., 398, 2. 
 auf'3, with superl. of adj., 114, Note 2. 
 OU3, how transl., 401: aft. what vbs., 398, 3. 
 Auxiliaries forming perf., pluperf. and fut. perf. See also IjaBen; fetn; 
 
 Auxiliaries, modal. Omitted in dependent order, 423, 21: position in 
 
 dep. clause contng. modal auxiliary ifonncn, etc.\ 423, 22; contng. a 
 
 part, and infin., etc. 423, 22, a. 
 Auxiliaries, modal, conjug. 93: infin. omitted after, 333, 6: signification 
 
 and use, 98; 323: position of nidjt/ me, etc., with, 98, 1. 
 
 sfcar, signifn., 109, 4. 
 
 fce=, signifn. 223, 8. 
 
 become, what has become of. . . ., 91, Note. 
 
 Bet, how transl., 402: after what vbs., 398, 4. 
 
 Beibe, with def. art. 74, 3; 310, 16; with or witht., 312, 18: with possessive 
 
 adj., 75, 4. 
 
 be to, e.g. he is to arrive, 87, Note 2 and 330, 7. 
 Bi3, 287, Note. 
 born, 122, 2 . 
 
 loihand, 341, 9, Note: both of, 341, 9: both the, 312, 18 and 74, 3. 
 Brackets, how used in this book, 26, l . 
 
 but, after nothing etc., 273, 5: equiv. to who, which not, 157, 5. 
 by, how tr., 288; 408. 
 
 can, 324; 332, &; meaning am in a condition to, 324, 4. 
 
 Capitals, initial, 9, 6; of adj. in =er, 109, 4: adj. in tfdj from names of 
 
 nations do not take, 110, 5: of adj. after ettoag, nicfytg, Diet, toenig, mefyr, 
 
 IDS,': @d)utb, 373, 1 : fu$, <Ste, 144, 3 . 
 , Cases, see Nominative, etc.; Adjectives; Verbs; Prepositions: oblique, 
 
 denned, 27,-: required after adjectives, 383; after verbs, 389. 
 Causatives, 241. 
 
 =djcn, nouns in, how decl., 23: are neut., 58, 5. 
 gfjrijhiS, 64. 
 Clauses, adjective, preceding the noun, 372, /: declaratory, denned, 80, a: 
 
 dependent, denned, 82, 4; 415; contng. other depdt. clauses, 424, o;
 
 578 INDEX. 
 
 optative, order in, 417, 6: depdt., order in, 418, 8 and 8, a: order in 
 princip. clause coining after dep. clause, 421, 15 and 15, b: bow to recog- 
 nize dep. clause, 417, 7; VEBB in dep. clause, not at very end, 423, 23 and 
 a.- principal, defined, 415; finished bef. dependent is begun, 279, Note. 
 
 Comparative, see adj., comparison of, and adv. comparison of: e.g. higher 
 and higher, 377, 21 . 
 
 Compound words, accent of, 10, 3: nouns, gender of, 58. 
 
 Conclusions, fo in, 421, 15, a; order when fo is omitted, 421, 15, 6. 
 
 Conditions, order in, 419, 11 and 11, a: subjunctive in, 353, 2,a; 354. 
 
 Conjunctions, 269: past part, as, 379, 3: subordinating, 271; 272; 277, b: 
 which require VEEB at end, 83, 2 . 
 
 Consonants, doubled, dropped or changed, in irreg. verbs, '213, 1, 3, 4. 
 
 could have, transl., 99, 4. 
 
 bd, as, since, 273: compounded with preps., 147, 6: redundant, 339, Note: 
 
 how to disting. adv. (there, from conjunc. (since), 427. 
 bamit, mood after, 352, 1, a: how to disting. adv. (therewith) from con- 
 junc. (in order Hurt), 427. 
 banfe, 101, l . 
 dare, 333, l . 
 
 bag, inst. of bet, ble, 152, 1. 
 bafj, mood after, 356, 4; 358, 7, 8: order when omitted, 295, 5 : tense after, 
 
 357, 5, a, b, c. 
 
 Dates, how expressed, 124, 2. 
 Dative, ace. and dat., order of, 392; adjs. folld. by, 383, II: defined, 14: of 
 
 the person, with parts of the body, 336, 2: termin. of dat. pi., 22, 6; 
 
 63, 5, a; see ;er, foot-note; of nums., 120, 4: aft. verbs, 390, II. 
 Declension. See also the difft. parts of speech. Of nouns, 1st, 23; 2d, 27; 
 
 3d, 30; 4th, 35; 5th, 40; irregular, 48. 
 beiti, poss. pron., decl., 18; 336: gen. of bu, 144, 1. 
 Demonstratives and relatives, how to distinguish in a German sentence, 
 
 427. 
 
 benn,/or, what order after, 422, 18. 
 bet, see Article, definite: rel. pron., decl., 156: how to distinguish bet. the 
 
 art. (the) and the demonstrative adj. <that>, 152,'; bet. the dem. pron. 
 
 (that) and the rel. pron. (who, which), 160, and 427; diff. bet. bcrand 
 
 toeldjer, 156, 3 and 4. 
 berjemge, decl. 152. 
 beret, 152, 1. 
 berfelfcc, 71, I: inst. of gen. of eg, 146, 5: inst. of er, fie, eg in all the cases, 
 
 147, 7.
 
 INDEX. 679 
 
 beffen, inst. of gen. of e8/ 146, 5. 
 
 befto, 278, 5. 
 
 bieS, see biefeS. 
 
 btcfer, decl., 16: as adj., 71: as pron., 151: decl. of adj. after, 102. 
 
 biefe3, inst. of biefe, biefer, 152, 1. 
 
 do, auxil. vb., 99. 
 
 bod), used to contradict, 263, M order after, 421, 16: position of, 421, 16, a: 
 
 used with question order in emphatic assertns., 422, 19. 
 fcret, 120, 3. 
 
 bit and @ie, 77, l : repeated after rel. pron., 156, 4. 
 burcfy, prefix, 234: prep., how transl., 402. 
 biirfen, conjug., 97: does not mean dare, 333, 1 : uses, 331. 
 
 e/ elision of, in adjs. in el, en, er, 109; 113, 2; in vbs., 131, 3: in vbs.'in 
 
 fcfyen, fen, fjen, 131, 2. 
 =e, nouns in, 27; pi. of, 22, 7: neuters in, do not add e, 40, l ; ferns, in, aft. 
 
 numeral, 199, foot-note, 
 sdjalt, 125, Note. 
 ze\, nouns in are fern., 37, Note, 
 etferfucfytig auf or iiBer, 387, l . 
 etn, indef. art., decl., 18; decl. of adj. after, 104, It; omitted, 27,'; repeated, 
 
 310, 15; numeral, decl., 119, 1: numeral how disting. from art., 122, 1 ; 
 
 pron., decl., 119, 1: see einer. 
 einanber, 163, 2. 
 etner, pron., 163, Note 1. 
 
 einige/ decl. of adj. after, 103, Note 2: transl. Eng. wd. some, 165, 4. 
 either, 341, 10: nor that either, etc., 265, 2 . 
 zel, adj. in, elision of c, 109, 1; elision of c in compar. of, 113, 2: nouns in, 
 
 masc. and neut., 23: verbs in, elision of e in, 131, 3. 
 f^n, adj. in, elision of e in compar. of 113, 2; signif. of, 109, 4: nouns 
 
 originally ending in, 25, 1: nouns masc. and neut. in, 23. 
 ;en8, adverbs in, 124, 4; 258, 3. 
 ent=, signifn., 224, 9. 
 entoeber, order after, 422, 18. 
 er. meaning you, 9, 6. 
 er=, signifn., 224, 10. 
 ft?, adj. in, signifn., 109, 4*; elision of e in compar. of, 113, 2; elision of e 
 
 * These words are indeclinable when used as adjectives, e.g. tn 5}}artfer trafcen, 
 to Paris streets. Used as masculine nouns, the nom. sing, ends in er, and the masculine 
 is declined like 9Ibler, p. 24. The feminine noun ends in evin, e.g. spartfetin, woman oj 
 Parit, pi. spariferlnnen. The neuter is not used substantively.
 
 680 INDEX. 
 
 in, 109, 2: masc. and neut. noons in, 23: verbs with stems in, elision 
 of e in, 131, 3. 
 
 erfldTen fur, 390, Note. 
 
 =erlet, numerals in, 121, 8. 
 
 =em, adj. in, signif., 109, 4. 
 
 erjlere, 124, 3. 
 
 eg, may stand for masc., fern, or neut. noun, 336, 3: id) Bin eg, etc., 145, 3: 
 eg gt&t, 245, 1: eg i\t f 245, 1; in questns., 246, Note: subject of passive 
 of an intrans. vb., 239, Note; 391, Observation; of pass, of a trans, vb., 
 247, 6: substitutes for gen. and dat. of, 146, 5; 147, 6: substitutes for, 
 when the obj. of a prep., 147, 6 and Note 2: baffelBe is substit. for, 147, 7: 
 translated there (eg fyridjt 3emanb), 247, 5: mir'g and btr'g, 426, d. 
 
 ztft, in superl. of adj., 113, 3. 
 
 ettoog, 166, 6: capital letter of adj. after, 108, 1: decL of adj. after, 107, a. 
 
 eu, antiquated forms of certain vbs., in, 207, 2. 
 
 every, transl., 340, 6. 
 
 eg fei benn bajj, 277, s . 
 
 Exclamations, order in, 417, 6, c. 
 
 tfa%, 121, 9. 
 
 Foreign words, their accent, 10, 4: defined, 10, 4: see Nouns. 
 
 Fractions, 124, 5. 
 
 grauletn, gend. of article, etc., bef., 65, l . 
 
 frofc/locfett, 225, Note. 
 
 from, how tr., 409. 
 
 fur, how tr., 403: after what vbs., 399, 5. 
 
 Future perfect, denoting probability, 83, l . 
 
 ganj, decl., 340, 3. 
 
 gegen, how tr., 403. 
 
 gender, of compd. nouns, 58: of nouns, decided by signifn., 55, 1, 2, 3; 
 
 56, 1; 57, 1, 2, 3; 58, 4; by terminate., 37, Note; 55, 4; 56, 2, 3, 5, 6; 
 
 57, 4; 58, 5. 
 
 Genitive (syntax) 317: after adjs., 385, III: as adv.,317, 3: defined, 14: of 
 
 apposition (e.g. the city of Rome, the art of writing) 318, 4; 373: Eng. gen. 
 
 rendered by compd. noun, 317, 2: follows the limited noun, 29,'; 
 
 (317, 1): in g or eg, of nouns, 22, 2 ; 31, Note: pi. of nouns, termin, 22, 5; 
 
 def. art. used with, 305, 3, at end: sing, of masc. nouns, termin., 22, 1: 
 
 of time, 260,': after verbs, 394, HL 
 genufl/ with infin., 367, 2,
 
 INDEX. 681 
 
 gent, 38, 2; 265, *. 
 
 sgletcfjen, (metnesfltetdjeti, etc.), 381, *. 
 
 conjug. 77; used &s auxil. with what vbg., 171, 7, 8; 172, 9, 10: 
 
 folld. by an infin., 365, 4. 
 ^aft, signifn., 109, 4. 
 $alfc, 124, 6. 
 4alb, 125, Note. 
 4alben, 335, 2,Note. 
 half, 124, 6; 125, Note. 
 fatten fur, 390, Note. 
 Handwriting, German, 9, 7. 
 
 have, meaning cause to, (taffen) 326: be obliged to, (muff en) 95, 4. 
 etjjen, forms perf. with infin. inst. of past part., 364, Note: folld. by infin. 
 
 without $u, 363, II, 2. 
 ;Ijett, nouns in are fern. 37, Noto. 
 Ijelfen, forms perf. with infin. inst. of past part., 364, Note: folld. by infin. 
 
 without ju, 363, H, 2. 
 Ijer, 230, 2: Ijercifc, I)ercw3, etc., after a noun with a prep, before it, 258, 1 ; 
 
 with preceding ace., 282. 
 $ier, compounded with preps., 147, 6. 
 Ijtn, 230, 2: l)inafc, ^inau^ etc., after a noun with a prep, before it, 258, '; 
 
 with prec. ace., 282. 
 Ijinter, prefix, 234. 
 0<f), decl., 109, 3. 
 ^oren, forms perf. with infin. inst. of past part, 364, Note: folld. by infin. 
 
 without gu, 363, n, 2. 
 Hour of the day, 120, 7- 
 
 ljunbcrt, decl., 120, 5: more freq. takes no art., 119. 
 Hyphen, see Syllables. 
 
 tdj, repeated after rel. pron., 156, 4, 
 
 =tcfj, nouns in, how decl. , 33, 3. 
 
 -it, nouns in are fern., 37, Note. 
 
 -tcr, foreign nouns in, how decl., 33, 3. 
 
 =teren, verbs in, 127. 
 
 if, mood after in Germ., 353, 2, a, b, c; 354, 3, a: meaning whenever, 354, 
 
 Note 1: meaning whether, 354, Note 2. 
 sig, terrain, of adj , signifn., 109, 4: nouns in, decl., 33, 3. 
 %, pers. pron., how used, 77, 1 : repeated after rel. pron., 156, 4: poss. 
 
 pron., decl , 18.
 
 582 INDEX. 
 
 ;tf, nouns in are fern. , 37, Note. 
 
 =ion, nouns in are fern., 37, Note. 
 
 immer, after roer, 159, 5. 
 
 Imperative (syntax) 339: 1st pers. pi., several forms for, 359, 2: of irreg. 
 vbs., 170, 4: passive, how formed, 137, 1 : pres. subj. as, in 3d pers., 
 359, 9: past part, as, 379, 5: Sic, expressed with, 145, 2: 3d pers. sing., 
 formed with foil, 359, 9; subject of, omitted, 417, 6, a: subj. of 3d pers., 
 where placed, 417, 6, 6. 
 
 Imperfect, (syntax), 347: of irreg. vbs., 170, 2, 3; see Verbs, irreg : trans- 
 lates Eng. plup., 276, l ; 347, 4. 
 
 in, howtr., 288; 409: in January, etc., 69, 10. 
 
 in, how tr., 403: after what vbs., 399, 6. 
 
 -in, nouns in are fern., 37, Note. 
 
 intern, transl. Eng. pres. part., 273; 371, c: when rel. (while) and when 
 dem. (meanwhile), 427. 
 
 tnbeffen.. order after, 421, 16; position of in clause, 421, 16, a. 
 
 Infinitive, act. in Germ, trans, by Eng. pass., 365, 4 and Note: after an 
 adj , 364, in, 2: after to be, 365, 4, Note; 330, 7; 380: as noun in nom. 
 with and without def. art., 363, I; as noun in nom., gen., dat. and ace., 
 372, 2, a: after a noun (longing to speak \ 364, HI, 1: inst. of past part., 
 364, Note: position in clause, 81, 2, a; 425, 27: I know where to go, etc , 
 367, VI: after tfjun, 485, ': with urn $u, 366, 4: with ju, 364, IH: with 
 ju, like Latin fut. pass, part., 380; 365, 4, Note: without ju, after foflen, 
 etc., 363, II, 1; after feljen, etc., 363, II, 2; after other verbs (in Iteflen 
 fcleiBen, etc.) 364, 3: aft. interrog. wds. (how to succee-1, what to do, etc.), 
 367, 6 and 368. 
 
 -ing, Eng. forms like lam learning, how tr.,130, Note 1; 346, L 
 
 in order that, 352, 1, a; 353, b. 
 
 Interjections, 293. 
 
 Interrogative . . . , see Question. 
 
 into, 288. 
 
 =ircn, verbs in, 127, Exc. 2. 
 
 =tjdj, signifn., 109, 4; 110, 5. 
 
 it is I, etc., 145, 3. 
 
 Italics in this book, 180,2. 
 
 ;ium, decl. of neuters in, 51, 11. 
 
 ja, with question order, 422, 19. 
 
 je bejlo, 278, 5. 
 
 Jeber, decl., 15; 165, 1: termin.of adj. after, 102, 3. 
 
 Jebermann, 164, 4.
 
 INDEX. 583 
 
 Jcbocfy, order after, 421, 16; position of, in clause 421, 16, a. 
 
 jebweber, 164,i. 
 
 jeQltcfyer, 164, l . 
 
 femanb, 164, 5. 
 
 Jcner, decl., 15: termin. of adj. after, 102, 3. 
 
 3e[uS, 164. 
 
 fein, decl., 18: termin. of adj. after, 104, 4. 
 
 fcincr, decl., 165, 1. 
 
 ;feU, nouns in are fern., 37, Note. 
 
 fonuen, conjug., 93: uses, 324. 
 
 know, I do not know but, 278, 2. 
 
 flora, 160,i. 
 
 Lakes, names of, decl., 68, 9: take art., 68, 9. 
 
 lajjen, uses, 326: auxil. vb. to form imperative, 359, 2: forms perf. with 
 
 infin. inst. of past part., 364, Note: folld. by infin. witht. 311, 363, II, 2. 
 4etu, nouns in, decl., 23: are neut., 58, 5. 
 lerncn, forms, perf. with infin. inst. of past part., 364, Note: folld. by 
 
 infin. witht. ju, 363, n, 2. 
 lest, meaning/or fear of, aft. neg., 277, l . 
 let, 326. 
 lefcterc, 124, 3. 
 =Iicfy, signifn., 110. 
 like, Hike to sing, etc., 265, l . 
 sling, nouns in, how decl., 33, 3. 
 =Io3, signifn., 110. 
 
 =mal, forms numerals, 121, 12. 
 
 ntadjcn, forms perf. with infin. inst. of past part., 364, Note: folld. by 
 
 infin. witht. 311, 363, II, 2. 
 man, 163, 1. 
 tnandj, decl., 165, 1: decl. of adj. after, 102, 3 and 103, Note 2 ruses, 
 
 312, 19. 
 
 2Hann and 3Kcnfd), 76,'. 
 smann, pi. of nouns in, 52, 16. 
 may, 325; 325, 4; 332, b. 
 mean, what does this mean ? etc., 330, 8. 
 Measure, adjs. of, 383, 1: nouns of, prec. by numeral, 52, 14; of, not 
 
 transl. after, 318, 5. 
 tneljr, adj. takes capital after, 108. 
 jiiefyrcre, decl. of adj. after, 103, Note 2,
 
 584 INDEX. 
 
 2Kenf<$ and 3Ratttt, 76, i. [in predic. 336, 3: of tef), 144,,. 
 
 metn, poss. pron., decl., 18; tennin. of adj. after 104, 4: gen. form of. 
 
 might have, transl., 99, 4. 
 
 mifj, prefix, 234, i. 
 
 nrit, after what vbs., 399, 7. 
 
 mogen, conjug., 96: uses, 325: mocfrte aft. vbs. of fearing, 358, 8. 
 
 Monosyllables, masc. nouns, decl., 31, 1: neuters, irreg, decl., 50, 9: 
 
 neuters, pi. of, 41, Note 2: pi. of. with a, o, it, au, in stem, 23, 9. 
 Moods, see Subjunctive, etc. 
 more, one more, etc., 343, 13. 
 Mountains, names of, take art., 68, 9. 
 tnitffen, conjug. 95: uses, 329. 
 must, 329. 
 
 ttadj, how transl., 403: aft. what verbs, 399, 8. 
 
 ttdmltdj, positn. in clause, 422, 17. 
 
 need, vb., 332, 2. 
 
 Negative, conjug. ofvb., 130, Note 2: neg. adv., where placed in clause 
 81, 2, 6; 98, 1; 426, 27, 6; 428, . 
 
 neither, 342, 11. 
 
 Neuters, see Monosyllables and Nouns. 
 
 ntcfyt, see Negative: nidjt mefyr, redundant, 211, : position after toenn, 428, *. 
 
 SRidjtg, adj. takes capital letter after, 108. 
 
 ntemanb, 164, 5. 
 
 inijj, ferns, in, pi. of, 49, 6: nouns in, decl. of, 40, 2 . 
 
 no, how transl., 18, 1 : no longer, no more, 343, 14: no, thank you, 101, 1 . 
 
 nocf), tr. more or other, 343, 13. 
 
 Nominative, def., 14: pi. of nouns, tennin., 22, 5: after what vbs., 389, I. 
 
 Normal order, 80, 1; 415, 3, 6. [342, 11. 
 
 not any (body, thing, etc.) 164, 6; 342, 12: (longer, more), 343, 14: not either, 
 
 Nouns. See also =e;=ei;scr; Gender; Genitive, etc.; ;i<$; =4c; =ifl; =if; =ion; 
 =tum; sfett; =Iein; =mann; Measure (under Weight); Monosyllables; ;nijj; 
 Nominative pi. ; Number (under Weight); ;on; ;or; =fal; =fdjaft; =tat; 
 sung; Quantity (under Weight);Kivers; Weight: Adjs. as, decl. of, 108, c, 
 (see also ;cr": fern., decl. in sing., 23, 8: with two gends. and difft. 
 meanings, 59, E: decl., 21: decl. of, in appositn., 318, 4; 318, 5 at end 
 and Note; $ert 2Ruller,etc., 62, 3: decl. of compd., 23, 10: decl. of compd., 
 latter part a monosyll., 32, 2: irreg. decl. in pi., 48: nouns with no pi., 
 51, 13: with only a pi., 52, 15: with two pis. havg. difft. senses, 51, 12: 
 other irreg. decl., (auBe etc., 93auer, etc., 25; $elb, etc., 28; 3Kuttcr, 
 Softer, 37; =nijj, 40,=; =tf)itm, 41, Note 1; $aar, etc., 41, Note 2; $erj,42:
 
 INDEX. 585 
 
 dec!, of masc. from another lang., 28, 2: decl. of neut., 40; proper nouns, 
 names of countries, cities, etc., decl. of, 66; of nations, termin. of, 68, 8', 
 of persons (^etnridj, $err SKullcr, etc.) 62: ferns, from masc., 59, F: 
 indecl. in three pounds, etc., 198,'; 199, foot-note: latter noun indecl. 
 in a glass of milk, etc., Ill, 1 ; 318, 4. 
 
 Number, nouns of, (dozen, etc. ), see Weight. 
 
 Numerals, 119: decl. of 120, 4: decl. of nouns prec. by,318, 5: in =erlet, 121, 8: 
 fractional, 124, 5: indef. num. adjs., 74, 4: ordinal, 123; threefeet, five 
 busliels, etc., 203, footnote. 
 
 ofc, mood after, 354, Note 2. 
 
 oBflletdj, ofcfcfyon, oBn>o$l, 274. 
 
 Object of vb., where placed, 81, 2, c. 
 
 o'clock, 120, 7. 
 
 ober, has no effect on order, 422, 18. 
 
 of, nouns connected by of, put in apposn. in German, 318, 4t see aft: both: 
 bef. name of material, 320, c: bef. cardin. numerals, (man of 30 yrs. ) 
 320, b: bef. pres. part., 320, 7: aft. nouns of measure, weight, number, 
 quantity, 318, 5; 319, Note: aft. verbal nouns, e.g. thought of God, 
 320, 8: glass of mUk, etc., Ill, 1 : friend of ours, etc., 337, 4: Duke of, etc., 
 320, a: 2d of May, etc., 318, 4: some of my friends, etc., 320, d. 
 
 oljne bajj, 278, 4: oljne, folld. by infin., 366, 5. 
 
 on, prep., how tr., 288; 410. 
 
 ;0tt, foreign nouns in, decl., 33, 3. 
 
 one, indef. pron., 163, 1 and Notes: aft. adj., (good one, ones) 120, 2; 165, 2: 
 the river is a deep one, etc., 313, 22. 
 
 only, how transl., 121, 11. 
 
 Optative clause, order in, 417, 6. 
 
 =or, foreign nouns in, decl., 48, 2. 
 
 Order, 80; 414. See other titles, e.g. aBer; Ace. and dai; Adjectives, 
 positn. of; Adverbs, interrog. ; Clauses;aflein; al3, as if; alfo; Auxiliaries, 
 omitted; Auxil., positn.; Conclusions; Conjunctions; bajj, omitted; De- 
 monstratives and Relatives; benn; bod); enttoeber; Exclamations; inbeffen; 
 Imperat., 3d pers. ; Infin., positn. in clause; Ja; Jebocfj; namtidj; Nega- 
 tive; mdjt, in a conditn. ; Object; ober; Optative; Particip. past; Person 
 and thing; Prefixes, separable; Pronouns, interrog.; Pronouns, pers.; 
 Question order; Questions; BEST of the clause; Sentences; fonbern; 
 STJBJECT; Tenses; VEEB. 
 
 other, 343, 13. 
 
 ought, 329; 332, 6: ought to have, 99, 4. 
 
 over, prep., 410.
 
 586 INDEX. 
 
 fcaar, $aar, diff. of signifn., 52,. 
 
 Parentheses, how used in this book, 26, l . 
 
 Participles, e.g. deserving of being loved, 137, *', 365, 4, Note; 380: Past, 
 
 uses of, 378: as adj., 140, 4; 208, 7; 378, 1, 2; 383, II: past, asconjunc. 
 
 379, 3: as imperative, 379, 5: instead of pres. part, after gcfycn, etc., 
 
 379, 3: place of, in clause, 81, 2, a; 425, 27 and a: Present, how used, 
 
 370: as adj., 370, 1, a, b; 371, c, d: trans, into German by rel. clause, 
 
 372, e: eine gu lobenbe Stljcit, etc., 380: transl. into Germ, by clause 
 
 beginning with inbem, 371, c; beginning with other conjunctions, 371, d: 
 
 lam learning, etc., 130, Note; 370, 1, a at end: Pres. part, as noun, trans. 
 
 into Germ, by infin., 363, 1; 365, 3; 372, 2, a: trans, by clause beg. with 
 
 ba, iat)rcnb,etc., 373, b: art of dancing, etc., 320, 7. 
 Parts of speech, 13. 
 Passive, how formed, 135; when act. isfolld. by dat., 141, 7: impersonally, 
 
 with e6 as subject, 141, 7; 239, Note; 247, 6; 391: reflex, vb. inst. of, 
 
 253, Note: toorben omitted in perf. and plup., 140, 5. 
 Perfect, 347, 3; 348, DI: auxil. wh. forms, omitted, 348, 3: toorben omitted 
 
 in perf. pass., 140, 5: formed with infin. inst. of past part, 98, 3; 364, 
 
 Note: Eng. perf., how trans-, 348, in, 2. 
 Person and thing, order of in clause, 426, 28. 
 Phrases, adverbial of time, list of, 260. 
 please, to be pleased with, 393, 8. 
 Pluperfect, how used, 348, IV; auxiliary wh. forms, omitted, 348, 3; toor- 
 
 ben omitted in pass., 140, 5. 
 Predicate, adjs. in, form of, 102, 2: in the rules of order, is called in this 
 
 book, BEST. 
 Prefixes, accent of, 10, 2; compound, 222,'; 229, 8, 9: inseparable, 222, 4; 
 
 223, 5, 6: separable, 229, 7, 8; 230, 10: sep. folld. by insep., e.g. 
 
 ofcBejleHen, 229, 9; sep., place of in clause, 228, 1 ; 425, 26 and a: which 
 
 are sometimes sep. and sometimes insep., 234. 
 Prepositions, 282: with ace., 44, 2; 282, 1: with dat., 44, 1; 283, 2: with 
 
 ace. or dat., 44, 3; 285, 4: with gen., 284, 3: aft. adjs., 385, 4: contr. 
 
 with def. art., 45, 5: Eng. preps., how trans., 287, 407: Germ, preps., 
 
 how trans., 400, I: whom you speak to must be in Germ, to whom, etc., 
 
 411, Obs. 
 Present, 346, 1: inst. of Eng. perf., 276, 1 ; 346, 3: of irreg. verbs having a 
 
 or c in the infin., takes 5, i or ie, 170, 1: for fut., 346, 2. 
 Probability, denoted by bitrfte, 332, 3; by fut. perf., 83, 1 . 
 Pronouns, use of, 335: adj. prons., 71: correl., 158: dem., 71; 151: indef., 
 
 162: interrog. 72, II; 150; interrog. must begin its clause, 422, 20: 
 
 personal, 143; of 1st and 2d pers. repeated after rel. pron., 335, 1; of
 
 INDEX. 587 
 
 3d pers., berfcffcc inst. of, 147, 7; in obi. case, place of, in clause, 420, 13; 
 426, 28, a, b, c, d: possess., 153; form of when standg. alone in the pred., 
 336, 3: reciprocal, 335, 3: reflexive, 147, 8; meaning eachMer, 335, 3: 
 relative, 153; use of, 338; of 1st and 2d pers., 335, 1; omitted in Eng., 
 but not in Germ., 156, 1; must come first in clause, 338, 1; 422, 20. 
 Pronunciation, 4. 
 
 Quantity, nouns of, see Weight. 
 
 Question order, 38,"; 82, Sand 1 ; 416, 4: after adv., 262, 2 : in emphat. 
 
 assertns., 422, 19: meaning if or whenever, 355, c: conjs. and adrs. which 
 
 coming first do not require it, 422, 18. 
 Questions, is there? how trans, with fein, 246, Note: direct and indir., 
 
 279, 2 ; 151, Note: indir., mood of, 358, 6; order in, 416, 5; 420, 14. 
 
 110. 
 
 Relatives and Demonstratives, how to distinguish from eachother in 
 
 Germ., 427. 
 
 REST of the clause, def., 81, 2: order of wds. in, 262, 1 ; 425; 426. 
 Rivers, names of, take art., 68, 9: how decl., 68, 9. 
 
 'g, for eg, 144, 1 : in gen. of proper names of persons, 62, etc. 
 
 said, am said to, 330, 6. 
 
 ;fal, decl. of nouns in, 49, 6. 
 
 =fam, signifn., 110. 
 
 =fcfjaft, nouns in are fern., 37, Note. 
 
 =fd)en, vbs. in, e of termin., 131, 2. 
 
 djulb, adj., has capital initial, 373,'. 
 
 feljen, transitive infin. after, transl. by passive in Engl., 430, Reading 
 
 Lesson: forms perf. with infin. inst. of past part., 364, Note: folld. by 
 
 infin. without gu, 363, II, 2. 
 fein, gen. of er, 144, l . 
 fein, possess, pron., decl., 18. 
 fein, conjug., 85: auxil., conjug. of vb. with, 238; forms perf. of what vbs., 
 
 390, IE: folld. by an infin., 365, 4: diff. between bag .$aug ift gebautand 
 
 ttnrb gefcaut, 139 and 140 ; fein and fyafcen forming perf. 171, 7. seq. 
 felt>]l, indecl., 163, 3: meaning even, 148, l : meaning myself, etc., 148, 9, 10. 
 -self, (myself, eta), 147, 8; 148, 9, 10. 
 =fcn, vbs. in, e of termin., 131, 2. 
 
 Sentences, declaratory, optative, interrogative, defd., 414. 
 shall, 329 and '. 
 should, if I should, etc., 330, 5: meaning ought, 332, b: should haw, 99, 4
 
 588 INDEX. 
 
 fief), small initial meaning yourself, 144, 3 . 
 
 oic, reptd.after rel. pron., 156, 4: @te/ meaning you, how used 77, 1 ; takes 
 
 capital, 144, 3 . 
 
 since, ba or jcttbem, 273, 1, 2. 
 s'uujle, 121, 10. 
 fo aucfy, 278, 7: correl. to ba, 273, 1; to oBgleidj, etc., 274, 2; to ioenn, 
 
 275, 2; 354, 3, a: rel. pron., 339, Note: e ift fo fcfyon and fo fdjon eg ijl, 
 
 428. 
 
 folder, 72, 2; decl. of adj. aft. pi. of, 103, Note 2. 
 follen, conjug., 95: uses of, 329; after vbs. of commanding, 368, 7. 
 some, 75, 5, 6; 165, 4. 
 
 ftmbcrn and after, 269, Note 2: no effect on order, 422, 18. 
 fo fefyr aud), 278, 6. 
 fpajtcren flcljen, etc. , 364, l . 
 ff, 8: hyphen comes before, 8, 1 . 
 f/8. 
 
 Stem, accented, 10, 1. [VERB, 428, 30. 
 
 SUBJECT, def., 81, 6; 415, 3,o.' how to transL clause, when SUBJ. follows 
 Subjunctive, see Verbs of commanding, etc., mood after: how used, 352: 
 
 examps. of use, 275, 2; 278, 3: when ba{$ is om., 295, 5 ; in exclamatns., 
 
 359, 10: when said I, says he, etc. may be supplied, 442, II, 5 : after toenn, 
 
 353, 2, a, b, c; 354, Note 3: impf., old forms of, 214, 5. 
 Substantive, see Noun. 
 such as, 338, 4: such as to, 339, 5. 
 Superlative, see Adjective, compar. of, and superl. of; Adverb, compar. 
 
 of; =t: with atler prefixed, 113, 3, Note 2. 
 
 suppose, I suppose meaning probably, (burftc) 332, 3: (fat. perf.) 83, l . 
 Syllables, how divided, 6, 4; 9, 5; ff and jj, 8, 1. 
 Syntax, see Adj., Adv., etc., how used, 
 fj, 8: hyphen comes before, 8, 1 . 
 =en,vbs. in, eoftermin., 131, 2. 
 
 ;t, superl. of adj. whose stem ends in, 113, 3, Note 1. 
 
 =tat, nouns in are fern., 37, Note. 
 
 taufenb, decl. of, 120, 5: more freq. takes no art., 119, 1 . 
 
 Tenses, see Present, etc. : I do love, I am loving not found in Germ., 99; 
 
 346, 1: use of, 346: compd. tenses, place of infin. and part, in, 19, ': 
 
 sequence of, 357, 5, a, 6, c. 
 Terminations, see fdjaft/ etc. 
 than, 272, 3. 
 the, see Article, def.: thefeicer the better, etc., 116, 10.
 
 INDEX. 589 
 
 then, in conclusions, 354, 3, a. 
 
 there is, are, 245, 1 : there came a man, etc., 247, 5. 
 
 they, indefinitely, (they say, etc.), 247, 6. 
 
 tlu/u and you, 77, ' ; 145, 2. 
 
 =tl)um, gend. and decl. of nouns in, 41, Note 1. 
 
 tfyun, er tfjut lieben, etc., 485,'. 
 
 Time, of day, 246, 2: definite, at which, ace. of, 260, 2 ; 318, Note 1: indef., 
 
 gen. of, 260, '; 317, 3: length of time, ace. of, 318, Note 1: nouns of, 
 
 after numeral, decl., 203, foot-note. 
 to, prep., 289. 
 too far, 278, 3. 
 
 fifcer, prefix, 234: prep., when ace. and when dat., 286: how trans., 404: 
 aft. what verbs, 399. 
 
 urn, prefix, 234: prep., how trans. 404: urn ba, mood after, 352, 1, a: itm, 
 aft. what vbs., 399, 10: urn 311, with infin , 353, b; 366, IV. 
 
 unb, has genly. no effect on order, 422, 18: order after when bafj is under- 
 stood, 418, 9: question order optional after, when, 419, 10. 
 
 sung, nouns in are fern., 37, Note. 
 
 nnfer, decl., 18. 
 
 unter, prefix, 234: prep., how tr., 405. 
 
 upon, how tr., 410. 
 
 U. f. to., 274,'. 
 
 Value, adjs. of, 383, 1. 
 
 toer=, meaning of, 224, 11. 
 
 Verb, see also Passive; VERB, 428, 30: always in Ring, after fret, 316, a . 
 CASES AFTEB, see also Reflexive above, 389: vbs. wh. take ace. and dat., 
 392, 2: take ace. and gen., 394, HI, 2: take dat., 390, II: take gen., 394, 
 III: takenom., 389, I: take certain preps., 398, 'IV. CADSATTVES, 241: 
 compound, not formed with prefix, 224, 12. impers., conjug., 244: in 
 indir. questns., 151, Note: inseparable, 221: interrog. form, 130, Note 2: 
 intrans., in passive, 239, Note; with fyafcen as auxil., 240, 4; with fcin, 
 239, 3: Irreg., see also below, HAVING a in pres., etc.; alphabet, list of 
 215; wh. change consonants of stem, 213, 1, 3, 4; conjug., 1G8; defined, 
 127, 1; imperat. of, 170, 4; impf. indie, of, 170,2; irnpf. subj. of, 170, 3; 
 archaic impf. subj. of, 214, 5; pres. indie, of, 170, 1; additl. remks. 
 concerning conjug., 213: neg. form, 130, Note 2: Keflexive, conjug., 
 251; folld. by ace., 252, 3; by dat., 254, 4; by gen., 394, 3; used inst. of 
 passive, 253, Note: Regular, conjug., 128; defined, 127, 1; how to 
 distinguish by the stem, 127, 2; stems in el, elision of e, 131, 3; in ivcr.
 
 590 INDEX. 
 
 or teren) 127, Exc. 2; in f v n, jjen, fcfyen or gen, elision of e, 131, 2; imperf. 
 m tc or ete, 130, 1; reg. in terrain., but change vowel of stem into a 
 (nennen, etc.), 132,4: Separable, 227; accent of, 10, 2; conjug., 228; form 
 of, in dependt. clauses, 228, 4, 230, 1. HAVING (see also Regular above) 
 o IN PEES., 195,1; 209; a in impf., 172; 176; a in past part., 195; 209: 
 e in past part., 172: eu in pres., 213, 2: i in impf. and past part., 189: 
 le in impf., 193, 195; te in past part., 193: o in impf., 204; in past part. 
 176; 204: it in impf,, 209; u in past part., 183. OF COMMANDING, 
 fotten after, 358, 7: implying certainty, 356, c: of communicating intel- 
 ligence (say, wrtte, etc.), mood after, 356, 4, a, b: of fearing, modjte after, 
 358, 8: of feeling, thinking, wishing, mood after, 356, 4, c, b: of know- 
 ing, proving, mood after, 356, c: of seeing, mood after, 356, c. 
 
 VEBB, def., 81, c; 415, 3, a: precedes SUBJECT, when, 428, 30: comes at very 
 end, when, 82; 418, 8. 
 
 Diet, decl. witht. art., 341, 7: decl. of adj, after ftiele, pi., 103, Note 2; adj. 
 takes capital after ine(, 108. 
 
 Vocative, 14,Note; 22, 4 
 
 Voice, see Active; Passive. 
 
 BOOS prefix, 234, 1 . 
 
 =&ofl, signifn., 110. 
 
 toon, how tr., 405: after what vbs., 400, 11. 
 
 bor, how tr., 405: after what vbs. t 400, 12. 
 
 toann, 274. 
 
 toaS, familiarly for ettt>a: interrog., 150: afleg ia (bag Bejle ia, etc.) 
 
 165, 3: after prep, not requiring ace., 155, l : toag fur em, 73, 2: 151, 2, 3, 
 Weather, it is c<M, etc., 246, 2. 
 -toeqen, 335, 2, Note. 
 Weight, adjs. of, take ace., 383, 1: nouns of, prec. by numeral, 52, 14: 
 
 203, foot-note: prec. by num. and folld. by commodity, e.g. gtoet 
 
 SjSfunb 93 utter, decl. of phrase, 318, 5 at end and Note, 
 toelcljer, decl., 15; 156: interrog., 151, 2: tocIdjeS inst. of toeldjer, ttelcbe, 
 
 153, 2. 
 ftentfl, decl., without art., 341, 7: adj. takes capital after, 108: decl. of adj. 
 
 after ttentge, pi., 103, Note 2: etn UJema, decl., 341, 8. 
 enn, 274: takes subjunct., 353, 2, a, 6, c; 354, Note 3: meang. whenever, 
 
 355, 6. 
 
 ler, 150: its vb. always in sing., 316, 2 . 
 toerfcen, conjug. 89: various uses, 135: see ftorben. 
 =tt>ertlj, signifn., 110. 
 what, bef. noun, 151, 3: interrog. with vb. to be, 73, Note 2.
 
 INDEX. 501 
 
 whatever, 159, 4, 5. 
 
 when, 180,': referrg. to single occasn. in past, 272, 1: other cases, 272, 2. 
 
 whenever, 274, 2. 
 
 which, interrog. with Vb. to be, 73 Note, 2. 
 
 while, 273. 
 
 why, in conclusions (if , why ), 354, 3, a. 
 
 imber, prefix, 234; 234, 1 . 
 
 tote aud), 278, 7: tote toenn, mood after, 354, Note 3. 
 
 toieber, prefix, 234. 
 
 totH, 325. 
 
 =tottten, 335, 2, Note. 
 
 toillfaljren, 225, Note. 
 
 tolr, repeated after rel. pron., 156, 4. 
 
 with, 289; 411. 
 
 whoever, 159, 4, 5. 
 
 too (toorcm, tooson, etc.),157, 6 and Note. 
 
 tooflen, conjug. 94: uses, 325. 
 
 toorben, for getoorfen, 140, 6: omitted, 140, 5. 
 
 would have, 99, 4. 
 
 stourbtg, signifn., 110. 
 
 ye, 7V. 
 
 gu, prep., how tr., 405: aft. what vbs., 400, 13: meang. too, too good to 
 live, etc., 367, 2: used with infin. after nouns, adjs., vbs., 364,111; after 
 ottftatt/ oljne and urn, 366, 5 and IV; aft. adjs. prec. by 311 (too) or folld. 
 by genug (enough), 367, 2; how to succeed, where to go, what to do, etc., 368; 
 it is right to speak, etc., 372, 3 1. from bottom: not used with infin. after 
 modal auxiliaries, 363, II, 1; nor after jeljen, tyoren, etc., 363, II, 2. 
 
 311 m, for gu etncm, 389, 3. 
 
 3id, decl., 120, 3. 
 
 f roeaus that a verb takes fein to form its perfect, 173, 8 .
 
 w 
 
 ' 
 
 GERMAN TEXT-BOOKS 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 HENRY HOLT & CO., NEW YORK 
 
 These books (excepting texts) are bound in cloth unless otherwise indicated. 
 . Postage 8% additional. Descriptive Educational Catalogue, Foreign Language 
 tg Catalogue, or Illustrated Catalogue of Works in Central Literature frtt. 
 
 Grammars, Readers, Etc. 
 
 Blackwell's German Prefixes and Suffixes. 137 pp. i6mo. 6oc. 
 
 5 Brandt and Day's German Scientific Reading. See Texts. 
 
 Bronson's Easy German Prose and Poetry. (Stories by Hauff, including Die 
 Karawane, and by Andeisen and Grimm, also Poems.) Vocab. 597 pp. 
 
 "5 Stories by Grimm, Andersen, and Hauff (from above). Vocab. 424 pp. 9oc. 
 
 !~! Corwin's German and English exercises. For supplementary use with either 
 
 of Whitney's German Grammars. With notes and vocabularies. 77 pp. 
 
 1 2 mo. Paper. *SC. 
 
 Harris' German Reader. Can be commenced on second day in language. 
 
 ^! Simple selections of real value as literature, employing a small vocabulary 
 
 ^ and admirably graded. Vocab. 360 pp. izmo. $: oo 
 
 * Jagemann's Elements of German Syntax. 170 pp. isrno. Sue 
 
 2 Joynes-Otto. First Book in German. i;6pp. Hoards, izmc 3oc. 
 
 CJ Introductory German Lessons. Vocab. 252 pp. izmo. 750. 
 
 O Introductory German R< ader. Vocab. 282 pp. 121110. 95C. 
 
 '2 Klemm's Lese- und Sprachbiicher. i2mo. 
 
 Kreis I. Bds. 79 pp. 2sc. Kreis IV. Bds. 151 pp. 4 oc. 
 
 = ,5 " II. Hds. 81 pp. see. V. B.ls. 164 pp. 450. 
 
 (*S " " (Vocab.) 104 pp. 35C. \\. Bds. 188 pp. 500. 
 
 ""< " III. Bds. iiopp. 35C. " VII. Bds. 260 pp. 6oC. 
 
 " ' (i 'ani/- V 146 pp. 4oc. See also HISTORIES OF GERMAN LIT. 
 O Otis' Elementary German. Ed. by Prof H. S. WHITE. New Edition, re- 
 vised by Prof. W. H. CARRUTH. Easy, thorough, stimulating, and 
 4 " breezy," full of conversational exercises. Vocab. 477 pp. ifmo. (The 
 
 Roman-type edition sent only when specially ordered. 8oc.) 8oc. 
 
 C Introduction to Middle High German. With selections from the Nibe- 
 
 Q\ lungen Lied. Vocab. 156 pp. 8vo. fi.oo 
 
 ri^ Otto's German Conversation-Grammar. Adapted by WM. COOK. A most 
 
 ^* popular grammar here and in Germany, where it has reached its 23d 
 
 edition. Vocab. 591 pp. i?mo. Half roan. $1.30 
 
 Cf) Elementary German Grammar. Vocab. 315 pp. 12010 8oc. 
 
 *V Progressive German Reader. Ed. by Prof. E. P. EVANS. Pocab. 239 pp. 
 
 ^^ I2H1O. $1.IO 
 
 QJ Schrakamp's German Grammatical Drill. 168 pp. 12010. 6$c. 
 ^* Exercises in Conversational German. 107 pp. i2mo. 55C. 
 -V4 Thomas' Practical German Grammar. A book remarkable for its terseness 
 *JJJ and simplicity and for its human and interesting exercises. Used in Uni- 
 jCJ versity of Chicago, Johns Hopkins, Columbia, the Universities of Virginia, 
 ^X Ohio, Indiana, Kansas. Pennsylvania, Michigan, Missouri, Iowa, etc., etc. 
 2^- New Kdition with additional exrrcises. 431 pp. lamo. $1.12 
 Whitney's Compendious German Grammar. Noted for authority, clear- 
 ness, and helpful comparisons of English and German. A Text-book at 
 Harvard, Yale, Columbia, etc., etc. Vocat. 472 pp. nmo. $>.** 
 Brief German Grammar. Vocabs. 143 pp. i6mo. 6oc. 
 
 vn, 1900. I
 
 Henry Holt Or Co.'s German Text-Boohs. 
 
 Whitney's German Reader. Vocab. 523 pp. izmo. $'-50 
 
 Introductory German Reader. Easy Selections in prose and verse from 
 the best modern authors, largely on German subjects. 399 pp. i6mo. $1.00 
 
 . Whitney-Klemm German by Practice. Vocab. 305 pp. 12010. 900. 
 
 J|3 - Elementary German Reader. Vocab. 237 pp. 12010. 8oc. 
 
 'e 
 
 Dictionary. 
 
 R. Whitney's Compendious German Dictionary. (German-English and Eng- 
 
 . lish-German.) 60,000 words so treated that the meanings of many more 
 
 IS are easily determined. Special attention paid to etymology and correspond- 
 
 ences between English and German words. 900 pp. izmo. Retail, $1.50. 
 
 
 
 c Grammars, Readers, Etc., entirely in German. 
 
 X3 
 
 ^ Fischer's Elementary Progressive German Reader. 126 pp. 12010. 700. 
 
 eg: Heness' Der neue Leitfaden. 402 pp. 12010. $1.20 
 
 Der Sprechlehrer unter seinen Schulern. 187 pp. i2mo. fi.io 
 Kaiser's Erstes Lehrbuch. 128 pp. 12010. 650. 
 
 . Schrakamp and Van Daell's Das deutsche Buch. Ill'd. 150 pp. 12010. 650. 
 ^ Schrakamp's Supplementary Exercises (to the above) 110 pp. 5oc. 
 
 Spanhoofd's Das Wesentliche der deutschen Grammatik, 187 pp. i6mo. 6oc. 
 Si Stern's German Lessons for Beginners. 292pp. 12010. $1.00 
 
 JJJ Stern's Studien und Plaudereien. /. Series. New Edition from New Plaits. 
 Q Re. ht De.utsih in flavor and very interesting. 262pp. 12010. $1.10 
 
 , Stern's Stud'ien und Plaudereien. II. Series. 380 pp. 12010. fi.2o 
 
 "* Wenckebach's Deutsches Lesebuch. 361 pp. 12010. 8oc. 
 
 >J Wenckebach and Schrakamp's Deutsche Grammatik fur Amerikaner. Can 
 be used with beginners. 298 pp. 12010. $1.00 
 
 Wenckebach's Deutsche Sprachlehre. Intended for still younger pupils 
 than the above. Vocab. 404 pp. 12010. $1.12 
 
 Q 
 
 2 Composition and Conversation. 
 
 P Bronson's Colloquial German, with or without a Teacher. With summary of 
 
 1* grammar. 147 pp. i6mo. 6sc. 
 
 Jjj Fischer's Practical Lessons in German. For beginners. 156 pp. i2mo. 75C. 
 
 Vj -- Wildermuth's Einsiedler im Walde. As a basis for conversation. 115 pp. 
 
 12010. 6sc. 
 
 t/j -- Hillern's Hoher als die Kirche. Mil Worterkalrung. Ill'd. 96 pp. 6oc. 
 
 : Huss' Conversation in German. 224pp. >2mo. $1.10 
 
 ^ Jagemann's German Composition. Selections from good literature, each 
 
 Qj from 4 to 25 pages. Vocab. 245 pp. 12010. goc. 
 
 Cl Jagemann and Poll's German Composition (an alternative collection to the 
 
 ^W above). Vocab. 133 + 168 pp. 12010. goc. 
 
 *JJ< Joy nes- Otto : Translating English into German. Vocab. 167 pp. 12010. 8oc. 
 
 jC! Keetels' Oral Method with German. 371 pp. 12010. $1.30 
 
 ^. Pylodet's German Conversation. 279 pp. i8mo. 5oc. 
 
 ^ Sprechen Sie Deutsch ? 147 pp. iSmo. Boards. 4oc. 
 
 Teusler's Game for German Conversation. Cards in box. 8oc. 
 
 Vos's German Conversation. 176 pp. 12010. 750. 
 
 Wenckebach's German Composition, based on humorous stories. 282 pp. 
 
 121110. $1.00 
 
 'Wenckebach's Deutscher Anschauungs-Unterricht. Conversation and some 
 
 Composition. 451 pp. 12010. $t.io 
 
 William's German Conversation and Composition. 147 pp. 12010. 8oc. 
 
 Till, 1900 
 
 a
 
 Henry Holt & Co.'s German Text-Boohs, 
 
 Histories of German Literature. 
 
 Francke's Social Forces in German Literature. A remarkable critical, phHo- 
 ^ sophical, and historical work " destined to be a standard work for both 
 
 professional and general uses " (Dial). It has been translated in Germany. 
 
 It begins with the sagas of the fifth century and ends with Hauptmanu's 
 5- " Hannele" (1894). 577 pp. 8vo. Gilt top. f^' 00 
 
 g Klemm's Abrissder Geschichte der deutschen Litteratur. 385 pp. nm. Si.ao 
 _ Goatwick and Harrison's German Literature. 600 pp. 12010. $2.00 
 
 r<r 
 
 Texts. 
 E 
 
 <2> (Bound in boards unless otherwise indicated?) 
 
 
 
 *s Andersen's Bilderbuch ohne Bilder. Vocab. (SIMONSON.) 104 pp. 300. 
 
 r= Die Eisjungfrau u. andere Geschichtcn. (KRAUSS.) 150 pp. yac. 
 
 Ein Besuch bei Charles Dickens. (BERNHARDT.) 2 Ill's. 63 pp. 250. 
 
 - Stories, with others by Grimms and Hauff. (BRONSON.) Vocab. Cl. 900. 
 
 Auerbach's Auf Wache ; with Roquette's Der gefrorene Kuss. (MACDOM- 
 
 p NELL.) 126 pp. 33C. 
 
 ** Baumbach : Sommermarchen. 8 easy stories. (MEYER.) Vocab. 142 pp. 350. 
 
 5Q Frau Holde. Legend in verse. (FOSSLER.) 105 pp. 250. 
 
 JJJ Benedix's Doctor Wespe. Comedy. 116 pp. 250. 
 
 Q Der Dritte. Comedy. (WHITNEY.) 29 pp. 2oc. 
 
 5j Der Weiberfeind. Comedy. Bound with Elz's Er 1st nicht eifersiichtig 
 
 ~* and Muller's Im Wartesalon erster Klasse. With notes. 82 pp. 3oc. 
 
 .vJ Eigensinn. Farce. Bound with Wilhelmi's Einer muss heiraihen. With 
 
 Q notes. 63 pp. 2$c. 
 
 Beresford-Webb's German Historical Reader, Events previous to XIX. 
 century. Selections from German historians. 310 pp. Cloth. 900. 
 
 M, Brandt and Day's German Scientific Reading. Selections, each of consider- 
 J able length, from Sell, E. R. Miiller, Ruhlmann, Humboldt, yom Rath. 
 
 Claus, Leunis, Sachs, Goethe, etc , treating of various sciences and 
 
 S especially of electricity. For those who have had a fair start in grammar 
 
 and can read ordinary easy prose. Vocab. 269 pp. 850. 
 
 S Carovd's Das Maerchen ohne Er.de. With notes. 45 pp. Paper. aoc. 
 
 ,j^ Chamissp's Peter Schlemihl. (VocEL.) Ill'd. 126 pp. 350. 
 
 ^) Claar's Simson und Delila. Comedy. Ed. in easy German. (STBRN.) 55 pp. 
 Paper. 250. 
 
 , . Cohn's Ueber Bakterien. (SEIDENSTICKER.) 55 pp. Paper. 300. 
 
 J ;** Ebers' Eine Frage. (STORR.) With picture. 117 pp. 350. 
 
 ^ Eckstein's Preisgekront. (WILSON.) A very humorous tale of a would-be liter- 
 ^ ary woman. 125 pp. 300. 
 
 ij Eichendorffs Aus dem Leben eines Taugenichts. 132 pp. 3oc. 
 
 'N Elz's Rr ist nicht eifersiichtig. Comedy. With notes. See Benedix. 300. 
 ^J Fouqu^'s Undine. With Glossary. 137 pp. 35C. 
 
 ^< - Ike same. (VON JAGEMANN.) Vocab. 220 pp. Cloth. 8oc. 
 
 Sintram und seine Gefahrten. 114 pp. 250. 
 
 *^ Freytag's Die Journalisten. Comedy. (THOMAS.) 178 pp. 3oc. 
 
 Karl der Grosse, Aus dem Klosterleben, Aus den Kreuzziigen. With 
 
 portrait. (NICHOLS.) 219 pp. Cloth. 750. 
 
 Friedrich's Ganschen von Buchenau. Comedy. Ed. in easy German. 
 
 (STERN.) 59 pp. Paper. 350. 
 
 Gerstacker's Irrfahrten. Easy and conversational. (M. P. WHITNEY,) 30*. 
 
 Gbrner's Englisch. Comedy. (EDGREN.) 61 pp. Paper. 354 
 
 Prices net. Postage SJer cent additional. Descriptive list free. 
 vn, 1900. 3 ,
 
 373 
 - E 
 
 Henry Holt & Co.'s German Text -Books. 
 
 Goethe's Dichtung und Wahrheit. Selections from Books I.-XI. (VON JAGB- 
 M ANN.) Only A merican Edition representing all the backs. Cloth, xvi + 
 373 PP- $1.12 
 
 Egmont. Tragedy. (STKFFEN.) 113 pp. 4 oc. 
 
 ^ The same. (DEERING.) Cloth. (In preparation) 
 
 * -- Faust, Part I. Tragedy. (COOK.) 229 pp. Cloth. 4 8c. 
 
 _ - Gcitz von Berlichingen. Romantic Historical Drama. (GOODRICH.) The 
 g only American Edition, xli + 170 pp. With map. Cloth. yoc. 
 
 o - Hermann und Dorothea. Poem. (THOMAS.) Vocab. 150 pp. 400. 
 
 ft. -- Iphigeme auf Tauris. Tragedy. (CARTER.) 113 pp. Cloth. 4 8c. 
 
 ^ -- Neue Melusine. (In Nichols' Three German Tales.) Cloth. 6oc. 
 
 g Grimm's (H.) Die Venus von Milo; Rafael und Michel-Angelo. 139 pp. 4 oc. 
 5 Grimm's (J. & VV.) Kinder- und HausmaYchen. With notes. 228 pp. 4 oc. 
 j - The same. A different selection. (OTIS.) Vocab. 351 pp. Cloth. $1.00 
 
 - Stories, with Andersen and Haufl. (BRONSON.) Vocab. Cloth. yoc. 
 S Gutzkow's Zopf und Schwert. Comedy. (LANGE.) 163 pp. Paper. 4 oc. 
 " HaufTs Das kalte Herz. Vocab. 35C. 
 2. - Karawane. (BRONSON.) Vocab. 3 4 5 pp. 75C. 
 
 Stories. See Branson's Easy German under Grammars and Readtrs. 
 
 Hauptmann's Die yersunkene Glocke. (BAKER.) xviii -f- 205 pp. Cloth. 8oc. 
 
 . Heine's Die Harzreise. (BURNETT.) 97 pp. 300. 
 
 ^i. Helmholtz's Goethe 'snaturwissenschaftliche Arbeiten. Scientific monograph. 
 
 V, (SEIDENSTICKER.) Paper. 3oc. 
 
 5Q Hey's Fabeln flir Kinder. Illustrations and Vocab. 52 pp. 300. 
 
 t*j Heyse's Anfang und Ende. 5 4 pp. 250. 
 
 O^ - Die Einsamen. 44 pp. 200. 
 
 .^ - L'Arrabiata. (FROST.) Illustrations and Vocab. 70 pp. 250. 
 
 Kt --- Madchen von Treppi; Marion. (BKUSIE.) xiii+Sgpp. 250. 
 
 O Hillern's Hoher a Is die Kirche. With two views of the cathedral and por- 
 
 *5 traits of Maximilian and of Albrecht Durer. Vocab. (WHITLESEY.) 
 
 U 90 PP- 250. 
 
 Historical Readers. See Beresford-Webb, Freytag, Schoenfdd, Schrakamp. 
 
 ^ (The Publishers issue in English Gorlach's Bismarck. $1.00 retail ; 
 
 2 Sitite't History of Germany, 8oc. net.) 
 
 2 Jungmann's Er sucht einen Vetter. Comedy. Ed. in easy German. (STERN.) 
 
 K 4 9 pp. Paper. 250. 
 
 S Jungstilling's Lebensgeschichte. (STERN.) Vocab. xxvi+28s pp. Cloth. $1.20 
 
 ?[ Kinder-Komodien. Ed. in German. (HENESS.) i 4 i pp. Cloth. 4 8c. 
 
 ..^J Kleist's Verlobung in St. Domingo. Cloth. See Nichols. 6oc. 
 
 ^) Klenze's Deutsche Gedichte. An attractive and reasonably full collection 
 
 of the best German poems carefully edited. With portraits. 331 pp. 
 
 (/) Cloth. 9oc. 
 
 Knortz's Representative German Poems. German and best English metrical 
 
 ^ version on opposite pages. i2mo. 373 pp. Retail. $2.50 
 
 QJ Konigswinter's Sie hat ihr Herz entdeckt. Comedy. Ed. in easy German. 
 
 Cj (STERN.) 79 pp. Paper. 35 c. 
 
 > Leander's TrSumereien. (WATSON.) Ten of the best of these idyllic fairy 
 *JJj tales. Vocab. 151 pp. 4 oc. 
 
 J*5 Lessing's Emilia Galotti. Tragedy. (SUPER.) New Edition. With portrait. 
 |^. 90 pp. 3oc. 
 
 ^- - Minna von Barnhelm. Comedy. (WHITNEY.) Vocab. 191 pp. Cloth. 6oc. 
 
 - The same. (NICHOLS.) With a portrait and reproductions of twelve etch- 
 ings by CHODOWIECKI, but no vocab. xxxvi 4- 163 pp. Cloth. 6oc. 
 
 - Nathan der Weise. Drama. New Edition. (BRANDT.) xx -(- 225 pp. 
 Cloth. 6oc. 
 
 Meissner's Aus meiner Welt. With Illustrations and Vocab. (WENCKEBACH.) 
 
 127 pp. Cloth. 750. 
 
 Moser's Der Bibliothekar. Farce. (LANGE.) 161 pp. 4 oc. 
 
 - Der Schimmel. Farce. Ed. in easy German. (STERN-.) 55 pp. Paper. 2sc. 
 viii, 1900 
 
 4
 
 Henry Holt 6^ Co.'s German Text-Boohs. 
 
 Mligge's Riukan Voss. A Norwegian tale. 55 pp. Paper. 150. 
 
 Signa, die Seterin. A Norwegian tale. 71 pp. Paper. 200, 
 
 Muller's (E. R.) Elektrischen Maschinen. (SEIDENSTICKER.) Ill'd. 46 pp. 
 
 Paper. 300. 
 
 Muller's (Hugo) Im Wartesalon erster Klasse. Comedy. See Benedix. 300. 
 Muller's (Max) Deutsche Liebe. With notes. 121 pp. 350. 
 
 Nathusius' Tagebuch eines arinen Frauleins. 163 pp. 250. 
 
 Nibelungen Lied. Set Stern or Vilmar, below, also Otis, under Readers. 
 Nichols' Three German Tales : I. Goethe's Die neue Melusine. II. 
 
 Zschokke's Der tote Gast. III. H. v. Kleist's Die Verlobung in St. 
 
 Domingo. With Grammatical Appendix. 226 pp. i6mo. Cloth. 6oc. 
 Paul's Er muss tanzen. Comedy. Ed. in easy German. (STERN.) 51 pp. 
 
 Paper. 250. 
 
 Princessin Use. (MERRICK). A Legend of the Hartz Mountains. 45 pp. 2OC. 
 Poems, Collections of. See Klenze, Knortz, Regents, Simonson, and K^encke- 
 
 bach. 
 Putlitz's Badekuren. Comedy. With notes. 69 pp. Paper. 250. 
 
 Das Herz vergessen. Comedy. With notes. 79 pp. Paper. 250. 
 
 Was sich der Wald erzahlt. 62 pp. Paper. 250. 
 
 Vergissmeinnicht. With notes. 44 pp. Paper. 2oc. 
 
 Regents' Requirements (Univ. of State of N. Y.) 30 Famous German Poems 
 
 (with music to 8) and 30 Famous French Poems. 92 pp. 2oc. 
 
 Richter's Walther und Hildegund. See Vilinar. 35C. 
 
 Riehl's Uurg Neideck. An historical romance. (PALMER.) Portrait. 76 pp. 
 
 Fluch der Schonheit. A grotesque romance of the Thirty Years' War. 
 
 (KENDALL.) Vncab. 112 pp. sC. 
 
 Roquette's Der gefrprene Kuss. (MACDONNELL.) See Auerbach. 350. 
 
 Rosegger's Die Schriften des Waldschulmeisters. (FOSSLER.) An authorized 
 abridgment. With two Poems by Baumbach and frontispiece, xii-f- 
 158 pp. Boards. 400. 
 
 Rosen's Ein Knopf. Comedy. Ed. in German. (STERN.) 41 pp. Paper. 
 
 250. 
 
 Scheffel's Ekkehard. (CARRUTH.} The greatest German historical romance. 
 Illustrated. 500 pp. Cloth. $1-25 
 
 Trompeter von Sakkingen. (FROST.) The best long German lyrical 
 
 poem of the century. Illustrated. 310 pp. Cloth. 8oc. 
 
 Schiller's Jungfrau von Orleans. Tragedy. (NICHOLS.) New Editipn. 203 
 pp. (Cloth, 6oc.) Bds. 400. 
 
 Lied von der Glocke. Poem. (OTIS.) 70 pp. 350. 
 
 Maria Stuart. Tragedy. New Edition. (J OYN ES.) With Portraits. 233 
 
 pp. Cloth. 6oc. 
 
 Neffe als Onkel. Comedy. (CLEMENT.) Vocab. 99 pp. Bds. 4oc, 
 
 Wallenstein Trilogy, complete. Tragedy in three piays : Wallenstein's 
 
 Lager, Die Piccolomini, and Wallenstein's Tod. (CARRUTH.) Illustra- 
 tions and map. i vol. 515 pp. Cloth. $1.00 
 
 Wilhelm Tell. Drama. (SACHTLEBEN.) 199 pp. Cloth. 48c. 
 
 The same. (PALMER.) Ills, and Vocab. Ixxvi -f- 404 pp. Cloth. 8oc. 
 
 The same. (PALMEK ) Without the vocabulary. Ixxvi + 3 2 PP- Cloth. 
 
 The Thirty Years' War. (PALMER.) Selections portraying the careers and 
 
 characters of GustavusAdolphus and Wallenstein. xl-j-202pp. Cloth. 8oc. 
 
 Schoenfeld's German Historical Prose. Nine selections from Lindner, Giese- 
 breclu (2), Janssen, Ranke, Droysen (2), Trcitschke, and Sybel, relating to 
 crucial periods of German history, especially to the rise of the Hohenzollern 
 and of the modern German Empire. With foot-notes on historical topics. 
 213 pp. Cloth. 8oc. 
 
 vn, 1900. 5
 
 Henry Holt 6 Co.'s German Text-Books. 
 
 Schrakamp's Erziihlungen aus~ der deutschen Geschichte. Through the 
 war of '70. With notes. 294 pp. Cloth. goc. 
 
 Beruhmte Deutsche. Glossary. 207 pp. Cloth. 850. 
 
 Sagen und Mythen. Glossary. 161 pp. Cloth. 750. 
 
 Science. See Brandt. Cohn. Htlmholtz, and E. R. Milller. 
 Simonson's German Ballad Book. 304 pp. Cloth. Si.io 
 
 ^5 Stern's Aus deutschen Meisterwerken. (Niebelungen, Parcival (and Lohen- 
 grin). Gudrun, Tristan und Isolde.) Vocab. xxvu-j-225 pp. Cloth, f i 20 
 o Storm's Immensee. Vocab. (BUKNETT.) 109 pp. 2*c. 
 
 ^ Sudermann's Frau Sorge. (GKUENER.) xx -f- J ^o8 pp. ifimn. Ciotli. soc. 
 o Tieck's Die Klfen : Das Rothkappchen. (SIMONSON.) 41 pp. oc. 
 
 " Vilmar's Die Nibelungen. With Richter's " Walther und Hildeg-und." 350. 
 ,^r Watson's German Sight Reading. Easy passages of good unhackneyed 
 'S literature. 41 pp. 2sc. 
 
 HW. Wenckebach's Schonsten deutschen Lieder. 300 of the best German poems, 
 j 'many proverbs, and 45 songs (with music). (Hf. mor.,$2.oo.) Cloth. $1.20 
 
 _ Wichert's An der Majorsecke. (HARRIS.) Comedy. 45 pp. aoc. 
 
 (Q Die verlorene Tochter. (BABBIT.) (/ preparation.) 
 
 Wilhelmi's Einer muss heirathen. Comedy. See Benedix. 950. 
 
 S Zschokke's Neujahrsnacht and Der zerbrochene Krug. (FAUST.) 250. 
 
 Toter Gast. (Set Nichols' Three German Tales.) Cloth. 6oc. 
 
 . Prices net. Postage 8 ptr cent additional. Descriptive list free. 
 
 i 
 
 A BOOKS TRANSLATED FROM THE GERMAN. 
 
 .J? Prices retail. Carriage prepaid. See Catalogue of General Literaturt. 
 
 Auerbach's On the Heights. 2 vols. Cloth. $2.00 
 
 Q A different translation of the above, i vol. Paper. 300. 
 
 M The Villa on the Rhine. With Bayard Taylor's sketch of the author, and 
 
 S a portrait. 2 vols. Cloth. $2.00 
 
 Brink's English Literature (before Elizabeth). 3 vols. Each $2.00 
 
 Five Lectures on Shakespeare. $1.25 
 
 nj Falke's Greece and Rome, their Life and Art. 400 Ills. $10.00 
 
 Nta Goethe's Poems and Ballads. $1-50 
 
 W Heine's Book of Songs. 75C. 
 
 Karpeles' Heine's Life in His Own Words. With portrait. $1-75 
 
 t/3 Heyse's Children of the World. $1.25 
 
 *V Lessing's Nathan the Wise. Translated into English verse. With Kuno 
 
 JTi Fischer's essay. $1.50 
 
 Jj* Moscheles : On Recent Music and Musicians. $2.00 
 
 Cl Spielhagen's Problematic Characters. Paper. joe. 
 
 ^J Through Night to Light. (Sequel to "Problematic Characters.") 
 
 2 Paper. soc. 
 
 5^ The Hohenstems. Paper. soc. 
 
 >^- Hammer and Anvil. 1'aper. 5oc. 
 
 ^ Wagner's Art, Life, and Theories (from his writings). 2 Illustrations. $2.00 
 
 Ring of the Nibelung. Described and partly translated. $1-50 
 
 Witt's Classic Mythology. net Ji.oo 
 
 A complete catalogue of Henry Holt & Co.V educational publications^ m. 
 list f their foreign-language publications, or an illustrated catalogue of thtir 
 wtrks in general literature will be sent on application. 
 
 vn, 1900. 6
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 Los Angeles 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 
 
 FEB25 
 
 <fcirD CD- 
 
 I.'.AR 25 1987
 
 3 1 
 
 IINIIIIIIIIIIIL .,., . 
 
 58 01168 9246 
 
 A 000122253 8